ee

eet shatt oe
TrS.tT5.2322

tiie Ts
ied
pee)

=

ey eed

Se
ped) I
fa pemhnn EKE ED
pera ee

ae

— es ee
25 af,

<> *
ear eree aa « 5
Age: 5 pane a hal

Field Museum of Natural History

LIBRARY
Chicayn

Gina ee Zook Po

t}

Digitized i the Internet Archive -
in 201

f
babe

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

SOUTH AFRICAN PHILOSOPHICAL
SOCIETY.

VOLUME XVIII.
1907-1909.

With Flee EN PLATES.

CAPE TOWN:
> SUBDISHED by THE SOCIETY.

1909,

PRINTERS &4
§ PUBLISHERS

ui

6
—
e
@

e
ee
e
eceee
aooce
. e 4%
® 2
49000
e
e
a20aee0
° °
ee?

iS

CONTENTS.

MinutTEs oF PROCEEDINGS

On THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE OVULE AND EMBRYO-SAC IN
Cassia tomentosa, Lamk. By W. T. Saxton, B.A.
(Plates i., ii.) ;

THe FerRtTinity or Some CoLoniAL SoILs, AS INFLUENCED BY
GroLoGIcaAL ConpiTions. By Cuas. F. Jurirz, M.A.,
TE JL

On Some New Fossin Reprines FRoM THE KARROoO BEDS OF
Victoria West, SourH Arrica. By R. Broom, M.D.
D.Se., C.M.Z.S8. (Plates ui., iv.)

SomE New Soutn Arrican SuccuLents. By R. Maruorts,
Ph.D., M.A. (Plate v. and one Text-figure.)

A REVISION OF THE CoLEOPTEROUS SuB-FAaminy Byrsopine
(Curculionde). By Guy A. K. Marsnatt, F.Z.5. (Plate

A REVISION OF THE GENUS Synthocus, Schonh., AND ITs
Auules (Curculiomde). By Guy A. K. MarsHatn,
EZ.S. (Plate: vi.) ; ; é :

REVISED List oF THE FLORA oF Natat. Compiled by J.
MeEpDLEY Woop .

Mesembrianthemuwm calcareum, Marloth: A New Mimicry
Pranr By kh. Mariorn, Pb.D., M.A.

PAGE

dl

43

53

89

121

281

iv Contents.

A CONTRIBUTION TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE CAPE GOLDEN
Moures. By R. Broom, M.D., D.Sc., C.M.Z.S.

On THE LuNAaR Croup-PEeriop. By J. R. Surron, M.A.

A Srupy oF SomE Facts AND THEORIES BEARING UPON THE
QUESTION OF THE ORIGIN OF THE ANGIOSPERMOUS FLORA

oF SoutH Arrica. By 8. ScHONLAND,
IP JD).

Hon. M.A. Oxon.,

A SpEcIAL DETERMINANT HAVING (7, 8) EQUAL TO ZERO WHEN

s>r+1. By Tuomas Muir, LL.D.

CoNTRIBUTIONS TO THE AFRICAN FuLorA. By Harry Bowus .

THe Rock ENGRAVINGS OF SOUTH AFRICA.
(Plates vii.xv. and two Text-figures)

By L. P&RInGuey.

EartH TEMPERATURE AT KIMBERLEY. By J. R. Surron

Notes ON THE BUSHMEN OF BASUTOLAND.

By 8. 5. Dorman

PAGE
283
313

321

369

379

401

421

437

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

SOUTH AFRICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY,
Vou. XVIII.

ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE OVULE AND
EHMBRYO-SAC IN CASSIA TOMENTOSA, Lamx.

(Read March 27, 1907 )
(Plates I.—-II.)
By W. T. Saxton, B.A.

The development of the ovule and embryo-sac in plants has
been investigated very fully, especially during recent years, and the
normal course of events has been thoroughly worked out in several
cases. There are, however, in this species of Cassia, certain pecu-
harities of interest, which are described below. It has been found
most conducive to a clear account to give all the stages of develop-
ment, as far as they have been investigated, normal as well as
abnormal.

The species is a South American one, not native in Cape Colony,
and the material has been obtained from private gardens in Cape
Town.

It is proposed to give a short account of the development from
about the archesporial stage to the formation of the definitive
nucleus in the eight-celled embryo-sac.

The young ovule at about the archesporial stage is distinctly
campylotropous (Hig. I.). No definite archesporial cell or cells are
clearly recognisable, but one towards the centre, somewhat larger
than the surrounding cells (M.M.C., Fig. I.), is probably the
megaspore mother-cell just becoming differentiated. The primordia
of the outer (O.1.) and inner (I.1.) integuments are shown distinctly

2 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

at this stage. A slightly older stage (Figs. II.a and II.b) shows the
megaspore mother-cell much more distinctly differentiated. It is
separated from the epidermal cells by three layers of cells, indicating
a probability that the archesporial cell * was hypodermal, and gave
rise to a row of four cells of which the lowest became the func-
tional mother-cell. [This would agree with Guignard’s researches
on Cassia stipulacea and CO. corymbosa referred to below. |

The mother-cell seems to undergo a resting period while growth
of the other parts of the ovule proceeds, as the next stage (Fig. III.a)
shows the ovule distinctly anatropous, while Fig. III.b (drawn from
the same section) shows the last stage of the first division of the
mother-cell.

The second division of the mother-cell is shown in Fig. IV. The
considerable increase in the differentiation of the integuments since
the last stage (ig. III.) indicates that this division also proceeds
very slowly. This stage (Fig. IV.) shows very clearly that a row of
fowr potential megaspores is developed.

The development still proceeds very slowly up to the final
differentiation of the functional megaspore. This is shown in
Fig. V.a. .

The integuments have now reached practically their mature form,
and the diameter of the ovule is almost equal to the internal diameter
of the ovary.

The peculiar arrangement of the integuments is well shown in this
Hig. (V.a). This arrangement is always found in the mature ovary,
namely, that the micropylar opening in the outer integument is not
immediately over that in the inner integument (as is usually the case
in other plants). It is probable, therefore, that the pollen tube
would not follow the sinuous course of the micropyle, but would
grow through the tissue of at least one integument. |

Fig. V.b, drawn from the same section, indicates that it is
the third megaspore from the apex which develops, and not the
innermost, as is almost universally, the case. The two apical
megaspores abort and in later stages are almost indistinguishable
from the wall of the embryo-sac, which merely appears somewhat
thickened at the apical end.

The cases previously noted in which the innermost megaspore
does not become functional are very limited in number, and, among
the Dicotyledons, are almost all plants belonging to the natural
orders Rosacew and Leguminosex. Since these two orders are very
closely allied, there would seem to be a tendency towards this pecu-

* Assuming that a single archesporial cell was originally present: |
+ I hope to be able to investigate this point later, See note, p. 12..,

The Ovule and Embryo-Sac in Cassia Tomentosa. 3

liarity in this particular line of evolution. Cassia itself belongs to
the tribe Czsalpiniacese of the Leguminose. In Kosa it has been
found that the outermost megaspore functions.* In Hriobotrya the
innermost megaspore usually becomes functional, but sometimes the
middle or outer one. Occasionally all three begin to develop.t

Some species of Acacia conform to the normal type, 7.e., the inner-
most megaspore is functional, but in other species the inner but one
of a row of four, or the middle of a row of three, is functional. }

The development of the embryo-sac, after the stage shown in
Fig. V., proceeds rapidly and normally. The four-nuclear sac is
shown in Fig. VI. This stage also shows that the functional
megaspore is the third from the apex.

Another peculiarity is found, however, after the next division, 12.é.,
as soon as the eight-nuclear stage is reached. The antipodal nuclei,
instead of forming a group at the base of the embryo-sac, lie in
a row in a tubular prolongation (Figs. VII.a and VII.0). The
three lower nuclei are cut off by cell walls, and in considerably
later stages are not easily distinguished from the surrounding cells
of the nucellus. They do not, however, abort, but appear to
function, in common with several cells of the nucellus, as conducting
tissue.

The depleted condition of the cells surrounding the base of the
embryo-sac is very noticeable in Figs. VII., VIII., and IX.,
whereas the antipodal cells have large and deeply staining nuclei,
indicating a strong probability that they have absorbed and digested
the contents of the surrounding tissue, and will, in turn, keep the
egg apparatus supplied with nourishment by this means. At this
stage, and until that shown in Fig. X., the micropylar nuclei are
exceedingly small, but embedded in rather dense cytoplasm.

In Fig. VII.a the two middle antipodal nuclei are placed trans-
versely, but in Fig. VII.d all four lie in a row. The first case is
the same arrangement as Guignard found in Cercis siliquastrum.
In each case one of the micropylar nuclei is distinctly separated
from the other three, preparatory to its migration towards the centre
of the embryo-sac as one of the polar nuclei. In Fig. VIII. the

* J. Vesque, ‘‘ Développement du sac embryonaire des Phanérogames Angio-
spermes,” Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot., 1878 and 1879; Compt. Rend., 88, 1879; Bot.
Zeit., 37, 1879. Coulter and Chamberlain, ‘‘ Morphology of Angiosperms.”’

+ L. Guignard, ‘‘ Recherches sur le sac embryonaire des Phanérogames
Angiospermes,’”’ Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot., 1882. Coulter and Chamberlain, ‘‘ Mor-
phology of Angiosperms.”’

{ L. Guignard, ‘“‘ Recherches d’embryogénie végétale comparée. I. Légumi-
nenses,” Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot., 1881. Coulter and Chamberlain, ‘“‘ Morphology of
Angiosperms,”’

4 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Soctety.

uppermost antipodal nucleus has migrated towards the centre of the
embryo-sac, and in Fig. IX. the other polar nucleus has joined it
from the micropylar end. It would seem that it is always the
antwpodal polar nucleus which migrates first, and is then followed
by the micropylar polar nucleus.

Many cases like Fig. IX. have been found, in which the polar
nuclei are lying against the wall of the embryo-sac, and a somewhat
smaller number of cases in which, as in Fig. X., the polar nuclei
(which have now fused to form the definitive nucleus) lie in close
contact with the egg apparatus. Fig. X. shows only the egg
apparatus and the definitive nucleus. The antipodals can no longer
be clearly recognised at this stage.

The early fusion of the polar nuclei indicates that if a so-called
triple fusion occurs in Cassia tomentosa, it is not a simultaneous
fusion of three nuclei, but a fusion of the second male nucleus with
the definitive nucleus, formed by the previous fusion of the polar
nuclei. It has not been possible to investigate this point at
present.*

Figs. XI.a, b, c, d,e, f, show various stages of karyokinetic division
in the young nucellus. In d, e, and f the chromosomes are seen
in the equatorial plane. The number of chromosomes is twelve.
Unfortunately the only stage found showing the heterotypic division
was not in a condition to show the chromosomes, hence the re-
duced number could not be ascertained. There is no reason,
however, to suppose that the species is abnormal in this respect,
and we may safely assume that the reduced number is half the
ordinary number, 7.e., six. In conclusion, I have to thank Dr.
H. H. W. Pearson for advice and criticism on various points in this
investigation. |

Summary.—The chief points noted in the above account are :—

(1) The innermost megaspore is not functional, as is usually the
case, but the innermost but one.

(2) The antipodal cells, instead of fopming a group, lie in a row in
a tubular prolongation of the embryo-sac, and, together with certain
surrounding cells of the nucellus, appear to function as a conducting
tissue. |

(3) The number of chromosomes in vegetative karyokinetic
division is twelve.

BoTanicaL LABORATORY,
SourTH AFRICAN COLLEGE.

* Plants have been kept under observation for some months after flowering
commenced, but seed has only been set during January of this year. I hope to
investigate the later stages when suitable material has been obtained.

(5)

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.

All sections were cut with a Cambridge rocking microtome, the thickness
varying from 5p-10y. The figures were drawn with the aid of a Zeiss microscope
and a Zeiss camera lucida, Figs. III.b, X., and XI. with a Zeiss +-in. oil
immersion objective. The sections are cut transverse to the axis of the ovary,
thus giving longitudinal sections of the ovule.

In all Figs.O.W. = Ovary wall.
O.I. = Outer integument.
LI. = Inner integument.
M.M.C. = Megaspore mother-cell.
N. = Nucellus.
E.S. = Embryo-sac.
H.C.N. = EKgg-cell nucleus.
S.N. = Synergid nuclei.
P.N. = Polar nucleus or nuclei.
D.N. = Definitive nucleus.

: Young ovule about megaspore mother-cell stage. x 184.
Il.a & b. Young ovules showing megaspore mother-cell each. x 184.
III.a. | Young ovule showing stage of development at first division of megaspore
mother-cell. x 104.
III.b. Central part of same section more highly magnified. x 760.

Wie Young ovule showing second division of megaspore mother-cell.
x (circa) 200.

V.a. Young ovule showing development of functional megaspore. x 68.

V0. Central part of same section more highly magnified. x 320.

VI.a. Young ovule showing four-nuclear embryo-sac drawn from two sections.
x 104.

Wale De Central part of same sections more highly magnified. x 184.
VIl.a. Hight-nuclear embryo-sac. Drawn from three sections. x 184.
VII.6. Another embryo-sac showing same stage. Drawn from two sections.

x 288.
Wat Embryo-sac in slightly later stage. Drawn from two sections. x 160.
1D.¢ Embryo-sac after migration of both polar nuclei. Drawn from three
sections. x 184.
Xe Micropylar end of mature embryo-sac showing two synergide egg-

nucleus and definitive nucleus. The latter still shows two distinct
nucleoli. x 656.
XI.a-f. Stages of karyokinetic division. a-c. In plane of division. d-/. In
equatorial plane.
a x 880 6b x 880 c x 880
d x 760 e x 880 f x 760

he

a tlh gia) Poy wie | i_ f ipis
oa Cela lus

‘iia ~

aga ? 1%

‘ ’ j %
fi i > ly-Abe Cas cee whe

pw >

ys y te a io

A c
|
x
t
.
—
i
;
~_S
~. ~ 4
i
‘
is
‘
ce if rN
ai r
: ‘
5 e 7
MER ’ Oi; j
:
' vert
LAS rhs $ :
on ar nt |
i * ' "
ice ' ie AP «
Pa
ivy i i sat a t
iT
+p .
4 , ms ‘a we ‘
¥ ‘ :
(oe. yer Tee en ae

ty ie

rr | eg ee

.
~
'
%
+
s
a
at
Se
.
*
=
1
‘
ot
— :
*
y
i
4
tal
i, |
=
a
=
.

Rae “Ls

leans o firr il soc.Vo. XVII.

#
x (ctrea) 290.

A --- LT.

on

West, Newman lith.

\

>

y,

f
S

Le

oe

&

as

cay
Zoe
rane

QR

<a
ie

ers,
mae
eae
on
Be
Ee

W. T. S.del.

\
,
}
} .
»
\
ev
=
x
ake
‘ i
i
és
‘
=
4k,
—
é
’
:

°
d
4 td _ *
as
e Nan
fee
i;
i
f
'
~
ik
;
: '
* .
~ ‘
=*.
— = =
f
-
7
=
y
:
‘
.
at |

Plate II.

camer oooim Fail Soc Vol XVII.

@, ©) OO
—

(bs

NG,

'
ie 0) " yh

West, Newman lith.

W.'T.S.del.

a - ,
.
ad .
a i
al ‘
.
: : < ee
: M é ’ a:
f
me .
4 - - .
‘
{
»
\
, I te . =
' m
) =
4 +)
° '
4 a
n
Ul : e
ty
ie a
: 1
i) i
a I “ - s
fi S ——
\ -
4 ‘ =
- >; =
an
4! a \
-
. 7
rt ~~ = 5
-~ ° _ :
; é
- \ 7
- =
“
{ ‘ a
j

(7)

THE FERTILITY OF SOME COLONIAL SOILS, AS
INFLUENCED BY GEOLOGICAL CONDITIONS.

By Cuas. FE. Jurnirz, M.A., F.I.C.,

Senior Government Analyst.

(Read at a Meeting of the §8.A. Philosophical Society held on
March 27, 1907.)

About seven years ago it was my privilege to read before this
Society a paper embodying some results of investigations made in
the Government Analytical Laboratory with regard to the pro-
portions of plant food in a number of soils collected within the
South-western Districts of the Colony.* I then endeavoured, as far
as available information would permit, to refer each sample analysed
to the underlying geological formation, with a view to deducing such
‘conclusions as it would be permissible to draw respecting certain
phases of the agricultural capabilities of soils derived from this or
that series of rocks. It was at that time found practically impossible
to suggest any deductions in respect to the relationship between the
geology of a district and the agricultural potentialities of its soils,
based upon the results of chemical analyses of the latter, which
could not have been equally well arrived at by comparing the
geological features with nothing more than the practical experience
of local agriculturists. Family resemblances between soils over-
lying one and the same series of rocks were not sufficiently evident,
and, as far as the investigations in the Government Laboratory had
proceeded, similarities between soils were apparently due more to
geographical than to geological causes.

The reasons for this will become clearer as we proceed, but for the
present they may be summarised in two words—insufficient data.

It is an essential preliminary to an adequate comprehension of the
figures which I propose to place before you that I should explain
precisely what is meant by the term ‘‘soil analysis’”’ as employed
and implied in this paper. The expression has a variety of significa-
tions ; hence it is not surprising to find that it has been subjected to
much misuse, as the operations it represents have been to much

* Trans. S.A. Phil. Soc., vol. xi., pt. 2, pp. 125-160.

8 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

abuse. We are gravely told—generally by persons who are neither
chemists nor have kept abreast of the times in scientific agriculture
—that soil analysis has not the value for the farmer once attributed
to it. But there is a flaw in the reasoning, owing to want of defini-
tion : logicians call it the fallacy of the ambiguous middle term. We
may put the syllogism in another way, and you will then perceive
the flaw at once: Some modes of soil analysis are valueless for agri-
cultural purposes ; the determination of the proportion of plant food
in the soil is one mode of soil analysis; hence the determination of
the proportion of plant food in the soil is valueless for agricultural
purposes. Here the substantial correctness of both major and minor
premises may be conceded, but the conclusion is false; it is the
fallacy of a universal conclusion from a particular premise. It is
by people who reason in this manner that chemists who perform
and Governments who permit extensive investigations into the
nature of the country’s soils for the benefit of the agriculturist
are held up to fine scorn for squandering the taxpayers’ money in
vain research,

There is, however, an opposite extreme. This, like the last, is
common to the learned and the unlearned. Many imagine that the
chemical analysis of a thimbleful of soil will terminate all agricul-
tural perplexities for the farmer. Both extremes are erroneous, and
for one reason: the exact nature and scope of agricultural chemical
analyses of soils are not properly understood.

It is a generally accepted fact that certain chemical compounds
are necessary to the normal growth and development of plants.
Most prominent amongst these compounds are lime, potash, and
phosphoric oxide. These three comprise the inorganic or mineral
constituents of the food of plants; there are other constituents as
well, but it is not material to refer to these here. The three com-
pounds just named are therefore termed “ plant-food constituents.”
It is essential and important to note the distinction between “ plant-
food constituents” and “plant food Potash, for instance, is a
plant-food constituent, no matter where or how it may exist, whether
deep down in the mines of Stassfurt, or in the wool on the sheep’s
back ; in the impermeable granite below Table Mountain or in the
waters of the Dead Sea ; butit is not plant food except when present
in the soil; more than that—except when present there in the very
condition in which the plant growing upon that soil can withdraw it
and turn it to its own account.

Now a chemical analysis of the soil, to be of value to the farming
community, should tell—not the quantities of plant-food constitwents
present, but the proportions of plant food. It becomes obvious,

Fertility of some Colomal Soils. 9

then, that we are to distinguish between at least two kinds of
chemical analyses of soil, one of which supplies the farmer with
information of value, while the other does not; the latter may,
nevertheless, be of considerable value to the geologist. Those who
assail soil analysis generally confuse between these two kinds, and
rain their blows upon both without discrimination. As a matter of
fact, it would be more correct to divide soil analyses into three
classes. First of all the plant-food constituents may be present in
the soil in such a condition as to be quite incapable of being absorbed
by the plant; bearing in mind that we are looking at the subject
from the agriculturist’s standpoint, we may call these the plant-food
constituents of the third or lowest grade. The chemist who wishes
to ascertain the total quantity of plant-food constituents in the soil
needs to employ the strongest chemicals, or the energetic action of
fluxes at a high temperature, in order to attain his object, for the
plant-food constituents of the third grade are usually silicates or
aluminates, and do not respond to any less radical treatment ; in any
case they are not plant food. Needless to say that the acids
generally employed by the agricultural chemist fail to extract these
compounds from the soil, and hence do not give the utterly mis-
leading results occasionally attributed to them. The first and second
grades of plant-food constituents differ from the third in being avail-
able for plants: that is to say, they are actually plant food. These are
extractible from the soil hy mineral acids, such as hydrochloric acid.
The plant-food constituents of the first grade are readily or immedi-
ately available to plants, and the chemist can extract them from the
soil by means of water or weak organic acids, such as a dilute solution
of citric acid: those of the second grade are less soluble, less readily
available to plants, and extracted in the laboratory by strong mineral
acids, but not by water or weak organic acids. They are not imme-
diately removed by the crops, but continue in the soil as a ‘reserve
stock ’’—a term that I shall have occasion to use again; let it be
remembered, therefore, that whenever it is employed in the course of
these remarks it signifies plant food of the second grade.
Thus we have these three grades of plant-food constituents in the
soil :—
I. Soluble in water and in weak organic acids :
Immediately or readily available for plants.
II. Soluble in strong mineral acids :
Available for plants only as a reserve stock.
III. Insoluble in ordinary acids, and extracted only by fusion or
by specially powerful reagents like hydrofluoric acid:
Not available for plants.

10 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Obviously the agriculturist has little, if any, interest in non-
available plant-food constituents, and chemical analyses—be they
of a single soil sample or of a whole series of representative soils
from various parts of the country—which give only figures showing
the total amounts of plant-food constituents present, and afford no
indication as to the quantity of available plant food—whatever
interest they may possess for the geologist—have none for the farmer.
It is true that by mechanical disintegration and chemical decom-
position plant-food constituents of the third grade may ultimately
become available, as they very slowly change into those of the
second, but the process is so gradual as practically never to have
any value for the generation in occupancy. The constituents
of Grades I. and II., on the contrary, possess great interest for
the farmer; they comprise the actual plant food; the former
affect the land’s immediate productiveness, the latter its permanent
value.

So we are brought to this conclusion, that if a chemical investi-
gation of a country’s soils is to be made, it is the reserve stock of
plant food in the soil (that is to say, the constituents of the second
grade) that calls for first attention. They are constantly changing
into constituents of the first grade, and are being removed from the
soil by plants very much more rapidly than they can be produced
from the constituents of the third grade. It may be of some value,
either incidentally in certain cases or subsequently to a thorough
investigation of the reserve stock of plant food in the soils of the
whole country, to inquire into the conditions and quantities of the
other two grades as well, but the immediate and pressing necessity
is to proceed with all speed along the line just indicated as demanding
prime consideration.

We must not dwell on these points too long, especially as I hope
to revert to them again in a pamphlet, now in course of preparation,
which will deal more fully with the details of the soil investigations
that have been carried out up to the present in the Government
Analytical Laboratory, but, before passing on, it should be said that
one reason why fuller data were not to hand at the time of the pre-
paration of my last paper on this subject was that a sufficient
number of soils had not then been analysed by a method which
could be taken as affording a reliable means of ascertaining the
reserve stock of plant food in the soil, and it is, of course, in-
admissible to compare, say, a granitic soil examined by one mode of
analysis with a sandstone soil treated in another way. Even now
the data are all too few; but the need of arousing, in scientific
circles, a deeper interest in investigations of this kind, and amongst

Fertility of some Colonial Sorts. 11

the general public and the farming community more particularly,
a keener sense of their importance and value, is most pro-
nounced; hence my reason for laying before you figures which
might otherwise have been well deferred until they had attained to
greater completeness.

In all the analytical results which follow the method of analysis
adopted has been the extraction of the soil at the ordinary tempera-
ture with hydrochloric acid of 1:115 specific gravity for five days,
and the determination of inorganic constituents in the solution
so obtained.* This method was very fully detailed in my previous
paper, and I still regard it as, of all extraction methods, the most
satisfactory for quantitatively gauging the reserve stock of plant food
in soils.

Although the figures arrived at by this method from various soils
of similar type are in very close agreement amongst themselves, it
must not be supposed that the reserve stock of plant food is a
sharply defined item in any soil—one that can be determined with
the rigid accuracy generally associated with chemical operations. It
must be clearly understood that the methods of determining plant
food in soils have an element of arbitrariness about them which
causes the results obtained by their means to be more or less
empirical. At the same time it must never be forgotten that all this
can be true without in the least detracting from the great value of
the information thus gained.

Just here one or two figures may be given to indicate how plant-
food constituents in different degrees of availability are to be found
in one and the same soil. The following, taken from Bulletin No. 41
of the Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station, shows that a very
considerable proportion of the plant-food constituents present
may be in forms not available for plants :—

Phosphoric
| @rnde Iie wa.ce: Pa etibid 2h maid ce,
ESSE, eet a6 2-18 —
Heavy clay soil...... | cag: sh eel e Me Fe
Grade andigralaeoll| oa TE cu) BR MB 0

Tt will be noticed that in the clay soil as much as 96 per cent. of
the total potash is in a form unavailable for plants.

Similar results have been arrived at in our own laboratory. For
instance, three soils from farms in the George Division (Uitkyk and

* For the determination of phosphoric oxide the soil was extracted by boiling
with nitric and sulphuric acids.

12 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Great Brak River) were extracted by the hydrochloric acid method
already referred to. Thus the following percentages of plant food
(Grade II.) were obtained :—

Phosphoric
Lime. Potash. Oxide.
AM eae sCiasewies aw esos “050 °023 -012
Sees cite tesxaioneses "094 ‘O61 "015
CR R eae a aciee Ue Seuss "044 SOUT "008

On evaporating soils taken from the same localities with a mixture
of hydrochloric and nitric acids, and thereafter boiling the residues
with hydrochloric acid, very much higher results were arrived at.

Phosphoric
Lime. Potash. Oxide.
A a Sisisloeticenae cetaceans 25 “14 iit
By CSR cee cen oon 19 25 029
Gi nessa pe Reidencninacaees 25 27 055

A clear indication that these soils, which were granitic in origin,
contained a considerable quantity of plant-food constituents of the
third grade.

In analysing a soil with the object of determining its ‘‘ reserve
stock” (z.e., Grade II.) of plant food, a clear description of the
method of extraction is always essential. The standard method
adopted by Professor Hilgard and other American investigators
indicates the maxymum amount of plant food that is present in any
given soil in a condition capable of extraction by plants: this is one
reason for the adoption of the method.* A somewhat similar state-
ment may be made in respect of the “immediately available”’
(Grade I.) plant food in the soil. The results obtained, for instance,
by Dr. Dyevr’s citric acid method, may be looked upon as indicating
not the reserve stock but the immediately available plant food, and
as showing the maximum amount immediately available, in much
the same way as hydrochloric acid-of 1:115 specific gravity shows
‘the maximum that can be considered to be present as a reserve
stock. Extraction of a soil with water likewise shows immediately
available plant food therein, although not the full amount. How
much less may be extracted from a soil by ove method than by
another will be gathered from the following results obtained in

* The method adopted as a standard in the Government Laboratories here
differs from Professor Hilgard’s only in being carried out at the ordinary tem-
perature, whereas his is conducted at steam temperature. In this respect our
method is more along the line of that employed by the German experiment
stations.

Fertality of some Colonial Soils. 13

regard to a soil collected on the Government agricultural farm,
‘“‘ Hilsenburg,”’ in the Stellenbosch Division :—

Phosphoric
Potash. Oxide.
Grade I.—Extracted with water ............ Undetermined -0013
Grade I.—Extracted by Dyer’s method
(Ciao) EHC) SM ancer coeoococoboconcocoooce sonnet °017 “0036
Grade II.—Extracted by standard method 024 024

Of course it will be seen that, as everything that water or the
weaker organic acids could extract from a soil will also be removed
by hydrochloric acid of the standard strength, the second grade of
plant food will generally include the first ; in other words, if Grade I.
is taken to mean “immediately available ”’ plant food, then Grade II.
means ‘‘immediately available’’ plant food plus ‘‘reserve stock.”
This being the case, it follows that when water or citric acid
extract only infinitesimal quantities of plant food from the soil,
there may still be a large stock of plant food in reserve, but if only
small amounts are extracted by hydrochloric acid there cannot be
much plant food of any kind. IH, therefore, the hydrochloric acid
extraction method indicates the soils of a certain area to be poor,
there can be no question that they are poor indeed.

I pass on from these more or less introductory remarks to another
aspect of the subject under consideration. At the time of my
former paper the work of the Geological Commission had not
advanced to the stage it has now attained, and the results of that
work were not available, as they are at present, for the purposes of
our own investigation. The geological survey of the Colony cannot
but be of great worth to the scientific agriculturist, the more so
when supplemented by investigations such as those with which the
Government analysts have been engaged; in fact it is not too much
to say that, in great part, they only become thus fully valuable when
so supplemented. The detailed and instructive maps issued by the
Geological Commission, showing, in very many cases, the boun-
daries of the farms surveyed, cover largely the ground traversed by
the chemical staff, and are comparable with the maps issued by my
own office, in connection with which the endeavour has ever been to
mark, as accurately as possible, the farm boundaries and all locali-
ties whence samples of soil have been collected. Hence the soils
analysed can often be assigned to their proper geological formations,
and deductions drawn accordingly. Facilities were thus afforded
whereby it became possible to arrange the figures in the subjoined
tables in classified lists.

Before any further reference is made to these figures, the extreme
difficulty of obtaining samples of soils typical of definite geological

14 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

formations must be mentioned. It does not need much discernment
to classify as a sandstone soil one taken from the top of Table
Mountain, or as a Malmesbury slate soil one from the upper slopes
of Lion’s Rump, but when a valley composed of beds of the Bokke-
veld series is flanked by sandstone mountains it becomes less easy
to predicate to what extent each has influenced the chemical nature
of the soil; still more complicated is the problem when dealing with
such districts as Robertson, where, in parts, quite a large number of
rocks contribute to the formation of the soil.

Had the samples of soils examined been so selected as specially
to typify certain definite geological series, it is highly probable that
ere now much more would have been learnt regarding the nature—
from the farmer’s standpoint—of the soils derived from each series ;
but circumstances have all along rendered any such system of
collection impracticable ; indeed, as observed on a former occasion,
geographical rather than geological considerations had to guide us in
the selection of areas to be investigated.

In spite of the fact that conditions were not propitious for the
selection of typical samples, it has been possible to sort out from
the many soils that have been analysed some to typify various
geological formations, and the chemical composition of the soils so
sorted out on the whole bear out the reasonableness of the classi-
fication.

I propose, first of all, to consider the soils derived from the
geologically oldest rocks, and to follow the upward sequence thence,
as circumstances permit, ending with the superficial deposits.

Beginning, then, with the pre-Cape rocks, as the Geological Com-
mission has termed them, which underlie the Table Mountain and
correlated series, the soils derived from the Malmesbury series
require first notice. J regret that by the standard method adopted
in our laboratory no analyses have been made of sufficiently typical
soils collected within the district which gives its name to this series,
but from the Malmesbury beds of the Paarl and Stellenbosch
' Divisions the fourteen soils enumerated below were taken, in such
places as to be practically representative. The series of rocks from
which these are derived consists mostly of hard close clay-slates;
the chemical composition of the latter is, for the most part, silicate
of alumina, and, therefore, practically void not only of plant food but
also of plant-food constituents.

The percentage proportions of lime, potash, and phosphoric oxide
in the soils are what I chiefly desire to direct attention to, but there
are also incorporated in the list the percentages of moisture retained
in the air-dried soils, as well as the organic matter lost on ignition ;

Fertility of some Colonial Souls. 15

these latter are expressed in terms of the soil sifted through a
1 millimetre sieve, while the determinations of plant food are calcu-
lated upon the fine earth, a term which is herein taken to mean that
portion of the soil capable of passing through a sieve with meshes
half a millimetre in diameter. The percentages of this fine earth in
the sample as collected in the field and air-dried are also given below.

I. MALMESBURY SERIES.

Phos-

Serial) Division. Farm. pine |Water.| Ore20i¢ | Time. |Potash. phorie
1 Paarl® hvac. Matjes Kuil...... 51:0 29 1:29 024 010 017
2 NY canes Groenfontein ... | 81:2 67 2°65 ‘012 029 027
3 Po . wP Rocbocten Kuilenberg ...... 53°6 1:13 5:23 072 045 061
4 gar 1 ceased De le Meenas 55:1 1:72 6°41 100 073 055
5 Set aciticniciests Lange Rug ....... 65:3 111 522, "034 041 046
6 Bin) Macccoonane Knolle Vallei ... 79°6 1:72 7:39 098 044 056
7 RSP eisaeaesions 56 “9 330 68°7 32 177 012 013 010
8 S5h_baneeR seisisitts Driefontein ...... 50°6 52 1:23 022. 048 019
9 A Lecdeoaner Burgers Drift ... | 60:3 1:20 4:07 026 075 054

10 Ane ie asec Dryvers Vallei... | 51:8 1:48 4:87 014 039 055
11 Shey anodes Lang Hoogte ... 558 63 2°33 010 042 027
12 Stellenbosch | Elsenburg......... | 802 95 2:07 065 024 024
13 af sat yleatceecss 577 63 2-95 044 024 050
14 A Nooitgedacht ... 922 81 4:26 ‘008 039 046

Nos. 3 and 4 are possibly affected by disintegrated granite, but
very little chemical change would be noticed in consequence hereof,
for a reason that will be alluded to later. These clay-slate soils, it
will be noticed, exhibit, almost uniformly, an all-round poverty in

plant food. The percentages in the above fourteen soils average as
follows :—

aL Oper nacestc ace ce an meteors stuns nes eseeasseasaslonssicnases 039
OURS omeenasceedssme seats ees sciatinsesouotwaencebeasce tes "039
PNOSPHOTIGTOXIGE: see seacseccdets «cece seiscnoedawecctacsedses 039

Commencing near the village of Robertson, a tongue of the
Malmesbury beds runs at first westward for about thirty miles, and
afterwards northward, between two sandstone ranges, for a distance
of nearly forty miles, forming the Tulbagh valley. As will be more
readily understood later on, when we come to deal with the soils of
the Table Mountain series, the soils of the northern portion of this
valley, being practically encircled by mountains composed of Table
Mountain sandstone, are distinctly poor all round ; it would, in fact,
be difficult to understand, as we shall afterwards see, whence they
could derive any natural fertility ; the root of the tongue, nearer
Worcester, is less dominated by the sandstone, and the calcareous
matrix of the Enon conglomerate, which prevails there, exercises an
undoubtedly advantageous effect upon the soil. The following are

16 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

the analyses of the soils collected from this strip, beginning with the
sandstone-encircled tip and working downwards :—

Il. TONGUE OF MALMESBURY SERIES EXTENDING FROM THE
VICINITY OF ROBERTSON TO THE WINTERHOEK MOUN-
TAIN NORTH OF TULBAGH.

. 5 ; Phos-

Era Division. Farm. aes Water. Creneie Lime. |Potash. poor

xide.
15 Muilioagiatess | Mis cuaadieecesecee 73:4 95 351 044 032 023
16 ee ... | Knolle Vallei ...... 61°4 1:49 3°64 068 038 047
17 5 Liss i RN 98:7 5°75 10:09 ‘008 ‘030 023
18 re ... | Kluitjes Kraal ...... 94:8 292, 11°78 070 095 ‘070
19 Worcester | Breede Rivier ...... 83°4 1:34 3:77 086 027 034
20 us Wilge Rivier......... 53°7 219 7:55 150 147 093
21 A Hendracht ......... 100 2°09 6°62 066 037 069
22, Me Hartebeest Rivier | 709 ‘79 3:47 ‘016 091 051
23 = Zeekoegat ............ 89°6 1:59 4:04 260 195 089
24 A Tweefontein ......... 70:0 78 2°98 038 158 ‘078
25 is INOMM Oe eee 755 1:45 3°64 156 068 063

In many places the soils resulting from the rocks of the Malmes-
bury series are diversified by the intrusion of granite. The conse-
quent diversity is more than becomes evident at first sight, for,
although poverty in plant food is practically inherent in the soils of
the Malmesbury series, it is otherwise with those derived from
granite. This is owing to the fact that while the Malmesbury rocks
are deficient in plant-food constituents, the intrusive granite is not,
and thus the resulting granitic soils impart to the clay-slate soils
not only plant-food constituents, proportionate to the relative quan-
tities in which the two classes of soil are mixed, but also actual
plant food, proportionate to the amount of decomposition that the
granite has undergone. Where the granite has not been sufficiently
decomposed the elements of fertility contained in its constituent
minerals are not available for the plant; in other words, sufficiency
of plant-food constituents may then be present in the soil while there
is lack of plant food. The diversification of the clays derived from
the Malmesbury slates, consequent upon the introduction of granite
‘as a soil-forming factor, is therefore dependent not only on the rela-
tive quantities wherein these two classes of rock contribute to the
formation of any particular soil, but also on the stage which the
mechanical disintegration and chemical decomposition of the granite
has reached.

These facts naturally add to the difficulty of laying down anything
like a typical composition even for unmixed granitic soils. It may
be remembered that, in the course of my previous paper on this
subject, mention was made of several granite soils that had been
analysed by Professor Hahn. In one—an alluvial soil—the con-

Fertility of some Colonial Soils. 17

stituent minerals of the granite had completely decomposed, and the
results of the analysis of this soil were :—

PAINS). caccuse uote aero eee eae een aai'ieisiewscenseetes 281
POtASH sess awcdeawneteakee ce eea tee meee Rese seebicssenes 151
Phosphoric: O1GO sc .scscancn-cenan eetceteens ses os cidelose aise 172

The averages of the others, which were primary granitic soils,
twenty in number, were :—

Tustin. siaa stele a ccna tina stcias deioatteieitt a ae see cittinie saaraiste iste 037
Polis Hib io.er sees cae das ccdewt on ncensesesuasannoreenseedeuacads 025
PHOSPHOLIC OXAGE aiev.scesoscice veces oomesevaysssemecones as 014

It was not, I repeat, that the latter contained less lime, potash,-and
phosphoric oxide than the former, but that those substances were
largely present in the first soil in the condition which I have
described as Grade II., whereas in the others the greater part
existed as plant-food constituents of the third grade. With this
explanation there should be no cause for surprise that most of the
nine primary granite soils whose analyses follow are shown as
deficient in mineral plant food :—

III. GRANITE SOILS.

Fine Organic Phos-

Serial Division. Farm. asthe Water. Niatter, Lime. |Potash. phorie
26 George......... Diepkloof ............ 94-7 ‘OT 3:51 028 034 "020
27 Malmesbury | Alexanderfontein | 72:0 1:57 5:83 146 121 ‘061
28 e iy 738 115 3:18 072 075 072
29 90 se 80:0 1:47 5:01 096 095 073
30 9 59 72:2 1:01 4:33 014 114 049
31 ” a 68°0 1:09 2:64 014 045 028
32 yr) 90 76:0 1:28 4°30 014 "095 "055
33 IPMAWAl sooaosoes Vredehot ............ 61:5 “87 3°69 034 014 055
34 Stellenbosch | Neethlingshof ...| 691 1:26 4:05 024 "023 018

The averages of these soils work out as follows :—

BUI rer setas sen cose Mees eors cee tee Sodan coens cused ssee sense "049
Heth erent ses oa ciaciasiaten cisa tiaciiss oiaeselsielelb esa aivibleGiewe views 069
EOS PIVORICHOXAGE) oasis), as ces orcs aisiemsinws see tenecanaease 048

The result of the partial decomposition of the felspar contained in
the granite is seen in the relatively larger percentage of potash when
these analyses are compared with those of the clay-slate soils.

Above the slates of the Malmesbury series, in the Oudtshoorn
Division, are what have been termed the Cango beds, consisting of
quartzitic pebbles embedded in a slaty matrix, which at some places
becomes calcareous. It may be expected that the former type will
produce a comparatively poor soil, while a correspondingly better
class of soil will be produced where the calcareous matrix prevails.

2

18 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Unfortunately the sandstone range of the Zwartbergs so overshadows
the localities whence were collected the only three of our samples
which represent the area of the Cango beds that the exact extent to
which they typify these beds cannot yet be gauged. The following
are the three soils referred to :—

IV. CANGO BEDS.

: : ‘ Phos-
Serial! Division. Farm. wine |water.| 9réanic| rime. Potash.| phoric
Oxide.
35 Oudtshoorn | Lemrick............ 586 111 3:68 068 194 "123
36 * ...| Welgevonden ... 760 1:90 5:10 084 144 067
37 Me ...| Matjes Rivier ... | 61°6 3:15 17:14 7-460 087 ‘166

Nothing need be said to emphasise the great difference between
the first two and the last of these three soils.

We have now to turn our attention to a class of soils of still more
pronounced calcareous type. As in the south-western corner of the
Colony the pre-Cape rocks comprise largely the Malmesbury clay-
slates and shales, so in the northern part we have the series of rocks
which, over thirty years ago, Stow associated with the name of the
Campbell Rand—that range of precipitous cliffs which terminate
the Great Kaap Plateau towards the south-east, and flank at first
the Vaal and subsequently the Harts River for a distance of over
a hundred miles from the junction of the former with the Orange
River below Campbell. Limestone and dolomite enter largely into
the formation of these rocks, and extend westward and northward
as far as Vryburg.

In the soils representative of this series we must consequently
expect to find large quantities of hme; here and there, however, the
quartzites and sandstones of the superimposed Griquatown series
become apparent, and considerably diminish the proportions of
available lime. -

The following table shows the results of analyses of these soils :—

V. CAMPBELL RAND SOILS.

. p eat Phos-

Bee Division. Farm. Cae Water. Creanue Lime. |Potash. bere

xide.
38 Kuruman ...... Kuruman ...... 76'4 1:01 1:48 026 024 024
39 Spey dehy, lt Mee 100 3°56 38:22 3°66 ‘030 132
40 ape aaa eee & > | 88'7 2°89 7 54 4:80 084 088
41 Sie Litas co, | Upeeease 85:2 3°54 4:99 6:32 059 056
42 BN I) Mae 4 Seecet| GAN 416 6°75 14:04 028 059
43 Us eee: aoe Dae . 871 1.86 213 ‘278 ‘068 026
44 Vryburg ...... Geluk ............ 89°6 “92, 1:63 062 020 013

Fertility of some Colomal Soils. 1g

Stow * distinguished between the rocks of this series and the olive
shales, as he termed them, deposited unconformably over the ancient
schistose rocks underlying the crystalline limestones of the Camp-
bell Rand. The analyses given in the next table are those of soils
which may be taken as representing this deposit of shales :—

VI. QUARTZITES AND SHALES EAST OF CAMPBELL RAND.

(Stow’s OLIVE SHALES.)

: : ‘ ; Phos-
Boral Division. Farm. ae Water. Ginnie Lime. |Potash. phoric
45 Hopetown ... | Vluitjes Kraal ...... 90:0 Wo 1°29 048 065 020
46 Barkly West | Brady’s ............... 92°2, 94 1:78 044 ‘050 031
47 = a. oe 84-4 | 1°16 2-80 020 | 112 | -045
48 - Patrys Kraal ......... 83°4 202 2°98 082 056 038
49 f ate ae 93:4 | 3:33 4°19 240 | +193 | -031
50 5 Gaanzepan ............ 97°3 66 1:47 020 ‘046 013
51 O6 aye Oh eeanetines 94°6 63 1°31 036 035 014
52 55 EDIE Oe pr racaeceea cn 94°6 4:74 10°90 3°768 ‘187 101
53 A Zwartputs ............ 98'°3 ‘719 1°69 020 ‘037 022,
54 a PAT. Beeese cca nsece 96°8 2°02 298 082 ‘056 038
55 a Je RAG OT im anseconoanaetodees 96°6 6°82 5 64 1:037 054 195
56 a |S LAVA Gs eae nena Seme aarene 97°6 6:03 4:98 461 ‘027 154
57 Taungs ...... Salisbury ............... 93°8 "54 117 034 034 009
58 Bie. eee Luxmotre ............... 85'2 2°95 3:11 22.0 101 063
59 Nun Abe anes Middle Park ......... 95:4 2°56 3°38 162 ‘103 055
60 A Meo be Aon Pe Reopens 882 61 1°31 010 030 014
61 + Mogogong ........... 735 | 1:04 913 022 | -024 | -045
62 Be isioues opie) iY Soosrenenarc 82°5 2°47 3°91 130 ‘118 059
63 a thatees A. Been Wee occBeeseace 76°6 1:22 2°19 008 ‘041 045
64 Fae B ccisbanee ht We 8! 3S ements 80°9 1°78 Q°47 054 ‘074 040
65 Sen bcoses 730 *84 171 006 039 032

Although some of the soils enumerated in this last table are of
good quality, nearly all of them show a deficiency in potash and
phosphoric oxide, while about a dozen lack lime as well. Their
averages are as follows :—

TE ITR GE Parameters nate dace ane nsOaee cad vaieathnss oMelueaiscteoaene tes 310
TEOURIGL OE a dude ac eoHe BOO RCE IRE COGROP EEE thee CoE Ene Aner ene 067
HOS PMORIC] ORAS anna sees es acecne uns see seaauecdeneasiwees 051

Of the rocks of the Cape System, the lowest are those of the Table
Mountain series. Table Mountain sandstone constitutes the greater
part of the lofty mountain ranges which extend for hundreds of miles
along the south-western part of the Colony; they tower above all
other rocks for very many miles around, and it is, therefore, a safe
assumption to make that the virgin soils, collected from these high
altitudes, are quite uninfluenced by any other geological formations.
Furthermore, the rocks of the Table Mountain series consist of little
else than silica, namely, sandstones and quartzites, with occasional
shales. It may be anticipated, therefore, that the soils thence

* Geol. Soc. Quarterly Journal, December, 1874.

20 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

derived will not be of very complex chemical composition, but will,
on the contrary, lack the essential elements of plant food. This we
actually find to be the case. The following is a table showing the
results of analyses of 46 soils collected either directly from areas
formed of this sandstone or from valleys so completely dominated by
ranges of the Table Mountain series as to render it practically certain
that no other geological formations could have contributed to their

composition in any marked degree :—

VII. TABLE MOUNTAIN SANDSTONE SOILS.

; ; : Phos-
Boral Division. Farm. ae Water. ie Lime. |Potash. prone
66 | Bredasdorp | The Hope............... 90°6 1°75 5°35 064 ‘017 "045
67 | Caledon ...... Gloviaye ce. perceteee eee 73°5 47 177 010 ‘017 037
68 APs lee ease: Ny de. uckiecechvnecteermne es 64°3 86 2°92, 006 008 028
69 550 lprcadgaeeall (UBS SUAS Fo eee anna Ber 52°5 34 1:26 008 008 015
70 sae aewdeas Geelbeks Viel......00.. 81°6 “58 3°36 "044 014 “009
val Sm Wien Isaaks Rivier ......... — 1°01 = "014 “09 05
72 | Ceres ......... Riet Vallei............... 97:0 36 1:93 072 015 022
73 asks, ae Pres eeee og Sse cnaaat 80°7 37 1°86 ‘010 015 028
74 Real cccnocans ie | DBiwehdocsueans 98°3 OT 1°41 ‘010 012 010
75 sot Po esmetaeonad lain & bye e poceeeenenuceee 98°0 56 2°55 “008 ‘017 "032
76 | George......... Outspan Reserve ...| 97'8 1°62 6°57 034 "016 022
17 see ceereee Woodville ............... 98°2 1°41 6°02 024 ‘010 015
78 een, eaGnems Diep River ............ 97°0 1°12 5°94 026 ‘016 031
79 Ba cee Nessras Grootfontein ......... 66°8 2°78 8:06 ‘040 041 "095
SOMA err. Ceiensts Schoonberg ............ 81°9 2°84 7:37 030 "066 068
81 Knysna cote: Geelhoutboom ...... 96:0 1°17 6°55 032 012 020
82 WUD Westone Roode Kraal............ 98°5 86 4:19 044 ‘011 013
83 See eater Balmoralye eee 94°7 ‘97 5:01 “050 014 ‘018
84. in) Meie tha Millwood ............... 96°6 1°59 8°86 074 ‘017 031
85 fe Meee oe Portland Heights ...| 95°6 3°84 12°21 032 028 056
&6 Aci i OuGECA Povbland yee 98°2 1:27 5°81 028 “014 046
87 Ae eee ee AISTMIDY (ice ccceesodeacenenes 97°0 66 2°80 028 023 010
S88 Al dee keee. Eae2 Holt biti A dash See aes 98-0 1:20 5°39 “082 "030 ‘018
89 Oudtshoorn Saffraan River......... 76'3 *40 1°89 ‘074 035 040
SO | Baiarl! 2.0.5.0: KeerwedeY............+:: 79 2°16 7:57 ‘010 039 042
91 Be Dede etteel|| See eee Cetera cares 70°4 1:40 4:27 042 ‘087 042
92 Swe SntceRen La Dauphine Peeeneee ||| MONRO. ‘81 2°55 ‘008 013 ‘038
93 cence La terre de Luque...| 651 ‘97 2°78 ‘008 ‘013 022
94 ARO esSHepaa Ane a0 5 Sele 56°9 1°56 4:77 “006 ‘015 ‘017
95) eas ee oes Zand Drift ............ 86'3 1°41 3°85 ‘058 ‘019 038
96 Robertson .. Concordia ............... 66°4 81 3°25 ‘030 027 ‘036
97 Fp Mel > 9 ¢ cayn, ” (yaeseoatenennts 62°4 59 2°95 013 “060 045
98 Rietvallei ............... 60°3 21 1:21 ‘010 036 ‘010
99 Swellendam Tradouws Hoek...... 76'8 ote 4:15 024 033 023
100 | Tulbagh...... Doornboom ............ 24:4 OT 1°61 ‘008 020 019
101 | Uniondale... | Gold Diggings......... 5771 1°78 4°72 "054 “050 ‘O77
102 .% ... | Avontuur ............... 83"44 “71 2°92 °058 ‘030 ‘036
103 5 Fea) | IMEIS SUNG Rea. coecceensoee ee 35'8 "76 3°30 050 "062 052
104 3 ... | Klipheuvel ............ 94°2 "74 2:97 030 038 026
105 ‘, ... | Krakeel River ......... 92°4 1:07 3:20 “040 054 "044
106 |Worcester ... | Slanghoek............... 98°5 2°92 10°47 022 028 136
107 99 ... | De Doorne............... T41 62 2°48 048 ‘085 "052
108 - SPCUGIIN Mtsctses setes tones 752, ‘96 3°38 044 ‘067 047
109 " ... | Wagenboom............ 33°2 17 "44 ‘038 “015 "022
110 3 ... | Vendutie Kraal ...... 88'6 69 3:03 086 048 033
111 Ap .. | Karbonaatjes Kraal| 52°2 ‘09 iT ‘016 034 "024

It will be observed that in no single instance does the reserve
stock of either lime or potash rise as high as ‘1 per cent., and only
in one case—that of sample No. 106, from the farm Slanghoek, in
the Worcester Division—does the percentage of phosphoric oxide

Fertility of some Colomal Souls. 21

exceed ‘1. The average percentages of the reserve plant food in
these 46 sandstone soils are as follows :—

JOUMG "2.55. cc ncesocsnseememmemaenere aececsacsencss@euaese 034
Potash... Asses sdeh ates oes des sensu ceaarecs ta. sess nase 031
Phosphoric Omide Rasesstnc- sees -eeencueirere.- cece seen t ‘036

Lying conformably above the Table Mountain sandstone are beds
of what is known as the Bokkeveld series. These consist of
alternate layers of shales and sandstones, the lower bands of the
series being fossiliferous. It would, perhaps, have been difficult to
predict, without previous practical agricultural experience, what
would be revealed by chemical analysis of soils derived entirely from
the Bokkeveld beds ; nor is it easy to tabulate—bearing in mind the
circumstances under which the samples were collected—a list of soils
formed solely from the beds in question ; for, to the reasons which
operate against this in other cases, there must here be added this—
that the Bokkeveld beds occur mostly in valleys, and the resulting
soils are, therefore, as a general rule, diluted or otherwise influenced
by the disintegration and decomposition of the rocks composing the
surrounding hills and mountains. Hence there are very special
difficulties involved in sorting out many Bokkeveld soils that could
really be called typical from the samples that have been dealt with
in our laboratories. I have, however, made a choice of eighteen,
which may fairly be considered to represent solely Bokkeveld-
derived soils; the results of the analyses of these are given in the
following table :—

VIII. BOKKEVELD SOILS.

Phos-

Set Division. Farm. ree Water. creanie Lime. |Potash.| phoric
Oxide.

112 | Ladismith...| Buffelsfontein ......... 86°8 1°66 4:97 150 O74 073
113 | Robertson...) Harmonie I. ............ 80°5 1°23 5°41 122, "153 079
114 35 ...| Harmonie II............. 83°9 1:07 3°92 564 095 047
115 55 cod|| LEGS ISG eOLIS) “S5seqcosodoodes 80°8 1:13 4:64 114 250 120
116 55 UM resend Ra dehasvenver cs 95°2 1°49 571 742 202 193
117 a IBENS (ela)! lore oooeeneECCeneacee 49°3 1:93 5°28 808 331 148
118 5 fee RADEEIR Chek caeacre sashes 94-7 1:28 6°07 600 "247 139
119 |Swellendam | Poortfontein ............ 62°7 “31 1°32 046 176 036
120 Fe Wiitivdlighy seteccseceeecesee 81°0 2°04 6:92 2518 416 234
121 is Doorn Rivers Vallei| 172°8 121 576 042 262. 134
122 5 3 rr 9 80°3 118 5:95 106 272 151
123 es Lemoens Hoek......... 89:0 1°21 5°69 170 197 122
124 | Uniondale...| Kamanassie Wagen

ID Verb ie secnosesnensocenodes 57:9 1°54 7°10 102 182 095
125 aS ...| Wilgehouts Rivier ...| 93°2 1:09 4:96 048 212, 104
126 Py ...| Roode Heuvel ......... 81:7 87 3°34 098 *255 122
127° | Worcester...| Keurbosch Kloof...... 717 ‘96 4-67 136 "164 086
128 50 Ms sa Sap eure 79°0 “98 3°89 449, "139 O77
129 as ...| Stinkfontein ............ 70°6 1°64 6°65 162 324 156

On comparing the above table with the preceding one, it imme-
diately becomes plain how greatly these Bokkeveld soils differ from

22 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

those of the Table Mountain series. While the proportions of lime,
potash, and phosphoric oxide practically never exceed ‘1 per cent. in
the sandstone soils, they rarely fall below that figure in the typical
soils of the Bokkeveld series. The average percentages of plant food
in these eighteen soils work out as follows :— |

JETbTOYs) © Sagqoouncoaa soqodonEnAgaood acd coNEdsqnbia08d80G00600050000 387
POtaS lity csuddicsbasaeoee semen jegatasoteeeccse ness suqnemescers 231
Phos pWOriGiOXIde crmscssccmucaes see iscds-ceeecceeeere 118

It is difficult to say, in default of a previous thorough investigation
of soils which are known to be productive in this Colony, what pro-
portions of plant food may be considered to render a soil either
chemically rich or of normal fertility ; but, basing our opinions on
Kuropean and American standards, we may affirm that, while the sand-
stone soils show an all-round poverty, our analyses reveal the average
Bokkeveld soil to be satisfactorily provided with all of the three
essential inorganic elements of plant food.

Just here we touch upon a somewhat curious feature. As far as
can be gathered, the soils in Table VII. represent undoubted sand-
stone soils, and those in Table VIII. purely Bokkeveld soils, but in
various localities a number of soils have been taken from near the
line of junction between the Table Mountain and Bokkeveld series.
In some cases the underlying rock belongs to the former series, in
others to the latter, but in both cases I have noticed a peculiarity in
the composition of these ‘‘junction”’ soils, the nature of which will
become evident upon glancing through the next table.

IX. BOKKEVELD NEAR JUNCTION WITH TABLE MOUNTAIN
SANDSTONE; OR VICE VERSA.

: : : Phos-

Bere Division. Farm. en Water. Creanic Lime. |Potash. pape

xide.
130 | Ladismith ... | Papenkuilsfontein}| 60°5 64 2°36 056 ‘136 042
131 | Robertson ... | Donkerkloof......... 9071 108 6:18 064 126 ‘061
4 132 ap ree MO des cAnas stort 80°9 65 4°33 ‘032 180 ‘068
133 “1959 ... | Harmonie L ......... 70:2 ‘98 4°52 ‘016 ‘147 ‘050
134 aA ... | Het Kruis Pad...... alll 1:20 6°45 038 125 ‘079
135 ns ite A Bs a ee 64:7 ‘90 3°63 050 078 074
136 | Swellendam | Het Goed Geloof...| 62°5 2:00 11°03 074 ‘210 201
137 .. Barrydale ............ 83°4 1:16 6:12 040 250 ‘096
138 | Worcester ...| De Doorns............ 81°6 ‘69 314 050 113 049
139 ...'| Klein Straat......... 93°8 Lay 3:01 "022 105 054
140 a wee ENZOLTASU mecteasereenee 770 39 2°01 024 ‘077 052

I regret that not more than eleven soils are available for the
purpose of illustrating the point involved; it will, however, be seen
that, while these soils resemble those of the Table Mountain series
in regard to the amounts of lime and phosphoric oxide contained,

Fertility of some Colonial Soils. 23

they approach the Bokkeveld soils in respect of their potash content.
This feature is perhaps better distinguished on taking the averages,
which, for the last table, are as follows :—

TION. «oa soresgn cea’ cio ceneere anata va tat aoa acleeraisks se'eisereias 042
BObasla sicavcn see syat- oeaeoea omer ae eee lustsiadelece vc 141
Phosphoric Oxides. vesss se sacercccsesetncnae see sisiee cease 075

If these were simply Bokkeveld soils diluted by alluvial sand
from the Table Mountain series one would expect a lowering of all
three plant-food constituents in the same proportion; but, as we
see, the reduction of lime and phosphoric oxide is proportionately
much greater than that of the potash.* It puzzled me at first to
account for this, but one explanation seems feasible. Dr. Corstor-
phine, in his second report on the Geological Survey of the Colony,t
remarks on the distinctive character of the lowest beds of the
Bokkeveld series, which enables one with little or no difficulty to
draw the line of separation between it and the Table Mountain
series below. The basement beds of the Bokkeveld series, he says,
are felspathic and micaceous, and quite different from the hard,
compact quartzite of the older series. I am not aware whether
it is potash felspar that is here alluded to, and our analyses, as
before observed, do not furnish data with regard to the total amounts of
the plant-food constituents in the soil, but it seems just possible that
in this fact lies the explanation of the predominance of potash in
what appear to be primary soils collected near the common horizon
of the two series. It would certainly be of interest to investigate
the subject more closely, so as to confirm or disprove the hypothesis
here suggested. or this purpose samples of soil would have to be
collected in such a manner as to render it absolutely certain that
they were primary soils representing the vicinity of the line of
junction; in the past the collection of soils has been carried on
largely without regard for geological considerations—the time has
now arrived, I think, for greater precision in this respect.

It may be pointed out just here that one of the soils classed as a
true Bokkeveld soil, No. 119 in Table VIII., bears a considerable
resemblance in chemical composition to those enumerated in
Table IX.: its potash, compared with the deficiency of lime and
phosphoric oxide, is high, but not so high as the general run of true
Bokkeveld soils, and in both lime and phosphoric oxide it is the
poorest of the Bokkeveld soils. I have classed it among the latter

* In a mixture of 45 parts of the average Sandstone soil (Table VII.) with 55
of the average Bokkeveld soil (Table VIII.), the percentages of plant food would
be—Lime, -228; Potash, :141; Phosphoric oxide, ‘081.

+ Ann. Rept. Geol. Commission, 1897, p. 16.

24 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

because of its geographical position, but it appears almost certain,
upon the basis of the reason just stated, that it must have been
derived from the basement beds of the Bokkeveld series.

Above the Bokkeveld beds, and therefore geologically of more
recent date, are those of the Witteberg series. They consist of
quartzites associated with shales, and the soils thence derived
would therefore be expected to conform in chemical character with
those resulting from the older Table Mountain series. I regret that
only four of the soils analysed in our laboratories can be assigned
with any definiteness to this formation. The results of their analyses
are as follows :—

X. WITTEBERG SOILS.

: : Phos-
Serle Division. Farm. peas Water. Greanle Lime. |Potash. pupHe
141 | King William’s
MG Wwileseccececere Evelyn Valley | 975 6:26 16°60 050 082 105
142 Ladismith ...... Elands Vallei 85:3 93 4:08 036 071 068
143 | Victoria East... | Hogsback ...... 99°6 5:87 10°72 028 038 055
144 | Worcester ...... Matjes Kloof... | 707 93 1:53 088 041 033

On account of their fewness it is scarcely permissible to compare
these four soils with the forty-six derived from the Table Mountain
series ; but, as has already been remarked, it is one of the purposes
of this paper to point the need of greater exertion, and, on that
ground, it may not be unfitting to emphasise paucity of information
so as to induce fuller investigation. There are vast tracts of country
dominated and influenced by ranges of mountains built up of the
Witteberg beds, and, if the investigations proposed by me about a
dozen years ago had been both embarked upon and prosecuted with
the alacrity fondly pictured at the start, it is possible that the soils
of extensive areas would ere now have been mapped out in such a
way as to show, at all events in some respects, how they answer
chemically to the requirements of fertility.

These observations come in most suitably just at this stage,
because it was precisely in connection with the Witteberg soils
that I was first led to propose to the Government of the day that
a systematic agricultural survey of the Colony’s soils should be
taken in hand, impelled thereto by the results of analyses I had
made of soils from the Albany and Humansdorp Divisions, in both
of which areas that bone disease in stock vernacularly termed
‘“lamziekte’”’ (literally, ‘‘lame sickness’’) prevailed.

The soils of a great part of the Albany Division, and of the
adjoining Divisions of Bathurst and Willowmore, are apparently

Fertility of some Colomal Souls. 25

largely derived from the quartzites of the Zuurberg range, which
is entirely built up of rocks of the Witteberg series; while almost
throughout the whole of the Humansdorp Division the soil is the
result solely of disintegration of the great ranges of Table Mountain
sandstone which extend along the south coast from George, and
eventually die out in the Zitzikama range. These sandstones and
quartzites contain practically nothing capable of affording nutriment
to plants, and are almost devoid of the very mineral salts essential
for the production of bone material. It would be of more than
interest to have the areas that are covered by these poor soils
mapped out as exactly as possible, so as to show their extent, and
yet these all-important investigations have been absolutely dormant
these seven years past.

The average results of the above Witteberg soils may as well
be added for comparison with those already given: they are as
follows :—

JUMMNG. Sogdagodocce doconns6dcdc dob DBanGOd OC HUROLTOReoenBbcoOoe 051
JPOUEEO,., coosedaconsacadoohead cobopsSaCKEebbonooobHENOeos Saba 058
JEG] NCIC! CYAIGIS seccepaccataduoone SucHonSFOCCOCHIGNOCONOCO 065

These soils, as before remarked, may be expected to resemble
those from the similar sandstones of the Table Mountain series.
There is, however, more clayey material in the Witteberg rocks, and
hence—if the subject were more closely investigated—we should
probably discover that the soils derived from them do not exhibit
quite the absolute poverty of the Table Mountain sandstone soils :
it is true that the above four analyses representing the Witteberg
series are along the line of this view, but they are altogether too few
in number to add any confirmation thereto.

The soils derived from the Dwyka series, which overlie the Witte-
berg beds, lead us from the Cape into the Karroo System, where we
meet with an all-round richer type of soil than the average of the
older system. Of the soils which represent the Dwyka beds of
shales and conglomerates we have unfortunately examined only two
that can be taken as in any way typical, and both of these were
collected within the Worcester Division: their analyses resulted
as follows :—

XI. DWYKA SOILS.

" : . Phos-
Reveal Division Farm. ee Water. Crean’ Lime. |Potash. phere
145 | Worcester | De Hoek .................. 84-1 3°80 6°85 1-640 157 065
146 ae Aan de Doorn Rivier| 866 1:08 2°54 "386 ‘119 052

|

26 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

We cannot, of course, generalise from the results of two analyses ;
all that can here be said is that these two differ from those of the
Table Mountain and Witteberg sandstones, on the one hand, by
showing adequate proportions of lime and potash, and from the
Bokkeveld soils, on the other, in their relatively low phosphoric
oxide. The matrix of the rocks constituting the conglomerates is
composed of quite a variety of minerals, amongst which felspar,
augite, and calcite are prominent, and would probably disintegrate
into just such soils as are typified in the above two analyses.

Passing over the intervening rocks of the Karroo System, in
respect of which it would be difficult, for several reasons, to submit
any analyses of typical soils at the present stage, we have next to
giance briefly at the upper series of this System, namely, the Storm-
berg series, which we may group with the Burghersdorp, or upper-
most beds, of the Beaufort series just below them. These consist of
sandstones, shales, and clays, interspersed with calcareous rocks,
and producing soils of a red or purplish colour. I do not think that
we can assign any of these soils that have hitherto been analysed as
definitely to certain geological series as in the case of the older rocks,
partly because many of the samples were not officially collected. At
the same time a selection has been made of soils taken from localities
where the influence of the Stormberg and Burghersdorp beds was
most likely to have been traced in their composition; they are
comprised in the following table :—

XII. BURGHERSDORP BEDS AND STORMBERG SERIES.

: : : Phos-
Bot Division. Farm. nee Water. renee Lime. |Potash. phoris
147 | Albert ......... Odendalstroom | 94°6 2°44 371 540 048 138
148 Rye): Wedvieteiae Pr 95:2 2:10 2°68 424 051 089
149 Aliwal North | Aliwal North... | 995 3:23 3°66 ‘376 079 ‘088
150 63 " =5 We OG 20 4°32, 276 123 ‘087
151 a id a Sc ecso | Sen 4:17 "192 128 057
152 i5 3 - pp ooo || Qf tax|| Btls) 4°73 ‘036 123 ‘056
153 | Colesberg ... | Oorlogspoort... | 911 2°49 373 |- 046 "156 068
154 50 ce 55 si 92°7 2°67 3°69 094 165 ‘072
155 a dha - BAG 938 2°94 3°84 ‘114 183 ‘070
156 ae 580 30 ae 976 4°40 651 506 203 115
157 59 nee oA EBS 95:1 2:33 3°84 066 184 ‘073
158 3 500 50) 385 94:7 3°51 3:81 ‘216 136 ‘069
159 | Queenstown | De Boulogne... | 99'5 6:94 6:36 ‘232 ‘341 ‘074
160 ” ” 5a0 98:3 | 10:08 10°75 852 237 069
161 ” : ” boc 92:4 5:94 6:05 346 235 145
162 Steynsburg... | Zout Kuil ...... 94:8 6:19 334 042 195 ‘031
163 59 tele PY acc 929 2:89 3:23 448 152 038
164 a 00 Pay mb eoseac 97°8 5°65 481 ‘062 ‘181 ‘089
165 99 3 sy) escort 97°5 4:28 4:25 ‘062 213 121
166 90 506 Fo hares 911 4:00 4:26 044 ‘189 097
167 +5 sa ie esos 98:0 5'58 5:09 ‘066 ‘257 093
168 AN ... | Klerk’s Kraal... | 98:4 4:33 4:09 238 196 013
169 aa ... | Middel Water | 98'8 4:27 3:79 130 192 ‘037

170 ‘ .. | Van Vuuren’s
Keraiail Se snesccsees 98:0 3:99 3°99 188 ‘161 ‘080

Fertility of some Colomal Soils. 27

The most remarkable feature about these soils is that they are all
very uniform in texture and fine in grain, as may be noticed on
glancing down the column headed ‘ Fine EKarth.” The effect of the
calcareous rocks is seen in the relatively large proportions of lime in
some of the soils; their irregular occurrence in the very small per-
centages exhibited by some others. There is, in fact, much less
range in the potash than in the lime of these soils.

The averages for these Burghersdorp and Stormberg soils are as
follows :—

WANANG) Seth adue ee adeaeweandotece nee seers paces aacaeross Jasco 233
Hotashiy (sag... passtince eiisoialejsilctects cals seisieniscelen see tae Sobocae 172
BMOSPMOKIG OXAGE! ..5,.24 Ssassices yoce Hae aie solige sewaaaeei 078

The next class of soils that we have to deal with belongs to the
Uitenhage series, and more particularly to the geological base of
that series, namely, the Enon conglomerate. The formation is of a
more recent date than any of those previously considered, and we
here pass from the Karroo to the Cretaceous System. The Uiten-
hage series consists of shales, clays, and sandstones, with limestone
bands and marls. A fair proportion of lime may therefore be
expected in the soils to which these rocks give rise, and in the
following table this anticipation will be seen to prove correct :—

XIII. UITENHAGE SERIES.

7 : : Phos-
Se Division. Farm. Sree Water. Pete Lime. |Potash.| phoric
Oxide.
171 | Knysna...... Gaanze Vallei ... | 995 219 631 116 054 045
172 rt pone Witte Drift......... 908 1:60 6°42 "112 ‘069 ‘044
173 bye twtr Matjesfontein ... | 84:4 1:33 5:16 112 039 ‘078
174 |Oudtshoorn | Vlakte Plaats...... 895 2:06 6:25 1170 299 150
175 be Riet Vallei ......... 56:0 65 1:85 154 100 ‘074
176 A Oudtshoorn......... 69°9 3°73 4:33 ‘100 149 058
177 a Blaauwboschkuil | 91:5 1:97 4:31 ‘530 ‘211 134
178 55 Welbedacht ...... | 91:0 ‘87 2°50 606 144 124
179 es Jan Fourie’s
Karaial icicescdonsss 95:9 “84 2°36 172 161 063
180 aa Welgerust ......... 911 1:57 265 170 170 063
181 . Adjoining Buffels
Wienke Rapa seeneacn 81:9 “44 1°64 046 098 049
182 | Uitenhage | Upper Landdrost | 995 2:70 4:72, 182 292 ‘073
183 . 5 ae 98:9 ‘79 2°56 156 197 068
184 aK Gouvernements
Belooning ...... 99 1 1:92 562 ‘718 "333 143
185 6 Gouvernements
Belooning ...... 98:3 1:07 3°30 ‘078 108 ‘075
186 3 Klaas Kraal ...... 93:2 “94 3°64 392 239 116
187 aa ‘ St whens 100 1:35 3°63 592 226 ‘086
188 3 oe Hee cers 98°4 ‘90 2°90 066 ‘178 068
189 D is Sor Penecane 99°6 1:02 2°54 182 185 092
190 Pe Malmaison ......... 95'8 1:22 3:48 ‘278 ‘276 087
191 Ae AA bh kepeencnen 99:2 118 3:73 338 ‘278 132

It is interesting to note how closely these Uitenhage soils resemble
those of the preceding table in respect of their plant-food content ;
in each case the average is slightly higher than in the Burghersdorp
and Stormberg soils, namely—

28 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

NE TTIVG Wo eelsits cigs co eis oo ecigay ae eiciclons Since mec eteotee cen eee eee 299
POCASI ces. scbase consent sagoesedeerea sere emeeeme eee 181
Phosphoric: OXIGO 6.02504: scoseanes ee eeecn ee rem eR eee 087

Not many analyses have been made of soils representative directly
and solely of recent superficial deposits. Two samples, one of which
is a type of the blown sands that cover the Cape Flats, yielded the
results given below :—

XIV. SAND DOWNS.

: : : Phos-
Ss il fae : ?
Rea Division. Farm. eee Water. Creauie Lime. |Potash.| phoric
| Oxide.
192 Knysna ...... Sidgefield......... 96°4 ‘56 171 090 050 051
193 Stellenbosch | Eerste River ...| 981 — — ‘066 010 = 008
| |

Both of these, it will be seen, are very poor in plant food generally.

Of quite a different type are the silts transported, some of them
over distances of hundreds of miles, by streams and rivers. The
composition of our river silts is far too vast a subject to discuss at
this stage, but it is one that calls for much close study and patient
investigation. Silts are proverbially fertile—a circumstance which is
due not only to their chemical composition but to their mechanical
condition as well. ‘To this the Oudtshoorn Division, whose soils are
so largely made up of the silts and clays brought down from the
Karroo by the Gamka and Olifants Rivers, owes its productiveness.
Amongst all the soils that have been analysed in the Government
laboratories none occupy a higher place than those of the Oudtshoorn
Division, and much of the rich soil of that area is now being carried
away into the sea by the Gouritz River, especially at times of disas-
trous flood, although some of it is retained and deposited.in the
Mossel Bay and Riversdale Divisions as the river passes through
them on its seaward course.

Eleven analyses of such river deposits have been made by means
of the standard method, with the results below given :—

_)

XV. ALLUVIAL SILTS AND RIVER DEPOSITS.

: : P Phos-

eal Division. River. Farm. ane Water. Crea Lime. |Potash.| phoric

? : : Oxide.
194 Gordonia ... | Orange ...... Upington ......... 100 3:23 3:49 582 093 061
195 AG ies Rone merle Se Tae ace 100 168 2°05 400 065 052
196 Albert......... sae” Beteeie Odendalstroom | 100 3°46 4°42 1:372 042 149
197 Prieska ...... ee Zeekoebaard ... | 100 599 14°81 1444 “473 221
198 | Kimberley | Vaal ......... Warrenton ...... 91°5 2°50 3°34 ‘278 ‘108 ‘074
199 “ ye Meee re 0 es 88:2 6:29 5:07 "346 094 ‘070
200 Ladismith Buffels ...... Buffelsvallei ... | 65:0 ‘93 4:04 332 ‘166 ‘106
201 4 mane aesuiee Zeekoegatsdrift | 975 “92, 4:39 344 ‘187 ‘097
202 Swellendam | Touws ...... Zeventontein ... | 972 64 3:59 220 146 082
203 Knysna. ...... Keurbooms | Matjesfontein... | 971 3.05 11:92 544 105 ‘110
204 Libode ...... St. John’s | Isinuka ............ 97:2 2°73 165 520 ‘171 ‘137

Fertility of some Colonial Soils. 29

They show considerable variety, both in texture and in chemical

composition. The proportions of lime, potash, and phosphoric oxide
average as follows :—

HEANATO)P Se ceaerescsomvecmcrenactasasete ceesancrcscatse sees scssaions 584
POUAGIIM <c se escceeeacsenies cacteee seomsereconeetenes: senwetesc. 153
IPHOSPHOLIG OXIdS 32. Ge sess osecs telematics cesses 106

I append, in tabular form, a summary of the average results
obtained from the various types of soil reviewed during the course
of these remarks; this may serve to bring out more clearly the
characteristic differences in respect of plant food. The average
amounts of water contained in each class of soil when air-dry have
also been added ; the low water-retentive capacity of the soils of the
Malmesbury and Table Mountain series will be noted, as also the
large amounts of moisture retained by the Upper Karroo soils of
the Burghersdorp-Stormberg type.

Number Phos-
Geological Formation. of Soils |Water.| Lime. |Potash.| phoric
Analysed. Oxide.
Mees bor y series ...... 14 ‘94 039 es a
TANTO, moses ee scece oe sccaees 9 1:19 049 ; ;
Ere-Cape Roeks).-- {sei Rand series... 7 399 | 4169 | 048 | “057
Olive shales ...............05 o1 2:08 ‘310 067 ‘051
Table Mountain series 46 1:08 034 031 036
poreeld series ........ P 18 1:27 “387 231 ‘118
ommon horizon o
Cape System......... TTI MSTRLERGAL GAG
Bokkeveld series ...... 11 93 042 141 075
Witteberg series............ 4 3°49 051 ‘058 065
Dwyka series ............... 2 2:44 | 1:013 138 059
Karroo System...... Burghersdorp beds and
Stormberg series ...... 24 4:29 233 172 ‘078
Cretaceous System... Uitenhage series............ 21 1:44 ‘299 181 ‘087
Sand Downs................+. 2 — 078 ‘030 027
Recent deposits ...4 Alluvial silts and river
GOPOSLLS!..sseven: coseonecewes 11 2°86 “584 153 106

In placing these results of some of our work before you, I must
again express my sense of their meagreness. ‘These investigations
have now been in progress for some twelve years, or rather, they
were started twelve years ago, but it must be confessed that, when
the period of time is taken into account, there is very little to show.
The Director of the Geological Survey of the Colony, in his Report
for 1904, remarks that, at the rate his work of mapping the Colony
geologically is progressing, the task will take over thirty years to
complete. I have a similar plaint to utter, but on our side a century
will probably be the minimum limit, unless an earnest attempt be
made to tackle one of the most important investigations that can be
undertaken in the interests of the country’s agriculture.

30 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

The value of agricultural development is slowly dawning upon the
people of this Colony; quite a new interest is being taken in farm-
ing pursuits, and not a few look upon the agriculturist as the only
man who can re-establish the national prosperity, and place it on a
firmer and permanent basis. Surely, then, if ever there was a time
for more than ordinary energy in the direction of developing agricul-
tural resources, it is now; now, while the country is pulling itself
together after having passed through an acute financial crisis ; now,
while every one is anxiously on the watch for the opening up of
any possible means of emergence from this commercial depression.
Within the whole range of agriculture there is scarcely any matter
so fundamental to its successful practice, and so radically associated
with a correct apprehension of scientific theory as a study of the soil
and its requirements ; in fact, as Professor Hilgard, of the University
of California, and Director of that State’s Agricultural Experiment
Station, remarks—in the preface to a work on soils which has only
just issued from the press, and will doubtless soon come to be
regarded as classic—speaking of the investigation of soils with a
view to the determination of their adaptation, permanent value, and
the best means of cultural improvement: ‘It is not easy to imagine |
a subject of higher direct importance to the physical welfare of
mankind, whose very existence depends on the yearly returns
drawn by cultural labour from the soil.” * This, then, is my excuse
for trespassing on your indulgence with an incomplete record; the
hope that, attention having thus been drawn to its importance and
value, and interest awakened, or stimulated, in the results derived
therefrom, the investigation may speedily be resumed with greatly
augmented energy, and pursued with a patient earnestness of pur-
pose that will be sure to bring to those who either participate in or
foster this work, the realisation of their endeavours and aspirations
—material assistance to the agricultural prosperity of the Cape
Colony.

* H. W. Hilgard, ‘‘ Soils: their Formation, Properties, Composition, and
, Relations to Climate and Plant Growth,”’ 1906, p. xviii.

(31 )

—So

ON SOME NEW FOSSIL REPTILES FROM THE KARROO
BEDS OF VICTORIA WEST, SOUTH AFRICA.

By R. Broom, M.D., D.Sc., C.M.Z.S.
(Read March 27, 1907.)

(Plates ITI., TV.)

During the recent summer holidays one of my students, Mr.
T. J. R. Scholtz, has been fortunate in discovering, in the neighbour-
hood of Victoria West, evidences of a most important and entirely
new reptilian fauna. Hitherto little or no collecting has ever been
done here, and the district was suspected to be on the same
geological horizon as Colesberg and Middleberg, and to belong to
the middle division of the Beaufort, called the Lystrosaurus Beds.
Almost all the fossils already known from these beds are the aquatic
reptile Lystrosawrus and fish, principally of the genus Atherstonia,
the only land forms being a small Dicynodon and a very small
Diaptosaurian reptile resembling Sawrosternon from Colesberg. Not
improbably Mr. Scholtz has discovered the remains of the land fauna
which was contemporaneous with the aquatic Lystrosawrus and
Atherstoma.’ Whether or not this suggestion is correct only further
research can show, but apart altogether from the question of the
geological horizon, the forms are of unusual interest to the
paleontologist and morphologist, and I hasten to give a descrip-
tion of the better-preserved remains. In the small collection of
fossils are the remains of at least five forms, and three of these are

sufficiently well preserved to admit of description.

GALECHIRUS SCHOLTZI, g. et sp. nov.

This small reptile is represented by two specimens procured near
the same spot, each being a small block of fine-grained sandstone
with the impressions of most of the bones of the skeleton. Speci-
men A, which is taken as the type, shows comparatively little of
the bones remaining, but the impressions are for the most part
well preserved. Of the skull there is seen the anterior half of the

32 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

left side with the left mandible. Of the vertebra there are impres-
sions of a few cervicals, imperfect impressions of a number of dorsals
with ribs, and well-preserved casts of many caudals with chevrons.
There are also seen impressions of a few abdominal ribs. The shoulder
girdle is represented by a well-preserved cast of the interclavicle,
both precoracoids, and the right coracoid. There are also evidences
of both clavicles and both scapule. The left humerus is some-
what imperfect, but otherwise the limb is almost complete, all details
of the carpus and manus being beautifully preserved. Of the pelvis
most of both pubes and ischia are preserved, and of the hind limbs
the left femur, tibia, and fibula, and some remains of the foot. In
specimen B the remains are of a slightly larger individual. There is
no trace of the head, and only of a very few of the upper vertebre, but
there are impressions of a large part of the very long tail and of a
number of abdominal ribs. The left fore limb is nearly perfect, the
carpus and phalanges being well shown. Part of the pelvis and of
one hind limb are preserved, but not very satisfactorily.

Though it is to be regretted that no light can be thrown on the
temporal region of the skull and on the palate, much of interest is
revealed in the impression preserved. In general shape the skull
has probably been something like that of Palgohatter1a. The snout
has been short and the orbit large.

The maxillary bone is somewhat triangular in shape, and forms
the greater part of the side of the face. Posteriorly it extends to the
plane of the middle of the orbit, lying underneath the jugal. As pre-
served, there are evidences of ten small teeth, which are subequal
and simply pointed. There is evidence of dental replacement, as in
most reptiles. The anterior part of the bone is imperfect, but the
evidence, so far as it goes, is against there having been an enlarged
canine. The premaxillary bone is preserved, but imperfect. It
supports at least two simply pointed teeth, which are rather larger
than the maxillary teeth. The jugal, so far as preserved, is a slender
bone which forms the suborbital arch. The lachrymal only forms a
small part of the face, and above it lies a somewhat larger bone—
presumably the prefrontal.

The orbit is of large size, and is supported by a large number
of sclerotic plates. Of these there have probably been between
20 and 24. :

The lower jaw is fairly complete. The dentary is well developed,
and though nearly uniform in depth is slightly more developed in
front. One small-pointed molar is preserved, but probably there
have been as many as in the maxilla. Posteriorly the jaw is not
unlike that of the Anomodonts. There is no distinct coronoid

New Fossil Reptiles. 33

process as in ordinary Therocephalians. The angular and sur-
angular are well developed, and between them and the dentary is
a large foramen as in Anomodonts.

The shoulder girdle is sufficiently preserved to reveal all the
important features. Though the anterior part of the interclavicle
is hidden by the precoracoids, enough is seen to show that in front it
was an expanded plate with the lateral portions probably nearly as
deep antero-posteriorly as the precoracoids. The posterior part of
the interclavicle is flat and much broader than is usual in reptiles.
The clavicles are imperfectly preserved, but are apparently flattened
considerably in their inner halves and overlap the anterior part of
the interclavicle. The coracoids are well developed and typically
Anomodont in structure. The precoracoids are about the same size
as the coracoids, with which they are united by suture. There is a
distinct foramen, which is entirely surrounded by the bone. Only the
bases of the scapulz are preserved in specimen A, but in specimen B
the greater part of the left scapula is present. The base of the bone
is much expanded, and the anterior part is slightly twisted as if to
form an acromion, but there is no distinct process. In front of the
lower part of the scapula there lies a bone which may be either the
upper end of the clavicle or the lower end of the cleithrum. It is
difficult to decide the question without injuring the specimen.

The humerus is long and slender. At the upper end there is a
well-developed delto-pectoral ridge. In the middle the shaft is
nearly round. The distal quarter of the bone is flattened but not
greatly expanded. There is a well-developed entepicondylar foramen
and a feeble ectepicondylar foramen. The radius is a straight,
slender bone, slightly dilated at each end. The ulna is somewhat
more flattened, and rather longer than the radius. There is not a
distinct olecranon process.

The carpus is perfectly preserved in specimen A, and nearly as
well shown in specimen B. In the proximal row there are four
bones, as in almost all Karroo reptiles—viz., a large radiale, a small
intermedium, a large ulnare, and a fairly large pisiform. There are
two centralia, a large one lying distal to the intermedium and
between the radiale and intermedium, and a smaller one between
the 1st carpale and the radiale. There are five distinct carpalia.
The 1st and 4th are large, the 2nd and 3rd are small, and the 5th —
still smaller than the 2nd or 3rd.

The metacarpals are well developed, and increase in size from the
1st to the 4th, which latter is about twice the length of the former.
The dth is about as long as the 2nd.

The phalanges are very mammal-like in shape; the distal ones

3

34 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

having long claws. The phalangeal formula is 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, and
there is no indication of any approach to the usual reptilian formula,
such as appears to be present in the hand of Theriodesmus. Though
the phalanges of the three middle toes are about equal in length, the
4th toe is longer than the 3rd and the 3rd than the 2nd, owing
to the difference in length of the metacarpals.

The pelvis has only the lower elements preserved in specimen A.
The pubis is an irregular quadrangular concave bone, with the
_ concavity directed downwards. ‘The anterior border is nearly
straight and in line with the anterior border of the neighbouring
bone. Near the posterior border of the bone is a large oval pubic
foramen, apparently completely surrounded by the bone. The
ischium is of the usual plate-like type seen in most early reptiles.
It forms a long symphysis with its neighbour, and makes with it an
angle of about 90°. In specimen B there is preserved a very good:
cast of the left ium. The acetabular portion is large, and the upper
portion of the bone relatively small, and is directed slightly back-
wards. The crest is short.

The femur of the left side is preserved in specimen A, and’ shows
the outer side, but not sufficient of the bone is showing to permit of
a detailed description. The bone is long and slender and very
different from the femur of Jctedosuchus. The tibia and fibula are
fairly well preserved in both specimens. Both bones are con-
siderably curved and a wide gap is left between them in the middle
region. |

In neither specimen is the foot well shown. In specimen A a
large proximal bone is present, probably the tibiale, and the greater
part of three toes. So far as preserved, the toes are very: similar to
those of the front foot.

With the exception of the caudals none of the -aorkelien are well
preserved. The few cervicals showing have only the centra pre-
served, but are specially interesting from having well-developed
intercentra. The impressions of the dorsals are not very satisfactory,
but there are apparently no intefcentra. The ribs in the upper
dorsal region are single-headed. In both specimens there are to be
seen numerous abdominal ribs. From the crushed nature of the
specimens it is impossible to say exactly how these have been
arranged, but. there is probably a median series and two lateral
series. The tail is extremely long and there are-probably over 60
vertebree in it. Specimen B has a series of about 30, and the first of
these is probably not further forward than the 20th, and there
must be about 10 distal ones missing. There are well-developed
chevrons, but the spines are small.

New Fossil Reptiles. 30

The following are some of the principal measurements of the
limb bones :—

hunters (Spi A). 33...8..is-eeseeneeasaee about 35 mm.
ao) pSehisiocm8) GNPBaeenecmrrbne rho Bocuse cee aah ond
VATU (Spo. at)” ice Saavdes owas Dae senor erin = fa VASES,
Pp PSPs) Sian cacnacensa noe weaee eemmuene Hy PAS
LWulicieyet (ei oid 6) ee noe re ree pe nhree ior op PAS)
JM eta@angorill Tk (Sj) sscbadebookepencooco: ED
. 7S (Sy Oe) RBC BRR Pee Ret ANS «cc ie Ueee
a Sn (SIOSEAW)P vitae saan cans a oeenaeee: ee Oe)
i. HAUSMAN - sc taees vedo ooae soos oe cull?)
arate )i(S)D, TaN) eee aR enone ars eae es
Ae TAMER (STO NNER 52 cise aivic e's se Geto ewes ore 5, 93'D
IOUT CTO 8) cococ dads Be RARE Ree ee unoEMEcee Peed

In many respects this little animal is the most important find that
has been made in South Africa since the complete skeleton of
Oudenodon was discovered in 1900, Hitherto we have been quite in
the dark as to the origin of the Therocephalians. Pareasawrus
seems to be in some respects intermediate between them and
the Cotylosaurians, but it is too specialised and too dissimilar
to throw much light on the origin of any of the mammal-like
reptiles. ~The Anomodonts and the Dinocephalians both show
affinities to the Therocephalians, and the Cynodonts to the Anomo-
donts, and the primitive Monotremes were probably not much
further removed from the Cynodonts than the various suborders of
the Therapsida from each other, but how the whole of the mammal-
like group arose has till now been quite obscure. The discovery that
Sphenodon has an organ of Jacobson of a very mammal-like nature
suggested the possibility that the point of connection between the
Diapsidan and Synapsidan phyla was perhaps not quite so remote
as the Cotylosaurians. The finding of this new fossil form
Galechirus also points in the same direction.

_- Galechirus is more closely allied to the Therocephalians than
to any other known reptile, but it is distinctly more primitive than
any of these reptiles yet known. The absence of an enlarged
canine and of any distinct coronoid process mark Galechirus sharply
off from the Therocephalians and suggest rather an affinity with the
Anomodonts. Hitherto I have supposed that the Anomodonts have
sprung from some Therocephalian ancestor, and that the coronoid
process of the latter had been lost in the former by change of habit,
just as the coronoid process has become lost in the Monotremes and

36 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

greatly reduced in the Cetaceans. The discovery of Galechirus
seems to show that there were primitive Therocephalian-like reptiles
in which the teeth had not become specialised and the coronoid
process’ not yet developed, and that possibly the Anomodonts are
descended from these early types. Though the presence of the
large canine in Dicynodon seems to point, on the other hand, to an
ancestor with specialised dentition. The presence of well-ossified
sclerotic plates is a Diapsidan character, but sclerotic plates have
been found in Lystrosauwrus by Owen, and myself in Oudenodon.
They are unknown in any Therocephalian or Cynodont. It is to be
regretted that the temporal region is unknown. Probably there will
be found a single temporal fossa, and a descending quadrate.

The shoulder girdle belongs to the type which is common to both
the early Synapsidan and early Diapsidan reptiles. If the cleithrum
is absent it is a very important specialisation, as it is still retained —
in the Anomodonts and probably aiso in Therocephalians. The
absence of a distinct acromion process is in agreement with the
Therocephalians and a point of difference from the Anomodonts.

The humerus agrees with that of the Therocephalians in general
characters, but it is more primitive in retaining the ectepicondylar
foramen. It differs greatly from the Anomodont humerus. The
absence of the olecranon process from the ulna is a point of
difference from all known Therapsidans. Even Pareiasaurus has a
well-formed olecranon. The ulna of Galeclirus is almost typically
Diapsidan in type. | |

The carpus is primitive and very little specialised. The number
of elements and the arrangement is not very dissimilar to that in
Sphenodon, but the resemblance is still greater to that of the
Anomodont as exemplified by Oudenodon. The most noteworthy
features of the structure are the presence of a oth carpale, apparently
absent from T'heriodesmus and the Anomodont Opisthoctenodon, but
present in Oudenodon, and the interposition of the inner centrale
between the radiale and the Ist,carpale. In this latter character
the affinity is again with the Anomodonts rather than with the
Therocephalians.

In its digital formula Galechirus is a typical Therapsidan, and
shows no trace of the Diapsidan formula as seems to be present in
Theriodesmus. There seems, however, to be some suggestion of the
Diapsidan in the lengths of the metacarpals. Galechirus most
probably walked with the digits directed somewhat outwards.

There is too little of the vertebra preserved to be of much service
in the tracing of affinities. The presence of intercentra in the
cervical region is a primitive character met with in most early

New Fossil Reptiles. 37

Diapsidans and retained in the Pareisaurians, but lost in the
Anomodonts. The condition in the Therocephalians is unknown.
The condition of the rib head does not help us much. In Pareia-
saurus the cervical ribs are double-headed, the dorsal single-headed.
In Anomodonts differentiation of the heads is carried further back,
but the lower dorsal ribs are still single-headed ; and in most other
early reptiles the ribs are also single-headed.

The presence of abdominal ribs is a most important and unlooked-
for character. Hitherto no one has detected abdominal ribs in any
Anomodont, Cynodont, Therocephalian or Pareiasaurian, and in the
Anomodonts at least we may be pretty certain they were not deve-
loped. They are present in Plesiosaurs, which some hold to be
related to the Therocephalians and to belong to the Synapsidan
‘phylum. But if we place the Plesiosaurs, as I believe ought to be
- done, in the Diapsidan phylum, then it may be affirmed that ab-

dominal ribs are only known among the Diapsidans, and they are
probably invariably present in the more primitive groups. They
are present in the Pelycosauria, the Mesosauria, the Procolophonia,
and the Proterosauria, to mention only the oldest groups, and they
are retained in many of the younger. The occurrence of them in
Galechirus seems to suggest an early Diapsidan affinity of the
primitive Synapsidans.

The pelvis in structure is much more Diapsidan than Synapsidan.
The pubis and ischium are of the ordinary plate-like type found in
all the early Diaptosaurians. In Paretasaurus we have a pelvis
which is clearly a modification of the same type, but it is greatly
specialised, and in the Anomodonts and Cynodonts the modifications
are so great that it is difficult to recognise any evidences of the
plate-like type. Unfortunately little is known of the pelvis of
the Therocephalians. Prof. Amilitzky has sent me a photograph
of the skeleton of the Russian Therocephalian Inostransewia, which
seems to have a small ilium not unlike Galechirus, but it has not
yet been figured or described. Of the Dinocephalians only the ilium
of Titanosuchus is known. In Parerasaurus, the Anomodonts and
Cynodonts the ihum is greatly expanded and directed forwards. In
Galechirus it is not much expanded and directed backwards. In
Titanosuchus the iliac crest is also short, and not much directed
forwards. On the whole the pelvic characters of Galechzrus are
almost typically Diapsidan.

From the above discussion of the various characters it will be
seen that in Galechirus we have a Synapsidan reptile showing
affinities with both the Therocephalians and the Anomodonts, but
much more primitive than either, and a form which retains a

38 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

number of Diapsidan characters not hitherto known in the Synap-
sidan phylum. The divergence from the Therocephalians is too great
to allow of its being placed in that suborder, and it seems necessary
to make it the type of a new suborder of the Therapsida, for which
I propose the name DromasauRIA.

ARNOGNATHUS PARVIDENS, g. et sp. nov.

From the same locality as the skeleton of Galechirus Mr. Scholtz
obtained an interesting dentary bone, which belongs to a new
Therocephalian genus, for which I propose the above name. The
specimen is the right dentary of an animal about the size of-a
small fox, and is in fair preservation, though much of the coronoid
process is missing. The ramus is long and slender, and the anterior
end is rotated slightly outwards, giving the appearance when viewed
from the side of a bulbous end. This terminal portion is markedly
convex and pitted. There are no teeth preserved in it, and it is
doubtful whether any have been present. The alveolar margin is
apparently grooved, but there is no distinct evidence of tooth
sockets. Behind the dilated portion there is a part of the ramus con-
taining 10 small pointed teeth. These are rounded, with no serrations,
and have enamel on the tips. The last of the 10 is smaller than
the others. Further back there is a portion of the ramus without
teeth, and then it gradually expands and curves upwards to form
the coronoid process. The dentary has an angle, as in most Thero-
cephalians. ‘The coronoid process is narrow but thick, and has
probably been of considerable length. ;

The following are some of the principal measurements :—

ene chron ions to: amecle caw eater ppl) joavadl,
IDepilkau posterior molar meeeseneseceene cs 14
Depth at anterior molar ................-.... 15:5
Leneth ‘of molar seriegs......0-.--re-o omen 22

There is only one known form to which this jaw has close affinity
—the Therocephalian described by me some years ago under the
name Ictidosuchus primevus. It resembles it in being long and
slender, in having a series of small pointed molars, and in having
apparently no incisors. It differs in having the angle much more
marked and in having the end of the jaw dilated. Though it cannot
belong to the same genus, it probably belongs to the same family.
Another form which may be related to it is Theriodesmus phylarchus,
described by Seeley from the fore limb. As nothing is known of
the head, it is impossible to say much about its affinities. Ictido-

New Fossil Reptiles. 39

suchus primevus shows a little resemblance to Theriodesmus in the
limb bones, and the latter may belong to the same family, but
Theriodesmus is considerably larger than Ictzdosuchus, which is
about the size of Arnognathus, and therefore even if future research
shows that Arnognathus parvidens belongs to the genus Theriodesmus,
which I think improbable, the species are undoubtedly different.
Close to the jaw on the same slab is the head of a rib which may
belong to the same individual. It is markedly double-headed.

HELEOSAURUS SCHOLTZI, g. et sp. nov.

Another of the interesting forms discovered by Mr. Scholtz is the
greater part of the skeleton of a lizard-like reptile. The remains
are considerably crushed, but represent much of the skull, most of
the presacral vertebree, the shoulder girdle, pelvis, and portions of
the hind limbs. The counter slab of the anterior half of the animal
was obtained. Though one might expect the whole of the anterior
part of the skeleton to be preserved, the skull is so crushed that
little can be made out with certainty about its structure. The
anterior limbs are quite absent, though both sides of the shoulder
girdle are present and almost in position.

The skull is triangular in shape, and apparently about twice as
' long as broad, the lower jaws giving a fair indication of the shape
aifd length. The structure of the mandible cannot be satisfactorily
made out, but the back part has had a large cavity as in most
reptilian jaws, while the front portion has been long and slender.
A fairly large cranial bone has been displayed which looks like a
frontal. Jf this determination be correct the frontal region must
have been broad. There is pretty clear evidence of an inferior
temporal arch formed by the quadrato-jugal and jugal. Another
determinable fragment is a small portion of an elongated slender
maxilla with a few teeth. The teeth are flatted and serrated like
miniature reproductions of those of many carnivorous Dinosaurs.
The palate is better preserved, the pterygoids being nearly perfect.
They are large, flat bones, very similar in shape to those found in
_Proterosuchus, and like them carry many small teeth.

The structure of the cervical vertebre cannot well be seen, but
there is a very distinct neck of 6 or possibly 7 vertebrae. Only
the bodies are displayed, which are longer than broad, and very
markedly keeled. There are well-developed intercentra, and fairly
large, broad cervical ribs. The dorsal vertebree are probably 15
in number, and they are about as broad as long. The spines are
short. The dorsal vertebree and probably the others are distinctly

40 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

notochordal, but the connecting canal in the centre of the body is
very small. The ribs are slender and appear to articulate low down
and to be single-headed.

The shoulder girdle is fairly well preserved. The interclavicle is
of large size. The anterior part is probably semicircular, but is not
well displayed. ‘The posterior median portion is very long and
narrow. The clavicles are large and curve round in front of the scapule.
The scapula, coracoid, and precoracoid are so completely anchylosed
together that it is impossible to determine the limits of the elements.
The scapula is apparently short and broad. Behind it is thickened
and rounded, but the anterior portion is thin. The coracoid is short
and broad, and posteriorly it terminates abruptly as if for articula-
tion with the sternum. The precoracoid is large and flat. There
is a, fair-sized oval foramen in what is probably the precoracoid.

There is no trace of the anterior limbs.

Of the pelvis the pubes and ischia are fairly. well preserved and
are of the typical plate-like type. The pubis, so far as displayed,
appears to be somewhat quadrangular in shape. At the symphysis
the inner parts of the two bones lie in nearly the same plane. The
outer and anterior corner of the pubis is bent downwards as in
Howesia and Erythrosuchus. There is a fair-sized pubic foramen
in the posterior part of the bone. The ischium is very much like
that in Howesia. The symphysis is apparently complete from the
front of the pubes to near the posterior end of the ischia.

The femur is a moderately stout bone, nearly straight, and with
a rather enlarged upper end. Though there has been a pad of
cartilage on the head of the bone it has not been thick. There are
no remains of the other bones of the hind limb. .

Abdominal: ribs are well developed over the whole abdominal
region. There seems to be a long median piece with a lateral piece
on each side; and there are probably four series to each vertebra.

In the dorsal region and possibly also in the cervical there are a-
large number of dermal ossificationgs. These are little bony particles,
_ the largest of which are smaller than a hemp-seed, and the smallest
about a third the size of the largest. They appear to be confined to
the vertebral region, and have apparently been fixed in the integu-
ment at a little distance from each other.

The following are some of the principal measurements :—

Probable length of animal from snout to back of pelvis .... 270 mm.
Length of mandible...........cssessesssceevesseesensseees (about) 55
Length of interclavicle ............. inbetibhss Leetees (about) 50

Lengthy of femaur . nds aetcvacae hc teeten. Cutis salem gee kate ne ee 49

New Fossil Reptiles. 41

Owing to the very imperfect condition of the skull and to the
absence of the limbs, it is difficult to say much with any degree of
certainty on the affinities of the animal. From the notochordal con-
dition of the vertebre, the structure of the lower jaw, the shoulder
girdle, pelvis, and the abdominal ribs, we may fairly confidently
place it at least in the Diaptosauria, but beyond this we can only
vaguely speculate. There seems to be considerable resemblance to
Mesosaurus—the elongated slender jaws, the anchylosis of the
elements of the shoulder girdle, the notochordal vertebre, and the
plate-like pelvis—and on the whole the affinities are perhaps more
with the Mesosauria than with any other order. The pelvis is a
little more advanced, the teeth are of a higher type, and the abdo-
minal ribs much better developed ; but these points are not enough
to remove it from the group, and provisionally, till the head and
limbs are better known, the form may be placed in the Mesosauria
or Proganosauria.

(42)

REFERENCE. OF PLATES IIL. Iv.

C.V. caudal vertebre ; Ce.V. cervical vertebre; Cl. clavicle; Co. coracoid ;
c'.c”, centralia; D. dentary; D.V. dorsal vertebre; F. femur; Fi. fibula; Fr. frontal ;
H. humerus; i. intermedium ; Ic. interclavicle; Is. ischium; Ju. jugal ; Mx. max-
illa; p. pisiform; Pa. palatine; P.Co. precoracoid; Pt. pterygoid; Pu. pubis;
R. radius; r. radiale; Sc. scapula; Ti. tibia; U. ulna; u. ulnare.

5]
HK.
2

. Impression of skeleton of Galechirus scholtzi. Very slightly enlarged.

. Restoration of skull of o, a m - -

. Restoration of shoulder girdle ,, es ‘5 5 as

. Carpus of Galechirus scholtzi. x 24.

. Pubes and Ischia of Galechirus scholtzi. Very slightly enlarged.

. Dentary of Arnognathus parvidens. Nat. size. ~

. Imperfect skeleton of Heleosaurus scholtzi. About 2 nat. size.

. Anterior portion of skeleton of Heleosaurus scholtzi from counter-slab. Nat. size.
. Maxillary tooth of Heleosaurus scholtzi. Much enlarged.
. Restoration of shoulder girdle of Heleosaurus scholtzt. Nat. size.

. Restoration of Pubes and Ischia of Heleosaurus scholtzi. Nat. size.

=
HOO DNAO KR WD He

=

rams one thitboeeVolXVit. | oe Weber:

oy IO fee Or sss
eae. clue Y Seen sacaal | a: | aa
“Nee s) i < IE Hig - “

~ mm,

SR

awe eee me
ad o-
~

ap re Z

aot

West, Newman collo.

CA Ces SCHOLTZI.

Weams.o Ae Phil.soc.Vol XVIII. Plate LV.

II

West, Newman collo.

Pwo ARS GCHOLTZL.

( 43 )

SOME NEW SOUTH AFRICAN SUCCULENTS.
By R. Maruoru, Ph.D., M.A.
With Plate V.
(Read May 1, 1907.)

The succulent plants offer special difficulties to the collector as
well as the describing botanist. While the former has great trouble
in turning such plants into proper herbarium specimens, the latter is
often unable to describe the form of the organs correctly from the
dried plants or to recognise specimens from the description of other
authors. It is for these reasons in particular that our knowledge
of these plants is more defective than that of other ecological
groups, and as South Africa is specially rich in succulent forms the
number of undescribed or insufficiently described species is very
considerable.

Lately some improvement has been effected in this respect by the
revival of the interest in the cultivation of succulent plants here at
the Cape as well as in Hurope, but much remains to be done. The
species described in this paper were mostly collected in a barren
state and cultivated in my garden until they flowered ; two of them
have been described before, the others are new to science.

AIZOACEAS.

MESEMBRIANTHEMUM SIMULANS, 0. spec.
Fig. 7, Plate V.

Planta acaulis, Folia bina, basi connata, triangularia triquetraque,
supra planiuscula, valde punctato-rugosa. Flores 1-4, sessiles e
centro foliorum, flavi.

Root woody, as thick as a small finger, branching. Leaves larger
than in any other species, flat on or in the soil or between stones,
rust-coloured or brownish grey. Their dimensions are: Length
5-9 em., width 3-5 cm., thickness 2-3 cm.

44 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

The flowers are solitary in younger specimens, but in older ones
2-4 appear in the course of a month at the junction of the leaves.
They are large, opening towards evening and closing at sunset.
Calyx fleshy, segments 6, 2 of which are larger; the petals are
numerous, pluriseriate, linear, exceeding the calyx by one-half its
length, measuring 20-22 mm. Capsule globose.

This species is nearly allied to M. Bolusw, Hook fil. (see fig. in
Vol. XV. of these Trans., tab. 8), from which it differs principally
in the shape of the leaves. In both species a transverse section
made near or beyond the middle of the leaf would give a blunt-angled
triangle, but while in M. Bolusii the apex of the triangle is above, it
would be below in M. simulans.

The difference in the longitudinal section is equally obvious, and
best understood from the illustration. The old leaves generally
wither when the new ones are fairly developed and the plant rarely
branches, hence there is mostly only 1 pair of leaves. Occasionally
one finds specimens with 2 or 3 pairs of leaves, while in M. Bolusw
such specimens are more common.

Brought by Mr. EH. Pillans from the neighbourhood of Klipplaat,
South of Graaff Reinet. Growing on stony hills. Flowering at
Rosebank in March, 1907. Marloth No. 4378.

MESEMBRIANTHEMUM BILOBUM, N. spec.
Fig. 2, Plate V.

Caulis lignosus, ramosus, subterraneus. Rami brevissimi, aggre-
gati foliis binis confluentibus terminati. Foliorum corpusculum
obcordatum, crassum, glaucum. Flos solitarius e centro foliorum ;
ovarium stipitatum, cylindricum, inclusum ; petala exserta, flava.

Each branch is terminated by 2 leaves, which are connate for
about 2 of their length. Hach leaf 20-25 mm. long, 6-8 mm. broad,
and 10-12 mm. thick. The fleshy corpuscle, formed by the connate
leaves, is compressed from the sides, making the leaves thicker than
wide. A number of these bodies are erowded together at the surface -
of the ground, forming a fleshy lump.

The plant was sent to me from Little Namaqualand, and flowered
in my garden in May, 1906. Marloth No. 3750.

MESEMBRIANTHEMUM PUBESCENS, Haw,,
Obs. 138, Syn. 227.
Also Sonder in Flor. cap. ii., p. 405.
This species belongs to the section (§ 9) Gibbosa, in which the
leaves of each pair are of very unequal size. The short branches are

Some New South African Succulents. 45

closely crowded, and as each one is terminated by a pair of leaves,
the whole forms a flat fleshy cushion. Owing to the white tomentum
of the leaves the plant is hardly visible on the ground, for up to the
present it has been found only on fields of white quartz. The species
was mentioned in one of my papers on ‘“ Mimicry” (see T'rans.,
Vol. XV., p. 101), and as Sonder states that the flowers. are
unknown, I attach their description: Flowers pedicillate, pedicels
10-15 mm. long, but lengthening later on to 20 mm., hardening and
remaining on the plant. Petals pale purple, about 10 mm. long,
narrow linear.

The plant flowered in my garden at Capetown in July, 1905.
Marloth No. 3300; Ladismith, 400 m. Also collected by Mr. H.
Pillans.

MESEMBRIANTHEMUM CALCAREUM, N. spec.

Planta acaulis, perennis; folia aggregata, crassa, spathulata,
apicem versus trigona, facie superiore valde rugosa, albo-tuberculata.
Flores solitarii, subsessiles ; calyx 6 partitus segmentis squalibus ;

MESEMBRIANTHEMUM CALCAREUM, Ni. Sp.

petala linearia, aurea, calycis lobis duplo longiora. Stamina alba
conniventia filamentis parte pilosis; stigmata 6, linearia.

The diameter of the rosette of leaves is 3 to 8 cm.; the leaves are
flat on the ground, almost hidden between the fragments of lime-

46 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Soctety.

stone among which it grows, about 25 mm. long, at the lower portion
7 mm. broad and 5 mm. thick; the end is broadly spear-shaped,
measuring 12 mm. at its broadest part. The triangular face is
grooved and covered with closely set, whitish tubercles, looking
exactly like the rough surface of the surrounding limestone. The
flowers appear between the leaves, hardly protruding and opening
about midday; the calyx lobes are broadly lanceolate with a mem-
branous edge and tuberculated at the apex like the leaves; the petals
are uniseriate, short in proportion to the size of the flowers, measur-
ing from 6to8mm. The stamens do not spread, but owing to a
bend in the middle of the filament they form a short, truncate cone
with a little opening at the top; the lower part of the filaments is
pilose; the stigmas are linear, about as long as the upper half of the
filaments.

Found. in flower at Kimberley in June, 1907. Alt. 1,200 m.
Marloth No. 4384.

The plant may be placed provisionally into the section Ringentia.

CRASSULACEAK.

CoTYLEDON CAMPANULATA, 0. spec.
Fig. 6, Plate V.

Caulis brevis, ramosus, subcarnosus. Folia carnosa, ageregato-
decussata, linearia, inferne attenuata, apicem versus paullo ampliata,
truncata, mucronata, viridia, villosa, supra canaliculata. Pedunculus
sub-decumbens; cyma laxa, pauciflora; flores penduli, campanulati,
flavescentes, tubo brevi, lobis recurvatis. :

The leaves are 30-40 mm. long, 6-10 mm. broad, and 3-5 mm.
thick ; the peduncle is 40 cm. long, the cyme 5-8 cm.; the tube
of the corolla 8 mm. long and equally wide; the lobes are
lanceolate, acuminate, recurved, nearly twice as long as the tube
(15 mm.).

Swanepoelspoort Mountains among bushes. Alt. 500m. Marloth
No. 4379. Flowering at Capetown in Dec., 1906.

Resembling C. teretifolia in habit, but differing from it by its
leaves as well as its flowers.

CoTYLEDON PHILLIPSI#, n. spec.
Fig. 3, Plate V.

Caulis carnosus, sublignosus, brevis, inferne parum ramosus.
Folia numerosa ad apices ramorum aggregata, crassa, in ramis

Some New South African Succulents. 47

junioribus obovata, in ramis adultis lineari-lanceolata, supra canali-
culata. Flores racemoso-paniculati, penduli, aurantiaci. Corollee
tubus cylindricus, glaber, lobis brevibus, reflexis.

The short stem produces several stout decumbent branches, which
sometimes strike root. The younger leaves, which are short and
broad, form a dense, almost flat rosette at the ends of the branches,
but they become longer later on when the axis lengthens. When
fully grown they measure 40-50 mm. in length, 8-10 mm. in width,
and 3-4 mm. in thickness. The peduncle, which bears only a few
small leaves, is 15-20 cm. high, the upper third being formed by a
few flowered, cymose raceme (3-8 flowers). The colour of the
flowers is a bright orange, not red as in most species. The calyx
lobes are lanceolate, 4 mm. long; the tube of the corolla is
18-20 mm. long and 5-6 mm. in diam. The lobes are broadly
lanceolate, 4-5 mm. long and rolled back. Five of the filaments
are broad and 5 narrow, all epipetalous near the base of the corolla,
the 5 broader ones being joined to the petals for a longer distance
than the others. Scales small, oval, truncate, slightly crested.

Named in honour of Mrs. Lionel Phillips, one of the few patrons
of botanical work in South Africa.

Flowers in March. Fairly common on the bushy and grassy
slopes of the southern edge of the Roggeveld. Alt. 1,500 m.
Marloth No. 3912.

CoTyLEDON MARIAN, n. spec.
Fig. 4, Plate V.

Caulis ramosus brevissimus; folia pauca, aggregata, semifusi-
formia, utrinque attenuata, supra concavo-canaliculata, cinereo-
viridescentia, purpureo-maculata; pedunculus 10-15 cm. altus;
flores spicati, erecti, subsessiles, anguste-tubulosi, limbo brevi
patenti-reflexo, albido-purpureo.

The succulent stem hardly protrudes from the soil, the few
branches forming a cluster of leaves. The leaves are closely set
at the ends of the branches, half spindle-shaped, that means to say,
they look like a spindle which has been split lengthways; their
upper surface is depressed, the colour greyish green with numerous
purple markings.

Length of leaves 20-25 mm.; width 6-9 mm. ; thickness 5-8 mm.

The flowers (4-8) are arranged in a lax spike, upright, almost
adpressed to the axis, tubular with a very short limb. The tube
is greenish, 15-18 mm. long, and 3-4 mm. in diam., the lobes are
white with purple edges, broadly lanceolate, 2-3 mm. long.

48 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Soctety.

Clanwilliam. In stony ground. Alt. 100m. Marloth No. 3489.

Flowers in March.
Also brought from the same district by Mrs. Marloth.

CRASSULA HEMISPHZRICA, Thunb.,
Flor. cap. Edit. Schult., p. 292.
Fig. 5, Plate V.

This plant was relegated by Sonder (Flor. cap. vol. ii., p. 367) to
the list of doubtful species, probably because he did not know of any
dried specimen in existence.

Thunberg’s original description is, however, quite correct, viz. :
‘“Foliis connatis, subrotundis, ciliatis, hemisphzrice-imbricatis ;
caule nudo, thyrsifloro.” To which he added: ‘ Root fibrous,
annual. Leaves (the lowest, one should say) soft, those above
fleshy, gradually becoming smaller. Scape simple, fleshy, aphyl-
lous, whitish.”’

To this we may add: The root is not exactly annual, as the plant
takes 2-4 years to reach maturity, when, having flowered and seeded,
it usually dies. Sometimes, however, it produces one or two buds
between the lower leaves, which develop into new plants. The
diam. of the hemispherical rosette of leaves is 40-50 mm., the |
lower leaves are about 20 mm. long and 30 mm. broad. The
inflorescence is a thyrsus, formed by 10-15 pairs of cymules,
inserted alternately, giving the whole plant a height of about
15 cm. The flowers are small, whitish, somewhat bell-shaped ;
the sepals 1 mm. long, the petals 2-3 mm. long, lanceolate, 3-
nerved.

Dr. Schonland has pointed out to me that Solander re-described
this plant as C. alooides in Ait. Hort. Kew, I., p. 394 [ fide Journ. of
Bot., vol. xxxv., p. 482], but he agrees with me that both descrip-
tions evidently refer to the same plant, and that consequently
Thunberg’s name must have the preference.

Marloth No. 3436, Matjesfonteiny in stony ground, alt. 1,000 m.
‘Also Ladismith, on cliffs, together with Crassula orbicularis, L.
Flowers in November.

ASCLEPIADACEA.
STAPELIA FLAVO-PURPUREA, 0. spec.
Fig. 1, Plate V.

Corolla rotata, 5 lobata lobis anguste-lanceolatis, rugosis, margine
revolutis. Coronz exterioris lobi evecti, concayvi, acuminati, haud

Some New South African Succulents. 49

denticulati. Coron interioris squame in cornua erecta, arcuata
sed non clavata product et postice cornute.

Stems 4-angled, few-branched, decussate ; the sides flat, the ridges
with a few distant minute scales, dull green, glabrous, 12 to 14 mm.
in diam. :

Flowers 1 to 2 with fairly long pedicels (20 mm.); the sepals
linear-lanceolate, 3-4 mm. long; corolla rotate, deeply lobed; the
lobes narrow-lanceolate, not ciliate, the margins rolled back, the
surface thickly covered with irregular, transverse ridges, dull yellow.
Length of lobes 15 mm., width at their base 7 mm. The tube of the
corolla is shallow, open, one-third the length of the lobes, whitish,
covered on its inner face with purple, knobby hairs. The outer
corona consists of 5 erect, concave, pointed, slightly denticulate,
distant lobes, which are yellowish at their base and purplish at
the top.

The lobes of the inner corona alternate with the outer ones; each
one is produced into a long, pointed horn which ultimately curves
outwards, the horns thus forming a central bundle which hides the
stigma ; each lobe bears also a pointed horn-shaped process at its
back, which is bent outwards, thus standing between the lobes of the
outer corona. The horns and their appendages are white with a
tinge of purple. Lobes of outer corona 3 mm. long and about 1mm.
in diam. ; central horns of inner corona 10 mm., their outer processes
4-5 mm.

This species might be placed into the section Stapletonia, Dene.,
although it differs from the other species of this group considerably.

Found in the Laingsburg district, flowering in my garden at Cape-
town in March, 1906, and March, 1907. Marloth No. 4227.

LILIACE At.

KNIPHOFIA TABULARIS, 0. spec.

Folia linearia, triquetra, inferne non dilatata, glabra, scapo multo
longiora, pendula. Inflorescentia laxa; flores pedicellati, penduli,
rubri, staminibus haud exsertis.

The leaves are triquetrous with depressed sides, of equal width
throughout their whole length of 2 metres or more; smooth, bright
green, 6-8 mm. wide, very soft and slender, hanging in bunches
-from the cliffs. Peduncle erect, 50-80 cm. long, the raceme very
lax, 7-10 cm. long. Bracts lanceolate-linear, very acuminate,
brown, nearly 10 mm. long. The perianth-tube is slightly widening
upwards, 25 mm. long, the segments are short, narrow-oblong,
obtuse, often with a black tip. |

4

50 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

A very handsome plant, which seems to grow only in a few, not
easily accessible spots, and as the flowering season hardly lasts one
month the plant would not be noticed during the remainder of the
year. The flowers were visited by sugar birds (Anthobaphes violacea)
and a butterfly (Meneris Tulbaghia). It is quite distinct in foliage as
well as in its inflorescence from the only other species of the genus
which grows so far west, viz., Aniphofia alozdes, Moench, the common
“red-hot poker.”’

Growing on moist precipices at the southern side of Table Moun-
tain at an altitude of 900-950 m. Marloth No. 4366, Jan., 1907.

Trans. S. Afr Phil.Soc.Vol. XVIII. Plate V.

West, Newman collo.

o> OP & bb

(51 )

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

. Stapelia flavo-purpurea, Marl. (a) Flowering stem, natural size.

(6) Lobe of outer corona, enlarged.
(c) Lobe of inner corona, enlarged.

. Mesembrianthemum bilobum, Marl.

. Cotyledon Phillipsi@, Marl. Leaf and flower.

. Cotyledon Mariane, Marl. Leaf and transverse section of leaf.
. Crassula hemispherica, Thunb.

. Cotyledon campanulata, Marl. Leaf and flower.

All natural size.

. Mesembrianthemum simulans, Marl. Two-thirds natural size.

West, Newman imp.

ieamervo ie Phil. Soc. Vol. XVill.

Horace Knight ad nat.del.

SOUTH AFRICAN COLEOPTERA.

~~) = wen
Li =

(53 )

A REVISION OF THE COLEOPTEROUS SUB-FAMILY
BYRSOPINAX (CURCULIONIDA).

By Guy A. K. Marswatt, F.Z.S.
(Read June 26, 1907.)
(Plate VI.)

In his monumental work on the Genera of Coleoptera, Lacordaire
divided his Tribe Byrsopsides into three groups. One of these,
which comprises only the aberrant North American genus Thece-
sternus, Say, has been justly elevated by Dr. David Sharp (Biol.
Cent. Amer., iv., pt. 3, p. 86), to the rank of a separate sub-family.
With regard to his two remaining groups, ‘‘ Byrsopsides vrais’ and
Rhytirrhinides, Lacordaire states (vi., p. 297) that the only essential
character which separates them lies in the intermediate coxee, which
are contiguous in the former and separated in the latter. But asa
matter of fact, in both Byrsops, on the one hand, and Synthocus,
Schonh., on the other, we may find species belonging to both types;
and indeed Iam unable to consider that this character has here even
a generic value. The difficulty in distinguishing these two groups
disappears, however, if we remove from the Rhytirrhinides two
genera which have been erroneously united with them.

The first of these is Synthocus, in which the mentum is eminently
adelognathous. Owing to the structure of its tarsi, scrobes, mandibles,
&c., this genus must find a place among, or near, the Brachycerine,
and in the vicinity of Herpes, Bedel. This latter genus was also
placed by its author among the Byrsopine; but, as Lacordaire
himself pointed out (vi., p. 285, note 2), its adelognathous mentum
and the structure of its antenne necessitate its retention in the
Brachycerine.

The second genus referred to is Spartecerus, Schh. These insects
likewise are distinctly adelognathous; and moreover they possess
pincer-like mandibles, with an evident mandibular scar. They must
therefore be provisionally referred to the Leptopine.

In his revision of Lacordaire’s ‘‘ Byrsopsides vrais,’’ Pascoe (Trans.

04 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Ent. Soc. L. 1887, p. 323) associates with them not only Synthocus,
but also several of his own genera, namely, Dawlaxius (= Synthocus),
Ixodicus (= Brotheus, Steph.), Huryxena and Dyerocera, all of which,
however, must be excluded because the mentum fills the entire buccal
cavity. The genus Dyerocera is very closely allied to Brachycerus,
from which the remaining genera differ in possessing a deep pro-
sternal furrow. Of the other genera included by Pascoe in his
revision, Liasotus, Pasc., proves to be synonymous with Hoplito-
trachelus, Schh., while his two genera, Ophryodotus and Pezerpes,
must be referred to the Rhytirrhinine. To this group also
belongs the genus Ithyphallus, Har. (= Stenotarsus, Schh.,
nom. preocc.), which Lacordaire placed in his Rhyparosomides ;
but in that group the tarsi are spongy beneath and have the third
joint broadly lobate, which characters do not occur in [thyphallus.

The Rhytirrhinine, as thus constituted, form a group sufficiently
homogeneous in character, and may be distinguished from the
Byrsopine proper as follows :—

Prosternal epimera not uniting behind the anterior coxe, but separated by a free
intercoxal piece ; scrobes rapidly deflected and passing obliquely much below the
CMR AG Rar Copy Ato ocd cul ote hop .oGln Gta uw Ore cace Mog ou otal oheasoiaincta,

Prosternal epimera uniting behind the coxe, and more or less completely fused
together ; scrobes straight and continued broadly right up to the eye.

RHYTIRRHININAE.

The Byrsopine, as thus restricted, comprise only two genera,
which present the following differences :—

Rostrum with an acute angular carinate emargination in the middle of the apex,
the apical external angles not produced ; prothorax with a lateral spine, its dorsal
apical lobe more or less strongly emarginate ; the second abdominal segment almost
as long as the third and fourth together.

Hoplitotrachelus, Schénh. (type, H. spinifer, F&hr.)

Rostrum with the entire apical margin reflexed, more or less roundly sinuate in the
middle, and with the external angles very prominent; prothorax unarmed laterally,
its dorsal apical lobe simply rounded; the three intermediate segments of the
abdomen subequal in length .. .. Byrsops, Schonh. (type B. buccellaria, Gyl.)

HOPLITOTRACHELUS, Schh.,
Mant. sec. p. 47 (1847).
Inasotus, Pase., Trans. Ent. Soc. L., 1887, p. 335.
HEAD with prominent superciliary ridges ; eyes depressed, almost
semicircular in shape. Rostrum stout, much shorter than the

prothorax, broadest at apex, shallowly constricted at base; apical
margin with an angular carinate emargination in middle; mandibles

Coleopterous Sub-Fanily Byrsopine (Curculionde). 5d

deflected, their cutting edges almost perpendicular to the long axis
of the rostrum, without a mandibular scar; submentum with a
distinct projection behind the mentum; scrobes sharply curved,
passing obliquely much below the eye, but widely separated
beneath. ANTENN# short and stout, inserted about middle of
rostrum; scape clavate, not reaching the eye; funicle with
joint 1 a little longer, but scarcely broader, than 2, 3-7 very
short, strongly transverse and gradually widening outwardly; the
club shortly ovate, sharply acuminate, 4-jointed. THorax with a
lateral spine, the ocular lobes strongly developed, the dorsal lobe
emarginate, the two processes usually curving downwards over the
forehead ; prosternum with a very deep channel in front of the
coxe, the latter contiguous and placed near the posterior margin ;
meso- and meta-sternum with the side-pieces fused, and the sutures
obsolete, the intermediate coxe entirely contiguous, the posterior coxal
cavities rounded outwardly and widely separated from the elytral
margin. Huytra ovate, with the shoulders sloping, set with 3 or
5 rows of tubercles and 2 large basal calluses, the lateral margins ~
strongly inflexed and regularly foveate. ABDOMEN with the 2nd
segment almost as long as 3rd and 4th together, and separated from
1st by a curved suture, the intercoxal process broadly truncate.
Leas stout, femora sublinear, tibize straight and subcylindrical,
with a short mternal mucro at apex; tarsi rather long, squamose
and setose beneath, with the edges of the joints fringed with silky
golden hairs (often abraded) especially at the angles, the third joint
not broader than the others, deeply emarginate but not lobate, the
fourth joint stout and almost as long as the three basal joints; claws
very long and free.

This genus replaces Byrsops in South-East and Central Africa.
On the West it is known only from Angola and Damaraland, but on
the Hastern side it extends from 30°S. up to the Equator. The
species feed on low shrubs, but are largely terrestrial in their habits.

Specierum Conspectus.

1. (2) Caput sulco profundo lato transverso (perspiciendo tantum quum rostrum in
prosterno demissum est) supra oculos incisum; pronotum in margine
postico nodis duobus acutis prominentibus armatum.—Pronotum allo
antico postice profunde bilobato, nec inter lobos carinatum.

1. H. orbitalis, Kolbe.

2. (1) Caput non transverse suleatum ; pronotum margine postico integro.

3. (4) Caput in vertice planum aut paulum excavatum, processu inflexo bifido
pronoti igitur paulum prominente nec ad caput arcte applicato; pronotum
postice plus minus planum, callo antico postice evidenter bilobato et inter
FORGGARIMATONL shen ccee fe ek Sk Se) Yee “220A spinifer, Fabre.

56 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

4. (3) Caput in vertice convexum, ad processum bifidum pronoti arcte applicatum ;
pronotum postice convexius, antice sulco lato transverso impressum, callo
antico postice non bilobato.

5. (8) Pronotum margine antico inflexo et valde inciso.

(7) Rostrum ad basin obtuse calloso-elevatum ; pronotum callo anti colatiore,

impressione subapicali non evidenter bifoveolata.
3. H. callosicollis, Fahr.

7. (6) Rostrum ad basin acuminatum, non calloso-elevatum ; pronotum callo antico
angustiore, et foveis duabus apicalibus profundis, bene definitis, carina
tenui separatis, instructum.. .. oe) a A, ee prioles, WKolber

8. (5) Pronotum margine antico vix inflexo, ecme tantum emarginato.—Rostrum
quadrifoveolatum, ad basin non elevatum ; frons leviter carinata.

5. H. omissus, Pasc.

ee

1. HopLiITOTRACHELUS ORBITALIS, Kolbe.
H. orbitalis, Kolbe, Arch. f. Naturg. Jahrg., 1898, p. 258.

Long. 15-204; lat. 8-104 mm.*

Head with a broad and deep transverse furrow extending from
side to side above the eyes, but only properly visible when the
rostrum is entirely sunk into the prosternal furrow; superciliary
ridges strongly elevated, the space between them containing two
deep fovesee divided by a central carina. ostrwm with a very
prominent basal tubercle and a distinct central carina, which is
elevated in the basal half and lower towards the apex; the dorsal
margins rather sharply angulated and elevated about the middle.
Prothorax quite plane dorsally and covered with deep subremote
punctures, without any transverse impression anteriorly, but with
the apical area very abruptly elevated and forming a large callus,
which is deeply bilobate posteriorly and without any carina between
the lobes; basal margin with two sharp prominences which overlap
the basal calluses on the elytra; sides with a long sharp spine
surrounded by a semicircle of four conical tubercles. Hlytra ovate,
deeply and irregularly recticulate, with three rows of large sharply
conical tubercles and a few smaller tubercles between them; the
inner row abbreviated basally, the outer row with four (rarely five)
_ tubercles only.

GrerMAaN H. Arrica: “EK. Usambara and Madinula”’ (teste Kolbe),
Dar-es-Salaam, Kilwa. British EH. Arrica: Nairobi (&. Ford).

Type in the Berlin Museum.

The deep cephalic furrow and the basal prominences on the
thorax will at once distinguish this large species from all its
congeners. The mesosternal tubercle is well developed in all the
specimens which I have seen.

* All measurements of length are taken from the anterior margin of the
prothorax to the apex of the elytra as seen vertically from above.

Coleopterous Sub-Family Byrsopine (Curculiomde). 57

2. HoPLITOTRACHELUS SPINIFER, Fahr.

H. spimfer, Fahr., Ofv. K. Vet. Ak. Forh. 1871, p. 197; Lac., Gen.
Col., pl. 67, fig. 2 (fig. pessima).
H. sobrinus, Kolbe, le. p. 258 (verisimile).

Long. 134-18; lat. 64-94 mm.

Head plane or slightly excavate, with very deep scattered punc-
tures, the forehead narrowly carinate and the superciliary ridges
strongly elevated. Rostrum acuminate at base and with a tubercular
elevation, the sides bluntly angulated and elevated in the middle,
the disk with a stout central carina in the basal half, the anterior
part being almost plane. Prothorax nearly plane dorsally and very
rugosely punctured, without any distinct transverse impression
anteriorly, but with the apical margin abruptly elevated and form-
ing a large callus, which is more or less angulated laterally and
bilobate posteriorly, with a short carina between the lobes; sides
with a sharp lateral spine and two or three blunt tubercles above it.
Elytra ovate, with irregular reticulate fovee, and three rows of
large conical tubercles, with a few smaller tubercles between them ;
the inner row abbreviated anteriorly, the outer row with usually
five, but sometimes six or seven, tubercles.

Natat: Malvern (C. N. Barker, G. A. K. M.). TRANSVAAL:
Selati (J. Naughton). Brcnuuanatanp: Lake Ngami [Brit. Mus.].
MAaTABELELAND: Plumtree (father O’ Neil), Bulawayo (G. A. K. M.),
Matopos (P. A. Sheppard). MaAsHONALAND: Salisbury and Umtali
(G.A. K.M.). Port. HE. Arrica: Beira (P. A. Sheppard). GERMAN
HK. Arrica: Kilwa.

Type in the Stockholm Museum; type of sobrinus in the Berlin
Museum.

This common insect feeds principally on certain species of wild
asparagus. In the northern specimens the mesosternal tubercle is
always present, but in examples from Natal it is often reduced, or
even entirely absent.

3. HoPLITOTRACHELUS CALLOSICOLLIS, Fahr.

H. callosicollas, Fahr., l.c. p. 198.

Inasotus ovis, Pasc., Trans. Ent. Soc. L. 1887, p. 335, pl. xi.,
mo 10, .

Long. 9-14 ; lat. 43-74 mm.

Head convex on vertex and with remote deep punctures; the
superciliary ridges well developed, the space between them with
two shallow impressions, sometimes separated by a faint carina.

98 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Rostrum elevated into a transverse callus at the base, the dorsal
margins bluntly angulated about middle, the disk slightly excavated
and with an elongate obtuse median tubercle in the basal half.
Prothorax slightly convex and rugosely scrobiculate, with a trans-
verse impression near apex, which is divided by a short central
carina, with sometimes an additional small carina on each side of it;
the apical margin forming an obtuse callus, but not bilobate
posteriorly nor elevated above the level of the disk; sides with a
short conical tubercle and a few smaller tubercles above it. Hlytra
quite similar to those of H. spuufer, Fabr., but with the tubercles
generally more blunt; the external row has usually six tubercles
but sometimes seven.

OrANGE Cotony: Bothaville and Reddersburg (Dr. H. Brauwns).
‘“‘ Natan ’’—teste Pascoe.

Type in the Stockholm Museum; type of JZ. ovis in the British
Museum. :

Pascoe’s species differs from the type only in its smaller size,
the absence of the frontal carina (an unstable character) and its
more blunt lateral tubercle on the prothorax. The mesosternal
tubercle is present in the type, but in two of my specimens it has
quite disappeared.

4. HoPLITOTRACHELUS PROLES, Kolbe.

H. proles, Kolbe, l.c. p. 259.

Long. 8-112; lat. 44-64 mm.

Head convex on vertex and with deep remote punctures, the
superciliary ridges moderately elevated, the forehead with two
shallow impressions and sometimes a central carina. Rostrum
acuminate and scarcely elevated at the base, the dorsal margins
obtusely angulated about middle, the disk with a large and deep
fovea in the basal half anda shallower one near the apex. Prothorax
convex, rugosely scrobiculate, with two very large and deep sub-
apical foveee which are separated by a narrow carina; the apical
margin forming only a narrow callus which is not bilobate pos-
‘teriorly ; sides with an acute conical tubercle and a few blunt
tubercles above it. Hlytra ovate, irregularly and very rugosely
foveate, each with five rows of tubercles, those in the alternate rows
_ being evidently larger, especially in the external row, which contains
five or six tubercles.

‘ZANZIBAR (Hildebrandt)’’—teste Kolbe. GERMAN H. Arrica:
Lindi [Dresden Mus.]. Nyasauanp: Masuku Mts. (A. Whyte).
MASHONALAND: Mazoé, Salisbury, Umtali and Mt. Chirinda
(G. A. K. M.). Marasenenanp: Matopos (P. A. Sheppard).

Coleopterous Sub-Family Byrsopine (Curculionde). 59

Type in the Berlin Museum.

This description is made from specimens from German E. Africa,
which agree entirely with Kolbe’s description. The Rhodesian
specimens differ in having the rostral foveze much less evident, the
basal one usually containing a small central tubercle or carina; the
elytra, too, are generally much less rugosely foveate, the foves
being smaller and more distinctly reticulate, and the alternate rows
of smaller tubercles are usually more or less obsolete. In all
the specimens which I have seen the mesosternal tubercle is
entirely wanting.

5. HoPpLITOTRACHELUS OMISSUS, Pasc.

Brachycerus omissus, Pasc., Trans. Ent. Soc. L. 1887, p. 11
plac, tis. 6.
4H. foveiceps, Quedf., Berl. Ent. Zeit., 1888, p. 288.

Long. 104-114; lat. 64-63 mm.

Head convex on the vertex, and with scattered shallow punc-
tures, the superciliary ridges moderately elevated, the forehead
with two shallow depressions separated by a faint carina.
Rostrum acuminate, but not elevated, at the base, the dorsal
margins obtusely angulated about middle, and the disk with four
large shallow fover. Prothorax convex, rugosely foveolate, with a
broad transverse impression near apex, divided by a central carina ;
the apical callus comparatively narrow, not lobate posteriorly, and
with its anterior edge only shallowly emarginate and scarcely
produced downwards over the head; sides with a short conical
tubercle. Elytra broadly ovate, reticulately foveate, and with the
usual three rows of tubercles, but rather less prominent than in the
other species, the outer row containing eight tubercles.

DAMARALAND [Brit. Mus.]. ‘‘AnGoua (May. von Mechow) ”—teste
‘Quedenfeldt.

TypE in the British Museum; type of fovesceps in the Berlin
Museum (?).

H. proles, Kolbe, is evidently the Eastern representative of this
species, and perhaps doubtfully distinct from it, as the Rhodesian
examples of the former rather serve to link the two forms. The
chief distinctive characters in omissus are the comparatively shallow
emargination of the dorsal anterior lobe of the thorax and the quadri-
foveate rostrum. The description of foveiceps, Quedf., agrees very
exactly with Pascoe’s type. The mesosternal tubercle is slightly
developed.

60 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

BYRSOPS, Schh.,
Gen. Cure., ii., p. 408 (1834).

Cryptops, Schh., Cure. disp. meth., p. 65 (1826), nom. preeocc.

Heap with the superciliary ridges elevated, eyes depressed, sub-
triangular, acuminate inferiorly. Rostrum shorter than the pro-
thorax, slightly dilated towards apex and subangulated dorsally ;
the entire apical margin reflexed, roundly sinuate in middle and
with the exterior angles prominent; mandibles deflected and without
a scar; submentum with a distinct projection behind the mentum ;
scrobes sharply deflected, passing obliquely below the eye and
widely separated beneath. ANTENN# short, rather slender; scape
abruptly clavate ; funicle with joint 1 a little longer, and distinctly
broader, than 2, 3-7 much shorter and submoniliform; club short
ovate, compressed, acuminate, 4-jointed. THorax unarmed laterally,
ocular lobes strongly developed, dorsal lobe simply rounded ;
prosternum with a very deep channel in front of the coxe, the
latter contiguous and placed very close to the posterior margin ;
meso- and meta-sternum with the side-pieces fused and the sutures
obsolete, the intermediate cox either contiguous or separated, the
posterior coxal cavities rounded outwardly and widely separated
from the elytral margin. HtyTra very variable, their sides very
abruptly inflexed. ABDOMEN with the three intermediate segments
subequal, the first separated from the second by a straight suture,
the intercoxal process broadly truncate. Lees rather elongate,
femora sublinear; tibize straight, subcylindrical, shortly lobate
externally at apex, mucronate internally ; tarsi elongate, sublinear,
squamose and setose beneath, joint 3 not dilated nor lobate, but
shallowly excavate, joint 4 very long and stout; claws very large,
vee;

The attempt to revise this very difficult genus on a satisfactory
basis has been immensely facilitated by the fine amount of material
accumulated by Mr. L. Péringuey, Director of the South African
Museum, the whole of which he has kindly submitted to me for
examination. Tor it isonly by the study of long series of specimens
that it is possible to arrive at an approximate conclusion as to what
constitutes a specific distinction in a genus which presents so high
a degree of variability in those structural characters which are
generally utilised for discriminating species. My grateful thanks are
also due to Prof. Dr. Aurivillius, who, with his usual courtesy, not
only sent me all the valuable types of Gyllenhal and Boheman
extant at Stockholm, but also procured for me several of Thunberg’s
types from Upsala; to Prof. Bouvier and M. P. Lesne, of the Paris

Coleopterous Sub-Family Byrsopine (Curculionde). 61

Museum, who kindly lent me all the material collected by
Delagorgue in South Africa; and to Prof. E. B. Poulton, of Oxford,
to whom I am indebted for the loan of many useful specimens,
including the type of B. hopei, Boh. Finally I must mention the
fine series of Byrsopine in the British Museum, comprising all
Pascoe’s types and many rare species collected by Sir Andrew
Smith in the less-known parts of Cape Colony; this collection now
contains exponents of every species of Hoplitotrachelus and Byrsops
here defined, except B. wmsincera, Boh.

The genus Byrsops is entirely confined to the Cape Colony, and
finds its headquarters in the extreme South-West, the region of
winter rains. It appears to be extremely rare in the Hastern
Province, for in many years’ collecting near Uitenhage Father
O’Neil tells me he took but a single example, which I refer to
glaucescens, Pasc.; and it is probable that Port Elizabeth represents
approximately the eastern limit of the genus; while to the North it
is not yet known from beyond the Orange River. I have never seen
these insects alive, but from what Mr. Péringuey tells me, they are
purely terrestrial in their habits; and he and Mr. F’. Purcell obtained
them in some numbers by digging long trap-trenches. ‘They appear
to be most prevalent during the winter rains, as the dated specimens
range from June to November.

The following forms have been erroneously attributed to this
genus by Schonherr :—

(B. deprimatus, Boh.), which is a Brotheus and synonymous with
B. porcatus, Marsham (1802).

B. troglodytes, Gyl., which is a Hypocolobus, the type being at
Oxford.

B. pusio, Wied., which, from the description, is evidently a
Brotheus.

B. planus, Thb., which is a Brotheus.

B. premorsus, Thb.—Prof. Aurivillius has very kindly examined
the type (at Upsala) for me, and informs me that the head and
thorax are missing, but that the species is evidently a Brotheus, and
perhaps synonymous with deprimatus, Boh. (supra).

The great structural variability which exists in many of the
species renders the preparation of an adequate key especially
difficult; but by giving, where necessary, several alternative
characters, it is hoped that the difficulties of identification may
be to some extent simplified. It must be borne in mind, however,
that occasionally aberrant individuals may occur which do not
agree exactly with perhaps one or other of the several characters
given.

62

10.

hake

12,

13.

14,

Wb.

16.
ii.

18.

19.

Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Specierum Conspectus.

. (52) Tibise postice apice simplices, nec dente recurvo armate.
. (5) Coxee intermedize anguste separate; processtis meso- et meta-sternales

inter eas convenientes.

. (4) Elytrorum interstitia 2 et 4 non cristata, tuberculis parvis separatis

obsita, quorum illa in declivitatis culmine posita reliquis non majora;
declivitate obsolete punctata.. .. .. .. «.. I. B. apicalis, Boh.

. (3) Elytrorum interstitia 2 et 4 cristato-elevata, tuberculis agglomeratis, illis

in declivitatis culmine positis reliquis multo majoribus; declivitate
evidenter punctata .. .. Se Se 2 2a. eCTSULa base.

. (2) Coxe intermedie contigue, srt sabeoalteanas processtis meso- et meta-

sternales inter eas numquam convenientes.

. (13) Tuberculum mesosternale omnino deficiens, aut perpaulum elevatum ;

prothorax non in medio sulcatus, nec antice trifoveatus.

(10) Abdominis segmentum anale in utroque sexu in medio perspicue foveatum ;

elytra tuberculis minimis, in dorso plus minus obsoletis, instructa ; strize
secunde et tertiza omnino regulares, interstitio interjecto (tertio) anguste,
sed recte, costato usque ad declivitatem.
(9) Prothorax sat levis, vix latior quam in dorso longior, unicolor; elytra
plaga magna communi quadrata brunnea ornata; tarsi latiores.
3. B. westermanni, Boh.

. (8) Prothorax disperse granulatus, evidenter latior quam in dorso longior, in

latere macula nivea ornatus; elytra unicoloria; tarsi graciliores.
4. B. rana, Boh.

(7) Abdominis segmentum anale non foveatum, aut planum, aut levissime
impressum, aut tuberculo parvo apicali preditum; elytra tuberculis
sepissime bene distinctis et elevatis; stris secunde et tertiz plus
minus irregulares, interstitio interjecto undato aut male definito.

(12) Prothorax fortiter ampliatus et ad basin valde angustatus, supra peene
levis et setis conspicuis crassis suberectis obsitus; callum basale in
interstitio tertio evidenter obliquum .. .. 5. B. spinicollis, Wied.

(11) Prothorax ad basin perpaulum angustatus, lateribus modice tantum
ampliatis, supra disperse granulatus, setis brevibus subtilioribus in-
conspicuis obsitus ; callum basale in interstitio tertio longitudinale.

6. B. sphodra, Boh.

(6) Tuberculum mesosternale evidenter prominens; prothorax sgpissime in
medio sulcatus, aut antice tri-foveatus.

(15) Tarsi posteriores articulo secundo transverso; prothorax antice valde
declivis, margine anteriore (a latere inspecto) infra marginem posticum
multo demisso.—Prothorax antice non trifoveatus; elytra lateribus
irregulariter punctatis .. .. . oe ws | ts eo. Spmmlosa, Boh.

(14) Tarsi posteriores articulo seam non transverso; prothorax antice
tantum leviter declivis, margine anteriore (a latere inspecto) infra
marginem posticum paulum demisso.

(19) Rostrum fovea laterali obliqua, supra scrobem eoque parallela, impressum.

(18) Elytra interstitiis quarto et sexto simpliciter carinatis, tertio in basi late
et oblique elevato-calloso; rostrum non sulcatum.

8. B. flavicollis, sp. nov.

(17) Elytra interstitiis quarto et sexto evidenter tuberculatis, tertio in basi
carina minima longitudinali ane rostrum minus profunde sul-
CAUUIM, se. os » vee ne Ol LB verator, Sp. DOV,

(16) Rostrum non oblique) iptemaives ana beatiaty

29.
a
22.

23.

24.

25.

26.
Pile
28.
29.

30.

dl.

32.
33.
34.
30.

36.
37.

38.

39.

40.

41.

Coleopterous Sub-Fanuly Byrsopine (Curculionde). 63

(51) Elytra striis duabus aut tribus saltem irregularibus ; interstitiis alternis
magis elevatis aut plus minus inter basin et declivitatem tuberculatis.

(26) Tarsi medii articulo secundo evidenter transverso.

(23) Elytra in dorso irregulariter punctata; interstitium tertium callo basali
obliquo; femora evidenter setosa; prothorax setis brevibus erectis
obsitus.—Humeri late rotundati .. .. .. .. 16. B. hopei, Boh.

(22) Elytra striis tribus juxta-suturalibus satis regularibus; interstitium
tertium callo basali longitudinali; femora setis parvissimis incon-
Spicuis, seepissime omnino obsoletis, obsita; prothorax non, aut vix,
setosus.

(25) Interstitium quintum tuberculo basali prominente, humeris igitur lati-
oribus rotundatis ; interstitium tertium ad basin manifeste callosum ;
elytra lateribus regulariter punctatis, subsulcatis.

17. B. peringueyi, sp. nov.

(24) Interstitium quintum carina basali humiliore, humeris igitur angusti-
oribus et obliquis; interstitium tertium callo basali obsolescente ;
elytra lateribus irregulariter punctatis, non sulcatis.

20. B. glaucescens, Pasc.

(21) Tarsi medii articulo secundo non transverso.

(34) Elytra lateribus inflexis non sulcatis, irregulariter punctatis.

(33) Prothorax antice trifoveatus.

(30) Elytrorum interstitium quintum carina basali humili obsitum, humeris
igitur angustioribus et obliquis ; interstitium tertium callo basali obso-
lescente longitudinali.. .. .. .. .. «. 21. B. quadrata, Wied.

(29) Elytrorum interstitium quintum panercalo basali plus minus prominente
obsitum, humeris igitur latioribus et rotundatis; interstitium tertium
in basi evidenter et oblique callosum.

(32) Prothorax in dorso longior quam latior ; interstitium secundum macula
basali elongata velutino-brunnea ornatum, tertium nudum.

14, B. buccellaria, Gyl.

(31) Prothorax in dorso non longior quam latior; interstitium tertium etiam

21

velutino-maculatum .. .. 6 60 Go IA, Je, Uomona, (ral
(28) Prothorax antice simpliciter wemencree AV YIERSTE non trifoveatus, nec
in=mediol sulcatus... .2 . ie eo) Lon ebeensincena. bolt

(27) Elytra lateribus Sikes aut alles a regulariter punctatis.

(36) Prothorax antice non trifoveatus.—Frons non carinata; rostrum longi-
tudinaliter impressum; elytra humeris rotundato-tuberculatis.

15. B. hottentotta, Boh.

(35) Prothorax antice trifoveatus.

(44) Elytra in interstitio quinto tuberculo humerali prominente predita,
humeris latioribus et rotundatis; interstitium sextum tuberculis
semper prominentibus et separatis.

(41) Corpus brevius, supra setis nullis aut minimis et inconspicuis obsitum ;
prothoracis sulcus totus profundus, nec in medio subinterruptus ; elytra
postice minus abrupte declivia, in dorso sepissime macula quadrata
suturali ornata; ¢ segmento anali tuberculato.

(40) Prothorax carinis plus minus undatis, foveis externis apicalibus perspicuis
sed non retrorsum continuatis, lateribus undique profunde punctatis.

11. B. sulcicollis, Gyl.

(39) Prothorax carinis omnino rectis et magis elevatis, foveis apicalibus ad
basin minus ea ae lateribus area magna levi impunctata
ornatis Ses Se A (ek Ne SOR Bs alicaianPasc.

(38) Corpus elongatum, fen (preecipue in thorace) setis brevibus crassis
suberectis parce obsitum ; prothoracis sulcus minus incisus, in medio

64 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

subinterruptus; elytra postice abruptius declivia, semper unicoloria ;
? segmento anali non tuberculato.

42. (43) Elytra tuberculis tenuioribus conicis subacutis, interstitio secundo a basi
ultra medium tenuiter carinato, callo basali in interstitio tertio valde
elevato; femora setis densioribus et longioribus obsita.

18. B. hexina, sp. nov.

43. (42) Elytra tuberculis majoribus crassis obtusissimis, interstitio secundo non
carinato sed perspicue pene ad basin ipsum tuberculato, callo basali
in interstitio tertio tee femora setis evidenter brevioribus et
paucioribus obsita.. .. . ~- «. 2. 19. 9B. venniteosa; sp: Noy.

44, (37) Elytra carina basali fern ilneesi in ‘intonstinte quinto preedita, humeris igitur
angustioribus et obliquis; interstitium sextum tuberculis plus minus
depressis et confluentibus, aut sepe omnino obsoletis.

45, (48) Elytra ovata, postice rorendetes retusa, vittis velutino-brunneis numquam
ornata ; tarsi graciliores.

46. (47) Rostrum bicaloatame frons carinis duabus obliquis instructa ; ¢ segmento

anali non fuberoulato on se (Seid eo! 22 eB aunculispanoye
47. (46) Rostrum non sulcatum ; frons non autaains ? segmento anali tuberculo
uno instructo.. .. . eas | eel 236 Batetragona, ab:

48. (45) Elytra longiora, sub- ablonea! ppeetice Parente retusa, vitt&é longitudinali
velutino-brunnea una suturali, aut duabus juxta-suturalibus, ornata ;
tarsi validiores.—Frons non carinata; ? segmento anali non tuber-
culato.

49. (50) Elytra vitta communi angusta suturali velutino-brunnea ornata; inter-
stitium quartum tuberculo magno conspicuo et exterius deflexo in
summa declivitate instructum; femora setis brevissimis depressis
Obsita i. 1. ~ «2 «- 24, B. amplezicollis, Wied.

50. (49) Elytra vittis aeates caatak satnnalaliue ornata, que interdum in unam
vittam latam partim cceunt, sed semper in ipso basi separate sunt;
interstitium quartum tuberculo in summa declivitate multo minus con-
spicuo nec exterius deflexo; femora setis longioribus suberectis obsita.

25. B. retusa, Thb,

51. (20) Elytra tota regulariter punctato-sulcata, interstitiis omnibus fere equaliter
elevatis et sine tuberculis, preeter seriem transversam tuberculorum sex
in summa declivitate dispositam .. .. .. 26. B. cuneata, sp. nov.

52. (1) Tibiz posticee angulo apicali superiore dente recurvo armatse.—Coxe
medixz contigue; tuberculum mesosternale omnino deficiens.

27. B. deformis, Boh.

1. Byrsors APICALIS, Boh.
B. apicalts, Boh., Schonh. Gen. Cure., vi., 2, p. 395 (1842).

Long. 4—64 ; lat. 2-34 mm.

Colour of elytra extremely variable, the principal types being:
(1) general colour dark above and contrasting sharply with the pale
grey of the apex and sides—this may be again subdivided into (a)
upper side more or less uniformly dark, (0) upper side with two
common transverse grey patches, one broader and ante-median, the
other narrower and post-median; (2) colour above not contrasting
with the apex—(a) more or less unicolorous grey, (0) with three
sutural brown patches, basal, median, and post-median. These

Coleopterous Sub-Fanmily Byrsopine (Curculiomde). 65

types merge gradually into one another. Thorax almost invariably
with a small white spot in the centre of the base. Head shallowly
punctured and without carina. Rostrwm punctured like the head,
the dorsal edges rounded. Prothorax slightly transverse dorsally,
sides not much rounded, broadest behind middle, apex scarcely
dilated ; upper surface with shallow reticulate punctures, and with
a shallow central furrow (both punctures and furrow being some-
times obsolescent); the anterior transverse impression with three
shallow fovea which are occasionally indistinct. Hlytra oblongo-
ovate, shoulders rounded in @, sloping in g, sides slightly
ampliated, posterior declivity somewhat abrupt; upper surface
almost plane on the disk, the punctuation variable, there being in
the type form three fairly regular rows adjoining the suture, but in
most cases these rows are more or less confused; the lateral
punctures are irregular and shallower than those on the disk, be-
coming almost obsolete towards the margin; intervals 6, 4 and
the apical half of 2 with rows of small subconical tubercles, those at
the top of the declivity sometimes rather larger than the others,
intervals 2 and 3 not, or scarcely, carinate at the base, 5 with a low
humeral carina. Legs with dense grey scaling and a few darker
spots, the posterior pairs of femora with a brown transverse band
beyond middle; posterior tarsi slender, qeunt 1 not longer than 2, the
latter being twice as long as broad.

CarE Cotony: Constantia (L£. Purell) Rondebosch (L.
Péringuey).

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

A highly variable species but distinguished from all its congeners,
except B. tersula, Pasc., by its separated intermediate coxe. The
pale basal spot on the thorax is also rather characteristic, though it
occurs occasionally in B. lutosa, Gyl.

2. BYRSOPS TERSULA, Pasc.

B. tersula, Pase., Trans. Ent. Soc. L. 1887, p. 331, pl. xi., fig. 8.
Long. 43-64; lat. 24-34 mm.
Colour grey or pale brownish; thorax usually with a broad lateral
_ stripe, and a narrower one on each side of the central furrow dark
brown ; elytra irregularly marked with dark brown towards the sides,
and with a narrow sutural stripe of dark brown extending beyond
the middle. |

Head, rostrum, and prothorax as in B. apicalis, Boh. Elytra
oblongo-ovate, shoulders narrow and sloping, sides slightly rounded,
posterior declivity quite abrupt; upper surface with three regular

5

66 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

punctured striz, the punctuation beyond these being quite irregular
and confused, and becoming distinctly shallower towards the extreme
margins ; interval 6 with a complete row of numerous small conical
tubercles ; intervals 2 and 4 costate close to the base and then with
a row of tubercles which gradually increase posteriorly and are more
or less conglomerated so as to form a conspicuous cristate ridge, the
tubercle at the top of the declivity on interval 4 being much larger
than the others; interval 3 forming a straight low costa. Legs
variegated with grey and brown scaling; posterior tarsi rather
thicker, joint 1 not longer than 2, the latter 14 times as long as
broad.

Cape CoLony.

Type in the British Museum.

Nearly allied to B. apicalis, Boh., from which it is distinguished by
the more regular striation on the disk, the greater elevation of the
intervals and the much greater development of the posterior tubercles
which causes the declivity to seem more abrupt. I have seen three
examples only (all in the Brit. Mus.), and it seems probable that with
a longer series it will be impossible to separate the species from
apicalis,

3. BYRSOPS WESTERMANNI, Boh.

B. westermann, Boh., Schonh. l.c. p. 397 (1842).

Long. 64-74; lat 33-44 mm.

Colour grey, with a large quadrate sutural brown patch on the
elytra.

Head almost plane, without carine, the punctures obsolete and
hidden by the scaling. ostrwm smooth, without apparent punc-
tuation or carine, the dorsal margins rounded. Prothorax dorsally
about as broad as long, the sides evidently rounded, broadest rather
behind middle, apex and base of equal width, the ocular lobes not
dilated apically; upper surface convex, almost smooth, without any
sulcus or anterior foveze but with merely a faint trace of obsolescent
granules beneath the scaling, the apical transverse impression almost
evanescent. Hlytra short ovate, shoulders slightly oblique, sides
scarcely ampliated, the apical declivity rounded dorsally; upper
surface convex, with broad sulci containing regular rows of large
shallow punctures, the inflexed margins scarcely sulcate but with
regular row of punctures; the dorsal intervals all narrowly carinate,
2, 4, and 6 set with small tubercles behind middle, 5 with a
short humeral carina. Legs with dense grey scaling and scattered
sete; tarsi moderately stout, posterior pair with joint 1 not longer
than 2, the latter 14 times as long as broad.

Coleopterous Sub-Fanily Byrsopine (Curculionde). 67

CAPE CoLony.

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

Schonherr cites the type as being in Drége’s collection; but
Prof. Aurivillius has kindly lent me an example which exists
in Schénherr’s own collection, and which he considers (I think
rightly) should be regarded as the type, for it agrees entirely with
Boheman’s description. I have seen only one other specimen,
which is in the British Museum.

4. Byrsops RANA, Boh.

B. rana, Boh., l.c. p. 406 (1842).
B. terrena, Pasce., l.c. p. 328 (1887).

Long. 5-64 ; lat. 23-33 mm.

Colour uniform earthy-brown above, inflexed margins of elytra
grey, sides of prothorax with an irregular white patch.

Head obsoletely punctured and usually with a small tubercle on
each side near the superciliary ridge. Hostrum shallowly bisulcate,
the dorsal margins subcostate. Prothorax evidently broader than its
dorsal length, sides rounded, broadest rather behind middle, apex
not dilated; upper surface convex, rugosely punctured (but the
punctures hidden by the scaling) and with scattered small granules,
with a shallow transverse impression near apex, but without foves
or a central furrow; sides with sparse shallow punctures. Hlytra
ovate, the shoulders narrow and oblique in g , more broadly rounded
in 9, sides ampliated, broadest about middle, apical declivity
rounded dorsally; upper surface with shallow sulci containing
rows of deep punctures, the first three rows regular, 4 and 5 usually
confused ; the intervals narrowly subcarinate, without basal calluses,
except 5 which has a short humeral carina, intervals 2 and 4 with a
few small tubercles behind middle, all being of equal size, 6 with a
longer row of more obtuse tubercles. Legs with grey scaling and
short pale sete; tarsi long and slender, posterior pair with joint 1
rather longer than 2.

Care Conony.

Tyre ¢ in the Stockholm Museum; type of terrena, Pasc., in the
British Museum.

Pascoe’s terrena is evidently the @ of Boheman’s species. The
anal fovea is larger and shallower in the g, and smaller and
deeper in the ?. Its comparatively smooth ovate elytra give
this species a rather distinctive appearance. I have seen examples
also from the Oxford and Paris Museums.

68 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

5. Byrsops SPINICOLLIS, Wied.

Brachycerus spimcollis, Wied., Germ. Mag., iv., p. 161 (1821).
Byrsops spinicollis, Boh., Schonh. Gen. Cure., vi., 2, p. 405 (1842).

Long. 62-7; lat. 32-4 mm.

Colour uniform light earthy brown, the elytra with two sutural
spots of light or dark velvet brown scaling, viz., a small one at the
base and a much larger ovate spot rather before the middle. The
head and prothorax with scattered short, thick, erect sete.

Head apparently impunctate and without frontal carinew. Rostrum
similarly smooth and impunctate, the dorsal margins rounded. Pro-
thorax dorsally broader than long, rather more transverse in the ?,
the sides strongly rounded in the middle and much narrowed towards
base and apex (especially in the g); upper surface indistinctly
punctured, almost smooth and without any central furrow, the
apical transverse impression without fovee. Hlytra short ovate,
the shoulders rounded (more prominent in @ ), the sides moderately
ampliated, the apical declivity rounded dorsally ; upper surface with
irregular, large, and often subreticulate punctures ; intervals 6, 4
and the apical half of 2 with separated rounded tubercles, those at
the top of the declivity being no larger than the others; interval 3
with an oblique basal tubercle or callus, 5 with only a rounded
humeral tubercle; inflexed margins with regular rows of large
punctures. Legs with light brown scaling and darker spots, the
setzz sparse, short, and erect; tarsi stout, posterior pair with
joint 1 scarcely longer than 2, intermediate pair with joint 2
subquadrate.

Cape CoLony.

Type in the Copenhagen Univ. Museum (coll. Westermann).

I have not seen the type, but my identification is based on an
example in Schonherr’s collection which was given to him by
Westermann. I have examined also 2 examples in the British,
and 3 in the Paris Museum. This species may be readily recog-
nised by the thick thoracic setz, in conjunction with the absence of
the mesosternal tubercle.

6. ByRsops SPHODRA, Boh.
B. sphodrus, Boh., l.c. p. 402 (1842).
B. plumbea, Pase., l.c. p. 325, pl. xi., fig. 7 (1887).
Long. 5-84; lat. 23-5 mm.
Colour grey or light brown, thorax sometimes with two darker
discal stripes and with an irregular pure white lateral spot, elytra

Coleopterous Sub-Family Byrsopine (Curculiomde). 69

often with a subquadrate central sutural dark brown patch,
and sometimes with rows of white spots on the inflexed
margins.

Head obsoletely punctured and without carine. Sostrwm obso-
letely punctured, the dorsal margins rounded. Prothorax dorsally
broader than long, sides rounded, broadest rather behind the middle,
not dilated at apex; upper surface deeply and rugosely punctured,
but in unabraded specimens the punctures are more or less com-
pletely filled up with an earthy-brown indumentum through which
only a few scattered granules are visible on the disk; the anterior
transverse impression distinct, but not trifoveate. Hlytra short
ovate, shoulders rounded, sides slightly ampliated, posterior de-
clivity rounded dorsally; upper surface somewhat irregularly
punctured (sometimes the first two rows are regular), the punc-
tures being large, shallow, and subreticulate; intervals 6, 4 and
the apical half of 2 with rows of even tubercles, those at the top of
the declivity being no larger than the others; these tubercles are
usually sharply conical, but in some specimens they are obtuse,
as described by Boheman ; basal callus on interval 3 obsolescent,
humeral tubercle on interval 5 small; inflexed margins regularly
punctato-suleate. Legs with dense grey scaling and small brown
spots ; posterior tarsi with joint 1 longer than 2, intermediate pair
with joint 2 transverse.

Care Cotony: Rondebosch and Constantia (L. Péringuey, F.
Purcell), Robben Island (f. M. Lightfoot), Great Fish River [Oxford
Museum].

TypE missing; in Drége’s collection; type of plwmbea in the
British Museum.

The mesosternum varies in structure, some specimens showing a
very slight development of the central prominence, but they cannot
be separated from the other examples of the long series which I
have examined. The type of Pascoe’s plumbea agrees so closely
with Boheman’s description that I am unable to separate it
specifically ; it has the dorsal tubercles reduced as in Boheman’s
type, but this appears to be an unstable character. A difficulty
arises here with regard to the anal tubercle of the ?. In some
examples this is well developed, in others it is somewhat reduced,
while in the remainder it is entirely absent. But the presence of
this tubercle does not appear to be consistently correlated with any
other external characters, nor is it possible to discriminate two
parallel forms among the males, so that the specific value of the
tubercle cannot be ascertained until it is possible to examine a series
of paired specimens.

70 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

7. ByRsops SPINULOSA, Boh.

Synthocus spinulosus, Boh., l.c., p. 414 (1842).

Long. 7-8 ; lat. 34-42 mm.

Colour black, with greyish or brownish scaling, but without
definite pattern ; the inflexed margins of the elytra grey or whitish
with the punctures brown.

Head impunctate, with two short, indistinct carine uniting with
the ocular ridges. Rostrum obscurely punctured, the dorsal margins
slightly elevated near the base. Prothorax dorsally as long as broad,
the sides rounded, broadest behind middle, ocular lobes only slightly
dilated laterally ; upper surface coarsely and confluently punctured,
with a faint central furrow posteriorly and with the dorsal margins
indistinctly tuberculate, the basal part very convex and very steeply
declivous anteriorly, owing to the great depression of the anterior
margin, which is much below the level of the base, being almost
smooth and without fovew; the inflexed margins shallowly punc-
tured above, impunctate below. Hlytra oblongo-ovate, shoulders
rounded, sides almost straight, broadest rather before middle, apical
declivity rounded at its summit; punctuation coarse, quite irregular
and subreticulate; intervals 2, 4, and 6 with complete rows of
small, closely set, conical tubercles, those on the declivity being no
larger than the others ; intervals 2 and 3 each with a short low carina
at the base, 5 with a small humeral tubercle. Legs with either uniform
brown scaling or grey variegated with brown, and with scattered
pale sete ; tarsi rather short and sparsely setose, the posterior pair
with joint 1 longer than 2, the latter being very short and transverse.

CapE Cotony: Bushmanland [8. A. Mus.]; ‘Orange River
(Ecklon and Zeyher) ’’—teste Boheman.

TypE missing ; in Hcklon and Zeyher’s collection.

The unusual shape of the thorax and the transverse second and
third tarsal joints will serve to distinguish this species from its
congeners. Described from two specimens. In the British Museum
example, which was taken by Sir Andrew Smith, the thorax has a
slight tubercular prominence on the posterior convexity which is not
evident in the Cape Town specimen and makes the anterior declivity
appear even more steep. The antennae are aberrant, the funicle
being dilated. apically and adnate to the club, as in Synthocus.

8. ByRsoPs FLAVICOLLIS, sp. nov.
Plate VI., fig. 1.
Long. 54-8; lat. 3-44 mm.
Colour black, bare, the prothorax only with yellowish scaling ;
setze absent or inconspicuous,

Coleopterous Sub-Family Byrsopine (Curcultomde). 71

Head with large shallow reticulate punctures and without carine.
_ Rostrum with a deep oblique lateral impression above the scrobe,
upper surface narrow, obscurely punctured, and with its margins
slightly raised. Prothorax as long as broad, sides rounded, broadest
at middle, apex and base of equal width, ocular lobes scarcely
dilated; upper surface subdepressed, its margins angulate and
narrowed from base to apex, rugosely punctured and with a central
furrow which is sometimes interrupted in the middle, the anterior
impression with a transverse row of 5 fovex, the outer ones some-
times indistinct; the sides coarsely punctured, the more prominent
middle portion usually impunctate. Hlytra short, subquadrate,
only a little longer than broad, shoulders roundly prominent, sides
slightly rounded, broadest rather before middle, the extreme apices
slightly divergent; upper surface irregularly punctate, the intervals
4,6and the apical half of 2 carinate and each ending in a small
tubercular prominence on the declivity, intervals 3 and 5 each with
a short prominent oblique carina at base; inflexed margins punctato-
sulcate with the intervals costate. Legs with obscure brown scaling
and sparse pale sete; tarsi slender, the posterior pair with joint 1
longer than 2, 2 and 3 being more narrowed than usual towards
the base.

CapE Cotony: Rondebosch (L. Péringuey).

Type in the British Museum (ea coll. Vigors).

The subquadrate, bare, carinate elytra in conjunction with the
yellowish thorax give this species a very distinctive appearance,
rather suggesting a Brotheus. Described from three examples,
the two co-types being in the South African Museum.

9. ByRSOPS VEXATOR, Sp. Nov.

Long. 64-7; lat. 31-33 mm.

Colour black, the elytra either bare or with sandy grey scaling
and with two small velvet black spots at the base and a similar large
rounded sutural spot before middle (sometimes absent); thorax with
dense pale grey or yellowish scaling.

Head uneven, but without definite carine. Rostrum with a deep
oblique lateral impression above the scrobe, the upper surface
narrow, its margins costate and approximating anteriorly, the
depression between them containing a fine central carina. Pro-
thorax dorsally about as long as broad, sides rounded, broadest at
middle, apex and base of equal width, ocular lobes scarcely dilated ;
upper surface coarsely and confluently punctured, its margins
angulate and narrowed from base to apex, the basal portion more

Sees SSS

72 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socvety.

elevated and with a faint shallow central furrow, the anterior part
tri-foveate; the sides deeply punctured. Hlytra subquadrate, nearly
as broad as long, shoulders rounded, posterior declivity abrupt,
sides rounded, broadest about middle, apices jointly rounded ;
upper surface punctato-striate, the striz very irregular, intervals 4,
6 and the apical half of 2 with low rounded tubercles, those at the
top of the declivity larger than the others, interval 3 with a small
low longitudinal carina, 5 with a large rounded humeral tubercle ;
inflexed margins not sulcate, irregularly punctured. Legs with
uniform brown scaling and sparse pale sete; tarsi rather long and
slender, the posterior pair with joint 1 longer than 2, the latter
slightly longer than broad.

SoutH AFRICA.

Type in the British Museum (ex coll. Vigors).

The species is much like a tuberculated specimen of B. flavicollis,
Mshl., but apart from the absence of tubercles the latter species
differs also in the absence of the central carina on the rostrum, the
sulcation of the inflexed margins of the elytra, and the obliquity of
the basal carina on interval 3. Described from two examples, the
co-type being in the 8. African Museum.

10. Byrsors ALVEATA, Pasc.

B. alveata, Pase., Trans. Ent. Soc. L., 1887, p. 327.

Long. 64-83; lat. 34-42 mm.

Normal colour black, with uniform light brown scaling, the elytra
with two small basal patches of pale velvet-brown scales and a larger
sutural one before middle ; sometimes the elytra are dark brown with
the tubercles paler; but in the type the basal patches are black, and
there is a narrow sutural black lunule before, and another behind,
middle, also the posterior aspect of every tubercle and the thoracic
caring are shiny black.

Head coarsely punctured, with two oblique carine uniting anteriorly
with the ocular ridges to form a rough W. ostrwm distinetly tri-
costate. Prothorax as long as broad, sides rounded in the middle,
apex scarcely dilated, as broad as the base; upper surface with a
deep straight central furrow and a shallower furrow on each side of
it, the central furrow being bounded by two high smooth carine ;
sides with a large smooth impunctate patch, the remainder being
deeply punctured. Hlytra oblongo-ovate, shoulders rounded, broadest
about middle, the apical declivity rounded dorsally ; the sutural stria
and three of the lateral strizs regularly punctate, the intervening
punctures very irregular; intervals 4, 6 and the apical half of 2

Coleopterous Sub-Family Byrsopine (Curculiomde). 73

with numerous conical tubercles, those on the declivity not con-
spicuously larger than the others, intervals 2 and 3 each with a
small basal carina, 5 with a prominent humeral tubercle. Legs with
uniform brown scaling and scattered erect sete; the posterior
tarsi with joint 1 longer than 2, the latter being longer than
broad.

Cape CoLony.

Type in the British Museum.

Nearly allied to B. swlcicollis, Gyl., but readily distinguished by the
high straight caring on the thorax and the smooth lateral patches.
I have seen 18 examples in which the structural characters appear
to be unusually stable.

11. Byrsops suLcIcox.is, Gyl.

B. sulcrcollis, Gyl., Schonh. Gen. Cure., i1., p. 410 (1834).

B. bohemamt, Boh., op. cit. vi., 2, p. 898 (1842). -

B. intermedia, Pasc., Trans. Ent. Soc. L. 1887, p. 327.

Long. 64-94; lat. 34-5 mm.

Colour black, with dense grey or brown scaling (often denuded), the
elytra with two basal spots and a large quadrate sutural patch of
pale or dark velvet-brown.

Head with variable punctuation and with two distinct oblique
frontal caringe which unite anteriorly with the ocular ridges. Rostrum
shallow bisuleate, with a distinct central carina, the dorsal margins
evidently costate and often with a shallow longitudinal impression
adjoining them. Prothorax dorsally about as long as broad, some-
times rather transverse in the @, sides slightly ampliated about
middle, the ocular lobes scarcely dilated laterally; upper surface
rugosely punctured, with a deep continuous central furrow which is
bordered by two prominent, usually undulating carine, the anterior
transverse impression with a distinct fovea on each side of the
furrow ; sides with deep separated punctures throughout. Hlytra
ovate, shoulders roundly prominent, especially in the ?, sides not
much ampliated, the posterior declivity rounded dorsally ; upper
surface deeply and irregularly punctured, but sometimes with the
first two rows fairly regular in the basal half; intervals 6, 4 and the
apical half of 2 with prominent closely set subconical tubercles,
those at the top of the declivity scarcely longer than the others ;
interval 2 with a small callus at base, interval 3 with a much larger
and oblique callus, and 5 with a prominent elongate humeral
tubercle ; inflexed margins with regular rows of large deep punctures.
Legs with denser grey scaling and short dark seta; posterior tarsi

74 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

with joint 1 distinctly longer than 2, intermediate pair with joint 2
as long as broad.

Carpe Cotony: Constantia and Rondebosch (ZL. Péringuey and
WEEP rcelly.

Type ¢ in the Stockholm Museum; type of bohemani missing ;
type of intermedia in the British Museum.

The @ possesses a very distinct anal tubercle, whereas in the ¢
the last abdominal segment is plane, often with two patches of sete
which make it appear shallowly depressed in the middle. The only
character by which bohemani, Boh., can be separated from svlci-
collis, Gyl., is that the thorax of the former is ‘intra basin trans-
versim profunde impressus.’”’ But this character is illusory, and can
be produced by loosening the thorax so as to expose the deep basal
constriction, which is normally hidden when the thorax fits closely
to the elytra. The type of intermedia, Pasc., agrees very closely with
the type of swlcrcollis.

12. Byrsors Lurosa, Gyl.

B. lutosus, Gyl., op. cit. ii., p. 409 (1834).

B. vitiosus, Boh., op. cit. vi., 2, p. 403 (1842).

B. socia, Pase., Trans. Ent. Soc. L. 1887, p. 324.

B. scapularis, Pasce., l.c. p. 325.

Long. 44-94; lat. 24-43 mm.

Colour extremely variable, but usually uniform grey or brown, the
elytra having a median sutural velvet-brown patch, which is deeply
excised posteriorly, and a similar smaller patch on each side of the
suture at the base.

Head with remote shallow punctures, the frontal carinz absent
normally, but sometimes slightly developed. Rostrum shallowly
punctured, sometimes with a trace of a central carina near the base,
the dorsal margins rounded. Prothorax as long as broad, sides
scarcely rounded, broadest rather behind middle, constricted
anteriorly and with the ocular lobes slightly dilated laterally ; upper
surface reticulately punctured, with a central furrow which is usually
shallow and sometimes sub-interrupted in the middle, the anterior
transverse impression with a deep fovea on each side of the central
furrow; sides with deep scattered punctures. Hlytra ovate,
shoulders broadly rounded in 9, often narrower and more oblique
in g, apical declivity rounded dorsally ; upper surface more or less
irregularly and reticulately punctured, the intervals 6, 4 and the
apical half of 2 with rows of subconical tubercles, which vary con-
siderably both in numbers and in elevation, those at the top of the

Coleopterous Sub-Family Byrsopine (Curculionidae). 75

declivity not noticeably larger than the others; interval 3 with an
elongate and oblique basal callus, 2 with a shorter callus, and 5 with
a large humeral tubercle, which varies irrespective of sex, but 1s
usually smaller and less prominent in the g ; inflexed margins
irregularly punctured and without sulci. Legs grey, usually mottled
with darker markings and set with long pale sete; posterior tarsi
slender, with joint 1 scarcely longer than 2; the anterior pair with
joint 2 not transverse ; intermediate pair with joint 2 rather longer
than broad.

Care Cotony: Constantia and Rondebosch (L. Péringuey and
W. F. Purcell), Stellenbosch (L. Péringuey).

TyPE in the Stockholm Museum; type of vitiosa also at Stock-
holm ; types of socia and scapularis in the British Museum.

From sulcicollis, Gyl., this variable species may most readily be
recognised by its shallow non-carinate thoracic furrow and the
irregular lateral punctuation of the elytra; the frontal carina and
sulcate rostrum of swlcicollis are also distinctive, but less reliable,
characters. The tarsal characters afford the safest means of dis-
criminating Jwtosa from the even more variable hoper, Boh. Owing
to the great reduction of the humeral tubercle in the type of vitiosa
it presents a very different facies from the type of lutosa; but a
careful examination of a long series (some 80 specimens) shows that
this character cannot be regarded as of specific value, being, ap-
parently, more specially liable to reduction in the 9 sex.

13. Byrsops INSINCERA, Boh.

B. imsincerus, Boh., l.c. p. 404 (1842).

Long. 6; lat. 34 mm.

Colour black, with uniform brown scaling above, the sides varie-
gated with greyish white spots.

Head with large shallow punctures and without frontal carine.
Rostrum not carinate, punctured lke the head and with the dorsal
edges rounded. Prothorax dorsally as long as broad, sides rounded,
broadest rather behind middle, ocular lobes slightly dilated at apex ;
upper surface coarsely and reticulately punctured, without any
central furrow or carinz, transversely impressed anteriorly but
without the usual fovew; sides with deep separated punctures.
Elytra ovate, shoulders rounded, sides shghtly ampliated, broadest
about middle, apical declivity rounded dorsally; punctuation
irregular and subremote, intervals 6, 4 and the apical half of 2
with small subconical tubercles, the one at the top of the declivity
on interval 4 rather larger than the others, intervals 2 and 3 not

76 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

carinate at base, 5 with a short basal costa. Legs with dense
greyish white scaling, the tibiae and posterior pairs of femora varie-
gated with brown and bearing comparatively long pale sete; posterior
tarsi with joint 1 not longer than 2, the latter being twice as long
as broad.

Care Cotony (Drége).

TYPE missing; in coll. Drége.

I have seen only a single example (from the Stockholm Museum)
of this species. It was taken by Drége, but it is clearly not the type
which Schénherr returned to him. The absence of both the anterior
fovee and the central furrow is an unusual character in that section
of the genus which possesses a mesosternal prominence, but it is
possible that the species may prove to be only an extreme local
variation of B. lutosa, Gy].

14. ByRsops BUCCELLARIA, Gyl.

B. buccellarius, Gyl., l.c. p. 409 (1834).

Long. 8; lat. 4-44 mm.

Colour black, with uniform brown scaling, the elytra with the
following dark velvet-brown markings: two narrow elongate patches
at base; a large common subquadrate patch about middle, with its
posterior edge deeply emarginated, and a much narrower transverse
patch at the top of the declivity.

flead obsoletely punctured, the ocular ridges strongly raised and
with the anterior end produced slightly inwards. Rostrwm obsoletely
punctured and with the dorsal edges rounded. Prothorax dorsally
longer than broad, sides rounded, broadest about middle, scarcely
dilated at apex; upper surface confluently punctured, with a broad
central furrow which is shallower in middle and without carine
posteriorly, anterior transverse impression with three large and
deep fovez; sides with deep distant punctures. Hlytra oblongo-
ovate, shoulders with a tubercular prominence, sides scarcely

-ampliated, posterior declivity rounded dorsally; striato-punctate,

but with only the sutural and two external strie regular, the inter-
vening space with confused subreticulate punctures; intervals 6, 4
and the apical half of 2 with subconical tubercles, interval 2 with a
short basal costa covered with velvet-brown scales, 3 with an
elongate basal tubercle and 5 with a prominent humeral tubercle.
Legs with dense brown scaling variegated with darker brown spots
and with suberect pale sete ; posterior tarsi with joint 1 not longer
than 2, the latter twice as long as broad.
Cape Couony (Westermann).

Coleopterous Sub-Family Byrsopine (Curculionde). 77

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

The type, a ¢, has lost all its tarsi, and these organs are there-
fore described from the only other specimen which I have seen,
namely, a @ in the British Museum. The species is closely allied
to lutosa, Gyl., from which it differs only in the characters given in
the Key.

15. Byrsops HOTTENTOTTA, Boh.
B. hottentottus, Boh., l.c. p. 400 (1842).

“Of the same shape as B. lutosa and closely resembling it, but
somewhat larger, sparsely dusted with grey scales, the thorax not
foveolate anteriorly, and the tubercles of the elytra less elevated
and obtuse.

‘‘ Head short, broad, obsoletely and remotely punctured, black and
with scarcely any grey indumentum. Jostrwm longitudinally im-
pressed in the middle, remotely punctured and with sparse grey
indumentum. Thorax subquadrate, its sides scarcely ampliated ;
upper surface slightly convex, constricted and transversely impressed
near the apex, coarsely and closely punctured throughout, with an
obsolete dorsal impression behind, black and with sparse grey indu-
mentum. SHlytra ovate, obliquely ampliated from the base, the
shoulders obtusely rounded ; upper surface convex, with large deep
punctures which are irregular dorsally but arranged in rows laterally ;
sparsely covered with grey indumentum; on each elytron there are
three rows of slightly elevated and obtuse tubercles, one in the
middle of the disk, another external, and the third close to the
suture, the last being slightly abbreviated anteriorly.

‘‘ CAFFRARIA (Hcklon and Zeyher).”’

Type missing, in Ecklon and Zeyher’s collection.

I have seen only one specimen (in the British Museum) which
appears to agree fairly well with the above description, as adapted
from Boheman. The essential characters which distinguish the
species from luwtosa are the impressed rostrum, the non-foveolate
thorax, and the regular lateral punctuation on the elytra.

16. Byrsops HOPEI, Boh.

B. hopet, Boh., Schénh. Gen, Cure., vi., 2, p. 399 (1842).

B. bisignata, Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1871, p. 47.

B. mendica, Pase., Trans. Ent. Soc. L. 1887, p. 326.

Long. 5-11; lat. 23-53 mm.

Colour earthy brown or grey, elytra usually with an irregular
scutellar marking and a subquadrate median sutural patch of velvet-
brown scaling.

78 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Soctety.

Head coarsely punctured and without frontal carina. Lostrum
with large scattered punctures, its dorsal margins subcostate and
with a short longitudinal impression adjoining them exteriorly.
Prothorax dorsally broader than long in ?, as long as broad in ¢,
sides ampliated in middle, narrowed in front and behind, the ocular
lobes slightly dilated laterally ; upper surface shallowly scrobiculate,
the anterior constriction deep and evidently trifoveate, the central
furrow broad and shallow in the typical form, but there is a varietal
form in which it appears much deeper owing to its margins being
elevated into an irregular and angulated cristate ridge; sides with
scattered deep punctuation. Hlytra oblongo-ovate, shoulders broadly
rounded, sides slightly ampliated, posterior declivity rounded dorsally,
apices slightly divaricating in @ ; upper surface with large irregular
punctures, the intervals 6, 4 and the apical two-thirds of 2 with large
closely set subconical tubercles, those at the top of the declivity
being scarcely larger than the others; interval 2 with a small basal
callus, 3 with a larger and oblique callus, 5 with a prominent
elongate humeral tubercle; inflexed margins with large shallow
punctures which are more or less irregular. Legs with uniform
grey scaling and scattered dark sete; posterior tarsi with joint 1
much longer than 2, anterior pair with the second joint strongly
transverse.

Care Contony: Simon’s Bay (Coquerel), Hex River (L. Péringuey),
Ceres.

Type in the Oxford Museum; type of mendica in the British
Museum.

A co-type of B. besignata, Fairm., in the 8. African Museum agrees
fairly closely with the type of hoper. B.mendica, Pasc., I can only
regard as a very dwarfed male of this species. In some aberrant
examples which I temporarily attribute to this species the tubercles
are much reduced either in size or number. From swicicollis, Gyl.,
this insect can only be discriminated with certainty by the tarsal
characters mentioned in the Key.

17. Byrsops PERINGUEYI, sp.nov.
Plate VI., fig. 2.

Long. 74-104; lat. 33-5} mm.

Colour black, with uniform dark-brown scaling, and without
sete.

Head without any evident punctuation, superciliary ridges with a
small internal projection anteriorly. Aostrwm smooth and with no
definite sculpture. Prothorax dorsally longer than broad, sides

Coleopterous Sub-Family Byrsopme (Curculiomde). ris

gently rounded in the basal half, sinuate anteriorly and dilated
again at the apex; upper surface with three very deep anterior
fovess, the centre one narrower than the others, the basal and
lateral areas deeply and rugosely punctured, but on the disk the
unevenness is partially concealed by an earthy indumentum; the
anterior margin is distinctly elevated, being almost on a level with
the convex posterior portion. Hlytra oblong, shoulders prominent
owing to a large projecting tubercle at the base of intervals, sides
slightly rounded, broadest at middle, apical declivity abruptly retuse ;
punctato-sulcate, the sulci usually regular, with the exception of 4
and 5, but in one example the lateral sulci are ill-defined and the
punctures subreticulate; intervals 4, 6 and the apical half of 2
more elevated and bearing low rounded tubercles, those at the
summit of the declivity being evidently larger than the others,
interval 3 with only a short basal carina, 5 with a large humeral
tubercle. Legs with dense brown scaling and sparsely setose, the
femora being almost devoid of sets; tarsi comparatively short and
much less setose than usual, posterior pair with joint 1 longer than
2, the latter longer than broad.

NAMAQUALAND: O’okiep (L. Péringuey).

Type in the South African Museum.

This species has quite a distinctive facies and may be recognised
by the following combination of characters: the smooth rostrum ;
the elongate thorax, with its elevated anterior margin and dilated
ocular lobes; the oblong elytra, with their low tubercles, prominent
shoulders and very abrupt declivity. |

Described from three examples, the other two being in the British
and Stockholm Museums respectively.

18. Byrsops HEXINA, sp. nov.
Plate VI., fig. 3.

Long. 74-93; lat. 33-44 mm.

Colour black, with uniform dark-brown scaling and with short
erect setae which are more conspicuous on the head and thorax.

Head uneven, with two rather indistinct oblique carine uniting
with the ocular ridges. ostrwm plane above, with the dorsal
margins slightly raised. Prothorax dorsally longer than broad,
sides rounded, broadest about middle, narrowing anteriorly and
then dilated again at the ocular lobes; upper surface convex
posteriorly, dispersely punctured (the punctures almost hidden by
the earthy indumentum) and with a shallow central furrow, which
is bounded by two low carine and interrupted in the middle; the

80 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

anterior portion depressed and with three very deep fovex, of which
the centre one is the narrowest; the sides with very deep scattered
punctuation. Hlytra oblong, shoulders with a very prominent
tubercle, sides scarcely rounded, apical declivity rather abrupt;
punctato-sulcate, the sutural and the four lateral sulci regular, the
intermediate ones irregular; intervals 4, 6 and the apical half of 2
bearing numerous sharply conical tubercles, those at the summit of
the declivity being scarcely larger than the others, interval 2 with
the basal half carinate, 3 with a short very high basal carina, 5 with
a large and prominent humeral tubercle. Legs with dense brown
scaling and numerous black and white sete; tarsi elongate, stout
and very setose, posterior pair with joint 1 equal to, or slightly
longer than, 2, the latter longer than broad.

CapE Contony: Hex River (L. Péringuey).

Type in the British Museum. ?

Allied to B. hopet, Boh., but distinguished by its more elongate
thorax, which is more deeply foveate anteriorly and has the ocular
lobes more dilated; the elytra are also more elongate, the basal
carina on interval 3 higher and less oblique, the lateral punctuation
is more regular, and the second joint of the intermediate tarsi is not
transverse.

Described from three very uniform examples, the two co-types
being in the South African Museum.

19. ByRsoPs VERRUCOSA, sp. nov.
Plate VI., fig. 4.

Long. 84-11; lat. 34-54 mm.

Colour black, with dense dark-brown scaling, the apices of the
tubercles often paler; the upper surface with scattered short thick
sete.

Head with very large shallow punctures and usually with two
short oblique frontal carine. Rostrum shallowly bisulcate towards
the base and with a faint central carina. Prothorax as long as or
slightly longer than broad, sides scarcely rounded, shallowly con-
stricted anteriorly and not laterally dilated at apex; upper surface
convex posteriorly and deeply trifoveate in the subapical impres-
sion, with large shallow punctures and a broad shallow central
furrow which is subinterrupted in the middle and bounded on each
side by a low carina; sides with very large separated punctures.
Elytra oblong, shoulders broad, with a prominent rounded tubercle,
sides almost straight, the apical declivity rather abrupt; upper
surface very irregularly punctured, with three rows of large and

Coleopterous Sub-Fanily Byrsopine (Curculionde). 81

very obtusely rounded tubercles, those on the anterior half of
interval 2 being much smaller than the others and nearly reaching
the base, while the tubercle at the summit of the declivity on
interval 4 is distinctly larger than the rest; interval 3 with a low
basal callus; inflexed margins scarcely sulcate, but with regular
rows of large punctures. Legs with very short sparse setx, except
along the inner edge of the tibia, where they are longer and denser ;
tarsi elongate, stout and very setose.

CAPE Conony.

Types in the British Museum.

This species has been confused with hopet, Boh., in collections,
but it is a much more elongate insect than the latter, the tubercles
also are larger and more obtuse, especially those at the summit of
the declivity, and the second joint of the intermediate tarsi is not
transverse. Described from four very similar specimens (2 in the
Brit. Mus., 1 at Oxford, and 1 at Paris).

20. ByrRsoPs GLAUCESCENS, Pasc.

B. glaucescens, Pase. l.c. p. 328.

Long. 54-81; lat. 24-33 mm.

Colour of type specimen uniform light grey, with two short basal
lines and a narrow transverse line at the top of the declivity dark
brown ; in the other examples the elytra are light brown above and
grey laterally, and there is an additional broad subtriangular brown
patch in the middle of the suture.

Head shallowly punctured and without distinct frontal carine.
Rostrum faintly bisuleate, at least near the base, the dorsal
margins subcostate. Prothorax dorsally as long as broad in 9,
longer than broad in g, sides slightly rounded in the middle, apex
scarcely dilated; upper surface with large subreticulate punc-
tures, more or less filled with scaling, and with a very shallow,
often indistinct, central furrow, the anterior transverse impression
distinctly trifoveate. Hlytra subovate, the shoulders narrow and
very oblique in g', more broadly rounded in ?, sides moderately
ampliated, posterior declivity rather abrupt; upper surface scarcely
suleate, the first three rows of punctures fairly regular, 4 and 5
confused; in the ? the first three intervals are broader and quite
plane, whereas in the g they are narrow and subcarinate ; interval 2
has a small but prominent tubercle at the top of the declivity and a
few smaller ones beyond; interval 4 bears three or four tubercles
behind, the one at the top of the declivity being distinctly larger
than all the others; interval 6 bears a complete row of small conical

6

82 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

tubercles ; inflexed margins irregularly punctured. Legs with dense
grey scaling, variegated with brown spots and with short sparse
sete; tarsi comparatively short and broad, posterior pair with joint 1
evidently longer than 2, joint 2 of intermediate pair distinctly
transverse.

CargE Cotony: Uitenhage (father O'Neil), Port Elizabeth (J. H.
Brady).

Type in the British Museum.

Nearly allied to B. quadrata, Wied., from which it may be dis-
tinguished by its tarsal structure. The 3 examples which I have
associated with the type differ from it in having the thorax longer,
the shoulders narrower, and the elytra more carinate. It seems
very probable that these characters are sexual, and they are here
provisionally treated as such.

21. Byrsops QUADRATA, Wied.

Brachycerus quadratus, Wied., Germ. Mag.,, iv., p. 165 (1821).
Byrsops quadratus, Boh., Schonh. Gen. Curce., vi., 2, p. 396 (1842).
B. angustatus, Boh., l.c. p. 394.

Long. 43-74; lat. 24-33 mm.

Colour usually dark brown above, with the declivity and inflexed
margins paler; along the suture is a broad stripe composed of
alternate dark and pale patches, the median dark patch being deeply
emarginate posteriorly ; but these markings are liable to become
more or less obsolete.

Head uneven, with large confluent punctures, but without distinct
carine. osirwm shallowly punctured, the dorsal margins sub-
costate and with a low central carina. Prothorax dorsally as long
as broad in the 9g, slightly transverse in the 9, the sides scarcely
rounded but gently sinuate near apex, the ocular lobes not dilated ;
upper surface with large confluent punctures and with a broad
central furrow, which is usually bounded by two low carinz, the
anterior impression trifoveate, and the sides deeply punctured.
Hilytra oblongo-ovate, the shoulders narrow and oblique, sides
moderately ampliated, broadest at middle, the apical declivity
rounded dorsally; punctuation more or less irregular, deeper at
the lateral inflexion (which is without sulci), but becoming more
obsolete toward the extreme margin; interval 6 with a row of small
tubercles, often very much reduced; the tubercles on interval 4 com-
mencing about middle and gradually increasing posteriorly, that on
the top of the declivity being distinctly larger than all the others ;
interval 2 with only two or three small tubercles at the declivity, and

Coleopterous Sub-Family Byrsopine (Curculionidae). 83

© with a short humeral carina. Legs variegated with grey and
brown and with rather long pale sete; tarsi slender, posterior pair
with joint 1 not longer than 2, the latter 14 times as long as
broad.

Care Cotony: Stellenbosch (L. Péringuey).

Type of quadrata missing (in coll. Wiedemann) ; type of angustata
missing (in coll. Drége).

Very similar to apicalis, Boh., in general appearance, but readily
distinguished from it by the contiguous intermediate coxe. 3B.
angustata was evidently described from a small ¢.

22. ByRSOPS AURIVILLII, sp. nov.
Plate VI., fig. 5.

Long. 9-52; lat. 44-3 mm.

Colour black, with uniform earth-brown scaling ; almost devoid of
setae. Head more or less obsoletely punctured, with two oblique
caring, each uniting anteriorly with the superciliary ridge, and thus
forming a rough W. fostrwm more or less evidently tricostate
above and without distinct punctuation. Prothorax about as long
as broad, base and apex of about equal width, the sides rounded,
broadest at middle; upper surface shallowly and sparsely punctured,
with a deep central furrow bounded on each side by a straight
smooth carina, the external apical fovez variable but usually
distinct. Hlytra ovate, the shoulders sloping and not prominent,
sides rounded, broadest about middle, apical declivity rounded ;
distinctly punctato-striate, strie 4 and 5 always, 2 and 3 often,
irregular, those on the inflexed margins always regular; the alter-
nate dorsal intervals more elevated, 6, 4 and the apical half of 2
bearing low blunt tubercles, which are often considerably reduced
or even partially obsolete, those at the summit of the declivity being
rather larger than the others, interval 5 with a low carina at the
base. Legs with uniform brown scaling and scattered short sete ;
tarsi moderately long, joints 1 and 2 subequal, 2 longer than
broad.

Cape Cotony: Stellenbosch (L. Péringuey).

Type in the British Museum.

I have seen 34 examples of this well-defined species, which
is comparatively stable in its essential characters. In the carination
of the head, rostrum, and thorax it much resembles B. alveata, Pasc.,
from which it differs in its narrower elytra, its reduced tubercles,
more regular punctuation, and the absence of the smooth lateral
patch on the prothorax.

84 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

23. ByRsops TETRAGONA, Thb.

Brachycerus tetragonus, Thb., Nov. Act. Ups., vi., p. 34 (1799).
Byrsops tetragonus, Boh., Schh. Gen. Cure., vi., 2, p. 401 (1842).

Colour black, with dense brown scaling, and with a few very
minute sete.

Head sparsely and shallowly punctured, and with a rounded
central impression. Rostrwm with shallow punctuation, without
carine, and with the dorsal margins rounded. Prothorax dorsally
as long as broad, its sides rounded in the middle, apex not dilated
and as broad as the base; upper surface coarsely punctured, trans-
versely impressed and with three deep foveew anteriorly, the central
fovea continued to base as a shallow central furrow, but without
carine posteriorly ; the sides smooth, with scattered deep punctures.
Eilytra ovate, shoulders narrow and sloping, sides ampliated, broadest
about middle, posterior declivity rounded dorsally ; punctato-sulcate,
all the sulci regular except 4 and 5 and the apical part of 2 and 3,
which are nearly always confused ; intervals 4, 6 and the apical half
of 2 with rows of rather low rounded tubercles, those at the top of
the declivity being scarcely larger than the others, interval 2 evidently
carinate in the basal half, 3 and 5 each with a short rounded basal
costa. Legs with dense brown scaling and short erect sets; posterior
tarsi slender, the first joint about equal to the second.

CaprE Cotony: Rondebosch (L. Péringuey), Cape Flats (Brady).

Type at the Upsala University.

A comparatively stable species both in colour and structure, of
which I have examined seven specimens, including Thunberg’s type.

24. ByRsops AMPLEXICOLLIS, Wied.

Brachycerus amplexicollis, Wied., Germ. Mag., iv., p. 163 (1821).

Byrsops anvplexicollis, Boh., Schh. Gen. Cure., vi., 2, p. 390
(1842).

B. suturalis, Boh., l.c. p. 393.

B. eximia, Pasc., Trans. Ent. Soc. L. 1887, p. 331, pl. xi., f. 5.

B. vicaria, Pasce., l.e, p. 330.

Long. 74-131; lat. 3-6 mm.

Head and thorax with uniform brown scaling ; elytra light brown
dorsally, with a conspicuous common sutural stripe of velvet-black
scales, usually extending beyond middle, but sometimes reduced and
very rarely absent; inflexed margins usually, the apex sometimes,
darker than the disk.

Head obscurely punctured and without frontal carine. Rostrum

Coleopterous Sub-Family Byrsopine (Curculiomde). 85

more or less faintly bisculate, with the dorsal margins subcostate ;
sulci often obsolete and the margins rounded. Prothorax dorsally
longer than broad, sides slightly rounded, broadest about middle,
not dilated at apex; upper surface with scattered shallow punc-
tuation, but in abraded specimens the punctures appear much
larger, deeper, and often subreticulate; the central furrow is
variable in development, being usually shallow and almost in-
terrupted in the centre, but in some examples it is much
deeper and its margins are sometimes subcarinate ; the subapical
transverse impression is trifoveate, but these fovez also vary con-
siderably in depth, being sometimes very shallow; sides with a few
scattered punctures. Hlytra suboblong, shoulders narrow, sides
gently rounded, broadest about middle, apical declivity abruptly
retuse ; upper surface with very shallow sulci containing rows of
punctures, of which 1, 2, and 3 are regular, while 4 and 5 are
usually somewhat confused, but these punctures are liable to
gradually disappear, either partially or completely, nor is this in
any way due to the scaling; interval 2 is slightly carinate posteriorly,
with a small but prominent tubercle at the top of the declivity, and
sometimes one or two smaller ones in front of it; interval 3 is
scarcely raised even at the base: 4 strongly carinate, dentato-
tuberculate, and with a large, blunt, outwardly directed tubercle
at the top of the declivity ; 5 with only a low humeral carina;
6 usually simply carinate, but sometimes bluntly tuberculate ; the
inflexed margins regularly and deeply punctato-suleate, the punctures
deeper than on the disk and very rarely evanescent. Legs elongate,
with uniform light brown scaling, the femora with very short, sparse,
and depressed sete, the tibize with longer erect sete ; tarsi long,
moderately setose, posterior pair with joint 1 slightly longer
than 2.

Cape Coutony: Stellenbosch (L. Périnquey), Worcester (father
O'Neil), Cape Town, Malmesbury.

TypE in the Copenhagen Univ. Museum (coll. Westermann) ;
type of swtwralis in the Stockholm Museum; types of eawmia and
vicaria in the British Museum.

In spite of its structural variability (which appears to be purely
individual in character), this species may be readily recognised by
its very distinctive facies and coloration. I have seen three examples
in which the tarsi are distinctly shorter than in normal specimens,
but this may perhaps represent an abnormal sexual character. The
type of swtwralis can only be regarded as a very small variety of this
species, and vicaria is somewhat similar to it; eximia appears to be
a normal example of amplexicollis.

86 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

25. ByRSoPs RETUSA, Thb.

Brachycerus retusus, Thb., Nov. Act. Ups., vi., p. 34 (1799).

Brachycerus lineatus, Schonh. Gen. Curce., i., p. 439 (1833).

Byrsops retusus, Boh., Schonh. Gen. Cure., vi., 2, p. 892 (1842).

Byrsops thunbergt, Boh., l.c. p. 391.

Byrsops vittigera, Pase., Trans. Ent. Soc. L. 1887, p. 330, pl. xi,
fig. 4.

Var. encausta, Pasc., l.c: p. 329, pl. xi., fig. 6.

Long. 64-124 ; lat. 34-6 mm.

Colour grey or light brown, the sides of the thorax usually
darker ; elytra with the space between the 4th and 6th intervals
dark brown, and on each side of the suture a broad stripe of dark
or light brown velvet scaling which extends behind the middle ;
there is also sometimes a small transverse dark patch at the top
of the declivity. In the var. encauwsta the sutural stripes are
united for the greater part of their length, but are always separated
at the extreme base.

Head with variable shallow punctuation and without carine.
Rostrum shallowly bisulcate and obscurely punctured. Prothorax
dorsally longer than broad, its sides scarcely rounded, the ocular
lobes not dilated at apex; upper side shallowly punctured and with
a broad complete central furrow, transversely impressed near apex
and with a broad fovea on each side of the furrow; the sides with
deep scattered punctures which are more or less obsolete towards
the base. LHlytra suboblong, shoulders narrow and oblique, sides
moderately ampliated, the posterior declivity abruptly retuse; upper
surface with the punctuation variable ; in the typical form there
are rows of distinct punctures, of which the first and second row are
more or less hidden by the scaling until behind the middle, 3 is
straight and regular, 4 and 5 are irregular or confused; in other
examples these punctures become very faint, and are even liable to
entirely disappear; a precisely similar variation occurs in the var.
encausta ; the inflexed margins have broad regular sulci containing
punctures of variable depth; interval 6 dentate (but sometimes
simply carinate), interval 4 carinate near the base but serrato-
tuberculate behind middle and with the tubercle at the top of the
declivity rather larger than the others, 2 with only two or three
small tubercles before the declivity, and 5 with a short humeral
carina. Legs elongate, rather thick, with dense grey scaling and
long pale setz; tarsi long and densely setose, the posterior pair
with joint 1 not longer than 2, the latter being twice as long as
broad.

Coleopterous Sub-Fanuly Byrsopine (Curculionde). 87

CapE Cotony: Cape Flats and Rondebosch (J. H. Brady),
Stellenbosch (L. Péringuey).

Type in the Upsala University Museum, also (?) the type of
thunbergi, Boh.; types of encausta and vittigera, Pasc., in the
British Museum.

The two long stripes on the elytra give this species a very dis-
tinctive appearance and render it easily recognisable. B. encausta,
Pase., is simply a colour variety in which these stripes have more or
less merged into one another. The type of retwsa, which has lost
its head and all its legs, is a small light coloured g in which the
tubercles are much reduced and the prothorax is rather shorter than
usual. I have not seen the type of thunbergi, but the description
agrees entirely with vzttigera, which represents the more normal
form of the species.

26. ByRsops CUNEATA, sp. nov.
Plate VI., fig. 6.

Long. 11; lat. 42 mm.

Colour black, with uniform grey scaling, the whole upper surface
sparsely covered with very short suberect black sete.

Head with large shallow punctures and without carine. Rostrum
with a faint central carina and a row of shallow punctures on each
side of it. Prothorax elongate, dorsally longer than broad, sides
almost parallel; upper surface with large subreticulate punctures,
with a broad shallow central furrow bounded by low undulating
carine, and with an apical fovea on each side of it. Hlytra elongate,
without shoulders, the basal external angle subrectangular, sides
slightly rounded, broadest behind middle, apex abruptly truncate ;
upper surface convex, with nine perfectly regular sulci containing
large transverse punctures, the intervals simply costate in the basal
3 and all of almost equal height, the fifth being a little more elevated
just at the base where it forms the basal angle ; posteriorly there is a
large tubercle at the edge of the declivity on intervals 2, 4, and
6 (that on 4 being much the largest), and interval 2 bears three
or four very small tubercles on the declivity. Legs with uniform
grey scaling and sparse black sets; tarsi moderately long,
posterior pair with joints 1 and 2 subequal, 2 being longer than
broad.

Cape CoLony.

Typx in the British Museum.

A distinct and isolated species which bears an extraordinarily
close superficial resemblance to Synthocus wardent, Pér. The broad

88 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Soctety.

regular sulci on the elytra and their simple even intervals will
distinguish it from all its congeners. I have seen only a single
specimen.

27. ByRSOPS DEFORMIS, Boh.

Synthocus deformis, Boh., l.c. vi., 2, p. 413 (1842).

Byrsops farinosa, Pase., l.c. p. 332.

Long. 94-11; lat. 44-5 mm.

Colour pale sandy brown, the whole upper surface frosted with
whitish scaling.

Head without oblique carinze and with obsolete punctuation
which is hidden by the scaling. ostrwm punctured like the head
and with a slight abbreviated central carina, the dorsal margins
rounded. Prothorax slightly broader than its dorsal length, the
sides strongly rounded, broadest about middle, the ocular lobes
somewhat dilated at apex; upper surface convex, without any
central furrow or anterior fovez, and with shallow punctuation
which is almost entirely concealed by the dense scaling, both
dorsally and laterally ; the anterior margin distinctly elevated.
Elytra oblongo-ovate, shoulders narrow and oblique, sides mode-
rately rounded, broadest about middle, the posterior declivity very
abrupt; upper surface almost plane, with regular rows of shallow
punctures on the disk and with shallow punctate sulci on the
inflexed margins; intervals 6 with a row of small depressed tubercles
which are usually more or less obsolete; the remaining intervals
without tubercles, except for two very large prominences at the
top of the declivity which are covered with small conglomerated
tubercles and are united to each other by a low transverse elevation.
Legs with dense light brown scaling and sparse sete; posterior
tibia with the upper apical angle forming a sharp recurved
tooth ; tarsi comparatively short, the posterior pair with joint
1 much longer than 2, the latter being strongly transverse.

CaPE Conony: ‘Orange River (Hcklon and Zeyher) ’’—teste
Boheman.

Type in the Stockholm Museum; type of farzosa in the British
Museum.

An aberrant species, exhibiting an affinity with the genus
Synthocus in its shorter tarsi, thicker funicle and less developed
rostral lobes. The eight examples (5 Brit. Mus., 2 Stockholm,
1 Oxford) I have seen show comparatively little variation.

(89 )

A REVISION OF THE GENUS SYNTHOCUS, Schénh.,
AND ITS ALLIES (CURCULIONIDA).

By Guy A. K. Marsuatu, F.Z.S.

(Plate VI.)

It has already been pointed out (p. 53, swpra) that the genus
Synthocus, on account of its adelognathous mentum, cannot be
retained in the position assigned to it by Lacordaire. Among the
Adelognathi its obvious affinities are with Brachycerus, on account
of the following characters : the absence of a mandibular scar; the
linear tarsi, which are bare or setose beneath, but never spongy;
and the non-geniculate antenne. In my opinion, therefore, this
genus, together with Brotheus, Steph., and Huryxena, Pasc., should
be included in the Brachyceride as defined by Prof. Aurivillius
(Kongl. Sven. Vet. Ak. Handl., xxi. No. 15, 1887, p. 9), forming
a third group, to be called Brotheine, and distinguished from the
Microcerine and Brachycerine by the very deep prosternal furrow.

The three genera of this group may be distinguished by the
following characters :—

1. (4) Processus metasterni intercoxalis acuminatus; coxe medie contigue aut

paulum separate, processu mesosterni intercoxali coxis multo angustiore.
2. (3) Caput superciliis supra frontem evidenter elevatis ; funiculus versus apicem

eradatim dilatatus .. .. beac ea.) Sunethocus, Schihy
3. (2) Caput superciliis supra froniena® numquam oleate funiculus submonili-
formis, versus apicem vix dilatatus Wels a) Soy SD ROCNCUS..SLepm.

4, (1) Processus metasterni intercoxalis latissime truncatus; coxe media late
separatz, processu mesosterni intercoxali coxis paulum latiore
Euryxena, Pasce.

SYNTHOCUS, Schh.

Synthocus, Schh. Gen. Cure., vi., 2, p. 408 (1842)—Type
truncatus, Boh.

Daulaxius, Pase., Tr. Ent. Soc. L. 1887, p. 833—Type stolatus,
Pase.

HAD with the superciliary ridges elevated above the level of the
forehead ; eyes lateral, depressed, acuminate inferiorly. Rostrum
continuous with the head, shorter than the prothorax, more or less
curved, slightly dilated towards apex, without furrows or carine, the

90 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

apical margin with a small carinate emargination in middle; man-
dibles porrect ; scrobes deep, oblique, passing much below the eyes.
ANTENN# very short, not truly geniculate, scape short and subconical ;
funicle with 7 joints, 1 and 2 more elongate and subequal, the others
transverse and more or less dilated towards apex; club broadly
ovate, acuminate and articulate. PrRorHoRAx with the anterior
margin roundly lobate dorsally and concealing the head when at
rest, ocular lobes very prominent and covering the eyes; prosternal
furrow very deep, anterior cox contiguous. EHEtyrra very variable
in shape, much broader than the prothorax at the shouiders, the
lateral margins very sharply inflexed beyond the 6th interval.
Lees stout, femora straight and unarmed; tibia straight, with a
short spine at the inner apical angle; tarsi broad, setose beneath,
joint 2 transverse, 3 emarginate but not bilobate, 4 long and broad,
claws simple and free. ABDOMEN with the three intermediate
segments subequal, or with 2 slightly longer, the intercoxal process
very broad and truncate; metasternum very short and acuminate
between the intermediate coxee, which are contiguous or separated.

The only character by which Dauwlaxius, Pase., can be separated
from Synthocus is the contiguity of the intermediate coxe. Iam not
inclined to accept this as a generic character because the species in
which it occurs are not at all homogeneous, and in several instances
they show very close affinities in all other respects with species in
which these coxz are separated. Further, the character undoubtedly
varies within the limits of a species, e.g., S. reachet, Boh., and
S. stmuatus, Mshl. It may be noted that there are two types
of scaling in this genus. Normally the scales are small and round,
and le flat; but in mgropictus, adustus, plagosus, mashunus, and
especially stolatus, the scales are elongate and stand on end, being ©
packed closely together.

I have failed to find any certain sexual characters either in
the structure of the abdominal segments or the legs. In adustus,
Pasc., the elytra are broader in some examples, which appear to be
all females; whereas in hoper, Boh., and rezcher, Boh., the males
have the elytra shorter and proportionately broader.

The genus Synthocus finds its greatest development in the drier
regions of §.W. Africa, more than two - thirds of the species
occurring in Namaqualand, Damaraland, and Western Bechuana-
land. No species are known as yet from Natal or the Orange
R. Colony; only one, vezcher, occurs in the Hastern Province of
Cape Colony; one in the Transvaal, parvus, which ranges right
across to Ovampoland; one also in Portuguese EH. Africa, stolatus,
from Delagoa. It is better represented in 8. Rhodesia, where three

A Revision of the Genus Synthocus. P32 O13

species are found, and two species occur still farther nowt én’the: 3):

borders of the Western Sudan; but in Hast Africa the genus
appears to be quite unrepresented.

As the head and rostrum are very uniform in structure through-
out the genus and appear to offer no characters which would be
of use in discriminating the species, no detailed description of
them has been given.

Specierum Conspectus.

1. (18) Coxee medize separate ; processus intercoxales inter eas conjuncti.

2. (3) Prothorax lobo antico dorsali in medio profunde emarginato et carinis
duabus alte elevatis instructo; elytra a basi usque ad declivitatem valde
dilatata, subtriangularia, lateribus rectis, humeris nullis.

1. S. hopei, Boh.

3. (2) Prothorax lobo antico dorsali simpliciter rotundato nec carinato ; elytra
postice non dilatata, humeris evidentibus.

4. (7) Elytra interstitiis tribus aut quinque in singulo regulariter crenato-
costatis, interstitio secundo evidenter elevato et postice subcristato,
area suturali a basi ad apicem late deplanato et levi.

5. (6) Elytra humeris subangulatis, interstitiis 3 et 5 prope basin tantum costatis,

postice deplanatis .. .. 6 00 00 dbs So TUUOOMICINIS, JEEKS.
6. (5) Elytra humeris rotundatis, moraine 3 et 5 usque ad declivitatem
costatis ~ 3. 5. tos) oA ES sadustius) ase:

7. (4) Elytra aut bifariam fata in ap etal costata aut remote tuberculata,
interstitio secundo non elevato, area suturali non definite deplanato.

8. (9) Elytra convexa, postice rotundato-declivia, tuberculis flavis remotis
obtusis triplici serie in singulo instructa.

12. S. flavotuberosus, sp. nov.

9. (8) Elytra in dorso plana aut depressa, postice abrupte angulato-declivia, in
singulo bifariam tantum tuberculata aut costata.

10. (13) Elytra comparate breviora et latiora, humeris non angulato-productis,
lateribus rotundatis aut subparallelis; tarsi breves, crassi, articulo
quarto sesqui-longiore quam latiore.

11. (12) Prothorax longior quam latior; elytra latiora quam longiora, lateribus
rotundatis, serie tuberculorum externa seque ac serie interna elevata ;
pedes setis nigris adspersi, tibiis levibus .. .. 11. S. reichei, Boh.

12. (11). Prothorax non longior quam latior; elytra quadrata, lateribus sub-
parallelis, serie tuberculorum externa sub serie interna evidenter
demissa ; pedes setis albis raris adspersi, tibiis scabris.

10. S. parvus, Per.

13. (10) Elytra longiora, humeris fortiter angulato-productis, lateribus postice
eradatim angustatis; tarsi longiores, minus crassi, articulo quarto plus
duplo longiore quam latiore.

14. (15) Prothorax medio utrinque obtuse angulata, postice angustata; elytra
aneulis baseos externis cen non excedentibus, costa dorsali
postice subrecta .. .. -- oo 2, S. Mruncatus, Boh.

15. (14) Prothorax utrinque rotundata nec spelvey postice vix angustata.

16. (17) Hlytra angulis baseos externis prothoracem excedentibus et antice paulum
productis, costa dorsali postice subrecta .. .. 4. S. dorsalis, Fahr.

17. (16) Elytra angulis baseos externis prothoracem non excedentibus, costa dorsali
versus declivitatem exterius in angulum obtusum deflexa et costam
lateralem ibi superne occultante .. .. .. 3. S. sinwatus, sp. nov.

92. :Pransactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

/ “18. (1) Gexe> medi contigue aut subcontigue ; processus intercoxales inter eas

numquam conjuncti.

19. (34) Mesosternum tuberculo instructum.

20. (29) Elytra singulo bifariam tuberculato-costata.

21. (24) Elytra humeris plus minus angulato-productis ; abdominis processus inter-
coxalis latus; pedes setis albis adspersi.

22. (23) Prothorax utrinque in medio acute angulata; elytra utrinque tuberculis
lateralibus 9-10, minoribus.. .. .. .. 5. S. damarensis, sp. nov.

23. (22) Prothorax lateribus rotundatis ; elytra utrinque tuberculis lateralibus 5-6,
majoribus.. .. . a ee ae | Oe We HLCM, SD AMONG

24, (21) Elytra humeris non ane ulate: prod ne subrotundatis ; abdominis pro-
cessus intercoxalis angustus; pedes setis nigris adspersi.

25. (26) Prothorax utrinque carina ab apice ad medium continuata, ibique tuber-
culo parvo abrupte terminata; tibiew apice spina brevi recta armate.

7. S. quadripennis, Per.

26. (25) Prothorax lateribus non carinatis; tibia apice spina longa curvata
armate.

27. (28) Prothorax latior quam longior, lateribus utrinque valde angulatis; elytra
seriebus tuberculorum dorsalibus inter se fere parallelis.

6. S. acuticollis, sp. nov.

28. (27) Prothorax non latior quam longior, lateribus vix angulatis ; elytra seriebus
tuberculorum dorsalibus postice evidenter convergentibus.

8. S. ovampoensis, sp. nov.

29. (20) Elytra singulo trifariam saltem tuberculato-costata.

30. (31) Elytra tuberculis in interstitio sexto valde approximatis, obtusissimis, plaga
dorsali brunnea ad instititium quintum extensa, macula scutellari pallida
nulla, macula brunnea in declivitate longe ante apicem desinente; pro-
thoraxMatenibus) vixaneulaticau:s.) sw see aldpeisenscolatius,mleasc:

31. (30) Elytra tuberculis in interstitio sexto evidenter separatis et conicis.

32. (33) Prothorax utrinque tuberculo subdorsali armata, lateribus subrotundatis
versus basin vix angustatis; elytra tuberculis lateralibus obtuse conicis,
plaga dorsali nigra ad marginem ipsam extensa maculaque pallida
suturali ad basin ornata, declivitate postica usque ad apicem nigro-
Ssquamosa .. .. Se ent LoeaS.plagosus; seer

33. (32) Prothorax lateribus eritlentek eulnus versus basin plane angustatis ;
elytra tuberculis lateralibus acute conicis, plaga dorsali nigra non ultra
interstitium quintum extensa, macula scutellari pallida nulla, macula
nigra postica longe ante apicem desinente.. 16. S. mashunus, sp. nov.

34, (19) Mesosternum non tuberculatum.—Corpus valde elongatum angustum
subparallelum ; elytra humeris vix ullis, ad declivitatem tuberculis
duobus magnis crassis externis, duobus minoribus internis (interdum
deficientibus), instructa, in dorso reliquo nec costata nec tuberculata.

18. S. wardeni, Pér.

1. SyntHocus HOPEI, Boh.
S. hopet, Boh., Schh. Gen. Cure., vi., 2, p. 412 (1842).
S. paradocus, Péry Trans. S._ Afr. Phil) Soe, 1880; p. ley,
fol, iti Vi,
Long. 6-11; lat. (at the declivity) 44-63 mm.
Colour variable, in the best marked example as follows: Under
parts light brown, declivity dark brown; upper surface with a very

A Revision of the Genus Synthocus. 93

broad greyish white stripe on each side extending from the apex of
the thorax to the declivity, in the middle of the elytra a large black
patch shaped like an arrow-head, the space in front of it light brown
and behind it dark brown. The type, however, has the entire disk
nearly black except for a transverse pale band at the summit of the
declivity. Setz very stout, short and erect, very dense on the head
and rostrum, and arranged in distant rows on the thorax and elytra.
Prothorax half as long again as broad, the sides subparallel, slightly
bisinuate at base, the dorsal anterior lobe deeply emarginate in the
middle and bearing two short cristate ridges; upper surface rugosely
punctured, and with three shallow sulci, the dorsal margins carinate,
the carinze being continued to the apex of the ocular lobes and there
denticulate. Hlytra subtriangular, the basal margin - slightly
sinuate and not broader than the base of the prothorax, without any
trace of shoulders, the sides straight and rapidly diverging from the
base to the declivity, which is very abrupt and nearly perpendicular ;
upper surface almost plane as far as interval 6, but more or less
deeply impressed in the middle, with regular rows of transverse
foveze (almost hidden by the scaling in perfect specimens), the
intervals narrow, 3, 4 and 5 subcarinate, 6 with a row of small sharp
tubercles continued to the apex, and a transverse row of similar
tubercles across the summit of the declivity. Legs stout, with dense
brown scaling and stiff short sete; tibiz rather scabrous, the

external apical angle strongly produced; tarsi short and thick.
Care Cotony: Cape Town (L. Péringuey), Touw’s River (R. WM,
Inghtfoot). NAmagquaLanpD: Bitterfontein (L. Péringuey and G.
Alston).

TypeE in the Oxford Museum; type of paradoxus in the 8. African
Museum. i |

A very remarkable and isolated species.

2. SYNTHOcUS TRUNCATUS, Boh.

S. truncatus, Boh., Schh. Gen. Cure., vi., 2, p. 410 (1842).

Ehytirhinus informe, Chev., Guér. Régne Anim., p. 143, pl. 37, f. 8
(1844).

Long. 73-102; lat. (at the shoulders) 5-7 mm.

Colour very variable; elytra brown or reddish above, usually with
a short velvet-black elongate spot in the middle of the suture, an ill-
defined lateral black patch which sometimes invades the disk, and
the upper half of the declivity black; the inflexed margins and the
apex with dense grey scaling.

Prothoraz longer than its width at base, broadest at middle and
there obtusely angulated, narrowed towards the base and shallowly

94 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

constricted near apex ; upper surface coarsely punctured, with a very
shallow central furrow, transversely impressed near apex and usually
with a shallow fovea in the impression on each side of the central
furrow. lytra suboblong, the basal margin shallowly sinuate and
not broader than the base of the thorax, broadest at the shoulders,
which are angularly produced, the sides being very gradually
narrowed posteriorly; the posterior declivity very abrupt and
angulated dorsally ; upper surface with more or less regular rows
of large punctures, almost plane as far as the 4th interval, then
sloping sharply to the 6th; interval 4 costate and with a row of
small tubercles as far as the declivity, 6 with a similar row reach-
ing the apex, 2 with a short row of tubercles on the declivity only
and finally an oblique callus on each side of the base. Legs black,
with patches of grey scaling and scattered pale seta; tibise more
or less scabrose; tarsi comparatively long and slender.

SENEGAL [Paris and Stockh. Muss,]. BaGuirmt: Shari R. (Dr. J.
Decorse—Paris Mus.). ‘ Cape” [Oxf. and 8. Afr. Muss.].

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

It is doubtful whether this species really occurs in South Africa,
for I have seen no properly authenticated modern specimens.

3. SYNTHOCUS SINUATUS, Sp. nov.

Long. 6-12; lat. (at shoulders) 32-74 mm.

Colour black or dark brown above, the inflexed sides and the
apical half of the declivity with dense greyish white scaling; with
very few inconspicuous sete.

Prothorax scarcely longer than broad, sides slightly rounded,
shallowly constricted towards apex and very slightly narrowed
towards the base; upper surface coarsely punctured, with a
shallow central furrow and on each side a shorter furrow (often
indistinct) running obliquely from the middle into the deep sub-
apical impression; sides deeply and rugosely punctured. Hlytra
suboblong, the basal margin sinuate and not broader than the base
of the prothorax, shoulders angularly produced, the sides gradually
narrowed to the declivity, which is angulated dorsally and nearly
perpendicular; upper surface almost plane as far as interval 4 and
then sloping sharply to interval 6, the disk more or less impressed
in the middle, with large shallow and mostly irregular punctures ;
the angular 4th interval is curved strongly outwards behind, and
forms a prominent blunt angle at the declivity where it overhangs
the end of interval 6; the latter is less distinctly carinate than usual
and scarcely tuberculate except down the sides of the declivity ;
across the top of the declivity is a low tuberculate ridge, broadly

A Revision of the Genus Synthocus. 95

interrupted at the suture, and the 2nd interval bears an apical row of
small tubercles. Legs black, with large patches of grey scaling and
short pale sete; tibiz scabrous, the external angle slightly pro-
duced; tarsi comparatively long and not very thick.

BECHUANALAND : Lake Ngami (Wahlberg—Stockh. Mus.). Masno-
NALAND: Salisbury (G. A. K. M.). Supan [Paris Mus.—coll. Fair-
maire] .

Type in the British Museum.

Nearly allied to truncatus, Boh., and dorsalis, Pahr., but differs
from them both owing to the strong posterior curvature of interval
4, which thus conceals the end of interval 6, when viewed from
above. It is further distinguished from truncatus by its non-
angulate thorax and from dorsalis by having the base of the elytra
not broader than the base of the thorax. In the Sudan specimens
the lateral carination of interval 6 has quite disappeared.

4, SYNTHOCUS DORSALIS, ahr.
S. dorsalis, Fahr., Ofv. K. Vet. Ak. Forh., 1871, p. 198.

Long. 7-112; lat. 5-8 mm.

Colour very variable. In perfect specimens the upper surface of
the thorax and the plane disk of the elytra are dark crimson, the
space between the two costz on the elytra and the upper half of
the declivity black, the lower half of the declivity and the inflexed
sides of the elytra and thorax with dense greyish white scaling; but
rubbed specimens are often entirely brown. Along the suture is a
broad stripe of velvet-black scales reaching from the base to beyond
middle, but usually more or less abbreviated ; sets sparse, incon-
Spicuous.

Prothorax scarcely longer than broad, sides slightly rounded,
shallowly constricted near apex and scarcely narrowed at the base,
which is bisinuate ; upper surface slightly convex, rugosely foveolate,
especially in the middle, with a shallow central furrow, transversely
‘ impressed near apex and with a fovea on each side of the furrow;
dorsal margins almost smooth, the inflexed sides with deep scattered
punctures. Hlytra suboblong, the basal margin deeply sinuate,
broader than the base of the thorax and with the external angles —
projecting acutely forwards; the remaining characters are similar to
those of truncatus, Boh., except that the cost are usually less
tuberculate before the declivity.

MasHonaLaNnD: Salisbury and Umfuli River (G. A. K. M.),
Matokos (HZ. Head). MatTapgeLELAND: Matopos (P. A. Sheppard),
Wankies (fF. Giese).

96 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

Closely allied to truncatus, Boh., from which it differs chiefly in its
non-angulated thorax, and in the projection of the basal angles of the
elytra beyond the base of the thorax.

5. SYNTHOCUS DAMARENSIS, Sp. Nov.

Long. 63-82; lat. 5-65 mm.

Colour of type deep red above, variegated with orange; elytra
with a small elongate velvet-black on each side of the suture about
middle; underparts brown, the leg dull black with sparse white
setee. The co-type is entirely earthy-brown, except for the sutural
black patches.

Prothorax scarcely broader than long, the sides bluntly angulated,
evidently constricted towards apex, and slightly narrowed at the
base; upper surface rugosely punctured, somewhat convex posteriorly,
with a deep transverse impression near apex and a shallow central
furrow; sides with large uneven punctures. Hlytra subquadrate,
the basal margin faintly sinuate and not broader than the base of the
prothorax, shoulders acutely produced laterally, the sides gradually
narrowed as far as the declivity, which is very abrupt and angular
dorsally ; upper surface quite plane as far as the 4th interval, then
sloping sharply to the 6th, set with large punctures which are regular
only near the suture ; interval 4 with a row of low tubercles ending
at the declivity, 6 with a row of larger tubercles extending to the
apex, 2 with a solitary conical tubercle at the top of the declivity,
3 and 5 each with an oblique basal callus. Legs brown or black,
with sparse white seta; tibia not scabrous, the external apical angle
slightly produced; tarsi moderately long and thick.

DAMARALAND (Andersson and De Vylder).

Tyre in the Oxford Museum.

This species resembles truncatus, Boh., in general facies, and
differs from it chiefly in its contiguous intermediate cox, its
broader thorax and much thicker tarsi, and the absence of the
median tubercles on the declivity. The only co-type is in the
Stockholm Museum.

6. SYNTHOCUS ACUTICOLLIS, sp. nov.
Plate VI., fig. 8.

Long 112; lat. 7 mm.

Colour earthy-brown, with the following faint grey markings: a
broad lateral stripe on each side of the prothorax, an ill-defined spot
near the base of each elytron, and a transverse band at the apex of
the disk ; setze extremely short and inconspicuous.

A Revision of the Genus Synthocus. 97

Prothorax longer than the width at base, but shorter than the
greatest width, the sides sharply angulated behind middle, strongly
narrowed towards apex, less strongly towards the base, which is sub-
truncate; upper surface convex posteriorly, with large coarse punc-
tures and a distinct central furrow, transversely impressed near apex,
the impression containing an oblique fovea on each side of the
central furrow. Hlytra oblong, basal margin subtruncate and not
broader than the base of the prothorax, shoulders roughly rectangular,
the sides subparallel from there to the declivity, which is very abrupt
and angulated dorsally; upper surface plane as far as the 4th interval,
then sloping sharply to the 6th, coarsely punctured in ill-defined rows,
the discal intervals rugose and subtuberculate; interval 4 with a row
of conical tubercles ending at the declivity and almost parallel with
the suture, 6 with a similar row reaching the apex, 3 and 5 each
with a basal callus, and 2 with a row of small tubercles on the
declivity. Legs stout, with dense greyish brown scaling and black
sete; tibize not scabrous, broad and subcompressed, inner apical
angle with a long curved spine, outer angle scarcely produced ; tarsi
short and stout.

Littne NAMAQUALAND [Stockholm Mus.].

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

Very similar in general facies to S. quadripenms, Pér., from which
it may be distinguished by its much broader and sharply angulated
thorax, the absence of the anterior lateral carina on the thorax, the
much thicker and subcompressed tibiz, the long tibial spine, and
the much shorter tarsi.

7. SYNTHOCUS QUADRIPENNIS, Pér.
S. guadripenms, Pér., Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc., 1888, p. 169.

Long 114; lat. 6 mm.

Colour apparently uniform earthy-brown, but the specimen is
much rubbed dorsally.

Prothoraz a little longer than broad, sides rounded, broadest behind
middle, constricted anteriorly and slightly narrowed at the base, which
is truncate ; upper surface convex posteriorly, very rugosely scrobi-
culate throughout, with a distinct central furrow, transversely im-
pressed near apex and with a large fovea on each side of the central
furrow, the fovea being bounded externally by a curved carina which
extends from the apex to behind middle, where it terminates abruptly
in the form of a small vertical tubercle ; sides scrobiculate. Hlytra
oblong, the basal margin subtruncate and slightly broader than the
base of the thorax, shoulders roundly prominent, sides subparallel

c

98 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socvety.

from there to the declivity, which is very abrupt and angulate
dorsally; upper surface almost plane as far as interval 4, then
sloping steeply to interval 6, with regular rows of large deep fovee ;
interval 4 with a row of sharply conical tubercles terminating at the
top of the declivity with a larger agglomerated tubercle, 6 with similar
row of tubercles extending to the apex, 3 and 5 each with a basal
callus, and 2 with a row of small tubercles on the declivity. Legs
with dense brown scaling and short dark sete; tibiz slightly
scabrous, the external apical angles roundly produced; tarsi
moderately long and stout.

NAMAQUALAND: O’okiep (L. Péringuey).

Type in the 8. African Museum.

Described from the unique type.

8. SYNTHOCUS OVAMPOENSIS, Sp. Nov.
Plate Wil Sic

Long. 74; lat. 44 mm.

Colour black, with more or less dense grey scaling and a few
short suberect sete.

Prothorax as long as broad, sides with a slight subdorsal angula-
tion, which is visible only when the thorax is viewed obliquely and
not when seen directly from above, broadest near base, slightly
narrowed anteriorly and dorsally compressed towards apex, base
subtruncate; upper surface somewhat convex behind, obscurely
punctured, with a transverse apical impression containing three
shallow fovez; sides obscurely punctured. Hlytra oblongo-ovate,
basal margin a little broader than the base of the prothorax and with
its external angles acute and slightly projecting, shoulders rounded,
sides slightly rounded, apical declivity steep and angulated dorsally ;
upper surface plane as far as the 4th interval, then sloping sharply
to the 6th, with irregular rows of large punctures ; interval 4 oblique,
approaching the suture posteriorly and with a row of small tubercles
ending at the declivity; interval 6 with a row of rather larger
tubercles continued to apex, interval 2 with a small tubercle at the
top of the declivity, the basal calluses faint. Legs grey with brown
mottling and scattered dark sete; tibiz not scabrous, the inner
apical angle with a long curved spine, the outer angle slightly
produced ; tarsi comparatively slender.

OvaMPOLAND (De Vylder).

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

Belongs to the group represented by quadripennis, Pér., from
which it differs in the following characters: its much smoother

A fievision of the Genus Synthocus. 99

appearance, more rounded elytra and more convex declivity, the
convergence of the two dorsal rows of tubercles, the curved tibial
spine, and the absence of the thoracic furrow and lateral carina,
Described from a single example.

9. SYNTHOCUS FRATER, Sp. Nov.
Plate V ines 9:

Long. 8; lat. 42 mm.

Colour earthy-brown, with a transverse pale patch at the apex of
the disk; sete scarcely perceptible.

Prothorax as long as broad, sides rounded, evidently constricted
near apex and narrowed behind, the base bisinuate; upper surface
slightly convex, rugose, without a central furrow but with a shallow
impression on each side of the disk and a transverse impression near
apex; sides obscurely punctured. Hlytra subquadrate, the basal
margin sinuate and a little broader than the base of the prothorax,
the external angles not projecting, shoulders prominent and acutely
tuberculate, the sides scarcely narrowed posteriorly, the declivity
very abrupt and subangulated dorsally; upper surface depressed as
far as the 4th interval, then sloping gently downwards to the 6th,
with somewhat irregular rows of large punctures, the intervals on
the disk rather rugose; interval 4 with a row of small tubercles
almost parallel with the suture and ending at the declivity, 6 with a
similar row continued to the apex, 3 and 5 each with a short oblique
basal costa, and 2 with a couple of tubercles at the summit of the
declivity and a few much smaller ones on the declivity. Legs with
dense brown scaling and conspicuous white sete ; tibiae not scabrous,
the inner apical angle with a short spur, the outer angle scarcely
produced ; tarsi rather short and stout.

GREAT NAMAQUALAND (De Vylder).

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

Very similar in general facies to parvus, Pér., from which it differs
not only in its contiguous intermediate coxe but also in its more
elongate elytra, more prominent shoulders and smooth tibie. I have
seen only the type specimen.

10. SyntHocUS PARVUS, Pér.
S. parvus, Pér., Trans. 8. Afr. Phil. Soc., 1888, p. 164.
Long. 5-7 ; lat. 3-4 mm. 3
Colour dark brown, with a pale transverse band before the
declivity.
Prothorax as long as broad, sides slightly rounded, broadest

100 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

behind middle, narrowed towards apex and slightly towards the
base, which is bisinuate; upper surface rugose, with an indistinct
central furrow, the apical margin often elevated into a low callus
divided in the middle. Hlytra subquadrate, the basal margin
shallowly sinuate and not broader than the base of the prothorax,
shoulders prominent and tuberculate but not laterally produced, the
sides almost parallel from the shoulders to the declivity, which is
very abrupt and angulated dorsally; upper surface almost plane as
far as interval 4, then sloping to interval 6, with large transverse
fovees which are regular only near the suture; interval 4 with a
row of conical tubercles ceasing at the declivity, 6 with a similar
row extending to the apex, 3 and 5 each with a basal tubercle and
2 with a short row of tubercles on the declivity. Legs with dense
brown scaling and sparse white sete; tibize scabrous, the external
apical angle more or less produced; tarsi very short and stout.

TRANSVAAL: Leydenburg and Vaal River [S. Afr. Mus.]. Cape
Contony: Kimberley (G. A. K. M.), Bushmanland (G. Alston). Ovam-
POLAND (De Vylder—Stockh. Mus.).

Type in the South African Museum.

Allied to retchet, Boh., from which it may be distinguished by its
less elongate thorax, less transverse elytra, and the white sete on
the legs; the outer row of tubercles on the elytra is also distinctly
below the level of the inner row, which is not the case in reichev.

11. SYNTHOCUS REICHEI, Boh.

S. reicher, Boh., Schh. Gen. Curce., vii., 2, p. 411 (1842).

Long. 6-84; lat. 44-64 mm.

Colour uniform light or dark brown, but often with a triangular
whitish patch at the apex of the disk.

Prothorax evidently longer than broad, narrow, its sides almost
parallel, base sub-bisinuate ; upper surface rugosely tuberculate and
with a faint central furrow, sometimes with a shallow transverse
impression near apex and with the anterior margin elevated into a
low callus. Hlytra very short, distinctly broader than long, the
basal margin sinuate and not broader than the base of the thorax,
shoulders very prominent and rounded but not angularly produced,
broadest sometimes at the shoulders (2), sometimes behind middle
(3), very steeply and angularly declivous posteriorly ; upper surface
almost plane as far as interval 6, but with a large and more or less
deep impression in the middle of the disk, with fairly regular rows
of large transverse foves ; interval 4 with a row of small tubercles
reaching the declivity, 6 with a row of larger tubercles reaching

A Revision of the Genus Synthocus. 101

the apex, 2 with a row of tubercles on the declivity only, and 3 with
an indistinct basal callus. Legs with dense brown scaling and dark
sete; tibiae not scabrous, the external apical angle not produced
laterally ; tarsi very short and broad.

Care Cotony: Uitenhage (father O'Neil), Port Elizabeth and
Willowmore (Dr. H. Brauns), Fraserberg [S. African Mus. ].

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

The comparatively long and narrow thorax, the broad deeply im-

pressed elytra and the very short tarsi give this species a very
distinctive facies.

12. SYNTHOCUS FLAVOTUBEROSUS, Sp. Nov.

Plate VI., fig. 10.

Long. 74; lat. 5 mm.

Colour uniform earthy-brown, with the anterior margin of the
pronotum, a lateral patch on each side, and all the tubercles on
the elytra covered with orange scaling; sete sparse and incon-
Spicuous.

Prothorax evidently transverse, sides slightly rounded, constricted
near apex and a little narrowed towards the base, which is sub-
truncate; upper surface convex posteriorly and with shallow
punctures almost hidden by the scaling, near apex a deep transverse
impression containing three large foveze; sides with large scattered
punctures. Hlytra subglobose, basal margin faintly sinuate and not
broader than the base of the prothorax, shoulders almost rectangular
and tuberculate, sides evidently narrowed posteriorly from the
shoulders, the declivity not abrupt but gradually sloping and rounded
dorsally ; upper surface convex, closely and irregularly punctured
throughout, each elytron with three rows of rounded remote orange
tubercles; the inner row containing 6 or 7 tubercles and extending
from base to apex, the median row abbreviated apically and contain-
ing 3 or 4 tubercles, the outer row (on the dorsal margin) complete
and containing 6 or 7 tubercles, including two close together at the
humeral angle; inflexed margins with more or less irregular rows
of comparatively small punctures. Legs dark brown, with a few
paler patches and long white sete; tibize not scabrous, the outer
apical acutely produced ; tarsi comparatively long and slender, the
second joint of the posterior pair subquadrate.

DAMARALAND (De Vylder).

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

I have seen only a single example of this striking species,

= 2

iN

102 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

13. SyNTHOCUS NIGROPICTUS, Pasc.

S. migropictus, Pase., J. Linn. Soci. patosnplenx .i. Ll (S70):

S. sagittarius, Pér., Trans. §. Afr. Phil. Soc., 1885, p. 139.

Long. 8-94; lat. 5-7 mm.

Colour grey or fulvous ; the prothorax with two longitudinal black
stripes, edged with reddish brown; the elytra with the suture
entirely grey or fulvous, on each side a black stripe extending from
the base to the declivity and from the 2nd interval to the 4th, which
stripe is broadly interrupted in the middle by an oblique brownish
band uniting broadly with the suture at the base and thus forming
a large common arrow-shaped mark, of which the apex is at the
base of the suture, and the apical part of the suture forms the shaft.

Prothorax dorsally about as long as broad, sides slightly rounded,
broadest behind middle, gradually narrowed anteriorly, the apical
constriction confined to the dorsal part, the base bisinuate ; upper
surface convex posteriorly, deeply and remotely punctate, with a very
deep central furrow and sometimes a faint longitudinal impression
on each side of it, a deep transverse impression near apex, the apical

margin forming a broad transverse callus, the lateral obtusely angu-

lated and crenelated right to the apex of the ocular lobes. Hlytra
short subovate, the basal margin sinuate and not broader than the
base of the prothorax, shoulders broadly subrectangular, sides sub-
parallel to beyond middle, the declivity steep but rounded dorsally ;
upper surface rather convex, with regular rows of large punctures
more or less completely hidden by the dense scaling, intervals 3 and
5 each with a short basal costa; 2 and 4 each costate in the basal
half, crenelated and more elevated posteriorly, the latter terminating
abruptly at the top of the declivity, the former ending nearer to the
apex; interval 6 with a row of sharply conical tubercles from the
shoulder to the apex. Legs black, spotted with grey or fulvous, the
basal three-fourths of the femora with dense uniform grey or fulvous
scaling; tibiz scabrous, the anterior pair externally dentate, the
outer apical angle with a long process; tarsi moderately long and
very broad.

DAMARALAND.

TypE in the British Museum; type of sagzttarizws in the South
African Museum.

I have seen only three examples of this strikingly marked species.

14. SyntHocus apDustTus, Pasce.
S. adustus, Pasc., J. Linn. Soc. L., x., p. 464 (1870).
S. sordidus, Pér., Trans. 8. Afr. Phil. Soc., 1885, p. 140.
Long. 74-124; lat. 44-8 mm.

A fevision of the Genus Synthocus. 103

Colour black with very dense earthy-brown or grey scaling ; thorax
with two dorsal stripes of dark brown or black, often bordered with
dark red; elytra black or dark brown dorsally as far as the 5th
interval, except for a broad paler sutural stripe. In some examples
this stripe emits a short oblique ray behind middle, while in others
the coste of the elytra are more or less marked with dark red scaling.

Prothorax a little broader than long, sides slightly rounded,
broadest behind middle, evidently narrowed towards apex but
scarcely constricted; upper surface rather convex, with large deep
punctures, which are less numerous laterally, with a broad shallow
central furrow and a shallow transverse impression near apex.
Elytra broadly ovate, the basal margin subtruncate and not broader
than the base of the prothorax, shoulders broadly rounded, the
posterior declivity steep, but rounded dorsally ; upper surface with
regular rows of very large contiguous punctures (entirely hidden by
the very dense scaling), the intervals tuberculato-costate ; intervals
2, 4, and 6 more elevated posteriorly than 3 and 5; 2 and 6 nearly
reaching the apex, 4 ceasing abruptly at the declivity; 3 and 5
broader and higher at the base, but narrowing posteriorly and only
just reaching the declivity ; interval 1 broad, quite plane and smooth
from the base to the apex. Legs black, with small pale spots and the
basal three-fourths of the femora with uniform dense grey scaling ;
tibiz scabrous, the anterior pair denticulate externally and with
external angle strongly produced ; tarsi rather short and very broad.

BECHUANALAND: Lake Ngami.

Type in the British Museum; type of sordidus in the 8S. African
Museum.

A variable species, of which I have seen nine specimens. It is
closely allied to mgropictus, Boh., from which it differs in its more
rounded elytra, in having the intervals 3 and 5 costate posteriorly
and in its smaller and more numerous lateral tubercles. In sordidus,
Pér., the elytra are proportionately a little broader than in the type,
but this appears to be merely a sexual character; the colouring is
also much duller than in Pascoe’s specimens.

15. SyNTHOCUS PLAGOSUS, Pér.

S. plagosus, Pér., Trans. §. Afr. Phil. Soc., 1885, p. 138.

Long. 12; lat. 7 mm.

Colour of prothorax light fulvous with two narrow black dorsal
stripes ; elytra with dense black scaling, with a large humeral patch,
a small elongate spot at the base of the suture and a broad irregular
transverse band across the top of the declivity light fulvous.

Prothorax a little broader than long, sides slightly rounded, deeply

104 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

constricted near apex, but scarcely narrowed towards the base;
upper surface almost plane, with a deep central furrow and a
shallower furrow on each side of it, rugose in the middle, the lateral
margins smooth, almost impunctate, and with a distinct subdorsal
tubercle about middle. Hlytra oblong, the basal margin sinuate and
not broader than the base of the prothorax, the shoulders sloping
and obtusely angulate, the sides subparallel from there to the declivity,
which is abrupt and subangulate dorsally; upper surface almost
plane as far as the 4th interval, then sloping sharply to the 6th,
with irregular rows of large deep punctures, intervals 2 and 6 with
rows of large bluntly conical tubercles continued to the apex, interval
4 with a similar row but ceasing at the declivity, where it unites
with interval 2 to form a large callus, intervals 3 and 5 each with a
short tuberculate costa at base, the latter bearing also a row of
widely separated small tubercles. Legs stout, black, variegated with
dense grey scaling and sparse black sete; tibie slightly scabrous,
the external angle scarcely produced, the internal angle with a short
straight spur ; tarsi rather short and broad.

Care Contony: Beaufort West.

Type in the South African Museum.

I have seen only the unique type.

16. SYNTHOCUS MASHUNUS, sp. nov.

Long. 74-92; lat. 44-55 mm.

Colour light or dark fulvous; prothorax with a broad central
black stripe; elytra with a large dorsal black or dark-brown patch
reaching from the base to beyond middle and extending laterally as
far as the 5th interval, and another dark patch on the declivity but
not reaching the apex; across the top of the declivity the scaling is
often whitish.

Prothoraz a little broader than long, the sides distinctly angulated
about middle, strongly constricted near apex and narrowed towards
the base; upper surface almost plain, coarsely and deeply punctured
in the middle, the sides smooth and almost impunctate, with a
single deep central furrow, transversely impressed near apex and
with a fovea on each side of the furrow. LHlytra just as described
in plagosus, Pér., except that the punctures are more regular, the
tubercles are smaller and much more sharply conical, and the small
tubercles on interval 5 are sometimes absent. Legs more slender,
with dense grey scaling variegated with darker spots and with sparse
dark sete ; tibize not scabrous, the external angle of anterior pair
produced, the inner angle with a long curved spur; tarsi rather
short and less stout.

A Revision of the Genus Synthocus. 105

MAsHoNALAND : Salisbury and Marandella’s(G. A. K. M.). Mata-
BELELAND: Matopos (P. A. Sheppard).

Typx in the British Museum.

Allied to S. plagosus, Pér., but distinguished by its strongly
angulated thorax, its sharply conical tubercles and its different
coloration.

17. SYNTHOCUS STOLATUS, Pasc.

Daulaxius stolatus, Pase., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1887, p. 333,
ole sr. te) el

Long. 104-103; lat. 64-63 mm.

Colour as in S. mashunus, Mshl.

Prothorax a little broader than long, the sides slightly rounded,
with an obtuse subdorsal tubercle, broadest behind middle,
evidently narrowed anteriorly and constricted near apex; upper
surface rugosely tuberculate in the middle, smoother laterally, with
a shallow central furrow and scarcely impressed at apex. Hlytra
broadly ovate, the basal margin sinuate and not broader than the
base of the prothorax, shoulders rounded, the posterior declivity
moderately steep and rounded dorsally; upper surface convex, with
regular rows of large close punctures; interval 2 costate near the
base and obtusely tuberculate posteriorly, the tubercles continued
nearly to the apex; interval 4 tuberculate from the base to the
declivity, 6 with very closely set obtuse tubercles from the shoulder
nearly to the apex, 3 and 5 each with a tuberculate basal callus, the
latter sometimes having also a row of small distant tubercles. Legs
stout, with dense grey scaling and short dark sete ; tibiae scabrous,
the internal angle with a straight spur, the outer angle of anterior
pair bluntly produced; tarsi moderately long and stout.

PortucuEsE H. Arrica: Delagoa Bay (Montevro).

Typr in the British Museum.

Structurally this species is very closely allied to plagosus, Pér.,
but its obtuse and much closer tuberculation, its more regular
punctuation and its different colouring give it quite a distinctive
appearance. These characters are quite constant in the three
examples (all in the British Museum) which I have examined.

18. SYNTHOCUS WARDENI, Pér.
S. warden, Pér., Trans. 8. Afr. Phil. Soc., 1888, p. 165,
pei, fg, 13.
Long. 124-14; lat. 5-54 mm.
Colour brown, with a very broad subdorsal grey stripe on each

106 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

side extending from the apex of the prothorax to the top of the
declivity, the suture sometimes with a narrow pale line.

Prothorax evidently longer than broad, sides subparallel, broadest
at the base and very slightly narrowed towards apex, the basal
margin rounded; upper surface convex, obscurely punctured,
transversely impressed at apex with a very shallow central furrow
containing a faint carina; dorsal margins and the sides with
obscure punctures hidden by the scaling. Hlytra very elongate,
suboblong, the basal margin deeply sinuate and not broader than
the base of the prothorax, shoulders almost obsolete, extremely
sloping and terminating in a small acute tubercle, the sides parallel
from there to near the apex, where they are slightly dilated; the
declivity very abrupt, perpendicular, its upper edge with a very
large projecting agglomerated tubercle on each side, and between
them two smaller acute tubercles nearer the base; upper surface
transversely convex, with regular rows of large shallow punctures
almost hidden by the scaling, the intervals narrow, but scarcely
elevated and not tuberculate, except the 6th, which bears a few
tubercles in the apical half; inflexed margins with regular rows
of large foveer. Legs dark brown mottled with light brown, or
vice versd, and with sparse white sete; tibize not scabrous, the
outer apical angle rounded; tarsi rather short and broad.

NAMAQUALAND: O’okiep (G. Warden).

Type in the South African Museum.

Of this remarkable elongated species I have seen only two
examples besides the type. One, in the British Museum and
captured by Sir Andrew Smith, agrees fairly well with the type.
The other is a much smaller specimen (long. 74, lat. 3 mm.) in the
Oxford Museum and differs in the complete absence of the two
smaller posterior tubercles, and also in the thorax being as broad
as its dorsal length. This may prove to be a good species, but for
the present it may be distinguished as var. bicwspis, var. nov.

BROTHEUS, Steph.

Brotheus, Steph., Ill. Brit., iv., p. 152 (1831)—Type (porcatus,
Mshm.=) premorsus, Thb.

Txodicus, Pasc., J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xi.,-p. 448 (1872)—Type
occlusus, Pasc.

The generic characters of Synthocus apply also to this genus except
in the following particulars :—

HEAD with the superciliary ridges often projecting laterally, but
never raised vertically above the level of the forehead. ANTENN&E

A Revision of the Genus Synthocus. 107

with the funicle submoniliform, “not, or scarcely, dilated towards
the apex, the club thus appearing proportionately larger.

I can find no reliable characters whereby Ixodicus can be dif-
ferentiated from Stephens’ genus.

The species of Brotheus are fairly homogeneous in appearance,
if we exclude the two new species, binodosus and precisicollis,
which differ in their more elongate elytra, with regular rows of
small rounded tubercles, and the proportionately greater breadth
of the prothorax. The remaining species are smaller insects with
quadrate or transverse elytra, usually with a single dorsal carina or
row of tubercles on each elytron. Many of the black species appear
as if they were devoid of scaling, but they are really covered with
minute black scales which more or less conceal the punctuation.

The genus is probably confined entirely to the South-Western
parts of Cape Colony, but in all the examples I have seen there are
only two species which are labelled with their exact localities.

It must be noted that B. pusio, Wied. (p. 111) is not included in
the following Key, because several of the diagnostic characters here
utilised are not mentioned in Wiedemann’s description.

Specuerum Conspectus.

1. (4) Mesosternum non tuberculatum; elytra longiora, oblongo-ovata, ad
humeros prothorace paulum latiora.—Coxe medie contigue.

2. (3) Caput, prothorax, elytra setis brevibus crassis nigris adspersa ; prothorax
non nigro-maculata, antice valde declivis, versus basin evidenter
angustata, in medio gibbere postico obsolete bituberculata; elytra
humeris rotundatis, ad basin non plane tuberculata.

2. B. precisicollis, sp. nov.

3. (2) Caput, prothorax, elytra omnino non setosa; prothorax maculis parvis
nigris opacis ornata, antice minus declivis, versus basin vix augustata,
in dorso postico non tuberculata; elytra humeris obliquis, ad basin
ipsum tuberculis duobus sat prominentibus, antice directis, predita.

1. B. binodosus, sp. nov.

4. (1) Mesosternum tuberculo medio instructum; elytra breviora, subquadrata

aut transversa ad humeros prothorace multo latiora.

. (14) Coxe medie contigue.

. (11) Elytra ad basin subtruncata, nec tuberculis projectis armata.

. (8) Prothorax ad latera rugosa ; elytra humeris paulum lateraliter extensis.—

Prothorax latior quam longior .. .. .. 6. B. crenelatus, sp. nov.

8. (7) Prothorax ad latera levis, vix punctata ; elytra humeris non extensis.

9. (10) Elytra in singulo tuberculis duobus parvis in medio disci, humeris magis
obtusis, lateribus eee supra punctis magnis reticulatis sspe
transversis obsita.. .. . bo fet oy at, Se Beaplanitse Chip:

10. (9) Elytra in singulo Mibercalo uno featans inconspicuo aut obsoleto in medio
disci, humeris magis acutis, lateribus postice gradatim angustatis,
supra punctis minoribus nec transversis nec reticulatis obsita.

‘ 8. B. sordidus, Pasc.

“1 oO Or

108 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

11. (6) Elytra ad basin evidenter sinuata et tuberculis quatuor supra thoracis
basin projectis armata.

12. (13) Prothorax lateribus rotundato-ampliatis, indumento rubro ornata ; elytra
humeris rotundatis, tuberculis basalibus rubris.. 9. B. occlusus, Pasce.

13. (12) Prothorax lateribus fere parallelis, squamis flavis ornata; elytra humeris
acuteangulatis’ 322 fii) 2a. 9 e)) 2e nee ON SBS prcenionsiismaniby

14. (5) Coxe medi separate.

15. (16) Elytra in singulo carina dorsali elevata ab humero usque ad apicem
continuata, disco postice fortiter compresso.. 4. B. carinatus, sp. nov.

16. (15) Elytra carina dorsali ad summam declivitatem semper terminata.

17. (20) Prothorax non sulcata; elytra humeris non lateraliter extensis.

18. (19) Prothorax non tuberculata, profunde in medio punctata, lateribus levibus ;
elytra humeris rotundatis, lateribus simplicibus, postice gradatim
angustata, carina dorsali obtusa nec cum carina externa ad declivitatem
CONNEXA 2. 2 se 2g Gee ee ee) el ron ea ePIga is mop aaaONE

19. (18) Prothorax rugosa, tuberculis parvis parce obsita; elytra humeris fere
rectangulatis, lateribus crenelatis et subparallelis, carina dorsali acute
elevata et cum carina externa ad declivitatem connexa.

11. B. pumilus, sp. nov.

20. (17) Prothorax profunde trisulcata, sulcis externis obliquis antice convergen-
tibus ; elytra humeris lateraliter extensis.. 12. B. flexwosus, sp. nov.

1. BRoTHEUS BINODOSUS, sp. nov.
Plate Vil heed:

Long. 74; lat. 5 mm.

Colour uniform earthy-brown with remote small black spots;
sete practically absent.

Head quite smooth, impunctate and evenly continuous with the
rostrum. Prothorax transverse, its sides strongly rounded, broadest
far behind middle, rapidly narrowed anteriorly and with a distinct
apical construction, the base much broader than the apex and
bisinuate; upper surface convex and almost smooth, the structure
being concealed by the dense scaling, gently declivous anteriorly and
with a shallow transverse impression near apex, but without distinct
fovee; the black spots small but fairly numerous; sides impunctate.
Llytra oblong, the basal margin gently trisimuate and not broader
than the base of the prothorax, shoulders not prominent, very
oblique, sides subparallel to the declivity, which is very steep, but
round dorsally ; upper surface convex, with large shallow irregular
punctures and each with three rows of small rounded tubercles,
which are slightly larger towards the declivity ; only the outer row
reaches the apex, and at the extreme base of the elytra there are two
larger bluntly conical tubercles projecting slightly forwards; nearly
all the tubercles have a black spot on the posterior side, and there
are two rows of spots down the middle of the declivity and three
uneven rows along the inflexed margins. Legs with dense brown
scaling, small black spots and sparse black sete; inner angle

A Revision of the Genus Synthocus. 109

of tibia with a short straight spur, outer angle of anterior pair with
a truncate process ; tarsi moderately long and stout.

CAPE Coxtony (Drége).

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

Its more elongate shape and the greater width of the thorax as
compared with the elytra give this insect a very distinctive facies ;
the conical tubercles at the base of the elytra are also peculiar to it.
I have seen only the type specimen.

2. BROTHEUS PRACISICOLLIS, sp. nov.

Long. 72; lat. 44 mm.

Colour uniform earthy-brown, the apices of the tubercles on the
elytra bare and black; with short thick black suberect setee.

Head with a low obtuse central carina. Prothorax dorsally
broader than long, the sides strongly rounded, broadest behind
middle, constricted near apex and narrowed behind, the base
subtruncate ; upper surface with the punctures hidden by the
dense scaling, the posterior portion very convex and with two small
depressed tubercles in the middle, very steeply declivous in front,
the transverse subapical impression shallow and without fovee.
Lilytra oblongo-ovate, the basal margin slightly sinuate and not
broader than the base of the prothorax, shoulders rounded, sides
subparallel thence to beyond middle, the declivity steep but rounded
dorsally ; upper surface convex, with irregular rows of large sub-
reticulate punctures, intervals 2, 4, and 6 with complete rows of
small rounded tubercles, 3 and 5 with a few depressed granules and
each with a small basal callus. Legs with dense brown scaling,
with darker patches and rather long setae; inner apical angle of
tibiae with a long straight spur, the outer angle not produced ; tarsi
moderately long and stout.

SoutH Arrica (Sir Andrew Smith).

Type in the British Museum.

Nearly allied to binodosus, Mshl., from which it differs in its
strongly declivous and more rounded thorax, its rounded shoulders,
the thick setze and the absence of the prominent basal tubercles on

the elytra.
3. BROTHEUS LEVIGATUS, sp. noy.
Long. 43-6; lat. 34-44 mm.
Colour uniform dull black, with a large lateral patch on each side

of the prothorax and two basal calluses on the elytra dark red;
no sete.

Head with a few large remote punctures, forehead with two

110 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

shallow impressions. Prothorax a little broader than long, sides
rounded, broadest rather behind middle, more narrowed in front
than behind, base sub-bisinuate; upper surface somewhat convex,
with coarse confluent punctures, except on the lateral red patches
where there are only a few remote punctures, with a faint trace of a
central furrow in the basal half and a very shallow transverse
impression towards apex. Hlytra broader than long, but more
transverse in the ¢ (?), the basal margin shallowly sinuate, a little
broader than the base of the prothorax and with the external angles
very slightly prominent, shoulders broadly rounded but not dilated,
the sides gradually narrowed posteriorly, the declivity subangulated
dorsally, very steep in g (?), more sloping in 9; upper surface,
almost plane in the middle of the disk and sloping laterally, im-
punctate or with a few obsolescent punctures, with an obtuse low
oblique costa from the shoulder to the declivity near the suture and
there united with the opposite costa by the obtuse angulation of the
declivity, the dorsal margin more or less obtusely carinate from the
shoulder to the apex, and a short oblique callus on each side of
the base. Legs black, bare, with sparse black setze on the under
sides ; inner angle of tibiz with a short straight spur, outer angle
slightly produced ; tarsi moderately long and stout.

Carpe Cotony [Brit. and Stockh. Muss.].

Type in the British Museum.

A well-marked species. The differences in the shape of the elytra
mentioned above are probably sexual. I have seen three specimens
only.

4. BROTHEUS CARINATUS, Sp. NOV.
Plate VI., fig. 14.

Long. 6; lat. 44 mm.

Colour entirely dull black, except the basal two-thirds of the
prothorax, which is dull red.

Head obsoletely punctured, the forehead with two large shallow
depressions. Prothorax broader than long, its sides subparallel
from base to middle, thence strongly narrowed to apex, the base
bisinuate ; upper surface very rugose, with’a transverse row of four
low ill-defined tubercles in the basal half, the apical portion rugosely
granulate and without a transverse impression ; the sides rugose.
Elytra subquadrate, the basal margin trisinuate and not broader
than the base of the prothorax, shoulders obtuse and not dilated
laterally, the sides subparallel as far as the declivity, which is very
steep, but rounded dorsally; upper surface with a high oblique
curved and crenelated carina passing from near the shoulder right

A Fevision of the Genus Synthocus. I lal

to the apex and on the declivity running quite close to the suture
and parallel with it, the dorsal margin also with a crenelated carina
from the shoulder to the apex, and at the base of each elytron two
short oblique calluses, one on each side of the dorsal carina; the
spaces between the carinez are depressed and with obsolete irregular
punctures. Legs black, bare and with sparse dark sete; the inner

angle of tibia with a rather long straight spur; tarsi moderately
long and stout.

CapE Cotony (probably).

Typx in the South African Museum.

The unique type of this distinct species is without a locality label.
It may be readily distinguished from all its congeners by the
continuation of the high dorsal carina right up to the apex.

5. BrotHEeus pusio, Wied.

Brachycerus pusio, Wied., Zool. Mag., ii., 1, p. 113 (1823).

Long. 4 mm. |

‘« Fuscous black, with grey indumentum, thorax and elytra quad-
rate, the former with a red tubercle on each side, the latter with an
elevated line.

“ Belongs to the group of B. amplexicollis and quadratus (Germar
Mag., iv., p. 163). Antenne as in those species; head hanging down
perpendicularly ; eyes hidden by the lateral lobes of the prothorax.
Rostrum separated from the head by a depressed W-shaped carina.
Prothorax equilaterally quadrate, very slightly narrowed in front,
with perpendicular sides; the dorsal margin witha posterior longi-
tudinal elevation of an almost vermilion colour; upper surface with
a shallow transverse impression near apex. Hlytra equilaterally
quadrate, twice as broad as the prothorax, almost perpendicular at
the apex and inflexed at the sides; each elytron with a grey carina
lying rather nearer to the suture than to the dorsal margin, com-
mencing at the declivity it curves slightly inwards, then bends
outwards at a very sharp angle and so runs on to the shoulder ; the
elytra also, both dorsally and laterally, bear rows of deep closely
placed transverse punctures (Querstrichelchen), in which the grey
scaling is longer. Legs with grey scaling.

“Cape oF Goop Hope.”

TYPE missing ; in coll. Wiedemann.

The above description has been translated from Wiedemann, for I
have been unable to identify the species. The insect is specially
distinguishable on account of the unusual shape of the elytral carina,

in conjunction with the red patches on the thorax and the grey
scaling of the elytra.

112 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

6. BROTHEUS CRENELATUS, Sp. nov.
Plate VI., fig. 12.

Long. 34-54 ; lat. 24-4 mm.

Colour dull black, thorax with the basal two-thirds more or less
red or yellow; setze practically absent.

Head rather shiny, with a few large punctures, forehead with a
transverse furrow. Prothorax transverse, its sides rounded, con-
stricted near apex and somewhat narrowed basally, the base
subtruncate ; upper surface rugose, with a subangulated marginal
carina, a large shallow impression on each side of the base and two
large impressions at apex which are only separated by a narrow
carina ; sides with large confluent punctures. Hlytra subquadrate,
the basal margin subtruncate, not broader than the base of the
prothorax, shoulders prominent and roundly dilated, the sides
slightly narrowed posteriorly, the declivity moderately steep and
rounded dorsally; upper surface convex, with regular rows of
distant shallow punctures, interval 2 with a high crenelated: carina
running parallel with the suture from near base to the top of the
declivity, interval 3 with an oblique basal carina, 4 with an isolated
tubercle just before middle and 6 with a crenelated lateral carina
from the shoulder to the declivity but ceasing some distance from
the apex. Legs black, bare, with rather long black setz on the
under sides; inner angle of tibia with a long curved spur, outer
angle slightly produced; tarsi comparatively slender.

Care Conony: Cape Flats (J. H. Brady), Rondebosch (L.
Péringuey).

Type in the British Museum.

Allied to planus, Thb., from which it differs in its transverse and
laterally rugose thorax, its dilated shoulders and crenelated elytral
margins.

7. BrotHEus PLANus, Thb.

Brachycerus planus, Thb., Nov. Act. Ups., vi., p. 35 (1799).
Byrsops planus, Schonh., Gen. Cure., 1., p. 413.

Long. 5; lat. 34 mm. é

Colour reddish brown, without markings.

Head almost plane and without perceptible sculpturing. Pro-
thorax as long as broad, its sides rounded, broadest about middle,
scarcely constricted near apex, the base subtruncate; upper
surface almost plane, with a large and very deep impression near
apex divided by a low median carina, the posterior half coarsely
punctured in the middle and smooth laterally ; inflexed sides smooth

A Revision of the Genus Synthocus, 113

and almost impunctate. Hlytra subglobose, the basal margin sub-
truncate and not broader than the base of the prothorax, shoulders
broad and roundly prominent, the sides subparallel from there to
behind middle, the declivity sloping steeply and rounded dorsally ;
upper surface convex, with irregular rows of large shallow trans-
verse reticulate punctures, each elytron with a juxta-sutural row of
4 low obtuse tubercles, then two very small tubercles placed longi-
tudinally about middle and finally an elevated marginal carina from
the shoulder to the summit of the declivity. Legs with brown
scaling; inner apical angle of tibize with a short process, outer angle
not produced ; tarsi moderately long and stout.

Cape Coxony [Stockh. Mus.].

TypeE in the Upsala University Museum.

This description is based on a single example in the Stockholm
Museum, which stands under this name and agrees very well with
Thunberg’s description.

8. BroTHEUS SORDIDUS, Pasc.

Ixodicus sordidus, Pasc., J. Linn. Soce., xi., p. 448 (1872).

Long. 43-5; lat. 3-34 mm.

Colour dull black, with two dark red lateral patches at the base of
the prothorax.

Head with large shallow punctures, forehead with a shallow
transverse impression. Prothorax about as long as broad, sides
slightly rounded, more or less constricted near apex, the base sub-
truncate ; upper surface scarcely convex, deeply punctured in the
middle and with a broad central furrow in the basal half, with a
broad transverse impression near apex divided in the middle by a
short carina ; the sides almost impunctate, or else with large remote
punctures. Hlytra short subovate, the basal margin subtruncate
and not broader than the base of the prothorax, shoulders rather
acutely prominent, the sides very gradually narrowed from there
posteriorly, the declivity rounded and much less steep than usual ;
upper surface convex, with irregular rows of shallow punctures
which are normally concealed by the dense black scaling, with a
small oblique basal callus on each side of the suture and a second
less distinct one near the shoulder; the only sculpturing on the disk
consists of a very small tubercle on each side of the suture at the
top of the declivity and the dorsal margin is carinate from the
shoulder nearly to the apex. Legs dull black, with sparse black
Sete ; inner apical angle of tibize with a curved spur, the outer
angle slightly produced; tarsi moderately long and stout.

8

114 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

CaPE CoLony.

Type in the British Museum.

The above description is made from the type, but there are two
other examples in the British Museum which exhibit a distinct
development of the juxta-sutural row of tubercles such as occurs in
planus, Thb., and which also have a single inconspicuous tubercle
between this row and the dorsal margin. In spite of its different
facies it seems not improbable that when more material is available
it will be found that sordidus is merely an individual variation of
planus, the difference in the shape of the elytra being perhaps
sexual.

9. BrotHeus occLusus, Pase.

fxodicus occlusus, Pasc., J. Linn. Soc., xi., p. 448, pl. xiii., f. 8
1872).

Long. 44-51; lat. 3-34 mm.

Colour dull black, with the basal two-thirds of the prothorax and
the four basal tubercles of the elytra dark red.

Head obsoletely punctured, forehead with a very shallow trans-
verse impression. Prothorax scarcely broader than long, sides
rounded, broadest rather behind middle, a little more narrowed in
front than behind; upper surface with a broad curved transverse
impression near apex, the disk slightly elevated posteriorly, smooth
or sparsely punctured, and usually with a shallow central furrow,
the extreme base sometimes coarsely punctured; sides with large
remote punctures. Hlytra subglobose, the basal margin deeply
sinuate, broader than the base of the prothorax and with the
external angles projecting forwards, shoulders prominent, rounded
or very obtusely angulated but not dilated, the sides rounded and
very gradually narrowed behind, the declivity moderately steep and
rounded dorsally; upper surface convex, with irregular rows of
large shallow punctures more or less hidden by the dull black
scaling, and on each side of the base an elongate obtuse callus
which projects forwards over the base of the prothorax; in the
typical form there is near the suture at the top of the declivity a low
obtuse elevation on each side from which a faint oblique and obtuse
ridge runs for a short distance across the disk ; but these characters
are often better developed, the posterior elevation becoming a
sharply conical tubercle with a well-defined carina nearly reaching
the shoulder; there is also a lateral carina from the shoulder to the
top of the declivity, but this is usually more or less obsolete towards
the base and is quite absent in the type. Legs black, with sparse
black setze ; outer apical angle of tibie very slightly produced ; tarsi
moderately long and stout, .

A Revision of the Genus Synthocus. 115

Cars Cotony [Brit. Mus. and Stockh. Mus.].

Tyre in the British Museum. =

The projecting basal tubercles on the elytra will at once dis-
tinguish this insect from all the other small black species. It may
be noted that the colour of the elytra is often red-brown, but this is
only visible when the dense black scaling is removed. The develop-
ment of the elytral carine shows every gradation between the
extreme forms.

10. BrotHrus PRa/MoRsusS, Thb.

Brachycerus premorsus, Thb., Nov. Act. Ups., vi., p. 33 (1799).

Curculio porcatus, Marsham, Ent. Brit., p. 255 (1802).

Brotheus porcatus, Steph., Ill. Brit., iv., p. 154 (1831).

Byrsops deprumatus, Boh., Schh. Gen. Cure., vi., 2, p. 407 (1842).

Long. 4—74; lat. 24-5 mm.

Colour hlaele the ‘io legs and external carine of the elytra
with dense yellowish scaling; elytra with a common subtriangular
velvet-black patch behind middle.

Head with large scattered punctures and a short central stria.
Prothoraz about as long as broad, subcylindrical, only slightly
narrowed in front; upper surface rugosely scrobiculate, with a
shallow furrow on each side, enclosing a roughly diamond-shaped
area, the margins of which are slightly elevated; sides smooth, with
remote deep punctures. Hlytra subquadrate, the basal margin
deeply sinuate and with four small horizontal tubercles projecting
over the base of the prothorax, shoulders sloping rather obliquely
and produced laterally into a sharp angle, the sides gradually
narrowed posteriorly as far as the declivity, which is very abrupt ;
upper surface with fairly regular rows of shallow punctures, the disk
shallowly depressed, the depression being bounded by an oblique
basal carina on interval 3, almost uniting with a curved carina on
interval 4, which ends abruptly in a sharp tubercle at the top of the
declivity ; interval 2 with only a single conical tubercle at the top of
the declivity, 5 with a basal carina forming the humeral slope, and
6 with a sharp crenelated carina terminating abruptly at the top
of the declivity; inflexed margins with regular rows of deep
punctures. Legs with dense yellowish scaling variegated with black
and with sparse dark seta ; tibizs not produced externally at apex ;
tarsi broad. }

“Cape” [Brit., Oxf. and Stockh. Muss. ].

Type in the Upsala University Museum; type of porcatus in the
British Museum (coll. Stephens), of deprimatus in the Stockholm
Museum.

116 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Prof. Aurivillius, who has kindly examined Thunberg mutilated
type for me, informs me that it is certainly a Brothews and clearly
identical with deprimatus, Boh., so far as could be judged from the
elytra alone. As the latter insect agrees very well with Thunberg’s
description also, I have little hesitation in accepting this suggestion
as correct. The type of deprimatus is certainly conspecific with
Marsham’s porcatus, which he described from a single specimen
found by Lee at the root of a bulb of Ornithogallum in his garden in
Hammersmith, then a suburb of London. With the exception of
occlusus, Pasc., this is the only species which has the four pro-
jecting tubercles at the base of the elytra—a character which occurs
also in Huryxena bruchoides, Pasc. From occlusus the species may
be distinguished by the structure of the thorax, as well as by its
sharply angulate shoulders.

11. BROTHEUS PUMILUS, sp. nov.
Plate VI., fig. 13.

Long. 24; lat. 14 mm.

Colour entirely dull black, without sete.

Head with two large shallow impressions. Prothorax about as
long as broad, the sides subangulated behind middle, more narrowed
towards the apex than towards the base; upper surface rugose, set
with small tubercles, arranged roughly in three transverse rows of
four each. LHlytra short, transverse, the basal margin sinuate and
not broader than the base of the prothorax, shoulders prominent and
subrectangular, the sides parallel to the declivity, which is very
abrupt, depressed and enclosed on all sides by a transverse carina
so aS to form a regular pentagon; upper surface with a sharply
elevated curved carina running obliquely from near the shoulder and
meeting the posterior carina much nearer to the suture than to the
dorsal margin, a very short oblique carina on each side of the base,
and the dorsal margin with a crenelated carina from the shoulder
meeting the posterior carina at the declivity; the upper surface is
thus divided into three deeply depressed areas of approximately
equal width, bearing irregular rows of shallow punctures. Legs
black, bare, sparsely setose beneath; internal angle of tibia with a
short spur, outer angle not produced; tarsi moderately long and stout.

Cape Cotony: Stellenbosch (L. Péringuey).

Type in the South African Museum.

The nearest ally of this little species is B. flexwosus, Mshl., from
which it may be at once distinguished by its tuberculated thorax.
The structure of the elytra is very similar, but in flerwosus the

A Revision of the Genus Synthocus. 7

central area is evidently larger than the lateral ones, and the
shoulders are roundly dilated. Described from a single example.

12. BRoTHEUS FLEXUOSUS, Sp. nov.
Plate VI., fig. 15.

Long. 34-44; lat. 23-33 mm.

Colour entirely dull black, the carinz on the elytra edged with
grey scaling; seta inconspicuous.

Head with two oblique furrows uniting on the vertex. Prothorax
scarcely broader than long, sides slightly rounded, broadest near
base and narrowed towards apex, the basal margin rounded; upper
surface convex, with three broad deep continuous furrows, the outer
ones converging strongly towards the apex, the intervals broadly
costate, smooth and with small sparse punctures; no apical impres-
sion; the sides smooth with scattered shallow punctures. Hlytra
very short, distinctly broader than long, the basal margin sinuate
and scarcely broader than the base of the prothorax, the humeral
slope almost at right angles to the suture, the shoulders roundly
dilated, the sides slightly narrowed posteriorly; the declivity is
extremely abrupt and forms a depressed pentagon, being bordered
on all sides by an elevated transverse carina, which is sinuated
towards the base where it crosses the suture at the top of the
declivity ; upper surface with an elevated inwardly curved carina
running from near the shoulder and meeting the posterior carina
about midway between the suture and the dorsal margin, which is
itself strongly carinate ; there is also on each side a short basal carina
which runs obliquely to meet the dorsal carina; the upper surface
is thus divided into three strongly depressed areas, of which the
middle one is much the largest and pentagonal in shape ; these areas
are quite smooth with only a few faint, more or less irregular
punctures. Legs with thin grey scaling and dark sete ; inner angle
of tibiz with a short straight spine; tarsi rather long and stout.

Cape Coxtony (Sir Andrew Smith).

Type in the British Museum.

A very distinct species, owing to its deeply furrowed thorax and
the peculiar carination of the elytra. I have seen three examples,
all of which are in the British Museum.

KURYXENA, Pasc.

EHuryxena, Pase., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1887, p. 337—Type
bruchoides, Pasc.

This genus is very closely allied to Brotheus, Steph., with which

Wi

118 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

it agrees except in the structure of the meso- and meta-sternum.
Owing to the wide separation of the intermediate coxe, the inter-
coxal process of the mesosternum is slightly broader than the coxe,
being broadly truncate posteriorly and without any trace of a median
tubercle. Similarly the intercoxal process of the metasternum is
very broadly truncate, instead of being acuminate, as in Brotheus.

1. HURYXENA BRUCHOIDES, Pase.

Ei. bruchoides, Pasc., Trans. Ent. Soc. L., 1887, p. 338, pl. xi.,°
ieee

Long. 43-52; lat. 4-44 mm.

Colour black, the thorax and the elevations on the elytra with
earthy-brown scaling, the two median basal tubercles on the elytra
dull red.

Head rugose, impressed in the middle and with a prominence
above each eye. Rostrum separated from head by a deep angulated
incision, very deeply and rugosely punctured throughout. Prothorax
slightly transverse, its sides scarcely rounded, broadest near base
and narrowed anteriorly, the basal part very abruptly narrowed
laterally and depressed dorsally for the reception of the projecting
basal tubercles of the elytra, the dorsal anterior lobe slightly sinuate
in the middle; upper surface rugosely tuberculate, with a high
lateral costa on each side and with a deep oblique furrow adjoining
it, the depressed basal portion almost smooth. Hlytra broader than
long, the basal margin deeply sinuate and with four large tubercles
projecting over the base of the prothorax, shoulders very broad and
with a rounded lateral dilatation, the sides gently sinuate about the
middle and almost as broad at the declivity as at the shoulders, the
declivity very abrupt and subangulate dorsally ; upper surface quite
plane as far as the dorsal margin (equivalent to the 6th interval),
with close irregular shallow punctures, each elytron with a fine
strongly bisinuate carina terminating at the declivity, the suture
itself very narrowly carinate to beyond the middle; the dorsal
margin carinate to the summit of the declivity and bearing in the
type a row of small tubercles, which are absent in the other
specimen ; the declivity with a straight juxta-sutural carina, bearing
a row of small faint tubercles. Legs with dense brown scaling and
rather long pale sete.

CargE Cotony: Malmesbury.

TypE in the British Museum.

In addition to the type I have seen only two other specimens
of this curious species, one being at Oxford and the other in the
South African Museum.

(119)

INDEX TO THE BROTHHINA AND BYRSOPINA.

[Names printed in italics are synonyms. Species placed in brackets have
been transferred to other genera. |

hottentotta, Boh, ..,..... giideuee Ci

PAGE PAGE

IRMOCMEUS,(StEpM. <..-.c..crs+05-ss. 106 | Byrsops, insincera, Boh. ......... 74
DIMOdOSUS; Sp! Wer -ccsecaesecc oe 108 INLEVMECAIA, Pas, ....0.025+000+5 73
CAMUMEGUS,| SP. Wd so cictestiepelacess ser 110 UOC Sielaltl, “oréccagsocsnocoode 86
Genel apse Spe We) sacs cece acne 112 libinorst,(GAvd a gasceeconcdac dnosendeu: 74
deprimatus, Boh. .......se.eeee 115 MUCTIOULEEAs PARCS ines ecsccccsecesse 77
MEXMOSUG, (SPs, We vs020cceecr esos TA, PELINSUC VA, SPs Wy wececseceeenses 78
LEEW PAGS: SD. Wiss scseescnceaseses 109 (planus; Th bier .c.ecssenceneecon 112
BCEMISUS, WPASC) cerloceincnaccersecs 114 DUUNCOET gC ASC canc:ceseacuoders 68
oles) LAD cae scceceesescsseees 112 (orasmorsus, (Thibs))cec.cccorsenee 115
Morcavus, NIShIN, ......0.s000ee. 115 (WUBSIOR WIE. Wa. c- csceseenesceeen. 111
precisicollis, sp. . ..........08 109 Guadrata, Wied ..ccicsccsncessseese 82
premorsus, Thb. ............00 115 Heaney, DOM, tse ioivesevecnees dels cocoinn 67
PUMMTLUS SG. Is Codercencseecenaes 116 TEbUSA ys DOD cas cicsdeisseasoracses 86
FOUTSIOS WCE. | sn scrcncesewsecsasoes tel SCAPULATIS, PASC. ..0.0ss00csse 74
BOLGIGUS, PASE, <.cbecsssssveosees 113 SOCtG), PASGiscccecessw center onobaves 74
ERSOPS, SCH. «..0..ecccrersseeseses 60 Spbodvra, BO nen ccemovces smesenes 68
alveatia, Past. ......cccesscesesese 72 Spmicolliss Wied. <.cosecdcecseor 68
amplexicollis, Wied. ............ 84 spinullosa, BOls s.5.5....ss.seeess 70
GHGUSTATUS, BOW: .cccccseccscees 82 Bull crcolligs Giyle ea cecescetecieed 73
EMmcalis. BOWs scncniwiverjeneetees. 64 SUT ULALUS: ISOM! qescecccesece cases 84
EUNGIVANNAT, SD. I ssneaventnssaeenes 83 COMBO, PASC vajoracocice sduseleereeiees 67
bisignata, Fairm. .......sceseees CAE PORSUMA ASCs 4.5 s-cinemacdstoesacces 65
BokeMant, BO. ...c..0:-.00ves0 73 hetragomey Whip) jecccacsccesccens 84
uccellaria, Gyl.....cccccsnsccsess 76 thunbergt, Boh. .......0.cssecses 86
BMMEALAy BP. D. cecsiecsvcesvcsases 87 (troglodytes, Gry.) .........seeee. 61
SHORMNIS! OM. ( scdedeosveoeeians 88 VEEEUCOSA, Spe Wl, scesccceeemietears 80
(depromatus, Boh.) .....s..0000 115 WE MALOE, Sf. Me ie. cecclevomesestee 71
encausta,-Pasc., Var. .....ssee0e 86 UUEATUAs PASC. sa. ccuvsiaveceeecees 84.
GHOMUMs PASC. cccedueesovwoceccess 84 VUMLOSA, BOD, sassacesacceveucsnece 74
WOEUUOSH, PASC. ..cccscevecsdeveve 83 vittigera, Pasc. ..... sace tenet 86
MICOS, SP. Ve siscerseversececee 70 westermanni, Boh. si::.ce..es: 66
glaucescens, Pasc..........s.000 Sh @ruptops, Sch hy cc. acccesascsavee: 60
OMIM, CAPS TY wwcceecsacecerscesess 19 | Daulawius, Pasc. .......cccccscrves 89
PETE NOM io igoehssecanacenvcuns We |} Bairysend, Pasei..cicsccadvessswesne 117
bruchoides, Pasce. ..,.....,...... 118

i

PAGE

Hoplitotrachelus, Schh. ......... 54
Calllosicolliis, Malin se eseceseereee 57
jyoverceps, Quedf. ............0.. 59
OUMISSUS wlyasC ss wae eee 59
GLbitalis mINOlbe ...2---eneeeeeeeee 56
QUES PASC. socetiec smemmiecesscuese cs 57
OLOles IMOMDE Pi sccccsscsceeceas 58
SOONUIEUS mINOMOe eeeeeaaeeenee rare 57
Spoumiter, Hale actu cease 57
UEXOCICUB, JONSGs ceacssacosoocunbeosos 106
NE VASOUUS EASGa ener e nascar 54
Syithocus, Seb: Macca-cses eee: 89
acubicollishis ameter: 96
AY CIDIEDAUES, IEBHXOs cococnonboonoo090b 102
daimarensisy SPM... acs-cos see 96
(defornais, ola) ee. ide eeeee 88
GVonesienuigh, JNEONe, srecoooodaseddobor 95
flavotuberosus, sp. n. ......... 101

120 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

PAGH
Synthocus, frater, sp. n. .........

Opel eB oles ss. se neseeeareaee 92
URfOTMUS CME a2: 0-25 93
oO YCLOUHH AUIS), 4), Ty SonBancanndcuc- 104
MISTOPICUUS ASC. ssnsececeeedees 102
OVAMPOCNSISNiSp: Na soseeeeees 98
PAVAAODUS BEET cence cases 92
parvus, Per? Muon b.ccteteoee: 99
plagosuis, Per, sca nssaclenemeeenase: 103
Guadripemmis, Pei ase- cesses 97
reichel,, BOW. scs..e..cseu-eeeee eee 100
Sagiitanius. Per. Haseeno oe 102
SUMMA GUS; ISAeIs Ucoclaceernceeeeee 94
SOTAUANUS) PCr neeneeseaeneesenene 102
(spinulosus, Bolts) mes.na-e ce 70
stolatus, Pase., ceespeeceeeee 105
(HEUUACRN HUIS ION, soocdnnvsocdosooce 93
Wardeninueer, sy.eeeseceereceeaeces 105

( 121 )

REVISED LIST OF THE FLORA OF NATAL.

CoMPILED BY J. MepuEY Woop.

PREFACKH.

In compliance with an expressed wish, I have compiled a list of
the plants of Natal brought up to date as nearly as the information in
my possession enables me to do. The plants enumerated in it are
included in 132 Orders and 875 genera, and number 3,308 species
and 83 varieties or unnamed species, no variety being considered as
such unless the type is also in the Colony.

It will be noticed that the Order AscLEPIADE has been omitted
from this list, the reason being that as considerable alterations are
now being made in this Order it has been thought better to omit it
here rather than insert the names of genera that will not appear
when the descriptions are published in the volume of “ Flora
Capensis,’’ now in course of preparation at Kew, but when the
Part or Parts of the volume completing the Order are published,
the Natal Asclepiads will be looked over and published as a
supplement.

The Colony of Natal is almost naturally divided into three belts or
zones, the coast belt reaching from sea-level to, say, 1,500 feet alt.,
the midlands from thence to 4,000 feet, and the uplands to 6,000 feet
or more. The coast belt is semi-tropical, and is the home of two
species of Palms, one of which, Hyphene crimta, is never found far
from the coast, the other one, Phenix reclinata, though most plentiful
in coast districts, reaches occasionally to 2,000 feet above sea-level,
as also does our only species of Strelitzia. Though Huphorbias are
found all over the Colony, the large arborescent species are more
plentiful in the coast districts, but many curious and interesting
species are found in the midland and upper districts. Of large and
tall trees there are but few in the coast belt, a very striking one
being Trichilia Dregeana, a handsome shade tree, specimens of
which are plentiful near the coast, but it does not extend far into

9

122 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

the midlands; several species of Ficus are plentiful, one or two of
Mimusops and a few others, but in this belt forests are not present,
the “bush,” as it is popularly called, consisting of small trees
and shrubs, with occasionally a fair-sized tree of Ficus, Albizzia
fastigiata, Protorhus longifolia, Mimusops sp., and a few others,
the undergrowth being copious and often difficult to penetrate.

In the midlands the hills are commonly covered with grass, the
forests, of which there are many, being chiefly confined to the
valleys and ravines which usually have streams of water running
through them. Here we have the ‘‘ Yellow-wood”’ (Podocarpus spp.),
the ‘‘ Stinkwood ” (Ocotea bullata), and other large trees, the under-
growth being of quite a different kind to that of the coast ‘‘ bush,”
and nearly devoid of the thorny plants which make progress in the
coast bush often so difficult. Species of Aloe rare on the coast are
here plentiful, in some parts covering the hills so thickly as to form
the chief feature in the landscape. Helichrysums of many species
abound, and both epiphytal and terrestrial Orchids are plentiful ;
here also the species of Encephalartos attain a considerable size,
plants having trunks of at least 18 feet in height have been noted,
while the only two species found in coast districts are either quite
stemless or with very short stems. Two handsome flowering trees,
Greyia Sutherlandi and Alberta magna, are found here, the former
also reaching to, and perhaps attaining, its greatest size in the
uplands. Ericas are not plentiful, as we have nineteen species only
in the Colony, two of which are found in the coast belt, the re-
mainder in the midlands and upper districts, one of these (H.
Schlechterr) is remarkable for luxuriating on the banks of the Mooi
River, and often being submerged in the water. Ferns are plentiful,
and are chiefly confined to the shady valleys, few appearing in the
open ground.

In the uplands there are also large forests of timber trees of
different species, including the only Natal species of Callitris
(C. cupressoides). Orchids are plentiful, both epiphytal and terres-
trial, and the large-flowered Ranunculus (f. Coopert) is confined to
this belt. Anemone Mannini, with very large flowers, is found here
and also in the midlands. Helichrysums of many species abound
and the well-known Galtonia candicans is confined to this belt. A
species of Bamboo(?) often growing in dense thickets is found here,
but as the flowers have not yet been seen by any botanist the
genus remains doubtful.

In the coast districts many species of plants are to be found in
flower in the winter months, but in the midland and upper districts
for several months the hills are dry, the grass either brown and

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 123

withered or blackened by fire, and even in the woods and by streams
but few flowers are to be found, a notable exception being some
species of Aloe which bear their flowers in the winter, and so
brighten the hills with their brilliant colour; another exception
is the rare and pretty little Orchid, Cynorchis compacta, which,
after eluding many attempts to rediscover it, was at last found
in full flower during the winter or very early spring, and in a
district where but few flowers are to be found at that season.

It will be noticed that some of the species enumerated in this list
are found from the coast to almost the highest parts of the Colony ;
two at least of these species are remarkable for the change of colour
of their flowers at different altitudes, the most prominent being
Helichrysum adenocarpum, the flower-heads of which are in coast
districts white or with only a faint tinge of pink, while in the upper
districts they are brilliant crimson; Dierama pendula also bears
pure white flowers as the rule in the coast districts, pink in the
midlands, while in the upper districts, and occasionally perhaps in
the midlands also, they are often deep purple. The same thing
doubtless occurs in other plants also, but the two quoted are the
most prominent cases.

The following Orders are in Natal represented each by one
species only, so far as known to us :—

Bruniacez Flagellariese Monimiacese Salicinese
Ceratophyllez Goodenovies Pittosporese Typhacez
Cacteze Guttifereze Plumbaginee Zygophyllee
Connaracez Ilicinese Resedacese

The following Orders include genera which are represented by
one species only, as under :—

Ranunculacee ... 1 Tiliacew ............ 1 Leguminose ...... 23
Anonacee ......... Ae Teanga ot & sae tel. bes hy Rosacea! 02.25. 4
Menispermacee .. 1 Malpighiacee ... 1 Saxifragee ...... 2
Papaveracee ...... 4 Zygophyllee ...... 1 Crassulacee ...... il
Cruciferes ......... 6 Geraniacee ...... 1 Hamamelidee ... 1
Capparides ...... diy Etacese. cn8. 6.5.01 3 Haloragee......... dL
Niolariess ......... Il) Meltacese ..c:2.... 1 Rhizophoree...... 4
idee a 2 +Olacimes) \i2..5::.. 3 Combietacee...... 1
Caryophyllee ... 6 Celastrinee ...... 38 Myrtacese ......... it
Portulaceze ...... dire Tibamamee yc. . 7.6 4 Melastomacee ... 1
Malvacez ......... 5 Sapindacee ...... 6 lLythrariee ...... 4

Sterculiaces ...... 2 ‘Anacardiacee ... 5 Onagrariee ...... il

124 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Samydacez ...... 1 Solanacese ......... 3 -Coniferes ......... 1
Passifloree ...... 4 Scrophulariacee 11 Cycadacezx......... 1
Cucurbitacee...... 5 Lentibularines ... 1 Orchidee ......... 7
Ficoides............ 4 Bignoniacee ...... 2 Scitaminee ...... 2
Umbelliferee ... 7 Pedalines ......... 2 Hemodoracee ... 1
Araliacese ......... 1 Acanthacee ...... 5 Aalders. Bien ee 6
Cornaces ......... 2 Verbenacee ...... 3 Amaryllidee ...... 5
Rubiacez ......... IA wilgalbiatey ease (o) IER NEKCEE) Cop cacesnco- 10
Compositz......... 44 TIllicebracee ...... 2 Commelinacee ... 2
Campanulacee ... 1 Amarantacee...... 6 Juncacee ......... y
Miricacess s..02-5.- 1 Chenopodiee...... DP IRAE. senacoccodas 9
Primulacez ...... i Polygonaces 5: 2. Is *Arvoidere ee oasis 2
IMiyrsimesa eee: 1 Podostemaceer ... 2 Lemnaceex......... 1
Sapotaces ......... 2 Piperacess .4..-.20. 1 Naidaceez ......... 2
Ebenacee ......... i Paliarine ce eee... 3 Restiaces ......... 2
Oleacee ............ I | Proteaces..2-./... .2 Cyperacese ..:....:. 6
Apocynacee ...... 4 Thymeliaceex...... 2 Graminee ......... 39
Loganiacer ...... i, Santalacese::......- SL Pilices= kee. 16
Gentianes ......... 1 Euphorbiacee ... 10 lLycopodiacee ... 1
Boragines ......... & Uirticace <2... 7 Selaginellacee ... 1
Convolvulacee ... 7 Salicineew ......... 1 Rhizophoree...... if

As might be expected, the Orders most largely represented in the
Colony are also those which contain the largest number of genera
containing one indigenous species only, Compositm taking the lead
with 44 genera, closely followed by GraminEa with 39, and
LeGuMiInos# with 23.

In compiling this list I have laboured under the great disadvantage
of not being in a position to consult any large botanical library, the
one in the Natal Herbarium being as yet very incomplete. It is
therefore quite probable that some Natal plants may have been
described in foreign publications which I do not see, as well as
in older works which are not in our library. The bulk of the species
enumerated in the list have been collected by myself during the last
thirty years, and lately by the Curator of the Botanic Gardens. I
have been greatly indebted to the Director of the large Herbarium
at Kew and his assistants, who have at different times examined and
compared a large number of specimens, and have forwarded lists of
the names to me. The publication of the later volumes of the
‘‘Flora Capensis’”’ has also been of great use, both in obtaining from
it the names of species which I have not myself collected, and also
the numerous corrections and alterations which have been made in
the nomenclature, especially during the last few years. The publica-

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 125

tion of lists of plants in the ‘‘Kew Bulletin” has also been of
considerable service.

I am also much indebted to Dr. Engler, of the large Herbarium at
Berlin, for copies of the publications issued from that Institution
which contain descriptions or enumerations of South African plants,
and from those works the names of many species unknown to me
have been obtained, as also from some of the publications of the
Herb. Boissier, copies of which have been kindly sent to me.
To my friends Dr. H. Bolus, of Capetown, Dr. Schlechter, of
Berlin, and Dr. P. MacOwan, late of Capetown, I am also greatly
indebted for specimens and names of plants not known to me,
and for valuable assistance in other ways, and lastly to Prof.
H. H. W. Pearson, of the South African College, who has examined
our specimens of THYMELIACE® and supplied the names of some of
them as far as it is possible to do at present.

J. MEDLEY WOOD.

126 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

[Norr.—The numbers between brackets refer to the months in
which the plants were found in flower. |

hEVISHD List OF TH PEOR Ol IN xia

RANUNCULACEZ.,
Clematis brachiata Thb. Climbing over trees and shrubs in
midland and upper districts, 500 feet alt. and upwards (4).
2. C. glaucescens Fresen. Tugela district, Kehmann. Not
known to us.

3. C. grata Wall. Inchanga, 2,000 feet alt., Rehmann. Not
known to us.

4. C0. Oweniz Harv. Inanda, Wood ; Zululand, Miss Owen.
Probably a variety of C. brachiata.

Thalictrum rhynchocarpum D. and R. Edges of woods and
sheltered places, from 2,000 feet alt. (11-3).

Anemone caffra Harv. In open ground, Zululand, 1,500 feet alt.,
Wood ; Polela, Fernando.

2. A. Fanninii Harv. Dargle, Fannin; in open ground, 3-5,000
feet alt., Wood (9).

Knowltonia brevistylis Szysz. Zululand, Wood ; Inanda, 1,800
feet alt., Wood. In moist places, usually in shade (12-4).

2. K. vesicatoria Sims. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., fide Szyszy-
lowicz. Not known to us.

Ranunculus Baurii MacOwan. Drakensberg, 5,500 feet alt.,
Rehmann.

2. R. Cooperi Oliv. Oliver’s Hoek, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood. Van
Reenen, 5—6,000 feet alt., Wood (12-2).

3. R. Meyeri Harv. Edge of swamp, Upper Tugela, 5-6,000
feet alt., Wood.

4. R. pinnatus Poir. All over the Colony, usually, but not always,
in moist places (9-2).
ANONACE AL.

Uvaria caffra E. Mey. In woods to 2,000 feet alt., Wood (11-1).

Artabotrys Monteiroz Oliv. Climbing trees in ravine, Malvern,
000 feet alt. (3).

Popowia caffra Hk. f. and Thoms. Coastlands in woods to
at least 2,000 feet alt. (12).

Anona senegalensis Pers. Coastlands; Inanda, 2,000 feet alt.,
Wood (12).

Levised List of the Flora of Natal. 127

MENISPERMACEH AL.

Stephania hernandifolia Walp. Coast to Drakensberg, in open
ground, often in Antbear holes (11-3).

Cissampelos Burchelliana Miers. Inchanga, 2,000 feet alt.,
Rehmann.

2. CG. natalensis Szysz. Umsinduzi River, Rehmann,
3. ©. Pariera Linn. Coastlands to 2,000 feet alt. (10-12).

4. GC. torulosa E. M. Coastlands to 2,000 feet alt., Wood ;
Gerrard and McKen, 645 ?.

NYMPHAACEA.

Nymphea stellata Willd. In pools and rivers in upper districts
of the Colony (8-3).

2. N. capensis Thb. Not known to us.

3. N. sp. cf. madagascariensis DC. In pools and rivers, coast
districts, Wood. This plant was figured and described in “ Natal
Plants,” vol i. t. 33 as N. stellata, Willd.

PAPAVERACEH At,

Papaver aculeatum Thb. Midlands from 2,000 feet alt. to
Drakensberg (10-1).

Argemone mexicana Linn. Coast and midlands. An intro-
duced weed.

Fumaria officinalis Linn. In open ground, Isipingo, 50 feet
alt., Wood, 1002.

Corydalis pruinosa E. M. Midlands in woods, Charlestown ;
ZLwaartkop, Wood.

CRUCIFERE A.
Nasturtium officinalis R. Br. In pools and ditches, probably
introduced. Not seen by us.

2. N. fluviatile EH. M. In poolsand ditches. Estcourt, 3-4,000
feet alt., Wood, 10394.

Arabis perfoliata Lam. Bank of Mooi River, 4,000 feet alt. (11).
Cardamine africana Linn. Ravines, Inanda, 1,800 feet alt. (9).
Sisymbrium capense Thb. Near Verulam, 5-800 feet alt. (11).

Heliophila linearis DC. Coastlands to 500 feet alt.; Clairmont,
Wood (10-12). |

2. H. rigidiuscula Sond, Inanda, 1,800 feet alt.; Verulam,
200 feet alt. (11-2).

3. H. scandens Harv. Coast, sand dunes near the sea, Wood,
1362 (9).

128 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Soctety.

4. H. virgata Burch. Coast and midlands, not uncommon.
Brassica strigosa DC. Coast districts (10-11).

Lepidium capense Thb. Near Durban, common (9-2).
Senebiera pinnatifida DC. Near Verulam, 200 feet (9).

CAPPARIDE AL.
Cleome monophylla Linn. Upper Umlaas, ca. 2,000 feet
alt. (4).
2. C. rubella Burch. Sandy soil near Mooi River, 3—4,000
feet alt. (4).

- Niebuhria rosmarinoides Sond. Near Verulam, 200 feet alt. ;
Umlaas, 500 feet alt. (6-7).

2. N. triphylla Wendl. Coast to at least 2,000 feet alt. (4).
3. N. Woodii Oliv. In woods, Inanda, 1,800 feet alt. (4).

Merua angolensis DC. Without precise besa McKen, 1148.
Not known to us.

2. M. nervosa Oliv. Coast, 100 feet, Wood (5).

Cadaba natalensis Sond. Near Durban, 100 feet alt. (6-8).
Capparis citrifolia Lam. Without precise locality, McKen, 610.
2. C. corymbifera E. M. Coastlands, common (9-2).

3. C. Gueinzii Sond. Near Durban, 100 feet ; in woods.

4. ©. Zeyheri Turcz. Near the coast, Wood (3).

do. O.n. sp. Wood, 4438; Weenen County, 4—5,000 feet alt. (4).
Fruit wanted.

RESEDACHE 4.

Oligomeris Dregeana Muell. Van Reenen, 5,500 feet alt.,
Wood (2).

VIOLARIE A.

Ionidium caffrum Sond. Coast to 500 feet alt.

2. I. capense R. and 8. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood (10-12).
3. I. natalense Harv. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt. Rare (4).

4. I, thymifolium Presl. Zululand, Wood (12).

Alsodeia sp. Wood, 1001. Near A. ardiseflora, Welw. Mss.
In wood Inanda, 2,000 feet alt. ; Qudeni, 6,000 feet alt., G. W. Davis ;
N’Kandhla, Wylie (3-9).

BIXINE AL.

Oncoba Kraussiana Planch. Coast districts (9-12), common.
2. 0. spinosa Forsk. Berea, near Durban, Gerrard (12).
3. O. tettensis Hk. f. Near Oakford, Rehmann. Not seen by us.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 129

Rawsonia lucida Harv. and Sond. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt.,
Wood ; without precise locality, Gerrard and McKen, 1138 (9-10).

Scolopia Ecklonii Szysz. Near Tugela River, 500 feet alt.,
Wood ; Qudeni Forest, 6,000 feet alt., G. W. Davis, 99 (12-4).

2. §. Gerrardi Harv. Near Durban, 4-500 feet alt., Wood (3).

3. §. Mundtii Warb. Qudeni Forest, 6,000 feet alt., G. W. Davis,
89 (11).

4. §. Zeyheri Nees. Qudeni Forest, 6,000 feet alt., G. W. Davis,
89 ; without precise locality, Gerrard and McKen, 1141 (11).

Dovyalis Zizyphoides EH. Mey. Near Durban, Gerrard and
McKen, 540.

2. D. celastroides Sond. Near Durban, Wood.

Aberia caffra Hary. and Sond. Cultivated for fencing purposes
near Durban.

2. A. longispina Harv. Near Durban, McKen.
Trimeria alnifolia Harv. Coast to 2,000 feet alt., Wood (11-1).
Kiggelaria africana Linn. Near Byrne, 2,000 feet alt., Wood (5).

2. K. Dregeana Turcz. Polela district, 4,000 feet alt. (10). These
two species are common in the midlands, but are doubtfully
distinct.

PITTOSPORE AL.

Pittosporum viridiflorum Sims. Coast districts to Drakens-
berg (4-10).

POLYGALE A.

Polygala affinis DC. Not known to us.

2. P. capillaris E. M. Coast to 500 feet, usually in damp ground;
also in Zululand (12-8).

3. P. chloroptera Chod. Not known to us.

4. P. confusa Macowan. Near Harding; Umzimkulu, 0-500
feet alt. (5).

5. P. durbanensis Chod. Not known to us. Near Durban,
Rehmann, 8776.

6. P. Galpini Hook. Sides of Giant’s Castle, Sim (10); var.
Vryheid, Sim, 2916 (10).

7. P. Gerrardii Chod. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt.; Weenen County,
4-5,000 feet alt., Wood (10-1).

8. P. hottentotta Pres]. Common all over the Colony, flowering
all the summer.

9. P. lysimachefolia Chod. Not known to us.

10. P. myrtifolia Linn. Coastlands, common.

11. P. natalensis Chod. Not known to us.

12. P. neglecta MacOwan. Coast, but not in our collection.

130 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

13. P. Ohlendorfiana E. and Z. Inanda, Wood, and thence to
the upper districts, not uncommon. |

14. P. ophiura Chod. Not known to us. Rehmann, 7749, 8524.

15. P. oppositifolia Linn. Common in coast and midland
districts.

16. P. persicariefolia DC. Weenen County, Wood, 4433;
Camperdown, Rehmann. Not common.

17. P. producta N.E.B. Midlands; Krantzkloof, 1,500 feet alt.,
Wood, 1171 (10); Weenen County, Sutherland.

18. P. rigens DC. Not known to us.

19. P. serpentaria E. and Z. Not uncommon in coast and
midlands.

20. P. rarifolia DC. Common all over the Colony, at least in
coast and midland districts.

21. P. ukambica Chod. Weenen County, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood,
4433 (4).

22. P. virgata Thb. Common all over the Colony, at edges of
woods and similar places.

Muraltia ecornuta N. E. B. Van Reenen, 6-7,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 5699.

2. M. lancifolia Harv. Alexandra County (1).

3. M. pilosa DC. Izingolweni, 3,000 feet alt.; N’Kandhla, Zulu-
land, 4—5,000 feet alt. (3-5).

M. pilosa DC. var. Noodsberg, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood, 1633 (5).

4. M.sp. Near Bushman’s Caves, Drakensberg, 7—-8,000 feet
alt., Hvans, 666 (6).

CARYOPHYLLEA.
Dianthus prostratus Jacq. Common in coast and midland dis-
tricts (1-4).
2. D. scaber Thb. Drakensberg, 9-10,000 feet alt., Hvans,
746 (3).
Silene Burchellii Ott. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt. (8-11).
S. Burchellii Ott. var. Inanda (8-11).

2. §. capensis Ott. Not known to us from Natal. Mss Owen,
probably Zululand.

3. §. gallica Linn. Near Durban ; introduced.

4. §. Thunbergiana E. and Z. Near Durban (10).
Cerastium Dregeanum Fenzl. Cormon in midlands (1-4).
Stellaria media Cyrill. An introduced weed.

Spergula arvensis Linn. An introduced weed.

Drymaria cordata Willd. Inanda, Wood; Zululand, Wood,
oy)

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 131

Polycarpea corymbosa Lam. Umblanga, 500 feet alt.,
Wood (1).

Polycarpon tetraphyllum Linn. Not seen by us.

PORTULACE.

Portulaca oleracea Linn. Coastlands, common ; introduced.
2. P. caffra Thb. On a rocky hill, Inanda, 2,000 feet alt. (10).
3. P. pilosa Linn. Not known to us.

4. P, quadrifida Linn. Entumeni, Zululand (12).
Portulacaria afra Jacq. Coast and midlands (9).

HY PERICINE AL.

Hypericum zthiopicum Thb. Common in open ground (10-2).
2. H. Lalandii Choisy. In moist places, common (10-2).

3. H. lanceolatum Lam. Bank of river near Richmond; also
in Zululand (5-6).

4. H. natalensis Wood and Evans. Near bank of Mooi River,
4,000 feet alt., Wood, 4034 (10-1).

GUTTIFEREA.
Garcinia Gerrardi Hary. In wood, Inanda, 2,000 feet alt. (11).

MALVACK,

Malva parviflora Linn. Drakensberg, 5-6,000 feet alt., Hvans.

Malvastrum capense Gray and Harv. Izingolweni, 2,000
feet alt. (5).

Sida acuta Burm. Near Durban, Rehmann, 8856.

2. §. cordifolia Linn. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen, 454?; Umbilo, Rehmann, 8058.

3. §. capensis E. and Z. Lion’s River, Gerrard; Inanda, Wood.
4. §. rhombifolia Linn. Common in coast and midlands (3-4).
5. §. spinosa Linn. Oakford, ca. 1,000 feet alt., Rehmann.

6. S. triloba Cav. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt. ; near Howick, 3-4,000
feet alt. (11).

Abutilon indicum Sweet. Near Durban, Rehmann, 8863.
Gerrard and McKen, 450?, 451?

2. A. Sonneratianum Sweet. Farkop, Rehmann, 7,659.
Common in coastlands.

Spheralcea pannosa Bolus. Mount Erskine, 6—7,000 feet alt.,
Evans, 402.

Payonia columella Cav. Inanda, 1,800 feet, Wood (38).

132 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

2. P. Dregei Garcke. Near Durban, Wood; Rehmann, 8867.
3. P. Kraussiana Hochst. Coastlands.

4. P. odorata Willd. Near Durban, Wood (5); Gerrard and
McKen, without special locality.

5. P. urens Cav. Not known to us. Near Tugela River, Gerrard.
Hibiscus zthiopicus Linn. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood (12-3).

2. H. atromarginatus E. and Z. Upper Tugela district,
34,000 feet alt., Wood (1).

3. H. calycinus Willd. Near Durban, 50 feet alt. ; near Verulam,
200 feet alt.; Weenen County, 3—-4,000 feet alt., Wood (9-2).

4. H. cannabinus Linn. Common in coast and midlands (1-5).

5. H. diversifolius Jacq. On moist bank, Umazinyati, ca.
1,000 feet, Wood, 945; Zululand.

6. H. furcatus Roxb. Near Stanger, 150 feet, Wood (5).

7. H. gossypinus Thb. Coast and midlands, usually at edges of
woods (6).

8. H. leiospermus Harv. Van Reenen, 5,500 feet alt., Wood,
7467 (12).

9. H. malacospermus E. M. Weenen County, Wood, 3452 (1).

10. H. micranthus Linn. Near Greytown, 3-4,000 feet alt.,
rare (4).

11. H. natalitius Harv. Umbloti, 800—-1,000 feet alt., rare (2).

12. H. pedunculatus Cav. Coast and midlands, not uncommon
at edges of woods (11-3).

13. H. physaloides G. and P. Coastlands generally, a weed
(3-4).

14. H. pusillus Thb, Umlaas; Verulam; Zululand (11-4).

15. H. ricinifolius E. M. Midlands; Inanda, Wood.

16. H. saxatilis Wood and Evans. Drakensberg, 5-6,000 feet
alt. (12-1). .

17. H. surattensis Linn. Coast and midlands, common;
flowering nearly all the summer.

18. H. tiliaceous Linn. Near the sea only (9).

19. H. trionum Linn. Coast and midlands, common; Van
Reenen, 5,500 feet alt. (12-5).

H. trionum, var. hastefolius. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt. (5).

Fugosia Gerrardii Harv. Camperdown, 2,500 feet alt.; Pieters,
3,500 feet alt., Wood (11-12). Not common.

Thespesia Rehmanni Szysz. Near Ladysmith, 3-4,000 feet
alt., Rehmann, 7128.

STERCULIACEA.

Cola natalensis Oliv. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood; Bluff,
Durban, 150 feet alt., Wood.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 133

Dombeya cymosa Harv. Upper Umlaas, Wood, 1829 (4).
2. D. Burgessie Gerr. Klip River, Gerrard, 465? (3).
3. D. Dregeana Sond. Not seen by us.

4. D. natalensis Sond. Coast and midlands; Natal and Zulu-
land, common (2-5).

5. D. rotundifolia Planch. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt.; Umlaas,
800 feet alt. (6).

Melhania didyma EH. and Z. Umlaas, 2,000 feet alt.; Weenen
County, 4,000 feet alt., Wood (4).

2. M. prostrata Burch. Not seen by us.
Hermannia cristata Bolus. Upper districts, not uncommon.

2. H. depressa N. E.B. Umlaas, 2—-3,000 feet alt., Wood, 1828
(4); coast, Sanderson; near Maritzburg, Sutherland.

3. H. Gerrardii Harv. Curry’s Post, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood,
4448. Not uncommon in midlands (4).

4. H. longifolia N. E. B. Wessel’s Nek, 3,700 feet alt., Wood,
5701 (2).

5. H. oligosperma K. Schum. Amahwagqa, 6-7,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4579.

6. H. transvaalensis Schinz. Not in our Herbarium. Natal,
7,000 feet alt., Schichtr., 3828.

7. H. Sandersoni Harv. Hillsides, Inchanga, 2,000 feet,
Wood, 3410 (10-11).

8. H. Woodii Schinz. Moist ground near Umkomaas River,
3-4,000 feet alt., Wood, 4623 (8).

9. H. sp. Bushman’s Caves, Drakensberg, 7-8,000 feet alt.,
Evans, 654 (6).

Mahernia auricoma Szysz. Near Maritzburg, Rehmann, 7587.
Not known to us.

2. M. betonicefolia Harv. Zululand, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood,
9270; near Newcastle, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood (1-2).

3. M. bipinnata Linn. Not seen by us. Mzss Owen, probably
Zululand.

4. M. chrysantha Turcz. Mt. Gilboa; Drakensberg, Reimann.

5. M. coccocarpa H. and Z. Near Charlestown, 5-6,000 feet
alt. (12).

6. M. erodioides Burch. Upper districts, common (1-4).
7. M. gracilis Harv. Not seen by us. Zululand, Wiss Owen.

8. M. grandistipula Buching. Upper Umlaas, 3,000 feet alt.
(12); near Colenso, Rehmann, 7163; Ladysmith, 7125.

9. M. Macowani Szysz. Near Estcourt, Rehmann, 7323. Not
known to us.

10. M. malvefolia N.E.B. Amongst dry grass, Drakensberg,
Evans, 55 (7).

134 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

11. M. saccifera Turez. Near Maritzburg, Rehmann, 7586.
Not seen by us.

12. M. parviflora E. and Z. Near Estcourt, 3,000 feet alt. (12).
13. M. veronicefolia E. and Z. Glencoe, 4-5,000 feet alt. (2).
Waltheria indica Linn. Umazinyati, 800 feet alt. (2).

TILIACK A.
Grewia angolensis Welw. Near Maritzburg, Rehmann. Not
seen by us.
2. G. caffra Meisn. Near Durban, common (12).
3. G. flawa DC. Near Weenen, 3-—4,000 feet alt., Wood,
4437 (4).
4. G. hispida Harv. Stony places in open ground, midlands

and upper districts (12-2); flowers vary from pink to white.

5. G. lasiocarpa E.M. Coast, common in woods (12).

6. G. megalocarpa P. de B. Midland and upper districts,
Rehmann, 7612, 7126, 6898, 6951. Not observed by us.

7. G. occidentalis Linn. Upper Tugela, Gerrard and McKen,
1127; near Durban, 835 (2).

Triumfetta annua Linn. In Kaffir gardens, Noodsberg, 2-3,000
feet alt., Wood, 4132 (4).

2. T. effusa E. M. Nonoti; near Durban (4-5).

3. T. pilosa Roth. Common in coast and midlands (2-4).

4. T. rhomboidea Jacq. Common in coast and midlands.

5. T. sonderii Ficalho and Hiern. Zululand. Not seen by us.
6. T. sp. Gerrard, 649. Coast districts (2).

Sparmannia palmata E.M. Midlands and upper districts,
Wood (2-4).
Corchorus asplenifolius Burch. Near Weenen, 3-4,000 feet

alt., Wood.

2. C. serrefolius Burch. Near Greytown, Wood (4).

3. C. trilocularis Linn. Umlaas, 1,800 feet alt., Wood; Zulu-
land, Wood (4).

LINEA.
Linum Thunbergii E. and Z. Umzimkulu, Drege; without

precise locality, Gerrard and McKen, 1503.

Erythroxylon emarginatum Thonn. Maritzburg, 2,000 feet
alt., Rehmann, 8115; Indwedwe, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 950 (7).

9. E. monogynum Roxb. Without precise locality, Gerrard
and McKen; Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 691 (8).

3. E. pictum E. M. Near Durban, 800 feet alt., Wood (4);
Zululand, 5,000 feet alt., Wood, 9005 (8).

Revised List of the Flora of Natal, 1385

MALPIGHIACE A.

Acridocarpus natalitius Juss. Near Durban; Zululand,
Wood (3).

2. A. galphimizfolius A. Juss. Not known to us.

3. A. pruriens A. Juss. Near Durban, Wood ; Nonoti, 150 feet
alt., Wood, 8921 (1).

ZYGOPHYLLEA.

Tribulus terrestris Linn. Common in midlands and upper
districts (12-2).

GERANIACE A.
Monsonia attenuata Harv. and Sond. Upper districts, over
3,000 feet alt. Not uncommon (1).
2. M. ovata Cav. Not seen by us.

3. M. ovata, var. biflora Harv. Coast to 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
310, 948 (9-3).

Geranium canescens L’Hérit. Hills above Howick, 4,000 feet
alt., Wood.

2. G. caffrum E. and Z. Near Richmond, 3,000 feet alt., Wood,
85a (4).

3. G@ incanum Burm. Moist places near Mooi River, Wood
(12-2).

4. G. ornithopodum E. and Z. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood,
85. Not uncommon coast and midlands.

5. G@ pulchrum N. HE. B. Evans. Not in our collection. In
swamps, Drakensberg, 6—7,000 feet alt., Hvans, 378 (1).

6. G. robustum Kze. On stony hill near Charlestown, 5-6,000
feet alt., Wood, 5708 (2).

Pelargonium aconitiphyllum Steud. Common in open ground
midland and upper districts (1-4).

2. P. alchemilloides L’Hérit. Near Botha’s Hill, 2,400 feet alt.,
Wood, 8684 (10-11).

3. P. Bowkeri Harv. Drakensberg, 5-6,000 feet alt. (12-2) ;
Giant’s Castle, Sim, 2928 (9).

4. P. capitatum Ait. Near Murchison, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
1993; Umkomaas, 200 feet alt., Wood (12-5).

5. P. dispar N. E. B. Drakensberg, 5-7,000 feet alt., Huans,
371, 403 (1).

6. P. flabellifolium Harv. Common in upper districts (8-2).

r 7. P. australe Jacq. Moist places near Durban, Wood, 8258
1).

8. P. inquinans Ait. Polela district, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood,
4610 (4).

|
hi}
/
| |
|

136 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

9. P. lateripes L’Hérit. Climbing over trees, near Greytown,
34,000 feet alt., Wood, 5316 (4).

10. P. pulverulentum Colv. Umbhloti valley, 1,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 367 (11).

11. P. ranunculophyllum Baker. Not known to us.

12. P. vitifolium L’Hérit. Inanda, Rehmann, 8399.

13. P. robustum Kze. Not seen by us.

14. P. zonale L’Hérit. Not seen by us. Hvans, 517.

15. P. sp. nov. Dumbeni, between Greytown and Weenen,
Wood, 4492 (4).

16. P. sp. nov. In wood, Ismont, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
1836 (4).

i Pe sp.nov,

Oxalis bifurca Lodd. Not seen byus. Near Umzimkulu River,
Drege, Evans, 649.

2. O. convexula Jacq. Upper Tugela, 4,000 feet alt., Wood,
3505 (1).

3. O. corniculata Linn. Common in coast and midlands (1-4).

4. 0. pulchella Jacq. Maritzburg, Rehmann, 7592.

5. 0. semiloba Sond. Common in coast and midland districts
(1-4).

0. semiloba, var. flora plena. Itafamasi, 2,000 feet alt.,

Wood.

6. O. setosa E. M. Not seen by us. Near Umzimkulu, Drege,
5248 : Uplands, Sanderson.

7. O. Smithiana E. and Z. Camperdown, 2,500 feet allt.,
Wood.

Impatiens capensis Meerb. Common in damp woods all over
the Colony.

| RUTACEA.

Calodendron capense Thb. Common in coast and midland
districts (10-11).

Barosma lanceolata Sond. Inanda, Wood, 136; near Durban,
300 feet alt., 8609 (3-7).

Toddalia lanceolata Lam. Near Durban; Zululand, 6,000 feet
alt., Davis.

9. T. natalensis Sond. Near Durban, Sanderson, Wood ; Mooi
River ‘‘ Thorns,’ Wood, 4460 (4).

Clausena inequalis Bth. Coast and midlands, common (8).

Zanthoxylum capense Harv. Coastlands, Natal and Zululand,
common (4).

2. Z. Thunbergii DC. Near Durban, Rehmann, 9045.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 137

OCHNACEH AL,
Ochna arborea Burch. In woods, Inanda, Wood, 687 (8);
without precise locality, Gerrard and McKen, 834.

2. O. atropurpurea DC. Camperdown, 2,500 feet alt., Rehmann,
7786; common in coast districts.

O. atropurpurea, var. natalitia Harv. Drakensberg,
Rehmann, 72438, 8905.

BURSERACEH A.

Commiphora caryzfolia Oliv. Common to 2,000 feet alt. (8).
2. C. Harveyi Engl. Near Durban, Wood (12).

MELIACH A.

Turrea floribunda Hochst. Coastlands, common (12).
2. T. obtusifolia Hochst. Near Durban, 100 feet alt. (12).

Melia azederach Linn. Introduced, common in _ coast
districts.

Ekebergia capensis Sparrm. In woods all over the Colony.

2. E. Meyeri Presl. In woods all over the Colony, Drege and
Krauss (10).

Trichilia Dregei E. M. Coast districts only, common.

3. T. emetica Vahl. Coastlands up to 1,000 feet alt., common
(10).

4. T. natalensis Sond. Unknown tous. Guweinzius.

5. T. alata N. HE. Br. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., 1043, 1022 -
near Pinetown, Wood.

OLACINE A.

Ximenia caffra Sond. Midlands, not collected by us.
Apodytes dimidiata E. M. Coast and midlands, not un-

common.
Pyrenacantha scandens Planch. Climbing over shrubs in coast
districts (4).
Cassinopsis capensis Harv. and Sond. Mahwaga, 6-7,000 feet.
alt., Wylie (Wood, 8262) (2-3).

2. C. tinifolia Harv. Wood, Inanda, 1625; Zululand, 4—5,000:
feet alt., 9006 (2-8).

ILICINE.

Ilex capensis Harv. and Sond. Qudeni, 6,000 feet alt., Davis,
38 ; without precise locality, Gerrard and McKen, 1497 (11).

10

138 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

CELASTRINE AL.

Pleurostylia capense Turez. Gerrard, 1596. Not collected
by us.

Cassine albanensis Sond. Without precise locality, Gerrard
and McKen, 1385.

2. C. capensis Linn. Noodsberg, 2-8,000 feet alt., Wood,
934 (4).

Celastrus albatus N. E. B. Drakensberg, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 6362; Zululand, Davis, 27 (11-2).

2. C. acuminatus Linn. f. Common near Durban; Drakensberg,
Wood ; Gerrard and McKen, 1370.

3. C. angularis Sond. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., coast 200 feet ;
Wood ; Gerrard and McKen.

4. C. buxifolius Linn. Coast and midlands, common.

5. ©. concinnus N. HE. B. Inanda, Wood, 1395, near Lidgetton,
3—4,000 feet, Wood, 6336.

6. C. cordata E.M. Near Durban, 200 feet alt., Wood, 8257 (4).

7. C. laurinus Thb. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
MckKen, 1383.

8. C. nemorosus E. and Z. Drege. Not seen by us.

9. GC. peduncularis Sond. Groenberg, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
1604; Zululand, Wood (12).

10. C. polyacanthus Sond. Gweinzius. Not seen by us.
11. C. procumbens Linn. f. Near Durban, Wood, 1630 (5).

12. ©. Rehmanni Szysz. Camperdown, 2,500 feet alt.,
FKehmann.

13. C. ruber Harv. Entumeni, Zululand, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
3963 (4); Nonoti, Gerrard.

14. C. undatus Thb. Umzinyati Falls, 300 feet alt., Wood ;
Zululand, 6,000 feet alt., Davis, 120; Drakensberg, Rehmann.

15. ©. Woodii Szysz. Unknown tous. Inanda, Rehmann.

Pterocelastrus echinatus N. HE. B. Zululand, 2,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 8633, 7538 (2).

2. P. rostratus Walp. Zululand, 6,000 feet alt., Davis, 29
(10-12).

3. P. variabilis Sond. Unknown to us.
Putterlickia verrucosa HE. M. Coast and midlands (6).

Elzodendron capense HK. and Z. Inanda, Wood, 937; near
Durban, Rehmann (8).

2. E. croceum DC. Not known to us.

3. E. laurifolium Harv. Zululand; Inanda, 1,800 feet alt.,
Wood, 1585 (12).

4. E. velutinum Harv. Coast, Wood, 994.

fievised List of the Flora of Natal. 139

5. E. sp. (Mystroxylon eucleeforme EH. and Z.). Zululand,
2-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 7541; (Davis, 12) (3-5).

6. E. sp. Zululand, Gerrard, 1871.

Salacia alternifolia Hochst. Coast and midlands, not un-
common (7).

2. §. sp. Without precise locahty, Gerrard and McKen, 1178 ;
this is probably the same as S. alternifolia, but the specimen is very
imperfect.

Gymnosporia Harveyana Loes. Amongst shrubs, Krantz Kloof,
1,800 feet, Schlechtr., 3192 (9).

RHAMNEE.

Zizyphus mucronata Willd. Common.

Z. mucronata, var. glabrata, Pinetown ; Maritzburg ; Camper- |
down; all of Rehmann. |

Z. mucronata, var. pubescens. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt.

Rhamnus prinoides L’Hérit. Common in woods, upper dis-
tricts (1-5).

Scutia Commersonii Brogn. Near Durban in woods, common.

Phylica olezfolia Vent. Without precise locality, Gerrard and |
McKen, 1479.

2. P. paniculata Willd. Inanda, Wood, 1216 (1).
Noltea africana Reich. Umzinyati Falls, 1,000 feet alt., Wood
0).

Helinus ovatus E. M. Coast and midlands, common.

AMPELIDE AL.

Vitis capensis Burm. Coast and midlands in woods.

Y. capensis, var. Dregeana. Camperdown, 2,500 feet alt.,
Rehmann, 7771; Durban, Rehmann, 9022.

2. VY. cirrhosa Thb. Near Durban, 1-200 feet alt. (4); Biggars-
berg, Rehmann, 7099.

3. V. sp. (Cissus cuneifolia H. and Z.). Coast and midlands,
common (12-2).

4. VY. cussonioides Schinz. Weenen County, Wood, 3478,
3593 (12-2).

5. VY. sp. (Cissus fragilis E. M.). Climbing over shrubs and
trees in coast districts, common (38).

6. VW. gracilis Baker. Zululand, 600 feet alt. (4).

7. Y. humilis N. E.B. Upper districts, 3-5,000 feet alt., Wood,
3479 ; a prostrate plant (1).

8. VY. sp. (Cissus hypoleuca Harv.). Near Durban, Wood, 4086.

140 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

9. V.sp. (Cissus lanigera Harv.), Gerrard and McKen; Wood (12).

10. V. natalitia Szysz. Zululand, Wood, 8977; Pinetown,
Wood, 3941; Biggarsberg, Rehmann.

11. VW. orientalis Rox. Near Durban; Zululand.

12. VY. quadrangularis Wall. Zululand. Cultivated in Natal
Botanic Gardens, Durban (10).

13. VY. repando-spinulosa Kuntze. Ladysmith, O. Kuntze.

14. VY. rhomboidea Szysz. Near Durban, McKen ; Wood, 4120:
Maritzburg, Rehmann (3).

15. VY. semiglabra Sond. Guwezzius, 98.
16. ¥. sp. (Cissus tetragona Harv.). &. W. Plant.

17. V¥. sp. (Cissus Thunbergii E. and Z.). Coast to 500 feet
alt., Wood (7); Drakensberg, Rehmann.

SAPINDACE A.
Cardiospermum Halicacabum Linn. Near Verulam; Umvoti,
2-500 feet alt., Wood.
Schmidelia decipiens Arn. Drege (1-3).
2. §. erosa Arn. Near Durban, 100 feet alt., Wood, 898, coast
only (4).
3. §. melanocarpa Arn. Gerrard and McKen, 526.

4, §. monophylla Presl. Zululand, 6,000 feet alt., Davis, 118;
Inanda, Wood (1).

5. §. Rehmanniana Szysz. Near Durban, Rehmann, 9038.

Hippobromus alatus E. and Z. Not uncommon in coast dis-
tricts (7-12).

Sapindus oblongifolius Sond. Coastlands, common (4).

Dodonza, viscosa Jacq. Near Durban, 50 feet alt. (9).

Ptzroxylon utile HE. and Z. Coast and South Drakensberg
(Fourcade). Not collected by us.

Melianthus insignis O. Kuntze. Not known to us. Charles-
town, O. Kuntze.

2. M. villosus Bolus, Wises County, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood,
4376 (12).

Bersama abyssinica Fresen. Not known to us.
2. B. lucens Szysz. Coast to 2,000 feet alt., Wood (9).

Greyia Sutherlandi Hook. and Harv. Usually in rocky places
at from 2,000 feet alt. to summit of Drakensberg, to 6,000 feet
alt. (12-3).

ANACARDIACEAL.

Rhus crenata Thb. Groenberg, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 891 (8).
2. R. cuneata N. KE. B. Near Ladysmith, 3—4,000 feet alt. (2).

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 141

3. R. dentata Thb. Inanda, Wood (9); near Ladysmith, 3—4,000
feet alt., Wood, 8259, 8260 (11).

4. R. sp., near discolor E. M., but differs. Natal and Zululand,
not uncommon (4). Whether this is the var. brevifolia, Engl.,
gathered at Laing’s Nek and Coldstream, 5.500 feet alt., by Rehmann,
6896, 6941, I am unable to say, having neither specimen nor
description of the var.

5. R. excisa Thb. Near Tugela River, Rehmann, 7178, 3,000
feet alt.

6. R. grandifolia Engl. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Reimann, 8175.
7. R. Gueinzii Sond. Guweinzius (FI. Cap., vol. 1., p. 315).

8. R. laevigata Linn. Near Durban, 150 feet alt. (2); Inanda,
2,000 feet alt., Rehmann, 8177, 8387.

9. R. lucida Linn. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 1180 (10).

10. R. natalensis Bernh. Coast districts only, near Durban,
00 feet alt. (11).

11. R. obovata Sond. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt. Not un-
common. .

12. R. Pentheri Zahlbr. Not known tous. Uplands, Penther,
2290.

13. R. parvifolia Harv. Umzinyati Falls, 300 feet alt., Wood,
1035 (9).

14. R. puberula E. and Z. Near Murchison, 2,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3126; Zululand, 6,000 feet alt., Davis, 42 (12).

15. R. pyroides Burch. Sanderson, Williamson, Gueimews
(11-2).

16. R. vefracta E. and Z. Rehmann, 4-5,000 feet alt., 7052,
7054.

17. R. Rehmanniana Engl. Lehmann, 7051, 7053, 4-5,000
feet alt.

18. R. rupicola Wood and Evans. Stony ravine above Howick
Railway Station, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood, 3932 (2).

19. R. Sonderi Engl., var. pilosa, Engl. Drakensberg, 5,000 feet
alt., Rehmann, 6945.

20. R. tridentata Sond. Inanda, Rehman, 8178.
21. R. villosa L. f. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 894 (4-6).

R. villosa, var. gracilis, Engl. Drakensberg, 5,500 feet alt.,
fiehmann, 7489; Maritzburg, Rehmann.

22. R. viminalis Vahl., var. Gerrardi, Engl. Drakensberg,
0,000 feet alt., Rehmann, 6883, 6943. Near Estcourt, 3,700 feet
alt., Dr. Brown, 91 (11). Tugela River, 3,000 feet alt., Wood, 3465.

23. R. Zeyheri Sond., var. Rehmanni, 6942, 5000.

24. R. sp. nov. Rocky ground near Murchison, 2,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3002 (5).

142 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

_ Protorhus longifolia Engl. In forests, common in coast and
midlands.
2. P. sp. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 9310 (7).

Loxostylis alata Spr. Umzinyati Falls, 300 feet alt., rare, Wood,
1198 (2).

Smodingium argutum E. Mey. Midlands, common, 1-3,000
feet alt. (4).

Harpephyllum caffrum Bernh. Coast and midlands, not un-
common (7).

Odina edulis Sond. Midlands; Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
542.

Sclerocarya caffra Sond. Coast to 3,000 feet alt., Wood, 1149.

CONNARACE A.

Cnestis natalensis Pl. and Sond. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., rather
rare, Wood, 665 (8).

LEGUMINOS A.

Podalyria velutina Burch. Near Murchison, 2,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3098 (5).

Rafnia sp. Inyangwine, 500 feet alt., Wood, 3008 (4).

Lotononis adpressa N. E. B. On astony hill near Charlestown,
5-6,000 feet, Wood, 5712.

2. L. calycina Bth. Charlestown, 5,500 feet alt., Wood, 4796;
near Maritzburg, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood, 3164 (12-3).

3. L. carinata Bth. Drege. Not known to us. Between
Umzimkulu and Umkomaas. Dyege.

4. L. corymbosa Bth. Coast and midlands, common in open
grasslands.

L. corymbosa Bth., var. liddesdale, 4-5,000 feet alt.,

Wood, 4253 (12).

5. L. cytisoides Bth. Coast, 500 feet alt., Wood, 3011 (4).

6. L. dichiloides Sond. Coast, not uncommon.

7. L. eriantha Bth. Van Reenen, 5,500 feet alt., Wood, 4525
(12); near Maritzburg, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood, 3163 (8).

8. L. foliosa Bolus. Drakensberg, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood,
3542 (1).

9. L. srandifolia Bolus. Van Reenen, on side of grassy hill,

Wood, 4516 (12); also collected by Gerrard, the specimen is in the
Colonial Herbarium without information.

10. L. Haygarthi N. HE. B. Zululand, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood,
7460 (12).
11. L. lanceolata Bth. Inanda 2 000 feet

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 143

12. L. laxa HE. and Z. MHoffenthal, 4,000 feet alt., Wood,
3540 (1).
13. L. malacophylla Guerke. Unknown to us.
14. L. prostrata Bth., var. Near Vryheid, Svm, 2925 (10).

15. L. Schlechteri Schinz. Zuurberg, 4,000 feet alt., Schlechter,
6589.

16. L. sessilifolia Harv. Hvans, 526.

17. L. Woodii Bolus. Mahwagqa, 6-7,000 feet alt., Wood,
4603 (4).

18. L. Wylei Wood. Zululand, 3,000 feet alt., Wylie (Wood,
8962, 9442) (3-4).

Lebeckia macrantha Harv. and Sond. Zululand, Miss Owen.

2. L. mucronata Bth. Umbumbulu, 1,500 feet alt., Wood, 9805.

Aspalathus canescens Linn. Alfred County, 2-3,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3024.

2. A. eriophylla Walp. Not collected by us.

3. A. Gerrardi Bolus. Zululand, 1-2,000 feet alt. (4); Alfred
County, Wood, 3023 (8).

4. A. laricifolia Berg. Not uncommon in midlands (11-1).

5. A. spinosa Linn. Coast and midlands, very common (10-3).

Buchenroedera biflora Bolus. Zululand, 1,500 feet alt., Wood,
3988 (4).

2. B. lotononoides Scott Elliott. Van Reenen, 6,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 5625 (2).

3..B. natalense Baker. Not known to us.

4. B. sparsiflora Wood and Evans. Bushman’s River Pass,
8-9,000 feet alt., Hvans, 716 (4).

5. B. viminea Presl. Midlands, not uncommon, Wood, 6651 (4).

Melolobium alpinum E. and Z. Near Ladysmith, 3,300 feet
alt., Wood, 4367 (11).

2. M. cernuum E. and Z. Buffalo valley near Charlestown,
Wood, 5,000 feet alt. (11).

3. M. decumbens Bth. Drakensberg, 5—6,000 feet alt. (2).

4. M. obcordatum Harv. Banks of Upper Tugela, 4,000 feet
alt., Wood, 3538 (1).

Dichilus lebeckioides DC. Camperdown, 2,500 feet alt., Wood,
1962; Zululand, Wood, 8978.

2. D. stricta E.M. Brakwaal, foot of Drakensberg, 5,000 feet
alt., Wood, 6604 (11).

Crotalaria Burkeana Bth. Zululand, Miss Owen.
2. C. capensis Jacq. Coast and midlands, common.

3. C. distans Bth. In ‘“ Thorns,” near Mooi River, Wood, 4479,
4481 (4).

144 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

4. C. dura Wood and Evans. Inanda, Wood, 315 (11); Noods-
berg, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood, 4134 (4).

5. ©. Grantiana Harv. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 614 (6).

6. C. globifera E. M. Common coast and midlands (8-2).

7. C. lanceolata EK. M. Coast and midlands, not uncommon.

8. C. macrocarpa E. M. Drege; near Umkomaas, Wood.

9. C. natalitia Meisn. Coast and midlands, common.

10. C. Saltiana Andr. Umzinyati Falls, 300 feet alt., Wood, 913
(3) ; near Durban, Sanders.

Argyrolobium Andrewsianum Steud. Common in coast and
midland districts.

A. Andrewsianum, var. racemosum. Inanda, common; Zulu-
land, Wood, 8820.

A. Andrewsianum, var. pauciflorum. Mahwahqa, 6—7,000 feet
alt., Wood, 8256 (3).

2. A. ascendens Walp. Coast and midlands, rather rare, Wood,
3115 (4).

3. A. longifolium Walp. Coast and midlands, Inanda, Wood,
1159 (10-11). Wood, 861 and 3847 have been placed with this

species, but we think incorrectly so; better specimens are required
to decide.

4. A. longipes N. E.B. Not known tous. Uplands, Gerrard,
1764 and 1765.

5. A. marginatum Bolus. Illovo, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 1852 (4).

6. A. molle E. and Z. Gueinzius. Not known to us.

7. A. nanum Schltr. Hillside, Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4577, 5875 (12-1).

8. A. reflexum N. E. B. Zululand, 1-2,000 feet alt. (4). Wyle
in Herb., Wood, 5688.

9. A. rupestre Walp. (?). Inanda, Wood, 699, 1369; common on
grassy hills all over the coast and midland districts, it was said at
Kew that it was near A. rupestre, and I fail to identify it with any
other species in the Flora Capensis.

10. A. Sandersoni Harv. On grassy hills in midlands, 1-2,000
feet alt. (10).

11. A. speciosum E. and Z. Weenen County, 34,000 feet alt.,
Wood (4).

12. A. stipulaceum EH. and Z. Common amongst grass in mid-
land and upper districts (10).

13. A. Sutherlandi Harv. Midlands, 2—5,000 feet alt., common
(10-1).

14. A. tuberosum EH. and Z.° Drakensberg, 5,000 feet alt. (1).

15. A. uniflorum Harv. Common in open ground, coast and

‘midlands.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 145

16. A. variopile N.E.B. Drakensberg, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood,
5693, 6355 (12).

17. A. sp.nov. Liddesdale, 5,000 feet alt., Wood, 3935 (2).

18. A. sp. (Lotus amplexicaulis E. M.) The flowers of this plant
are cleistogamous. It is not uncommon in the Inanda district, and
I have never gathered it there with perfect flowers, but it bears
co freely and has very much the aspect of Lotononis corym-

osa Bth.

Medicago denticulata Willd. Mooi River district.

2. M. laciniata Mill. Near Estcourt, 4,000 feet alt., Wood,
3568 (12).

Trifolium africanum Ser. Coast and midlands, common (10).

2. T. Burchellianum Ser. Ismont, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
1833 (4).

Lotus discolor EH. M. Coast districts, common.

L. discolor E. M. var. Flowers white. Zululand, Wood, 3952 (4).

Psoralea caffra E. and Z. Coast and midlands, not uncommon.

2. P. pinnata Linn. Midlands, common also in Zululand.

3. P. polysticta Bth. Upper districts to 3-4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3517 (12).

4, P.n. sp. Hvans, 664.

Indigofera alternans DC. Zululand, Miss Owen. Not known
to us.

2. I. argyrea EH. and Z. Zululand, Miss Owen. Not known
to us.

3. I. arrecta Hochst. Common in coast and midland districts
(3-5). This is not the I. arrecta, Bth., of the Flora Capensis, which
will have to be renamed,

4. I, cryptantha Bth. Collected by Sutherland. Not known
to us.

5. I. cylindrica DC. Near Durban, Wood (1).
6. I. daleoides Bth. Zululand, Miss Owen. Not known to us.

7. I. denudata Thb. Zululand, Wood, 3930 (4). There is some
doubt as to the identity of this plant, but I cannot match it with any
other plant described in the Flora Capensis.

8. I.dimidiata Vogel. Howick, 3,400 feet, W. J. Haygarth,
Wood, 8381 (11).

9. I. Dregeana E. M. Coast to 1,000 feet alt., Drege; Sutherland.
Not known to us.

10. I. endecaphylla Jacq. Coast districts (3), not uncommon.

11. I. Evansii Schltr. Drakensberg, 6-7,000 feet alt., Huans,
636 (2).

12. I. eriocarpa E. M. Inanda, Wood.

146 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

13. I. fastigiata E. M. All over the Colony, not uncommon, a
trifoliate form was collected by Wood, near Charlestown, 4803.

14. I. filipes Bth. Zululand, Miss Owen. Not known to us.

15. I. foliosa E. M. Midlands generally, near Curry’s Post,
Wood, 3521.

16. I. Gerrardiana Harv. Weenen County, 4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3543 (1).

17. I. grata E. M. Not known tous. Mouth of Umzimkulu,
Drege.

ren I. hedyantha E. and Z. Midlands, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood,
9.

19. I. heterotricha DC. Zululand, Miss Owen. Not known
to us.

20. I. hilaris E. and Z. Coastlands, not uncommon, Wood,
1029 (9).

21. I. hirsuta Harv. Midlands, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood, 3537 (1)
4541 (2).

22. I. longipes N. E. B. Near Ladysmith, 3-4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3525; Wood, 5727 (al);

23. I. micrantha EH. M. Coast near Durban, Wood (1-5).

24. I. natalensis Bolus. Zululand, 4—-5,000 feet alt., Wood,
8862 (3). Ismont, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 872 (4).

25. I. Oxytropis Bth. Not seen by us.
26. I. polycarpa Bth. Near Durban, 50 feet alt., Wood, 1296 (5).

27. I. rhytidocarpa Bth. Near Ladysmith, 3,300 feet alt.,
Wood, 8255 (4).

28. I. rostrata Bolus. Midlands, 3-5,000 feet alt., Wood,
6250 (12).

29. I. rufescens E.M. Dyege. Not known to us.

30. I. sarmentosa Linn. f. Dyege. Not known to us.

31. I. Schlechteri Bakerf. Not known tous. Insiswa, Schltr.,
6499.

32. I. seticulosa MHarv., var. luxurians. JInanda, Wood,
1602 (1).

33. I. tenuissima E. M. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen, 426.

34. I. tetragonoloba E. M. Umzinyati Falls, 300 feet alt., Wood,
1804 (2).

35.’ 1, ¢pietis Hl, Wl sCoash and midlands, Imanda, #e00 teenies
Wood, 781 (3).

36. I. velutina E. M. Near Durban, Wood, 7437 (2).
37. I. vestita Harv. Coastlands, Sutherland. Not seen by us.
38. I. viminea E. M. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 1651 (2).

fievised List of the Flora of Natal. 147

39. I. Woodii Bolus. Near Glencoe, 4,300 feet alt., Wood, 8547 ;
Inanda, Wood, 974 (1).

40. I. Zeyheri Spreng. Near Charlestown, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 5626 (2).

Tephrosia emula Harv. Dr. W. B. Grant. Not known to us.

2. T. amena E.M. Drege; Zululand, Wood (3). Umkomaas,
Wood, 8168.

3. T. canescens E. M. Sand dunes sea-coast, common.

4. T.capensis Pers. Gerrard and McKen, 1073; Wood, 1000 (9).

T. capensis, var. angustifolia. Grassy hill near Ladysmith,
34,000 feet alt.

T. capensis, var. hirsuta Harv. Near Newcastle, 4,000 feet
alt., Wood.

5. T. diffusa Harv. Noodsberg, 2—3,000 feet alt., Wood, 886;
near Boston, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood, 5219 (10).

6. T. discolor E. M. Coast, not uncommon.

(. T. elongata E. M. Near Ladysmith, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood
(11); near Durban, 50 feet.

8. T. glomeruliflora Meisn. Hillside near Greytown, 3-4,000
feet alt., Wood, 3984.

9. T. grandiflora Pers. Coast districts to 2,000 feet alt., Zulu-
land, plentiful in old Kaffir gardens.

10. T. Kraussiana Meisn. Coast and midlands, very common.

11. T. longipes Meisn. Not uncommon on hillsides, coast and
midlands (12-2).

12. T. macropoda Harv. Common on grassy hills, coast to
5,000 feet alt., Zululand, Wood (2).

13. T. oblongifolia E. M. Midlands, Inanda, 1,800 feet alt.,
Wood, 402 (11).

14. T. pallens Pers. Not seen by us.
15. T. plicata Oliv. Not seen by us.

16. T. polystachya E.M. Coast and midlands, common,
flowering all the summer.

Mundulea suberosa Bth. Not collected by us. Hvans, 529.

Millettia caffra Meisn. Coast districts only.

2. M. Sutherlandi Harv. Zululand, 2~-3,000 feet alt., Wood,
8007, 8763 (4).

Sesbania aculeata Poir. Coast districts, common on Durban

Flat. This does not quite correspond with the description of §.
aculeata in Fl. Trop. Africa, vol. 2, p. 133.

2. S. egyptiaca Poir. Coast and midlands, 500 to 1,500 feet
alt., Wood, 5311.

Sutherlandia frutescens R. Br. Upper districts, not common.

148 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Lessertia perennans DC. Near Durban, 500 feet alt., Sander-
Son.

2. L. tenuifolia E. M. Zululand, Miss Owen. Not known to
us.

3. L. sp. Umlaas Drift, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 1824 (3).

4. L. sp. Cooper, 2218; Rehmann, 7014; Wood, 3545 (12).
Common in midland districts.

Astragalus Burkeanus Schlechter. Near Ladysmith 3-4,000
feet alt., Schlechter. Not collected by us.

AKschynomene erubescens E. M. Drege; Gueinzius. Not
known to us.

2. A. micrantha DC. Common amongst grass in coast
districts.

3. A. uniflora E. M. In swamp near Phenix Station, Wood,
DOLoF

Smithia sensitiva Ait. Common in coast and midlands, Wood,
794.

Arachis hypogea Linn. Common in cultivation by the
natives.

Stylosanthes mucronata Willd. Zululand, 500 feet alt., Wood,
9291 (12).

Zornia bracteata J. Gmel. Amongst grass, common.
Desmodium Dregeanum Bth. Coast and midlands, common.
2. D. gangeticum DC. Not known to us.

3. D. hirtum Guill and Per. Common amongst grass, coast and
midlands.

4. D.incanum DC. Near Durban. Wood, 3134 (12).

5. D. paleaceum Guilland Per. Coast 500 feet alt., Wood, 3010 ;
Zululand, 4,000 feet alt., Wood, 8990 (3-4).

6. D. Scalpe DC. Coast to 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 3103 (6).

Pseudarthria Hookeri W. and A. In open ground to at least
2,000 feet alt., common.

Alysicarpus rugosus DC. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 274,
not common (11).

Vicia sativa Linn. Introduced, not common.
Abrus precatorius Linn. Introduced, coast, not common.

2. A. pulchellus Wall. Midlands, from 1,500 feet upwards (2),
Wood, 860. °

Dumasia villosa DC. Climbing over shrubs, Noodsberg, 2-3,000
feet alt., Wood, 4144 (4).

Glycine javanica Linn. Coast to 2,000 feet alt., common.

Teramnus labialis Spreng. Northdene, 800 feet alt., Wood,
3153 (4).

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 149

Erythrina caffra Thb. Very common, coast and midlands.

2. E. Humeana Spreng. Coast to 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 9886.

3. E. suberosa Roxb. Midlands from 1,500 feet alt.

4. E. Zeyheri Harv. Uplands from 3,000 feet alt., Wood,
4376 (10).

Canavalia bonariensis Ldl. Near sea-coast, Wood, in Natal
Govt. Herbarium, 1547 (10).

2. C. ensiformis DC. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 1238 (38).

3. C. obtusifolia DC. Near Durban, 150 feet alt., Wood,
1299 (5).

Phaseolus Schlechteri Harms. Near Ladysmith, 3—4,000 feet
alt. Not seen by us.

Vigna angustifolia Bth. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 292;
Glencoe, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood, 4523 (2).

2. VY. Burchellii Harv. Zululand, Miss Owen. Not known

to us.
3. VY. glabra Savi. Marshes in coast districts, Wood, 7959.
4. VY. marginata Bth. Coast 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 1221.
5. V. retusa Walp. Swamp near Durban, Wood, 4006.
-6. VW. tenuis D. Dietr. Near Durban, 150 feet alt., Wood, 8029.
7. Y. triloba Walp. Zululand, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 3984 (4).
Y. triloba, var. stenophylla. Near Durban (1).
8. V. vexillata Bth. Coast to Draakensberg, common (10).

YVoandzeia subterranea Thouars. Cultivated by the natives.

Dolichos altigenus Schltr. Not known to us.

2. D. angustifolius E. and Z. Inchanga, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
7192; Mooi River, 4,000 feet alt., Wood, 4048 (10).

3. D. biflorus Linn. Northdene, 700 feet alt., Wood (38).

4. D. gibbosus Thb. Near Gourton, 4,000 feet alt., Wood,
3533 (12).

do. D. Lablab Linn. From coast to at least 2,000 feet alt.

6. D. sericeus HE. M. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 565 (7) ;
Kisdumbini, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 5304 (4).

7. D. sp. Hills above Verulam, 1,200 feet alt., Wood, 778.

Rhynchosia adenodes E. and Z. Common, coast and midlands,
flowering all the summer.

2. R. bracteata Bth. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen, 14.

3. R. caribeea DC. Hills above Weenen, 4,000 feet alt., Wood,
4470 (4).

4. R. cyanosperma Bth. Lower Illovo, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
6507 (5).

150 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

5. R. gibba E. M. Near Durban, amongst grass (3); near
Charlestown, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 5734 (2).

6. R. grandifolia Steud. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen, 1107.

7. R. hirsuta E. and Z. Hillside, Umhlanga, 800 feet alt.,
Wood, 999 (9).

8. R. Memnonia DC. On grassy plain near Umsinduzi River,
Zululand, Wood, 3954 (4); N’Tondweni, Zululand, Wylie (12).

9. R. minima DC. Climbing over shrubs, near Durban, Wood
(4).

10. R. Orthodanum Bth. Common all over the Colony.

11. R. ovata Wood and Evans. Entumeni, Zululand, 2,000 feet

alt., Wood, 3987 (4).

12. R. pilosa Steud. Guewzius, Drege, Umzinyati, 300 feet
alt., Wood (8).

13. R. quadrata Harv. Near Durban, Wood, 1856 (12).

14, R.reptabunda N. E.B. Charlestown, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood,
5734.

15. R. sigmoides Bth. Near Pinetown, 1,200 feet alt., Wood,
3406 (10).

16. R. totta DC. Common to 2,000 feet alt., flowering all
summer.

17. R. Woodii Schinz. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood ; hillside
Van Reenen, Wood, 6627 (11).

18. R. sp. Climbing over shrubs, coast to 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
692 (11).

19. R. sp. Oliver’s Hoek Pass, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood,
3532 (1).

20. R. sp. Hillside near Lynedoch, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood,

4538, 6042. The flowers of this species are unusually large for the
Natal members of the genus.

Eriosema cajanoides Hook f. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood,
1627 (2).

2. E. cordatum EK. M. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 272 (10).

3. E. distinctum, N. E. B. Nottingham Rd., 4-5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4398 ; without precise locality, Wood, 6357.

4. E. Kraussianum Meisn. Common on hillsides to 4,000 or
5,000 feet alt., flowering all summer.

5. E. longipes N. HE. B. Near Pinetown, 1,000 feet alt., Wood,
5709 (10).

6. EK. parviflorum EH. M. Inanda, 1 eee feet alt., Wood, 851 (2) ;
Berea, 50 feet alt., Wood (10).

(a davnatin E.M. Common in open ground in most parts of
the Colony.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 151

8. E. squarrosum Walp. Near Murchison, 2~—3,000 feet alt.,
Wood (5).

9. E. sp. nov. Van Reenen, 5—6,000 feet alt., Wood in Govt.
Herbarium, 7627 (12).

Flemingia congesta Roxb. Midlands, Wood, Umlaas location,
Wood (7).

Dalbergia armata E. M. Common in coast and midland bush
(10-11).

2. D. obovata E.M. Margins of woods all over the Colony and
Zululand (10-12).

Baphia racemosa Hochst. Coast to 2,000 feet alt., common.

Calpurnia intrusa E.M. In open ground, common all over the
Colony ; Zululand, 6,000 feet.

2. C. lasiogyne E.M. Coast to 2,000 feet alt., common.
3. C. obovata Schinz. Schlechter 6310. Unknown to us.
4. C. villosa, Harv. Unknown to us.

5. C. sylvatica E. M. Not seen by us.

6. C. Woodii Schinz. Slopes of Drakensberg Mountains, 4-5,000
feet alt., Wood, 3516 (1).

Sophora nitens, Bth. Without precise locality, Williamson.
Not known to us. ~

Hoffmanseggia Burchellii Bth and Hk. Zululand. Not seen
by us.

2. H.Sandersoni (Harv.) Wood. From 2,000 to 4,000 feet alt.,
common, Wood, 1406.

Cassia comosa Vog. Zululand, 1,000 feet alt., Wood 3855 (5).

2. C. delagoensis, Harv. Without precise locality, Mrs.
Saunders. May not be a Natal plant, as Mrs. Saunders also
collected in Transvaal. Not collected by us, but in the Colonial
Herbarium.

3. ©. mimosoides Linn. Very common all over the Colony,
flowering nearly all summer.

4. C. obovata Collad. Near Durban, probably introduced.
5. ©. occidentalis Linn. Common in coast districts.
6. C.tomentosa Linnf. Near Durban, 50 feet alt. (7).

Bauhinia natalensis Oliv. Woods south of Durban, but not
collected by us.

2. B. sp. Coast, Sanderson.
3. B. tomentosa Linn. “ Bluff’? near Durban, 20 feet alt.

Schotia brachypetala Sond. From coast to at least 2,000 feet
alt., usually solitary.
2. §. latifolia Jacq. In Natal Botanic Gardens, and said to be

indigenous to the Colony, but we have not met with it in a wild
State.

152. Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Entada natalensis Bth. Common at margins of woods in coast
districts.

2. E. scandens Benth. Zululand. We have not met with it.

Elephantorhiza Burchellii Bth. In open ground all over the
Colony, but we have never seen flowers on the coast plant, but in the
upper districts it flowers freely.

Dichrostachys nutans Bth. Coastlands only. Drege.

Acacia arabica Willd., var. Kraussiana. Near Stanger, 150 feet
alt., Wood, 4011 (4). Not uncommon.

2. A. caffra Willd. Little Tugela district, 3-4,000 feet alt.,
Wood (4).

3. A. Gerrardi Bth. Near Verulam, 150 feet alt., Wood,
3133 (1).

4. A. cf. hebeclada DC. Near Colenso, 3,500 feet alt., Wood,
3528.

5. A. horrida Willd. Near Colenso, 3,500 feet alt., Wood, 3527
(1). Common near Ladysmith.

6. A. hirtella E.Mey. Drege. Not certainly known to us.

7. A. Kraussiana Meisn. Welliamson; Krauss; Gueinzius ; .
near Durban, Wood, 461, 6418.

8. A. natalitia E. M. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen, 1080.

9. A. pennata Willd. Hills above Weenen, 3-4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4469 (4).

Several species of the genus in the Colonial Herbarium, in
consequence of the absence of legumes, cannot be certainly identified.

Albizzia fastigiata Oliv. Common in coast woods. ‘“ Flatcrown.”’

92. A. Welwitschii Oliv. Near Amatikulu, Zululand, Wood, 7589,
8805. Not seen in any other locality.

ROSACEA.
Pygeum africanum Hk. f. Qudeni Forest, Zululand, G. W. Davis,
80 ; (Wood, 7935) (8).
Rubus Ludwigii E. and Z. Midlands and upper districts,

common.

3. R. rigidus Smith. Gerrard and McKen, 668. Without precise
locality.

4. R.rosefolius Sm. HEshowe, Zululand, 2,000 feet alt., probably
introduced. Polela, Fernando (11).

Geum capense Thb. In moist valley, Mooi River, 4,000 feet alt.
Wood (10).

Alchemilla capensis Thb. Not certainly known to us.
2. A. elongata E. and Z. Not certainly known to us.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 153

3. A. madagascariensis O. Hoffm. Not certainly known to us.

4. A. Woodii O. Kuntze. Van Reenen, on a stony hill, Wood,
4518 (12).

Leucosidea sericea E. and Z. Upper districts, common to
6,000 feet alt. (7-10).

Agrimonia eupatoria Linn., var. capensis Harv. Common in

midlands.
Cliffortia linearifolia E. and Z. Drege; Sutherland; Rich-

mond, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood, 10027 (10).
2. C. octandra Cham. Not known to us.

3. C. serpyllifolia Ch. and Sch. In marshy ground Inanda,
2,000 feet alt., Wood, 1606 (2); Zululand (4).

4. C. serrulata (Engl.) Diels. Zululand 5,000 feet alt., Wood,
7905 (12).

5. ©. strobolifera Murr. Umbloti district, Wood.

6. C. natalensis J. M. Wood. Curry’s Post 3-4,000 feet, Wood,
4449 (4); Mt. Gilboa, 5,000 feet, Wood, 10029.

7. C. prostrata Schltr. Drakensberg, 6-7,000 feet, Hvans,
614 (2). :

8. C.n. sp. Tabanhlope 6-7,000 feet alt., Hans, 663 (6).

SAXIFRAGEA.
Choristylis rhamnoides Harv. Common from 2-6,000 feet
alt. (1-2).
Cunonia capensis Linn. Not uncommon in woods from 1-3,000
feet alt. (4-5).

CRASSULACH A.
Tillzea inane E. and Z. In swamp near Charlestown, 5-6,000
feet alt., Wood, 4799 (12). :
2. T. subulata Bth. and Hk. Not known to us.
Crassula brachypetala E. M. Common all over the Colony.

2. C. brevistyla Baker. Umzinyati Falls, 300 feet alt., Wood,
949 (7).

. C. centauroides Linn. Common in shade coast and midlands.
. C. Cooperi Regel. Not known to us.
. C. cordata Ait. Umlaas native location, Wood, 3399 (7).
. C. corymbulosa Link. Umzinyati Falls, Wood, 942 (7).
. C. crenantifolia Baker f. Van Reenen, Schlechter 6925.

8. ©. crenulata Linn. f. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
1197 (5).

9. C. curta N. E. B. Mahwaga Mountain, 6-7,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4592; Drakensberg, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 6081 (3-4).
11

“IO CO # oo

154 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

10. C. drakenshergensis Schon. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Schlechter, 6962 (8).

11. C. Dregeana Harv. Drege. Not seen by us.

12. C. ericoides Haw. Common on rocky hills midlands and
upper districts.

13. GC. expansa Ait. Common in coast districts.
14. C. falcata Wendl. Sutherland, 1,500 to 2,000 feet alt. Not

seen by us.

15. C. heterotricha Schinz. Inchanga, Rehmann, 7892; Inanda,
Wood.

16. ©. inandensis Schon. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood,
764 (12).

17. ©. involucrata Schon. Insiswa Mountain, Schlechter,
4448 (1). |

18. C. lactea Ait. Rocky hill, Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
597 (6).

19. C. latispathulata Schon. Izingolweni, 2-3,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3054a (5).

20. ©. Meyeri Harv. Not seen by us. Between Emoyeni and
Umkomaas, Drege.

21. C. multicava Lem. Rocky hill, Inanda, 2,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 5976 (6).

22. ©. muscosa Linn. In woods, Umkomaas district, 4—5,000
feet alt., Wood, 4605 (4).

23. ©. natalensis Schon. Illovo, 1,500 (?) feet alt., Wood,
1876 (4).

24. C. orbicularis Linn. Not known to us.

25. C. pallida Baker. Stony hills, midlands, not uncommon.

26. C. parvula Endl. Rocky hill, Groenberg, 2,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 583 (6).

27. C. perforata Linn. f. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 551 (5).
28. C. portulacea Lam. Not collected by us.

29. C. recurva N. E. B. Zululand, rare.

30. C. rosularis Haw. Midlands, common, Wood, 600 (6).

31. C. rubicunda HE. M. Common all over the Colony, in open
ground.

32. C. sarcocaulis E. and Z. Stony hill, midlands, 2,500 feet
alt., Wood, 3187 (5).

33. C. sarmentosa Harv. Rocky hill, Inanda, 2,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 504 (5).

34. C. sediflora Endl. Near Boston, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood,
4632 (3).

35. C. sessilifolia Baker. Cooper, 2318.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 156

36. ©. stachyera E. and Z. Common all over the Colony (3-4).

37. C. subulata Linn. Van Reenen, 5,500 feet alt., Wood,
9806 (2).

38. C. tenuicaulis Schon. Van Reenen, 5,500 feet alt.,
Schlechter, 6964 (3).

39. C. tenuifolia Schon. Midlands, in open ground, not un-
common, Wood, 1848.

40. C. umbraticola N. E.B. In moist places under dense shade,
Van Reenen, 5—6,000 feet alt., Wood, 5961, 5969; Hvans, 362.

41. CG. vaginata HE. and Z. Common on grassy hills coast to
Drakensberg.

- 42. ©. Woodii Schon. Hilton Road, Dr. Brown, 3,700 feet alt.
(12); Karkloof, 83-4,000 feet alt., Wood, 4485 (4).

Kalanchoe crenata Haw. Midlands, common in shade, Wood,
122 (5).

2. K. hirta Harv. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 494; near
Murchison, Wood, 3064.

3. K. longiflora Schltr. Near the brook ‘‘ Dumbeni,’’ Weenen
County, 3—-4,000 feet alt., Wood, 4489 (4).

4. K. rotundifolia Haw. Common, usually in light shade.
5. K. thrysiflora Harv. Common in midlands (6-7).
Cotyledon orbiculata Linn. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 169.

DROSERACE AL.

Drosera Burkeana Planch. In moist places, common.

2. D. ramentacea Burch. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen ; Murchison Flats, Wood, 3125 (8).

HAMAMELIDEA.

Trichocladus crinitus Pers. In wood, Inanda, 1,800 feet alt.,
Wood, 1143 (11). Not uncommon in upland bush.
2. T. grandiflorus Oliv. Near Vryheid, Szm, 2919 (10).
Myrothamnus flabellifolius Welw. Near Vryheid, Sim,
2917 (10).
BRUNIACEA.

Berardia trigyna Schltr. Wet places, Murchison, Wood,
3029 (6).
HALORAGEA.
Serpicula repens Linn. Shores of Natal Bay, common.

Gunnera perpensa Linn. In swampy ground, common in coast
and midlands.

——SSaaSSS 2 SSS

156 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Myriophyllum spicatum Linn. In Mooi River, 4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3565 (12).

Callitriche Bolusii Sch. and Pax. Drakensberg. Not collected
by us.

RHIZOPHORE AL.

Rhizophora mucronata Lam. Shores of Durban Bay, and
similar places near sea-coast.

Bruguiera gymnorhiza Lam. In similar places to the Rhizo-
phora, common.

Weihea Gerrardi Schinz. In woods, Inanda, 1,800 feet alt.,
Wood, 684 (5); Gerrard, 1655. ;

Cassipourea verticillata N. E. B. Near Pinetown, 1,000 feet
alt., Wood, 3876; Bellair, Stainbank, Wood, 4619. Very rare. Also
in Zululand.

COMBRETACEH AS.

Combretum apiculatum Sond. ‘‘ Higher Tugela,’’ Gerrard and
McKen, 1131, a low tree 10 to 12 feet high (12).

2. C. bracteosum Brandis. Shores of Natal Bay, 20 feet alt.,
Wood (10) ; Avoca, 60 feet alt., Wood.

3. C. erythrophyllum Sond. Umzinyati Falls, 3-500 feet alt.,
Wood, 1038 (9).

4. C. glomeruliflorum Sond. Without precise locality, Gueinzius,
62, 565; Sutherland.

5. C. glutinosum Guill and Perr. Near Richmond, J. M. Wood,
10023 (10).

6. C.Gueinzii Sond. Umzinyati Falls, Wood, 1041 (9).

7. ©. Kraussii Hochst. Zululand, 6,000 feet alt., Davis, 88
(11); Gerrard and McKen, 297; Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 645
(9); at 3,000 feet alt., Wood, 4138 (4).

3. C. salicifolium E. M. Between Maritzburg and Greytown,
2-3,000 (?) feet alt., Wood. One tree only seen.

9. C. riparium Sond. Not seen by us.

10. C. Sonderi Gerr. Nonoti, Gerrard.

Quisqualis parviflora Gerr. Umbloti, 100 feet alt., on dry
rocks, Gerrard. Not seen by us.

MYRTACEA.

Eugenia albanensis, Sond. Hillsides and sandy flats, coast and
midlands, common.

2. E. capensis Harv. Woods near the sea-coast ; near Durban,
Wood, 1629 (8). |

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 157

3. KE. cordata Laws. Common in moist valleys all over the
Colony, ‘‘ Waterboom.”’

4. E. Gueinzii Sond. Without precise locality, Gueinzius. Not
known to us.

5. E. natalitia Sond. Hillside, Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood,
1145 (10); Zululand, Davis, 95 (11).

6. E. Zeyheri Harv. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen. Not seen by us.

7. E. Gerrardi (Acmena Gerrardi, Harv.). Inanda, 2,000 feet
alt., Wood, 1205 (1); Zululand, 6,000 feet alt., Davis ; Gerrard and
McKen, 189.

Barringtonia racemosa Roxb. Shores of Durban Bay and
similar places on the coast.

MELASTOMACEH A.
Dissotis eximia Harv. Moist places, coast and midlands,
common, Inanda, Wood (2).

2. D. incana Triana. Moist places, coast and midlands, common ;
Clairmont, 50 feet alt., Wood, 8578; Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood

(2); Gerrard and McKen, 359.

3. D. pherotricha Harv. Coast to 2,000 feet alt., usually in
moist places, on Durban Flat, Wood ; Great Noodsberg, 2-3,000 feet
alt., Wood, 5291 (4).

Memecylon capense E. and Z. Near Umzimkulu, Drege. Not
known to us.

LYTHRARIE AZ.
Lythrum rivulare Wood and Evans. Lower Tugela, Wood,
8599 (5).
Nesza floribunda Sond.

2. N. Kuntzei Koehne. Ladysmith, 3-4,000 feet alt., O.
Kuntze 31, 32.

3. N. rigidula Koehne. Gerrard and McKen, 784.

4. N. sagittifolia Koehne. Hillsides in upper districts, not
uncommon; Weenen County, Wood, 3551.

5. N. Schinzii, Koehne. Near Estcourt, 3,800 feet alt., Dr.
Dimock Brown, (Wood, 6361) (8).

6. N. tolypobotrys Koehne. Near Durban, Wood, 1797 (1).

Heteropyxis natalensis Harv. In coast bush, not uncommon,
also in Transvaal.

Rhynchocalyx lawsonioides Oliv. Alfred County at about
2,000 feet alt., Wood, 3124 (4). One tree only seen: not since
collected.

Olinia cymosa Thb. Valleys, Drakensberg, Evans, 385-(1).. .

158 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

ONAGRARIEA.
Epilobium capense Buch. Moist places, Illovo, 1-2,000 feet
alt., Wood, 1823 (4).

2. E. flavescens EK. M. Hillside, Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood,
868 (3) ; Gerrard and McKen.

3. E. hirsutum, Linn. Midlands; Isangwaan, Wood, 920;
Illovo, 2,000 feet alt., Wood (4).

4. K. tetragonum Linn. Noodsberg, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
5,822 (4).

Jussiza repens Linn. Near Verulam, 150 feet alt., Wood,
ex dese. 5822.

2. J. suffruticosa Linn. Sandy flat, Clairmont, 50 feet alt.,
Wood, 1109; var. angustifolia Lam., Wood, 1176 (12).

Ludwigia jussizoides Desr. (non Lam.). Zululand, 2,000 feet
alt., Wood, 3877 (5).

2. L. palustris Ell. Marshy ground in midlands and upper
districts. Not collected by us.

(nothera biennis Linn. An imported weed.

2. O. rosea Ait. Upper Umvoti, 3-4,000 feet alt., in moist
places, Wood, 4430.

Trapa bispinosa Roxb. In Little Umhlanga River, Sanderson,
907 (5). Not seen by us.

SAMYDACEA.
Homalium rufescens Bth. Edge of precipice, Umhlanga,
3-000 feet alt., Wood (2).
2. H. sp. (Blackwellia dentata Harv.), Gerrard and McKen.
Gerrardiana foliosa Oliv. In woods, Inanda, Wood ; Zululand,
Wylte (Wood 10386) (3).

PASSIFLORE Zi.
Tryphostemma Sandersoni Harv. Grassy hills all over the
Colony.

Ophiocaulqn gummifera Harv. Climbing over trees in coast
districts, Wood, 6662 (11-1).

Ceratiosicyos Ecklonii Nees. Guweimzius, Gerrard and McKen ;
in woods, Karkloof, Wood.

Modecca digitata Harv. Zululand, Miss Owen; Vryheid, Sim,
2922 (10).

CUCURBITACE.

Trochomeria Hookeri Harv. Coast and midlands, not common.

2. T. sagittata Bth. and Hk. f. Common on grassy hills to at
least 3,000 feet alt., Inanda, Wood, 285 (11). :

fievised List of the Flora of Natal. 159

3. T. pectinata Bth. and Hk. f. Zululand, Miss Owen. Not
known to us.

Peponia MacKenii Naud. In wood near Durban, Wood, 4546
(1), very rare.
Spherosicyos sphericus Hook f. Coast, common in open

ground and edges of woods, Wood, 3269.

Momordica Charantia Linn. Near Durban, 150 feet alt.,
Wood, 3093. Probably introduced.

2. M. Balsaminea Linn. Not collected by us.

3. M. foetida Schum. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 1112 (12).

4. M. involucrata E. M. Common in coast districts, climbing
over shrubs.

5. M. sp. Near Greytown, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood 5418. Differs
by its very deeply pinnatitid lobes from any other species known to
us.

Cucumis africanus Linn. f. Near Charlestown, Wood, 5737
(2).

2. ©. dissectifolius Naud. Near Mooi River, Wood, 4494.
This was collected on a sandy flat near the river—the female plant
only; it seems to come between GC. dissectifolius Naud. and C.
Zeyheri Sond.

3. C. Figarei Del., var. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 425. Var.
echinosporus Naud.; Wood, 1201 (2).

4. ©. hirsutus Sond. Krauss, 91; near Durban, Wood (3);
Biggarsberg, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood, 4548 (11).

5. C. metuliferus E. M. Umzimvubo, Drege; without precise
locality, Gerrard and McKen, 1195. Not seen by us.

Citrullus vulgaris Schrad. Umlaas valley, 1,800 feet alt.,
Wood, 1822 (4).

Coccinea hirtella Cogn. Near Howick, Schlechter, 6775.

2. ©. MacKenii Cogn. Not known to us.

3. C. palmata Cogn. Berea 150 feet alt., Wood, 8446; Illovo,
1-2,000 feet alt., Wood, 1863 (4).

4. C. sp.nov. Near Mooi River, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood, 4105.
In open, grassy ground.

Kedrostis foetidissima Cogn. Coast to 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
895, 1886; very foetid.

2. K. longipedunculata Cogn. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Reimann.

Melothria membranifolia Cogn. /Inanda, 2,000 feet alt.

Wood.
2. M. parvifolia Cogn. Near Durban, Rehmann, 8839, 8842.
Not known to us. 2

3. M. maderaspatana Cogn. Drege. Climbing over shrubs near
Tugela River, Wood, 3958 (4). erekces 4s) am

160 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socvety.

4. M. obtusiloba Cogn. Drege, Gerrard and McKen. Not
collected by us.

5. M. punctata Cogn. Common in light bush all over the
Colony.

Toxanthera natalensis Hk. f. Climbing trees in woods,
Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 813 (1).

Gerrardanthus macrorhiza Harv. Nonoti, Gerrard ; Umazin-
yati, climbing trees in woods, Wood (3).

9. G. tomentosa, Hook. f. In woods, Inanda, 1,800 feet alt.,
Wood, 451 (1). Not seen by us in any other locality.

Lagenaria vulgaris Ser. Not known to us.

BEGONIACE 2.
Begonia Dregei Ott. and Dietr. In woods, Inanda, 1,800 feet
alt., Wood, 1197.

2. B. geranioides Hk. f. In woods, midlands; Inanda, 2,000
feet alt., Wood, 749; Polela, Fernando.

3. B. natalensis Hk. Common in woods, midlands; near
Karkloof, Dr. Dimock Brown, 252, 347.

4. B. suffruticosa Meisn., var. Gueinziana. Inanda, in damp
woods, Wood, 1081.

CACTE A.

Rhipsalis cassytha Gaert. Hanging from rocks and trees in
upper districts.

FICOIDE AE.

Mesembryanthemum edule Linn. Unknown to us.
2. M. hirtum N. EK. B. Rocky hill near Mooi River, 4,200 feet
alt., Wood, 4046 (10).

3. M. uncinellum Salm-Dyck. Zululand, Miss Owen. Not
seen by us.

Several Natal species of this genus have not been specifically
identified.

Aizoon canariense Linn. Coast districts, Wood, 681 (9).

2. A. glinoides Linn. f. Drege (4-9). Not seen by us.

Orygia decumbens Forsk. Near Mooi River, 3-4,000 feet alt.,
common, Wood, 4491 (4).

Mollugo oppositifolia Linn. Not collected by us.

Pharnaceum distichum Thb. ‘“ Bluff’’ near Durban, 2~—300
feet alt., Wood, 5480 (10).

Psammotropha androsacea Ienzl. Drakensberg, 5-6,000 feet
alt. Not common. | | . 2

Fievised List of the Flora of Natal. 161

2. P. myriantha Sond. Common on stony hills in all the
upper districts. Van Reenen 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 6728 (11).

Limeum viscosum Fenzl. Near Durban, 100 feet alt., Wood (1),
Gerrard and McKen, 12.

UMBELLIFERE A.

Hydrocotyle americana Linn., var. monticola Hk. f. On
moist bank, Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 998 (10).

2. H. asiatica Linn. Common over the Colony.
H. asiatica Linn., var. repanda. Near Durban, Gerrard and

McKen, 762.

3. H. umbellata Linn. Near Durban, 50 feet alt., Wood,
830 (2).

4. H. centella Cham. and Sch. Izingolweni, Wood, 3007 (5),
Sanderson, 9138.

5. H. sp. Umazinyati valley, Wood, 1345 ; Ungoya Forest,
Zululand, 2,000 feet alt., Wood in Govt. Herbarium, 3549 (5).

Alepidea amatymbica E. and Z. Illovo, 1,800 feet alt., Wood,
1850; Zululand, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wylie (Wood, 8971) (8-4); Van
Reenen, 5- 6,000 feet alt., Wood, 5735 (2); near Charlestown, 5-6,000
feet alt., Wood, 5616 (2). :

2. A. ciliaris La Roche. Nottingham Road, 3-4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 6644 (10).

4. A. natalensis Wood and Evans. Mount Gilboa, 3-4,000 feet
alt., Wood, 6243 (2).

5. A. setifera N. E. B. Near Greytown, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood,
0985 (1). Plentiful at reversing stations near Brakwaal, 5,000 feet
alt.

6. A. Woodii Oliv. Stony hill near Byrnetown, Wood, 1845 (8).

7. A. sp. Summit of Drakensberg, Thode. Govt. Herbarium,
No. 10770 (2). This species has larger flower-heads than any other
Natal species known to us. A single specimen given by Mr. Thode
is in the Govt. Herbarium.

8. A. sp. Hoffenthal, 4,000 feet alt., Wood, 3502 (1); near A.
setifera, but differs.

Sanicula europea Linn. Illovo, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 1865 (4) ;
in wood near Harding. Common in woods.

Conium maculatum Linn. Near Byrnetown, Wood, 1892 (4) ;
near Mooi River, Wood, 4372 (11).

Bupleurum Mundtii Ch. and Sch. Stony hills near Mooi
River, 4,400 feet alt., Wood, 4070. Not uncommon (11).

Heteromorpha arborescens Ch. and Sch. Field’s Hill, near
Pinetown, 1,500 feet alt., Wood (2); Zululand, 2-3;000 feet alt.,
Wood, 8768; Gerrard and McKen, 1259. ates

162 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Lichtensteinia pyrethrifolia Cham and Sch. Common all over
the Colony, except perhaps in the mountainous districts, Wood,
339 (12).

2. L. sp. Inanda, 1,500 feet alt., Wood, 485 (1). The leaves in
this plant are much more finely cut than in the type; unfortunately
we have but one specimen of it.

Apium graveolens Linn. Shores of Natal Bay, Wood (8).

Sium Thunbergii, DC. Common in brooks and streams all over
the Colony.

Pimpinella caffra D. Dietr. Weenen County, 4-5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4446 (4). Field’s Hill, 1,500 feet, Wood, Govt. Herbarium,
1731 (4).

2. P. reenensis Reching. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Penther,
2776.

Anesorhiza caffra Bth. and Hk. Inanda, Wood, 1120 (11).

2. A. sp. (Peucedanum triternatum E. and Z.). Amongst
grass, Lower Tugela, Wood, 3870 (5).

Peucedanum capense Sond. Amanzimtote, 500 feet alt.,
Wood (4). Common.

2. P. connatum E. M. Grassy places, and on the sea-shore,
Drege (2-4). Not known to us. |

_4. P. sp. (Seseli natalensis Sond.). Common in midlands ;
Field’s Hill, 1,500 feet alt., Wood (4).

5. P. sp. (Govt. Herbarium 3619). Collected by the late Mrs.
Saunders ; no locality given.

_ Selinum suffruticosum Bth. and Hk. Near mouth of Isipingo
River, Wood, 1023 (8). Gerrard and McKen, 1881. Not seen by us
in any other locality.

ARALIACE A.
Panax Gerrardi Harv. Edge of precipice Illovo, 1,800 feet alt.,
Wood, 1879 (4).
Cussonia Gerrardii Seem. Ismont, Gerrard, 1264 (11).
2. C. chartacea Schinz. Umbilo, Rehmann, 8096.
3. C. Kraussii Hochst. Not known tous. Guweimzius.
4. C. natalensis Sond. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 1634 (6).

5. ©. paniculata E. and Z. Gerrard and McKen, 12685, leaf
only; bank of Upper Tugela River, 4,000 feet alt., Wood, 3518 (1).

6. C. spicata Thb.
7. C. umbellifera Sond. Common in woods from coast to at
least 3,000 feet alt. (4).
CORNACE AL.

Cornus capitata Wall. Nottingham Road, 4,800 feet, Govt.
Herbarium, 9171 (12). | |

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 163

Curtisea faginea Ait. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen, 1402; Zululand, Davis, 6,000 feet alt., Davis, 56 (12);
Zululand, 4-5,000 feet alt., Govt. Herbarium, 8576 (12).

RUBIACE AL.

Cephalanthus natalensis Oliv. Stony hill, Van Reenen,
0-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 6621; Glencoe, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood,
4760 (2). Not uncommon in uplands.

Oldenlandia amatymbica Kuntze. On grassy hills all over the
Colony, common.

2. 0. Bojeri Hiern. Near Inyezaan, Zululand. Wood, 7571.

3. 0. caffra E. and Z. Near Durban, Gerrard ; Inanda, 1,800
feet alt., Wood, 759 (9).

4. 0. cephalotes Kuntze. Sandy places near Durban, Gerrard
and McKen, 589.

d. 0. chlorophylla Kuntze. Near Durban, Wood, 9537 (2).

6. 0. corymbosa Linn. Guwemzius, 123; Zululand, Wood,
9435 (3).

7.0. decumbens Hiern. Near Durban, Wood, 8516 (4);
Gerrard and McKen, 583.

8. O. Heynii R. Br. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt. Wood, 514 (4);
becoming an abundant weed in Kaffir gardens, Noodsberg.

9. O. hirtula Kuntze. Wet rocks, Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
952 (5-7).

10. O. macrophylla DC. Near Durban, amongst grass, Wood,
833 (2).

11. O. natalensis Kuntze. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 91 (8) ;
also in Transvaal.

12. 0. rupicola Kuntze. ‘“ Rocky places Tagoma,” Gerrard and
McKen, 1364. Not seen by us.

13. Q. tenella Kuntze. Edge of a rocky hill, Noodsberg,
2-3,000 feet alt., Wood, 5307 (4). Not seen by us in any other
locality.

14. O. thymifolia Kuntze. Blaaukrantz, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood,
3470 (1).

Pentas Wylei N.E.B. Zululand, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wylie (Wood,
7590) (4).

Burchellia capensis R. Br. Not uncommon in coast and mid-
land districts, near Durban, 50 feet alt., Wood; Zululand, 4—5,000
feet alt., Wood, 8963 (8).

Tarenna sp. (Webera payvettoides, Bth. and Hk.). Field’s Hill,
1,500 feet alt., Sanderson ; Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 1175 (1).

Randia dumetorum Lam, Near Durban, 200 feet alt., Wood,
1313; same locality (10),

hl |

164 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

2. R. rudis KE. M. Near Durban, Wood (8-9).

3. R. parvifolia Harv. Not seen by us.

4. R. sp. (Stylocoryne cuspidata H. M.).

Mitriostigma axillare Hochst. Near the sea-coast, Krauss ;
Gueimzius ; Gerrard, 716.

Gardenia Gerrardiana H. and S. Gerrard and McKen, 715.
Not seen by us.

2. G. globosa Hochst. Common coast to 3,000 feet alt.; Zulu-
land, 6,000 feet alt., Davis, 128 (5).

3. G. Neuberia E. and Z. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 1610
(1); Zululand, N’Kandhla, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wylie (Wood, 8918) (3).

4. G. Rothmannia Linn. f. Ismont, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
1842 (4); Dronk Vlei, Fernando ; Zululand, Davis, 5,000 feet alt.,
123.

5. G. Thunbergia L. f. Coast only, not very common.

6. G. cornuta Hemsl. Zululand, Gerrard, 1620.

Oxyanthus Gerrardi Sond. Qudeni Forest, Zululand, 6,000 feet
alt., Davis, 112 (1); Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 400 (12).

2. 0. latifolius Sond. Umegeni, Gerrard, 718. Not seen by us.

3. O. natalensis Sond. Berea, 150 feet alt., Wood, 6670 (1).

Kraussia’ floribunda Harv. Near Durban, common in coast
districts.

2. K. lanceolata Sond. Common in coast and midlands.

Tricalysia Sonderiana Hiern. Common in coast districts
(8-10

Pentanisia variabilis Harv. Common all over the Colony.
The varieties glaucescens and latifolia are also common.

Alberta magna E. M. Edge of rocky hill, Noodsberg, 2,000
feet alt., Wood, 932; similar situation Inanda Mountain, 2,500 feet
alt. (4), very rare.

Plectronia chameedendrum O. Kuntze. Biggarsberg, O. Kuntze.
Not seen by us.

2. P. ciliata D. Dietr. Inanda, Wood, 1115 (11). Sanderson,
924,

3. P. locuples K. Schum. Woods near Durban, 100 feet alt.,
Wood, 1808 (12).

4. P. pauciflora Klotzsch. Not known to us. Drege ; Cooper,
1165 (12-1).

5. P. spinosa Klotzsch. Coast and midlands, common, Wood,
1726 (10).

6. P. ventosa Linn. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood 706 (10).

7. P. sp. (Canthium Gueinzii Sond.). Edges of woods from

coast to 6,000 feet alt.; Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 305; Zulu-
land, 6,000 feet alt., Daves, 86,

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 165

8. P.sp. (Canthium obovatum Kl.). Common in coast districts,
Wood, 1809.

9. P. sp. Inanda 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 1573 (11).
Vangueria infausta Burch. Coast and midlands, common.

9. VW. lasiantha Sond. Coast and midlands, Wood, 6660
(11-12).
3. V. latifolia Sond. Coast, common near Durban (11-2).

4. VY. macrocalyx Sond. Kranzkloof, 1,800 feet alt., Wood,
1106. Not common.

5. V. pygmea Schltr. Near Lidgetton, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood,
6257.

6. V. wenosa Sond. Krauss, 181; Guemnzius, 553. Not seen
by us.

Fadogia humilis Wood and Evans. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet
alt., Wood, 4528 (12-3). In open ground; not seen by us in any
other locality.

Pavetta assimilis Sond. Oliver’s Hoek, 5—6,000 feet alt., Wood,
3468 (1).

9. P. caffra Linn. f. “ Bluff,” near Durban, 2-300 feet allt.,
Wood (11). Not common.

3. P. Cooperi Harv. and Sond. Liddesdale, 5,000 feet alt.,
Wood (12); near Dundee, 4,000 feet alt., Wood, 5314 (11).

4. P. disarticulata Galpin. Indulindi, Zululand, 2,000 (?) feet
alt., Wood, 3954a (4).

5. P. edentula Sond. Qudeni Forest, Zululand, 6,000 feet alt.,
Davis, 46 (12).

6. P. Gerrardii Harv. Mss. Tugela River, Gerrard and McKen,
1350. Not seen by us.

7. P. lanceolata Eck. Near Durban, common (11); Zululand,
6,000 feet alt., Davis, 101 (12).

8. P. natalensis Sond. Inanda, Wood, 388 (12); common in
midland bush.

9. P. obovata HE. M. Near Durban, not uncommon (1).

10. P. sp. Galpin, 201 (?) ; Nonoti, 2-300 feet alt., Wood, 8855
(1). There are two or three species of this genus in the Govt.
Herbarium which are not described in the Flora Capensis.

Psychotria capensis Vatke. Berea, 150 feet, Wood, 9097 (10).

Galopina circeoides Thb. Oliver’s Hoek, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3560 (1).

2. G. Oxyspermum Steud. Near Durban, 1-200 feet alt. (1).

Anthospermum calycophyllum Sond. Zululand, 4,500 feet alt.,
Wyle (Wood 8866) (3).

2. A. hispidulum E. M. Izingolweni, 1-2,000 feet alt., Wood,
1983 (5). |

166 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

3. A. humile N. E. B. Ulundi, 6—-7,000 feet alt., on damp rocks,
Evans, 370 (1).

4. A. lanceolatum Thb. Common in moist ground all over the
Colony.

5. A. pumilum Sond. Near Mooi River, 4,200 feet alt., Wood,
3459 (12).

6. A. rigidum E. and Z. Stony hill, Van Reenen, 4—5,000 feet
alt., Wood, 4531 (12).

7. A. vubricaule K.Schum. Zululand, 5—-6,000 feet alt., Wylie
(Wood 7639) ; ’Nkandhla, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood, 9058.

Hydrophylax carnosa Sond. Not collected by us. A single
specimen in the Herbarium, but without information of any kind.

Spermacoce natalensis Hochst. Common amongst grass all
over the Colony.

Mitracarpum Dregeanum E. M. Near Durban to Pinetown,
1,100 feet alt., Wood ; without precise locality, Gerrard and McKen,
586.

Richardsonia pilosa H. B. and K. A common weed in coast
and midland districts.

Rubia cordifolia. Linn. Climbing over shrubs near Durban, not
uncommon, also at Ngoya, Zululand, 2,000 feet alt., Wood. .

Galium Aparine Linn. Polela, 4~5,000 feet alt., Wood, 4585 (4).

2. G. garipense Sond. Near Mooi River, 4,000 feet alt., Wood,
3562 (12).

3. G horridum Thb. Gerrard and McKen, 1339. Not known
to us.

4. G. rotundifolium Linn., var. hirsutum Sond. Oliver’s Hoek,
5,000 feet alt., Wood, 3558.

5. G. subvillosum Sond. Weenen County, 3-4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3556.
VALERIANE A.

Valeriana capensis Thb. Common in marshy ground all over
the Colony.

DIPSACEA..
Cephalaria attenuata R. and 8. Common all over the Colony.
Wood, 947, 1104 (6-2).
2. C. rigida R. and 8. Avauss. Not known to us.
3. C. ustulata R. and S$. Near Byrnetown, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
1870 (5).
Scabiosa columbaria Linn. Common. Var. dissecta, Little

Tugela district, 4,000 feet alt., Wood, 3608 ; Newcastle, 3—4,000 feet
alt., Wood,

2.8. africana Linn. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood,
5613 (3). Rare.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 167

COMPOSITAL.
Ethulia conyzoides Linn. A common weed, coast and mid-
lands.

Vernonia angulifolia DC. Common, Gerrard and McKen, 334 ;
near Durban, Wood, 4875.

9. VY. anisocheetoides Sond. Near Durban, Wood, 8311; also
at Inanda, 2,000 feet alt.

3. VW. collina Schlechter. Not seen by us. Noodsberg, 3,800
feet, Thode, 150 (10).

4. VW. corymbosa Less. Common in coast and midland
districts.

5. VW. Dregeana Sch. Bip. In moist places, coast and
midlands.

6. VW. Gerrardi Harv. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen, 1060; near Estcourt 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood, 3598. Not un-
common in upper districts.

7. WV. hirsuta Sch. Bip. Common on grassy hills, coast and
upper districts (10); a variety with white flowers, Umhlanga, 200 feet
alt., Wood (9).

8. V. Kraussii Sch. Bip. Fairly common on grassy hills to at
least 4,000 feet alt., Zululand, Wood (9).

9. V. mespilifolia Less. Near Verulam, 200 feet alt., Wood,
463 ; Lidgetton, 4,000 feet alt. Dr. Diumock Brown, 255 (1).

10. WV. monocephala Harv. Upper districts, 2-3,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3090.

11. V. natalensis Sch. Bip. Common, coast to 4,000 feet alt.
Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood.

12. V. oligocephala Klatt. Inanda, Wood.

13. WV. pinifolia Less. Near Durban, 50 feet alt., Wood, 472
(10).
14. VY. podocoma Sch. Bip. Not found by us.

15. V. senegalensis Less. Zululand, Rev. Hewitson. Not
known to us. |

16. VY. stipulacea Klatt. Not known to us. Drakensberg,
Bolus, 3,004.

17. VY. Sutherlandi Harv. Klip River, 3,500 to 4,000 feet alt.,
Sutherland.

18. V. Vernonella Harv. Near Verulam, 2-300 feet alt., Wood
(11). Rather rare.

19. V. Woodii Hoffm. IJInanda, 1,500 feet alt., Wood, 129; near
Durban, 300 feet alt., Wood; cultivated by the natives and used
medicinally.

20. V.sp. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 342.
21. VW. sp. ’Nkandhla, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 7463.

168 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Anisocheta mikanioides DC. Not uncommon, Inanda, 2,000
feet alt., Wood, 519. A climber.

Adenostemma caffrum DC. In moist places, Inanda, 2,000
feet, Wood, 322 (1-3).

2. A. Dregei DC. Moist places, Gerrard and McKen, 318;
Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 1616.

Ageratum conyzoides Linn. A common weed.

Mikania capensis DC. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 590 (7).

2.M. natalensis DC. Gerrard and McKen, without precise
locality, 319.

Dichrocephala latifolia DC. Gweinzius, 347. Not known to
us.

Garuleum latifolium Harv. Between Greytown and Weenen,
3—4,000 feet alt. Wood, 4466 (4); Itafamasi, 1,500 feet alt., Wood,
561 (7).

2. G. viscosum Cass. Near Charlestown, 5,500 feet alt., Wood,
5185 (1).

3. G Woodii Schinz. Near Charlestown, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4496 (5).

4. G. sp. South Downs, Weenen County, 5,000 feet alt., Wood,
4385 (12), differs from any species described in Flora Capensis.

Aster asper Nees. Common all over the Colony. Var. pleio-
cephalus. Grassy hill, Mooi River, Wood, 4031. Not uncommon in
midlands.

2. A. evigeroides Harv. Common in coast districts and extend-
ing to the midlands (4).

3. A. filifolius Vent. Without precise locality, Miss Owen.

4. A. hispidus Baker. Not known to us.

5. A. natalensis Harv. Summit of Tafelberg, Krauss, 381.

6. A. perfoliatus Oliv. Rocky hill, Drakensberg, 5,000 feet
alt., Wood, 3605 (1).

7. A. quinquenervius Klatt. LEdge of wood, Polela, 5-6,000 feet
alt., Howrcade (4).

8. A. serrulatus Harv. Zululand, Wylie, (Wceod, 9217) (12).

9. A. uliginosus Wood and Evans. In damp places, sources of
Tugela River, Hvans, 758 (3).

10. A. Woodii Klatt. Van Reenen, 5—6,000 feet alt., Wood, 4521
(12).

11. A. sp. In swamps, Mont aux Sources, 10-11,000 feet alt.,
Evans, 739 (3).

Felicia drakensbergensis Wood and Evans. Sources of Tugela
River, 11,000 feet alt., Hvans, 747.

9. F. linearis N. E. B. Amawahqua, 6-7,000 feet alt., Wood,
4631 (4).

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 169

3. KF. lingulata Klatt. Not seen by us. Uplands, Schlechter,
649 1a.

4. KF. lutea N. E. B. Zululand, Wylie (Wood, 7592) (4); Hntu-
meni, 2,000 feet alt., Haygarth, (Wood, 7461) (12).

5. F. muricata Nees. Near Greytown, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood,
4334 (4); near Estcourt, 3,800 feet alt., Wood, 3615 (12).

6. F. pinnatifida Wood and Evans. Sources of Tugela River,
11,000 feet alt., Hvans, 739.

Erigeron canadensis Linn. A common weed in most parts of
the Colony.

Nidorella anomala Steetz. Near Charlestown, 5—6,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 5695 (2); in damp soil, Mooi River, Wood, 3628 (12).

2. N. auriculata DC. Inanada, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 55 (A),
common to at least 3,000 feet alt.; also in Zululand.

3. N. foliosa Cass. Inanda, Wood, 438.

4. N. hottentottica DC. Zululand, Miss Owen. Not seen by
us.

5. N. linifolia DC. Drege. Not known to us.
6. N. resedaefolia DC. Itafamasi, 1,500 feet alt. Wood, 719
»

(12
Conyza egyptiaca Ait. Hiilside, Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
358 (10).

2. C. incisa Ait. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 1110 (10).

3. C. ivefolia Less. Common in damp places, Wood, 58;
Gerrard and McKen, 340.

4. C. obscura DC. Groenberg, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 229 (1).
Not uncommon.

5. C. pinnatilobata DC. Hills above Mooi River, Wood (11).
Not uncommon in midlands.

6. C. podocephala DC. Not seen by us.

Nollettia rarifolia Steetz. Slopes of Drakensberg, 4—5,000 feet

alt., Wood, 3957 (1); grassy hill, Mooi River, 4,200 feet alt., Wood,
4065 (11).

Chrysocoma tenuifolia Berg. Very common in open ground,
midlands to Drakensberg, Wood, 3081. A pernicious weed.

Heteromma decurrens Bth. Summit of Drakensberg near Van
Reenen, 6,000 feet alt., Wood, 9294 (2).

2. H. simplicifolia Wood and Evans. Drakensberg, near Polela
River, 6—7,000 feet alt., Hvans, 648 (2).

Brachylena dentata DC. Noodsberg, 3,000 feet alt., Weood,
4129 (4).

2. B. discolor DC. Common on the coast and to 2,000 feet alt.

3. B. elliptica Less. Near Durban, 50 feet alt., Wood, 8434 (7) ;
hear Greytown, 3,000 feet alt., Wood, (4-5); Umzumbi, Wood, 3052.
12

170 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

; 4. B. racemosa Less. Sutherland, Weenen County. Not seen
y us.

5. B. uniflora Harv. Qudeni, Zululand, 6,000 feet alt., Davis,
82 (9).

6. B. sp. Umkomaas district, Wood, 4609 (3), near Verulam,
200 feet alt., Wood, 936 (6).

Tarchonanthus camphoratus Linn. Umazimkulu, Drege ;
between Greytown and Weenen, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood, 5331.

2. T. minor Less. Zululand, Miss Owen. Not known to us.

3. T. trilobus DC. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 503 (5);
Zululand, Wood, 8505 (4).

Blumea lacera DC. Near Durban, Wood (9), common to 2,000
feet alt.

2. B. natalensis Sch. Bip. Near Durban, Wood, 1957 (12);
near Howick, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood, 9627 (11). In the Flora
Capensis this plant appears as Conyza caffra.

Laggera alata Sch. Bip. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 569 (6).
Not uncommon on coast.

Denekia capensis Thb. Common in moist ground all over the
Colony. |

2. D. glabrata DC. In marsh near Howick, 4-5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4272 (12).

Spheranthus peduncularis DC. Without precise locality,
Gerrard and McKen, 355; Inanda, 1,900 feet alt., Wood, 346 (11).
In damp soil, midlands.

Amphidoxa gnaphaloides DC. In damp ground, Inanda, 1,800
feet alt., Wood, 702 (11).

Achyrocline sp. In swampy ground, Inanda, Wood, 528 (5).

Gnaphalium luteo-album Linn. Near Verulam, 300 feet alt.,
Wood, 607 (7). Common.

2. G. purpureum Linn. A common weed.

3. G. undulatum Linn. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen. <A weed.

Helichrysum adenocarpum DC. A variable plant, differing in
size of heads, colour of involucral scales, and amount of pubescence.
Zululand, Wylie (Wood, 8549), inv. scales white (4); ’Nkandhla,
Wylie (Wcod, 8850), inv. scales crimson (4); same _ locality,
Wood, 8845, inv. scales dull purple, peduncles 1-headed, leaves
small, very woolly, heads large (3); Van Reenen 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4530, inv. scales white, plant more glabrous: Amajuba
Mountain, 6—7,000 feet alt., Wood, 4798, inv. scales white, plant
dwarf, not very woolly.

2. H. album, N. E. B. Bushman’s River Pass, Drakensberg,
7-8,000 feet alt., Hvans, 48.

3. H. allioides Less. Avawss, 369. Not known to us.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 171

4. H. amplum O. Hoffm. Krantzkloof, 1,800 feet alt., O.
Kuntze.

5. H. appendiculatum Less. Near Hilton Road, Dr. D. Brown,
223. Common.

6. H. araneosum Klatt. Richmond, 2,800 feet alt., Junod ;
same locality, Schlechter, 6722 (2).

7. H. argentissimum J. M. Wood sp.n. Mount Gilboa, 5,600
feet alt., Wood, 10025.

8. H. argyrospherum DC. Zululand, Miss Owen. Not known
to us.

9. H. argyrolepis MacOwan. Near Byrnetown, 3,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 1913 (b).

_ 10. H.. athrixifolium O. Hoff. Colenso, 3-4,000 feet alt.,
O. Kuntze.

11. H. aureonitens Sch. Bip. Inanda, Wood, 453. Common
all over the Colony.

12. H. auriculatum Less. Without precise locality, Gerrardand
McKen, 273. |

13. H. cespititium Sond. Gerrard and McKen, 1037. Mount
— Gilboa, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 10051 (9).

14. H. callicomum Harv. Hillsides above Greytown, 4—5,000
feet alt., Wood, 4316 (4); Zululand, Gerrard and McKen, 1035.

15. H. capillaceum Less. Near Greytown, 3-4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4465 (4).

16. H. cephaloideum DC. Common in most parts of the
colony (4).

+ 1%. H. confertum N. HE. B. Bushman’s River Pass, 7-8,000 feet
alt., Evans, 49 (7).

-( 18. H. confertifolium Klatt. Mount Insiswa, 6,000 feet alt.,
Schlechter, 6476 (1-3).

19. H. Cooperi Harv. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 560 (5).
20. H. cymosum D. Don. Near Durban, common, Wood, 1776.
21. H. declinatum Less. Not certainly known to us.

99. H.decorum DC. Near Durban, common (4); Inanda, 1,900
‘feet alt., Wood, 239.

_. 23, H. epapposum Bolus. Wood, 4131, 872.

24. H. ericefolium Less. Near Glencoe, 4—5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 5259 (12) ; near Colenso, 3,100 feet alt., Wood, 4043 (10).

25. H. floccosum Klatt. Northdene, 800 feet alt., Wood, 5321 ;
-Inanda, Wood, 380 (12).

_- 26. H. foetidum Moench. Common.
27. H. fulgidum Willd. Common.

: 28. H. fulvum N. E.B. Drakensberg, 5-6,000 feet alt., Hvans,
302; Van Reenen, Wood, 4533.

172 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

29. H. Gerrardi Harv. Nonoti, Gerrard. Not known to us.
30. H. griseum Sond. Gerrard and McKen, 307.
31. H. glomeratum Klatt.

32. H. Haygarthii Bolus. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet allt.,
Wood, 9727 (2).

33. H. hypoleucum Harv. Near Charlestown, Wood, 5694 (2);
Gerrard and McKen, 1005; Hvans, 665.

34. H. infaustum Wood and Evans. Van Reenen, Wood,
5973 (8).
35. H. Kraussii Sch. Bip. Common near Durban (8-9).

36. H. Kuntzei O. Hoffm. Near Charlestown, O. Kuntze. Not
known to us.

37. H. latifolium Less. Avauss, 384; between Maritzburg and
Ladysmith, Gerrard and McKen, 281.

38. H. leiopodium DC. Near Pinetown, 1,500 feet alt., Wood (9).

39. H. lepidissimum S. Moore. Grassy hill, Izingolweni,
2,000 feet alt., Wood, 3079 (5).

40. H. leptolepis DC. Hewitson; Zululand, Mrs. Saunders ;
Wood, 3888.

41. H. longifolium DC. Zululand, Wylie, (Wood, 8920) (3).

42. H. marginatum DC. Liddesdale, 45,000 feet alt., Wood,
4251; Hilton Road, 3,800 feet alt., Wood, 9937 (11).

43. H. miconizfolium DC. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 746
(12).
44. H. Mundtii Harv. Unknown to us.

45. H. nanum Klatt. Drakensberg, Haygarth, (Wood, 5698) (8) ;
Mawahqua 6-—7,000 feet alt., Wood, 4593 (1).

46. H. natalitium DC. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 804 (2);
near Pinetown, 1,000 feet alt., Wood (4).

47. H. nudifolium Less. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen, 277.

48. H. obductum Bolus. Wood, 4130, 8640, 869, 5292.

49. H. oligopappum Bolus. Rocky hill, Great Noodsberg, 3,000
feet alt., Wood, 4142 (4); near Karkloof, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood,
4456 (4).

50. H. opacum Klatt. Amajuba Mountain, 6—7,000 feet alt.,
Wood, in Govt. Herbarium, 6006 (12).

51. H. oreophilum Klatt. Side of Majuba Mountain, 5,800 feet
alt., Wood, 4695 (11); Oliver’s Hoek Pass, 5,000 feet alt., Wood,
3096 (1).

52. H. pannosum DC. Drege; Umzinto, Gerrard and McKen,
1036. ,

53. H. parviflorum DC. Sterk Spruit, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood,
5299 (4).

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 173

o4. H. polycladum Klatt. Without precise locality, Schlechter,
4725 (3).

50. H. populifolium DC. Rocky Hill, Inanda, 2,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 584 (3-6). Only found by us in this one locality.

56. H. pulvinatum O. Hoffm. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
O. Kuntze.

o7. H. quinquenerve Less. Hillside, Inanda, 1,900 feet alt.,
Wood, 502.

58. H. retortoides N. E. B. Drakensberg 6-7,000 feet alt.,
Wilson, (Wood, 8265) (11). Apparently a very rare plant; we have
not met with it; the specimens were sent to us by Mr. Wilson
from the Polela district.

59. H. rugulosum Less. Unknown to us.

60. H. serpyllifolium Less. Without precise locality, Gerrard
and McKen, 1854.

61. H. setosum Harv. Ulundi, 5-6,000 feet alt., Hvans (11).

62. H. similliimum DC. Near Charlestown, 5—6,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 5722 (2); Byrnetown, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood (5).

63. H. squamosum Thb. Common all over the Colony.

64. H. stenopterum DC. Drege; Grant; between Maritzburg
and Ladysmith, Gerrard and McKen, 286.

65. H. subglomeratum Less. Lidgetton, 3,900 feet alt., Dr.
Dimock Brown, 262 (1); Wood, 4588, 1912. In both the specimens
of Wood’s collection above cited the plants had small rosettes of
leaves lying close to the ground and at a distance of from 1 to 6
or 8 inches from the stem, the leaves are oblong to spathulate, 6 to 8
in each rosette, and are up to # inch long, by 4 lines wide, the
indument being quite like that of the stem leaves ; the pappus in all
the specimens examined by us is not only barbellate, but is sub-
plumose at apex.

66. H. Sutherlandi Harv. Mawahqua, 6,000 feet alt., Wood,
5146 (4). Var. semiglabra N. E. B. Van Reenen, 5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 5702 (8).

67. H. teretifolium Sweet. Near mouth of Isipingo River,
50 feet alt., Wood, 1007; same locality, Wood, 9134 (9).

68. H. Thapsus O. Hoffm. Highlands, 4-5,000 feet alt.,
O. Kuntze.

69. H. trilineatum DC. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood,
6194 (12); Drakensberg 10,000 feet alt., Hvans, 736, 737 (3). The
habit of this plant differs, at Van Reenen rambling about among
shrubs (Wood), at summit of Drakensberg ‘‘a tufted plant 2 to 3
feet high” (Hvans).

70. H. umbraculigerum Less. Near Pinetown, 1,000 feet alt.,
Wood (2). Not uncommon.

71. H. Woodii N. E. B. one rocks near Emberton, 2,100 feet
alt., Wood, 5761 (8).

174 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

72. H. sp. (Elegantissima). Nkandhla, Zululand, 4-5,000
feet alt., Wyle, (Wood, 8973); (MacOwan, 1473); Noodsberg, 2,000
feet alt., Wood, 885 (4).

73. H. sp. (Kerochlena). Near Glencoe, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood,
4759 (2); glutinous.

74. H. sp. (Kerochlena). Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Hay-
garth, (Wood, 9620) (2).

75. H. sp. (Kerochlena). Mahwaqua, 6-7,000 feet alt., Wood,
4557 (4); Tyson, 1256.

76. H.sp. (Plantaginea). Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 1574 (12).

77. H. sp. (Declinata). Polela, 5-6,000 feet alt., Hvans, 516 (7).

78. H.n.sp. Tugela, ‘Thorns,’ 2-3,000 feet alt., Hvans, 660 (6).

Leontonyx coloratus Cass. Near Byrne, 2-3,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 5473. Var. intermedius. Zululand, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood,
8844.

2. L. tomentosus Cass. Common in marshy ground.

Cassinia phylicifolia (DC). Wood. Near Durban, 5-800 feet
alt., Wood (4); Berea, near Durban, Wood (5).

Metalasia muricata R. Br. Drakensberg, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Evans, 524.

Nestlera virgata N. E. B. Bushman’s River Pass, Evans,
50 (7).

Relhania pungens L’Her. Murchison Flats, 1-2,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3080; Noodsberg, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 1235 (38).

Macowania glandulosa N. E. B. Tabanhlope, Hvans, 412 (4).

Petalactella Woodii N. E. B. Rocky hills, Drakensberg, Wood,
4813 (2).

Stoebe cinerea Thb. Inanda, Wood, 563 (7). Not uncommon.

2. §. tortilis DC. Murchison Flats, 1-2,000 feet alt., Wood,
3078 (5).

Athrixia angustissima DC. Drakensberg, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 9726 (2).

9. A. arachnoidea Wood and Evans. Polela, 6,000 feet alt.,
Hvans, 618.

3. A. asteroides Bol. and Schltr. Karkloof, 4-5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 7901 (5).

4. A. elata Sond. Giant’s Castle, 5,000 feet alt., Sz.
5. A. fontana MacOwan. Lion’s River district, 3—4,000 feet alt.,

Wood, 6712; near Boston 3-4,000 feet alt., 8148; usually in moist
places.

6. A. Gerrardi Harv. Near Charlestown, 5-6,000 feet alt.
Wood, 5710 (2).

7. A. phylicoides DC. Common all over the Colony. -

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 175

8. A. pinifolia N. E. B. Bushman’s Caves, Drakensberg,
6,000 feet alt., Hvans, 59 (7).

9. A.n. sp. Umzimkulwana, 5-6,000 feet alt., Evans, 513 (7).

Bojeria lanceolata Bth. and Hk.

Printzia asteroides Schltr. Ixopo, 4-5,000 feet alt., Hvans,
625 (1).

2. P. densifolia Wood and Evans. Near York, 3—4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4331 (4).

3. P. laxa N. EK. B. Drakensberg, Hvans, 58 (7).

4. P. near pyrifolia Less. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 562.

Pulicaria capensis DC. Near Durban, 150 feet alt., Wood (2) ;
Inanda, 1,200 feet alt., Wood, 711 (12).

Geigeria Burkei Harv. Zululand, Gerrard and McKen, 1024.
2. G. passerinoides Harv. Zululand, Gerrard. Not known
to us.

3. G. protensa Harv. Zululand, Miss Owen. Not known
to us.

4. G. natalensis Wood and Evans. Stony hill above Greytown,
5,000 feet alt., Wood, 4317 (4).

Callilepis Laureola DC. Common in open ground over the
Colony, flowering all the summer.

Parthenium Hysterophorus Linn. Near Verulam only; intro-
duced.

Xanthium spinosum Linn. Common, coast and midlands ;
introduced.

2. X. Strumarium Linn. Common, coast and midlands; intro-
duced.

Zinnia paucifiora Linn. Common by roadsides in upper dis-
tricts ; introduced.

Siegesbeckia orientalis Linn. A common coast weed; intro-
duced. ~

Eclipta erecta Linn. A common coast weed.

Wedelia natalensis Sond. Not uncommon from near the coast
to at least 2,000 feet alt.

Melanthera Brownei Sch. Bip. Hillside Inanda, 1,800 feet alt.,
Wood, 348 (11-1).

Spilanthes africana DC. A common weed.

Bidens bipinnata Linn. Umzinyati Falls, 500 feet alt., Wood,
1231 (3). Introduced.

2. B. pilosa Linn. An abundant weed. Var. leucantha Willd:
Not uncommon.

Tridax procumbens Linn. An imported weed, common about
Durban, probably introduced from India, where it is common.

176 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Athanasia acerosa D. Dietr. Common in coast and midlands ;
a variety with pilose leaves was gathered by Wood in Zululand,
3969 (4).

2. A. coronopifolia Harv. Near Nottingham Road, 4-5,000 feet
alt., Wood, 4560 (2).

3. A. Dregeana Harv. Near Ingele Mountain, 3,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3084 (5).

4. A. leucoclada Harv. Murchison Flats, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
3111 (5); near Richmond, 23,000 feet alt., Wood, 1901 (5).

5. A. montana W. and EK. Source of Bushman’s River, 6—
7,000 feet alt., Hvans, 662 (6).

6. A. punctata Harv. Llovo, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 1904 (4);
Cooper, 1155.

7. A. Thodei Bolus. Unknown to us.

8. A. tridens Oliv. Hill near Blinkwater, York district, 3-
4,000 feet alt., Wood, 4315 (4). Not common.

Eumorphia sericea Wood and Evans. Bushman’s River Pass,
8-10,000 feet alt., Hvans, 715 (4).

Chrysanthemum osmitoides Harv. Gerrard and McKen, with-
out precise locality, 1026.

Matricaria nigellefolia DC. Common in damp places.

9. M. zuurbergensis Oliv. In damp woods near Harding, Wood,

3046 (5).

Cotula anthemoides Linn. Miss Owen; Sanderson, 78. Not
known to us. ;

2. C.bipinnata Thb. Near Durban, 50 feet alt., Wood, 1752 (11).

Cenia hispida Bth.and Hk. Stony hill near Byrne, 2~3,000 feet
alt., Wood, 1908 (5); Great Noodsberg, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood,
4127 (4).

Schistostephium crategifolium Fenzl. From coast to Drakens-

berg; not uncommon.

2. §. votundifolium Fenzl. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 139
(7); Zululand, Wood.

3. §.sp. (Tanacetum griseum Hary.). Near Pinetown, 1,000 feet
alt., Wood, Govt. Herbarium, 4974.

4. §. sp. (Tanacetum heptalobum DC.). Port Shepstone, Dr.
Dimock Brown, 383 (3).

5. §. sp. (Tanacetum hippefolium DC.). Foot of Mawahqua
Mountain, Wood in Govt. Herbarium, 5275.

Gymnopentzia pilifera N. E. B. Bushman’s Caves, Drakens-
berg, 6-7,000 feet alt., Hvans, 51 (7).

Pentzia asteroides Schltr. Not seen by us.

2. P. Cooperi Harv. Below Mont aux Sources, 9-10,000 feet alt.,
Hvans, 745, $55 ¥

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. eee

3. P. pinnatifida Oliv. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 168 (8) ;
Botha’s Hill, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 8940 (10). Usually on grassy
hills.

4. P. virgata Less. Without precise locality, Zululand, Miss
Owen.

Artemisia afra Jacq. Common, Wood, 520 (5).

Lopholena Dregeana DC. On grassy hill, Lower Umzimkulu,
300 feet alt., Wood, 3050 (4).

2. L. platyphylla Bth. Stony hill, Noodsberg, 2-3,000 feet alt.,
Wood. Flowering in winter.

Gynura cernua Bth. On wet rocks, Noodsberg, 2,500 feet alt.,
Wood, 4126 (4).

Cineraria albicans N. EH. B. Near Byrnetown in woods, Wood,
1895, 1899 (4-5).

2. ©. atriplicifolia DC. Inanda, Wood, 515; Zululand, 3-
4,000 feet alt., Wood, 8864.

3. C. decipiens Harv. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt, Wood, 1040.

4. C. deltoidea Sond. Guweinzius, 343.

5. C. lobata L’Her. Not collected by us.

6. C. lyrata DC. Near Mooi River, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood,
4047 (10).

7. C. othonnoides Harv. Not known to us.

8. C. Haygarthii Bolus. Wood, 9925.

Senecio pinnatifidus Less. Polela, 6-7,000 feet alt., Wood,
4598 (4).

2. S.achillefolius DC. Whitecliffe, near Greytown, 45,000 feet
alt., Wood, 4322 (4).

3. §. albanensis DC. Hilton Road, Dr. Dimock Brown, 326 (12).

4. §. angulatus Linn f. Grassy hill, Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet
alt., Wood, 4764 (11).

0. §. barbatus DC. Liddesdale, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood,
4963 (12).

6. §. bryonefolius Harv. Ismont, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 1894
(4). Not common.

7. S. bupleuroides DC. Common on hills all over the Colony.
Var. latifolius, common. Var. angustifolius, without precise
locality, Govt. Herbarium, 272.

8. S. Burchellii DC. Near Byrnetown, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood,
1896.

9. §. caudatus DC. In swampy ground, Hisdumbeni, 2,000 feet
alt., Wood, 4139; in similar places, Inanda, 359 (11).

10. S. caulopterus. Fl. Cap. non DC. Umhlanga, 3— 500 feet
alt., Wood, 616 (10).

178 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Soctety.

11. §. colensoensis O. Hoffm. Not known to us. Near Colenso,
O. Kuntze.

12. §. concolor DC., non Harv. Damp places, Mooi River,
45,000 feet alt., Wood, 4020, 4021.

13. §. lasiorhizus DC. Inanda, 800 feet alt., Wood, 194; Zulu-
land, 2,000 feet alt., Wood (4).

14. §. crenatus Thb. Zululand, 2,000 feet alt., Wood in Govt.
Herbarium, 3736 (4).

15. S. crenulatus DC. Illovo, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 1897 (4).
Var. discoideus, near York, 4,000 feet alt., Wood, 4332 (5).

16. §. decurrens DC. Zululand, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood, 8999
(4); Gerrard and McKen, without precise locality, 1356.

17. §. deltoideus Less. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood.

18. 8. drakensbergensis Klatt. Drakensberg, Rehmann, 6993.
Not known to us.

19. §. Dregeanus DC. Drege; Umgeni Falls, Gerrard and
McKen, 354. Var. discoideus. Grassy hill, Inanda, 1,800 feet alt.,
Wood, 1431 (11).

90. S. erubescens Ait. Near Durban to midland districts,
common. Var. crepidifolius. Near York, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood,
4309 (5), glutinous; near Durban, 150 feet alt., Wood (10). Var.
dichotomus. Not noted by us. Var. incisus, Inanda, Wood.

21. §. Evansii N. E. B. Drakensberg Mountains, 6—7,000 feet
alt., Hvans, 366.

22. §. fulgens Nichols. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 556 (5).

23. S. Gerrardi Harv. Common at edges of bush in uplands ;
also in Zululand.

24. §. Galpini Hook f. Not collected by us.
25. S. glaberrimus DC. Umzimkulu, Drege. Not known-to us.

26. S. Harveianus MacOwan. Hills above Greytown, 3-
4,000 feet alt., Wood, 4306 (4).

27. S. hastulatus L. var. Near Durban, 50 feet alt., Wood in
Govt. Herbarium, 8537.

28. S. hieracioides DC. Without precise locality, Govt. Her-
barium, 9961.

29. S.isatideus DC. Near Estcourt, Dr. Dimock Brown, 61, in
Govt. Herbarium, 7531.

30. §. juniperinus Linn. f. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood.
31. S. Kuntzei O. Hoffm.

32. S. lanceus Ait. Near Durban, Govt. Herbarium, 2805;
Umzinyati, Wood, 726 (12).

33. S. launayeefolius O. Hoffm.
34. S, barbellatus DC. Inanda, Wood. Not uncommon.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. Ug

35. S. macrocephalus DC. Sanderson, 46; Sutherland. Not
seen by us.

36. S. macroglossus DC. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen. Not known to us.
37. S. mikanioides Ott. Cooper, 1130. Not in our collection.

38. S. napifolius MacOwan. In ravine, South Downs, Weenen
County, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood, 4379 (12).

39. S. othonneflorus DC. In swamp, Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet
alt., Wood, 5842 (12).

40. §. oxyodontus DC. Groenberg, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 586 (6);
Zululand, at a similar altitude, Wood, 3873 (6).

41. §.oxyriefolius DC. Gerrard and McKen, 1030; Murchison
Flats, 1-2,000 feet alt., Wood, 1986 (5).

42. §. pandurifolius Harv. Edges of woods in midlands, not
uncommon, Wood (4).

43. §. paniculatus Berg. Not seen by us.

44. §. paucicalyculatus Klatt. Drakensberg, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Rehmann, 6925; also on Biggarsberg. Not seen by us.

45. §. pellucidus DC. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 78 (8);
without precise locality, Gerrard and McKen.

46. §. picridifolius DC. In wet ground, Clairmont, 50 feet alt.,
Wood, 9486 (2-5); in similar places, Zululand, Wood, 8809 (4).

47. §. prostratus Klatt. Stony places, Insiswa Mountain.
6,800 feet alt., Schlechter, 6503 (1). Not seen by us.

48. §. pterophyllus DC., var. apterus. Common in coast and
midland districts, Wood, 53.

49. §. pullus Klatt. Umgeni Falls, Rehmann, 7450. Not seen
by us, |.

50. §. purpureus Linn. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 1153 (10).

51. §. quinquelobus DC., var. helminthoideus. Inanda,
1,800 feet alt., Wood, 506 (5).

52. §. rhomboideus Harv. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 444
(1); Van Reenen, 5—6,000 feet alt., Wood, 4535 (12); Zululand,
Wood, 8833.

53. §. rhyncholenus DC. Inanda, Wood, 620 (10); 916 (4).
Not uncommon.

54. §. rigidus Linn. Near Harding, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood,
3076 (5). |

55. S. Sandersoni Harv. Field’s Hill, Sanderson, 462; also
near Harrismith, O. R. Colony, Wood, 4807.

56. S. segmentatus Oliv. Field’s Hill, 1,500 feet alt., Wood,
1935 (2). Rare.

ov, §. Serra Sond. Le am 308. Not collected by i.e

180 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

58. §.seminivea Wood and Evans. Montaux Sources, Drakens-
berg, 10-11,000 feet alt., Hvans, 752.

59. §. Leontodontis DC. Zululand, Gerrard and McKen, 1013.
60. S. serratuloides DC. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 509 (5).

61. S. speciosus Willd. This is the §. concolor of the Flora
Capensis, and is fairly common in coast districts and perhaps in
midlands also; near Durban, Wood (10).

62. S. subcoriaceous Schltr. Near Newcastle, 3,900 feet, Wood,
5980 (12).

63. §. subrubrifolius O. Hoff. This plant was distributed by
us as §. rhyncholenus DC., and the number 898 was wrongly
attached to it; we have no specimen of that particular collection
in the Herbarium, and are at a loss to know what the difference
between it and §. rhyncholeenus really is.

64. §. tamoides DC. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 573; near
Durban, common.

65. §. tanacetoides Sond. River-bed, foot of Mont aux Sources,
8-9,000 feet, Hvans, 756 (3).

66. S. thyrsoideus DC. Hillside, Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet,
Wood, 4777 (11).

67. §. trachylepus Klatt. Lehmann.

68. §. tugelensis Wood and Evans. Mont aux Sources, Drak-
ensberg, 10-11,000 feet alt., Hvans, 750 (38).

69. §. Tysoni MacOwan. Without precise locality, Gerrard,
1695; near Richmond, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood, 9927 (12).

70. S. wenosus Harv. In marsh near Richmond, 2-3,000 feet
alt., Wood, 3612 (12).

71. S. viscidus N. E. B. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood,
5607 (3).

72. §. sp. (Govt. Herbarium, 9624) (Kleinoidei). A trailing plant
with numerous fleshy curved leaves, which are terete or nearly so
in section, but deeply channelled on one side, 14 inches long, 3-4
lines wide. It was brought by the writer from the hills above Grey-
town, at an altitude of 4-5,000 feet, and has been growing in the
Botanic Garden at Durban ever since, but has only produced one
flower. A living plant was sent to Kew at the time of collection,
but no flowers were seen. The plant has quite the aspect of a
Mesembryanthemum, for which it was taken when gathered.

Othonnopsis natalensis (O. Hoff). Near Mooi River, 4—5,000
feet alt., O. Kuntze.

Euryops Evansii Schltr. Summit of Drakensberg, Hvans, 752 (3).

2. E. pedunculatus N. E. B. Oliver’s Hoek, 4-5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3601 (1); Hlatikulu, 6-7,000 feet alt., Hvans, 397 (1).

3. E. setiloba N. E. B. Nottingham Road, 4-5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 7193 (10).

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 181

4. K. tenuissimus Less. Edge of precipice, Ismont, 2,000 feet
alt., Wood, 1906 (4).

5. E. sp. Near Newcastle, 3,800 feet alt., Wood, 5879 (12).

6. E. sp. Evans, 514.

Gamolepis debilis Harv. Grassy hills, common in summer
from coast to uplands, Inanda, Wood; Zululand, Wyle.

2. G. laxa Harv. Zululand, Gerrard. Not seen by us in
Natal.

Othonna carnosa Less., var. discoidea, Oliv. Near sea-coast
only, Wood, 1039. The type not seen by us.

2. O. disticha N. E. B. Without precise locality, Mrs. Saunders.

3. O. natalensis Sch. Bip. Not uncommon in open ground,
coast and midlands.

4. O. scapigera Harv. Hills above York, 3-4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4813 (5).

Dimorphotheca Barberiz Harv. Emyati, Gerrard and McKen,
1059; Evans, 757.

2. D. caulescens Harv. Sutherland. Is not this the same as
Osteospermum caulescens Harv. ?

3. D. cuneata DC. Miss Owen. Not known to us.

4. D. fruticosa DC. Common on sea-beach, Wood, 902 (4).

Tripteris natalensis Harv. Zululand, Miss Owen. Not seen
by us.

Oligocarpus calendulaceus Less. Colenso, 4,500 feet alt.,
Schlechter, 3372; Weenen County, Wood, 4478 (4).

Osteospermum calendulaceum Harv. Gweinzius. Unknown
to us.

2. 0. caulescens Harv. Mooi River, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood,
4110 (11).

3. O. glaberrimum O. Hoffm. Krantz Kloof, 1-2,000 feet,
O. Kuntze.

4. 0. grandidentatum DC. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 1152
(12). Not uncommon.

5. 0. helichrysoides DC. Umzimkulu, Drege. Not seen
by us.

6. O. herbaceum Linn. f. Near Richmond, 2~3,000 feet alt.,
9865 (4).

7. 0. lanceolatum DC. Drege. Not seen by us.

8. O. moniliferum Linn. Common all over the Colony.

9. O. muricatum E. M. Weenen County, Wood, 3626; Zulu-
land, Miss Owen.

10. O. nervatum DC. Groenberg, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 661 (8) ;
near Durban, 50 feet alt., Wood, 9585.

182 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

-- 11. 0. sonchifolium DC. Klip River County, Wylie (Hogs
7151) (3).

12. 0. sp. Zululand, Wood, 9807 (6).

Ursinia alpina N.E.B. Damp rocks, Ulundi, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Hvans, 404.

2. U. brevicaulis Wood and Evans. Drakensberg, 6,000 feet
alt., Wood, 9808.
3. U. apiculata DC. Sanderson. Not collected by us.

4..U. natalensis N. E. B. ’Nkandhla, Zululand, 4—5,000 feet
alt., Wood, 8984 (3).

5. U..punctata B. and M. Oliver’s Hoek Pass, Wood, 3603 (1).
6. U. foeniculacea Poir. Weenen County, 5,000 feet alt. (12) ;
Zululand, Wood, 8980. .

-Haplocarpha scaposa Harv. Oliver’s. Hoek Pass, 4-5,000 feet
ae Wood, 3595 (1). Common amongst grass in open ground all
over the upper districts.

Cryptostemma calendulaceum R.Br. Near Harding, Giles.

2. C. niveum Nichols. Gwemzius, Sanderson, 507 ; near . Dur-
ban, 20 feet alt., Wood. 5

Venidium arctotoides Less. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Wood ; bank of Tugela River, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood, 3616 (2).
ned eWe microcephalum DC. Buffalo River, Gerrard and McKen,
1014; Hvans, 741 (8).

Gazania armirioides DC., var. Sutherlandi, Klip River, Suther-
land.

2.G. bracteata N. EH. B. rc bAute Natal. Not known to us.

3. G. czspitosa Bolus.

4. G. longiscapa DC. Common in coast and midland districts.
In all the Natal specimens seen by us the leaves are linear, very
rarely at all toothed, never so broad or so deeply divided as in the
Cape specimens in our collection.

5. G. serrulata DC. Switherland. Not known to us.

6. G. uniflora Sims. Common on sand dunes near the sea.

Berkheya bilabiata N. E. B. Ina valley, Van Reenen’s Pass,
5-6,000 feet, Wood, 5605 (3).

2. B. carlinoides Willd. Not known to us.

3. B. debilis MacOwan. In wood near Brynetown, 2-3,000 feet
alt., Wood, 1902 (5); Upper Umlaas, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood,
3158 (5).

4. B. Evansii Schltr. Drakensberg, 6,000 feet alt., Hvans,
611 (2).

5. B. fruticosa Ehrh. Near Boston, 38-—4,000 feet alt., Wood,
4571 (4).

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 183
6. B. latifolia Wood and Evans. Side of hill between Van
Reenen and De Beer’s Pass, Wood, 5960 (6).

7. B. macrocephala Wood. Hillside near Richmond in open
ground, 1,900-3,000 feet alt., Wood, 10031.

8. B. maritima Wood and Evans. Near Durban, 50 feet alt.,
Wood, 7602 (3).

- 9. B. montana Wood and Evans. Summit of Drakensberg near
Van Reenen, Wood, 5605; between Van Reenen and De Beer’s Pass,
Wood, 6978 (8).

10. B. setifera DC. Inanda, Wood, 163 (11).

11. B. subulata Harv. Zululand, Gerrard and McKen, 1048;
Mrs. Saunders in Govt. Herbarium, 3564 ; Sanderson, 234; Gerrard.
Not known to us.

12. B. umbellata DC. Gueinziws. Not known to us.
13. B. sp. (Stobza acanthopoda DC.).

14. B. sp. (Stobeea discolor DC.). Lower Umkomaas, 150 feet
alt., Wood, 3082 (4).

15. B. sp. (Stobeea echinacea Harv.). Near Charlestown, 5-6,000
feet alt., Wood.

16. B. sp. (Stobza echinopoda DC.).

17. B. sp. (Stobza Gerrardi Harv.). Emyati, Gerrard and
McKen, 1046. Not seen by us.

18. B. sp. (Stobea McKenii Harv.). Highlands of Natal,
Gerrard and McKen, 1047. Not known to us.

19. B. sp. (Stobea platyptera Harv.). Umvoti, Gerrard and
McKen, 1049. Not collected by us. |

20. B. sp. (Stobza rhapontica DC.). Inanda, Wood, OT (8).

Common.

21. B. seminivea Harv. Gerrard and Mc Ken, 306; Gueinzius,
604; Williamson. Not collected by us.

22. B. sp. (Stobea speciosa DC.). Gerrard and McKen, 304;
Mooi River, 4,000 feet alt., Wood, 6214 (12).

23. B. sp. Near Colenso, 3,000 feet alt., Wood, 4411 (2); Zulu-
land, Wood, 9938.

24. B. sp. Umkomaas, 2,400 feet alt., Wood, 9725 (2); Bolus,
10165.

25. B. purpurea Bth. and Hk. f. Evans, 748.

Platycarpha glomerata Less. Near a native kraal, Inanda,
1,500 feet alt., Wood, 617. A very rare plant. We have only seen
it once, but I understand that Schlechter collected it between tela
smith and Glencoe.

184 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Dicoma anomala Sond. Common on stony hills in the mid-
lands. Var. cirsioides. Drakensberg, 5—6,000 feet alt., Wood, 3596.
Var. microcephala. Near Ladysmith, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood, 5639
(2). Not common.

2. D. argyrophylla Oliv. Near Camperdown, 2,500 feet alt.,
Wood, 1825 (4).

3. D. macrocephala DC. Upper Tugela, 4-5,000 feet allt.,
Wood, 3618 (1). Rare.

4. D. sessiliflora Harv.

5. D. speciosa DC. Gerrard and McKen, 1027; Gueinzius, 352.
Not collected by us.

6. D. Zeyheri Sond. Zululand, Gerrard and McKen, 1028. Not
known to us.

Anisocheta mikanioides DC. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood,
519 (5). Fairly common.

Gerbera ambigua Sch. Bip. Mooi River district, 45,000 feet
alt., Wood, 5469 (10).

2. G. aurantiaca Sch. Bip. Liddesdale, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood,
4254 (12). Near Greytown, Wood. Common on grassy hills in the
midlands.

3. G. Kraussii Sch. Bip. Common in most parts of the
Colony.

4. G. natalensis Sch. Bip. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 203
(2-9); Polela, 5-6,000 feet alt., Hvans, 515 (7).

5. G. parva N. E.B. Drakensberg Mountains, 6,500 feet alt.,
Evans, 57 (7).

6. G. piloselloides Cass. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 1133
(11); near Durban, Wood (8); Van Reenen, 5—6,000 feet alt., Wood,
4772 (11).

7. G. plantaginea Harv. Mooi River district, Wood, 4050 (10).
Not common.

8. G. tuberosa Klatt. Near Pinetown, 1,000 feet alt., Junod,
156. Unknown to us.

§. G. viridifolia Sch. Bip. Krauss, 452 ; Gueinzius, 338 ; Suther-
land. Not known to us.

10. G. sp. Near Weenen, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood 4458 (4).
11. G. sp. Bushman’s River Pass, 10-12,000 feet alt., Thode (12).

Hieracium capense Linn. Common, coast and midlands. Var.
microcephala. Upper Tugela, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood, 3629 (1).

2. H. polyodon Fries. Inanda, 1,600 feet alt., Wood, 671 (9).
Crepis japonica Bth. Near Durban, an introduced weed.

Hypocheris glabra Linn. Near Durban, 50 feet alt., Wood,
1930 (10).

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 185
2. H. radiata Linn. Mount Gilboa, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood, 7809

(5).

Lactuca capensis Thb. Weenen County, 3-4,000 feet alt.,
Wood (1).

2. L. goraeénsis, Sch. Bip. Howick, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood, 5258.

3. L. indica Linn. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 74 (4).

Launza bellidifolia Cass. Sand dunes near sea-beach, Wood,
5409 (6).

Sonchus Ecklonianus DC. Near Phcenix, 120 feet alt., Wood,
(4).

2. S. integrifolius Harv. Karkloof, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood,
4454 (4); Inanda, Wood, 196; without precise locality, Hvans.

3. §. oleraceous Linn. Common.

4. §. rarifolius Oliv. and Hiern. Weenen County, 4,500 feet
alt., Wood (12).

do. §. sp. Hntumeni, 2,000 feet alt.. Wood (4); Inanda, Wood,
1381 (10).

GOODENOVIE.
Scevola Lobelia Murr. Sea-beach near Durban, Wood, 1760
1g

CAMPANULACEA.

Lobelia anceps Linn f. Near Durban, 150 feet alt., Wood,
832 (2).

2. L. Bergiana Cham.

3. L. cochlearifolia Diels. ’Nkandhla, 4-5,000 feet alt.,
Wood (8).

4. L. coronopifolia, Linn. Coast districts near the sea, common.

5. L. decipiens Sond. Common in moist places over the Colony.

6. L. Dregeana A. DC. Common in upper districts, usually in
moist ground, lying flat on the ground and rooting at nodes; Mooi
River, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood, 3457 (12).

7. L.vadicans Thb. Near Durban, 100 feet alt., Wood, 6351 (8).

8. L. Erinus Linn. Groenberg, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 581 (6).

9. L. laxa MacOwan. Weenen County, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood,
4381 (12).

10. L. leptocarpa Gressel.

11. L. natalensis A. DC. ’Nkandhla, Zululand, 4—5,000 feet
alt., Wylie, (Wood, 8869) (3); Upper Tugela, 4—-5,000 feet alt., Wood,
3458 (1).

12. L. patula Linn. f., var. pteropoda. Inanda, Wood, 772 (11);

Zululand, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 3985.
13

186 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

13. L. Preslii A. DC. Mawahqua Mountain, 6-7,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4620 (4).

14. L. scabra Thb. Murchison Flats, 2—3,000 feet alt., Wood,
3045 (4).

15. L. stellaroides Bth and Hk. ’Ngoya, Zululand, 2,000 feet
alt., Wood, 3860, flowers yellow; near Sydenham, Govt. Herbarium,
3769, flowers blue.

16. L. vanreenensis K. Schum. Not known to us.
17. L. sp. ’Nkandhla, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wyle, (Wood, 8863) (8).

Cyphia corylifolia Harv. Van Reenen 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood,
9203 (2); Entumeni, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 3970 (4); Gerrard and
McKen, 1465.

2. ©. digitata Willd. A small and imperfect specimen in the
Govt. Herbarium without information of any kind, probably Gerrard
and McKen’s collection.

3. C. elata Harv. Common all over the Colony.

4. C. Gerrardi Harv. Ingoma, Zululand, Gerrard and McKen,
1461, 1464.

5. GC. heterophylla Presl. In ravine, Liddesdale, 4-5,000 feet
alt., Wood, 3942 (2).

6. C. oblongifolia Harv. and Sond. Ingoma, Zululand, Gerrard
and McKen, 1463.

7. C. sylvatica E. and Z. Not known to us.
8. G. sp. Ismont, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 1838 (4).

9. G.sp. Liddesdale, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood, 4271 (12); Notting-
ham Road, 4,800 feet alt., 4,399 (12); Lidgetton, 4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 6365.

10. ©. sp. Climbing over shrubs, Polela, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood?
4569 (4); Zululand, Wylie, (Wood, 6720) (3).

11. G. sp. Lidgetton, 4,000 feet alt., Wood in Govt. Herbarium,
7548 (3).

Lightfootia corymbosa O. Kuntze. Krantzkloof, 1,800 feet alt.,
O, Kuntze.

2. L. capillaris Buek. Near Camperdown, 2,500 feet alt., Wood,
1878 (4).
3. L. glomerata Engl. Zululand, Wood, 9283 (12).

4. L. Huttoni Sond. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 8800
(1); Field’s Hill, 1,500 feet alt., Wood, 1967 (2); var. Mawahqua,
6—7,000 feet alt., Wood, 4599 (4).

5. L. fasciculata Spreng ?
Wahlenbergia androsacea A. DC. Not known to us.

2. W.caledonica Sond. Noodsberg, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 107
(5); near Neweastle, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood, 5889 (12).

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 187

3. W. capensis A. DC. Liddesdale, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood,
4270 (12).

4, W. capillacea A..DC. Stony hill, above Lower Umzim-
kulu, 1-2,000 feet alt., Wood, 3048 (5); Polela, 5,000 feet alt., Wood,
4604.

5. W. cernua A. DC. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen, 1501. Unknown to us.

6. W. depressa Wood and Evans. Wet rocks summit of
Drakensberg, Wood, 5977 (3).

7. W. epacridea Sond. Majuba Mountain, Mrs. Stainbank
(Wood, 3633); ’Nkandhla, Zululand, Wylie (3), Wood, 8865 (3).

8. W. montana DC. Near Tugela Falls, 5,000 feet alt., Wood,
3613. Common in open ground in the uplands.

9. W. oppositifolia A. DC. Without precise locality, Gerrard
and McKen, 1850; Inanda, Wood, 95 (3); not uncommon; also in
Zululand.

10. W. paucidentata Schinz. Lidgetton, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
6366 (11).

11. W. pinifolia N. E. B. On damp rocks, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Evans, 348 (2).

12. W. rivularis Dietr. Not seen by us.
13. W. undulata A. DC. Common, coast and midlands.

14. W. Zeyheri Buek. Grassy hill, Polela, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Wood. Var. natalensis. Amongst grass, Murchison Flats, Wood,
3056 (5).

15. W. sp. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 728 (12).

16. W.sp. Botha’s Hill, near Inchanga, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
3407 (12).

Roella glomerata A. DC. Near Durban, 50 feet alt., Wood,
7504 (2).
EKRICACH A).

Erica algida Bolus. Drakensberg, Thode, 63.

2. E.alopecurus Harv. Near Karkloof, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood
(4) ; near Boston, Wood, 9887 (4).

3. E. aspalathifolia Bolus. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 693,
911 (4).
4. E.caffra L. Umbilo Falls, 1,000 feet alt., Wood, 1723.

_6. EK. Caffrorum Bolus. Drakensberg, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood,
3019 (1) ; Mawahqua, 6-7,000 feet alt., Fowrcade.

6. E. cerinthoides Linn. Not uncommon in midlands, Inanda,
Wood, 507.

7. E. Cooperi Bolus. Noodsberg, 3,000 feet alt., Wood (4).

| 8. E. cubica Linn. Inanda, Wood, 970; also near Pinetown,
1,200 feet alt.

188 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

9. E. drakensbergensis Guth. and Bolus. Near Richmond,
2-3,000 feet alt., Wood, 1857 (4); Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 6066 (2).

10. E. frigida Bolus. Mahwahqua, 6-7,000 feet alt., Wood,
4580 (4).

11. E. hispidula L.

12. E. lasiocarpa Guth. and Bolus. Van Reenen, 7,000 feet alt.,
Schlechter, 6941.

13. E. natalitia Bolus. Ulundi, Hvans, 62; ’Nkandhla, Wylie,
(Wood, 8871) (3); Indwedwe, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 990 (9).

14. E. Oatesii R. A. Rolfe. Amajuba Mountain, Wood in Govt.
Herbarium, 4808; Hvans.

15. E. Schlechteri Bolus. Mooi River, edge of stream, 4,500
feet alt., Wood, 5476 (10).

16. E. sitiens Kl. Drakensberg, Wood, 9732.

17. E. Solandra Andr. Drakensberg Mountain, 6-7,000 feet
alt., near boundary of the Colony, Haygarth (Wood, 9729) (1); Van
Reenen, Schlechter, 6938.

18. E. trichoclada Guth. and Bolus, Liddesdale, 4-5,000 feet
alt., Wood, 3933 (2); Polela, Hvans, 673.

19. E. Woodii Bolus. Ismont, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 1839;
Inanda, 873 (3); not common in midlands.

Philippia Evansii N. E. B. Near Ulundi, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Hivans, 62.

PLUMBAGINEA.

Plumbago capensis Thb. Near Verulam, Wood ; common near
Greytown, 4—5,000 feet alt. Var.alba. Near Loskop, Weenen County,
Wood, 3555 (12).

PRIMULACE A.

Anagallis arvensis Linn.

2. A. Huttoni Harv. Near Maritzburg, 2,000 feet alt., Mss
Stainbank (11).

Lysimachia Woodii Schltr. In damp valley, Van Reenen,
5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 4522 (12). Only once seen.

Samolus porosus Thb. Shores of Durban Bay, common, Wood,
1940.

2. §. Valerandi Linn. Mount Edgecombe, 200 feet alt., Wood,
1100 (ny

MRYSINEA.
Mesa alnifolia Harv. Without precise locality, Cooper, 291.
2. M. rufescens A. DC. Without precise locality, Cooper, 1209.
Myrsine africana Linn. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 189

2. M. melanophleus R. Br. Near Durban, 200 feet alt., Wood,
8278 (7); Drakensberg Mountains, Pourcade. Not uncommon.

Embelia Kraussii Harv. Near Durban, 150 feet alt., Wood

(5-11).
SAPOTACE A.

Chrysophyllum natalense Sond. Umhloti, 100 feet alt., Wood ;
without precise locality, Gerrard and McKen.

Sideroxylon inerme Linn. Coast forests, Wood, 8703 (8).

Mimusops caffra E. M. Near Durban, 100 feet alt., Wood (2).

2. M. concolor Harv. Near Tugela, Gerrard and McKen, 1662.

3. M. discolor Hartog. Hartog, Palmiet, near Durban, Wood,
8378 (12).
- 4, M. dispar N. E.B. Near Greytown, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood,
4472 (4).

do. M. marginata N. HE. B. Umlaas, 500 feet alt., Wood, 5440
(11); Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 1661 (1).

6. M. natalensis Engl. Inanda, Wood, 1134 (10).

7. M. obovata Sond. Near Durban, Wood, 8405 (7).

8. M. oleifolia N. E. B. Gerrard, 1642. Not known to us.

9. M. Schinzii Engl. Schlechter 6220 (1). Not known to us.

10. M. Woodii Engler. Inanda, Wood, 683 (8).

EHBENACE AL.

Royena cordata E.M. Inanda, Wood, 1232 (3). Fairly common.

2. R. glandulosa Hiern MSS. Tugela, Gerrard and McKen, 1608.
Not seen by us.

3. R. Gurkei O. Kuntze. Near Charlestown 5-6,000 feet alt.,
O. Kuntze. Unknown to us.

4. R. hirsuta Linn. Upper Tugela district, 4-5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3592 (1).

do. R. lucida Linn. Weenen County, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood (4).
)

6. R.nitens Harv. Without precise locality, Gerrard, 1158 (2
Not known to us.

7. R. pallens Thb. Inanda, Wood, 214; near Durban, Wood,
7981 (9), very common.

8. R. parviflora Hiern. ’Nkandhla, Gerrard and McKen, 2015.
Not collected by us.

9. R. scabrida Harv. MSS.. Grassy plains, Tugela, Gerrard and
McKen, 1609. Not seen by us.

10. R. villosa Linn. Near Durban, Wood, 610% (6).
11. R. Simii O. Kuntz. Tugela River, Gerrard, 1611.
12. R. sp. ’Nkandhla, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wyle (Wood, 8825) (8).

190 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socvrety.

Euclea daphnoides Hiern. ‘“‘Thorns’”’ near Mooi River, 3—4,000
feet alt., Wood, 4471 (4); Gerrard, 1506, 1606.

2. EK. lanceolata E. M. Umblanga 500 (?) feet alt., Wood, 1416
(11).

3. EK. multiflora Hiern. (Gueimzius, Cooper, Gerrard, 92, 699.
Not known to us.

4. E. natalensis A. DC. Coast to Drakensberg, Wood, 958 (7).

Maba natalensis Harv. In woods near sea-coast, Wood.

OLEACE 2Z.

Jasminium angulare Vahl. Oliver’s Hoek Pass, 4-5,000 feet
alt., Wood, 3515 (1).

2. J. multipartitum Hochst. Near Durban, Wood (9-10) ;
Inanda, Wood, 356 (12). ;

3. J. streptopus EH. M. Inanda, Wood, 1191, near Durban (38).

4. J.sp. ’Nkandhla, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wylie, (Wood, 8860) (8),
a fine species, differs from any known to us.

Menodora africana Hk. Near Tugela River, 4-5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3550 (1); near Ladysmith, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood, 7948 (11).

Schrebera Saundersiz Harv. Inanda, Wood, 819 (12).

2. §. latialata Gilg. Near Durban, 150 feet alt., Wood, 520 (1).

3. S. obliquifolia Gilg. Tongaat, Mrs. Sawnders ; Umkomaas,
MckKen; Tugela, Gerrard.

Olea capensis Linn. ’Ngoya, Zululand, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood,
9075 (7).

2. O. foveolata EH. M. Groenberg, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
1290 (4).

3. O. laurifolia Lam. Inanda, Wood, 500 (5); Qudeni Forest,
Zululand, 6,000 feet alt., Davies, 118 (1).

4. Q. verrucosa Link. Near Durban, Wood, 3156 (12).
5. O. Woodiana Knobl. Near sea-beach, Durban, Wood, 7879,
fruit (3).
APOCYNACE AN,

Carissa Arduinia Lam. Polela, 4—5,000 feet alt., Fernando;
Zululand, 4-5,000 feet alt.; Wyle, near Durban, 150 feet allt.,
Wood ; Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 300.

2. C. grandiflora A. D. C. Sea-coast, common ‘‘ Amatungulu.”’

3. C. Wyliei N. E. B. Zululand, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wylie
(Wood, 8631).

Acokanthera spectabilis Hk.f. Seaside, Isipingo, Wood, 9098.

2. A. venenata Don. Coast districts, not uncommon, Wood in
Govt. Herbarium, 1405; Avoca, 100 feet alt., Miss Franks.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 191

Rauwolfia natalensis Sond. Umazinyati, 500 feet alt. (9),
Wood, 648; Clairmont, 50 feet alt., Wood in Govt. Herbarium,
1571; near Maritzburg, Sim.

Vinca rosea Linn. Introduced; a common weed in coast
districts.

Plumeria sp. (Conopharyngia ventricosa Stapf.) Near Dur-
ban, Wood, 8441. Not uncommon in midland woods.

2. P.sp. Indulindi, Zululand, Wood. No flowers seen.

Voacanga Dregei E. M. Not certainly known to us.

2. V. Thouarsii R. and §. Near Pinetown, 1,000 feet alt. (2),
Wood, 3841.

Strophanthus capensis A. DC. Dronk Vlei, 4-5,000 feet alt.,
Fernando (Wood, 9926); near York, 4,000 feet alt. (4) (fruit only),
Wood, 4305.

2. §. Gerrardii Stapf. Without precise locality, Gerrard, 1795.
3. §. natalensis? Polela, 4-5,000 feet alt., Fernando, 2 (10).
Native name, ‘‘ um-Zombocana.”’

Oncinotis inandensis Wood and Evans. Climbing to tops of
trees in woods, Inanda (9), Wood, 1009. Also in Pondoland (Szm).

Wrightia natalensis Stapf. Near the Umazinyati Falls,
700 feet, Haygarth in Herb., Wood, 7891.

LOGANIACE A.

Gomphostigma scoparioides Turcz. Edges of streams in
upper districts, fairly common, Wood, 3591 (1).

Nuxia congesta R. Br. Rocky hill, Inanda, Wood, 576 (6) ;
near Bevaan River, Wood, 3190 (7).

2. N. floribunda Bth. Noodsberg, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood ;
Inanda, Wood, 980; without precise locality, Gerrard and McKen,
1893.

3. N. oppositifolia Bth. Near Nonoti River, 3-500 feet alt.,
Wood, 3878 (5).

4. N.sp. Ismont, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 1862 (4).

Chilianthus dysophilus Bth. Coast to 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
3200 (7).

2. C. oleaceus Burch. Umhlanga, 2-500 feet alt., Wood, 1198
(10-1).

Buddleia auriculata Bth. Umgeni Poort, Wylie in Govt.
Herbarium, 7745 (38).

2. B. pulchella N.E.B. Edge of woods near York, 3-4,000 feet
alt., Wood.

3. B. salviefolia Lam. Common from near the coast to
Drakensberg, Wood (11).

192 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

4. B. Woodii Gilg. Near York, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood, 4869
(6).

Strychnos Atherstonei Harv. Coast to 1,500 feet alt., Wood,
1926 (6).

2. S. Gerrardii N. E. B. Common in coast districts, Govt.
Herbarium, 1517; Gerrard and McKen, 1421 (S. McKenni, Gerr.
MSS.).

3. §. Henningsii Gilg. Plentiful in Qudeni Forest, Zululand,
at 6,000 feet alt., where the wood is used for wagon work; a single
tree in the Botanic Gardens, Durban, but whether planted by former
curator, or whether part of the original bush, I am not able to say,
the tree is certainly not common in the coast districts. Wood, 6672,
specimens taken from the tree in the Gardens.

4. §. spinosa Lam. Coast and midlands to at least 2,000 feet
alt., Inanda, Wood, 1084.

GENTIANE A.

Chironia baccifera Linn. Sand dunes near the sea-coast,
Wood, 857; Gerrard and McKen, 698 (38).

2. C. densiflora S. Ell. Damp places, Inanda, Wood, 121;
Sim, 2910 (11-5).

3. C. palustris Burch. Near Camperdown, 2,500 feet alt.,
Wood, 1958 (1).

4. C. peduncularis Ldl. Tongaat, 2-300 feet alt., Wood, 8362
(11).

5. ©. purpurascens Bth. and Hk. Moist ground coast and
midlands, Clairmont, 20 feet alt., Wood, 1154; Umlaas, 1,500 feet
alt., Wood, 876.

Sebza acutiloba Schinz. Clairmont, 20 feet alt., Wood, 4950 (8).

2. S. crassulefolia Schl. Common over the Colony, Inanda,
Wood, 23 (1).

3. §. filiformis Sch. Mid-Illovo, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood,
1884 (4).

4. §. Junodii Schinz. Near Curry’s Post, 4,000 feet alt., Wood
(4), Govt. Herbarium, 4916; Howick, 3,500 feet, Schiltr., 6783.
| 5. §. linearifolia Schinz. Mooi River district, 4—5,000 feet alt.,

Wood (4).

6. §. natalensis Schinz. Clairmont, Schlechter, 3060.
7. §. pentandra E. M. Near Boston, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood
(3). ;
8. §. repens Schinz. Bushman’s River Pass.
9. S$. Rudolphii Schinz. Mount West, 5,600 feet, Schlechter,
6819.

10. S. sedoides Gilg. Mooi River district, 4—5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 5205 (1).

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 193

11. §. stricta Gilg. Zululand, Drege. Not known to us.

12. §. Thodeana Gilg. Emangweni, Thode, 67 (12).

13. §. rhomboidea Schltr. Not known to us.

14. §. vitellina Schinz. Without locality, Schltr., 3259.

15. §. Woodii Gilg. In swamp near Byrnetown, 2,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 1844 (5); Karkloof, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood, 4447 (4).

Belmontia grandis E. M. Itafamasi, 1,500 feet alt., Wood, 19;
Noodsberg, 2—3,000 feet alt., Wood, 119. Not uncommon.

2. B. natalensis Schinz. Inanda, Wood, 541 (4).

3. B. Zeyheri Schinz.

Limnanthemum indicum Thw. In pools and streams, coast
and midlands, Inanda, Wood, 66 (4); near Durban, Wood (9).

BORAGINE 4%.

Cordia caffra Sond. Inanda, Wood, 682; near Durban,
Gueinzius, 97.

Ehretia hottentotica Burch. Inanda, Wood, 679, 1074 (9);
also near Durban, Wood; Mooi River valley, 2-3,000 feet alt.,
Sutherland.

Cynoglossum enerve Turez. Inanda, Wood, 258 (10); Polela,
d-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 4577 (4).

2. ©. micranthum Desf. Inanda, Wood, 370 (12); Mooi
River, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood, 4061 (11).

Echinospermum capense DC.

2. EK. Lappula Lehm. Cooper, 280. Not known to us.

Myosotis afropalustris C. H. Wright. In damp soil, Mooi
River, 3,800 feet alt., Wood, 3184, 3487 (12).

2. M. sylvatica Hoffm. By streams, Drakensberg Mountains.
6—-7,000 feet alt., Hvans, 396.

Lithospermum arvense Linn. Without precise locality,
Gerrard, 230.

2. L. cinereum DC. Blauw Krantz, 3,000 feet alt., Wood,
3579 (12); without precise locality, Gerrard, 195.

3. L. officinale Linn. Among rocks, South Downs, 5-6,000 feet
alt., Hvans, 386.

Tysonia africana Bolus. Foot of Drakensberg, 5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3557 (1).

CONVOLVULACE 2.

_ Ipomeea albivenia Sweet. Near Mooi River, Gerrard, 1326;
plentiful in the Tugela valley, near Greytown ; elsewhere, uncommon
or absent.

194 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

2. I. angustifolia Jacq. Near Durban, 50 feet alt., Wood, 23 ;
sandy places in coast districts; fairly common; numerous collectors.

3. I. argyreioides Choisy. Klip River County, 3—4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3392 (1).

4. I, biloba Forsk. Near Durban, 50 feet alt., Wood, 899 (4);
without precise locality, Grant.

5. I. cardiosepala Hochst. Inanda, Wood, 1258 (8); Gerrard,
555; Gueinzvus.

6. I. crassipes Hk. Clairmont, 20 feet alt., Wood, 3844 (2);
Inanda, Wood, 4296 (2). Var. longepedunculata Hallier f. Near
Charlestown, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 5239; Zululand, Gerrard,
1330. Var. thunbergioides Hallier f. Near Estcourt, 3-4,000 feet
alt., Wood, 3461 (12); Wilms, 2151; Gerrard, 1329, partly. Var.
volubilis Hall. f. Near Pinetown, 1,000 feet alt., Junod, 169;
Northdene, 500 feet alt., Wood, 5352; without precise locality,
Guemzvus.

7. I. digitata Linn. Coast districts, Drege; Krauss, 94;
Gerrard, 837, 734; Zululand, Gerrard.

8. I. ficifolia Ldl. Near Durban, Wood, 494, 3091 (3); Inanda,
Wood, 87 (4).

9. I. geminiflora Welw. Near Verulam, 1-200 feet alt.,
Rehmann, 9065; near Oakford, 500 feet alt., Rehmann, 8499.

10. I. Gerrardiana Rendle. Near Ladysmith, Gerrard, 620.

11. I. Greenstockii Rendle. Without precise locality, Gerrard,
1330. Not seen by us.

12. I. Lambtoniana Rendle. Near Ladysmith, 3-4,000 feet alt.,
Gerrard, 622. Unknown to us.

13. I. oblongata EH. M. Little Tugela district, 4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3466 (12). Var. hirsuta. Rendle, near Pietermaritzburg,
Wilms, 2152.

14. I. obscura Ker. Inanda, Wood, 948 (7); near Durban,
Wood, 3861, 3095 (4). Var. longipes C. H. Wright. Inanda,
Wood, 413 (11), 1424 (9).

15. I. Oenothera Hallier f. ‘‘Thorns’”’ near Mooi River, Wood,
4490 (4).

16. I. ovata E.M. Inanda, Wood, 806 (2); near Mooi River,
Wood, 3460 (12). Not uncommon.

17. I. palmata Forsk. Near Durban, McKen, 621; Inanda,
Wood, 1295. Very common on the coast, and to at least 2,000
feet alt.

18. I. purpurea Roth. Umlaas, Drege ; near Durban, Krauss ;
near Durban, Wood, 4018 (9), 4504. The flowers of this plant change
colour in drying from deep blue to pink.

19. I. quinquefolia Hochst. Sandy flats near Mooi River,
3-4,000 fest alt., Wood, 4428 (4); without precise locality, Gerrard.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 195

90. I. Saundersiana Baker. Cultivated in Botanic Gardens,
Durban, native place unknown, probably some part of Rhodesia.

21. I. simplex Thb. Inanda, Wood, 411 (11), near Durban,
Wood ; near Glencoe, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood, 5180 (12).

22. I. sublucens Rendle. Without precise locality, Miss Owen,
probably Zululand. Not known to us.

23. I. tetraptera Baker. Near Durban, Wood, 7542 (3); Little
Tugela, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood, 3500 (1); Gerrard, 1304.

94. I. Woodii N. E. B. Zululand, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 4146.
Not in flower when it was gathered, but the large tuberous root was
brought to Durban, where it flowered in the Botanic Gardens, May,

1889. It is a very handsome foliage plant, but not a profuse flower-
bearer.

25. I. Wightii Choisy. Inanda, Wood, 1310 (5); also Zululand,
7899 (4) ; Gerrard, 402.

Convolvulus arvensis Linn. Without precise ocality, Schultze.
Not seen by us.

2. C. Bullerianus Rendle. Near Mooi River, 4,500 feet alt.,
Wood, 6206 ; Weenen County, 4382 (12).

3. C. calycinus E.M. Inanda, Wood, 354.

4. C. capensis Burm f., var. natalensis Baker. Near Tugela
River, Gerrard and McKen, 1332.

5. C.farinosus Linn. Inanda, Wood, 667 ; near the coast, Wood,
961 (7).

6. C. hastatus Thb., var. natalensis Baker. Zululand, Gerrard.
Not known to us.

7. C. natalensis Bernh. Inanda, Wood, 288 (9); near Curry’s
Post, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood, 3462 (12); Zululand, Gerrard, 13381.

8. C. sagittatus Thb. Upper Tugela, Wood, 3467 (1); var.
graminifolia Hallier f. Camperdown, 2,500 feet alt. Rehmann,
7823.

9. GC. ulosepalus Hallier f. Tugela, Gerrard, 1832; Weenen
County, 3,500 feet alt., Sutherland. Not collected by us.

Hewittea bicolor W. and A. Inanda, Wood, 788; Durban,
Cooper ; Wood.

Jacquemontia capitata L. Don. Umlaas location, Wood, 4578;
without precise locality, Hewitson.

Evolvolus alsinoides Linn. Near Tugela River, Gerrard, 1335 ;
near Verulam, 200 feet alt., Wood, 745.

Breweria capensis Baker. Amongst grass near Colenso, 3—4,000
feet alt., Wood in Govt. Herbarium, 3789.

Falkia oblonga Bernh. Near Durban, Wood, 99, 318; Gerrard,
625; Walms, 2178.

Dichondra repens Forst. Umzinyati Valley, 800 (?) feet alt.,
Wood, 1379 (10). .

196 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Cuscuta appendiculata Englm. Without precise locality,
Cooper, 2787.

2. C. cassytoides Nees. Noodsberg, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood,
929; without precise locality, Gerrard, 240; Cooper.

3. ©. Gerrardii Baker. In damp places, Zululand, Gerrard,
1337. Not known to us.

4. C.natalensis Baker. Inanda, Wood, 596 (6) ; without precise
locality, Cooper.

Astrochlena malvacea Hallier f. Near Durban, Wood, 4945
(11). Coast only.

SOLANACEA.

Solanum acanthoideum E. ey In wood near Durban, Drege.
Not recognised by us.

2. §. aculeatissimum Jacq. Near Durban, Wood, 5718 (5);
Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 4575 (12); without precise
locality, Cooper.

3. S.auriculatum Ait. Coast, near Durban, common.

4. §. bifurcum Hochst. Inanda, Wood, 559 ; Gerrard and McKen,
502; Cooper ; Zululand, Mrs. Sawnders.

5. S. capense L. Mid-Illovo, 2,200 feet alt., Wood, 1860 (4) ;
Klip River County, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood, 4499.

6. §. didymanthum var. pluriflorum Dunal. Inanda, Wood,
1623 (1); var. spinosa C. H. Wright; without precise locality,
Mrs. Saunders.

7. §. duplosinuatum Kl. Near Durban, Cooper, 1274; Wood,
5408 (7).

8. S. exasperatum EH. Meyer. Between Umkomaas and Umlaas
Rivers, Drege, 1838.

9. §. ferrugineum Jacq. Near Durban, Drege; Cooper, 1272,
1273; without precise locality, Gerrard, 295.

10. §. geniculatum EH. M. Near the sea, Mrs. Sawnders ; Illovo,
below 500 feet alt., Wood, 6390 (4).

11. S.incanum Linn. Umhlanga, Wood, 1226 (2).
12. S.indicum Linn. Inanda, Wood, 564 (7).
13. §. nigrum Linn. Common over the Colony.

14. §. pandureforme E. M. Near Umlaas River, 2,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 1831 (4); near Durban, Krauss, 102 ; without precise locality,
Gerrard, 52.

15. S. sodomeeoides O. Kuntze. Glencoe, 4-5,000 feet alt.,
O. Kuntze.

16. S. sodomeum Linn. Near Greytown, 3,500 feet alt., Wood,
6070 (1).

17. S. tomentosum Linn. Without precise locality, Cooper, 2814;
Gerrard, 538. Not known to us.

—_

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 197

Physalis minima Linn. Umhlanga, 2-300 feet alt., Wood, 6352
(5) ; without precise locality, Gerrard, 1415.

2. P. peruviana Linn. Common coast and midlands.
3. P. sp. Near Howick, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood, 6359 (8).

Withania somnifera Dun. Sandy hill near Durban, Wood,
176; Krantzkloof, 1,800 feet alt., Kuntze.

Nicandra physaloides Gaertn. Inanda, Wood, 102; near
Maritzburg, Wilms, 2171.

Lycium acutifolium E. M. 1-3,000 feet alt., Sutherland; near
Durban, Wood, 910 (4), 1129 (10); without precise locality, Gerrard.

2. L. pendulinum Miers. Mooi River Valley, Sutherland, 2-
3,000 feet alt.; without precise locality, Gerrard, 1416.

Datura stramonium Linn. Common in coast districts ;
introduced.

2. D. fastuosa Linn. Near Durban, Wood, introduced.
Nicotiana glauca R. Graham. Near Tugela River; introduced.

SCROPHULARIACE.
Peliostomum calycinum N. EH. Brown. Umbhlali, 1-200 feet alt.,
Wood, 5619. Used by the natives for making their scent-balls.
Diascia capsularis Bth. Without precise locality, Cooper, 2876.

2. D. cordata N. E. Brown. Drakensberg, 6-7,000 feet allt.,
Evans, 382; Polela, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood, 4582 (4).

3. D. expolita Hiern. Ismont, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 1841 (4).

4. D. purpurea N. H. B. Drakensberg, 6—7,000 feet alt., Hvans,
3av7. Very rare.

5. D.racemulosa Bth. Near Umzimkulu River, Drege, 4849.
6. D. rigescens H.M. Near Harding, Wood, 3147 (5).

sD: rotundifolia Hiern. Between Pietermaritzburg and Grey-
town, Wilms, 2182. Not known to us.

Nemesia albiflora N. E. B. Mooi River district, 4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4073 ; Drakensberg, 6—7,000 feet alt., Hvans, 58.

2. N.cynanchifolia Bth. Inanda, Wood, 144 (10); in shade near
Durban, Wood, 40.

3. N. Flanagani Hiern. Highlands, 5,000 feet alt., Schlechter,
6847.

4. N. foetens Vent. Weenen County, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood,
4374 (12); near Durban, Guweinzius, 514.

5. N. floribunda Lehm. Clairmont, near Durban, 20 feet alt.,
O. Kuntze; Van Reenen’s Pass, 5—6,000 feet alt., O. Kuntze.

6. N. melissefolia Bth. Illovo River valley, 2,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 1861 (4); Liddesdale, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood, 3039; Hlatikuly,
6—7,000 feet alt., Evans, 388.

198 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Diclis petiolaris Bth. Without precise locality, Miss Owen. Not
seen by us. 7

2. D. reptans Bth. Inanda, Wood, 117; Van Reenen, 5-6,000
feet alt., Schlechter, 6982. Common in uplands.

Dermatobotrys Saundersii Bolus. On trees near Entumeni,
Zululand, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood, 3948; same locality, Gerrard,
iZove

Halleria lucida Linn. Coast to 4,000 feet alt.; near Pinetown,
1,000 feet alt., Wood, 4894 (8); without precise locality, Gerrard,
221; Sutherland.

Teedia lucida Rudolphi. Noodsberg, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 4235 ;
near Izingolweni, Wood, 1996 (5).

Phygelius zqualis Harv. Klip River County, 3-4,000 feet alt.,
Sutherland; near Byrnetown, Wood, 1866 (4); common in moist
places in upper districts.

Anastrabe integerrima E. M. Near Durban, Drege, Wood ;
Inanda, Wood (449 (1). Var. serrulata Hiern. Without precise
locality, Gerrard and McKen, Cooper, Sanderson.

Bowkeria Gerrardiana Harv. Near York, 3,000 feet alt.,
Gerrard and McKen, 2025; Wood, 883.

92. B. natalensis Schinz. Schlechter, 6511.

3. B. simpliciflora MacOwan. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 5256 (12).

4, B. triphylla Harv., var. pubescens O. Kuntze. Van
Reenen, 5—6,000 feet alt., Kuntze.

5. B. velutina Harv. ’“Ndwandwe division, Emnyati, Gerrard,
1212. Not seen by us.

Manulea crassifolia Bth. Liddesdale, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood,
3930 bis. (2); Drakensberg, Hvans, 381.

2. M. parviflora Bth. From 100 to 4,000 feet alt., near
Durban, Wood, 7934 (3); near Lambonjwa River, 4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3575.

3. M. thyrsiflora Linn f., var. versicolor O. Kuntze. Clairmont,
20 feet alt., O. Kuntze.

Sutera arcuata Hiern. Coldstream, 5,500 feet alt., Rehmann,
, 6909. Not known to us.

2. §. atropurpurea Hiern. Near Weenen, 3-4,000 feet allt.,
Wood, 4434 (4).

3. §. aurantiaca Hiern. Drakensberg, Sutherland ; Newcastle,
3,900 feet alt.,, Wood, 5867 (12).

4. §. bracteolata Hiern. Without precise locality, Cooper, 2857.
Not known to us.

5. §. brachiata Roth. Unknown to us.

6. §. brevifiora Hiern. Polela, Hvans, 631; South Downs,
Wood, 4422 (12).

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 199

7. S. brunnea Hiern. Mooi River, 3-4,000 feet alt., Gerrard,
1243.

8. §. Burkeana Hiern. Zululand, Gerrard, 2033. Not seen
by us.

9. S. czerulea Hiern. Drakensberg Mountains, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Sutherland ; Van Reenen’s Pass and Charlestown, 5—6,000 feet alt.,
O. Kuntze.

10. S. compta Hiern. Hills above Greytown, 4—5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4333 (4).

11. §. crassicaulis Hiern. Buffalo Valley, near Charlestown,
5,000 feet alt., Wood, 5740 (2).

12. §. floribunda O. Kuntze. From near the sea to 5,000 feet
alt., common, Groenberg, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 579 (6).

13. §. grandiflora Hiern. Without precise locality, Mrs.
Saunders (in Herb., Wood, 3897).

14. §. humifusa Hiern. Noodsberg, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood,
124 (5).

15. §. Kraussiana Hiern. Near Durban, Krauss, 119; Inanda,
Wood, 167; near Pietermaritzburg, Rehmann, 7572. Var. latifolia
Hiern. Without precise locality, Gerrard, 582 ; near Avoca, 100 feet
alt., Schlechter, 3010.

16. §. luteiflora Hiern. Near Newcastle, 3,800 feet alt., Wood,
6402, 6653 (1); Colenso, 4044 (10).

17. S. montana S. Moore. Biggarsberg, 4—-5,000 feet alt., Wilms,
1051. Not seen by us.

18. §. natalensis O. Kuntze. Near Durban, Krauss.

19. §. neglecta (Wood and Evans) Hiern. Near Charlestown,
5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 5241 (1-3); Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4563.

20. S. noodsbergensis Hiern. Noodsberg, 2,500 feet alt.,
Wood, 105.

21. §. pallescens Hiern. Hills beyond Port Shepstone, 1-
2,000 (?) feet alt., Wood, 3035 (5).
22. §. palustris Hiern. Mrs. Stainbank (in Herb., Wood, 3648).

23. S. pinnatifida O. Kuntze, var. subcanescens Hiern.
Inanda, Wood. ;

24. §. platysepala Hiern. Entumeni, Zululand, 2,000 feet alt.,
3982 (4).

25. §. polensis Hiern. Drakensberg, near Polela, Hvans, 518;
Cathkin Peak, 8,000 feet alt.

Phyllopodium bracteatum Bth. Near Durban, Wood, 5000;
McKen, 14.

Zaluzianskya capensis Walp. From 3,000 to 6,000 feet alt.,
lane Wood, 3038 ; near Tugela River, 4,000 feet alt., Wood,
88 (1).

200 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

2. Z. distans Hiern. From 5,000 to 7,000 feet alt; Van Reenen,
5,000 feet alt., Schlechter, 6944; Wood, 7906 (3); near Charlestown,
5,000 feet alt., Wood, 5721 (2).

3. Z. goseloides Diels. Little Tugeia River, 5,000 to 6,900 feet
alt., Thode, 70. Not seen by us.

4. Z. maritima Walp. Common from 50 to 5,000 feet alt.
Oliver’s Hoek Pass, 5,000 feet alt., Wood, 3489 (1); numerous
collectors.

5. Z. microsiphon K. Schum. Oliver’s Hoek Pass, Kuntze.
Not known to us.

6. Z. ovata Walp. Rocky places, Peak of Byrne, 4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 1819 (4); near Charlestown, 5—6,000 feet alt., Wood, 5721 (2).

Mimulus gracilis R. Br. From coast to Drakensberg, Umhlanga,
400 feet alt., Wood, 1366 (9); Drakensberg, Sutherland.

Limosella aquatica Linn. From coast to 5,000 feet alt., near
Durban, Gerrard and McKen, 2071; Charlestown, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 6360 (8).

2. L. grandiflora Bth. Near Pietermaritzburg, Rehmann, 7536 ;
near Newcastle, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wilms, 2153.

3. L. longiflora O. Kuntze. Van Reenen, 6,000 feet alt.,
Kuntze, 108.

4. L. maior Diels. Near Umkomaas, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood ;
near Charlestown, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 4800 (12).

Ilysanthes conferta Hiern. In shallow pools, Rovelo hills,
Sutherland, Not seen by us.

2. I.nana Engl. In crevices of rocks amid masses of Selaginella
rupestris, at Umzinyati Falls, 800 (?) feet alt., Wood, 1244 (3);
slopes of Drakensberg, Wood, 3914 (1); ’Ngoya, Zululand, Wylte
(Wood, 9548) (8).

3. I. longiflora O. Kuntze. Not known to us.

4. I, riparia Rafin. Umlaas River, Krauss, 109; Umzinyati
Flat, Wood, 1376 (10); near Pietermaritzburg, Rehmann, 7537.

Veronica anagallis Linn. Upper Tugela, Wood, 3561 (1);
without precise locality, Gerrard, 517; cosmopolitan.

Melasma capensis Hiern. From 4—7,000 feet alt., near Charles-
_ town, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 5618 (38); Krantzkop, 4,000 feet alt.,

McKen, 15.

2. M. indicum Wettst. Biggarsberg, 4—-5,000 feet alt., Rehmann,
7056; Mooi River and Glencoe, Kuntze.

3. M. natalense Hiern. Near Ladysmith, 3-4,000 feet alt.,
Wilms, 2175.

4. M. orobanchoides Engl. Coast to 3,000 feet alt., near Dur-
ban, Gueinzius, 881, 442; near Ladysmith, 3,200 feet alt., Wood,
4412 (2).

5. M. scabrum Berg. In moist places from 2,000 to 6,000 feet
alt., common.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal, 201

6. M. sessiliflorum Hiern. From 1,000 to 2,500 feet alt., near
Durban, 100 feet alt., Wood, 142; Gueinzius, 572; Cooper, 2900 ;
Gerrard, 291.

Striga elegans Bth. Between Mooi River and Estcourt, 4,000
feet alt., Wood, 3484 (12); Colenso, 3—4,000 feet alt., Kuntze.

2. §. Forbesii Bth. Inanda, Wood 8; 440; (1); without precise
locality, Gerrard, 424 ; usually, if not always, found in maize fields,
on the roots of which plant it is parasitical. It is much the largest
and most leafy of any of the Natal species.

3. §. Junodii Schinz.

4. §. lutea Lour. Common in maize fields all over the Colony,
known as Isona, or ‘‘ Witchweed”’ ; the fact of its being parasitical on
the roots of maize was fully proved by Mr. Claude Fuller, the
Government entomologist.

5d. §. orobanchoides Bth. Near Durban, 150 feet alt., Sanderson,
456; Inanda, Wood, 4276 (2).

6. §. Thunbergii Bth. Attercliffe, 300 feet alt., Sanderson, 428 ;
Charlestown, 5,500 feet alt., Kwnitze.

Buttonia natalensis McKen. Near Pinetown, 1,000 feet alt.,
McKen, 1-2; Umzinyati Falls, 800 (?) feet alt., Wood, 1225 (2); Zulu-
land, near Pongola River, Sanderson ; also near Delagoa Bay, Mrs.
Monteiro. A very handsome climber, bearing flowers in abundance,
most likely parasitical; has never, to our knowledge, succeeded in
cultivation.

Sopubia cana Harv. Between 2,000 and 7,000 feet alt. ; Noods-
berg, Wood, 883 ; near Lidgetton, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood, 7737 (1).

2. §. simplex Hochst. Coast to 2,000 feet alt., usually in moist
places ; Inanda, Wood, 166, 383.

3. §. trifida Hamilt. Griffin’s Hill, near Estcourt, Rehmann,
7302. Not known to us.

Bopusia scabra Pres]. Common, coast to 5,000 feet alt. ; Inanda,
Wood, 183; near Hoffenthal, 5,000 feet alt., Wood, 3508 (1).

Buchnera dura Bth. Inanda, Wood, 44; near Durban;
numerous collectors.

2. B. glabrata Bth. Nottingham Road, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood,
4400 (12).

Cycnium adonense EH. M. Coast to 3,000 feet alt.; Inanda,
Wood, 50; between Greytown and Newcastle, Wilms, 2224.

2. C. Huttoniz Hiern. Near Howick, 3—4,000 feet alt., Mrs.
Hutton, 224. Not known to us.

3. C. racemosum Bth. From 2,000 to 7,000 feet alt. ; Inanda,
Wood, 13; Drakensberg Mountains, Hvans, 355.

Rhamphicarpa fistulosa Bth. Between Greytown and New-
castle, Wilms, 222. Not known to us.

14

202 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

2. R. tubulosa Bth. From near the sea to 5,000 feet alt. ;
Clairmont, 20 feet alt., Wood, 1156 (10) ; Glencoe, 4—5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4758 (2).

Harveya Bolusii Kuntze. Near Umlaas River, Krauss. Not
known to us.

2. H. coccinea Schltr. Berea, Sanderson, 168; ’Ngoya, Gerrard,
1206; Wood.

3. H. purpurea Harv. Klip River, 3,500 to 4,000 feet alt.,
Sutherland. Not known to us.

4. H. speciosa Bernh. Near Durban, Wood (11); Weenen
County, 4-5,000 feet alt... Wood.

5. H.squamosa Steud. Sand dunes near Durban, Krauss. Not
known to us.

LENTIBULARINEA.
Utricularia exoleta R. Br. Tongaat, 2-300 feet alt., Wood,
130 (5); Drakensberg, 5-6,000 feet alt., Sutherland.

2. U. foliosa Linn. Without precise locality, Henrick. Not
known to us.

3. U. livida E.M. Zwartkop, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood, 4612 (4) ;
Amanzimtote, Wood, 3118 (4); numerous collectors.

4, U.prehensilis E. M. Near Durban, common in moist places ;
Sanderson, 926; Wood, 125; Hisdumbini, 1,800 feet alt., Wood,
128 (5).

5. U. Sandersoni Oliv. Noodsberg, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood, 131 ;
Inanda, Wood, 545 (5); Griffin’s Hill, 3-4,000 feet alt., Rehmann.

6. U. stellaris Linn. f. Near Durban, Wood, 112; Inanda,
Wood, 530.

7. U. tribracteata Hochst. Near Durban, Rehmann; Ingogo,
4,000 feet alt., Nelson, 8; in marsh, Clairmont, 20 feet alt., Wood,
4915 (8).

Genlisea hispidula Stapf. Without precise locality, Schlechter.
Not known to us.

GESNERACEA.
Streptocarpus angustilobus N.E.B. Qudeni Forest, Zululand,
6,000 feet alt., Davis, 40 (11).

2. §. Cooperi C. B. Clarke. Van Reenen’s Pass, Wood, 5704 (2),
9—6,000 feet alt.

3. §. Daviesii N.E.B. Zululand, 6,000 feet alt., Davies, 55 (12).

4.§. Fanninie, Harv. Lidgetton, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood,
6302 (3).

5. §. Haygarthii N. E.B. Isibundini, Haygarth (Wood, 7465) ;
Qudeni, Davis, 40 (Wood, 7932).

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 203

6. S. lutea C. B. Clarke. Tugela River, Gerrard, 1979. Not

known to us.

¢@. S. Pentherianus Fritsch. Colenso, Penther. Not known
to us.

8. §. polyanthus Hook. f. Field’s Hill, 1,500 feet alt. Sander-
son; Inchanga, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 4824 (10).

9. S. prolixa C. B. Clarke. Inanda, Wood, 859.

10. §. pusilla Harv. Caves, Drakensberg Mountains, 6-7,000
feet alt., Huans, 357 (1).

11. §. Rexii Ldl. Near Umhloti River, Wood, 796 (2) ; Rose-
borough, 4,000 feet alt., Mzss Armstrong: Common in upper districts.

12. §. Saundersii Hook. f. Inanda, Wood, 752 (11).

13. §. tubiflos C. B. Clarke. Inanda, Wood, 752 (11); Ingoma,
Gululand, Gerrard, 191.

14. §. Wendlandii Sprenger. Zululand, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
3944 (4-5).

15. §. Woodii C. B. Clarke. Liddesdale, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood,
3931 (2) ; Noodsberg, 3,000 feet alt., Wood, 4234 (4).

BIGNONIACE.
Tecomaria capensis Spach. Common from coast to 2,000
feet alt.
Kigelia pinnata DC. In Tugela valley, near Greytown.

PEDALINEZ.

Sesamum indicum Linn. Sinkwazi, 100 feet alt., Wood, 3946
(4); without precise locality, Gerrard, 586. Cultivated by the
natives.

Ceratotheca triloba E. M. Common, coast and midlands; near
Durban, Wood, 250; Klip River, Gerrard, 722. A white-flowered
variety was gathered by Wood at Inanda.

ACANTHACE.

Thunbergia alata Bojer. Near Durban, 100 feet alt., Wood,
495; 3092 (4); without precise locality, Cooper.

2. T.aspera Nees. Coast to 1,000 feet alt., Sawtherland ; near
Durban, Wood, 3092 (4).

3. T. atriplicifolia EH. M. Common in open grassy places all
over the Colony; Inanda, Wood, 42; in grassy places throughout
Natal, Krauss, 405.

4. T. Dregeana Nees. Coast to 3,000 feet alt., Inanda, Wood,
543 (3-5). |

204 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

5. T. hirtistyla C. B. Clarke. Without precise locality, Gerrard,
1274.

6. T. natalensis Hk. From 500-2,500 feet alt., Attercliffe,
500 feet alt., Sanderson; Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 284 (11);
usually found at edges of woods and in light shade.

7. T. pondoensis Lindau. Near Durban 20 feet alt., Bachmann,
1265; Entumeni, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 4015 (5).

8. T. purpurata Harv. Inanda, Wood, 1218 (2); Zululand (12) ;
without precise locality, Sanderson ; Gerrard.

5. T. venosa C.B. Clarke. Itafamasi, 1,500 feet alt., Wood, 1,500
feet alt., Wood, 643 (9); Inanda, Wood, 696 (11).

Ruellia Baurii C. B. Clarke. Umzinyati valley, 1,000 (?) feet alt.,
Wood, 1375 (10); Howick, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood, 5176 (11).

2. R. malacophylla C. B. Clarke. Without precise locality,
Gerrard, 427.

3. R. ovata Thb. Inanda, Wood, 397; Malvern, 5-600 feet
alt., Wood. In the Flora Capensis the height of Malvern is given as
5—6,000 feet ; it is 5-600.

4. R. patula Jacq. Inanda, Wood, 363 (11); without precise
locality, Sutherland ; Gerrard, 1682.

5. R. Woodii C. B. Clarke. Colenso, 3,300 feet alt., Wood, 4053
(10) ; Weenen County, 3—5,000 feet alt., Sutherland.

6. R. Zeyheri T. And. Mooi River valley, 2-3,000 feet alt.,
Sutherland.

Dyschoriste depressa Nees. Amongst grass near Phoenix Rail-
way Station, 200 feet alt., Wood, 4967; without precise locality,
Gueinziws, 46.

Chetacanthus Burchellii Nees. Common from coast to 3,000
feet alt., near Durban, Wood, 34; near junction of Tugela and
Blaukrantz Rivers, 2—3,000 feet alt., Hvans, 669.

2. C. glandulosus Nees. Near coast, Wood, 1157 (10);
‘“Thorns,’’ 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood, 5281 (4).

3. C. Persoonii Nees. Muddy places round Durban Bay,
Krauss.

Phaylopsis longifolia T. Thoms. Near Durban, Drege ; below
500 feet alt., without precise locality, Gerrard, 13.

2. P. parviflora Willd. Near Durban, Wood, 4878 (6); Inanda,
Wood, 152; Cooper, 3040.

Blepharis angusta And. Owen, according to T. Anderson. Not
known to us.

2. B. boerhaavifolia Pers. Umzinyati Falls 800(?) feet alt.,
Wood, 944 (7); without precise locality, Gerrard, 1677.

3. B. dilatata C. B. Clarke. Ibisi River, 3-4,000(?) feet alt.,
Wood, 3060 (3-5).

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 205

4. B. longispica C. B. Clarke. Near Estcourt, 3,600 feet alt.,
Wood, 671, 3509 (12); Schlechter, 6683.

5. B. molluginifolia Pers. Near Umkomaas River, Wood, 1413
(12); ‘*Thorns ” near Mooi River, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood, 4429 (4).

6. B. pruinosa Engl. Near Durban, Swtherland; without
precise locality, Gerrard. Not known to us.

7. B. setosa Nees. Without precise locality, Gerrard, 1918.
Not seen by us.

Sclerochiton Harveyanus Nees. Inanda, Wood, 1212 (2);
without precise locality, Gerrard, 1678; McKen, 5.

Crossandra Greenstockii S. Moore. Tugela River, Gerrard,
1679; Zululand, Wylie (Wood, 9580) (12).

Barleria barbata E. M. Without precise locality, Gerrard,
1973.

2. B. cinereicaulis N. E. B. Without precise locality, Gerrard,
1266; near Greytown, 4,000 feet alt., Wood (in Govt. Herbarium,
8892) (4).

3. B. elegans 8. Moore. Without precise locality, Gerrard,
1681; near Durban, Wood (5).

4. B. Gueinzii Sond. Coastlands, 0-1000 feet alt., Sutherland ;
without precise locality, Cooper, 3026; Gueenzius, 383.

5. B. macrostegia Nees. Without precise locality, Mrs. Stain-
bank. In Herb., Wood. Govt. Herbarium, 3664.

6. B. Meyeriana Nees. Near Durban, Wood, 7553 (3);
Camperdown, 2,500 feet alt., Rehmann, 7715; Zululand, 2,000
feet alt., Wood, 8813 (4).

7. B. mucronata Lindau.

8. B. obtusa Nees. Near Ladysmith, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood,
5627 (2); Buffels Draai, 1,000 feet alt., Wood, 880; Zululand,
2,000 feet alt., Wood, 8814 (4).

9. B. ovata E. M. Camperdown, 2,500 feet alt., Wood, 470,
1936 (1).

10. B. Woodii C. B. Clarke. Inanda, Wood, 802 (2); Oakford,
1,600 feet alt., 851 (2); near Greytown, 3,500 feet alt., Wood,
5983 (1).

Crabbea hirsuta Harv. Clairmont, 20 feet alt., Wood, 646 (2);
Ixopo, 4-5,000 feet alt., Hvans, 656.

2. ©. nana Nees. Near Colenso, 3,000 feet alt., Wood, 4423 (2) ;
Sutherland.

3. C. pedunculata N. E. B. Inanda, Wood, 365 (10-12) ;
without precise locality, Sanderson, 466.

Mackaya bella Harv. Tongaat, 100 feet alt., Sanderson, 167 ;
Inanda, Wood, 1028.

Asystasia coromandeliana Nees. A common weed in coast
districts, flowering all through the summer. — 2

206 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

2. A. natalensis C. B. Clarke. Without precise locality, Gerrard,
1680. Not known to us.

3. A. Schimperi T. And. Near Phcenix Railway Station,
1-200 feet alt., Wood, 4967, partly; without precise locality,
Gerrard, 181.

4. A. varia N. E. Brown. Entumeni, Zululand, 2—3,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3976 (3-4); without precise locality, Gerrard, 1683.

Ruttya ovata Harv. Coast, Wood, 462 (2); Umbhloti, 1,000 feet
alt., Wood, 1224 (2).

Justicia betonicoides C. B. Clarke. Tongaat, 100 feet alt.,
Wood, 108; without precise locality, Gerrard, 321.

2. J. campylostemon T. And. Common in woods from 800
to 4,000 feet alt.; Inanda, Wood, 773 (3); numerous collectors.

3. J. cheiranthifolia C. B. Clarke. Without precise locality,
Gerrard, 1271. Not known to us.

4. J. debilis Lam.

d. J. flava Vahl. Near Durban, Wood, 831 (2); Umgeni under
500 feet alt., Drege.

6. J. Kraussii C. B. Clarke. Coast, Krawss, 61; Inanda, Wood,
423. Var. florida, C. B. Clarke. Inanda, Wood, 566.

7. J. petiolaris E. M. Indulindi, Zululand, 1,800 feet alt.,
Wood, 3953 (4); Port Shepstone, under 500 feet alt., Dr. Dimock
Brown, 467 (4).

8. J. pulegiodes E. M. Near Durban, Krauss ; Inanda, Wood,
718 (9-12).

9. J. rotundifolia E. M. Under 500 feet alt., Drege. Not
known to us.

10. J. Woodii C. B. Clarke. Noodsberg, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
Ta),

Monechma Atherstonei ©. B. Clarke. ‘Thorns,’ near
Greytown, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood, 5271 (4).

2. M. bracteatum Hochst. Near Durban, Drege ; near Umbhloti
River, Wood, 1256 (3); without precise locality, Gerrard.

3. M. fimbriatum C. B. Clarke. ‘Thorns,’ near Greytown,
Wood, 5301 (4); Gerrard, 1269.

Isoglossa ciliata Lindau. Umgeni, 500 feet alt., Drege.

2.1. Cooperi C. B. Clarke. Umgeni Falls, Cooper. Not seen
by us.

3. I. delicatula C. B. Clarke. Umkomaas, 4—5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4607 (8).

4. I. Eckloniana Lindau. Groenberg, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
1619 (1). |

5. I. Grantii C. B. Clarke. In woods round Durban Bay,
Krauss, 802; without precise locality, Grant. Not known to-us.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal 207

6. I. hypoestiflora Lindau. Near Durban, Wood, 7477 (1);
without precise locality, Gerrard, 1898; Gueinzius.

7. I. Macowanii C. B. Clarke. Without precise locality, Cooper,
2876.

8. I. ovata Lindau. Inanda, Wood, 45 (4); near Verulam, 200
feet alt., Wood, 799.

9. I. stipitata C. B. Clarke. In woods round Durban Bay,
Krauss, 2322. Not seen by us.

10. I. Woodii C. B. Clarke. Inanda, Wood, 786 (4); near
Durban, Wood, 3945 (5); without precise locality, Gerrard, 1897.

Adhatoda Andromeda C. B. Clarke. Near Durban, Wood.

2. A. Duvernoia C. B. Clarke. Noodsberg, 2—3,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 931 (4); Tongaat, 200 feet alt., Cooper, 303; Zululand, Wood,
8780.

3. A. natalensis Nees. Common to 2,000 feet or more alt.,
Wood, 174 (10); without precise locality, Sanderson ; Sutherland.

Rhinacanthus communis Nees. Common coast to 1,000 feet
alt., Inanda, Wood, 146; Zululand, Wood, 9003 (8).

Dicliptera clinopodia Nees. Valley of Umlaas, Drege ; Noods-
berg, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood, 4280 (4).

2. D. heterostegia Nees. Near Durban, Wood, 1309 (8);
without precise locality, Gerrard, 26.

3. D. Quintasii Lindau. Biggarsberg, 4-5,000 feet alt., Rehmann.
Not seen by us.

Peristrophe Hensii C. B. Clarke. Umhlanga, 2-300 feet alt.,
Wood, 609; near Durban, Wood (8.)

2. P. natalensis T. And. Without precise locality, Guweenzius ;

Grant.

Hypoestes antennifera S. Moore. Plant, 99; Gerrard, 10;
Grant.

2. H. aristata R. Br. De Beer’s Pass, 5—6,000 feet alt., Wood,
6022 (3).

3. H. phaylopsoides S. Moore. Noodsberg, 2—3,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 1058 (4).

4. H. triflora Roem and Sch. Mount West, 5,200 feet alt.,
Schlechter, 6829; Polela, Fowrcade, in Herb., Wood, 4282 (4);
’Nkandhla, Zululand, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wylie (Wood, 8994) (3)

5. H. verticillaris R. Br. Near Durban, Drege ; Inanda, Wood,
874 (3); Zululand, 1,500 feet alt., Wood, 3965 (4).

SELAGINEZE,

Hebenstreitia comosa Hochst. Common, coast to 3,000 feet
alt., also in Zululand, Gerrard and McKen, 2045.

2. H. dentata Linn. Between Maritzburg and Greytown,
Wilms, 2203a; Dargle, Mrs. Fannin. pS IR apt Se v4s

208 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Soctety.

3. H. elongata Bolus. Near Curry’s Post, 4,000 feet alt., Wood,
3620 (12); Biggarsberg, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood, 4223 (11).

4. H. fruticosa Sims. Camperdown, 2,500 feet alt., Reimann,
7796. Not known to us.

5. H. integrifolia Linn. Sandy ground near Durban, Wood,
1720 (9).

6. H. polystachya Harv. From 1,800 to 5,000 feet alt.,

common, Murchison ; 1,800 feet alt., Wood; Oliver’s Hoek, 5—6,000
feet alt., Allison.

Walafrida densiflora Rolfe., From near Maritzburg, 2,000 feet
alt., to Newcastle, 4,000 feet alt., common in open ground.

2. W. Nachtigali Rolfe. Without precise locality, Miss Owen.
Not known to us.

Selago aggregata Rolfe. Near Greytown, Wilms, 2193.

2. §. capitellata Schltr. Imbazani River, Nelson, 15; without
precise locality, Mrs. Saunders, 159 (in Herb., Wood, 3905).

3. §. Cooperi Rolfe. Rovelo Hills, 7,000 feet alt., Sutherland,
Not seen by us.

4. §. corymbosa Linn. Without precise locality, Cooper, 3009.

5. §. hyssopifolia E. M. Very common, coast to 5,000 feet alt. ;
numerous collectors.

6. S. lithospermoides Rolfe. Rovelo Hills, 7,000 feet alt.,
Sutherland. Not seen by us.

7. S. longipedicellata Rolfe. Entumeni, Zululand, 2-3,000 feet
alt., Wood, 3967 (1-3).

8. S. longiflora Rolfe. Illovo, 3,000 feet alt., Wood, 1858, 5217.

9. S. monticola Wood and Evans. Drakensberg, 6-7,000 feet
alt., Hvans, 655.

10. S. natalensis Rolfe. Inanda, Wood, 53, 521 (5); near
Botha’s Hill Railway Station, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 4863; Zululand,
Wylie (Wood, 8872) (8).

11. §. pachypoda Rolfe. Amawahqua, 6,800 feet alt., Wood,
4575 (4); near Curry’s Post, Schlechter, 6807.

12. §. peduncularis E. M. Between Umzimkulu and Umkomaas
‘Rivers, 200 feet alt., Drege. Not known to us.

13. §. Sandersoni Rolfe. Mont aux Sources, 7—-8,000 feet alt.,
Evans, 755 (3).

14. §. Saundersiez Rolfe. Without precise locality, Mrs.
Saunders, 68 (Wood, 3882).

15. §. Schlechteri Rolfe. Stony ground near Curry’s Post,
45,000 feet alt., Schlechter, 6810.

16. S. trinervia E. M. Between Umzimkulu and Umkomaas
Rivers, 200 feet alt., Drege.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 209

17. §. villicalyx Rolfe. Karkloof, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood, 4453
(4); same locality, Rehmann, 7427; without precise locality, Suther-
land,

18. §. Woodii Rolfe. Near Murchison, 1—2,000 feet alt., Wood,
3006 (5).

VERBENACE A.

Lantana salvifolia Jacq. Near Durban, Sanderson, 147; near
Greytown, 3,500 feet alt., Wilms, 2208. Not uncommon.

2. L. Camara Linn. An introduced tropical American weed,
common in coast districts.

Lippia asperifolia Rich. Inanda, Wood, 32. Between Durban
and Maritzburg, Sanderson, 97.

2. L. nodiflora Michx. Coast only, Wood, 1127 (1); near
Umlaas River, Krauss, 182.

Bouchea cuneifolia Schauer. Near Umkomaas River, Wood,
877; near Durban, Drege ; Mooi River, Gerrard and McKen, 1245.

2. B. hederacea Sond., var. natalensis H. H. W. Pearson. Near
Tugela River, Gerrard and McKen, 1246; rocky hill above Ladysmith,
Wood, 4246 (11).

3. B. latifolia Harv. Noodsberg, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood, 106;
dry plains in Zululand, Gerrard, 1247.

Priva leptostachya Juss. Near Durban, Wood, 4092; Wilms,
2191, 2202; various collectors.

Verbena officinalis Linn. Near Durban, Sanderson, 92; near
Neweastle, Wood (1). Not uncommon in the upper districts.

2. V. tenera Spreng. EHdendale, 2,500 feet alt. (11). Sam in
Govt. Herbarium, 9,235; introduced.

Duranta Plumieri, Jacq. Without precise locality, Sanderson,
294. Very doubtful; we have never met with it except in cultivation.

Clerodendron ceruleum N. E.B. Mooi River Valley, 2-3,000
feet alt., Gerrard and McKen, 1252; Sutherland; Mrs. Saunders.
Not seen by us.

2. C. glabrum E. M. Common, near Durban, Gerrard and
McKen, 661; Inanda, Wood, 7551. Var. ovale H. H. W. Pearson.
Inanda, Wood, 1204 (1); Clairmont, Kuntze ; Zululand, Cooper,
1214; near streams, Gerrard and McKen, 2026.

3. C. hirsutum H. H. W. Pearson. Near Durban, Krauss, 106;
near Greytown, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wilms, 2197; and various collectors.

4. C. myricoides R. Br. Near Durban, Wood (8); Sanderson,
719; Inanda, Wood, 657; Zululand, Mrs. Saunders.

5. C. triphyllum H. H. W. Pearson. Near Maritzburg, Wilms,
2125; near Gourton, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood (12).

Vitex geminata H. H. W. Pearson. Near Umblatusi River,
Aululand, Gerrard and McKen, 2027.

210 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

2. VY. Harveyana H. H. W. Pearson. Upper Tugela, Gerrard
and McKen, 1250; Zululand, Haygarth (Wood, 7462).

3. VW. mooiensis H. H. W. Pearson. Near Mooi River, 4—5,000
feet alt., Gerrard and McKen, 1238.

4. WY. Rehmanni Giirke. ‘“ Thorns’’ near Mooi River, 3—4,000
feet alt., Wood, 4463 (4). Without precise locality, Gerrard, 1510;
Sutherland.

Avicennia officinalis Linn. Shores of Natal Bay 50 feet alt.,
J. Sanderson, 886 (5).

LABIAT AG,

Ocimum obovatum E. M. Near Durban, Wood, 8286 (6);
Umhlanga, 500 feet alt., Wood, 1340 (8).

2. O. obtusifolium E. M. Inanda, Wood, 73 (4); Inanda, Wood,
330 (1).

3. O. gratissimum Linn. Near Durban, Wood (3); Zululand,
1—2,000 feet alt., Wood, 3975 (4).

Moschosma riparia Hochst. Inanda, Wood, 141 (8). Without
precise locality, Gerrard and McKen, 1889. Not uncommon coast
to 2,000 feet alt.

Orthosiphon inconcinnus Briquet. Camperdown, 2-3,000 feet
alt., Wood, 4963 (10).

2. O. macranthus Gurke. Upper Tugela, 4-5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3573; common at Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood (1).

3. O. natalensis Gurke. Near Glencoe, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood,
4156 (2).

4. 0. stenophyllus Gurke. Near Boston, 3-4,000 feet alt.; near
Harding, Wood, 3107.

5. O. Woodii Gurke. Zululand, 4-500 feet alt., Wood, 8967 (A) ;
Zululand, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 3964 (4).

Syncolostemon Cooperi Gurke. Without precise locality,
Cooper, 1151, 2895.

2. §. densiflorus Bth. Common coast and midlands ; Zululand,
4-5,000 feet alt., Wood, 8818 (8).

3. §. lanceolatus Gurke. Between Farkhop and Camperdown,
Rehmann, 7686; Zwartkop, O. Kuntze, 1894 (8).

4. §. macrophyllus Gurke. Slopes of Drakensberg, 5—6,000
feet alt., Wood, 6398 (3); Rehmann, 7016.

5. §. parviflorus Bth. Inanda, Wood, 52 (4). Not uncommon.
6. S. ramulosus Bth. Inyangwine, 500 feet alt., Wood, 3017 (4).

7. S. rotundifolius Bth. Inanda, Wood, 6 (3); near Murchison
Flats, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 3116 (5). :

8. §. Woodii Gurke. Mooi River, 4-5,000 feet alt., O. Kuntze.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 211

Hoslundia decumbens Benth. Matikulu§ River, Zululand,
50 feet alt., Haygarth.

Plectranthus arthropodus Briquet. Natal, Rehmann. Not
known to us.

2. P. calycinus Bth. Common, coast and midlands.
a rn P. ciliatus EH. M. Near Durban, Wood (3); Inanda, Wood,

4. P. coloratus, HE. M. Inanda, Wood, 480 (3); Zululand, 2,000
feet alt., Wood, 7591 (4).

5. P. dolichopodus Briquet. Karkloof, Rehmann, 7383.

6. P. Draconis Briq. Drakensberg, Rehmann, 7092.

7. P. esculentus N. E. B. Inanda, Wood, 5620. Cultivated by
the natives for food.

8. P. elegantulus Brig. Karkloof, Reimann, 7368.

9. P. floribundus N. E. B. Inanda, Wood, flowers (8), leaves
(1) quite leafless when in flower, usually found at edges of bush, but
rare.

10. P. grallatus Brig. Stony ground, Mount Frere, 4,300 feet
alt., Schlechter, 6445.

11. P. grandidentatus Gurke. Not known to us. Rehmann,
7038.

12. P. Kuntzei Gurke. Not known to us.

13. P. laxiflorus Bth. Inanda, Wood, 1047 (8); Polela, 3-4,000
feet alt., Mowrcade, 481.

14. P. marrubioides Hochst. Zululand, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
3955 (4).

15. P. natalensis Gurke. Not known to us. Rehmann, 7701.

16. P. nummularius Briq. Camperdown, Rehmann, 7702. Not
known tous. _

17. P. pachystachyus Brig. Near Umkommaas, 4-5,000 feet
alt., Wood, 4621 (8).

18. P. petiolaris EH. M. Near Durban, Wood, 3390 (2).

19. P. pretervisus Brig. Mount Prospect, Drakensberg,
Rehmann, 6965.

20. P. purpuratus Harv. Umzinyati River, 800(?) feet alt.,
Wood, 1223 (2).

21. P. Rehmanni Gurke. Not known to us. Rehmann, 7359.

22. P. saccatus Bth. Zululand, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wylie (Govt.
Herbarium, 9278) (3); Izingolweni, 2—3,000 feet alt., Wood, 3037 (5) ;
Inanda, Wood, 323 (1). Not uncommon, usually in moist places
under light shade.

23. P. Schlechteri Brig. Mount Frere, 4,300 feet alt., Schlechter,
6406. Not known to us.

24. P. tomentosus Bth. Near Durban, Wood ; common,
Botha’s Hill, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 4775 (10). it

212 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

25. P. Woodii Gurke. Impolweni, open ground, Wood, 992
(4); Pinetown, Lehmann, 8032.

Coleus sp. ‘Thorns’ near Mooi River, 3—-4,000 feet alt., Wood,
4340 (4); same locality, Wood, 7187 (8).

FKolanthus canescens Gurke. Van Reenen, 5,500 feet alt.,
Wood, 5696 (8).

2. A. parviflorus Bth. Inanda, Wood, 518 (5); Zululand,
1-2,000 feet alt., Wood (5).

Pycnostachys reticulata Bth. Common in moist places over
Natal.

2. P. Schlechteri Brig. Moist ground near Mount Frere, 4,300
feet alt., Schlechter, 6406.

Hyptis pectinata Poit. Near Durban, Wood.

Mentha aquatica Linn. Umzinyati, 800 (?) feet alt., Wood, 1301
(5) ; near Byrnetown, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood (8).

2. M. sylvestris Linn.

3. M. viridis Linn. Near Newcastle, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood,
6072 (12); near Tugela River, 4,000 feet alt., Wood, 3576 (12).

4, M. sp. South Downs, Weenen County, 4-5,000 feet alt.,
Wood (12); Govt. Herbarium, 4991.

Micromeria pilosa Bth. Near Byrnetown, 2-3,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3172 (8); near Lidgetton, 4,000 feet alt., Wood, in Govt.
Herbarium, 10,052 (2).

Salvia natalensis Schinz. Butfalo Valley, 5,000 feet alt., Wood,
5187 (1), Wood, 6232.

2. §. obtusata Thb. Near Newcastle, 3,900 feet alt., Wood, 5883
(12); near Colenso, 3,300 feet alt., Wood, 4042 (10); without precise
locality, Gerrard and McKen, 1227.

3. §. Schlechteri Gurke. Umtata, 3-4,000 feet alt., Schlechter,
6330.

4. §. stenophylla Burch. Near Gourton, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood,
3631 (12)

5. §. triangularis Thb. Near Charlestown, 5-6,000 feet, Wood,
6245 (11).
! 6. S. Woodii Gurke. Near Mooi River, 4,200 feet alt., Wood,
3621 (12), Wood, 992.

Stachys zthiopica Linn. Coast districts, Wood, 1126 (11).
2. §. Bachmannii Gurke. Bachmann 1169.

3. §. caffra E. M. Near Byrnetown, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood,
1821 (4).

4. §. germanica L. Near Howick, 3,400 feet alt., Wood, 8432
(11); introduced.

5. S. grandifolia E. M. Polela, Fowrcade (Wood, 4556) (4).

fievised List of the Flora of Natal. 213

6. S. hyssopoides Burch. Near Estcourt, Dr. D. Brown, 88, in
Govt. Herbarium, 7566 (12); Upper Tugela, 4000, feet alt., Wood,
3553 (1).

7. S. Kunzei Gurke. Van Reenen, O. Kuntze.

8. §. leptoclada Brig. Near Blaukrantz River, Schlechter, 6865.

9. §. lupulina Brig. Clairmont, 50 feet alt., Schlechter, 4657.

10. §. nigricans Bth. Inanda, Wood, 5 (11). Common in coast
and midlands in open ground.

; 11. §. petrogenes Briq. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Schlechter,
969.

12. §. rivularis Wood and Evans. Near Mooi River, Wood,
6252 (12).

13. S. sessilifolia E. M. Near De Beer’s Pass, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 6029 (3).

14. §. sessilis Gurke. Inchanga, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 4806
(10).

15. §. tubulosa MacOwan. Zululand, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood,
8810 (3) ; common in shade in upper districts.

Leucas glabrata R. Br. ‘‘ Thorns’ near Weenen, 3-4,000 feet
alt., Wood, 4483 (4); without precise locality, Gerrard and McKen,
1221.

2. L. martinicensis R. Br. A common weed.

Lasiocorys capensis Bth. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen. Not seen by us.

Leonotis dubia E. M. Inanda, Wood, 1303 (5); Ismont, 1,800
feet alt., Wood, 1837 (4).

2. L. laxifolia MacOwan. Not collected by us. Karkloof
45,000 feet alt., Rehmann 7374.

3. L. latifolia Gurke. Not collected by us.

4. L. Leonurus Brown. Common all over the Colony: variety
with white flowers, Groenberg, Wood, 164.

5. L. malacophylla Gurke. Not known to us.
6. L. urticifolia Briquet. Cooper, 1152. Not seen by us.

Teucrium capense Thb. Weenen County, 3,800 feet alt., Wood,
3066 (12); without precise locality, Gerrard and McKen, 1215;
Cooper, 276.

2. T. riparium Hochst. Inanda, Wood, 82 (8); Field’s Hill,
1,500 feet alt., Wood (2).

Ajuga ophrydis Burch. Common. Camperdown, 2-3,000 feet
alt., Wood ; without precise locality, Gerrard and McKen, 1218.
PLANTAGINE A.

Plantago Dregeana Presl. Inanda, Wood, 1078 (10) ; near
Durban, Wood, 3848 (10).

214 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

2. P. lanceolata Linn. Moist ground near Mooi River, 4,000
feet alt., Wood, 4057 (10).

3. P, major Linn. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen, 770.

4. P. sp. Moist ground near Mooi River, Wood, 4049 (10).

do. P. sp. Van Reenen, 4,500 feet alt., Wood, 8858 (1). This
species was growing on a stony hill amongst grass, in dry ground.

NYCTAGINE A.

Boerhaavia repens Linn. Near Durban, Wood, 6400 (8).

2. B. Burchellii Choisy. ‘“ ‘Thorns’ near Weenen, Wood, 4441
(4) ; same locality, Wood, 4495 (5).

ILLECHEBRACEA.

Pollichia campestris Solander. Near Ibisi 2,500 feet alt.,
Wood, 3001 (5) ; without precise locality, Gerrard and McKen, 484.

Corrigiola littoralis Linn. Umzinyati, 800 (?) feet alt., Wood,
1348 (9); near Umgeni River, 100 feet alt., Wood (7).

AMARANTACH A.

Celosia trigyna Linn. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen, 474.

Hermbstedtia caffra Mog. Not uncommon; without precise
locality, Gerrard and McKen 478.

2. H.sp. Indulindi, Zululand, Wood, 3989 (4).

Amarantus paniculatus Linn. Upper districts. Not collected
by us.

2. A. spinosus Linn. Common ; introduced.
3. A. Thunbergii Mog. Common all over the Colony.

Sericocoma angustifolius Hk.f. ‘“ Thorns” near Mooi River,
_ 8-4,000 feet alt., Wood, 4314 (4).

2. §. chrysurus Meisn. Groenberg, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 67
(4); not uncommon in coast districts and midlands.

Cyathula cylindrica Mog. Inanda, Wood, 525 (4).
2. ©. globulifera Mog. Near Durban, Wood (4).
3. P. sp. Umazinyati, 1,000 feet alt., Wood, 1323 (2).

Pupalia atropurpurea Wet Without precise locality, Gerrard
and McKen, 476.

2. P. lappacea Juss. ‘“ Thorns” near Mooi River, 3-4,000 feet
alt., Wood, 4480 (4).

Revised Lnst of the Flora of Natal. 215

Psilotrichum africanum Oliv. Indulindi, Zululand, 1,500 (?)
feet alt., Wood, 3956 (4).

ALrva lanata Juss.

Achyranthes aspera Linn. Summit of Drakensberg, 5-6,000
feet alt., Wood, 6020 (3); near Durban, Wood, 7202; without precise
locality, Gerrard and McKen.

2. A. avicularis E. M. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen, 477.

3. A. alba E. and Z. Insusi, 2,500 feet alt., Wood, 5442 (4).
Alternanthera sessilis R. Br. Near Durban, Wood, 3839 (2).

Gomphrena globosa Linn. A noxious weed in lawns in coast
and midlands.

Trichinium zeyheri Mog.

CHENOPODIACE A.
Chenopodium ambrosioides Linn. Near Durban, Wood, 1314
(5). A common weed.

2. C. Botrys Linn. Common in upper districts ; Umlaas, 1-2,000
feet alt., Wood, 1832 (4).

3. ©. murale Linn. Inanda, Wood, 235. Common.

Chenolea diffusa Thb. Near Durban, Wood, 901 (4); Gerrard
and McKen, 1504.

Salicornea herbacea Linn. Without precise locality, Gerrard
and McKen, 1442.

PHYTOLACCE A.

Phytolacca abyssinica Hoffm. Inanda, Wood, 949 (7); near
Pinetown, 800 feet alt., Wood, 8279 (7); near Durban, Wood.

2. P. octandra Linn. Field’s Hill, 1,500 feet alt., Wood, 1934
(2) ; introduced.

3. P. stricta Hoffm. Near Itafamasi, 1,500 feet alt., Wood, 1178
(12); near Mooi River, Col. Johnstone, 719 (in Herb., Wood, 4540) (11).

POLYGONACE 2.
Oxygonum Dregeanum Meisn. Near Durban, Wood (9);
common in coast and midland districts.

Polygonum alatum Buch-Hamilton. Near Byrnetown, 2-3,000
feet alt., Wood, 3432 (8).

2. P. aviculare Linn. Not known to us.
3. P. lanigerum R. Br. Moist places near Durban, Wood (4).

4. P. lapathifolium Linn. Umhlanga, 400 feet alt., Wood,
1124 (11).

216 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

5. P. minus Huds. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen, 482.

6. P. serrulatum Lag. Open ground near York, Wood, 4321 (5).

7. P. tomentosum Willd. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen, 481.

Emex australis Steinh. Near Durban, Wood, 9470 (6); Inanda,
Wood.

2. E. spinosa Campd. Not seen by us.

Rumex Acetosella Linn. Near Mooi River, 3—4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4032 (10).

2. R. Ecklonianus Meisn. Near Estcourt, 3,700 feet alt., Dr.
Dimock Brown, 134, in Govt. Herbarium, 7533 (12); Umlaas, 2,000
feet alt., Wood, 3175.

3. R. lanceolatus Thb. Without collector’s name or precise
locality in Govt. Herbarium, 988.

4. R. obtusifolius Linn. Near Durban, Wood in Govt. Herba-
rium, 4787 (8).

5. R. nepalensis Spreng. Not known to us.

6. R. luxurians Linn. Inanda, Wood, 96 (3). Common.

PODOSTEMACE AL.
Hydrostachys natalensis Wedd. In Umvoti River, Wood,
8679 (5-7); in Lion’s River near Lidgetton, Col. Johnstone, 966 (6).
Spherothylax algiformis Bisch. Not seen by us.

PIPERACEH 2.
Piper capense L.f. Inanda, Wood, 106. Not uncommon in
woods in midland districts.
Peperomia arabica Decne. Umzinyati, 800(?), Wood, 1222 (2).
2. P. sp. In wood, Blinkwater, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood.

MONIMIACE A,

Xymalos monospora, B. Inanda, Wood, 986 (8); Polela,
Fernando.

LAURINE.

Cryptocarya Woodii Engler. Near Durban, Wood, 766 (2-4).

2. C. latifolia Sond. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen, 13; Lower Umzimkulu!

3. C.sp. Zululand, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wylie (Wood, 8822) (3).
4. C. sp. Inanda, Wood, 1402 (11).

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 217

5, ©. sp. Near Murchison, Wood, 3033 (5).

Ocotea bullata E. M. In upland forests from 3,000 to 5,000
feet alt. Not collected by us.

Cassytha capensis Meisn. Not seen by us.

PROTHACEA,

Protea abyssinica Willd. Without precise locality, Mrs.
Saunders (Wood, 3886).

2. P. hirta Klotzsch. Not uncommon all over the Colony.
Inanda, Wood, 577 (6).

3. P. lanceolata E. M. Karkloof, 45,000 feet alt., Dr. Damock
Brown, 361 (in Govt. Herbarium, 7537) (2); Polela, Fourcade ;
precise locality, Gerrard and McKen.

4. P. Roupelliz Meisn. Drakensberg Mountains, 6,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 5632 (7).

Faurea saligna Harv. Umzinyati, 800 (?) feet alt., Wood (2) ;
near Pinetown, Wood.

THYMELAACH A.

Dais cotinifolia L. Qudeni (Zululand), 6,000 feet alt., Davis,

5; not uncommon in midlands.

Arthrosolen gymnostachys C. A. Mey. South Downs, Weenen
County, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood, 4550; var. with broader leaves,
near Durban, Wood, 241, 236; near Charlestown, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4802.

2. A. sp. (near gymnostachys C. A. M.). Near Newcastle,
3,900 feet alt., Wood, 7200.

3. A. pimelioides Meisn. Near Lambonjwa River, 4-5,000 feet
alt., Wood, 3447.

4. A. calocephalus C. A. Mey. Inanda, Wood, 38, 2816;
Botha’s Hill, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 8274; Normandien, Sim, 2933.

Passerina filiformis L. Near Botha’s Hill, 2,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 8938 ; Ngoya, Gerrard and McKen, 1478.

2. P. ericoides L. Near Mooi River, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood
(10) ; near Hoffenthal, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood, 3464.

3. P. sp. (? P. ericoides L.). Sea-beach near Durban, Wood,
1504.

4, P. sp. Bushman’s Pass, Drakensberg, Thode (11).
Struthiola sp. (near §. parviflora Bartl.). Mont aux Sources.

2. Sp. (near §. Mundtii Eckl.). Damp valley near Murchison,
Wood, 3030.

_ Gnidia nodiflora Meisn.. Near Pinetown, 1 000 feet alt., Wood,
5489.
15

218 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

2. G. sp. (? G. coriacea Meisn.). Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood,
755, 153; Emberton, 1,800 feet alt.; Schlechter, 3225; Ingotye,
Zululand, 1,500 feet alt., Wood (4).

3. G. microcephala Meisn. Biggarsberg, 4,000 feet alt., Wood
(11).

4. G. ovalifolia Meisn. Near Durban, Wood, 8024; Inanda,
1,800 feet alt., Wood, 332 ; near Byrne, 2,000 feet, Wood, 1723.

5. G. pheotricha Gilg. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt. O.
Kuntze.

Lasiosiphon caffer Meisn. Near Hoffenthal, Wood, 4-5,000
feet alt.

9. L. Meisnerianus Endl. Var. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood,
36; Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 4520; var. Inanda,
1,800 feet alt., Wood, 36; var. near Durban, Wood, 1028; var.,
Gerrard and McKen, 807; near Durban, Wood, 104, 529; without
precise locality, Krauss, 237.

3. L. sp. (near L. Meisnerianus Endl.). Umblatuzi, Zululand,
Sim, 2934.

4. L. sp. (near L. Meisnerianus Endl.). Vryheid, Sam, 2932.

5. L. sp. (near L. macropetalus Meisn.). Rooi Koppies, near
Durban, Wood.

6. L. linifolius Decne. Weenen County, 3-5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3446; Pieters, 3,400 feet alt., Wood, 7957.

7. L. sp. (near L. linifolius Dene.). Upper Umkomaas, Wood,
3159 ; near Pinetown, 1,000 feet alt., Wood, 8929.

8. L. sp. (near L. linifolius Dene.). Vryheid, Sim, 2922.

9. L. sp. (near L. linifolius Dene.). Near Tugela River, Wood,
3852.

10. L. sp. (near L. splendens Endl.). Near Durban, Wood,
1424; Vryheid, Sim, 2921.

11. L. sp. (near L. splendens Endl.). Vryheid, Sim, 2931;
Umblatuzi, Zululand, Sim, 2936.

12. L. anthylloides Meisn., var. macrophylla Meisn. Near
Durban, Wood, 4948; Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 34.

13. L. sp. (near L. anthylloides Meisn., var. macrophylla
» Meisn.). Umblatuzi, Zululand, Sim, 2937.

14. L. sp. (near L. anthylloides, var. macrophylla). Near
Botha’s Hill Station, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood, 4420.

15. L. sp. (near L. anthylloides, var. macrophylla). Inanda,
1,800 feet alt., Wood, 38.

16. L. Kraussii Meisn., var. leaves glabrous or glabrescent.
Vryheid, Sem, 2920; Inanda, 1,800 feet, Wood, 188; near Bevaan
River, 1,000 feet alt., Wood, 2819.

17. L. sp. (near'L. Kraussii Meisn.). Leaves densely pilose.
Inanda, Wood, 2817. ;

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 219

18. L. sp. (near L. Kraussii Meisn.). Little Noodsberg, 2-3,000
feet alt., Wood, 4135.

19. L. sp. (near L. Kraussii Meisn.). Vryheid, Sim, 2947.
20. L. sp. Umblatuzi, Zululand, Sim, 2935, 2938.
Englerodaphne leiosiphon Gilg. Pietermaritzburg, Sim.

Peddiea africana Harv. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 580;
Kettle Fountain, Cooper, 1210; ’Ngome Forest, Sim, 2939.

2. P. sp. ’Ngoya Forest, Sim, 2940.

LORANTHACEH A.
Loranthus Dregei HE. and Z. Near Durban, Wood (3); Dum-
beni, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood, 4467 (4), 9126 (10).
2. L. Kraussianus Meisn. On trees near Durban, Wood, 1724
(9-10).
3. L. natalitius Meisn. Itafamasi, 1,000 to 1,500 feet alt.,

Wood, 748 (11). Var. minor. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen, 14384.

4. L. quinquenervius Hochst. Near Durban, Wood, 1653 (4).

5. L. Sandersoni Harv. Not known to us.

Viscum continuum HE. M. Sinkwasi, 100 feet alt., Wood, 3851
(0), on Acacia sp.

2. VW. articulatum Burm. Entumeni, Zululand, 2,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3973 (4), on Clausena inzqualis.

3. V. obovatum Harv. Near Durban, Wood, 1631 (5).
4. V.obscurum Thb. Near Bevaan River, 500 feet alt., Wood (7).

5. V. rotundifolium Linn. f. “Thorns” near Weenen, 3—4,000
feet alt., Wood, 4473 (4); without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen, 1432.

6. W.sp. Great Noodsberg, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood, 4145 (4).
7. V.sp. Ungoya, Zululand, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 3864 (5).

8. VW. sp. Sinkwazi, 100 feet alt., Wood, 3999 (4), on Acacia sp. ;
fruit only, no flowers.

SANTALACE ZA,

Thesium angulosum A. DC. Emberton, 2,000 feet alt.,
Schlechter, 3235 (9); Inanda, Wood, 262 (10).

2. T. junceum Bernh. Inanda, Wood, 242 (11); Mooi River,
4,000 feet alt., Wood, 4066 (11).

3. T. spicatum Linn. Not certainly known to us.

4. T. sp. Mooi River, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood, 4487 (4).
5. T. sp. Without precise locality, Gerrard and McKen, 1280

specimen very incomplete; Weenen County, 3,500 feet alt., Wood,
3582 (1).

2920 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

6. T. sp. Near Verulam, 2-300 feet alt., Wood, 756.

7. T. sp. Inanda, Wood, 249 (10).

8. T. sp. Hoffenthal, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood, 3574 (1).

9. T. sp. Entumeni, Zululand, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 8970 (4).

10. T. sp. SInanda, Wood, 1141 (10).

Osyridocarpus natalensis A. DC. Coast and midlands at edges
of woods.

Colpoon compressum Berg. Near Murchison, 2,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3004 (6).

Osyris abyssinica Hochst. Not seen by us.

EUPHORBIACE.
Euphorbia albo-villosa Pax. Inchanga, 2-3,000 feet alt.,
Schlechter, 3245 (9).
2. E. bupleurifolia Jacq. Inanda, Wood, 228 (10).
3. E. cervicornis Boiss. Not known to us.

4, KE. striata Thb. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 7459
(12), on a stony hill.

5. E. epicyparissias E. M. Inanda, Wood, 148 (7).

6. E. erubescens, EK. M. Near Richmond, 2-3,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 1851 (5); without precise locality, Gerrard and McKen, 1173.

7. KE. evicoides Lam.
8. KE. grandidens Harv.

9. E. Gueinzii Boiss. Amongst grass, Clairmont, 50 feet alt.,
Wood, 3402 (8).

10. E. hypericifolia Linn. Clairmont, 50 feet alt., Wood, 1432
(12); Umhlanga, 1-200 feet alt., Wood, 1218.

- 11. BE. livida C. A. M. Near Durban, Wood, 7933 (8).

12. E. natalensis Bernh. Common coast and midlands, usually
in moist places ; Clairmont, 50 feet alt., Wood, 1429 (2).

13. E. oxystegia Boiss. Alexandra County, Mrs. Saunders.
14. E. Peplis Linn. Near Durban, Wood, 3925 (10).

15. E. pilulifera Linn. Common near Durban, probably intro-
duced, Wood, 3130 (11-4).

16. E. procumbens Mill.
17. E. rhombifolia Boiss.

18. E, sanguinea Hochst. and Steud, var. setigera Boiss. Wood,
3002, Acommon weed, coast and midlands, often on garden walks
and similar places.

19. E. Tirucalli Linn. Near Durban, Wood.
20. E. sp. Inchanga, 3-4,000 feet alt., Schlechter, 3245 (9).
21. E. sp. Clairmont, 50 feet alt., Wood, 4090 (12).

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 221

22. EK. sp. Near Durban, Wood, 9129 (10).

Synadenium arborescens Boiss. Inanda, Wood, 1651la; near
Durban, Wood (5); also near Lower Umzimkulu, Wood.

Notobuxus natalensis Oliver. In light shade, Inanda, Wood,
1357 (9-11); near Durban, Wood.

Ricinocarpus depressinervius O. Kuntze. Mooi River, 0.
Kuntze.

2. R. peduncularis O. Kuntze. Highlands, O. Kuntze.
Bridelia micrantha Baill. Edge of wood, Inanda, Wood, 1334.

Phyllanthus genistoides Sond. Near Verulam, 200 feet alt.,
Wood, 744 (12).

2. P. glaucophyllus Meisn. Clairmont, 50 feet alt., Wood (1);
Inanda, Wood, 466 (12).

3. P. myrtaceus Sond. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen, 1162.

4. P. tenellus Roxb. Not uncommon near Durban, probably
introduced.

5. P. sp. Near Colenso, 3,000 feet alt., Wood, 4414 (2).
6. P. sp. Biggarsberg, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood, 4268 (11).
7. P. sp. Clairmont, 50 feet alt., Wood, 1765 (12).

8. P. sp. Inanda, Wood, 855 (3).

Cyclostemon argutus Muell. Arg. In woods, Inanda, Wood,
1125 (11); 631 (10), not very common.

2. C. natalensis Muell. Near Durban, Wood (10). Coast only ;
unpleasantly scented when in flower.

Antidesma venosum E. M. Near Durban, Wood, 9130 (12-1),
coast districts only.

Jatropha hirsuta Hochst. Inanda, Wood, 211 (10), open ground
from near the sea to at least 2,000 feet alt.

2. J. natalensis Muell. Arg. Estcourt to Ladysmith, 3-4,000
feet alt., Wood, 3391 (1), 7950 (11).

3. J. Woodii O. Kuntze. Ladysmith, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood,
4242 (11).

Croton sylvaticum, Hochst. Inanda, Wood, 758 (12).

2. C. gratissimum Burch. Near Greytown, 3-4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, in Govt. Herbarium, 10,035.

Cluytia alaternoides Linn. Without precise locality, Gerrard
and McKen, 1163.

2. C. heterophylla Thb. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen, 72.

3. C. hirsuta Muell. Arg. Inanda, Wood, 371 (1).

4. C. natalensis Bernh. Curry’s Post, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood,
3569 (12) ; near Ladysmith, Wood, 3584 (1).

222 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socvety.

5. C. ovalis Sond. Nottingham Road, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood,
6041 (2).

6. C. pulchella Linn. Inanda, Wood, 593 (7). Common coast
and midlands in open ground.

7. C. Schlechteri Pax. Krantz Kloof, 1,800 feet alt., Schlechter,
3181 (9).

8. GC. sp. Zululand, Davis, 104, in Govt. Herbarium, 8782 (12).

9. 0. sp. ’Nkandhla, Zululand, 4~-5,000 feet alt., Wylie (Wood,
8874) (3).

10. C. sp. Near Murchison, 1—2,000 feet alt., Wood, 1990 (5). A
species with larger leaves than any other Natal species known to us.

Claoxylon capensis Baill. Entumeni, Zululand, 2,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3979 (4).

2. ©. sp. Mount Moreland, 50 feet alt., Wood, 1391 (11); Mount
Kdgecombe, 200 feet alt., Wood, 1089 (11).

3. ©. sp. Bluff near Durban, 250 feet alt., Wood (2).

Leidesia capensis Muell. Arg. Ismont, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
1867 (4).

Adenocline Mercurialis Turcz. Near Byrnetown, 2-3,000 feet
alt., Wood, 1816 (5).

2. A. pauciflora Turcz.

3. A. serrata Turez. var. Inchanga, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
7184 (10).

Acalypha Eckloni Baill. In cultivated ground, Inanda, Wood,
3148 (11).

2. A. glabrata Thb. Inanda, Wood, 430 (12).

3. A. peduncularis Meisn. Inanda, Wood, 48, 298 (11); near
Durban, Wood (8); Mooi River, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood (10) ; var.
glabra Sond. Inanda, Wood, 694 (11).

4. A. petiolaris Krauss. Inanda, Wood, 254 (10).

5. A. Schultzii Pax. Inanda, 1,800 feet alt., Wood ; Camper-
down, 2—3,000 feet alt., Rehmann, 7793.

6. A. Zeyheri Baill, var. punctata Meisn. Inanda, Wood, 697.

7. A. sp. Mooi River, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood, 4103 (11).

8. A. sp. Inanda, Wood, 404 (12). A shrub.

9. A. sp. In open ground near Colenso, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood,
4552 (2).

10. A. sp. Entumeni, Zululand, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, in Govt.
Herbarium, 3737 (4).

11. A. sp. Inanda, Wood, 1241 (8).

Mallotus capensis Musll. Arg. Ravines, Inanda, Wood; stony
hill, Krantzkloof, 1,800 feet alt., Wood (2); common in midland
woods. : |

Ricinus communis Linn. Common coast and midlands.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 223

Dalechampia capensis Spreng. f. Common at edges of woods,
coast and midlands, Wood (2).

Exceecaria africana Muell. Arg. Near Durban, Wood, 3917 (9) ;
coast only.

2. E. reticulata Muell. Arg. Near Durban, Wood, 1012 (9);
coast only.

3. E.sp. Inanda, Wood, 954 (7).

4. E.sp. Inanda, Wood, 991 (9).

5. E. sp. Hshowe, Zululand, Wylie (Wood 7534) (4).

Tragia durbanensis O. Kuntze. Bluff, O. Kuntze.

2. T. Schlechteri Pax. Near Umkomaas, Schlechter, 5701.

3. T. sp. Near Pieters, 3,400 feet alt., Wood, in Govt. Herbarium,
Scola ih):

4, T. sp. Near Ladysmith, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood, in Govt.
Herbarium, 7570 (2).

Gelonium africanum Muell. Arg. Without precise locality,
Gerrard and McKen, 1384.

Seidelia Mercurialis Baill. Not seen by us.

URTICACE,
Celtis Kraussiana Bernh. In woods all over the Colony.
‘¢ Natal Plants,” t. 28.

Trema bracteolata Blume. Inanda, Wood, 625 (10); Zululand,
6,000 feet alt., Davis 109 (1). ‘“ Natal Plants,” t. 356.

Chetachme aristata Planch. Common in coast woods.
2. C. nitida Planch and Harv. Unknown to us.

Cannabis sativa Linn. Common all over the Colony. Govt.
Herbarium, 3536.

Ficus capensis Thb.

2. KF. cordata Thb. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
Mc Ken, 1857 (Govt. Herbarium, 1002).

3. EF. mapumulo Gerr. MSS. Unknown to us.

4. F. natalensis Hochst. Coast and Drakensberg forests
(fourcade).

5. F. retusa Linn. Near Durban, Wood, 4500 (5); probably
introduced from India.

6. F.sp. Zululand, McKen, 1185, in Govt. Herbarium, 7291.

7. KF. sp. Without precise locality, collector unknown, leaves
only, in Govt. Herbarium, 999. |

8. F. sp. Inanda, Wood, 1361 (8) ; without precise locality,
Gerrard and McKen, 1577. ae -

9. F. sp. (Sycomorus hirsutus Sond.) Fourcade. Not known
to us. :

224 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

10. F. sp. (Sycomorus capensis Miquel). (Howrcade.)

11. F. sp. (Urostigma Thunbergii Miquel). (fowrcade.) Not
known to us.

Urtica urens Linn. Near Durban, Wood, 3145 (11).

Fleurya grossa Wedd. Umbhloti, 1,000 feet alt., Wood, 1236 (8).
2. F. capensis Wedd. Inanda, Wood, 1251 (12).

3. F. sp. Near Byrnetown, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood, 1880 (5).

4. F.sp. Near York, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood, in Govt. Her-
barium, 4854 (5).

5. F. sp. Inanda, Wood, 716 (1).

Urera tenax N.E.B. Coast and midlands; Inanda, Wood,
3837 (11).

2. U. sp. Umazinyati, 800 (?) feet alt., Wood, 1803 (2). Not
collected since 1883, and not seen in any other locality.

Australina acuminata Wedd. In woods near Durban. Wood,
1970 (3).

Parietaria pilosa Willd.

Pouzolzia procridioides Wedd.

MYRICACE ZZ.

Myrica ethiopica Linn. Not certainly known to us.
2. M. sp. Inanda, Wood, 985 (7).
3. M. sp. Near Durban, Wood, 9551 (7).

4. M. sp. Weenen County, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood, in Govt.
Herbarium, 3553 (1). One of these three may be M. ethiopica, but
we have no authentic description or specimen of the species.

SALICINE A.

Salix Woodii Seem. Near Colenso, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood,
6669 (2).

CERATOPHYLLEAL.

Ceratophyllum sp. In stagnant pool near mouth of Umgeni
‘River, Wood, 4000 (8).

CONIFERE At.

Callitris cupressoides Schrad. North Drakensberg, forming
isolated forests’ or clumps at high altitudes (Mourcade). Not
seen by us.

Podocarpus elongata L’Herit. In woods, Umbilo, 100 feet alt.,
Wood, 3005 (7) ; also Drakensberg (Fowrcade).

2. P. Thunbergii Hook. Stony hill, Alfred County, Wood, 3028,
fruit (5); Drakensberg, 3,500-4,500 feet alt. (fowrcade.)

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 225

CYCADACEZ.

Encephalartos Altensteinii Lehm.

2. E. brachyphyllus Lehm. ’Ngoya, Zululand, 2-3,000 feet
alt., Wood.

3. E. caffer Miq.

4. K. Ghellinckii Lehm. From coast to Drakensberg. Not
plentiful.

5. E. Lehmannii Lehm.
6. E. longifolius Lehm.
7. E. villosus Lehm. Coast districts only.

Stangeria paradoxa Moore. Coast and midlands not un-
common. Also in Zululand.

MONOCOTYLEDONS.

ORCHIDE 2.

Liparis Bowkeri Harv. Near Richmond on trees, Sanderson,
815 (12) ; without precise locality, Gerrard and McKen, 1556.

2. L. Gerrardi Reich. f. Natal, teste Bolus. Not known to us.

Megaclinium Sandersoni Oliver. Midlands on trees, often in
dense masses.

Calanthe natalensis Reichb. f. Bush swamp near Durban,
Sanderson, 1003; near York, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood; Zululand,
2,000 feet alt., Wylze, in Govt. Herbarium, 8020 (4).

Eulophia emula Schltr. Near Boston, 3-4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 5372 (2).

2. E. aculeata Spreng.
3. E. barbata Spreng. Near Durban, Sanderson, 496 (11, 12).

4. E. bicolor Reichb. f. Inanda, Wood, 1070 (12); Wessel’s
Nek, 3,700 feet alt., Wood, 5367 (12).

5. E. caffra Reichb. f. Near Durban, 3-400 feet alt., Wood ;
‘“‘Thorns’’ near Mooi River, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood.

6. E. carunculifera Reichb.f. Natal, teste Bolus. Not known
to us.

7. E. calanthoides Schltr. Near Boston, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wylie
(Wood, 4626) (2).
_ 8. E. chrysantha Schltr. Near Verulam, £00 feet alt., Wood,
700 (12) ; near Greytown in moist ground, Wood (1).

¥. E. deflexa Rolfe. Without precise locality, Allison. Not
seen by us; most likely a plant of the higher districts.

10. E. Dregeana Ldl. Camperdown, 2,400 feet alt., Wood (1).

226 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

11. E. flaccida Schlechter. Near Durban, Schltr., 2860 (7).

12. E. ensata Ldl. Dargle, 3—4,000 feet alt., Sanderson, 138 f.;
near Durban, Sanderson, 494 (12); near Verulam, 200 feet alt., Wood,
275 (10).

13. E. hians Spreng. Inanda, Wood, 205. Near Durban, Wood,
5319 (9).

14, KE. inequalis Schltr. Without precise locality, Sanderson,
LOHUL (),

15. E. laxiflora Schltr. Blauw Krantz, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood,
3430 (12); Itafamasi, 1,500 feet alt., Wood, 725 (12); Inanda, Wood,
456.

16. E. leontoglossa Reichb. f. Near Pinetown, Sanderson, 744 ;
Inanda, Wood, 1085 (11). Common in coast districts.
17. E. maculata Reichb. f.

18. E. natalensis Reichb. f. Near Durban, Sanderson 476 (11) ;
Wood, 1430 (12); near Verulam, 3-500 feet alt., Wood, 1417 (11). ~

19. E. nigricans Schltr. Inanda, Wood, 335 (11).

20. E. parvilabris dl. Without precise locality, Govt.
Herbarium, 5983. -

21. KE. streptopetala Ldl.

22. KE. tristis Spreng.

23. E. Woodii Schltr. Weenen County, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood,
3420 (12).

Lissochilus zqualis Lindl. Without precise locality, Gerrard
and McKen, 9.

2. L. arenarius Lindl. Near Pinetown, 1,000 feet alt., Wood, in
Govt. Herbarium, 1241 (10); near Tongaat, 200 feet alt., Wood.

3. L. Buchanani Reich. f. In swampy ground, Inanda, Wood,
845.

4. L. clitellifer Reich. f. Inanda, Wood, 170 (8); near Durban,
Wood. Not uncommon.

5. L. porphyroglossus Reich. f. In swamp, Inanda, Wood, 374
(11); Zululand, Woodward.

6. L. speciosus R. Br. Near Durban, common.

Cymbidium Buchanani Reich. f. Inanda, Wood, 263 (11);
Bishopstowe, 3-4,000 feet alt., Sanderson, 1006; near Pinetown,
1,000 feet alt., Sanderson.

Cyrtopera Oliveriana Reich. f. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 7547 (12); Polela, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood, 4586 (4).

Ansellia gigantea Reichb.f. Near Durban, Sanderson, 474
(10). Var. citrina Reichb. f. Near Sinkwazi River, 150 feet alt.,
Wood.

Polystachya Gerrardi Harv. Near Richmond, 2-3,000 feet alt.,
Gerrard and McKen, 1557 (11). |

fievised List of the Flora of Natal. 227

2. P, grandifiora Ldl. Natal, teste Bolus. Not known to us.
3. P.Ottoniana Reichb.f. Natal, teste Bolus. Not known to us.

4. P. pubescens Reichb. f. Without precise locality, McKen
(Govt. Herbarium, 1063).

dD. P. rigidula Reichb. f. Natal, teste Bolus. Not known to us.

6. P. Sandersoni Harv. Attercliffe, 600 feet alt., Sanderson,
134. Rare.

7. P. similis Reichb. f. Natal, teste Bolus. Not known to us.
8. P. tricruris Reichb. f. Natal, teste Bolus. Not known to us.

Angrecum arcuatum Ldl. Near Durban, Sanderson, 893. Not
uncommon in woods.

9. A. bicaudatum Ldl. Near Richmond, 2-3,000 feet alt.,
Sanderson, 832 (11).

-3. A. caffrum Bolus.

4. A. Culveri Schltr. ’“Ngoya, Zululand, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wylie
(Wood, 9461) (8).

5. A. Chiloschistz Reichb. f. Natal, teste Bolus. Not known
to us.

6. A. conchiferum Ldl. Near Vryheid, 3-4,000 feet alt., Som,
in Govt. Herbarium, 10,463 (10).

7. A. Maude Bolus.
8. A. Mystacidii Reichb. f.
9. A. sacciferum Ldl.

10. A. Saundersiz Bolus. Palmiet and Umbilo Rivers, Mrs.
Kk. Saunders (3); J. Sanderson, 892.

11. A. tricuspe Bolus. Zululand, Wylie, in Govt. Herbarium,
9522.

12. A. tridentatum Harv. Krantzkloof, 1,800 feet alt., Sander-
son, 562.

Mystacidium filicorne Ldl. Near Pietermaritzburg, 2,500 feet
alt., Sanderson, 504.

. M. Gerrardi Bolus. Umzimkulu, Wood, 5893 (1).

. M. gracile Harv. Tongaat, McKen. (Herbarium Sanderson.)
. M. longicorne (Thb.) Nob.

. M. Millari Bolus. Near Durban, 4. D. Millar.

6. M. pusillum Harv. Near Durban, Sanderson (1); Krantz-
kloof, Sanderson, 827 (1).

Zeuxine cochlearis Schltr. In sandy soil near mouth of Umgeni
River, Schlechter, 3002, in Govt. Herbarium, 5982.

Platylepis glandulosa Reichb. f. In bush swamp, head of Natal
Bay, Sanderson, 1048; Wood ; Zululand, Wylie.

; Herminium natalense Reichb. f. Not known to us. Gerrard,
O41. 7 cet *

Oo Fe WwW bd

228 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Stenoglottis fimbriata Ldl. Near Durban, Sanderson, 897 (1) ;
summit of Drakensberg near Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood

(1).
2. §. longifolia Hk. f. Bank of stream, Zululand, 2,000 feet
alt., Wood, 5650 (4). Not known to us from any other locality.

Huttoneza fimbriata Reichb. f.

2. H. grandiflora Schltr.

3. H. Hallackii Bolus. Dargle Farm, 3—4,000 feet alt., Fannin.

4. H. oreophila Schltr. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Schlechter,
6921 (3).

5. H. pulchra Harv. Near Byrnetown, 2-3,090 feet alt., Wood,
1871 (5).

Holothrix Lindleyana Reichb. f.

2. H. Macowaniana Reichb. f.

3. H. multisecta Bolus. Mrs. Fannin. Not known to us.
5 4. H. orthoceras Reichb. f. Illovo, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 1869

Habenaria arenaria Ldl. Springvale, McKen, in Govt. Her-
barium, 3831.

ans H. Boltoni Harv. Near Verulam, 500 feet alt., Wood, 270
3. H. Bonatea Reichb. f. Near Durban, Sanderson, 1037 ; Wood,
in Govt. Herbarium, 5998 (7). Not uncommon.
4. H. cassidea Reichb. f. Natal, teste Bolus. Not known to us.
5. H. ciliosa Ldl. Natal. Drege, 4573. Not known to us.
6. H. cornuta Ldl. Without precise locality, Sanderson.

7. H. clavata Reichb. f. Without precise locality, Buchanan, in
Govt. Herbarium, 3832; near Durban, Sanderson, 489 (11).

8. H. dives Reichb. f. Near Durban, Sanderson, 501 (12). Not

uncommon. .
9. H. Dregeana Ldl. Near Brynetown, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood
(4); Inanda, Wood, 815 (1).
10. H. foliosa Reichb. f. Near Durban, Sanderson, 499 (12).
11. H. involuta Bolus. Natal, Sanderson, 833.

12. H. Kreenzliniana Schltr. Near Ladysmith, 3—-4,000 feet alt.,
on a stony hill, Wood, 5528 (2).

13. H. malacophylla Reichb. Polela, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood,
4586 (4).
14. H. microrhynchos Schltr. Not known to us.

15. H. natalensis Reichb. f. Dargle, 3—-4,000 feet alt., Kanne,
Glencoe, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood, 4822 (2); near Durban, Wood.

16. H. polyphylla Kz.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 229

17. H. polypodantha Reichb. f.. Without precise locality,
Gerrard and McKen, 27 (in Govt. Herbarium, 1291).

18. H. porrecta Bolus. Natal, McKen, 11; Plant, 52; Sander-
son, Gueinzius, Pappe, 77.

19. H. Saundersize Harv. Near Durban, Sanderson, 822 (8).
20. H. tenuior N. E. B. Inanda, Wood, 714 (1).

21. H. tetrapetala Reichb. f. Near Durban, Sanderson, 500 ;
near Murchison, 1—2,000 feet alt., Wood, 3088 (5).

22. H. transvaalensis Schltr. Not known to us.
93. H. tridens Ldl. Gerrard, 1559. Not known to us.
24. H. Tysoni Bolus. Natal, Sanderson No. 2.

25. H. Woodiana Schltr. ’Ngoya, Zululand, 2-3,000 feet alt.,
Wyle (Wood. 9468) (3 and 4).

26. H. sp. (Platanthera virginalis Bolus). Van Reenen, 5-6,000
feet alt., rocky hill, Schlechter.

Cynorchis compacta, Reichb. f. On a rocky hill near Gillitts,
2,000 feet alt., Wood. Not known to us from any other locality, and
this was the place almost certainly where Sanderson first gathered
it, and it was refound by Mr. J. Thode, who showed me a specimen
and told me where he had gathered it.

Satyrium aphyllum Schltr. Inanda, Wood, 660 (9).

2. §. cordifolium Ldl. Marsh ground, Dargle, 3-4,000 feet alt.,
Fannin (Sanderson, Ff. No. 11).

3. §. cristatum Sond. Near Boston, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood,
5360 (2).

4. §. erectum Sw.

5. §. eriostomum Ldl. Without precise locality, Sanderson,
486 (11).

6. §. longicauda Ldl. Summit of Mabehlana Mountain, 4,800
feet alt., Hvans 623 (1); Inanda, Buchanan (McKen, 5, 6).

7. S. macrophyllum Ldl. Without precise locality, Sanderson ;
Inanda, Wood, 3585 (3).

8. §. ocellatum Bolus. Upper Tugela district, Wood, 3415 (12) ;
without precise locality, Rehmann, 5831.

9. §. parviflorum Sw. Without precise locality, Sanderson,
No: 27.

10. §. spherocarpum Ldl. Near Durban, Wood, 1380 (9-10).
Common.

11. §. trinerve Lindl. Near Durban, Wood (11); near New-
castle, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood, 6657 (1); also near Greytown.

12. §. Woodii Schltr. Inanda, Wood, 427, 1435 (10-12); Upper
Umkomaas, Groom (in Govt. Herbarium, 2039).

Disa aconitoides Sond. Inanda, Wood, 1418 (10). Not un-
common in midland districts.

230 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

2. D. Baurii Bolus. ’Ngoya, Zululand, Wood, 9290 (7).

3. D. brevicornis Bolus. Inanda, J. M. Wood ; Sanderson.

4. D. Cephalotes Reichb. Oliver’s Hoek, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood,
3426 (1).

5. D. chrysostachya Sw. Camperdown, 2-3,000 feet alt.,
Sanderson, 60 (12-1).

6. D. Cooperi Reichb. f.

7. D. crassicornis Ldl. Dargle, 3—4,000 feet alt., Mannin (2);
near Howick, 3—4,000 feet alt., Haygarth (in Govt. Herbarium, 9122) ;
same locality, Wood, 8438 (11).

8. D. extinctoria Reichb. f. Inanda, Wood ; Gerrard.

9. D. frigida Schltr. Drakensberg Mountains, Thode, 10,000
feet alt.

10. D. leata Reichb. f. Fannin, 53. Not known to us.

11. D. nervosa Ldl. Dargle, 3-4,000 feet alt., Fannin (2);
Botha’s Hill, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood, 4821 (2).

12. D. oreophila Bolus. Slopes of Drakensberg, 5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3413, 2417 (1).

13. D. patula Sond. Grassy hill, Mooi River, 4,200 feet alt.,
Wood, 4077 (11).

14. D. polygonoides Ldl. Common in coast and midland dis-
tricts, Gerrard and McKen, 749; Sanderson, 480 (11-1). Var. (D.
fragrans, Schltr.). Van Reenen, Wood (8); a variety reduced in size,
with smaller and more fragrant flowers.

15. D. pulchra Sond. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood,
5885 (12).

16. D. sagittalis Sw. -

17. D. saxicola Schltr.

18. D. stachyoides Reichb. f. Inanda, Wood, 770 (11).
Common.

19. D. stricta Sond. Without precise locality, Sanderson (in
Govt. Herbarium, 3827).

20. D. tripetaloides N. E.B. On wet bank of brook, near
Murchison, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 1981 (5).

21. D. versicolor Reichb. f. Nkandhla, Zululand, Haygarth
(in Govt. Herbarium, 7546 (12).

Brownleea cerulea Harv. Noodsberg 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood,
5379 (4); Gerrard and McKen, 1543 (in Govt. Herbarium, 1298) ;
Drakensberg, 10,000 feet alt., Thode (2).

2. B. Galpini Bolus. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood,
5660 (3).

3. B. parviflora Harv. Mahwahqua, 6-7,000 feet alt., Wood,
8169 (3).

4. B. recurvata Sond. Natal, teste Bolus.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 231

Brachycorythis ovata Harv. Attercliffe, 3-400 feet alt. San-
derson, 482 (11-12).

2. B. pubescens Harv. Without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen, 735. a’

‘Schizochilus Gerrardi Bolus. Near Tugela Falls, 5-6,000 feet
alt., Wood, 3444 (1).

2. §. Zeyheri Sond. Summit of Drakensberg, 6,000 feet allt.,
Wood, 3425 (1).

Pterygodium hastatum Bolus. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Schlechter, 6923 (3).

2. P. magnum Reichb. f. Inanda, Wood, 909; base of Drakens-
berg, 4,000 feet alt., Wood, 3424 (1).

3. P. sp. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood (in Govt.
Herbarium, 7169) (8).

Disperis anthoceros Reichb. f. In wood, Inanda, Wood, 841
(1); Hilton, 4,000 feet alt., Pearse (Wood, 4545) (2).

2. D. cardiophora Harv. Common, coast to Drakensberg.

3. D. Cooperi Harv. Dargle, 4,000 feet alt. Sanderson (2); Van
Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Haygarth (in Govt. Herbarium, 6927) (8).

4. D. Fanniniz Harv. Inanda, Wood (2); Zululand, Wylie (in
Govt. Herbarium, 9304) (3); without precise locality, Gerrard and
McKen, 20; Van Reenen, Wood (3).

5. D. Macowani Bolus.

6. D. oxyglossa Bolus. Kmangweni, Thode; Karkloof, Buchanan
(in Govt. Herbarium, 2339). °

7. D. stenoglossa Schltr. Sea-beach near Durban, 10 feet alt.,
Schlechter, 3001 (8). ;

8. D. Tysoni Bolus. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood,
0049 (3) ; Highlands, 5,000 feet alt., O. Kuntze.

9. D. venusta Schltr. Van Reenen, 5—6,000 feet alt., Wood (2).
10. D. Wealii Reichb. Polela, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood, 4829 (4).

11. D. Woodii Bolus. Inanda, Wood, 127; Noodsberg, Wood ;
near Durban, Schlechter, Tongaat, 2-300 feet alt., Mrs. Sawnders (11).

Corycium nigrescens Sond. Near Durban, Wood, 988 (10).
2. C. tricuspidatum Bolus. Charlestown, 5-6,000 feet alt.
Wood (2).
SCITAMINE 2.

Kempferia natalensis Schltr. Inanda, Wood, 544 (8); also in
Zululand; these two are the only localities at present known for
this plant.

Strelitzia Augusta Thb. Common on coast and reaching to
midlands.

232 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

HAMODORACEA.

Barbaretta aurea Harv. Without precise locality, Sim, 2907.

Sanseviera thyrsiflora Thb. Common at edges of woods,
coast, and midlands.

2. §. sp. Near Somkeli, Zululand, flowers not seen. Plants
brought by Wylie are growing in Botanic Gardens, Durban.

IRIDE A.
Morea glauca Wood and Evans. On river flat, Mooi River,
4,000 feet alt., Wood, 4035 (10).

2. M. ividioides Linn. Inanda, Wood (10), the small form
common in woods, the large-flowered form rather rare, observed at
Inanda and near Pinetown.

3. M. natalensis Baker. Curry’s Post, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood,
3436 (12) ; Oliver’s Hoek, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 3442 (1).

4. M. spathacea Ker. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood,
4516 (12) ; Zululand, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 3960 (12); coast districts,
Wood, 487. The Van Reenen variety differs from specimens
gathered near Nottingham Road, where it is common, by colour of
the flower and size of the plant, while the coast form differs chiefly
by the great length of the leaf and height of the flowering scape.

5. M.tenuis Ker. Liddesdale, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood, 4252 (12).
6. M. tricuspis Ker. Inanda, Wood, 1116 (11), 414 (11).

7. M. violacea Baker. Near Byrne, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood,
5,220 (2).

Homeria miniata Sweet.

Romulea rosea Eckl. Summit of Mount Erskine, Hvans, 373.
Bobartia natalensis (Regel) Klatt.

Aristea anceps Eckl. Grassy hills, Inanda, Wood, 735 (12).

2. A. compressa Buching. Near Durban, Wood, in Govt.
Herbarium, 2355.

3. A. Eckloni Baker. Inanda, Wood, 192 (9).
4. A. flexicaulis Baker. Near Howick, Mudd. Not known to us.

5. A. majubensis Baker. Majuba, Hllott, 1628; Tugela
valley, Allison.

6. A. montana Baker. Majuba, 6-7,000 feet alt. Wood,
4768 (12).

7. A. paniculata Baker. Drakensberg, 6-7,000 feet alt.,
EKvans, 356.

8. A. schizolena Harv. Inanda, Wood, 738 (12).

9. A. torulosa Klatt. Inanda, Wood, 751 (11); near Durban,

Wood (12). Var. monostachya Baker. Without precise locality,
Buchanan, |

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 933

Schizostylis coccinea Backh. and Harv. Without precise
locality, Gerrard, 1528. Not known to us.

2. §. pauciflora Klatt. Edges of brooks in upper districts from
3,000 feet alt. to Drakensberg; Little Tugela district, 4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3440 (1).

Hesperantha Baurii Baker. Inanda, Wood, 231; grassy hill,
Hisdumbini, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 4346 (4). Not uncommon.

2. H. bifolia Baker. Near Howick, 3—4,000 feet alt., Junod,
374; var. with white flowers, Junod, 116.

3. H. gracilis Baker. In light shade at base of perpendicular
rocks at foot of Isangwana, 1,800 (?) feet alt., Wood, 923. The only
plant seen; it was gathered in 1880 and has not since been met
with to our knowledge.

4. H. lactea Baker. Field’s Hill, 1,500 feet alt., Wood, 2438 (2) ;
near Verulam, 300 feet alt., Wood, 1118 (11). Not uncommon in
coast and midland districts.

5. H. modesta Baker. In marshy ground, Umlaas location,
500 to 1,000 feet alt., Wood, 3201 (7). Apparently rare; the specimen
was gathered in 1485 and has not since been seen by us.

6. H. radiata Ker. Near Mooi River, 4,200 feet alt., Wood,
4856 (10); Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 4793 (11).

7. H. subexserta Baker. Near Botha’s Hill Station, 2~3,000
feet alt., Wood, 4543 (10).

8. H. Woodii Baker. Near Byrnetown, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood,
1868 (4); "Nkandhla, Zululand, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wylie, in Govt.
Herbarium, 9353. Rare.

Ixia trichorhiza Baker. Near Durban, Sutherland. Not known
to us.

Dierama pendula Baker. Common from coast to Drakensberg,
the flowers of the coast specimens are nearly all pure white, in the
midlands pink or white, and in the upper districts usually much
darker in colour. Var. pumila Baker. Coast only.

2. D. pulcherrima Baker. Near Howick, 3—4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 8675 (11).

Lapeyrousea cruenta Baker. Common coast and midland
districts. Inanda, Wood, 406 (12); near Durban, 650 (9); Notting-
ham, 4,800 feet alt., Buchanan.

Watsonia densiflora Baker. Common to at least 2,000 feet
alt., Inanda, Wood, 538 (2). Var. alba Weenen County, Inanda,
and near Pinetown, Wood.

2. W. humilis Miller. Cooper, 3187. Not known to us.

3. W. Meriana Miller. Common in upper districts. Stony hill,
near Byrnetown, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood, 1874 (5).
Tritonia Kraussii Baker. Van Reenen, 5—6,000 feet alt., Wood,
9521 (1) ; summit of Table Mountain, 2,000 feet alt., Krauss.
16

234 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socvety.

2. T. laxiflora Bth. Inanda, Wood, 784 (12-1).

3. T. lineata Ker. Itafamasi, 1,500 feet alt., Wood, 669 (8).

4. T. Pottsii Bth. Near Richmond, 2-—3,000 feet alt., Wood,
1955 (5).

5. T. rosea Klatt. Without precise locality, Buchanan.

6. T. teretifolia Baker. Foot of Table Mountain, Krauss, 430.
Not known to us.

Crocosmia aurea Planch. Umbhloti 1,500 feet alt., Wood, 797
(2); common coast to at least 2,500 feet alt.

Acidanthera brevicollis Baker. Sandy soil near mouth of
Umgeni River, Wood, 1092 (9). Not found by us in any other
locality.

2. A. platypetala Baker. Inanda, Wood, 232, 243 (9). Near
Durban, to 3—4,000 feet alt.

Gladiolus aurantiacus Klatt. Camperdown, 2,400 feet alt.,
Wood, 4968 (10).

2. G. crassifolius Baker. Near Tugela River, 3—4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4407 (2) ; near Camperdown, 2,500 feet alt., Wood, 3175 (3).

3. G. cruentus Moore. Not seen by us.

4. G. dracocephalus Hk.f. Near Estcourt, 3,700 feet alt., Dr.

Brown, 119 (12); foot of Drakensberg, Cooper, 3593 ; without precise
locality, Allison.

5. G. Eckloni Lehm. Biggarsberg, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood, 4712
(2); ’Nkandhla, Zululand, Wylie (Wood, 8839) (8).

6. G. edulis Burch. Newcastle, 3—4,000 feet alt., J. MW. Wood,
6249 (1).

7. G. gracilis Jacq. Natal, Krauss, 1403. Not seen by us.
8. G. inandensis Baker. Inanda, Wood, 177 (8), 237 (8).
9. G. Junodii Baker. Howick, 3—4,000 feet alt., Jwnod, 320.

10. G. Ludwiggii Pappe. Inanda, Wood, 601 (6); Polela,
45,000 feet alt., Wood, 4636 (4). Not uncommon; also in Zulu-
land.

11. G. Papilio Hook f. Moist ground, Mooi River, 4-5,000 feet
alt., Wood, 3441 (12). Not uncommon in uplands. Var. near Durban,
Wood, 1729 (9).

12. G. platyphyllus Baker. Inanda, Wood, 422; HEntumeni,
Zululand, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 8960 (4).

13. G. psittacinus Hook. Camperdown, 2,500 feet alt. (12).
Var. Cooperi. Without precise locality, Guweinzius; in coast dis-
tricts of Zululand.

14. G. pubescens Baker. Bank of Mooi River, 4,000 feet alt.

15. G. purpureo-auratus Hk. f. Upper Tugela district, Allison.
Not seen by us.

16. G. rachidiflorus Klatt. Round Durban Bay, Drege, 4537.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal: 935

17. G. salmoneus Baker. Upper Umkomaas, 34,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 8357 (10).
18. G. sericeo-villosus Hk. Drakensberg, 5-6,000 feet alt.

19. G@. Saundersii Hk. f. Inanda, Wood, 1216; McKen, 17.
Usually tound in the crevices of perpendicular rocks, hanging down
the face of the rock and often out of the reach of the collector.

20. G. tritonceformis O. Kuntze. Howick, O. Kuntze. Not
known to us.

21. G. Woodii Baker. Inanda, Wood, 618 (10). Rather rare —

and very solitary.
Antholyza caffra Ker. Lidgetton, 3,900 feet alt., Wood, 8337
(1) ; without precise locality, Cooper.

A. paniculata Klatt. Bank of stream, Klip River County
34,000 feet alt., Wood, 3499 (1).

AMARYLLIDEA.

Hypoxis acuminata Baker. Inanda, Wood, 1347 (8).

2. H. angustifolia Lam. Van Reenen, 5—6,000 feet alt., 6254
(11); Imanda, Wood, 771 (11). Var. Buchanani Baker. Inanda,
Wood, 426 (12).

3. H. argentea Harv. var. sericea Baker. Near Durban,
Wood, 101; Inanda, 191.

4. Baurii Baker. Damp places, Liddesdale, 4—5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4261 (12). Var. platypetala Baker. Stony hill, Liddesdale,
Wood, 4260 ; near Vryheid, Sam, 2915 (10); on the road to Kokstadt,
Groom ; in Herbarium, Wood, 1753.

5. H. brevifolia Baker. Liddesdale, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood,
3940 (2).

6. H. filiformis Baker. Inanda, Wood, 1030 (9) ; common coast
and midland districts in open grass lands.

7. H. Gerrardi Baker. Inanda, Wood, 347 (12); without precise
locality, Gerrard.

8. H. Junodii Baker. Near Pinetown, Jwnod, 157.
9. H. Kraussiana Buch. Near Maritzburg, Krauss, 104.

10. H. latifolia Hook. Near Howick, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood,
5193 (11); Adlam.

11. H. membranacea Baker. Itafamasi, 1,500 feet alt., Wood,
G44, 862 (1).

12. H. millioides Baker. Klip River, 3—4,000 feet alt., Swther-
land ; Dargle, Mrs. Fannin ; without precise locality, Krauss, 24.

13. H. multiceps Buch. Inanda, Wood, 1011.

14. H. obtusa Buch. Drakensberg, Bolus, 2572.

15. H. oligotricha Baker. Clairmont, 20 feet alt., Wood, 1170
(10).

236 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

16. H. rigidula Baker. Inanda, Wood, 407 (12); Mooi River,
4,300 feet alt., Wood, in Govt. Herbarium, 3870 (11). Var. pilo-
sissima Baker. Near Gourton, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood, 3433
(12); without precise locality, Gerrard and McKen, 1826.

17. H. Rooperi Moore. Inanda, Wood, 373 (12); Weenen
County, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood, 4372 (12).

18. H. villosa Linn. f., var. pannosa Baker. Slopes of Drakens-
berg, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood, 3434 (1).

19. H. Woodii Baker. Inanda, Wood, 426a (12).

Curculigo plicata Ait. Klip River, 3,500-4,500 feet, Swther-
land. Var. Barberi Baker. Inanda, Wood, 273 (9); Van Reenen,
56,000 feet alt., Wood (11).

Hessea Schlechteri O. Kuntze. Highlands, Mooi River Station,
45,000 feet alt., O. Kuntze.

Anoiganthus brevifolius Baker. Inanda, Wood, 175; Zulu-
land, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 9087 (7). Var. minor, Baker. Inanda,
Wood, 230; near Durban, Wood, 9079 (5). The type is almost, if
not always, found in marshy land, the variety on damp flats,
occasionally on hillsides, but always in fairly moist soil.

Apodolirion Buchanani Baker. Near Maritzburg, Krauss, 449 ;
without precise locality, Buchanan.

2. A. Etta Baker. Grassy hill, Umbumbulu, of 800 feet alt.,
Wood, 3193 (7). This plant was collected in 1885, on the side of a
hill where the grass had been recently burned off, and it has not
been since met with in Natal, it is named after Miss Etta Stainbank
(now Mrs. English), who was one of the party when it was gathered.

3. A. McKenii Baker. Amongst grass, Noodsberg, 2-3,000 feet
alt., Wood, 110 (4). The flowers are precocious, and very powerfully
scented—so much so that their presence may be detected several
yards away in the long grass, by the scent alone.

Crinum acaule Baker. Zululand, Sawnders. Not seen by us.

2. C. longifolium Thb. Common, coast to Drakensberg.

3. C. Macowani Baker. In moist ground, Upper Tugela,
45,000 feet alt., Wood, 5614. Flowered in Botanic Gardens,
Durban, 1894.

4. ©. Moorei Hk. f. In woods, Inanda, Wood, 1164 (11).

Ammocharis falcata Herb. Mooi River Valley, Swtherland ;
“Thorns”? near Greytown, 4—0,000 feet alt., Wood.

Brunsvigia Josephine Gawl. Near Zuurberg, 4-5,000 feet
alt., Wood, 914 (3); Zululand, Wylie in Govt. Herbarium, 9331 (8).
Common in open ground from 2,000 feet alt. to Drakensberg.

9. B. natalensis Baker. South Downs, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood,
4421 (12). Rare. ‘

Nerine angustifolia Baker. Polela, Adlam ; Griffin’s Hill, near
Estcourt, 3—4,000 feet alt., Rehmann, 7320.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 237

2. N. appendiculata Baker. Near Greytown, 34,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 9834 (3).

3. N. filifolia Baker. Hvans, 650.

4. N. pancratioides Baker. In valley above Greytown, Wood,
4311 (4); Hvans, 650.

5. N. Schlechteri Baker. Mount West, 5,600 feet alt., Schltr.,
6816. Not known to us.

Cyrtanthus angustifolius Ait. On grassy hills, common from
coast to Drakensberg. Inanda, Wood, 469 (10); also in Zululand.

2. C. Galpini Baker. Hills above Weenen (?)
3. C. lutescens Herb. Natal, but not seen by us.
4. O. MacKenii Hk. f. Coast only, Wood, 1336 (7).

5. C. obliquus Ait. Maritzburg County, Adlam ; Camperdown,
23,000 feet alt., Wood, 9936 (10).

6. C. O’Brieni Baker. In crevices of rocks overlooking the
Buffalo River near Charlestown, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 4812 (12).

7. C. odorus Gawl. Near Maritzburg, Krauss, 266; without
precise locality, Gerrard, 548.

8. C. sanguineus Hook. Coast districts, Sanderson, 551; not
uncommon; Inanda and Lower Umzimkulu, Wood.

Clivia Gardeni Hook. Common in midlands, in moist places.
2. C. miniata Regel. Common in woods, coast to 2,000 feet alt.

3. C. nobilis Ldl. Near Murchison, 1—2,000 feet alt., Wood,
3066 (5); also in Zululand.

Hemanthus albomaculatus Baker. Mount Moreland, 200 feet
alt., Wood, 1006 (6-7) ; near Durban, Wood, 1989 (6-7).

2. H. Baurii Baker. Illovo, 23,000 feet., S. H. Large.
3. H. candidus Bull. Tugela Valley, Allison.
4. H. deformis Hook. f. Without precise locality, McKen.

5. H. hirsutus Baker. Rocks near Mooi River, 4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3443 (12); without precise locality, Cooper. Rather rare.

6. H. Katherine Baker. In wood in shade, Inanda, Wood, 403
(12); Tongaat, Mrs. Saunders ; also in Zululand.

7. H. magnificus Herb. Natal, but not known to us.
8. H. MacKenii Baker. Without precise locality, WcKen.

9. H. montanus Baker. Stony hill near Charlestown, 6,000 feet
alt., Wood, 4810 (12).

10. H. natalensis Pappe. Common, coast to 5,000 feet alt.

11. H. puniceus Linn., var. membranaceus Baker. Umazinyati
Valley, 800 feet alt., Wood, 1219 (2).

Buphane disticha Herb. Inanda, Wood, 140 (9); near Durban,
Wood, 1584; Drakensberg Mountains, Bolus, 2834. :

238 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Vellozia clavata Baker. Without precise locality, Gerrard,
1824.

2. VW. elegans Oliver. Drakensberg, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood,
3439 (1); Inanda, Wood (1) Var. minor Baker. Near York, Wood
in Govt. Herbarium, 4855 (5).

3. VW. viscosa Baker. Inanda, Wood, 1114 (1); Van Reenen,
5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 9525 (2).

DIOSCORACH 4.

Dioscorea crinita Hk. f. Inanda, Wood, 1618 (2); near
Durban, Wood, 5922 (4); without precise locality, Gerrard and
MckKen, 494.

2. D. diversifolia Griesb. Groenberg, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 892
(3) ; without precise locality, Gerrard, 1920.

3. D. Dregeana Baker. Inanda, Wood, 417 (11); near Durban,
Sanderson, 46.

4. D. malifolia Baker. Inanda, Wood, 753 (11); near Durban,
Wood, 8786 (38).

5. D. microcuspis Baker. Near Newcastle, 3-4,000 feet alt.,
Rehmann, 7042.

6. D. mutiloba Kth. Inanda, Wood, 329, 825 (1); without
precise locality, Gerrard, 772; Gueinzwws.

7. D. rupicola Kth. Inanda, Wood, 1167 (10).

8. D. undatiloba Baker. Without precise locality, Gerrard,
ISL |

Testudinaria elephantipes Burch. Rocky hill, South Downs,
4—5,000 feet alt., Wood, 4386 (12).

2. T. sylvatica Kth. Inanda, Wood, 420 (12), 13829 (1); with-
out precise locality, Gerrard, 508; Cooper; Sanderson.

LILIACHK A.

Smilax Kraussiana Meisn. In woods, coast to 3,000 feet alt.,
Inanda, Wood, 594.

Asparagus ethiopicus Linn., var. natalensis Baker. Inanda,
Wood, l3al (9).

2. A. africanus Lam. Inanda, Wood, 989 (9) ; Colenso, 3-4,000
feet alt., Wood, 4089 (10); without precise locality, Gerrard, 126.

3. A. asiaticus Linn. Without precise locality, Gerrard, 70.
4. A. declinatus Linn. Without precise locality, Cooper, 1127.

}. A. falcatus Linn. Near Durban, Wood, 6667 (1); Zululand,
6,000 feet alt., Davis, 119 (2).

6. A. medeoloides Thb. Inanda, Wood, .623 (9); without
precise locality, Gerrard. ; OA

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 239

' 7. A. myriocladus Baker. Inanda, Wood, 355 (12); also in
Zululand, Wood.

8. A. plumosus Baker. Near Pinetown, 1,500 feet alt., Wood,
4012 (1). Var. nanus. Common in woods of coast districts.

9. A. sarmentosus Linn. Inanda, Wood, 1636 (2); near
Durban, Wood in Govt. Herbarium, 9257.

10. A. Saundersiz Baker. Without precise locality, Mrs.
Saunders. :

11. A. scandens Thb. Near Richmond, 2-3,000 feet alt.,
Wyle in Govt. Herbarium, 9054. Cultivated in Botanic Gardens,
Durban.

12. A. Sprengeri Regel. Near Durban, Wood in Govt. Her-
barium, 7559 (3); also found on rocks near mouth of Isipingo
River, almost within reach of the salt spray, and growing in a
compact bushy form.

13. A. stipulaceus Lam. Mountain ranges, 2-3,000 feet alt.,
Sutherland ; without precise locality, Gerrard, 542.

14. A. subulatus Thb. Without precise locality, Gerrard, 228.

15. A. virgatus Baker. Inanda, Wood, 1373 (10); Drakensberg,
Cooper, 2248 ; near Durban, Wood.

16. A. sp., near laricinus Burch. Zululand, Wylie in Govt.
Herbarium, 8011, 9329 (3-4).

Behnia reticulata Didrichs. Inanda, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 204;
coast, Sutherland.

Draczeena Hookeriana K. Koch. Common at edges of woods
to 2,000 feet alt.

Kniphofia alooides Moench. Inanda, Wood, 1330 (6); near
Durban, Wood (8).

2. K. breviflora Harv. Van Reenen, 5—6,000 feet alt. Wood,
5606 (3) ; near Lidgetton, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood (11).

3. K. Buchanani Baker. Field’s Hill, 1,500 feet alt., Wood,
1972 (2); near Boston, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood, 4572 (3).

4. K. concinna Baker. Neweastle, 3—4,000 feet alt., Rehmann,
7024. .

5. K. ensifolia Baker. Summit of Drakensberg, 5—6,000 feet
alt., Wood 6071 (3).
6. K. Evansii Baker. Drakensberg, 6—7,000 feet alt., Hvans,
353 (2).
7. K. fibrosa Baker. Van Reenen, 5—6,000 feet alt., Wood, 8922
(1); Mahwaqua, 6-7,000 feet alt., Hvans, 649.
8. K. gracilis Harv. Zululand, Wood in Govt. Herbarium,
3726 (4).
9. K. laxiflora Kth. Near Howick, 3,400 feet alt., Wood (11).
10. K. longicollis Baker. Without precise locality, Hort.
Leichtlin. 2. he

240 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socvety.

11. K. Macowani Baker. Upper Umkomaas, Wylie in Her-
barium, Wood, 8327 (3).

12. K.modesta Baker. Near Botha’s Hill, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
4409 (2) ; Glencoe, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood, 4826 (3).

13. K. multiflora Wood and Evans. In moist ground summit.
of Drakensberg, Wood, 5972 (3).

14. K. natalensis Baker. Inanda, Wood, 636; Tabamhlope,
6—7,000 feet alt., Hvans, 411 (2). Var. condensata, Baker. Man-
derston, 2,800 feet alt., Wood, 4827 (1).

15. K. parviflora Kth.
16. K. pauciflora Baker. Near Durban in moist ground, Wood,

1096 (10).
17. K. pedicellata Baker. Schlechter, 3160. Not known to us.
18. K. primulina Baker. Natal, but not certainly known to us.
19. K. Rooperi Lemaire.
20. K. sarmentosa Kth. Sanderson 416. Not known to us.
91. K. Schlechteri Schinz. Schlechter, 6940.
22. K. Schlechteri Baker. Ixopo, 4,000 feet, Schlechter, 6662.

23. K. triangularis Kth. Near Byrnetown, 3-4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3171 (8).

94. K. Tuckii Baker. Zululand, 2—3,000 feet alt., Wood, 8996
(3); “Nkandhla, Zululand, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood, 8824 (3).

25. K.n. sp. Mahwaqua Mountain, 6-7,000 feet alt., Hvais,
649 (2).

Notosceptrum natalense Baker. Klip River County, Mrs.
Saunders in Herbarium, Wood, 3895.

2. N. sp. Near Lidgetton, 4,000 feet alt., Wood, 6391 (11).

Gasteria Croucheri Baker. Cooper; McKen. Not known to us.

2. G. gracilis Baker. Without precise locality, Cooper. Not
seen by us.

Aloe Bainesii Dyer. Without precise locality, Baznes.

2. A. Boylei Baker. Valley of Tugela River, Allison. Not
known to us.

. 3. A. Cooperi Baker. Inanda, Wood, 848 (2); near Ladysmith,
Wood, 5610 (2).

4. A. ferox Miller. Common in midlands.
5. A. Greenii Baker. Not known to us.
6. A. Kraussii Baker. Inanda, Wood, 1217 (2).

7. A. Marshalli Wood and Evans. Near Glencoe, 4—-5,000 feet
alt., Wood, 5192 (12).

8. A. minima Baker. South Downs, 4—-5,000 feet alt. Hvans,
409; near Malvern, 500 feet alt., Wood, 4714 (3); Inanda, Wood,
Oona)

Revised List of the flora of Natal. 241

9. A. myriacantha R. and 8. Not certainly known to us.
Reade, 123.

10. A. natalensis W. and E. In Botanic Garden, Durban cult.,
Wood, 4342 (6); not uncommon on Noodsberg, 2—3,000 feet alt.,
Wood. It seems to be thought by some botanists that this plant is
really A. arborescens Miller, var. frutescens, of which we have
not seen authentic specimens; but if so, then the description of that
plant in the Flora Capensis is certainly defective.

11. A. parviflora Baker. Near Pinetown, 1,000 feet alt., Jwnod,
146.

12. A. platylepis Baker. Not certainly known to us.

13. A. pratensis Baker. Near Byrnetown, 2-3,000 feet alt., in
Botanic Garden cult.

14. A. purpurascens Haw. Not collected by us.

15. A. saponaria Haw. Near Durban, Wood, 4341, 4343 (6).
Of this species there are two varieties: Wood, 4341 with yellow
flowers, 4343 with red flowers.

16. A. supralevis Haw. Not certainly known to us.

Bulbinella carnosa Baker. Damp rocks between Umzinto and
Iiafa, Gerrard and McKen, 1890. Not known to us.

Bulbine asphodeloides R. and 8. Inanda, Wood, 1008 (9) ;
’Nkandhla, Zululand, 4-500 feet alt., Wylie in Herbarium, Wood
8981 (4).

2 B. ensifolia Baker. Near Newcastle, 3—4,000 feet, Rehman,
7035.

3. B. narcissifolia Salm-Dyck. On grassy hill near Colenso,
3,000 feet alt., Wood, 4026.

4, B. natalensis Baker. Inanda, Wood, 553 (5).
5. B. nigra Schinz.

Boweia volubilis Harv. Without precise locality, McKen, 32 ;
midlands, usually in stony bush; plentiful in Klip River County at
4—5,000 feet alt., Wood ; also stony hill near Durban.

Schizobasis Schlechteri Baker. Schlechter, 6327.

Eriospermum Burchellii Baker. Near Ladysmith, 4,000 feet
alt., Wood, 4239 (11).

2. E. Cooperi Baker. Valley near Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet
alt., Wood, 4519 (12).

3. E. Junodi Baker. Near Pinetown, 1,000 feet alt., Jwnod, 149.
4. K. luteo-rubrum Baker. Inanda, Wood, 1346 (9).

do. E. MacKenii Baker. Inanda, Wood, 259 (11). Not un-
common coast and midlands.

6. E. microphyllum Baker. South Downs, 4-5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4394 (12).

-(. K. nataglencoense O. Kuntze. Glencoe, 4-5,000 feet alt.,
O. Kuntze. | eee

242 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Soctety.

8. E. natalense Baker. Near Durban, Wood, 256. Common.

9. E. ornithogaloides Baker. Near Pinetown, 1,500 feet alt.,
Sanderson, 905.

10. E. sprengerianum Schinz. Unknown to us.

Anthericum angulicaule Baker. Without precise locality,
Sanderson, 261; Mrs. Saunders.

2. A. capitatum Baker. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood,
4795 (11).

3. A. Cooperi Baker. Cooper, 1004; Zululand, 500 feet alt.,
Wood in Govt. Herbarium, 9555 (12).

4. A. elongatum Willd. var. holostachyum Baker. Near
Durban, Wood ; Zululand, Wood, 9387 (3).

do. A. Gerrardi Baker. Inanda, Wood, 482 (11); Tintern,
5-6,000 feet alt., Hvans, 364; Zululand, Gerrard, 1527.

6. A. hirsutum Thb., var. Near Durban, Wood, 7727 (7).
’. A. longifolium Jacq. Natal, Sanderson, 587. Not known

to us. -

8. A. longistylum Baker. Natal, Cooper, 3295. Not known
to us.

9. A. pubescens Baker. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood,
7466 (12).

10. A. pulchellum Baker. Inanda, Wood, 118, 264, 366 (12) ;
near Durban, Wood, 3197 (7). Common.

11. A. robustum Baker. Near Stanger, 200 feet alt., Wood,
3972 (3).

12. A. Saundersiz Baker. Without precise locality. Mrs.
Saunders.

13. A. stenophyllum Baker. Nottingham Road, 4,800 feet alt.,
Wood, 5235.

Chlorophytum Bowkeri Baker. Inanda, Wood, 1228 (2);
without precise locality, Cooper, 3312.

2. C. comosum Baker. Inanda, Wood, 842, partly.
3. C. durbanense O. Kuntze. Bluff, O. Kuntze.
4. C.elatum R. Br. Inanda, Wood, 842, partly, (2).

5. C. Haygarthii W. and EH. Haygarth in Herbarium, Wood,
7448 (12); Natal Plants, t. 98.

6. ©. modestum Baker. Arauss, 177; near Durban, Wood,
8720 (10).

7. ©. vaginatum Baker. Weenen County, 4,000 feet alt., Wood,
4425 (12).

Agapanthus umbellatus L’Herit. Common in upper districts.
Var. minor, Lodd, Enon, 2-3,000 feet alt, Mrs. Saunders in Her-
barium; Wood, 3153. Let Py f

frevised List of the Flora of Natal. 243

-Tulbaghia acutiloba Harv. Near Durban, Wood, 43; Inanda,
Wood, 173 (8), 201 (9).

2. T. alliacea Linn. f. Inanda, Wood, 257 (10).

3. T. leucantha Baker. Umzinyati, 800 feet alt., Wood, 1200
(2) ; near Tugela River, 3,400 feet alt., Wood, 4408 (2).

4. T. natalensis Baker. In moist places, Mooi River, 4—5,000
feet alt., Wood, 4045 (1).

0. T. violacea Harv. Near Byrnetown, Mvs. Todd in Govt.
Herbarium, 10, 135 (10).

Drimia altissima Hk. Inanda, Wood, 199.

2. D. angustifolia Baker. Colenso, 38,000 feet alt., Wood,
4027 (10).

3. D. elata Jacq. Umsunduzi River, Rehmann, 7632 ; without
precise locality, Sanderson, Buchanan, Mrs. Saunders.

4. D. neriniformis Baker. Marshy ground, Van Reenen,
5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 4794 (11).

Dipcadi ciliare Baker.
2. D. hyacinthoides Baker. Inanda, Wood, 283 (10).

3. D. oreophila Schlechter. Van Reenen’s Pass, 5-6,000 feet
alt., J. M. Wood, 5894 (12).

4. D. polyphyllum Baker. Groenberg, 2,000 feet alt., Wood,
1166 (12).

). D. Readii Baker. Fuller’s Farm, Reade, 94. Not known
to us.

6. D. umbonatum Baker. Near Durban, Wood, 1763 (12).

7. D. viride Moench. Inanda, Wood, 266, 384, 1423 (10-1);
- Mooi River, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood, 5623 (10).

Galtonia candicans Dene. Oliver’s Hoek, Drakensberg, 5-6,000
feet alt., Wood, 3498 (1); Drakensberg, Hvans, 360; common on the
Drakensberg and similar high altitudes.

2. G@. princeps Dene. Near Howick, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood (12).

Albuca affinis W. and E. Van Reenen, 5—6,000 feet alt., Wood,
6503 (11), on grassy hills fairly common.

2. A. crinifolia Baker. In woods, Inanda, Wood, 750 (10).

3. A. humilis Baker. Wet rocks top of Tabanhlope Mountain,
6,600 feet alt., Hvans, 361.

4. A. Nelsoni N. E.B. Umlaazi River, Nelson.

5. A. trichophylla Baker. Drakensberg, 4-5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3445 (1).

Urginea berylloides Baker. Near Umgeni, hehmann, 8533.
2. U. capitata Baker. Inanda, Wood, 178 (9). a) ea
3. U. echinostachya Baker. Inanda, Wood, 276 (10).

244 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

4. U. lilacina Baker. In marshy ground, Inanda, Wood, 198,
642 (9); near Durban, Wood, 7644 (8). In the Flora Capensis it is
stated that the bracts are not spurred, but this is a mistake, the
bracts are very early deciduous, and were most likely absent in the
dried specimens from which the description was written, the plant is
figured in Natal Plants, vol. 1i1., t. 204.

5. U. multisetosa Baker. Mooi River, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood,
5724 (10).

6. U. natalensis Baker. Inanda, Wood, 277 (10).

7. U. pauciflora Baker. Near Umgeni Fall, Reimann, 7455.

8. U. riparia Baker. Umazinyati, 800 feet alt., Wood, 1052 (9).

9. U. rubella Baker. Mooi River, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood,
5723 (10).

10. U. Schlechteri Baker. Schlechter, 3158.

11. U. tenella Baker. In crevices of rocks, Van MReenen,
o—-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 4562 (12).

Drimiopsis humifusa Baker. In Botanic Gardens, Durban,
origin unknown, Wood, 4059.

2. D. maculata Ldl. Inanda, Wood, 233 (9); common near
Durban.

3. D. maxima Baker. Valley near Botha’s Hill Railway Station,
2,000 feet alt., Wood, 4773 (10).

4. D. minor Baker. Cooper. Unknown to us.

5. D. Saundersie Baker. Itafamasi, 1,500(?) feet alt., Wood,
(74 (9); Mrs. Saunders.

6. D. Woodii Baker. Inanda, Wood, 656 (9); Klip River County,
3,000 to 4,500, Sutherland

Eucomis bicolor Baker. Inanda, Wood, 720 (12); in swamps,
Drakensberg, 6—7,000 feet alt., Hvans, 396.

2. E. humilis Baker. Summit of Tabanhlope Mountain,
6-7,000 feet alt., Evans, 398.

3. EK. nana Ait. South Downs, 4-5,000 feet alt., Hvans, 401;
Tugela Valley, Boyle.

4. KE. punctata L’Herit., var. concolor Baker. South Downs,
Evans, 349.
5, E. regia Ait. Not seen by us.

6. E. robusta Baker. Natal, but not known to us.

7. E. undulata Ait. Inanda, Wood, 436 (1).

Scilla Adlami Baker. Not seen by us; locality unknown.

2. §. Cooperi Hk. f. Inanda, J. MW. Wood, 1050 (7).

3. §. exigua Baker. Camperdown, 2,500 feet alt., Sanderson 670.

4. §. humifusa Baker. Natal, but we have not met with it.

5. §. inandensis Baker. Inanda, Wood, 630 (10); Tongaat,
probably 2-300 feet alt., Mis. Sawnders. ijaseon laa

Revised List-of the Flora of Natal. 945

6. §. Kraussii Baker. Inanda, Wood, Noodsberg, 2-3,000 feet
alt., Wood, 928.

7. S. lanceefolia Baker. Inanda, Wood, 181, 267; near Durban,
common.

8. §. laxiflora Baker.

9. §. linearifolia Baker. Inanda, Wood, 1208 (10); without
precise locality, Buchanan.

10. §. livida Baker. Natal, but not known to us.

11. §. megaphylla Baker. Zululand, Wyle ; in Herbarium
Wood, 8645; Natal Plants, t. 306.

12. §. natalensis Planch. Without precise locality, Mrs.
Saunders ; McKen.

13. §. oostachys Baker. Upper Umkomaas, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4627 (4).

14. §. palustris W. and E. In swamp near Newcastle, 3,900
feet alt., Wood, 6501 (12).

15. §. polyantha Baker. Near York, 3-4,000 feet alt. Not
known to us.

16. §. pubescens Baker. Near Howick, 3,900 feet, Schlechter,
6799.

17. S. Rehmanni Baker. Inanda, Rehmann, 8277.

18. §. vigidifolia Kth., var. nervosa Baker. Inanda, Wood,
458 (1); Clairmont, 20 feet alt., Wood. Var. Gerrardi Baker.
South Downs, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood, 4595 (12).

19. §. Sandersoni Baker. Hill above York, 4—5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4312 (38).

20. §. saturata Baker. Inanda, Wood, 1056 (7); Umzinyati
Valley, 1,000-1,500 feet alt., Wood, 1856 (10); usually found in
swamps.

21. §. Schlechteri Baker. Not known tous. Schlechter, 3174.

22. §. socialis Baker. Cooper, without precise locality, 3634,
3635. Not seen by us.

23. S. spathulata Baker. Natal, but not known to us.

24. §. subsecunda Baker. Natal, but not known to us.

25. §. Tysoni Baker. Natal, but not known to us.

Ornithogalum albovirens Baker. Cordukes. Not known to us.

2. 0. capillaris W. and E. Near Newcastle, 3,900 feet alt.,
Wood, 6511 (1).

3. 0. diphyllum Baker. In swamp, summit of Tabanhlope
Mountain, 6—7,000 feet alt., Hvans, 374.

4. 0. Eckloni Schlechter. Inanda, Wood, 245 (9); 1073 (11);
near Durban, Wood, 4080 (9).

5. 0. graminifolium Thb. Inanda, Wood, 658 (9).
6. O. inandense Baker. Inanda, Wood, 1168 (11).

246 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

- 7. 0. leptophyllum Baker. Near Botha’s Railway Station,
2,000 feet alt., Wood, 4774 (10).

8. O. lineare Baker. Liddesdale, 4—-5,000 feet alt., Wood 4267a.

9. O. longiscapum Baker. Near Howick, 3,500 feet alt., Wood,
5354 (11).

10. O. natalense Baker. Summit of Amawahqua Mountain,
6,800 feet alt., Wood, 4567.

11. 0. oliganthum Baker. Near Pinetown, 1,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 1973 (2).

12. O. stenostachyum Baker. Umsindusi River, Rehmann,
7636.

13. O. umgenense Baker. Not collected by us. Near Umgeni
River, Lehmann, 8583.

14. O. virens Ldl. Near Durban, Wood.

15. O. Zeyheri Baker. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood,
4532 (12).

Androcymbium decipiens N. HE. B. Tongaat, 100 feet alt.,
Wood, 5764 (7).

2. A.melanthoides Willd. Drakensberg, Keit. Notseen by us.
3. A. natalense Baker. Inanda, Wood, 200 (9); Mrs. Saunders.

Wurmbea Kraussii Baker. Foot of Table Mountain, Krauss,
450 ; without precise locality, Gerrard, 549.

Gloriosa virescens Ldl. Near Durban, Wood, 1589 (12-3).

Sandersonia aurantiaca Hook. Inanda, Wood, 459; without
precise locality, Plant, 19; Gerrard, 736.

Littonia modesta Hook. Near Nottingham, 4,000 feet alt.,
Buchanan ; Tongaat, 200 feet alt., McKen; common in coast
districts.

XYRIDEA.

Xyris anceps Lam. Near Durban, Kehmann, 8560.

2. X. capensis Thb. Inanda, Wood, 103, Karkloof, 2-3,000 feet
alt., Rehmann, 7634.

3. X. Gerrardi N. E. B. Zululand, Gerrard.

4. X. natalensis Nilss. Moist ground, Clairmont, 50 feet alt.,
Wood, 9939 (12); Krauss, 141; Sanderson, 455; Zululand, Gerrard.

5. X. umbilonis Nilss. Inanda, Wood, 155; Umbilo, Rehmann,
8139.

COMMELINACEL.

Commelina africana Linn. Cooper, 3324. Var. Barbers
C. B.C. Inanda, Wood, 4090 (12). Var. lancispatha C. B. C.
Inanda, Wood, 829 (1).

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 947

1240

3. C. eckloniana Kth. Without precise locality, Ms. Saunders.

4. ©. Gerrardi C. B.C. Without precise locality, Gerrard, 1838;
Sanderson.

5. C. karooica C. B.C. Inanda, Wood, 409 B, (12).

6. C. krebsiana Kth. Without precise locality, Gerrard, 1440.
Var. villosior C. B.C. Gerrard, 1842.

7. GC. Livingstoni C. B.C. Inanda, Wood, 369 (12), 409 (12);
Sanderson.

8. C.nudiflora Linn. Inanda, Wood, 94,1615. Var. Werneana
C. B. Cl. Hassk., Sutherland, Sanderson.

Aneilema equinoctiale Kth. In shade, Inanda, Wood, 640;
near Durban, Cooper, 3323.

2. A. Dregeanum Kth. Inanda, Wood, 479, partly (3); Zulu-
land, Mrs. McKenzie, common.

3. A. sinicum Ldl. Near Tugela River, 2-300 feet alt., Wood,
3854 (5); Zululand, Mrs. McKenzie; without precise locality, Gerrard.
This plant seems to be confined to the north coast extending into
Zululand.

Coleotrype natalensis C. B.C. Inanda, Wood, 479 (3), 964 (1);
near Durban, 3396 (11).

Cyanotis nodiflora Kth. Inanda, Wood, 17, 51, 963 (5).

Floscopa glomerata Hassk. Inanda, Wood, (3); near Umzim-
kulu River, Drege, 4472.

2. KF, Mannii C. B.C. Zululand. Unknown to us.

2. C. benghalensis Linn. Inanda, Wood, 1237 (3); Gerrard,

FLAGELLARIE A.

Flagellaria guineensis Schumach. Inanda, Wood (3); near
Umzimkulu, Drege, 4472. Common in coast and midland districts.

JUNCACEK A.

Juncus brevistylis Buchen. Not known to us.

2. J. capensis Thb.

3. J. effusus Linn. In marsh, Mooi River, 4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4062 (11).

4. J. lomatophyllus Spreng. Inanda, Wood, 221; near Durban,
Rehmann, 8500, 8591; without precise locality, Gerrard, 494.

5. J. maritimus Lam. Near Durban, Rehmann, 8589; without
precise locality, Buchanan, 126, 364; Cooper; Gerrard, 709.

6. J. oxycarpus E. M. Umazinyati Falls, 800 (?) feet alt., Wood,
1053 (9); without precise locality, Buchanan, 56, 80.

948 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

7. J. punctorius L. f. Not seen by us.

8. J. rostratus Buchen. Without precise locality, Buchanan,
67, 308.

Luzula africana Drege. Not known to us.

Prionium palmita E. M. In marshy places south of Durban,
not appearing on the north coast.

PALMAL.

Phoenix reclinata Jacq. Coast districts, common and reaching
to at least 2,000 feet alt. There are two varieties of this Palm
easily distinguished by their seeds.

Hyphene crinita Gerin. Coast districts only; we have not
heard of its bearing fruit.

DY PEVAGHWIAT. 9.

Typha capensis Rohrb. Inanda, Wood, 1378 (8); banks of
rivers, Arauss.

2. T. sp. Near Umgeni mouth, Wood, 5806 (9).

AROIDE AL.

Pistia Stratiotes Linn. In rivers, coast, and midlands, Sander-
son, 883; Umhlanga, Wood.

Stylochiton natalense Schott. Inanda, Wood, 271 (11); near
Durban, 50 feet alt., Wood.

Richardia africana Kunth. Inanda, Wood, 286; common in
marshes all over the Colony.

2. R. albomaculata Hook. Near Maritzburg, Wood ; Gerrard
and McKen, 1525.

3. R. hastata, Hk. f. Inanda, Wood ; near Charlestown, Wood
(11) ; 5-6,000 feet alt.

4. R. melanoleuca Hk. f. Inanda, Wood, 431 (11); without
precise locality, Sanderson, 209; Gerrard and McKen, 1525.

5. R. Rehmanni N. E. Br. Stony hill, Weenen County, 4—5,000
feet alt., Wood, 5204 (11); near Newcastle, Rehmann, 800; variety
with pink spathes, Glencoe, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood (11). It is
unfortunate that under cultivation the colour is not retained.

LEMNACHZ.

Lemna minor Linn. Umgeni River, Drege; Umlaas River,
Krauss. Not collected by us.

2. L. gibba Linn. Without precise locality, Gueinziws. Not
collected by us.

Wolffia Michellii Schleid. Not seen by us.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 249

NAIADACE A.
Triglochin bulbosum Linn. On a stony hill, Inanda, Wood,
Bo ClO) |
2. T. laxiflorum Guss. Near Durban, Wood, 925 (4); without
precise locality, Rehmann, 8581.
3. T. striatum Ruiz and Pav. Near Durban, Rehmann, 8580 ;
without precise locality, Gerrard, 738. Not known to us.

Aponogeton natalense Oliver. Liddesdale, 4-5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4250 (12); near Byrnetown, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood (8).

2. A. spathaceum Hook. f., var. junceum Hook. f. Umhlanga,
500 feet alt., Wood, 1611; Biggarsberg, 3-4,000 feet alt., Sutherland.

Zannichellia palustris Linn. Not seen by us.

Potamogeton americanus Cham. Without precise locality,
Guemzius.

2. P. crispum Linn. Umlaas River, Wood, 154 (1).

3. P. Friesii Ruprecht. Near Umzinto, Wood, 3055; Umlazi
River, Drege, 4458.

4. P, javanicus Hassk. Near York, 2-3,000 feet alt., Wood,
4300 (4).

5. P. lucens Linn. Umhlongwe, 500 feet alt., Wood, 3015 (4).

6. P. natans Linn. Inyangine, 300 (?) feet alt., Wood, 3020 (4).

7. P. pusillum Linn. Near Verulam, 300 feet alt., Wood, 962.

Zostera nana Roth. Natal Bay, Krauss, 70.

HRIOCAULE AL.

Eriocaulon abyssinicum Hochst. Near Estcourt, Rehmann,
7297; without precise locality, Gerrard, 491. Not collected by us.

2. E. africanum Hochst. Near Maritzburg, Krauss, 375.

3. K. Dregei Hochst. Near Durban, Wood, 1427 (9); Umbilo,
1,000 feet alt., Sanderson, 904, in Govt. Herbarium, 1178 (9).

4. E. natalensis Schinz. Not known to us.
5. E. Ruhlandii Schinz. Clairmont, Schlechter, 2955.

6. E. Sonderianum Korn. Zululand, Wylie in Herbarium.
Wood 9626 (4).

7. E. Woodii N. E. B. Swamp near Murchison, Wood, 3053 (4),
8. E. n. sp. Near Durban, Schlechter, 2955, in Govt. Her-
barium, 5972.
RESTIACE A.

Restio sejunctus Mast. Bolton. Not known to us.

Leptocarpus paniculatus Mast. In a valley near Bevaan Falls,
Wood, 3195. We have not met with this plant in any other locality.

17

250 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Soctety.

CYPERACEA.

Kyllinga alba Nees. Near Durban, Kuntze, 233. Var. alata
C. B. Cl. Near Durban, Wood, 4014 (9).

2. K. Buchanani C. B. C. Umzula, Mudd. Not collected
by us.

3. K. cylindrica Nees. Inanda, Wood, 1421 (11); without
precise locality, Buchanan.

4. K. elatior Kth. Bank of Umlaas River, Krauss, 32; Zulu-
land, Wood, 3993 (4). The native “isitebe,’ or mats from which
they eat their food, are made chiefly from the culms of this species.

5. K. erecta Schumach. Inanda, Wood, 3157; without precise
locality, Gerrard, 706, 707; Buchanan; near Greytown, 3,500 feet
alt., Wood, 8641 (1); near Verulam, 500 feet alt., Wood, 1076 (12).

6. K. Lehmanni Nees. Near Durban, 500 feet alt., Drege, 4386.

7. K. melanosperma Nees. Near Durban, Wood, 4100; New-
castle, 3,900 feet alt., Buchanan, 188; Howick, 3,500 feet alt.,
Junod, 223. |

8.°K. pauciflora Ridley. Without precise locality, Buchanan,
329, 330.

Pycreus angulatus Nees. Mooi River, 4—5,000 feet alt., Mason
in Herbarium, Wood, 7329 (12).

2. P. chrysanthus C. B. Clarke. Without precise locality,
Grant.

3. P. elegantulus C. B.C. Near Durban, Buchanan, 50; with-
out precise locality, 101, 307.

4. P. ferrugineus C. B.C. Coast, Sutherland ; Howick, 3-4,000
feet alt., Schlechter, 6790.

5. P. flavescens Reichb. Biggarsberg, 5,000 feet alt., Kuntze,
222; without precise locality, Gerrard, 489; (forma abyssinica),
Buchanan, 309.

6. P. macranthus C. B. Clarke. Inanda, Wood, 302; Drakens-
berg, 4—5,000 feet. alt., Swtherland.

7. P. Mundtii Nees. Near Camperdown, 2,500 feet alt.,
Rehmann ; near Pinetown, 800 feet alt., Wood, 4016 (8).

8. P..Oakfortensis C. B. C. Oakford, 500 feet alt., Rehmann ;
without precise locality, Buchanan, 97a, 99, 100.

9. P. polystachyus Beauv. Igogondwane, Sutherland; near
Durban, Buchanan, 21, 37, 112, 310; Umlaas, Krauss. Var.
laxiflora Bth. Near Durban, Rehmann, 8606, 8608; Zululand,
Jenkinson in Herbarium, Wood, 7334 (12).

10. P. Rehmannianus C. B. C. Howick, 3,500 feet alt.,
Schlechter, 6789.

11. P. umbrosus Nees. Umlaas River, Krauss, 205; near
Durban, Wood, 4099; without precise locality, Buchanan, Drege ;
Mooi River, 4—5,000 feet alt., Mason in Govt. Herbarium, 7981.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 251

Juncellus levigatus, C. B.C. Near Durban, Wood, 1365 (9),
4007 (8); Rehmann, Kuntze, Gerrard.

Cyperus albostriatus Schrad. Coast, Sutherland; Inanda,
Wood, 1088.

2. C. compactus Lam. Inanda, Wood, 28; near Durban,

Buchanan, 306. Var. flavissimus C. B. C. Near Durban, Buchanan,
47; Howick, 3—4,000 feet alt., Janod, 310.

3. C. compressus Linn. Coast, Sutherland; Drege, 4396;
without precise locality, Gerrard, 704.

4. C. corymbosus Rottb. Near mouth of Umzimkulu, Drege,
4406.

5. C. denudatus L. f. Inanda, 1,200 feet alt., Wood, 1398 (10) ;
without precise locality, Buchanan, 313, 321.

6. C. difformis Linn. Coast, Wood, 4953 (7); Gerrard, 702;
Kuntze, 223.

7. ©. distans Linn. f. Near Durban, Kuntze, 221; Buchanan,
19; Camperdown ; 2,500 feet alt., Rehmann, 7752.

8. ©. esculentus Linn. A common, troublesome weed, Wood,
1581. Many collectors.

9. C. fastigiatus Rottb. Umlaas River, Krauss, 65; Notting-
ham, 4,800 feet alt., Buchanan, 185; near Durban, Wood, 4017,
4018 (9).

10. C. flabelliformis Rottb. Near Durban, 250 feet alt., Wood,
4029 (10).

11. C. hematocephalus C. B.C. Biggarsberg, 5,000 feet alt.,
Kuntze, 241; without precise locality, Schlechter, 6356, 6357.

12. C.immensus C. B.C. Near Sydenham, 300 feet alt., Wood,
4093 (10), 5807 (10); without precise locality, Drege, 4446;
Buchanan, 335.

13. C. isocladus Kth. Umbhlanga, 500 feet alt., Wood, 1331 (7) ;
Umlaas, Krauss, 165.

14. C. latifolius Poir. Umlaas, Krauss, 79. Near Durban,
Wood, 5808 (10) ; Buchanan, 5. Var. angustifolius Krauss. Umlaas,
Krauss, 211; without precise locality, Buchanan, 110.

15. C. leptocladus Kth. Coast, Sutherland ; Durban, Kuntze,
DOT.

16. C. marginatus Thb. Colenso, 3,000 feet alt., Kuntze, 239 ;
without precise locality, Drege, 4407.

17. C. natalensis Hochst. Marshy places Umlaas, Krauss, 207;
near Durban, Wood, 4102.

18. C. rotundus Linn. Without precise locality, Kuntze, 297.
Var. platystachys C.B. Cl. ; without precise locality, Gerrard, 705 ;
Drege, 4420.

19. C. rupestris Kth. Inanda, Wood, 344.

952 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

20. C. sexangularis Nees. Umlaas, Krauss, 46; near Maritz-
burg, Krauss, 357; near Durban, Wood, 4029. ‘In Wood’s 4029
the stem is trigonous, irregularly or obscurely 6-angled, and re-
sembles much that of the nearly allied C. flabelliformis Rottb., but
the spikelets are those of ©. sexangularis.”’

91. ©. Schlechteri C. B. C. Mount Insiswa, 6,000 feet alt.,
Schlechter, 6447.

22. C. spherospermus Schrad. Umlaas River, Krauss, 215
without precise locality, Buchanan, Gerrard, Drege.

23. C. tenax Boeck. Gueinzius, 13; Gerrard, 699; both without
precise locality.

24. C. Teneriffee Poir. Drege, 4895.

Mariscus congestus C. B.C. Coast to 5,000 feet alt., Suther-
land; Mooi River Station, 4,500 feet alt.,. Kuntze, 240. Var.
glandulifera C. B. C. Without precise locality, Buchanan, 315.

2. M. Cooperi C. B. C. Without precise locality, Cooper, 3333.

3. M. deciduus C. B. C. Near Greytown, 3-4,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 8545 (1).

4. M. Dregeanus Kth. Umlaas River, Krauss, 6; near Durban.
Buchanan, 31. Var. Buchanani C. B. C. Near Durban, Buchanan,

5. M. elatior C. B. C. Near Durban, Buchanan, 44; without
precise locality, 69, 140.

6. M. elephantinus C. B.C. Without precise locality, Buchanan,
13; 320,

7. M. Grantii C. B. C. Without precise locality, Grant;
Cooper, 3332.

8. M. Gueinzii C. B. C. Near Durban, Wood, 4098 (1);
Buchanan, 130.

9. M. macer Kth. Without precise locality, Buchanan, 108,
partly.

10. M. macrocarpus Kth. Umzimkulu, Drege, 4421; without
precise locality, Buchanan, 153, partly.

11. M. nossibeensis Steud. Drege 4425. Not certainly known
to us.

12. M. Owani C. B. C. Sydenham, 300 feet alt., Wood, 4004 (8).

13. M. pseudovestitus C. B. C. Clairmont, Schlechter, 3145;
Maritzburg, Schlechter, 3310.

14. M. radiatus Hochst. Umlaas River, Krauss, 35; without
precise locality, Buchanan.

15. M. sieberianus Nees. Coast, Swtherland ; Inanda, Reh-
mann, 82 bis.; Howick, 3—-4,000 feet alt., Jawnod, O15: Buchanan ;
Seviecien

16. M. umbellatus Vahl. Round Durban Bay, Drege, 4449.

17. M. umbilensis C. B. C. Without precise locality, Buchanan,
107; Kuntze, 298.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 253

18. M. vestitus C. B.C. Margin of- woods round Durban Bay,
Krauss, 287; Wood, 4087 (9); without precise locality, Rehmann,
8443; Gerrard, 701.

Eleocharis limosa Schultes. Umlaas River, Krauss, 80; near
Durban, Buchanan, 128 ; Wood, 4002 (8).

Fimbristylis complanata Link. Umzinyati, 800 (?) feet alt.,
Wood, 1899; near Durban, Wood, 3151; Nottingham, 4,800 feet alt.,
Buchanan, 132. Var. Kraussiana C. B.C. Umlaas, Krauss, 180 ;
Nottingham, Buchanan, 348, and various collectors. Var. con-
sanguinea C. B. C. Gueinzius, 215.

2. F. diphylla Vahl. Near Durban, Wood, 6012 (3); without
precise locality, Drege, Buchanan, Gerrard, 457.

3. F. exilis Roem & Schultes. Sydenham, 300 feet alt., Wood,
1956 (2); Umlaas, Krauss, 185; Gerrard, 490.

4. KF. ferruginea, Vahl. Durban Flat, Buchanan, 2, 25, 55;
coast, Sutherland.

5. F. monostachya Hassk. Near Umgeni River, Rehmann,

8593 ; Colenso, 3,400 feet alt., Kuntze, 238.

6. F. obtusifolia Kth. Below 500 feet alt., Drege, 4415;
without precise locality, Rehmann, 8602.

Bulbostylis cinnamonea C. B.C. Inanda, Wood, 1352; Reh-

mann, 3620; without precise locality, Gerrard, 697, 698;
Buchanan, 337.

2. B. collina Kth. Zululand, Jenkinson in Herbarium, Wood,
7315 (12); Inanda, Wood, 1852 (8).

3. B. humilis Kth. Inanda, Wood, 1587 (12).

4, B. Kirkii C. B.C. Inanda, Wood, 1576 (12).

5. B. striatella C. B.C. Without precise locality, Buchanan,
86; Cooper, 3364.

6. B. Zeyheri C. B.C. Durban Flat, Wood, 4008 (8).

Scirpus cernuus Vahl. Krauss. Var. subtilis C. B. C.
Inanda, Wood, 1575 (11).

2. §. éxpallescens Boeck. Not collected by us.

3. §. fluitans Linn. Van Reenen, 5—6,000 feet alt., Kuntze,
234; without precise locality, Buchanan, 345, 346.

4. §. hystrix Thb. Near Estcourt, 3-4,000 feet alt., Rehmann,
7305; Biggarsberg 4—5,000 feet alt., Sutherland ; Kuntze, 242.

5. §. littoralis Schrad. Mouth of Umgeni, near Durban, Wood,
4422 (9); salt marshes, mouth of Umlaas, Krauss, 33.

6. S. macer Boeck. Near Durban, Wood, 1963 (12); Notinetain!
6-5,000 feet alt., Buchanan.

7. §. paludicola Rottb. Without precise locality, Buchanan.

8. S. prolifer Rottb. Inanda, Wood, 223 (9), 1049 (8), 1608 (1);

coast, Krauss.

254 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

9. §. rivularis Boeck. Inanda, Wood, 227 (9); Umgeni,
FRehmann, 7543.

10. S. subprolifer Boeck. Without precise locality, Gerrard.

Ficinia cinnamomea C. B. C. Inanda, Wood, 1939; without
precise locality, Buchanan, 71.

2. F. gracilis Schrad. Without precise locality, Buchanan,
89, 332.

3. F. laciniata Nees. Near Durban, Wood, 3998 (8).

4. F, stolonifera Boeck. Van Reenen, Kuntze, 235; without
precise locality, Gerrard, 458.

Fuirena chlorocarpa Ridley. Without precise locality, Buchanan,
342, 362.

2. F. coerulescens Steud. Inanda, Wood, 1620 (1). Var Buch-
anani, Buchanan, 120.

3. F. Ecklonii Nees. Near Durban, Wood, 9969 (12).

4. F. glabra Kth. Ibisi, Wood, 3144 (5).

5. F. gracilis Kth. Without precise locality, Buchanan, 347.

6. F. microlepis Kth. Near Durban, Drege, 4339; Umlaas,
Krauss.

7. KF. pachyrrhiza Ridley. Inanda, Wood, 1194.

8. F. pubescens Desf. Inanda, Wood, 1194 (12).

Lipocarpha argentea R. Br. Inanda, Wood, 523 (4); without
precise locality, Buchanan, 348; Rehmann, 8172.

2. L. pulcherrima Ridley. Without precise locality, Rehmann,
7364.

Ascolepis capensis Ridley. Coast, Swtherland ; Noodsberg,
2-3,000 feet alt., Wood, 126; Inanda, Wood, 307; Nottingham,
4,800 feet alt., Wood, 8394. Not uncommon.

Rynchospora aurea Vahl. Not seen by us.

2. R. cyperoides Mart. Near Umlaas River, Krauss, 206; near
Durban, Rehmann, 8607.

3. R. glauca Vahl. Inanda, Wood, 1596 (12); without precise
locality, Buchanan, 143, 306; Zululand, Jenkinson, 14 (12).

4. R. spectabilis Hochst. Sydenham, 300 feet alt., Wood, 4001.
Costularia natalensis C. B. C. Without precise locality,
Buchanan, 152, 354.

Cladium Mariscus R. Br. Umlaas River, Krauss, 162; near
Durban, Wood, 3846 (2).

Scleria angusta Nees. In swamp, ’Ngoya, Zululand, Wood,
3863 (5).

2. §. catophylla C. B. C. Near Durban, Wood, 1428.

3. §. hirtella Sw. Coast, Drege.

4. §. holcoides Kth. Coast, Drege, 4881; near Durban,
Buchanan, 3; without precise locality, 349.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 255

5. §. melanomphala Kth. Coast, Sutherland ; Inanda, Wood,
1597 (12); Umlaas, Krawss, 42.

6. §. natalensis C. B.C. Without precise locality, Buchanan,
352; Gerrard, 450; Rehmann, 8000, 8259; near Durban, Wood in
Govt. Herbarium, 8875.

7. S. Woodii C. B. C. Near Glencoe, 4—5,000 feet alt. Wood,
4757 (2); near Inyoni River, Zululand, Wood, 2994.

Scheenoxiphium rufum Nees. Near Durban, Buchanan, 43.

Carex Bolusii C. B. C. Without precise locality, Buchanan,
328 ; Rehmann, 8262.

2. ©. Buchanani C. B. C. Without precise locality, Buchanan,
134.

3. C. condensata Nees. Zululand, Wood, 7540 (12); without
precise locality, Buchanan, 149, 353.

4. C. drakenshergensis C. B. C. Without precise locality,
Buchanan, 137.

5. C. Dregeana Kth. Inanda, Wood, 1353 (8).

6. C. esenbeckiana Boeck. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Kuntze, 290; Zululand, Wood, 8340 (12).

7. C. extensa Gooden. Near Greytown, Buchanan, 167.
8. C. petitiana A. Rich. Without precise locality, Buchanan, 68.

9. ©. Phacota Spreng. Mooi River, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood,
4038; Van Reenen, Wood.

10. C. spicato-paniculata C. B. C. Inanda, Wood, 1190 (1);
without precise locality, Buchanan, 350, 355.

GRAMINE AL.

Imperata arundinacea Cyr. Near Ladysmith, Gerrard, 168 ;
_near Durban, Wood (2). Common.

Saccharum Munroanum Hack. Near Coldstream, 5—6,000 feet

alt., Rehmann, 6876; near Greytown, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wood, 7357
(1); near Richmond, Wood.

Erianthus capensis Nees. Umlaas River, Krauss, 159; near
Ladysmith, Gerrard, common near water; Zululand, Wood.

Pollinia nuda Trin. Reit Vlei, 6,000 feet alt., Buchanan, 292.

2. P. villosa Spreng. Inanda, Wood, 159 (12); Umpumulo,
Buchanan, 210.

Ischemum fasciculatum, Brogn., var.arcuatum, Hack. Coast,
Sutherland ; near Durban, Buchanan, 32, 109; Umpumulo, 209.

Rottboellia compressa Linn. f. Coast, Krauss, 14; Umpumulo,
Buchanan, 198; near Dundee, 4-5,000 feet alt., Green, 31; near
Durban, Wood, 7526 (8).

256 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Urelytrum squarrosum Hack. Near Durban, Wood, 7631 (9) ;
near Dundee, 5—6,000 feet alt., Green, in Govt. Herbarium, 7971 (8).
Not common in coast districts.

Trachypogon polymorphus Hack., var. capensis, Hack. Near
Dundee, 4—5,000 feet alt., Green, 91 (3); Zululand, Jenkinson, 22
(12); Inanda, Wood, 1621.

Elionurus argenteus Nees. Near Dundee, 4-5,000 feet alt.,
Green, 68 (12); Mooi River, 4—5,000 feet alt., Mason, 3, 43; Zulu-
land, Jenkinson, 94 (3). Common.

Andropogon amplectens Nees. Umpumulo, Buchanan, 194;
near Maritzburg, St. George, 33.

2. A. appendiculatus Nees. Near Durban, Buchanan, 41;
Wood, 6049; Mooi River, 4-5,000 feet alt., 29, 45; Zululand,
Jenkinson, 48; Dundee, 4,000 feet alt., Green.

3. A. auctus Stapf. Reit Vlei, Buchanan, 222. Not common.
4. A. Buchanani Stapf. Umpumulo, 2,000 feet alt., Buchanan.

5. A. ceresieeformis Nees. Near Durban, Wood, 5932 (8);
Drakensberg, 5—6,000 feet alt., Wood, 5994 (8); Zululand, Jenkin-
son, 68.

6. A. contortus Linn. Biggarsberg, Buchanan, 91; near
Maritzburg, St. George in Herbarium, Wood (7244) (8).

7. A. cymbarius Linn. Umpumulo, Buchanan, 228; Drakens-
berg, Rehmann, 6939; Inanda, Wood, 1304. Var. lepidus Stapf.
Coast, Drege ; Umpumulo, Buchanan, 229; Entumeni, Zululand,
2,000 feet alt., Wood, 3991.

8. A. dichroos Steud. Umpumulo, Buchanan ; Biggarsberg,
Rehmann, 7116. :

9. A. distachyus Linn. Near Newcastle, Buchanan, 179; and
without precise locality, 15. Not collected by us.

10. A. Dregeanus Nees. Coast, Drege ; near Estcourt, Rehmann,
7310; Karkloof, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood, 6010.

11. A. eucomus Nees. Coast, common, Nees; Estcourt, Reh-
mann, 73810; Dundee, 4-5,000 feet alt., Green, 32a; Zululand,
Jenkinson.

12. A. filifolius Steud. Reit Vlei, Buchanan, 197; near New-
castle, 3,800 feet alt., Buchanan, 195.

13. A. filipendulus Hochst. Near Durban, Krauss, 164;
Umpumulo, Buchanan, 223; Zululand, Jenkinson, 70.

14. A. halepensis Brot., var. effusus Stapf. Near Durban,
Drege; Umblanga, 300 feet alt., Wood, 1382, 6094; Zululand,
Jenkinson; dl.

15. A. hirtiflorus Kunth. Umpumulo, Buchanan, 199; Zulu-
land, Jenkinson, 41.

16. A. hirtus Linn. Gerrard, 670,674. Var. podotrichus Hack.
Umpumulo, 2—2,500 feet alt., Buchanan ; Reit Vlei, 6,000 feet alt.,
Buchanan. ‘

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 257

17. A. imberbis Hack. Common over the Colony; Zululand,
Jenkinson, 28.

18. A. intermedius R. Br. Umpumulo, Buchanan, 295;
Umhlanga, 300 feet alt., Wood, 6061.

19. A. Nardus Linn., var. prolixus Stapf. Reit Vlei, 5,000 feet
alt., Buchanan, 230; Biggarsberg, Rehmann, 7108. Var. validus
Stapf. Near Durban, Willzamson, 52; Inanda, Wood, 1622 (1).

20. A. pertusus Willd. Without precise locality, Gerrard, 692.
Var. capensis Hack. Near Maritzburg, Krauss, 29; Umpumulo,
Buchanan, 190, 295 partly.

21. A. plurinodis Stapf. Near Colenso, 3,000 feet alt., Rehmann,
7158; Biggarsberg, Rehmann, 7122; Mooi River, 4-5,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 4318 (4).

22. A. rufus Kth. Zululand, near Inyezaan River, Wood, 3927.
Not common.

23. A. Ruprechtii Hack. Zululand, Jenkinson, 72, in Herbarium,
Wood, 7341.

24. A. Schimperi Hochst. Without precise locality, Gerrard,
591. Not collected by us.

95. A. Schlechteri Hack. Clairmont, Schlechter, 3143.

26. A. Schenanthus Linn. Near Durban, Wood, 6046 (2-5) ;
Drakensberg, Krauss, 26; Umpumulo, Buchanan, 231.

27. A. schirensis Hochst. Umpumulo, Buchanan, 195; Reit
Vlei, 4-5,000 feet alt., Buchanan, 193, 196.

28. A. Sorghum Brot. Umvoti River, 300 feet alt., Wood, 3990.

29. A. transvaalensis Stapf. Near Dundee, 45,000 feet alt.,
Green, 88.

Anthistiria imberbis Retz. Common all over the Colony.

Paspalum dilatatum Poir. Near Newcastle, Wood, 7441. In-
troduced.

2. P, distichum Linn. Coast marshes, Buchanan, 84; near
Durban, Wood, 6043 (4).

3. P. scrobiculatum Linn. From coast to 2,000 feet alt., Zulu-
land, Jenkinson, 46.

Digitaria debilis Willd. Umpumulo, Buchanan, 202; without
precise locality, Gerrard and McKen, 114, in Govt. Herbarium, 8919.

2. D. diagonalis Stapf. Coast to 6,000 feet alt., common.

3. D. diversinervis Stapf. Near Durban, Buchanan ; Plant, 56 ;

Zululand, Jenkinson, 34.
‘4. D. eriantha Steud. Not uncommon from coast to 2,000 feet

alt., numerous collectors; Zululand, Jenkinson, 9 (12).
~ 5. D. flaccida Stapf. Umsinga and base of Biggarsberg,
Buchanan, 58.

6. D. horizontalis Willd. Near Durban, Drege ; Umpumulo,
Buchanan, 202, 204, Pe

258° Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

7. D. monodactyla Stapf. Near Neweastle, Buchanan, 181.
8. D. sanguinale Scop. Near Mooi River, W. T. Woods in
Govt. Herbarium, 8945; near Durban, Wood, 5998 (2).

9. D. setifolia Stapf. Near Mooi River, 4,800 feet alt., Mason
in Govt. Herbarium, 9073.

10. D. tenuiflora Beauv. Near Durban, Drege; Umpumulo,
Buchanan.

11. D. ternata Stapf. Umpumulo, 2,000 to 2,500 feet alt.,
Buchanan, 203, 208; near Dundee, 4,000 feet alt., Green in Govt.
Herbarium, 8095.

12. D. tricholeenoides Stapf. Umsinga and base of Biggarsberg,
Buchanan, 87; Mooi River, 4,000 feet alt., Mason, 21, 31, in Govt.
Herbarium, 8536, 8327.

Panicum equinerve Nees. Umpumulo, Buchanan, 260.

2. P. arrectum Hack. Without precise locality, Gerrard, 686.
Not collected by us.

3. P. brizanthum Hochst. Umpumulo, Buchanan, 183; Inanda,
Wood, 1577, 1579 (1).

4. P. capillare Linn. Near Maritzburg, St. George, in Govt.
Herbarium, 9257 (12).

do. P. chusqueoides Hack. Near Durban, Rehmann, 8648;
Willaamson, 11.

6. P. colonum Linn. Near Durban, Wood, 5942 (9).

7. P. coloratum Linn. Tugela, 600 feet alt., Buchanan, 262.

8. P. Crus-Galli Linn. Near Durban, Williamson, 13; Wood,
8882 (2).

9. P. Crus-Pavonis Nees, var. rostratum Stapf. Coast, Drege;
Buchanan, 4; Zululand, Jenkinson (4).

10. P. curvatum Linn. Coast only.

11. P. deustum Thb. Umpumulo, Buchanan, 365a; near Dur-
ban, Wiallzamson, 17,18; Zululand, Jenkinson, 97, in Govt. Herbarium,
9147 (3).

12. P. Dregeanum Nees. Coast districts, several collectors ;
near Durban, Wood, 5939 (3).

_ 18. P. Ecklonii Nees. Mooi River, 4—5,000 feet alt., Mason, 33,
in Govt. Herbarium; 8601 (12) ; Karkloof, 3-4,000 feet alt., Wylie in
Govt. Herbarium, 7682 (4), Wood, 6017.

14. P. filiculme Hack. Near Pinetown, Rehmann, 8049.

15. P. gossypinus A. Rich. Near Dundee, 4-5,000 feet alt.,
Green 75 (12).

16. P. Helopus Trin., var. glabrescens K. Schum. Near
Maritzburg, St. George, in Govt. Herbarium, 8105 (12).

17. P. hymeniochilum Nees. Coast, Drege. Var. glandulosum
Nees. Drege, Sutherland.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 259

18. P. interruptum Willd. In stagnant water, near Durban,
Drege, 4709; Wood, 3589.

19. P. Isachne Roth. Reit Vlei, 4,600 feet alt., Buchanan, 216,
216; near Dundee, 4—5,000 feet alt., Green, 121.

20. P. levifolium Hack. Mooi River, 4—5,000 feet alt., Mason,
36, in Herbarium; Wood, 7319; Drakensberg, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 5997 (38).

21. P. laticomum Nees. Coast, Sutherland; near Durban,
Drege, 4289; Wood, 5936.

22. P. maximum Jacq. ‘Guinea grass.’’ Coast, to 2,500 feet
alt. Common.

23. P. Meyerianum Nees. Coast, Drege; Buchanan, 266 ;
Umhlanga, 3-5,000 feet alt., Wood, 6057 (5).

24. P. miliaceum Linn. Mooi River, 3—4,000 feet alt., Skottow,
Govt. Herbarium, 10534 (1).

25. P. miliare Lam. Coast, Drege.

26. P. natalense Hochst. MRovelo Hills, 7,000 feet alt., Swther-
land ; Inanda, Wood, 1592; Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood,
7219 (12); Zululand, Jenkinson, 13 (12).

27. P. perlaxum Stapf. Coast, Sutherland.

28. P. proliferum Lam., var. longijubatum Stapf. Coast,
Drege ; Umpumulo, Buchanan, 267; near Durban, Wood, 5493 (8) ;
Zululand, Jenkinson, 63.

29. P. pyramidale Lam. Valley of Umgeni River, Drege, 4242;
near Verulam, 300 feet alt., Wood, 8877 (11).

30. P. Schlechteri Hack. Near Hilton, 3-4,000 feet alt.,
Schlechter, 6759.

31. P. serratum Spreng. Umpumulo, 2,400 feet alt., Buchanan,
213; Reit Vlei, 4—5,000 feet alt., Buchanan, 214.

32. P. trichopus Hochst. Umpumulo, 1,000 feet alt., Buchanan,
218.

33. P. tunicatum Hack. Estcourt, Schlechter, 3346.

84. P. zizanioides H. B. K. Near Durban, Wood, 8627 (2),
5941 (38).

Oplismenus africanus Beauv. Coast, Drege; Reit Vlei,
Buchanan, 216. Var. simplex Stapf. Inanda, Wood, 1305 (6).

Axonopus semialatus Hook. Umpumulo to Reit Vlei,
Buchanan, 180 ; Inanda, Wood, 1593; Drakensberg, Hvans, 521.

Setaria aurea Braun. Umpumulo, Buchanan, 170; Notting-
ham, Buchanan, 170; near Durban, Wood, 59385; Zululand, Jenkin-
son in Govt. Herbarium, 9929 (12).

2. §. Gerrardii Stapf. Without precise locality, Gerrard, 681 ;
Buchanan, 302; Umhlanga, 200 feet alt., Wood, 6063 (5); Zululand,
1,500 feet alt., Jenkinson, 59, in Govt. Herbarium, 9107 (1).

260 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

3. S. imberbis R. and 8. Greytown, 3,000 feet alt., Buchanan,
177 ; near Tugela River, 6,000 feet alt., Buchanan, 176; Van Reenen,
5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 5991 (8).

4. §. Lindenbergiana Stapf. Inanda, Wood, 1419; in woods
near Umgeni River, Krauss, 130.

5. §. nigrirostris Dur. and Schinz. Reit Vlei, 2,000 feet alt.,
Buchanan, 174; near Camperdown, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 4096 (10).

6. §. perennis Hack. Near Dundee, 4-5,000 feet alt., Green, 54,
in Govt. Herbarium, 7965; near Maritzburg, St. George, 5a (Wood,
7242) (12).

7. §. vigida Stapf. Umpumulo, 2,400 feet alt., Buchanan, 12,
173; Zululand, 2,000 feet alt., Jenkinson, 58 (Wood, 7337) (Oe

8. §. suleata Raddi. Near Durban, Drege, common in coast
districts; Zululand, Jenkinson, 54, in Govt. Herbarium, 9425.

9. §. verticillata Beauv. Near Durban, Buchanan, 11; William-
son, 14; Wood, 5946; Zululand, Jenkinson, 4. Not uncommon to
over 2,000 feet alt.

Pennisetum macrourum Trin. Without precise locality,
Buchanan, 74, Govt. Herbarium, 3643.

2. P. natalense Stapf. Umpumulo, Buchanan, 172.

3. P. sphacelatum Dur. and Schinz. Biggarsberg, Buchanan,
107; Reit Vlei, 4,000 feet alt., Buchanan, 171. Van Reenen,
5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 5980 (3).

4. P, Thunbergii Kth. Without precise locality, Buchanan, 85 ;
in marsh, Mooi River, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood (12); Van Reenen,
56,000 feet alt., Wood, 7220 (12).

5. P. typhoideum Rich. Near Durban, Drege, in cultivation ;
Nel’s Rust, Baynes.

6. P. unisetum Bth. Near Durban, Drege ; Umpumulo, 1,500
to 2,000 feet alt., Buchanan, 220, 221; Umhlanga, 200 feet alt.,
Wood, 6059 (5).

Stenotaphrum glabrum Trin. Near Durban, common; Big-
garsberg, Buchanan, 98; Zululand, Jenkinson, 60 (Wood, 9059).

Tricholena glabra Stapf. Sand valley, Tugela, 1,000 feet alt.,
Buchanan, 259.

9. T. rosea Nees. Near Durban, Plant, 98; Drakensberg, Reh-
mann, 7175. Common.

3. T. setifolia Stapf. Near Oakford, 500 feet alt., Rehmann
8456 ; Biggarsberg, 45,000 feet alt., Rehmann, 7036 ; Inanda, Wood,
1595.

Melinis minutiflora Beauv. Umpumulo, Buchanan, 299, 2,000
to 2,500 feet alt.

Arundinella Ecklonii Nees. Coast, Drege ; Reit Vlei, 4—5,000
feet alt., Buchanan, 275; Drakensberg, 5—-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 6008
(3); Zululand, Jenkinson (3).

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 261

Trichopteryx Dregeana Nees. Common on wet banks,
Buchanan ; Zululand, in swamp, 2,000 feet alt., Wood, 3995 (4).

2. T. simplex Hack. Common to 2,000 feet alt. Var. crinita
Stapf. Inanda, Wood, 1580 (1) ; Umpumulo, Buchanan, 293 ; South
Downs, 4—5,000 feet alt. Wood, 4404,

3. T. stipoides Hack., var. natalensis Hack. Karkloof, Wylie
(Wood, 6011).

Tristachya leucothrix Trin. Inanda, Wood, 1594 (12); Umpu-
mulo and Reit Vlei, Buchanan, 237.

Anthoxanthum Ecklonii Stapf. Reit Vlei, 4-5,000 feet alt.,
Buchanan, 158.

-Keeleria cristata Pers. Without precise locality, Buchanan, 95,
157; Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 7215a (12).

Avenastrum caffrum Stapf., var. natalensis Stapf. Reit Vlei,
4—5,000 feet alt., Buchanan, 238.

2. A. turgidulum Stapf. Biggarsberg, 4-5,000 feet alt., Buchanan,
100 ; near Greytown, 3,500 feet alt., Buchanan, 172; near Maritz-
burg, St. George, 14 (Wood, 7228).

Pentaschistis natalensis Stapf. Reit Vlei, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Buchanan, 283; near Richmond, Wyle in Govt. Herbarium,
10020 (4).

Phragmites communis Trin. Common on banks of rivers and
in swamps all over the Colony.

Polypogon monspeliensis Desf. Cooper, 3520. Not seen by us.

Agrostis eriantha Hack. Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood,
8913 (1).

2. A. lachnantha Nees. Common by streamlets, Umpumulo,
2,000 feet alt., Buchanan, 280; Mooi River, 4-5,000 feet alt., Mason
(Wood, 7323).

3. A. natalensis Stapf. Umpumulo, 2,000 feet alt., Buchanan,
159.

4. A. phalaroides Hack. Near Howick, 3-4,000 feet alt.,
Schlechter, 6794.

Calamagrostis Huttonie Hack. Near Howick, Mrs. Hutton,
384; Riet Vlei, 4-5,000 feet alt., Buchanan, 286; Mooi River,
4,000 feet alt.

Aristida equiglumis Hack. Near Maritzburg, St. George
(Wood, 7232) (12).

9. A. Adscensionis Linn. Near Mooi River, 4,000 feet alt.,
Mason (Wood, 7321) (12). Identification rather doubtful, specimen
too young.

3. A. angustata Stapf. Near Ladysmith, 3,000 feet alt., Wood
in Govt. Herbarium, 8940 (12); near Dundee, 4~-5,000 feet alt.,
Green 112a (Wood, 7449) (3).

4. A. atroviolacea Hack. Newcastle, Schlechter, 3414,

262 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

5. A. barbicollis Trin.and Rupr. Coast, Willcamson ; Buchanan,
290; near Colenso, 3,000 feet alt., Wood, 4418; Biggarsberg, 4-5,000
feet alt., Buchanan, 90; Zululand, 2,500 feet alt., Jenkinson, 40 (Wood,
7305) (12).

6. A. bipartita Rupr. and Trin. Biggarsberg, 4-5,000 feet alt.,
Rehmann, 7102.

7. A. congesta Roem and Schult. Without precise locality,
Buchanan, 124.

8. A. junciformis Trin. and Rupr. Coast, Sutherland ; Mooi
River, 4—5,000 feet alt., Rehmann, 7342; Karkloof, 3—4,000 feet alt.,
Wylie (Wood, 6015) (4).

9. A. Sciurus Stapf. Without precise locality, Gerrard, 471, in
Govt. Herbarium, 161.

10. A. vestita Thb. Near Dundee, 4,000 feet alt., Green, 90
(Wood, 7450) (8).

Stipa Dregeana Steud. In woods, Reit Vlei, 5,000 feet alt.,
Buchanan, 239.

Perotis latifolia Ait. Coast, Drege; Tugela, 1,000 feet alt.,
Buchanan, 168; Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 5990 (3).

Tragus racemosus All. Near Colenso, 3,000 feet alt., Wood,
4417 (2); banks of Tugela River, 600 feet alt., Buchanan, 175.

Sporobolus centrifugus Nees. Near Durban, Willzamson; on
bare hills, Umpumulo, Buchanan, 297. Var. angustata, Nees.
Inanda, Wood, 1578 (1); Rehmann, 8254; Van Reenen, 5—6,000 feet
alt., Wood, 7218 (12); Zululand, 1,000 feet alt., Buchanan.

2. §. festivus Hochst. Biggarsberg, 3-4,000 feet alt., Buchanan,
96; near Maritzburg, St. George, 25, (Wood, 7236) (12).

3. §. indicus R. Br. Without precise locality, Gerrard, 688.
Var. laxus, Stapf. All over the Colony, and Zululand.

4. §. pungens Kunth. Coast, Drege; Krauss, 67.

5. §. Rehmanni Hack. Near Durban, Wood, 6055 (4); Gerrard
and McKen, 44; near Durban, Buchanan, 6; Tugela River, 1,000
feet alt., Buchanan, 245, 246.

6. §. subtilis Kth. Coast, Krauss, 212.

Pogonarthria falcata Rendle. Tugela, 600 teet alt., Buchanan,
, 242; Umlaas, 1,800 feet alt., Wood, 1910 (4); near Dundee, 4,100
feet alt., Green (Wood, 7457) (8).

Diplachne fusca Beauv. Near Dundee, Wood, 6045 (4).

2. D. biflora Hack. Mountain slopes near Umpumulu, 2,500
feet alt., Buchanan, 282.

3. D. Eleusine Nees. Bank of Tugela River, 700 feet alt.,
Buchanan, 217.

4. D. triflora Hack. Zululand. Jenkinson, 38 (Wood, 7306)
(12).

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 263

Eragrostis aspera Nees. Near Durban, Drege; Tugela, 600
feet alt., Buchanan, 257; Zululand, Jenkinson, 85, in Govt. Her-
barium, 10012 (2).

2. E. Atherstonei Stapf. Without precise locality, Buchanan,
277. In the Flora Capensis Natal is not credited with this plant,
but by error Buchanan’s 277 is placed under H. Lehmanniana Nees,
which species has not been gathered in Natal.

3. E. brizoides Nees. Near Durban, Buchanan, 27; Van
Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 7222 (12); throughout the
Colony.

4. E. Brownei Nees. Near Durban, Wood in Govt. Her-
barium, 7706 (4). .

5. E. ceesia Stapf. Reit Vlei, 4-5,000 feet alt., Buchanan, 240.

6. BE. ciliaris Link. Coast, Buchanan, 160; common in coast
districts.

7. E. chalcantha Trin. Coast, Krauss, 295; Buchanan, 46;
Drakensberg, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 5995.

8. E. Chapelieri Nees. Coast, Williamson, Drege ; Umpumulo,
2,000 feet alt., Buchanan, 254a.

9. EK. chloromelas Steud. Umhlanga, 200 feet alt., Wood, 6058;
Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt,, Wood, 7221 (12).

10. E. curvula Nees. Biggarsberg, 3—4,000 feet alt., Buchanan,

98. Var. valida, Stapf. Common coast to Drakensberg, Wood, 6060,
7224, °7229,

11. E. gangetica Steud. Near Durban, Wallcamson, 610 ; Wood,
7262 (10); Umpumulo, 2,000 feet alt., Buchanan, 254

12. E. Summifiua Nees. Near Dundee, 4—-5,000 feet alt., Green,
95, 96, (Wood, 7451).

13. E. heteromera Stapf. Coast, Drege; Krauss, 43; Tugela
River, 600 to 1,000 feet alt., Buchanan, 241, 245.

14. E. Hornemanniana Nees. Coast, Drege. Not seen by us.
15. E. Lappula Nees. Coast, Drege; Plant; Gerrard.

16. E. major Hochst. Near Tugela River, 600-1,000 feet alt.,
Buchanan, 253.

17. E. namaquensis Nees, var. robusta Stapf. By streamlets,
at 1,000 feet alt., Buchanan, 276.

18. E. Natalensis Hack. Near De Beer’s Pass, Wood, 59985.

19. EK. nebulosa Stapf. Drakensberg, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood,
5992 (3); in marsh, near Greytown, 3—4,000 feet alt., Wood, 7348
Men: 1

20. KE. patentissima Hack. Umpumulo, 2-3,000 feet alt.,
Buchanan, 278.

21. E. pilosa Beauv. Clairmont, 50 feet alt., Wood, 6051 (4).

22. E. plana Nees. Near Durban, Wood, 5929, 5937; Mooi
River, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood, 7320 (12).

964 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Soctety.

23. E. superba Peyr. Weenen County, 45,000 feet alt., Wood,
4416 (12); Zululand, Jenkinson, (Wood, 7,307) (12).

24, E. plumosa Link. Near Durban, Wood, 7391 (2). Probably
introduced.

25. E. sp.nov. Aululand, Jenkinson, (Wood, 7312) (12).

Cynodon dactylon Pers. Common in coast districts, more rare

in midlands, near Dundee, 4—5,000 feet alt., Green, 71, in Govt.
Herbarium, 9083 (12).

Microchloa altera Stapf. Reit Vlei, 4-5,000 feet alt., Buchanan,
163; Zululand, 23,000 feet alt., Wood, 7304 (12).

2. M. caffra Nees. Reit Vlei, 4—-5,000 feet alt., Buchanan, 162;
near Maritzburg, 2—3,000 feet alt., Wood, 7226.

Ctenium concinnum Nees. Umpumulo, 2,000 feet alt.,
Buchanan, 179.

Harpechloa capensis Kth. Reit Vlei, 4-5,000 feet alt.,
Buchanan ; Mooi River, 4,000 feet alt., Mason (Wood, 7317) (12).

Chloris gayana Kth. Near Durban, Sutherland, Wallcamson,
43; Umpumulo, buchanan, 188.

9. ©. petrea Thb. Umpumulo, Buchanan, 189; near Maritz-
burg, 2-3,000 feet alt., St. George (Wood, 7234) (12).

3. C. pycnothrix, Trin. Inanda, Wood, 1590 (12) ; Umpumulo,
1,800 feet alt., Buchanan, 185.

4. C. virgata Swartz. Near Durban, Wood, 5948 (8); Van
Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 5990; var. elegans Stapf., Inanda,
Wood, 687 ; Gerrard and McKen, 168.

Eleusine corocana Gertn. Near Durban, Drege; Zululand,
Wood, 3869. Cultivated by the natives.

E. indica Gertn. A common weed, coast and midlands.
Dactyloctenium egyptiacum Willd. Coast only, common.

Leptocarydion Vulpiastrum Stapf. Banks of Tugela River,
600-1,000 feet alt., Buchanan, 187.

Crossotropis grandiglumis Rendle. Sandy valley near Tugela
River, 1,000 feet alt., Buchanan, 279; Drakensberg in Govt. Her-
barium, 10078 (2).

Triraphis Rehmanni Hack. Near Dundee, 4,000 feet. alt.,
_ Green (Wood, 7452) (8).

Potamophila prehensilis Bth. Coast, Drege; Inanda, Wood,
1305; Umpumulo, Buchanan, 288.

Leersia hexandra Sw. Coast, Buchanan, 22, 75, 96; Wood,
0944 (3); Zululand, Jenkinson, 74 (1); Umpumulo, Buchanan, 281.

Ehrharta calycina Sm. Coast, Krauss ; near Durban, Wood,
7261 (10).

2. KE. erecta Lam. Near Durban, Wood, 7260 (10); Drakens-
berg, 3—4,000 feet alt., Buchanan, 94, 177.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 265

Phalaris arundinacea Linn. Mooi River, 4,000 feet alt.,
an” 4097 (11); Van Reenen, 5-6,000 feet alt., Wood, 7215, partly
12).

2. P. minor Retz. Mooi River, 4,000 feet alt., Hall in Govt.
Herbarium, 9966. Probably introduced.

Melica racemosa Thb. Near Durban, Wood, 3926 (10), 7258
(11) ; Weenen County, 4,000 feet alt., Wood, 3590 (12).

Fingerhuthia seslerizformis Nees. South Downs, 4,000 feet
alt., Wood, 3590 (12).

Stiburus alopecuroides Stapf. Drakensberg, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 5993 (3); Noodsberg, 2-3,000 feet alt., Buchanan, 166, 167 ;
Wood, 884 (4).

Briza Minor L. Durban, J. M. Wood (Govt. Herbarium, 10450)
(9).

Poa annua Linn. Cooper, 3362; Underberg, K. Somsbury in
Govt. Herbarium, 9221 (9).

2. P. binata Nees. Reit Vlei, 4-5,000 feet alt., Buchanan, 284 ;
Mooi River, Mason.

3. P. trivialis L. Without precise locality, Buchanan, 33.

Festuca costata Nees. Reit Vlei, 4-5,000 feet alt., Buchanan,
234; Karkloof, 4-5,000 feet alt., Wood, 6005 (4).

2. KF. scabra Vahl. Near Newcastle, 4-5,000 feet alt., Buchanan,
185.

Vulpia Myuros Gmel. Ixopo, J. Schofield (Govt. Herbarium,
8938) (12).

Bromus maximus Desf. Ixopo, 4—5,000 feet alt., Schofield, in
Govt. Herbarium (12). Introduced.

2. B. natalensis Stapf. Buchanan, 58. Var. lasiophilus Stapf.
South Downs, 4—5,000 feet alt., Wood, 4406.

3. B. secalinus Linn. Govt. Herbarium, 9576.

4. B. unioloides H. B. K. Not uncommon in upper districts;
introduced.

Brachypodium flexum Nees. Biggarsberg, 4—-5,000 feet alt.,
Buchanan, 104. Var. simplex Stapf. Umpumulo, Buchanan, 233 ;
Van Reenen, 5—6,000 feet alt., Wood, 8885 (1) ; also in Zululand.

Lolium multiflorum Lam. Polela, Maxwell, (Govt. Herbarium,
10772) (10).

2. L. temulentum Linn. Buchanan, 50; introduced.

Olyra latifolia Linn. ’Ngoya, Zululand, Wood, 3856; Gerrard
and McKen, 2014.

Arundinaria tesselata Munro. Oliver’s Hoek, 5-6,000 feet alt.,
Wood, 3668 (1); Van Reenen, in shade, 8,000 feet alt., Schlechter,
6997. |

18

266 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

FILICKES.

Gleichenia polypodiodes Sm. On rocks in midland districts.
2. G. dichotoma Willd. Umpumulo and Botha’s Hill, 2-
3,000 feet alt.
3. G. umbraculifera Moore. Midlands at margin of woods.
Hymenophyllum gracile Bory. Near Maritzburg, Sanderson.
_ 2. H. Tunbridgense Sm. On damp rocks, midland and upper
districts. A variety with unilateral fronds is sometimes met with.
Trichomanes pusillum Sw., var. quercifolium. On wet rocks
in woods, midlands.

2. T. pyxidiferum Linn. On rocks and trees in midland and
upper districts.

3. T. rigidium Sw. Under waterfalls, and on banks of brooks
in shade, midlands, and very fine on bank of a small brook at
Tnanda.

4. T. muscoides Sw. var. In dense shade on rocks and trees,
"Ngoya, Zululand.

Cyathea Dregei Kze. Open ground and near streams all over
the Colony.

Hemitelia capensis Br. In dense, moist woods, Noodsberg, near
Richmond, and in Alexandra County.

Woodsia Burgessiez Gerr. Upper districts in shade.

Davallia nitidula Kze. On trees and rocks, midlands.

2. D. spelunceze Baker. In swamps head of Natal Bay and
Umpumulo only.

3. D. thecifera H.B. K. On trees and rocks from 2,000 feet alt.
to Drakensberg.

Cystopteris fragilis Bernh. In woods from 3,000 feet alt. to
Drakensberg.

Lindsaya ensifolia Sw. Near Durban, and in Zululand. Coast
only.

Adiantum reniforme Linn., var. asarifolium Willd. Collected
on Drakensberg, near Mont aux Sources. Not since met with; the
specimen is in our Herbarium.

2. A. Capillus-veneris Linn. In moist places from coast to
3,000 feet alt.

3. A. ethiopicum Linn. In drier parts of bush from 3,000 feet
alt. to Drakensberg.

Lonchitis pubescens Willd. Moist places in light shade, from
2-3,000 feet alt. Two apparently distinct varieties are met with.

Hypolepis anthriscifolia Presl. Edges of woods and sheltered

places, from 500-3,000 feet alt.

2. H. Bergiana Hook. Drier parts of woods, 2-3,000 feet alt.

Revised Inst of the Flora of Natal. 267

Cheilanthes hirta Sw. Dry, rocky places and in woods all over
the Colony.

2. C. multifida Sw. Dry, rocky places and in woods all over the
Colony.

3. C. parviloba Sw. Upland bush, Buchanan.

4. C. capensis Sw. Elands Kop, Mooi River district, 5,000 feet
alt. ; the only place in the Colony where it has been found.

5). C. induta Kze. Near Newcastle, 3—4,000 feet alt., Buchanan.

Pelleza geraniifolia Fée. Dry parts of bush, coast to
3,000 feet alt.

2. P. pectiniformis Baker. Rocky places, Inanda and Noods-
berg, from 1-3,000 feet alt.

3. P. Burkeana Baker. Inanda and Noodsberg, 2-3,000 feet alt.,
Buchanan ; Wood.

4. P. consobrina Hook. In open ground from 2,000 feet alt. to
Drakensberg.

5. P. hastata Link. All over the Colony; several varieties have
been described by Sim.

6. P. involuta Baker. Open ground in midlands, common.
Has been confused with P, Bojeri Hook and P. consobrina Hook.

7. P. calomelanos Link. Open, rocky ground from coast to
Drakensberg.

Pteris longifolia Linn. Coast to 2,000 feet alt. Not common.

2. P. Cretica Linn. Moist banks and drier parts of bush, from
1,500 feet alt. to Drakensberg.

3. P. quadriaurita Retz. In woods under light shade, coast
and midlands.

4. P. flabellata Thb. Moist places all over the Colony.

5. P. aquilina Linn. Open ground all over the Colony.
“ Bracken.”

6. P. Buchanani Baker. Natal and Zululand, 3—4,000 feet alt.

7. P. incisa Thb. Moist places in bush, 2—3,000 feet alt.

Lomaria inflexa Kze. From 3,000 feet alt. to Drakensberg.
Formerly known in Natal as L. discolor Willd.

2. L. attenuata Willd. Very common in moist places all over
the Colony.

3. L. punctulata Kze. Common all over the Colony. The
following varieties have been noted :—

L. punctulata Kze., var. Atherstonei P.and R. Fertile frond
contracted, sori in a continuous line in upper pinne, not continuous
in the lower ones. Formerly known in Natal as Blechnum Ather-
stonei P. and R.

L. punctulata Kze., var. Krebsii Sims. Sori at more or less
acute angles with the midrib, but not parallel with it. It was
formerly known in Natal as Scolopendrium Krebsii Kze.

268 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

4. L. procera Spreng. From near coast to 3,000 feet alt., usually
near streamlets.

5. L. Boryana Willd. Open ground in moist places from 3-
4,000 feet alt.

Blechnum australe Linn. Shady and rocky places in midlands,
not uncommon.

Asplenium Trichomanes Linn. In bushy ravines near Mooi
River, 4,000 feet alt.; very rare in Natal.

2. A. ebeneum Ait. Rocky places near Mooi River, 4,000 feet
alt.; rare in Natal.

3. A. monanthemum Linn. Damp places in shady woods, from
2,000 feet alt. to Drakensberg.

4. A. erectum Bory. Common over most of the Colony. The
following varieties occur in Natal :—

A. erectum Bory., var. lunulata Sw. Pinne in 30 to 40 pairs,
rounded, crenate.

A. erectum Bory., var. Zeyheri P. and R. Pinnz in 30 to
40 pairs, lower pinnez cut down to the rachis.

A. erectum Bory., var. brachyotus Kze. Pinne in 108 to
25 pairs, broad, usually toothed.

A. erectum Bory., var. gracile P. and R. Fronds bipinnate,
membranous.

5. A. protensum Schr. In woods, Drakensberg to Noodsberg.

6. A. serra L. and F., var. natalensis Baker. Hanging from
perpendicular rocks, Noodsberg, 2—3,000 feet alt... Very rare.

7. A. anisophyllum Kze. Common in shade, from 2-4,000 feet
alt.

8. A. gemmiferum Schr. In drier parts of bush, from 1-
3,000 feet alt.

9. A. prionitis Kze. In woods from near the coast to
3,000 feet alt.

10. A. Kraussii Moore. In shade, upper districts.

11. A. Sandersoni Hook. On moist rocks and tree-trunks, from
1,500-2,500 feet alt.; rare.

12. A. Adiantum-nigrum Linn. Rocky places under light
shade, 2—3,500 feet alt.; rare.

13. A. varians Hk. and Gr. Moist rocks in shade, 2,000 feet
alt. to Drakensberg; rare.

14. A,cuneatum Lam. From coast to 2,000 feet alt.; common.

15. A. furcatum Thb. On rocks and trees and in shady bush
from 2—5,000 feet alt.

A. furcatum Thb., var. tripinnatum Baker. Larger and
more divided than the type.

16. A. brachypteron Kze. Moist places in shade, midlands.

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 269

17. A. Thunbergii Kze. Near streamlets in woods, 2-3,000 feet
alt.
18. A. solidum Kze. Near Peel’s, Umlaas, McKen.

19. A. rutefolium Kze. In drier parts of bush, coast and mid-
lands; common.

20. A. Schimperi A. Br. Rocky places from 2,000 feet alt. to
Drakensberg.

21. A. aspidioides Schl. Wet places in shade, midlands.

22. A. Filix-foemina Bernh. Margins of bush, 3—4,000 feet alt. ;
rather rare.

23. A. Gueinzianum Mett. Not known to us.
Didymochlena lunulata Desv. In woods, midlands.
Aspidium falcatum Sw. In woods, 2-5,000 feet alt.
2. A. pungens Kaulf. In woods, 2,000 feet alt. to Drakensberg.
3. A.capense Willd. Moist places, usually in open ground, from
2-3,000 feet alt.
4, A. aculeatum Sw. In‘woods, from 2-5,000 feet alt.
A. aculeatum Sw., var. luctuosum H. and B. In similar
places, but more rare.
5. A. avristatum Sw. Moist places in woods, 2,500 feet alt. to
Drakensberg.
-Nephrodium Thelypteris Desv. In marshes all over the Colony.
2. N. albo-punctatum Desv. Inanda and Noodsberg only; rare.
3. N. Bergianum Baker. In ravines, coast to 2,500 feet alt.
4. N. felix-mas Rich., var. elongatum Hk. Inanda, Wood.
5. N. ineequale Hk. Moist places over the Colony.
. N. athamanticum Hk. Open ground, often in ant-bear holes,
all over the Colony. |
is ON, catopteron Hk. Near streams in shade, midlands.
8. N. unitum R. Br., var. propinquum R. Br. Open ground in
marshes ; common.
9. N. Mauritianum Fel. Head of bay, Buchanan.
10. N. molle Desv. Moist places in shade, coast to 2,000 feet alt.
Nephrolepis biserrata Schott. Swamp at head of Natal Bay,
also near Nonoti River ; coast.
Oleandra articulata Cav. On rocks and trees, 2-3,000 feet alt.
Polypodium obtusilobum Desv. Shady woods in midland
districts.
, 2. P. proliferum Presl. Near Durban, coast only to 1,000 feet
alt.
3. P. unitum Hk. Near streams in bush, 2-3,000 feet alt.

4. P. vulgare Linn. From 4,000 feet alt. to Drakensberg; near
Nelson’s Kop, Wood,

o>

270 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

do. P, incanum Sw. On trees and rocks, midland and upper
districts.

6. P.africanum Mett. On trees and rocks, coast to 1,500 feet alt.

7. P.lanceolatum Linn. On trees and rocks, from 1,500 feet alt.
to Drakensberg.

__- P. lanceolatum Linn., var. sinuatum Sim. In similar
localities, midlands.

8. P. lineare Thb. On trees and rocks, not uncommon, midlands
and upper district.

P. lineare Thb., var. Schraderi Mett. In similar localities.

9. P. lycopodioides Linn. On rocks and trees, coast and mid-
lands. P. McKenii Baker is merely a more luxuriant form.

10. P. normale Don. On moist rocks, coast to 2,000 feet alt. ;
rare.

11. P. irioides Lam. On trees and rocks, coast to 500 feet alt.
12. P. phymatodes Linn. Coast only, often on trees.

Nothochlena ineequalis Kze. On dry rocks with northern
aspect, 2-3,000 feet alt.; plentiful near Inanda.

2. N. Eckloniana Kee Rocky hills in open ground all over the
Colony.

3. N. Buchanani Baker. Wet rocks with southern aspect,
Inanda and Noodsberg.

Gymnogramme Totta Schl. By streamlets in woods, 3-
4,000 feet alt.

2. G. cordata Schl. On rocks in woods, 2—5,000 feet alt.
3. G. argentea Mett. On rocks in woods, 2—3,000 feet alt.
G. argentea Mett., var. aurea Mett. Noodsberg, 2,500 feet

alt., Buchanan; Wood.

4. G. lanceolata Hk. On trees and damp rocks, Inanda to
Noodsberg.

5. G. ochracea Presl. Gerrard. Not known to us.

Vittaria lineata Sw. On trees and damp rocks, Inanda to
Noodsberg.

Lygodium scandens Sw. Zululand.

Acrostichum hybridum Bory. On moist rocks, from 2-
3,000 feet alt.

2. A. Aubertii Desv. On damp rocks and trees, 2-3,000 feet alt.

3. A. spathulatum Bory. On moist rocks in shade, usually with
southern aspect, from 3—5,000 feet alt.

4. A. latifolium Sw. On rocks in shade, 1,500-—2,000 feet alt. ;

rare.

5. A. conforme Sw. On rocks and trees, 1,500—4,000 feet alt.

6. A. tenuifolium Baker. Climbing tall trees, coast to 2,500 feet
alt, Usually in or at edges of swamps,

Revised List of the Flora of Natal. 271

7. A. aureum Linn. Near sea-coast only.

Osmunda regalis Linn. Moist, open places, coast to Drakensberg.

Todea barbara Moore. Common by streams and in damp places,
coast to 3,000 feet alt.

Schizea tenella Klf. Near brook Umtwalumi, very rare, gathered
by McKen only.

2. §. pectinata Sw. Damp hillside, Inanda, Wood; near Umbilo,
Sanderson.

Mohria caffrorum Desv. Damp, open places all over the
Colony.

Marattia fraxinea Sm. In shady ravines, coast to 3,000 feet alt.

Ophioglossum vulgatum Linn. Sandy banks near Durban.
2. O. reticulatum Linn. Open ground all over the Colony.

EQUISETACEA.

Equisetum ramosissimum Desf. Damp places, coast and
midlands; not common.

LYCOPODIACEA.

Lycopodium Saururus Lam. On rocks and trees in midlands.

2. L. verticillatum Linn. On rocks and trees in midlands.

3. L. gnidioides Linn. On rocks and trees in midlands.

4, L.cernuum Linn. In moist ground, coast to 3,000 feet alt.

5. L. clavatum Linn., var. inflexa Spreng. On wet banks, mid-
lands. |

6. L. carolinianum Linn. Very wet soil in open ground, coast
to 3,000 feet alt.

7. L. dacrydioides Baker. Not known to us.
Psilotum triquetrum Sw. On old trees, coast districts ; rare.

SELAGINELLACEAL.
Selaginella pumila Spreng. Not known to us.
2. §. rupestris Spreng. Open rocky ground ; common.
3. §. depressa A. Braun. In damp places, midlands.

4. §. Kraussiana A. Braun. Wet rocks in woods, all over the
Colony.

5. S. McKenii Baker. Banks of Tugela River. Not known to us.

Isoetes natalensis Baker. Collected by Rehmann near Estcourt,
3—4,000 feet alt. Not known to us.

Azolla pinnata R. Br. Near Umgeni, Drege ; Natal, Guweinzius.

Marsilia capensis A. Br. Natal, near Fox Hill, Maritzburg,
Little Noodsberg, Durban Flat, Coedmore (Buchanan).

2. M. macrocarpa Presl. Natal (Baker).

( 272 )

INDEX

PAGE PAGE
ADO ook Bi kelpers eager mee tke 139. Angpacumr, hte. Biss oeee 227
Abrus! o5/ Magner ee deren ae 148) | Anisochssta ae... 0. sees 168, 184
Albutilonms 2 iit. seis. Geiser gees 131 +} (Anoiganthug 25. i232: see eae 236
INCACIB, . aide © an gets para a ea 152,219 fj) CAMONS .hice ge ney seer rete eee 126
Acalyphas onnc8. ciate reer 222) | (ANMONACEES) ey. ene 123, 126
Acanthacess: rh. casey. ear 124. 903: | HAnsellia:<.4.4¢ 2. eto en eee 226
ACDrYFOCMOM Lucca UR ceere 8 N70) Antherteum 4.98655. ses eae 242
Achyrantesas cwaeee acer 215 )Anthistinia caus. seer eee 257
Acidantheray . 2. 25G% g5..°$0 0% 234 | ‘Astholyzar ok. ost se ree 235
BeWsy 00 \eh ol Wak Great Ae Beato) con SB ira dhediy Bins s5 157 | Anthospermum ty. o7.9505 anne 165
Acokanthera. s2csio-. snus ne es 1905) PAnthoxanthtmy -se seer 261
IACLIGOCALPUS!. cjryuies: havea ies 35,9 ANN GVGLO SIAR, 62. fees cows sotto a cere 221
Acrostichtam: (Rete es sae. ae DTO? i) HANUUT 4 2.05 ace GP ght ee atremeanees oe 162
Adenoelinei.£. 2. 302. BeBe 222 | Apoecynacese ....\). 2: Peas eee 124, 190
Adenostemma pean ake See IGS | sApodolirion |. oases eee 236
YANG HOU (016 (2 umes uetogree Sy ate DS RAPA es ld 207 *| Apodytes: “comin ons ces eee 137
Adian GUM, Greil sae sees Shee 266: |, Aponogeton:) 2.) .5hoselesea ase 249
Acolamthusc. isos nas ook ees ae DVD: VARS. 3. can ened ee as ei ae 127
AOEVE: oitinek ssdehonn sere at ouas 14] Wo il We 2X0 216] 21k: eae EV RO ORR Rt hc 148
ASC hy MOMENEC) toy) ack-\s se a 6 14S: tArahinced: 2.! 46 os ickigee ae eeee 124, 162
Apapanthusine secre cnt cieoe ss 242) | ATgemone 2.026. eee 127
AGoratum ime scr to Ghee ee ee 1G8is| PAreyrolobiuna nae eee 144
AOTUMMVOMIAS Haste aaa Ae eb ele ouste ¢ 153.4) Aristeg.:. ¢: e¢pcdncs he gees ees 232
INGLOSLIS: Astece stoi oisevad Rites alietlcredaystets 261" | GARIStIGa~ oc 5:c,.cuetens or oe Rie ote 261
AN ZOOT NY Me tien s Cee cactus hts ate 160) |} “Amoidete.!jeccic. Soe 124, 248
AMUSE: shes oh ote Be so ake 213 |} vATtabOsryS.. tdsntse aye eens ake 126
AIIDORUA, ais coum ceuoemeesc oe 129; 164: || JAwbomnisia. “avn nee oe oe eae IN (Ff
AL DIZ ZAM wre Wd beers oases 129. 1152 | Arthrosolem: 4222546 <i Ve eee 217
PMB UIC aie Re ttre nesta os Pieh al se Niacens. ce ice 945° | Ava imelilay 95s. 2 avacces one ee 260
Alchemillla, sone terees a0 ee 152) i pAwmonGinawiae : 3.2.22. esea cee oe 265
Mle pidea soy. oct mcgu ee sien oan U6l |, Asclepiades®. <2. <6 soahss: coon 121
AIOG: CCR rhe ee LOD 233240 | VAscolepis si). cepted oe se oer 254
MISOMe1a wekihc ce eto quuaeeoe 128: PAsnalath Us scenes a. aeons 143
Alternanthera, fac ynioee sade 15> | ASpArAPUS: 155. fact ye ge hee 238
Alysicarpus)-ei.a- jac olon eto 148.4 “Agpiditum -..°. eve meas des tae 269
Amarantace®.............6.. OE i141 AS plOn WM sii. Maes ccd atte ne ee 268
(fo AMROTEMTUS, 5.0f. once aten hoe mee O47) Astragalus 5. gases iei ak wees 148
Mmarylidese hr access erro 1D4 F285 i OAStEr ws 2s oislaiegits Galois ate ane we a 168
Ammocharis <9) Sas eee 2364) #Astrecchilene fh sions an eee 196
Am pelidess 0.5. 1.0e 3 tae eee 189 | Asystasia........ Sad laetied the eines 205
Am phidoxdi. nc. 2:24.08 05.8 ot eee 70: ch Atbhanasignve'. 55 snctioh mos spss 176
AMACRECIBICESS 6's. b--0 Meee: TOS eO ws) UD YIKIS. ia coe ans tees wee Pacnetorens 174
ELC LES se waauc, suoaeeenty pecan teens L884) Aqistwaline 4.1% 2 cde tacteeteme ere chen Pehee
Anagttabe viens ht. Gk. cecueuaeeks 198¥) Avensstrum 34.04 .esercos ake 261
/alahyorey pool ol bhiaeeeeytea wes bo ge. BAO |, AVICENDIG. 4/0 6. ses wie ewer 210
ADGVOPDEOH '.... nate een eee ZG CAXONOpUS' » Ani ome ek cet eeee 259
AM@UIGIMG..'s-3.2.¢ var aanee es eee Beye WABOUa «nie: ied roma yennenee meee 271

ANIEMIONG I, oh: sack cep ee 122, 126
ANOSOEDIZEl 6.0/0 a) phan. hs eile 162) sBaphia.. +. ddvevat Fenyantens 151

Index 273

PAGE
MRA WDBYOUEGD, cass, 10 6.6 cars eeecararnna ate 232
JTLT W ee eee Ae a ae 205
BOGE Oper po esces oy avavs ace EME AN 136
JER) O29 0) 01 Ce er 157
J SVENE Logi ov: Bye te Aree ee 151
HORN T Na Voto reigeyen Sysy sch sviy ess vasageho ts 160
Bea MIACHH ” SiS 5 5. Ses es Ody 160
JECTS eee Se 239
ROR BAO MHS) fsa, <beiviseyeisvs «aad we’ 193
JE YEyS 2 H0 NI er eR eee 155
Baw Roaiss soa cain cise sisin be oe ob 182
13 ESTES eae Sec ieee ne 140
JEG GYSIGT ACE Les Sees ein a gener ee 175
Biemoniacee .. 4.0550. .aees 124, 203
JETSNNIICE Ss ee ee 123, 128
sleek elltay.... {scat aise © tle eee ve tus 158
Bieeliniumns. 6.555. ch sn aoe 267, 268
plioplbas 5. deuce tapes « dso 204
JE) STUDER eas eR ea 170
Omanilay cco ens eye 232
PERO E NAW 4 ou. dia sb cepa yo edocs 214
OHO Os cn aos seek o's 8 175
OPUS Orch hore a. cee ota hee 201
IAORAGIPESD eis hee ores 124, 193
JEGIOUGL ICE ee eee eee 209
OW OlOEN eran bh. So Dh ha 2 ah e 241
Bowkeria........ MEA MN Rt oo SP 198
pepe hYCOrythis . 5252. yes. vents 231
rch Wleemay 5550. ee nok 4 bees 169
Brachypogiuim 24... iqesc<s des 265
IBRARSICA . 6c ec is ce ees Se tohat ae 128
JE ER RUSTE Rie tae eee eens Pam ne 195
JESSICA DY aaa eee nee > ae 221
BISSIX hago heya ech ge ees 265
JEN XC TOR OT PS eee Aer oncans Ini Cran Eee 265
HS BOWANICCS) « 6 6 ate aes Guard ane gs Wied 230
US UIOTAY ook acs ve Ses a4 5 hb dO 156
SEUMISICOSS 5 coset beatae os oo is 122, 155
JTC IS) G0 en a eee 236
Buehenredera ...........e280% 143
J CXTIGI aN SYS er We eae ean 201
PE OULOT A) ta om ais Ou ws oA oa 191
Pert IM Gg ees) Sen eles hc wo See OAM 241
JNU OVE GENE Fee ne er ee eae ee 241
IIDOSU IIS cf) se. os <4 2 aie BA 253
EPMA i, is ays 2 Fk sate a ve MESH 237
POMC, rea ee ee a WP Siehian 161
imechelliia, ...<....6s. Ps hn Alena 163
IPMIEEGORACHGEs . ccs nace ves AEE 137
a LOM ation sw Me hei ke cs Saas ae 201
(COC HEC DE EASA Geo oe 123, 160
TaD a ee etc akttatie W kylis 128
@alammagrostis ..5 26. cee seas oe 261
MOULIN INO 64 ace 6 cnn fo caie eee 6 ateet eke 225
Wa OIG 45 905 626 ss ones eaubage 175
PNIGEICHO 5 ots. cc es cee se Geren 156
RUNGE RS i ee Ow ca Se Ge 122, 224
@alodendron «2. ..e6sss oss deacs 136
@aMPUTHIA, oo cc. sae tes ea es 151
Campanulacee .. .......... 124, 185
(SPT Eee 149
Cea | oe ig eke nw lee puhdee ois Son 2Oe

PAGE
CG TIINT, sspcireve: ave; exaveceysndss See weve 164
CO(25)3) 2): (6 (2: SS ae 123, 128
CaN APIS ci. a sheets sive oo ae oe 128
OE TIGD:< Gael ee nae prem E . / 255
GavdaMiIne... oi ccmiecss a4 owls 127
Cardiospermum:..<.. .. 22550808 140
Caisse ier s0c Sho oteraeo. sn 190
Canyophy lee... uo. «noms oeee 123, 130
(GEIST NRephte Eck eR a ena eee 151
CESBING yw sce tis tar a ephlacs eo 138
OSs ltalares es 1 sree tae 174
@aSsiTONSIS 6 c.o.-cutvaia ce eae ee 137
@assipoureaias. <i nceeses aus 156
Cassy tlie). eases aradu 3 00ers 217
Calastrtie 6's x 5 vc5 r-dstesa a cnente ee 123
Cabs struisiie4 seca crate eee 138
Celosians Ua lonts oh oeoaeien aa eee 214
CELE Sim sais. S Ah oe SE ee 223
Cena as caster treo eee 176
Caphalanthus) oes. 55 42 ee 163
Cephalarians 2,546 2, oss eee 166
@era sbi sat shs ci ver apes crsc eee eee 130
@eratophyllem, 52-5. - 5 123, 224
@eratopb yim) .35.245 540 eee 224
@eratosicyos, jw h.85. 02.5.5 deeee 158
@eratotheca: 24..5,40.440 0. nee 203
Chestacanthtis, ..5.....0n seas 204.
@hastachime- ...55iN... ccc cee 223
@helanthes: ynck doen stauaneawur 267
CM Ole Gi h.c.o taco: «oe Oe 215
Chenopodiaces .....:5..-.-226 124, 215
Chenopodium... 2. 60s .cidn sera 215
Chilsanthus, 25.66 apae ds os se clen 191
@huironiapet ns. < tsa hss oh see 192
CMORIGH Peart oa). Yee oe 264
Chlorophytum. 2.0... 24242: 242
@horistylis 7.0% 25 6 2, 4a oy bo kee 153
Chrysanthemum ....5. 525.2206 176
Chrysocomay. ss 25. sb ge lees 169
Chrysoplty lum ..4.2.05..422004 189
Winmerarlae ies oa seus Hu oe 177
@issampelos 2.6 heey ers eee 127
Cigsispat ts row Sea ee Seek 139
Oinirullistern oe osha look ese 159
@ladiim, he oes Oss eo oc em adenee 254
Olaoxyloire . > occ. soo f+ cag bien 222
@lausensdicses cases oes sae 136, 219
Geni abi Sievers. 48s ale 6.6 hoe oe 126
WSO Haig clo he os oe ks e Be we 128
Clerodendron 2.2% 24,046 «scien 209
Gliftoriaresnisc es. 6 665800500 ee 153
Gbivd ales ates a vis o.oo So ee 237
Ohiviisy ps. sens esto osco eo 221
OMeSbISie mc.c- ce Seine coer ae aee 142
CoOeciiiai aso. cos Statin ane ane 159
Cola mets oe a ee oe 132
Coleoirype. .. 6. sche oa ee 247
Coloust ccc tio areas 38; 2) 4202
@olpoon. 55 2c Sheets cee oi 220
@Combretacess. 2232455.) es 123, 156
Combretime: \ 44). 2 eke Solace 3 156
@ommehinaiet sa kee ase ee 246

Commelinacee .....,........124, 246

274 Index

PAGE PAGE
Commiphora’... 260.0025 ctrl BRM MDeieki ay cs ccrreestarscieteeelsrn eee 170
Compositaa ts 2 tracies eterno Za 167 4| (Dermatobottys -.. ce. 6 --eee ae 198
@oniferess; 5. ca) tata cen ee 194 224: | PDesmodium: Ase. ccs oe oie 148
COMMA Poy. aon er oes <tr ee GUC A Diam thus.ccaee oft. occ eee 130
Conmaracee ye... a. s ones HIS MAD W) MDIASCIAK science ce cco eee LOT
Conopharyngia, e. see. ee eee AGM) MONCUNUS pierce ae weet eae ee ete eee 143
Convolvulacesee eee eee NOME ICIS: Ne IBM VayaVObS Goo ooasodcduns ob s0 50 195
Convolvualus 2642. ee eee 195 4) eDicliptera® .crcecoce eee eee 207
CONY Zawke citcts Helen eee eee 169 aT OM eDicrocephalayt... cece eee 168
Corehorusp...35..67 eae eee 134 | Dichrostachys ......200. ..<0s 152
Cordia. «oS agisciio regis ee HOSA) MDTCIIS nace, scvscstels eaevetocer tosh eae 198
COnMAC CH Aa. .25t Rie eet LQAN AOD YF) BTC ON voce ec are eon te ee eenceee 184
COEMUSRY Staccato ere Pe et 162%) (Didymochlenaie. ace eee 269
Corrigiolawy. «cate otter ek 214 8) WDleramias co. aise eres ste 123, 233
COnyCiUna” ts. farce eee ee 23a) Disab ates ses) ote. cee ser eee 257
COryGalis's. ces. ee ete Seanad 127 4) PDimorphotheca; Va... --aaaseeee 181
Costulariay ic). eee D54 | DIOSCOraces®. =. o.. 6 css cae oes 238
Cotulla. 66.40 eles os ee L7G) MDIOSCOea |v... tanec decree Mee 238
Cotyledon wen eee 1550S Dipcadi Gas -ce oot ean 243
Crabbea. ac.5kiccuume orem 2057)| (Dilplachwe: 25... 25> soars 262
Crassulasc co! crcniochesr ane ear WHS A) MD UPSACOR ssr< bie veo Gr deo cetet ors) erence neers 166
Crassullaces. 4 a.i. oe beeen MOS MASH ADIGE sleds eaercucnsiers cone cevekors vor keeeee tre 229
Crepistivn.< chee een ose eee 1849) | Dischoriste:...205 «oc ochre 204
Crit ye sta tice a see cir ean eee 236.7) UDISPeTIS) cake eee joe wine ee 231
Crocosimaian 2... <crflecercicuss yore steer DSA PIDISSOGIS! terctereten de vsist -eseratcesrer One 157
CGrossandvar. «i... acne oe cee 205 wy Dedomea: te.) ooo ees 140
Crossotropis; ue eee QELS) HDOWCHOS . lox. i-ocacenwci- encenc ket eeee 149
Grotalariduc. «rae anerece eat 143 0) | Dombey ay. icc.nes ayo ueceoee eens 133
Crotoninse trys Ga eee QA P| DOV las mak ben eee vn ys cewenencte eee ne 129
Crucifireme str otieecr at QB OMAT 0) DTrace Na. a cis selon oe 239
Cry ptocaryas e.-.- nieikionn oe ure 216%] Dramas sce. coe os 2s eo eno 243
Cry ptostemmnal vy. a rte eee 1827) Drimiopsis tac ossersaso eet 244
Gienium yey. ceige tee ee 2O4)| DrOserai sce cis.ocs wicro dnc eae 155
Cue umnniis eee 85) as ceo eee ae 159") Droseracess ch. Niu ss ds ace see 155
Cuweurbitaces mee. oe 124 ASS.) ED isymarian <<< ote ss ones oe 130
CUMOMT A reais io crate ete ekene ren ae Tahar 15S] WD UM BASIS) 9 yes eis te eee 148
GUE WL Or corer seroeucd si okerstoyenene tateeye 236° | (DUPANta) 2.2%. oeicletom cn oe oe 209
CUEGISES) 55% cn staat cies ne aneunels 163
@usCuita: vscawecl-. aes 1964] Wbenaeese. Ayn siiex-ccsat ener 124, 189
CUSSONIA &.. oiesig os op ctanrelanrs een 11625) EEichinospermaium) (25-21 see 193
CyanNOvis..aishmcisteai sc na elahs See DAT | » MGM pte. a 5's ocusis nw oct eto 175
Cyathea sae tice se cbecensy cvoictiets/evsteteee 266."| Miltretian ..csiee eee corte. ae 193
Cyathula eacenss sdedecnc se aets 214) Une hartay nt. oe ee eee ee 264
Cy cadacete sscceiiwar see sere oo lee 194+) -‘Wkebersia 2.0.0.4: secme eree 137
Gyclostemonys.sas cnc nos on ue 291) “Milesodendromy. --.cocmeue erie 138
Gym bidiuin ys 5. 2.5% ce. omens 996") HMileocharis: uc «2. a2 snemie at ote 253
Cy Cmts shasta chine che tees 201) | sEilephantorhizann.+ cece cn cemee 152
Gynodon atin k ed ans Boe 264.1 IGUSING \.0.5 ueroe ems che oaks Bente 264
Cynoglossumi se canes toch oe ome 193% | PHALOMUEUS © <i: Gv ciate «cle OMe 256
Gy MOrehisrs sci wittaeraoietoete 12350229 1) ibimlbeliias 16:27 uc oe wee Sere eee 189

OW POLE COR 'o.a:sler a latalevaletabereycnetele MDA RD HON) MINNIE X oir soroc, 0: aot a rerecstac wiser ce see romers 216
Oy POrus: as, os sce sreecneo ee ae Zoi) Hneephalartos 0. csi einiets 122, 225
Cy plea! es seac dohue yea are 186) |SHmelerodaphne .........- 000 sue 219
Cyttanthus. <). sss sacmemees ST dl! MRTG sco ase. weed 16 arm armen eRe 152
Cyrboperas ..< 2 6.Weus at os einer 2264 ME PIODIUM «6 iste cenan ee thee 158
Cystopteris....... ‘gf Vea Bue 266" | HMiquisetaces sc <ecds cc ccncewe 271

IG MISSbUIN 6.6 65 ese eset Cele 271

Dactyloctemiunas .. 5 sees ern BGd?s| VHTBOTOSbIS. .inov ccs aosede ee eee 263
DD GIS Wik aie 6 05 00 Sree, wate eee Baie | ire GHUWS vr. cc sis cele ee ene 255
0 /:41)0)2) 20 (ere AD oc O'c MSIL NENPTICR: Hs wear eatcharniee tem ate 122, 187
DSleChaWapIa st. sa Sone eee DES) | TM TICACOR «05 saa, so newton we 124, 187
DSTUT Biss 6 si-6 0h ssa vans ee ie IGT 7} PMEIgeron ox. dese Ghee Hawn deen 169

DS BAW BRUNE ee cbawise aria ate: weenie tee tees cute ctUO6F4 SbIOCatileR « .canca< 2 ee py kn

Index 275
PAGE PAGE
HUBTOCRUI OMT laws ic o'sisc ew sixls os 249 | Gomphostigma .............+6: 19t
MPOSOW Ay Mee los ess eS ae a ok THOM Gommphenade ss.s.jecnsees os or 215
Eriospermum DATE ih GOOMOMOVISLA sis. cin es ache cs os 123, 185
Bieyiheiinas ater as ye eae oat es TAOS |e GPa MIMO ss/.270 (ote ee 2s) ols, s eo 124, 255
HIPVbATORMVION cet sec se5 sis odes Say IP GROW Biscccic st ciale canes acle oe Gales 134
HG hUliay sce ates ee Shwe ees HGT™ |) Greyaain.nnes ites ve ears os oer 122, 140
BCH Galen ee hare sh abscess WOOF 18 Gumamerareacisicc. cc ae ce ste ete 155
IBMITCOMMISHS eter ee ets cok wee bet Daae |) Guwpoitenessna. site ows wie clos «tele 128, 131
MUONS HAW cae < ours atone 156 | Gymnogramme......-....-...% 270
Bilop nai org. 0rs niece sie ole eres « 225 | Gymnopentzia ..........-.---- 176
MIMO EP MIA eee 5 8 ers tere wih es L7G | | Cowaamavesi Nemes | kp ou ohomaa bon ood 139
Mp WOEbia ry. ss ele ey we Wn OPA e || Camabsbath! Sooo aoootogoncenes enc 177
Muphorbiaces .....:..-..-. 41. 124, 220
NEURO P Sree nsre tel neces eteeat oe a SO), |} Elaibemariaimeccs 1. .cteraetetery kee 228
iVvOlvimluGe eee aces cok es Soe IG) A MSlesank mdb Bago aces bobo soe os 237
EXECS CALIANG eo yet ic es ee a oe ts 225) |) ilesmodoraces .\.2420 6 1 124, 232
eae ria eign a a ersten-nes seo econ 198
ACO P Iie songstress S elciwees ts Bhs 1G5y |hlalloras cee Non oem oe ara 123, 155
1 EIS Sees deere en ae ee LOD) Elamiamelidesst 2.75 ace 1 ee 123, 155
EVENT COs es a ei Yate Seep hen oo Jie | elaplocarphayes ieee acer 182
OWE E F8 ow isc ease fate Ys IGS); Efarpechiloa\ 222. ese «i eet 264
DEUCE Sepp omodco co ou ba omorme 26075) Lelarperpiaylmanay eerie street 142
Te WNT ehay eet argue Sass ape oe Se eae Mai Islenavenie) (come ne dado Cuca oomcDe 202
IB ICOIMCR ne eae os Dic earn eee ae GO!) Elebenstreitian ss + 12522 eyor eee 207
THICUGHE ere eof alee or ae 12223. | rlelichnysums 0)... a2. 129° 1235 170
HOTINC OSA SRE ls ees eee ee Ae 266: lt NOUNS <5 dc cbse cnr sm Slenc eeneteners 139
AAD BIS UY LISI. fe 25 ks ye See ok Zoo teliop lil amen or wclaieclecra siesta: 127
Himgerbubhiaie 26.52% .s-s5se2 5: Ds) Wedalercownveliey Bo aman moon e nooo aon 266
aS OM AT) Ss eaves cso Seco ahs a ee QA |e TMCRIMMAMIMIR Se cial viel ocroun seals ree 133
Mlagoelllaries ..¢¢ie.c2e.0. 24% HIS. 24 | Eterm bsuoed tial se. ss 1-6) me 214
PACMUNGT ee adh 535 bo ete fe iisal i) leleyeoobavhbbon, Go seapacnueeoo7. oc 227
ICU Peters chs Gene otters eee 6 224 | Hesperantha .................- 233
Wloscopal o< 523 5..3%2 teresa ac eee JAeall TOSS ai RR sc aS) vats Sieve stere 9/9 Sone es 236
IUISOSIAE Hoes. 52 3% woe ee eee SQ} EVGteromma 7. <5 0s nak 2 «cle aes 169
IEC As otetlwtets ses eee fe os 254°) Hleteromorpha, <2. 0252: ote - 161
I UN ATIAM Nat Sst a oes eee s+ IAS | aleeIeoyyPaiy Sho aoucdnguacedsus 157
ISIE atiteeic ooo co Heaeood Hoo obeue Oc 195
Graal uint sa9h Se Gh ee ete Gis) || ISU, Osos GotoecodnoosoacoUD 132
Galopinas set ht cts Ae 1G) 1), IShiereyevhan Soe eros aoe eon 184
GralGOntara itis sia ses ses 2 oot 122, 243 | Hippobromus...........-...--:- 140
Gamolepiss f= iis.4 she tet ce wees Hei |) Hotimansessia >... 2... \-9> - 151
CrarcCimia sc). 2 2 eas set als ees es SIE | MEVOl OuinttKe e7s,c 5 ants e's ei ree 228
Crear demiayy tai. %s ois etal’ a's eae 8 NG Agi ommahimigee ss 35a.) ate re 158
Gariwlewme qeoot ties < sees ss IGE) PSone) 665 ame peo oUeOIo DOC 232
Gastonia: conc .t hs es oss GUO: QAOn | Ello slunadiaiern. o<c.< ees steerer PAI
Caz ANP. tay con alsrshe ties ie SNA SOs MECUtbOMesa es cs oss ne os ere 228
GElG OETA sists sist 61st lata Se eee fds) Sebydrocotyley wens: a.-- 2+ e+ 161
GEOLO UIT Bo rs aa Tals ee ae Se 5 223) | SElyanOstachiysin =... 52 eeasit 216
REOMMIST A Stew wins Ss ule sete woe 202) | Elydrophylax - 232... 2-- 1s te LOS
Gentianewine ios ose cneacode 24 24> 192, | eelymenophyllum) 22.22. ...- 266
Geramiaces ~.. ssa iee sey dae ws Se lson| Eby pericimers) <2. m... a= se ee 131
Gera MMI. sas i shale sels t's Ils) |) lek yeml@bhin Sgoqauseeoun se cos0 co 131
Gerperawen sey Bane oo ad ees Ilse | lelyqulnesn@) Soups equceo cs ac@or 121, 248
Gerrardambhcy 42h / cs creo GO) | celiypochesris,§ 6 /....e otra ae oe 184
LCEPARCMATIO NY Ok ys oe tse eh IBIS) |) IShquoesies Gequnsdcgssbos5cedoca 207
(GiG SPOUSE 1 CCE Ae Ae oa 202) Eby pOlepis ss acrr-eretieeiiete er 266
Sle ern tot dare crete stn e's wlohe At Hah |) ERY POMIGMer. sce on seer cetetete re ie 235
CHS CHOU 154 2% Yale oh % els oote Vg 0s RG Ta STI Gea senensonuscoaeeguc 212
GH AIONUS! (ever, csc oe once we Re 234
GHOTHOSO) 2 Aas Pees ti ae Valen Sk DAG Wernher ree Seo eS atlag' cle 137
GIVING 2 nba ok cee ea week 4 HAS) Blicinene . 542/58 Fea ck ste 128, 137
Cap Mahim co. 26 . ws 2 ooh les Se ZO) || Pilicebracess 25.0582isjca0 5 t« 2's 124, 214
Garda «4. see's terme od | HivsamblWege ee eins cmc saree = Me 200

276 Index

PAGE |
Impatiens”... 0) sates aos wae 136
Tmaperataye 25 30: <fieeecenie oe heeds 255
Indigoteram anne aoe 145
fonidinina este, pee ec 128
Ipomoea ne Ne eee 1938
TIGGER ou Ao eee 124, 232
Tsehesmuma 3450. ee ee 255
MSQOLES- 2.5 verde Ronen ths sete cs en eemrone 271
WSOROSSB 608i ac% 5 cea eters eeieke ee cee 206
1c ae reer Sek Anse y os8 bernie 233
Jacquemontial <2 yee one 195
Jasmin wae oe ae eee: 190
Jatropha ocean ee eee ee 221
OUMCACEE gta: ce ucskeker donee tee 124, 247
FMCOllys. Wye ee le Ee 251
UAC USE he 5. pee ne eee 247
SRUSS1 EES Poe aw ewan ogame ewes 158
IASC CTE es at ees tee tea 206
Kepmipferiar.s) oc Generac ee 231
IRalanchoe 's:a0. ieee rete 155
Redrostisim inact ee eee 159
Rugeley cits, a0 aie yee earn 208
Kugeelarian: <1. 6 eet ci oaoer 129
KmapliOfidie. «ge. eine pyc eee 239
Kinowltomiaw see eee 126
Koel efia: yes tite tea aioe Waser: 261
IKPAUISST aye here e apes cok era ee 164
Keayllimeias Geen ies kines hte ier. 250
Icabiatewmhecnc ete oats 124, 210
Wactucan. ws, ease ath See sts eine 185
Wig Sen erie sic. ce tee ack. oe Reet 160
CRY e127 fs Re Re Lee ety toa Aah 170
Pea TGATIA Sick tei eeele a ek CES 209
Tea pPCyTOUseaN 44 Seah: os eek ka 233
TASTOCOLYS wssgeceeie cetera nocened oe ia 213
MASIOstphome yaa ae eet 218
Pore R pues cs haa eras: Peace 185
Wig UPinee: Sas aa. Sick. eared 124, 216
Welbeelsiasscensc.tee iw ton fe cies Lees 143
TG OV STAM wert att cts cs reais 264
Leguminosee .......... 123, 124, 149
Weidesiai is eager tsi in. cs cee 222,
ASIAING 45 ere ctet ena nico eae 248
THSIMMACOB 6c. 5 «en Soha ss lon 124, 248
Lentibularinee.............. 124, 202
TG On OGIS) 2:0:5.0 oe Geter es eee 213
Tigontony x. .ni 0k ecin eee 174
PS DCI aie o as emcee ole 128
MEPLOCaty dion sce eye rete 264
Meptocarpus . 2. ou aceite 249
WEQRSSOR LLG cis oases ie sts eee RR 148
TAGES erage. od cis 150d tans Rae ee 213
Leucosidea........ aicapehoxean eadtane 153
iehtensternia, 54... ae eee 162
Tehttootia:.)... 00... 4.5. eeaen 186
MTSE 2.65 ra.in'e cee eae 124, 238
TSM OUI Sie coals <.sa-e yee 161
Limnanthemum .......s0...0s 1938
ADIGROMA > ie os nie +o. sie rcne oma 200

MORE Bis bisa saa o duewip enone 266

PAGE
TAINO E ss erseenees ae Geeks ese ae 1238, 134
simu. a sieiteacts Cyt eeeeaere 134
MANUS < See otek cesta seca. ohare 225
Ti pocarplarc ser weet or oe eee 254
AGI PIAN: nsec eo ne ee eae 209
Tisssochiluses 2558. ee ake haere 226
liithospermiumn > 26 iy 4e oan ee 193
PiGbOMIas <2 es oeae ea eee 246
solo Oliay 2 anceps conor aco ulerea ee eee 185
Wopamiacere 06.2.5 tate ae ee 124, 191
Trou 23 ea Ne ee eee ee 265
Bionehitis: 2icau ci hleeois sebene 266
TOWNES cuts Actes oe cate 267
epholesna: jo c.se eho oc. es ve 177
oranthacess 1.5 sae eer: 219
Tu@ranbl ws) fc. hse Me 219
HOtononis 2%. see. ee 142
TOG wc acs ee ee 145
Ihexostylis s25.0..-.- EC fac 142
DEM WIP ee ele cee 8 Sea 158
Tamla ..aee oe ee Ce ote 248
1 Gh, (chyba ieee awe Ate ea eon roe B 197
Ibycopodiacee ............- 124, 271
Tie opodauma 22s). sos cies loco 271
WayeroG tua 3. isda 6 ote agers se te 270
TSIM ACI, © s.b-c2 ie .se eo Neuses 188
lbyth varies ...%.)0% o.2 essa yeer 123, 157
leybh rum... i, ts 2 ok eau noe 157
MES Wadi oosoa oes Linicilc seen 190
IES) chy (2 a ene are Cer a ee 205
Miacowanila.. 0% abo 5a tle eee 174
Ui 2 20510 Ee Hae Gee Oni eM WEN EAT Tro 128
WEaCS8i: os, cha ri a oce, cin ae eee 188
Mathériniian «ausn eae enero bauer 133
MallOtus)~ 2.26.5 tami eon 222,
Malpighiacer: Waa. ee 123, 135
Mail Via coe ead an oie eine ere 131
MialWaCese 22:0. cans e tanye eter 1238, 181
Malvastriim. 4653. tc eee 131
Mian 16a). <3. 5 tax see iec eee eee eae 198
Wierd GGUS be oe coe eter eaten se cael eee 271
WiariS@USa... <icskoc eStores een eae 252
Mirage (ose a, 5 a aa ee te ea ana PW El
Mla tiiCariay.): scone cece oOo 176
MGIC SO's.:\6.55s auc oem 145
Megaclinurm’ (rire. re eae 225
Melantherancits anon oe 175
Wrevaisiars.5% rss ee ia cme era 200
Melastomacese .............. 123, 157
WMiatnamia, . | </cssis a ategio Aeneas es
dN 02) Gk Radeee eee Re ee eo ee rer Ne 137
WP ATTAC C02 > sce ancieaurss Cerne e a 123, 187
Nireliamthwss (4. ..826 cee ceria 140
IMU Rek: eee ar aS EMSRS Reon 8 265
IVIMITATS xs kigua ts c2h qomce Se ehoe OOe eee 260
Mealolobiuim: 2. vo.0necuac vee 143
NGO RWG: . v5 wy ate Rote eee 159
Mamecylon «i... cs 3s gos om onan 157
Menispermacee ............ 123, 127
IMEMOGOES. <.oecceiee wae ee 190
Menthe «i ose: a is.tece oe ean 212
Mesembryanthemum .......... 160

Index

PAGH
INEM SIGN ee on oak aes ances one aes 174
MMe FOCI Oar sauce cess sss e+ bss 264
MUOROMIOPI alte hie. ces kas a es ws 212
as Gy TRY DTT ng 168
HSE LUTGROLTIED) Ses ate clas eee rr 147
WULTTOA UCTS Ge tanta came ae 200
WEUMMISOP Se 2. ce oy. cles ce ees ce 122, 189
IMitibriOShiCIMa . 3.42.6... 22 262s e8 164
WELEOCRIPUMI sea. oc. cae ce ss 166
Modecca ..... E10 ee nN aa 158
TE aT UST ARE he le ae aie ea a QTL
OU Oer ite tie s aoe or sve 4, 160
Wit mOEATCA. «aac oe es 2 8 159
INOMECHINGY «ara faces whee ose 206
WVIGHIIMTACCSS 5 ace ce ee gece a 123, 216
Monocotyledones ...........-.. 225
VIG OMM erst anne nce se wears 135
WOE Ey Gato Ree Ae a 232
MIOSCMOSIMG). oc ccis.s se see ee «as are 210
AVN Cay. on ave wees ees 68 147
MVitor albicans uc ee eeetney soa 130
MVM OSOUIS crete. ccna Mere meen os shea 193
IMIR ELC Ayers SoS eases ten eye iene + ayers 224
IVEVPIGA CCHS: create wt so bc cia ov van oles ae 224
WEP PIOP MO VILGMA 45 oe ee ele sn oe 156
Wi rophammMus \. 00.60 oe. ee 155
NN AS70102) AS ea nea arn ar me a 188
WI ESUMEEO! (als a. ose es Se ee oe 124, 188
AY VAI I OCEE 2 a n e 123, 156
MEVESACIGUUIMN . 2.2.06. sees eet 8 227
IS SCEOXVION) fa. s sce G ta ek a8 139
IN@HGNG ENGELS as eee oe Ne
INASGUEGMUI soc oleeicees beccae
INEMmOciiere tac tat noite aces
INE MPOMIUMA, “55056 a es Siele s eee oe
INEDRTOIEPIS 2.64. 5a+8e sets ee
INIGIENTAS SS Se ee ath ne
INSEE) a ea ee ee es ee ea
ENESTICr Orakei as oe A cass
INICAMGrai ee. os Seas cae s
INmCOUaMan ta. Pate selec se soeceets
JINITIG Oa: NE Stee a
EMielotiinetar ofc k ociaccnatsacetee hs «
ENOUleGuiar Id. tooo tee eats
TSIOLIB OR cet Sua e eee ne ae an a a
ING@GhO¢hl@na .. 6.664626 cae. eae
INGcObmKUS As se ec eS eer.
Notosceptrum
INTICISSTB hereto eee an
Nyctagines
ING mopligea: 2556 Sec. Oates SR a
CUXGIELIIS "hye se ee ag a
Wonmucea: Costas kk iter fee.
ermine asec eee Sef Ree:
LOUIE Ee ae Eee I a
WAC HDD io! Ea IRN RSA Se tee Ae
MEnWopiera “eer ee. wal ee
MPRLCIMe roe.) SRS hy be eel f N,
Oldenlandia
aa eee eRe te fe See

277
PAGE

ROMDELNNCLICE Ds (ar cee aie lsteiavevsrn lave 3 Sic oie ys 269
WINBOGETDUS “2. 6c oc cee oem 181
OP TOMIOLISS rare vente c ae siel> armen 128
CLE Eee eR RES ea I Cd 157
ET eI RA Pt Ea ABA 265
Omuerarie® ...0o 0s. we oe ..123, 158
OMCINODIS: 5. = 2/0: eee cle = sol
ONTCOW Ay ease ats os a areia ets See 128
Ophioeawlony 2)... 5 2. ere 158
Opinioglossumi ait eee 271
Oplismienuiss 2"... veces seme 259
Wreliders, Vacs oe eo eee eae eee 124
Grnithosaluim + = sent nee oer 245
OVbHosiphmom =. ..s.. asec 210
ORY S18 ic eect nk 6 ieee ee ee 160
Osmiumdaes). 25.6: sara ore ee 271
Osbeospermum J. onsen ere eee 181
Osyvridocarpus 32... - seca 220
OR VETS ora nS econ els a nnaye ot ee eee 220
OU OMI osc 2 cpus. conan 181
Othonnopsis’ S2s.5.. 2:0. Sen 180
Ox align wey. sacs ok Ae ee 136
OXVanthUsy.. cosas ss Soe nee 164
Oxy Gon uM.) 225s. Gaerne eras 215
HEINE esos hee he Rs cere eaters 124, 248
IPAQ KM aes Gece ie sa namie come 162
PPA IMICUIN S.0 ero eto vocie"s oun cece 258
HPADANIGE, -sye.ce ers ine si erore oe eyecare 127
eADAVELACCe) «|. wees. + so ae 123, 127
PRIGtALIAL Uo. . 3 hc sc sve e's cree sere 224
ParGmeritma, “Salsas ce aa cig 175
JEANS) OIC TH anes tana mR IS ct 257
IAS CORN vee dieie cid ies cag sone 217
PS SUMMORE 8s fale os.clels ors ais aterels 124, 158
HAVOUOOTE ce ees CA ee aoe tierenee 165
eUVOMM | het eae cones) ok ee or 131
POUNCE! 0 was kcsce is ee oe eee 124, 203
Peddeia Sees odes csv awoere sees 219
CAT ROMIUIN, 66). sc 6 eles 'ele cies aie 135
PEMOSTOMMUIM H. . o a. Sac oe oe ee = 197
CU oar tients sue v Ses waive ays cee ee 267
Pennisebuim “foi. 8S. .sce. ek ae 260
IF CMGAMISIAL sft. sels ou eee ese 164
HES ENG) eer eer ae ro wane Enero ne ee 163
Pentaschistig’ 55 O60 Sie scki of ae Oe 261
PPOMGAIN | Shee Pei oie ce aie 176
IPGperomiiay 5... o oe oll ee ees 216
MO DOMMA. 2 Aerts Lis Paice nem 159
PPELISUEO PUG’. «5 Sse ichars cl retorts 207
HMRIRCEOUIS ce ee otc aie so eete i oer eer ete 262
f “Petalactella: 25860 oc085 dele ae os 174
BeucedanUMt: io 20.5 52sec os ee 162
Ph alaris” <<. 55.52 s aes woes 265
Warn aceuMl’ 2s Shoe esac 3 wn oe coke 160
Phaseolus, * i. akc VAT eects oh 149
PAV IGOSIS® 7k owe Seto eee ore 204
BHlipiars es [ar eseeeoeaes ee as
i i (52) 00 b: ON eed oe RA er 121, 248
PHragmoites' £5 a5 See eoO8 sees 261
PHyselis: sos Ae ater eee cee. oe 198
Pity th 2s Soe a heres Dae ses Ie 139
Pity Wannis, Ber ees ves oe an. ater 221

278

PAGE
iBhyllopodauiie erence cree 199
Bhysalis 27.2... eles wkeision aie 197
Phy tolaccar ye ssc2 es nee 215
Phytolaccerms “225.1025 sce 215
Pimpinella s:j.c02 cote ate eee 162
IPADGT hy soon eevee cesta me ee ee 216
PUP CT ACER we .c ans a utetonsteys steckoash: 124, 216
IPASUIG): Ge. kc lee ee 248
IPiGbOSPOLCc ot eee ee 128, 129
Pittospormnny ne creeks ane 129
Plantaginerei1.ppc-a cae 213
Plantago cm... scenery ee eee 2138
Platanthera: eee oe ee 229
iPlatyearpha.*-s-7.cic see eee 183
Platylepis 93.5... eee er ei eee 227
Blectranthusin by. eee eee 211
Plectronia oot: -casc-ne cece 164
Pilleurostylia. 02a ee 138
Plumibaginet. Wa. ce 123, 188
Plumbago® i.e eee 188
Pl ammerian. . .cc siete rte ee ten. 191
PO as hts vats tect 8s Meee Wace rene ae 265
Rodalyriay (..20 se sees are 142
IPROd Oca rpusi eerie 122, 224
Podostemaceruaaeeeeeee cc. 124, 216
Rogonarthria,.c:.). 2 sos -e eee 262
Pollichigyj.,- 01 ere eee ee 214
Polling ies pre oaenecr ane eres 255
POlycanpee arent aero err 131
Poly carpomia...< cy. acte se srece ee 131
IROly@alaig.sopsy. «actA rene ais) Seder 129
Roly salleee istic hci. ss ob wire tare 129
POLY BONA COR siete lore late oon) oe 124, 215
Poly gona. i cece scot so are 215
Polypodi mary esi! \sheio «ere eyslers ee 269
ROIVMOGOW fix va cestieree' = =) 5 hese be 261
Bolystachiyairs jac aceite oc rete 226
OPOWAB Airs. acto ce ree oo oie kon ies 126
Portulaca eset tis et co ee 131
IPortillacece revs. csiiss ste ceeveret 123, 131
POrtwlae@ aria, 4 6.05.50. 5: sjessoiere 131
Rotamogetom’.¢ jicmac sc sci 0+ sic 249
Botamtophialay ii. saree. 6 3 66 epee soy 264
FPOUZOISTE ais a cutive, deoe sro es 224
Brimulacete: 55 cfs nin. execs 5%: 124, 188
PPINGZIG cohesion ee esos aes 175
PYIOMUM 62 yo ccprernsesw dee sae 248
IPETVE) < leatheds site Steet 5 ordca Pareto 209
POUCA sie aches wstncre tcc eres sea raneeuerie 217
IPEOLEACEH- 2. «tania Gost. te alate ale ually
AE LOUOPHUSi: selene arty eeogkeae eats 122, 142
Peammobropliay. = eesti se 160
Pseudarthrian . .. +. 0 sce. sees 148
Psilotrichwin <<... eee mee 215
PBUO GUM oii04/2s cr rece ete 271
IPSOGAICR voctin overs Me ate Se ameiene regent 145
PSyehobria: 54.00%. sapere element 165
(PUREIB sctezsiesays.x%, 50 .< 0 @ ia y rE 267
Pterocelastrus ...-...cs..eeeme 138
PtBLOR YOM, 6 ios, 0.063510 rem eee 140
IPLBEY SOOM. «5. sna a vette 231
PUUIGRIA iis awicis «seen 175
PUPAE srwaisk soe os wd aren waa 214

Index

PAGE
Pitterlickta, o.errac..ovsislarexs eee 138
PyCnestachy sii .c1.. oo ncn oe 212
PY GRCUS: aioe eeu eos eo rte 250
VS QUINN weal Stoysoys fo) acter ede Jo eS oO 152
Pyrenacantha, @3asAss ee eer 137
QuUgSquals: a en hae Ge eee 156
121) out: a ten ere cnn a ahs Sa 142
andi, «. o0.c hs er. aerate ere de 163
Ranunculace.. neon eee 123, 126
latenomoaOWUlS “Gogooocoueasaccc 122, 126
Rauwoltia, st a ay.ce nae on eee 191
IRaWSOnIAS ccc... oe cok ae 129
ela iiia,s. 2015. eee eer eae 174
Resed ace «0a eo reer 123, 128
IREStlaCe sy aio tececc a ceaeromes 124, 249
IRGSUIO: sce: cuuertnets eae et eee 249
Rub amane ss” 5.<.6\. chan naseaee eee 123, 139
Ribamnuiserskyenis ssc sees 139
Rhamphicarpar..-s--ssso ac 201
hinacanthusi. eee eee 207
VB ip sallis cette cases cove mare emt 160
Rhizophora see aes een eee 156
Rhizophoretess-. a: ae ence 123, 124, 156
US Geass. cian carne eee eee 140
Nhynchocalyx 254.28 soe ae 157
Rbynchosia, «ac. .asccn cone 149
Rhynchospora) essere 254
IRIGHATGIA® «ck shee Se teen 248
Richard soma an see oes 166
RiGiNOCALDUS 2c ols Sete 221
IRUCIMUS). vase tics ah cae ee 222,
HS 4012) Uf he penne erereer deat nema ateT ars I 1s 187
HOTA WES, clsres sic Gecvo et eat re eee 232
IROSA COR. 6 osc eisltetn cine eee eae 128, 152
Rottboellian. s... 2244006 os erodes 255
IROVONS. (c0% wad Ores oer 189
FRUITS, 5 cease Sees canoer tees 166
IRbISCCR: Nec aiek ac Cato os 124, 163
TRUS. .2% oacseiisw 2. aero ee 152
Rielle: eens ewe eee oe were 204
PUGIMEK64' .. ction tc eee eran 216
RUG COE:-« Parowieke eearsry ole eres 123, 186
TRUIGG YB eso ori. sho eles sass sein ei Sreteteye 206
Sacchartm’ .cimraet cee on eee 255
SS aGGTA</. 1. 0c alee 0 Sistee eels epeieueioneee 139
Saliciness. (..cc, cane eee 128, 124, 224
SAMCOLNIA cass. acs.0 owt cic heaters 215
PO AUUI’, «se aw: trove cuteteere Seeieee Rani eee 224
SRIVIR 3... vroe enero ee orem eons 212
BaAMolus: .: dish eaueces sateen 188
aM YGACere ....00 «cre sg ee eies 124, 158
Bandersonia . css. eeee ate ee 246
PS OMECULIG,. 5. 15:0:dnaee sig cnereesn © Siseiersienes 161
SAMSHVICIA <:s:6ccajacroe ee + ateie eres 232
SAM GAIACOR 05 miegreieounie ree ee 124, 219
SAPINGACHs) Ti cence be es ee 123, 140
DSAPINGUS's ... -.s apie eierc.e wie ween 140
SA POUACOD ... scan weuekyen ees 124, 189
BAEVIIUM . igs s otic cesar caine 229
DAXILPARCH «iiwhan ewes oe yee 123, 153

Index 279

PAGE
SSEATSVIGISE NG hin eon oe ae Ree nee eer 166
CVOlA Aga sen asiiessewes ere ee 185
Sehistostephium ...........: 176
SCHIZGbSsis.« 6.5 6s eke alone 241
Sehizochilus ...0...sac0 esse eg 931
PS(CLENIZAS 211 1 OR Ate CRN eae 271
DebiZasty lig: nee l.c << sjres aust aed 233
CMMI OMA. serie aise acicie «se. sche ie ots 140
Schesnoxiphidim 2... .....00en. 255
SemMObi gar mimetsen cine ails cco. s.0 acid a 151
ICMPODCEAr cists cigec reise create des SS 190
IS GHUD IG) ite Serer so are een a me 244
GUE DUS rors eke oi cke cides Sos ce aks ss he 253
Senha mimes) 7.0. s sie se ace av ose 124, 231
SClariaun sce eer wea noms 254
DCIGROCALYA 4 .a.cice sence sees es 142
MCIEFOCMITOMG cco oe witeise ves Het0is 205
Scolopemd rium: 55... 0.60. 5s 267
COLO MI raetre cram ee iste. s oe 129
Scrophulariacess ............ 124, 197
CU GI Ajeet ick. fasion. & noes assis 139
SSO EO ag ope ood sic a are ceueuene Se.dr bs 192
CUM SNI ay cs te.c cas scteerercwie oie afelvie 223
SGI} 201) 0512S are Pn ee eee 207
Delagimelllat.c ncaa ae ooo s 6% 200, 271
Selaginellacese ............06 124, 271
IG LAB OS ae, cite Kaas eho. wiein Seeks Se a 208
[SiG iba aa Sea eee een oe ae 162
SGMODICT A gras chacs.c ccs + Cink os arate 128
SOMCCIONL A Mace acks tee a Mek Sets IWATE
IC EICOCOMMO cs wile 8 overs cies ace e aaa 214
SeEpleullans co ce cote cis od eee acres ts 155
IGSAUMUIND, Mra o.cve a sass a dm aie = erate 203
SG se iy 5 552 <r 14, encree oc, ova aeatepeed anclate 147
SOSOUbmare ass ea Saas susie, bs teas he 162
ISSLATIOE he Pier ea oe Oster Roe een 259
UGA eras concn ho Sule en ae eel 131
Sideroxylone oo S.cce we ns aes oes 189
memes beelday cake Sad oe eee ga 4 175
UL OMG Mas lec erty ai Se evay sree RIS 130
Sisvambriuim: Vacances os ees os 127
SUNT Beveeccs etre etic nae a ened 162
Ra Keer as) ee oh ase eiwinnin a renee: «a 238
MMU TY ety ads. seer o) cl erauc apn Soke 148
SmIOdMelWIM shoe oe es oem 142
SOlanacemse. 5... mick oe bass Hee 124, 196
Solanum jr. oes ee ae ery en ee 196
DOMCMISs ae oasis - aia ies so 9% 185
NODHORE Sastre cchs SG iiwis eos 151
SODUEA Macy ss 4 dey ite ci en we 201
SpParManMig «woe ene ees aes 134
SOL MU Biurer tens ntcsye eaves cials o,2 0 130
SSDCLINACOCE 5m. ec. wie es cients 166
Splearaleeai a iic cos Hale eae ered 131
DpPMerANthUS oo. eels sos tle ee oe 170
MMBOSICVOS (5.5. <2 .cccnc cae sess 159
Spheerothylax.. 26.6 6t a. on oslo es 216
SAINI S! oh.05 a savers ie cist sci sieaiels 175
DBDOLODOIUS 2.15 ccnc ocem ce bes ss 262
SUC, wala a cleros Sit x wiskerer ow: s eelelers 212
"SUE OV XS) ho a 225
BGO MAN Gi ci wisccw clos ode cay caval 130

PAGE
Stonotaphrmim! .....t-su0n se dane 260
Shep MaMa octal. a Moses cgiteiaee ne 127
Sterewlidces: se) sce as ae cates 123, 132
SytMOMUIIS? oi yc, caus vols oustenate eeteneneeee 265
SMO Sits rapopelia tecehoreteyotstage sine toa nee 262
SEOMOE Be Fong. thas sito ous ener cctrcnele eee 183
SEOOIE sta ieiei sc icls.ar dies erie a ee 174
StreliG Za. & sec 3-s7.f0 carer eso ee eee 121, 231
StLEpeOCREPUS! |... . meee 202
SErigay scx etnies emis coders oe 201
Sirophanthus-. 3 Ju. oo eee 191
Struthiolae ssi. 20... acu eee 217
Strychnosy Ba asic; sc a2) eee 192
Stylochiton. 5.7... scree 248
Stivlocoryme: 55: ci. . ave mee.s eerie 164
Stylosanthes 5... 3. «117s 148
SUGOLAS sicte. doc. 5 ee tone See 198
Sutherlandiai.. ssn. ees 147
SVCOMMOLUS: <..01 5 ay) -te el eee eee 223
Sy Maden eae isle iene 221
SyicolostemOmy sac. cscs ater 210
PAMACebUM 24.5.) sce eee 176
Marchomaataus ee. sac acne 170
PAROMIVA, 3.515 aleve ove weve eine GRD RIO 163
MeCOMMATI Ae sk ca otic oes ee 203
FING COU Girct seca ive Casts! GhnS bd cheb ogee Oe 198
Me PMEOS TE 5 shh ces aac oo as Oe 147
MINS T ANNIAUES® 4s, <caetric 2c odaye Gin ow Sioa Se 148
MeStiwGiMariay 4.465. \sc40-0% oe oe 238
PRE WCENUTIN yale ese «aries cia-acccra eee 213
Ma MiGbrUAMvs «Je, 54a os.ce, soe 126
WBC SMES ay goss ss ais) ks. «srs y eee 132
MUMS STUNT ars oc she Fe: 'a oa cated a ae 219
IVAN DOE SIRs es cts-cpss css sini ss caerones 203
(Mohmanlheeees cooclocoocoue bose 124, 217
AUTEN Ye: eae eg SRO eo ence on 124
IVINS gerccctc tse nae cne shee ah oleae 153
OGG GIN a Faia o aks cara hor ake-wi teeres Dleslone 136
MOG Saintes ots ietsadare's ole.5 07d weasels 271
Moxa nGherar sss... 666 «ss sowee caer 160
AManyelingnofetory 6p Ge gecaumoncnodae 256
ASG) Ree Cn Care HOOD ook 223
INCITS «codes epademeunde ouccoD 262
Sse ai Gd fay coats cect ciroscilo.cr «ain eee ee telecon 158
AVE OVUM 3) 8.5, crs teeyos oe) ceva at st ase) ol neponone 223
WEVA UMMAT S) 5 cor sce ate: ce oe cers cones OEE 135
MPIC ALYCIA comes cyaioe scot cue ero 164
dWeilol ob Gt: eee RRR eri ci na) tS 7/
UNaiGlobb cuhybra ane ARO tsc 6c 215
Mrichocladus! <(s, shales eke crete 155
Mrichol esa) s0 cis <i & ste sty caer ae ee 260
MPrIChOMMAMES: 5) s.c'e< «0s ote wrt eee 266
EG OPEC Y kansas eo eee 261
PUG sia hdsiia, ot wiahes) wa euerneuepemeitepevener 175
Trifolvam (vs..ode ca wersmhoa ses 145
Mri slochin «6:5 cw. nasteeeete ne eae = 249
MP RINTO TENG <j, facies 5 Me eeeepauersacry er re 129
PRT PCSLIG’ Joes lorkerg terse ears Om te 181
Trivaphisc<..< eases gece cS 264
Tristach yay <).s Cae. Sects mews oss 261
eT OM Tah. esr. srscun sretsk he Sacre er 233
Privimafebitiaie. eed ots eieve'e 134

280

PAGE
ETOCHOMErIa eo u.c.s.6 ea ee 158
Tryphostemmac.. .. 2-125 sees 158
Dalbaghias wes oeienc3t. oo eee 248
BITES iis che ne baer epee lout enc eee ee 137
LY PH so ccc eae noes oe RSs 248
yphacess Get aae ae er 123, 248
IYSOMIG: . beeches dtws cet etut eee 193
Wimbellifer ese tty. ere os 124, 161
(Urelytrum 6.0502 gas uct abet 256
UWEERG ON ca eee ea ee a 224
Weginea: io. << Ga ns eres nah eR 243
Urostigma ...... che eee at a neat ae 224
Wesiniay 2.5.0 ceeetataaees vee 182
WE bICBtecces Sages ae ens ee ee ee 294
Wirticaces 62.4 ..s5084 Rares whet 124, 993
Witricularia;, uve eaate vee eee 202
Wivariain-c fc. ath cs ce ars cnn Ae 126
WONCTIAMS . asus aes oe Wee 166
Weleriaiverc ei eee FL anicothn t 166
WSS UCTIG a s.c4 ct Seer cte re were 165
Well@zita. oils <4. cre cir 044 SS 238
NIG VGATIN igre sce eesisla ee eee 182
Wier bem ar 4225s cetacin Bae eee oe 209
Verbenacese .......... 124, 209
IV ZG 112 GIN si'ciscv tie ae eR 167
WiGHOMIC A, 58 ceca olathe veto. chausy eens 200
WalGlal, ice pane tare ret octane wee 148
WV IGA hase yeild hier store Shays ota BE RE 149
IVICA eetsis artes RCS On eer cc EET | 191
VANO LATICES vg shes rorerratoreeeorare ton steele 123, 128
WAS CELTIY 20s iyi ates op awaserct ona ck anor AMOR 219
IVELib GAUL Og MMeretonn wee UA weiter ool vanes kee 270

PAGE
WaGOX Meee Watters gs de habe eee 209
Walist ote we cener cee ak Same eee 139
VOaCAN G8 rae. bccn ce setae 191
WOanNdZeIG? a... oe os 2242 5a ee 149
Wulpia ots sere 23s vs ng rans eee’ 265
Wahlenbergiay.< a... os. 0. cice. eles 186
Wrallatridas: sc crak savor st ee 208
Wraltheria: “arcs... +2 1c ae 134
IWiatSON1a< <6) fat nek Rese core 233
NWiebeiar-.4<.c4c. dats or coh Ae 163
NViedeligt Sis cae 5526 Shee eee ene LD
Wetheay tac e 5/4 scchect cree ee ee 156
WWitWania, ee hsce ed nets. Meee 197
WO Litas: 4 % Gets n) ac bec ieee ace eee ue 248
WO OUSTE ites 2005 < xcaretn anges Oe eee 266
Wrightia. o<acacova ss sean aes 191
AWWitarem Gay: cvacans-ciu: wraiceore MORE Camere 246
DCA TA GUAT UIT. Aisa anes svaneue eee 175
ORANTY Cl aige oie an coats a6 ace een ae uy
MY MAIOS 2 s.8o hss Kee ey cd heats 216
XV TICE sic. oa cn oe cater enoe aes 246
RAV V IS? septs oo oe ences sare pose ioe 246
Zaluvianskya, « ..c.a- cee cet 199
Manmichelilitay. sn cieneae ovement 249
amt hoxy luna. «2 car aoyoenrs eee 136
WACO WAN 0: eee ene SW Neste 227
ZANT GH ace a0 4. canes eee me Oe aly és)
ZUZY PRUS 6 ag nce ie. eee ene 139
VAX es OBL! Oe REE RES Mees), SEBRCR To 2 148
AO SECIS: dendicien didi s sense oeee 249

Ay geoph yWewe..:..bvic ae sieeaoah 1238, 135

( 281 )

MESHEMBRIANTHEMUM CALCAREUM, Marloth:
A NEW MIMICRY PLANT.

By R. Maruotsu, Ph.D., M.A.
(Read June 26, 1907.)

In my former communications* to our Society I have shown that
there are a number of plants in the karroid districts of South Africa
which resemble the stones among which they grow to such an extent
that they are to be detected at their natural habitat only with
difficulty when not in flower. Although I was fully aware of the
scepticism with which mimicry among plants is treated by some
botanists, and although I am very sceptical myself about various
cases of so-called mimicry of plants, I could not help recognising
that several of these plants were so exactly like their surroundings,
in colour as well as in shape, that they would easily escape the
attention of animals, especially at night-time.

After the publication of my observations several botanists have
discussed the same subject at home., e.g., Thiselton-Dyert in ‘The
Annals of Botany,” and Bechhold{ in the ‘“‘ Umschau,” but these
writers are under a great disadvantage, for all desert plants lose a
great deal of their physiognomical characters when cultivated in
a damper atmosphere and with a largely reduced supply of light. In
fact, one can often hardly recognise the species when cultivated at
home. |

In the meantime, a few more such cases have come under my
notice. These are three species of Mesembrianthemum, among them
two that are new to science. The third one is M. canwm, Haw., a
plant that grows in the karroo, near Miller station, on the Oudts-
hoorn line, and which had been lost sight of for more than half
a century.

Of the new species one was mentioned in my last paper on

* Vol. xv., p. 97, and vol. xvi., p. 165. Seealso Dinter, in Gard. Chron., 1900,
pp. 115, 211.
+ “Ann, Botany,’’ vol. xx., p. 124. t « Umschau,” 1906, p. 525.
19

282 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

succulents, viz., Mesembrianthemum simulans, Marloth. It has
usually only two leaves about the size of a hen’s egg, but which, in
the texture of their surface and their rusty colour, resemble the
rough, ferruginous stones among which it grows very closely.

The other species I discovered recently near Kimberley, and as
this is the most remarkable instance of the kind, I am exhibiting
some of the plants and the limestone pebbles among which it.
was found. You will notice that the leaves of the plant are covered
with white and brownish tubercles, and that they are closely set into.
a compact rosette ; hence nothing but this rough surface is visible
when the plant is in the ground. As the locality is closely covered
with pebbles and fragments of greyish limestone, over which here
and there a little red sand has been blown, the similarity between
the plants and their surroundings is so extraordinary that no artist.
could have produced a more perfect harmony of the two.

I frankly admit that I would have walked over them if the plants.
had not been in flower, although my eyes were on the ground
searching for something else.

From its similarity to the limestone pebbles I have named the
plant Mesembrianthemum calcareum. Its full diagnosis, with figure,
has been included in the paper dealing with the other new species,
and will be found on page 45 of this volume.

( 283 )

A CONTRIBUTION TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE CAPE
GOLDEN MOLES.

By R. Broom, M.D., D.Sc., C.M.Z.S.
(Read July 31, 1907.)

There are few South African mammals of which our knowledge is
in a less satisfactory condition than the Golden Moles. Though they
have been known for 150 years, and though in some parts they are
fairly numerous they are difficult to obtain and are not often seen,
and this is probably the reason why they are so rare in collections,
and why there are so many blanks in our knowledge concerning
them.

In his splendid ‘‘ Monograph of the Insectivora’’ Dobson has
given an excellent account of the anatomy of the genus, and of all
that was satisfactorily known of the different species up to 1883.
His work is so thorough that all that has been done since has been
the description of a few new forms and the addition of a number of
anatomical details, especially in connection with the brain and teeth.

In 1904, Leche in a short paper, ‘‘ Ueber Zahnwechsel bei Sange-
tieren in Erwachsenen Zustand,’ announced the important dis-
covery he had made of tooth-change taking place in skulls of
Chrysochlorts in which the sutures were obliterated, and which were
manifestly mature.

In 1905 Thomas and Schwann described the following new forms,
for the most part collected by Grant: Amblysomus wis, Amblysomus
corrié, Amblysomus chrysillus, and Amblysomus hottentotus pondolia.
In A. iris and A. corrie they found that some skulls had narrow
premolars and some broad premolars, and they showed that the
narrow premolars are the permanent teeth and the others the
deciduous set.

During the past year I have devoted some time to the study of
the different forms of the Golden Moles found in South Africa, and
have been fortunate in obtaining a good deal of new information.
In the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History” for February,

284 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Soctety.

1907, I have given a preliminary description of five new species. In
the present paper a sixth new species is described and two new
varieties are named. It seems probable that one or two new species
remain to be discovered, but in the meantime it seems advisable to
review the present state of our knowledge of the genus.

CHRYSOCHLORIS ASIATICA, Linn.

This, the earliest known species, is the one which is found in the
neighbourhood of Capetown. Its burrows are to be met with almost
anywhere in the low ground of the Cape peninsula. From here it
extends all over the Cape flats and for a considerable distance east-
wards. At Stellenbosch it is fairly common. It certainly occurs at
Ceres, but it does not occur as far north as Namaqualand. An old
specimen in the South African Museum is said to have come from
Kimberley, but as there is no other record of its occurrence north-
east of Ceres, and at Beaufort West another very different species is
met with, I am inclined to doubt the record. Along the south coast
the farthest east records are Bredasdorp and Swellendam.

There is considerable difference in the colour of different speci-
mens. Those from Stellenbosch are usually slaty-grey to black,
rarely with a slight brownish tinge. In the region of the eye there is
a white spot, which frequently extends downwards and joins its
neighbour round the upper lip. Occasionally the white spot is small
and rounded, and at a little distance looks like an eye. In some
specimens a white triangular patch is situated above the snout, but
no two specimens quite agree. Some specimens from the Cape
peninsula are very distinctly brownish, occasionally even rather
light brown. In the Cape specimens the cheek light spot is larger
than in those from Stellenbosch. By no stretch of imagination
could Stellenbosch specimens be called ‘‘ golden,” but some of the
Capetown specimens have the rich golden-brown colour seen in some
specimens of O. obtusirostris.

Adult specimens of both male and female measure from 110 to
115 mm., and the hind foot 12 mm.

The following are measurements of typical skulls :—

Orbital Dental Molar Palatal Width

Length. Breadth. Height. Region. Series. Series. across last Pm.
(Q) SB... 28°38 19 12°2 73 10 6 8:5
(b)'@...) 22:8 18 12 75 7 . 6 8-3

The skull is characterised by its great relative breadth and by the
large size of the bony projection in the back of the temporal region.

Contribution to the Knowledge of the Cape Golden Moles. 285

This large vesicular outgrowth is formed to accommodate the enor-
mous head of the malleus. It has been described by Hyrtl, by
Dobson, and more recently by van Kampen. It is larger in C.
asiatica than in any of the other small species known, and is very
constant in size and shape. For convenience it will be referred to
_ hereafter as the temporal bulla.

The general structure of the teeth is well known. In the lower
premolars and molars there is no trace of the posterior talon.

Very little is as yet known of the early development of C. asiatica.
Newly-born specimens were obtained near Capetown on July 14th
and at Stellenbosch on June Ist, and other very young specimens
have been obtained at Stellenbosch during July and August. A fairly
well-grown but young specimen was got at beginning of June. From
these data we are probably justified in concluding that the breeding
season is from April to July. At birth the young animal measures
about 47 mm. when stretched straight, and the skull measures
16 mm. in length. The skin is practically hairless, only a few short
hairs appearing on the forehead. The newly-born young are fairly
active little animals, which move about in a manner somewhat
recalling young pigs, and the resemblance is rather increased by
their giving little grunting-like squeaks. How long the young take
to reach maturity is unknown, but it seems not unlikely that it is
between two and three months. A very remarkable feature in the
development is that the teeth do not cut the gum till the young
animal is almost full grown. In one specimen in which the skull
measures 22 mm. only the tips of 8 teeth—two in each jaw—are
through the gum. From this, and from the fact that these well-
developed young are not found in the runs but in the nests, we may
infer that the young are suckled by the mothers till they are prac-
tically full grown. As at this stage the skull has attained almost its
full length, all the teeth are well developed, and, with the exception
of the last two molars, come through the gum practically simul-
taneously, and the two posterior teeth come through very soon
afterwards. This first set of teeth, made up of deciduous incisors,
canines, and premolars, with true molars, is the set that seems to
last the greater part of the animal’s life. Leche * discovered young
replacing teeth in two specimens, and considers he has obtained
skulls with the permanent incisors, canines, premolars, and true
molars. At Stellenbosch I have seen no specimens in this condi-

* There is some doubt about the species of Leche’s specimens. The figures are
quite like those of C. asiatica, but the measurements given—16 mm. to 18 mm.—
are much too small for this species, of which I have seen no adult specimen with a
skull under 22 mm.

286 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

tion, but I have obtained two old animals which undoubtedly show
the second set of teeth. From these specimens it would appear that
with the approach of old age the teeth of the first set become
loosened and shed, and are replaced by a complete second set of
incisors, canines, and premolars. The true molars are shed shortly
after the first set of anterior teeth, so that they become lost about
the time the second set of anterior teeth become functional. In the
only two specimens I have obtained with the undoubted second set
of anterior teeth the true molars are loose and partly shed, and yet
the anterior teeth are not yet all fully functional. One of the speci-
mens was an old female obtained on November 13, 1906, in whose
upper jaw all the teeth of the second set are seen except the left
middle premolar, which is not yet through the gum. Of the true
molars the 2nd and 3rd of the left side and the 3rd of the right side
have been shed for some time, and the 1st on both sides is quite
loose and about to be shed. In the lower jaw the true molars are
still in position, but quite loose and about to drop out. As the
molars cannot be replaced the animal, if it survives long after the
tooth change, must be left with only incisors, canines, and pre-
molars. The teeth of the second set are all smaller than those of
the first set, and the premolars are distinctly shorter antero-
posteriorly.

CHRYSOCHLORIS WINTONI, Broom.

In 1897, when living at Port Nolloth, [ obtained two specimens of
the mole of that locality, but not having seen C. aszatica I inferred
that my specimens belonged to the common species, and both were
made use of for anatomical purposes. Sclater refers to the occur-
rence of C. aszatica at Port Nolloth, and the specimen on which this
reference is based is fortunately in the South African Museum. I
have examined it, and am quite satisfied that it is worthy of specific
rank.

The nose pad measures 8 mm. in width and 4 mm. in length.
The anterior digging portion is more prominent than in C. aszatica,
and the outer corners of the pad are rounded and not produced into
sharp points, as is invariably the case in C. aszatica.

The dorsal fur is ight grey with a tinge of yellow. On approach-
ing the forehead the yellow becomes more marked, and the whole of
the front of the head, cheeks, and lips are pale yellow. Underneath
the general colour is a slightly lighter tint of grey than on the back.

In size the animal is considerably smaller than C. aszatica, and
differs most strikingly in the structure of the front foot. Whereas
in C. astatica the 1st claw is small and the 4th rudimentary, in C.

Contribution to the Knowledge of the Cape Golden Moles. 287

wintont the 1st claw is moderately large and the 4th fairly distinct.
In two typical adult specimens of the former the claws measure :
1st, 3 mm. and 3 mm.; 2nd, 6.5 mm. and 7 mm.; 3rd, 11 mm. and
12 mm.; 4th, ‘8 mm. and 1:2mm. In the type of C. wintoni the
claws measure: Ist, 448 mm.; 2nd, 4:8 mm.; 3rd, 10°5 mm.; 4th,
15 mm. There is also in this new species a very large pad at the
base of the 1st digit, which makes the manus relatively much
broader than in any other known species.

The type specimen, which is a female, measures 86 mm. in length,
but as it is a spirit specimen it probably measured when in the fresh
condition about 92mm. The hind foot measures 10°3 mm.

The skull resembles somewhat that of C. asiatica, but differs in
being smaller, in having the occipital region rounder, in the much
greater development of the interorbital region, and in the smaller
size of the temporal bulla. This is the only known species in which
the upper olfactory region is much wider than the anterior cranial
region, the former measuring 9 mm. across and the latter 7-7 mm.

In general the teeth are not unlike those of C. aszatica, but the
molars have a smaller transverse measurement.

The following are the principal measurements of the skull :—

Orbital Dental Molar Palatal
Length. Breadth. Height. Region. Series. Series. Width. ~
21:3 16°2 Ee) 9-2 9 o4 78

This species I have named in honour of Mr. W. EK. de Winton,
who has done much valuable work in connection with African
mammals, and to whom I owe my first introduction to southern
forms.

The type (No. 1917) belongs to the South African Museum.

At Port Nolloth this mole inhabits the sandy hills and flats. Its
food probably consists of beetle larva and insects.

CHRYSOCHLORIS GRANTI, Broom.

When living at Garies, Namaqualand, in 1898, I made large
collections of small mammal skulls from the disgorged pellets of
owls, and on examining the collection of mole skulls I have dis-
covered that they belong to three different species, all new to
science. I was not successful in getting the skins of any, but in the
South African Museum there is a spirit specimen, without locality,
which on examination proves to belong to the same species as one of
my sets of Garies skulls. This new species is the smallest form at
present known.

288 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

The nose pad has the digging portion very markedly divided off.
from the back portion, which merely forms a narrow collar to it, and
has no trace of the lateral point seen in C. asiatica and to a less
extent in C. wintoni. |

The fur is much softer and relatively longer than in any other
known species. In general colour the back is greyish yellow, the
sides and abdomen being lighter. On the back the hairs are about
12 mm. in length, the lower two-thirds being grey, the upper third
pale brownish yellow tipped with darker brown. As the specimen
has been preserved in spirit these colours may be a little different in
the fresh specimen. On the sides the hairs measure 20 mm., are
dark grey in the lower two-thirds and light dirty yellow in the ter-
minal third. The forehead and cheeks are a pale yellow, as are also
all four feet.

The front foot is unlike any other species in having the 4th claw
well developed. The length of the claws are: Ist, 4:7; 2nd, 5-2;
3rd, 10; 4th, 3:5. The 1st, 2nd, and 4th claws are all broader than
in other species, the 4th being 2°6 mm. broad, while the 3rd claw is
much feebler than usual. On the hind foot there is a prominent
thickened pad a little in front of the heel, but which in walking
probably takes the place of the heel. This is unknown in other
species.

The skull in general resembles that of C. asiatica considerably,
but is distinguished by its smaller size, by its greater relative
breadth, and by the entire absence of the temporal bulla. There is
the further important difference in that the 1st premolar is single-
rooted in C. grant.

The following are the principal measurements of the skull in the
type, which is a female, and in four other skulls in my collection
from Garies :—

Orbital Dental Molar Palatal
Length. Breadth. Height. Region. Series. Series. Width.

Typeg se. 199 9 iy 9 Oo ey 85 55 76
(Ney ae 18:8) LZ lo 68 85 53 78
Bobet 19 168 40305 (78. 86) 9668) Jere
HOB eh 19:5°| 6b) ors) 73°) Sh eo ae
ice ee 1G-3) ale. 7 82 52 74

The teeth differ considerably from those of C. asiatica, all the
anterior ones being small. The 3rd incisor might almost be regarded
as rudimentary. The lst premolar is single-rooted and close to the
canine, with a small diastema between it and the next premolar.
The 2nd molar is only about two-thirds the size of the 1st, while the
3rd is a very minute tooth. The lower jaw of the type is remarkable

Contribution to the Knowledge of the Cape Golden Moles. 289

in that on the right side there are only 9 teeth though there are 10
on the left. This is evidently due to the suppression of the 3rd
incisor. As in C. asiatica there is no posterior talon on the molars.

The type specimen measures 82 mm. in length, and the hind foot
9 mm.

The type is in the South African Museum.

I have named the species after Mr. C. H. B. Grant, who has done
so much to advance our knowledge of South African mammals.

CHRYSOCHLORIS NAMAQUENSIS, Broom.

This is another of the species represented by skulls collected at
Garies. Unfortunately the skin is at present unknown, but I hope
ere long to have some specimens. It is represented in my collection
by four skulls. Like C. grants the skulls are of small size, but they
differ in being relatively narrower, in having a fairly well-developed
temporal bulla, and in having the first premolar large and with two
roots.

The following are the principal measurements of the four skulls
known, of which the first will be regarded as the type :—

Orbital Dental Molar Palatal
Length. Breadth. Height. Region. Series. Series. Width.

A (type) ... 21 ip ehawies, S68) 95 ot le re
13. eee Tie Sh ie W-by G5) 69. ST TG
Oh Ps. a 21:3 16 11 65 95 56 76
iD eee SK OUG fy 630 Go 56 172

The head of the malleus is club-shaped rather than rounded as in
C. asiatica, and this is the reason why the temporal bulla does not
project as in the common species.

The chief dental peculiarity is that the 1st premolar has the main
cusp much better developed than usual, and much larger than in
C. asiatica.

Though more closely allied to C. aszatica than either C. wintone
or C. granti, the skull of this species differs in being appreciably
smaller, in being relatively narrower, and in the much smaller
size of the temporal bulla.

The only known specimens were obtained at Garies, Namaqualand,
Cape Colony.

The type has been placed in the South African Museum, and one
of the other skulls presented to the British Museum, and one to the
Albany Museum, Grahamstown.

290 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

CHRYSOCHLORIS TENUIS, Broom.

This, the third of the species met with at Garies, differs from the
others in having only 36 teeth, and thus belonging to the group
placed by Thomas in the genus Amblysomus. As I have come to
consider that this is an unnatural genus, and that if Chrysochloris
has to be subdivided it will have to be on other grounds than the
number of teeth, I prefer to retain all the species in the old genus.

Unfortunately neither of the two known skulls are perfect, but
they are sufficiently well preserved to show that they are quite
unlike any previously known forms.

The following are the principal measurements of the skulls :—

Orbital Dental Molar Palatal
Length. Breadth. Height. Region. Series. Series. Width.

AE ees eee 21:2 15°2 10°3 6:4 well ‘sars) ant
1B tere — 15°6 10°5 6:7 9:8 O38 8

From all the three preceding species C. tenuis differs in having
lost the last molar. From all the species usually placed under the
genus or sub-genus Amblysomus it differs in having a fairly well-
developed temporal bulla not unlike that of C. namaquensts.

The third incisor is smaller than the others, but still fairly well
developed. The first premolar has a large cusp, as in C. namaquensis.
The second molar is small, but not rudimentary.

The only known specimens were obtained at Garies, Namaqualand.

_The type skull has been placed in the South African Museum, and
the other skull presented to the British Museum.

CHRYSOCHLORIS SCLATERI, Broom.

This new species was founded on two specimens in the South
African Museum, both from Beaufort West. Like the four pre-
viously discussed species, it is a small form, but very unlike them,
and resembling in many ways C. hottentota and its allies, but
differing from these latter in having 40 teeth.

The nose pad measures 9 mm. in width and 46 mm. in length,
and differs from that of C. asiatica in not having the corners pro-
duced into a sharp point. From C. hottentota it differs in having
the posterior portion much less developed.

The fur is rather short, and coarser than in most species. On the
back it measures 10 mm., and on the sides 12 mm. The dorsal and
lateral hairs are grey in the inner two-thirds and bright reddish
brown in distal third, so that the general colour of the back and
sides is reddish brown. On the abdomen the general colour is light

Contribution to the Knowledge of the Cape Golden Moles. 291

brown. On the lips, cheeks, and above the snout the hair is yellow,
with a few pale brown hairs interspersed. The reddish-brown hairs
begin on what is the interorbital region. Light brown hairs are
found on both fore and hind legs.

The front foot is rather narrower than usual, and only the 2nd and
3rd claws are well developed. The lengths of the claws are: 1st,
Lop ender yord, 9:5: 4th, °8,

The skull in shape closely resembles that of C. hottentota and in
size agrees fairly well with some of the smaller varieties of the same
group, and like the members of this group the lower large molariform
teeth have a well-developed posterior talon, but it differs from them
all in having 40 teeth.

The following are the principal measurements of the type skull
and of a second specimen in which the skull is damaged :—.

Orbital Dental Molar Palatal
Length. Breadth. Height. Region. Series. Series. Width.

Type...... Oe Tis 107 972 9-6. - 56 5
Beats eee 5:07 B ea Te

In C. sclatert the teeth bear much resemblance to those of C.
hottentota. The second molar is a small tooth, smaller even than
the corresponding tooth in C. hottentota, while the third molar is
rudimentary. As the only point of difference of any importance
between the skulls of C. hottentota and C. sclateri other than size is
the presence in the latter of the rudimentary m* it seems that there
is no sufficient justification for separating those species with only 9
teeth from those with 10 and placing them in a new genus Ambly-
somus, more especially as variations in the teeth occur even in the
same species. Already I have referred to one mandible of C. grante
having a tooth less on one side than the other, and I have an adult
skull of one large Stellenbosch mole, C. hottentota, with only 8 teeth
in each upper jaw and 9 in each lower, making only 34 in all.
Another specimen from Pondoland has 9 on one side above and only
8 on the other, or 35 in all.

In the type specimen, which is a female, the head and body
measure 96 mm., and the hind foot 11 mm.

The type specimen belongs to the South African Museum (No.
3448).

I have named the species after Mr. W. L. Sclater, the late
Director of the Museum, who devoted much time to the study of
South African mammals and birds.

A specimen from the Nieuweveld, 20 miles north from Beaufort
West, differs in colour somewhat from the Beaufort West specimens.

292 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

The middle of the back is very dark brown, but the sides are very
distinctly rufous and the abdomen and chest rather pale fawn. The
cheeks are white, and the white patch extends upwards and back-
wards over the orbital region. In the upper part of it there are a
few dark-coloured hairs, but the anterior and lower part is pure
white. A narrow band of very dark brown passes out on each side
from the brain region and divides the pale cheeks from the reddish
sides of the neck. Altogether the arrangement is the most ornamental
in any mole yet examined. The lower lip and chin are very pale
slate-coloured.

The specimen is a female, and measures 98 mm., head and body,
and 11 mm. hind foot.

The following are the skull measurements : Length, 21:8; breadth,
15°3; height, 11; orbital region, 7; dental series, 9'5; molar series,
5°3; palatal width, 7-6.

Pres. Mr. G. W. Johnston.

CHRYSOCHLORIS DUTHIES, nN. sp.

The discovery of this beautiful little species we owe to Miss A. V.
Duthie, Lecturer on Botany, Victoria College, after whom I have
much pleasure in naming it. Being desirous of getting one or two
specimens of the Knysna forest mole in the flesh, I mentioned the
matter to Miss Duthie, who was returning to Knysna for the summer
vacation. In due course she kindly procured for me two specimens
in spirit, which had been obtained during the ploughing of the lands.
Being very dark-coloured, ike Thomas’s A. cor7v@, I at once assumed
I had got the mole I wanted, though the specimens seemed
smaller than I had expected. On removing the skulls, however,
great was my surprise to find I had come across another new
species, differing from the forest mole in having 40 instead of 36
teeth.

Nose pad with the part behind the transverse groove narrow, only
1‘5 mm. in width, outer edge rounded. Fur on back very dark grey,
almost black. The under fur slaty-grey. On the forehead and face
the fur is slightly lighter and has in it a tinge of brown. The lips are
light grey and a light patch extends back to the eye region. On the
chest the fur is dark grey, becoming lighter on the neck.

The claws on the front foot are small, measuring: Ist, 1:5 ; 2nd, 4°5;
8rd, 8°5; 4th, °7.

The skull is very like that of C. sclaterz, but narrower both across
the brain case and across the snout. The orbital region is also
narrower. The teeth are also like those of C. sclateri, but the molars

Contribution to the Knowledge of the Cape Golden Moles. 293

are smaller, except the last, which is rather larger. All the lower
molars have the posterior talon.

The following are the principal measurements of the type skull
and of that of another specimen :—

; Orbital Dental Molar Palatal
Length. Breadth. Height. Region. Series. Series. Width.

Type... 22°5 14 10:8 6:8 9°4 O4 6:8
1S ewer 23 14:2 10°2 6:8 9°3 5:3 2

Across the front of the snout C. sclateri measures 4:8, C.
duthie, 4.

In the type specimen, which is a female, the head and body
measure 105 mm., and the hind foot 9:3.

Locality: Cultivated ground, Knysna. Obtained April, 1907.

The type specimen will be placed in the South African Museum.

From Port Elizabeth I have an immature specimen which seems
to belong to this species, and which would seem to indicate that the
species has a fairly wide range.

CHRYSOCHLORIS DAMARENSIS, Ogilby.

Though this species has been regarded by Dobson and others as a
local variety of C. asiatica, it seems to me very improbable that the
Cape form, which is not known to occur in Namaqualand, should
reappear in Damaraland, and further, the colouration seems too
unlike that of C. asiatica to suggest its being a local variety. It is
thus described by Ogilby : ‘‘ Brown, with a silvery lustre both above
and below; a yellowish-white semicircle extends from eye to eye,
under the chin, covering the whole of the cheeks, lips, and lower

99

jaw.” Provisionally it seems better to retain it as a distinct species.

CHRYSOCHLORIS HOTTENTOTA, Smith.

Most of the other species of Chrysochloris are very well defined
and vary very slightly, but we have here a form that varies so greatly
that it is very difficult to strictly define it and to say how far the
more marked varieties should be regarded as distinct species rather
than varieties. Possibly most of the ill-defined species of earlier
writers are but some of the numerous varieties met with. From
Stellenbosch in the West to Zululand in the East one variety or
other is met with in nearly every district. Im many cases the
varieties are so well defined and so local in distribution as to seem
to justify them being described as species, and recently Thomas and
Schwann have so regarded two of the more marked forms. As the

294 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

varieties, however, differ only in fur and in size, and have at least
no marked characters in dentition or cranial structure by which they
can be distinguished, I hardly feel inclined to regard the forms as
equally entitled to specific rank with those species which have well-
marked distinguishing characters in skull and teeth.

There is some doubt about the name that ought to be used for the
typical form. Dobson adopts Wagner’s name, C. rutilans, as he first
correctly defined the species. Thomas and Schwann, however, are
satisfied that Smith’s type, of which the skin is still in the British
Museum, belongs to the same species as Wagner’s animal.

Smith’s type came from the Eastern Province, and has reddish
fur, and we are probably justified in concluding, as Thomas and
Schwann have apparently done, that the reddish mole of the Grahams-
town district and elsewhere in the Hastern Province is the typical
C. hottentota.

I have had an opportunity, through the kindness of Dr. Schonland
and Dr. Duerden, of examining the extensive collections of moles in
the Albany Museum, mostly from the neighbourhood of Grahams-
town.

These Grahamstown moles are mostly reddish brown, but many
are quite dark on the back. Then again there is a very considerable
degree of variation in size met with, the lengths (head and body)
varying from 100 to 125 mm., and the skull lengths from 23 to 28 mm.
Between the light and the dark varieties there are all degrees of
intermediate tints. Were the reddish forms got in one locality and
the very dark brown forms in another one might be tempted to make
two sub-species of them, even though there be no cranial or dental
characters by which they can be distinguished. But being found
together it seems advisable to regard them as belonging to the same
variety.

The following is a brief description of a typical example of the
light and dark specimens :—

Specimen No. 293, Albany Museum. Fur on middle of back very
dark brown, becoming more reddish on approaching the sides. On
sides reddish brown; on abdomen light reddish brown. The under
fur on back, sides, and abdomen is slate-coloured, the brown being
entirely due to the flat portions of the long hairs. Towards the
occiput the under fur becomes lighter, and on reaching the frontal
region it becomes straw-coloured. On the brow and snout the
general colour is still very dark brown owing to the longer hairs.
having the tips dark. On the lower part of the cheeks the long hairs
also become light-coloured, and from here round the chin they are
pale reddish brown.

Contribution to the Knowledge of the Cape Golden Moles. 295

The animal measures (spirit specimen): head and body 125 mm.,
and hind foot 13:5. It is a female.

The skull measures: Length, 26:5; breadth, 17°5; height, (?) ;
orbital region, 8°7; dental series, 11; molar series, 5°7; palatal
width, 8:2.

Captured November 19, 1906. Albany Museum grounds.

Specimen No. 398, Albany Museum, may be taken as a type of the
light variety. Furall over distinctly lighter than in the other variety.
On the back this is mainly due to the long hairs being tipped with
reddish brown, though much of the flat portion may still be dark
brown. The face is lighter owing to the presence of numerous long
hairs having the tips light yellowish. On chin the fur is dirty
yellowish with merely a tinge of red.

The animal measures (spirit specimen): head and body 110 mm..,.
and hind foot 13 mm. Sex: female.

The skull measures: Length, 25:5; breadth, 16°5; height, 13:5 ;
orbital region, 7:9; dental series, 10°3; molar series, 5; palatal
width, 7°5.

Captured : Grahamstown.

These two specimens may be taken as representing the ordinary
limits of variation of C. hottentotws in size and colour as found at,
Grahamstown.

If, now, we take the Grahamstown animal as representing the
typical form, the question arises as to what we are to regard as a
distinct variety. Thomas and Schwann have recently described,
under the name Amblysomus hottentottus pondolie, the variety which
occurs in Pondoland at St. John’s and other places. Itis distinguished
as follows: ‘‘Similar to true A. hottentottus in size and other essential
characters, but the dorsal area, from crown to rump, is glossy blackish,
as in A. 22s, while the sides and under surface are still rufous, as in
true hottentottus. But even the belly, in the most strongly marked
examples, is of a rather smokier rufous than in the typical sub-
species.’’ In the South African Museum there is a very large series
of specimens from St. John’s and other places in Pondoland, collected
mainly by Mr. Shortridge. I have most carefully gone over all the
specimens, and do not think that any distinction can be drawn
between the St. John’s specimens and those which occur at
Grahamstown. Most specimens pretty well answer to the descrip-
tion given by Thomas and Schwann, but from these dark forms
every variation is found to reddish specimens, which, as far as fur is
concerned, are identical with Grahamstown specimens. Of course,
it must be admitted that at Grahamstown the majority of specimens
are reddish, and at St. John’s the majority very dark brown, but as.

296 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

specimens which in fur are identical are got at both places, it does
not seem advisable to regard the dark form as a distinct variety.
At Stellenbosch our commonest mole is also C. hottentota, but here
all the specimens which so far have been discovered are dark brown.
I have carefully compared large numbers of skins and skulls with
those from Pondoland, and I cannot persuade myself that they
should even be regarded as distinct varieties. The following may be
taken as the description of Stellenbosch specimens :—

Fur on back very dark brown approaching to black on the rump,
on the sides dark reddish brown and on abdomen light reddish
brown. Forehead very dark greyish brown ; cheeks with a number
of light-coloured hairs. Occasionally the light-coloured hairs on the
cheek are so numerous as to form a light spot. There is no doubt
that here the more brownish specimens are the young animals and
the blacker the old animals. One old animal shows a new coat of
very dark hairs replacing a brownish fur, and another very old
animal is nearly black, though still reddish on the abdomen. The
following are the lengths of a series of adult specimens, with the
sexes: ¢ 127, 9 123, 2 132) 9 127, 2 HOMO ie soe 0:
The hind foot varies from 13 to 14 mm.

The skull varies little in size, being rarely under 26 mm. or over
28mm. The following are measurements of an average specimen :
Length, 27:7; breadth, 17; height, 13°5; orbital region, 8; dental
series, 10; molar series, 5°5; palatal width, 8°3.

At Stellenbosch both C. hottentota and C. aszatica are found in the
same gardens, but they apparently keep certain regions to themselves.
Thus in my garden C. hottentota is the species commonly met with,
while across the road in the College quadrangle C. asiatica most
commonly occurs. It appears probable that C. aszateca prefers the
drier and sandier soil, and C. hottentota the richer garden soil. The
breeding season of C. hottentota appears to be later than that of
the smaller mole. A pregnant female with two fairly large foetuses
was captured on August 3rd. As in C. asiatica and other species,
the teeth do not cut the gum till the animal is nearly full grown, and
_ they then come through almost simultaneously. The first set are
those which serve for practically the whole life of the animal. At
Stellenbosch, at least, what happens is this: When the animal
becomes aged, which may be when it is a year or two years old,
and at a time when it is in full sexual vigour, all the teeth begin to
become loose and drop out, the molars as well as the anterior teeth,
so that the animal becomes practically toothless. I have seen one
specimen with every tooth of the first set shed and no one of the
second set yet through the gum. Many other specimens have only

Contribution to the Knowledge of the Cape Golden Moles. 297

3 or 4 functional teeth in the jaws. It might seem strange that the
animal could live in this condition, but even when the mole has its full
dentition it frequently swallows its worms quite unmasticated, and
it seems able to digest them in this condition. After living for some
little time in this practically toothless state a few teeth of the second
set come through the gum, but never the full set, and of course the
true molars are never replaced. It has been suggested to me by
Mr. Oldfield Thomas that the condition I have observed in the
Stellenbosch moles is pathological. Whether this be so or not I
cannot definitely say. What I have described, however, is what
appears always to occur at Stellenbosch. In C. trevelyani and
C. villosa I have seen true molars with a full second set of teeth,
and Thomas has described what he regards as the second set of
teeth in two forms. I admit I have not seen anything corresponding
to the peculiar toothless condition in the moles from Grahamstown
or Pondoland, but in a specimen from Somerset Hast the molars are
being shed, while the second set are apparently not long erupted.
Whether the condition be normal or pathological, it seems well
worth recording,

At Port Elizabeth most of the specimens of C. hottentota resemble
the reddish specimens from Grahamstown. The back is light
reddish brown, with the abdomen very distinctly rufous. The
forehead is dark brown, and the cheeks have the white hairs so
numerous as to be occasionally nearly white. The following are
the measurements of two skulls :—

Orbital Dental Molar Palatal
Length. Breadth. Height. Region. Series. Series. Width.
24:3 16 12°5 8:3 9°8 o°6 8

27°2 16:3 12°5 8:3 10:5 oO” 8

From a locality about 20 miles east of Port Elizabeth I have seen
a specimen which differs markedly in colour from the usual variety.
The back is very dark reddish brown, the sides much lighter, and
the chest light reddish yellow. The cheeks have no white hairs, but
are pale reddish, and the under fur of the whole of the frontal and
supranasal region is pale brownish red. The skull is damaged, but
the measurements, as far as can be determined, are as follows:
Length, (?) 27; breadth, 16:5; height, (?); orbital region, 8:3; dental
series, 10°8; molar series, 5°7; palatal width, 8. Though the dif-
ference in colour is so great between this and the other specimens,
it does not seem possible to regard this as in any way a distinct
variety.

From Fort Beaufort I have examined two specimens, one of which

20

298 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

agrees in general in colour with the Port Elizabeth specimens but
has the cheeks pale brownish grey. The other specimen agrees in
the colour of the back, sides, and head, but is remarkable for having
the abdominal region bright reddish fawn and a large patch of a
similar colour on the chest, with a narrow, light-coloured strip con-
necting the two down the sternal region.

From Bedford, Cape Colony, I have examined a large specimen.
This differs from the large Natal form (C. h. longiceps) in being
exceptionally light-coloured. The back is light reddish brown,
becoming paler on passing round the sides to the abdomen. The
cheeks are light yellowish with a tinge of reddish brown.
Though shrunk in spirit, it measures about 130 mm., and the hind
foot 15 mm. The skull measures: Length, 29°6; breadth, 19:6;
height, 14:8; orbital region, 8:2; dental series, 10°8; molar series,
5°7; palatal width, 8. Though this animal is lighter than any other
known specimens of C. hottentota, it resembles the typical forms
more closely than does the Natal animal. I have so far only seen
this one specimen from Bedford, and cannot say whether the light
colour is constant.

From Somerset Hast I have one specimen, obtained for me by
Miss Susie Buys. It measures (from spirit) 140 mm., and hind foot
14 mm. It is dark reddish brown on back and sides, lighter towards
the abdomen. The cheeks are light yellowish red. The skull
measures: Length, 27:5; breadth, 18; height, 13; orbital region,
8:2; dental series, 11; molar series, 6; palatal width, 8. Sex: male.
An interesting point about this specimen is that the true molars are
loose and about to drop out, while the anterior teeth are apparently
of the second set and little worn.

A specimen from Stutterheim resembles the paler varieties from
Grahamstown, but has the frontal and nasal region darker.

From Berlin, near King William’s Town, I have a specimen
obtained for me by Miss A. Couldridge. It agrees closely with the
darker Grahamstown specimens. The back is very dark brown,
becoming lighter at the sides. The cheeks are reddish yellow. The
animal measures 125 mm., and hind foot 13 mm. Sex: male.

Besides the above-mentioned forms, all or most of which should,
I think, be retained in the typical C. hottentota, there are a number
of other sorts departing from the typical colour sufficiently markedly
to justify their being regarded as distinct varieties. Whether they
ought to be regarded as distinct species is a matter of opinion. Two
of the under-mentioned forms have recently been given specific rank
by Thomas and Schwann, and while I do not for a moment wish to
place my opinion against that of expert mammalologists, I cannot

_ Contribution to the Knowledge of the Cape Golden Moles. 299

persuade myself of the wisdom of regarding as distinct species
animals which cannot be distinguished by the skull or dentition.

CHRYSOCHLORIS HOTTENTOTA LONGICEPS, sub-sp. nov.

This variety of C. hottentota differs so markedly from the typical
form that it seems worthy of at least sub-specific rank. In the
Maritzburg Museum there is a specimen from ‘near Mavritzburg ”
which may be taken as the type.

In colour it closely resembles the darker varieties of C. hottentota,
the back being dark brown and the sides reddish brown. The lower
parts of the cheek are also lighter, as in typical C. hottentota, though
the abdomen is darker than in the Cape Colony specimens.

In the Pretoria Museum are two specimens, one from Volksrust
and the other from the same district of Wakkerstroom in the
Transvaal. These two are undoubtedly the same subspecies as
the Maritzburg specimen. The specimen marked “ Wakkerstroom ”’
is practically identical in colour with the Natal one, but the ‘“‘ Volks-
rust’’ specimen is very much lighter. The back is reddish brown of
almost the exact tint of the typical reddish Grahamstown specimens.
The sides are rather brighter, and the abdomen much brighter rufous
than is usual in Cape Colony specimens. The frontal and supra-
nasal regions are brown flecked with white hairs, which are much
more numerous in the region of the eye. Below the ocular region
there is a small patch of pale brownish-yellow hairs.

All these specimens agree in being considerably larger than the
typical C. hottentota. The type specimens, though shrunk in spirit,
measures: head and body 1385 mm., and the hind foot 16 mm.
The measurement of the Wakkerstroom specimen collected by Dr.
Lyster Jameson is given as 128 mm., and the hind foot, though dry,
still measures 16 mm. In the Volksrust specimen the hind foot
measures 15 mm.

The skull measurements of the three specimens are as follows :—

Orbital Dental Molar Palatal
Length. Breadth. Height. Region. Series. Series. Width.

Maritzburg ...... 29 1S daa oa borer 6 8°8
Nakkerstroome., 30°'2h 1@o-°142 O° — IE or Mas as,
Volksrust ......... 30 RECN AED | GSO TPF” Gor eS

If these measurements be compared with those of typical specimens
of C. hottentota they will be found to be all considerably greater, but
the expansion of the interorbital region is proportionally so much
greater that a skull of this sub-species can be at once and readily
distinguished.

300 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

CHRYSOCHLORIS HOTTENTOTA IRIS, Thos. and Schw.

This sub-species was recently described by Thomas and Schwann
from three specimens obtained in Zululand by Grant. It is charac-
terised as follows: ‘‘ Size markedly smaller than in A. hottentottus,
and the claws rather feebler. Nasal pad apparently as in that
species. General colour smoky blackish, the hairs slaty at their
bases, dark silvery grey subterminally, the tips black with a greenish
iridescence. Sides rather lighter, but without rufous tinge, which is,
however, present in specimen No. 874. Under side dark grey
(‘mouse grey’), a narrow median line rather darker. Chin dull
whitish, which colour extends upwards on each side of the cheeks.
Crown and top of muzzle brown, finely flecked with white, and with
a patch about 2mm. in diameter over each eye. Limbs grey like
the lower surface, the wrists lighter. Skull similar in shape to that
of A. hottentottus, but markedly smaller throughout.” ‘Head and
body, 116 mm.; hind foot (s.u.), 13.” ‘Skull: greatest length,
25°4; basal length, 20; greatest breadth, 15:6; greatest height, 12:3;
interorbital breadth, 8; front of 2' to back of m?, 10; palate, breadth
across premolars, 8-7.” ‘‘ This distinct species may be readily
recognised by its smaller size as compared with A. hottentottus.”’

While it is manifest that this type differs pretty markedly from
typical C. hottentota in colour, its affinities with it are betrayed by
the rufous tinge in specimen No. 874, and by the “crown and
muzzle brown finely flecked with white and with a patch about
2 mm. in diameter over each eye.’’ The white flecking is present
in many of the Stellenbosch and St. John’s specimens, and the white
spot over the eye is also a common feature. As for its smaller size,
it has been already pointed out that C. hottentota is often consider-
ably smaller, some of the typically reddish specimens from Grahams-
town which are fully adult having skulls of only 23 mm. greatest
length.

CHRYSOCHLORIS HOTTENTOTA CORRIZ, Thos.

This is the typical variety of C. hottentota found in the Knysna
forest. It has recently been described by Thomas, and is charac-
terised as follows: ‘ Rather smaller than A. hottentottws. General
colour dark smoky blackish, darker than in A. avs, with a beautiful
iridescent sheen, greenish to coppery-violet, over the whole upper
surface. Sides and belly not or shghtly lighter, a slight brownish
tone occasionally present along the centre of the abdomen. Hairs
of back 8-9 mm. in length, their bases dark slaty grey, their ends
lighter and more brownish grey subterminally, and their tips
iridescent blackish brown. Crown and forehead like back. Cheeks

%

Contribution to the Knowledge of the Cape Golden Moles. 301

paler, greyish or yellowish, but not conspicuously contrasted.
Limbs and upper surface of hind feet smoke-grey.”

‘Skull in its general characters like that of A. hottentottws, but
markedly narrower across the brain-case; and the zygomata less
thickened at their posterior base. As a result, the two skulls being
of about the same length, the general outline was much less broadly
triangular. Muzzle and interorbital region narrow and delicate.”’
‘‘ Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh: Head and body,
129 mm.; hind foot, 13.”

“Skull: greatest length, 28; basal length, 22°6; greatest breadth
across brain-case, 16°6; greatest height, 12°6; interorbital breadth,
8; front of 2’ to back of m?, 10°5; palate, breadth across pre-
molars, 8:1."

“An adult female had a head and body length of 118 mm.;
greatest skull length, 25°7.”’

While this is undoubtedly a well-marked variety, differing in the
almost complete absence of brown, the resemblance to the typical
C. hottentota is seen in the lighter cheeks and the occasional
presence of the white spot over the eye as seen in C. h. iris, and
also in the slight flecking of white above the muzzle. In the shape
of the nose pad there is no apparent difference. As regards size,
the Knysna form is not smaller than the typical one. In fact, out
of a very large series of specimens from Stellenbosch, Grahamstown,
and St. John’s, I have only seen one with a skull as large as that of
the type specimen of C.h. corre. 25 to 27 mm. is the usual size,
exceptional specimens being found both larger and smaller. Thomas
states that the skull is ‘markedly narrower across the brain-case”’
in C. h. corre. But while some specimens of the typical
C. hottentota are relatively broader, the average relative breadth
is almost exactly the same as in Thomas’s type. I have measured
at random ten skulls of the Stellenbosch form, taking them as they
came, and the measurements are these: (1) 1. 26, b. 15:5, (2) 1. 27:5,
toc ato) eleAGrA, be 6:5, (4) 1. 2%°7, by 17, (0) 1. 27-25 b, 16:05 (6)
He) Dee boron ela 21 Sy be LO°d, (8) |, 27%; by 15*6; (9) 1. 26:5, be 16-5,
(10) 1. 28:2, b. 17; the average being: length, 27:1; breadth, 16:1,
which is practically identical with that of Thomas’s type, 28 and
16°6. As regards the zygomata being less thickened at the base,
I cannot observe any difference in the specimens I have examined.

There are specimens from Knysna in the South African Museum,
the Albany Museum, and in the Maritzburg Museum, Natal. One
of the specimens in the Natal Museum is particularly interesting
from there being a distinct brownish tinge in the fur of both the
back and front. The back is very dark sooty brownish black, not

302 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

differing very greatly from some of the dark Stellenbosch and
St. John’s specimens. On the abdomen the colour is slightly
lighter, but still with the tinge of brown. On the chest and neck
the brown becomes more marked, while the chin and the cheeks are
distinctly reddish. This specimen was “ trapped in forest’”’ by Mr.
W. D. Daniell, February 4, 1905.

The South African Museum has recently received a specimen
from George, obtained by Mrs. Meyer. It closely resembles the
typical specimens from Knysna. It is a male, and measures, head
and body, 130 mm. and hind foot, 14 mm. The following are
the skull measurements: Length, 28°2; breadth, 15:8; height, 12°3 ;
orbital region (?) (damaged) ; dental series, 10°56; molar series, 5:9 ;
palatal width, 7:8.

CHRYSOCHLORIS HOTTENTOTA ALBIFRONS, sub-sp. nov.

This name I propose for a very marked form which occurs in
Natal. In the South African Museum are three specimens, one
from ‘‘ Howick,” one from ‘“ Umkomas River,” and one merely
labelled ‘‘ Natal.” The three specimens are practically identical in
fur. Unfortunately there is no skull with any of the specimens,
and it is thus impossible to be quite sure if the form should be
regarded as a sub-species of C. hottentota or as a distinct species.
From the close resemblance of the claws to those of C. hottentota,
I shall place it provisionally under this species.

The three skins have been well prepared, but the animals have
not been measured before skinning. The skins measure 110, 110,
and 120mm. The hind foot in the “‘ Howick” specimen, which
will be taken as the type, measures 12 mm. In general colour the
fur resembles that of the reddish forms of C. hottentota. On the
back it is reddish-brown, and only becomes a little lighter on
the abdomen, which is thus considerably darker than in the typical
C. hottentota. The fur on the tops of the hind feet is dark brown.
The reddish-brown fur of the chest is continued on to the chin,
becoming only a little lighter on reaching the lower lip. The most
' noteworthy characteristic of this type is the peculiar arrangement
of white hairs on the face. Over the brain region the hairs are
much darker brown than elsewhere, except the tops of the hind feet,
but on reaching what may be regarded as the ocular region white
hairs suddenly appear in abundance, forming a light-coloured band
which stretches across the brow from one eye to the other. In the
region of the eye the white hairs are so numerous as to form a white
spot, but in the frontal band the white and brown hairs are present
in about equal numbers. The light band is about 5 mm. wide,

Contribution to the Knowledge of the Cape Golden Moles. 303

while immediately in front of it the dark hairs again preponderate
so greatly as to make the region behind the nose pad almost as dark
as the back of the head. The dark band behind the nose pad is from
2to 3 mm.wide. Along the upper lip is a narrow band of yellowish-
brown fur, 2 mm. in width, which passes backwards and ends
abruptly below the white eye spot.

It is possible that this may be same as C. albirostris, Wagner,
from ‘“‘ Kaffraria.”” The figure given is very crude and the white
patch much greater and more marked than in the Natal form. Most
probably Wagner’s animal will prove to be another sub-species of
C. hottentota.

CHRYSOCHLORIS OBTUSIROSTRIS, Peters.
CHRYSOCHLORIS CHRYSILLA, Thos. and Schwann.

Chrysochloris obtusirostris was the name given, in 1852, by Peters
to a small mole from Inhambane, South-Hast Africa. The type is
well figured and described, but apparently has not been seen by
later workers, Dobson taking his description from Peters’. It is
characterised by : ‘‘ Fur dark brown, with greenish golden or coppery
metallic gloss; the lips, the sides of the head, the chin, and the
whole neck yellowish white. ... The fur in the dried, and even
spirit-preserved specimens, is much paler and less metallic.”” The
dentition in C. obtusirostris differs so markedly from that in all the
other species that it seems advisable to place it in at least a distinct
sub-genus, which may be called Chrysotricha.

Recently Thomas and Schwann have described two specimens
from Delagoa Bay under the name Amblysomus chrysillus. They
say ‘‘ this interesting little species has been hitherto confused with
A. obtuswrostris, but differs by its smaller size and whitish fur.”

I have had an opportunity of examining four specimens of
C. obtusirostris or C. chrysilla—one from Delagoa Bay and three
from Zululand. The four specimens differ considerably in fur. One
Zululand specimen which had not been in spirit has the inner part
of the hair light greyish yellow, and the tips dark greyish brown, so
that the general appearance of the mole is dark greyish brown, quite
as dark as in Peters’ figure of the type. A second Zululand specimen
has the middle portion of the hair a bright reddish brown, and the
tips a dark greyish brown as in the other. The third Zululand
specimen which is in spirit agrees fairly closely with the first. The
Delagoa Bay specimen is also a spirit specimen. It differs from the
others in having the tips of the dorsal hairs dark reddish brown.

In the type of C. chrysilia the fur is described as follows:
‘‘General colour pale, much paler than in any other species; the

304 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

hairs of the upper surface with only their extreme tips brown (‘wood
brown’ in a specimen skinned out of spirit), the greater part of
their length being silvery whitish (with a tinge of yellow in the
type, but this is probably due to the spirit) very slightly greyer at
their bases. The brown is, as usual, most intense on the crown,
where it contrasts with the cheeks, which are yellowish white.
Under surface yellowish white, the hairs light to their bases, line
of demarcation on sides not defined. A slight greenish iridescence
on the dorsal hairs.”’

The following are the principal measurements of the skulls of the
four specimens I have seen with those of Peters’ type and those of
Thomas and Schwann’s type of C. chrysilla :-— |

Orbital Dental Molar Palatal
Length. Breadth. Height. Region. Series. Series. Width.

JEGWETES) WOES sonco ee 24 ILM — See
Ar, OcaSs UOC area 22 15°6: (1001 96:O9 7972) eee
Delagoa Bay sp.’.-.° 22°3: “16:2, (1-3. 4723), 49°35 <5 8:2
Miselenisp.Quv.)ss., 20:2) 146 S02 ib:0m VSio seo co
ESibayie: 5.2 case 2 Ba Aor eae (id 7 69 48 8
Mamet ereeee errr OMe) AUS) Os ikon a p2 ser 8:4

From a comparison of these measurements it is pretty manifest
that the four specimens I have examined belong to the same species
as A. chrysillus of Thomas and Schwann, and the question is
whether all these are different from Peters’ C. obtusirostris. The
only points which are given as distinguishing A. chrysillus from
C. obtusirostris are the smaller size and the lighter fur. The
specimens examined by Thomas and Schwann have been spirit
specimens, and it is undoubted that spirit makes the fur lighter.
Two of the Zululand specimens which have not been in spirit are
quite as dark as Peters’ type, and we are thus left with only a slight
difference in size to distinguish between the forms. As the skulls
of C. asiatica vary in length from 21 to 24 mm., and those of
CU. hottentota from 23 to 30 mm., the difference between 22 and
24 mm. does not seem to me to be greater than the probable
variation of the species. I therefore feel inclined to regard the
Delagoa Bay and Zululand specimens as at most only a sub-species
of Peters’ C. obtusirostris.

CHRYSOCHLORIS VILLOSA, Smith.
This large Natal mole does not seem to be very well known.
Dobson had only seen one specimen, in addition to Smith’s type,
and seems a little in doubt as to whether his specimen may not be

Contribution to the Knowledge of the Cape Golden Moles. 305

a different species. Fortunately Dobson has given a very full
description of his specimen, and excellent Heures of the skulls of
both his and Smith’s specimens.

I have been able to examine three specimens from the collection
ot the Maritzburg Museum, two mature and one young. The fur in
the two adults is brownish grey, not very dissimilar to Smith’s figure,
but the heads are rather darker. In the young specimen the back
is almost black, and the greater part of the head light grey. There
can be little doubt, however, that the young animal belongs to the
same species as the others. This young specimen removes most of
the doubt there may have been as to whether Dobson’s specimen
is the same as Smith’s.

The following are the principal measurements of the skull in one
of the adults (a female): Length, 34:5; breadth, 21°8; height, 16:5 ;
orbital region, 7-8; dental series, 13°3; molar series, 7:7; palatal
width, 10.

Dobson gives good figures of the skull, but I cannot agree with
him when he says that ‘the vesicular bony prominences in the
temporal fossa so well marked in C. awrea [C. asiatica] are present
but much less prominent, and hardly visible when the skull is
viewed from above owing to the great vertical and inward develop-
ment of the posterior half of the zygomatic arch.’ In my recent
paper (on some new species of Chrysochloris, Ann. Mag. N. H.,
March, 1907), following Dobson, and not having then seen a skull of
C. villosa, I characterised the species as having the “‘ bony projection
on posterior wall of temporal fossa very small or absent.’’ This
is entirely a mistake. The bony vesicle for the head of the malleus
is larger in C. villosa than in any other species. It forms a spherical
projection on each side of the skull with a diameter of 7 mm., which
is about twice the diameter of that in C. asiatica. Only in C. villosa,
and to a less extent in C. trevelyani, is the vesicle so large as to cause
the whole side of the skull to bulge out, In C. villosa the vesicle is
no doubt to a considerable extent hidden by the huge zygomatic arch,
but the back part of the temporal fossa is largely filled up by it.

The species so far as known is only found in Natal.

The two adult specimens I have examined are both females,
and measure respectively: length of head and body 160 mm. and
140 mm., and hind foot 15 mm. and 15 mm.

CHRYSOCHLORIS TREVELYANI, Giinther.

This giant mole was described by Giinther in 1875, from speci-
mens obtained by Mr. Herbert Trevelyan from the Pirie Forest,

306 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

King William’s Town. The type is described by Gunther as of a
‘‘deep chocolate-brown colour with dense under fur; margins of
lips white.’’ Dobson describes the species at greater length, as
follows: ‘‘ By far the largest species, being nearly double the length
of C. awrea. The naked space around the nostrils is, however, as in
C. villosa, comparatively much narrower, and in all other respects,
in the form of the head, limbs, &c., so closely resembling that
species as to appear to be a large variety of it.

‘As in C. villosa the fur is of two kinds, a deep felted under fur
very fine and of a fawn colour, and a long, coarser fur, the terminal
third or more of which is brown with a faint violet iridescence.
Specimens differ considerably in the shade of brown ; in some, as in
the type, it is chocolate-brown, in others, apparently not quite adult,
very dark brown, while in a few it is greyish brown and the under
fur grey. The margins of the lips are whitish, and on the abdomen
the fur is shorter and of a paler colour than on the back.”’

In the South African Museum there is a large collection of
specimens of this species from various localities. There are 16
specimens from Port St. Johns, Pondoland, 3 from Entifufu, Pondo-
land, one from the Bashei River, Transkei, and one from Ladysmith,
Natal. The range of the species would thus appear to be from King
William’s Town to Natal.

The Pondoland specimens differ considerably from one another in
colour, and even more markedly from the Pirie forest specimens.
A typical specimen may be described as follows: Very dark grey,
under fur lighter grey. On cheeks a few light yellow hairs, and
under fur straw-coloured. On neck and chest the long hairs are
sparse, and the under fur, which is straw-coloured, is largely exposed.

Some specimens are dark brown, others are nearly black with
little trace of brown.

When more specimens are obtained from different localities it
seems probable that certain definite local varieties will be established.

The length of the specimens varies considerably: head and body
from 165 to 235, and hind foot 22 to 24. The usual length of head
_ and body is about 200 mm.

The following are the measurements of the skull of a young adult
male: Length, 42; breadth, 26; height, 20; orbital region, 10;
dental series, 17; molar series, 10; palatal width, 12:8.

Not only is C. trevelyant by far the largest of the Golden Moles,
but it seems to me the most generalised, and to be a near ally of the
ancestor of all the other species if not itself the ancestor. All the
remarkable characters that are met with in the different species seem
to be present in some degree in C. trevelanyz. There are 40 teeth

Contribution to the Knowledge of the Cape Golden Moles. 307

which agree very closely with those in the more generalised species
such as C. sclaterz, but being larger and apparently more primitive
they clearly show traces of the two cusps which have been con-
tracted into one. In the lower jaw all the molars have the posterior
talon.

The skull has a large bulla for the dilated head of the malleus,
but it is much hidden by the great development of the posterior part
of the zygomatic arch. There is a fairly large crest on the top of
the skull between the temporal muscles.

There can be no question of the distinctness of this species from
C. villosa. It is not merely a matter of size; the proportions of the
skull are altogether different.

SUMMARY.

The following table gives a convenient comparison of the size and
proportions of the skulls of typical representatives of the different
species :—

Length. Breadth. Dental Series.
Os HOC WHO cc pee ee ree 42 26 ay
CY OSC ae On ee See 34°5 21°8 373
CPROLLCTLEQUGT Rte stone eo ok ssk 27 17 10
te LOnGUCEDS 28... 30 1nS5) iu
e COPPUG cc acacces sass 28 16°6 10:5
o TUS Op Scere See eee 25:4 15°5 10
ATT oa ae en 23 — 8:7
GESCLATC Tne we cece as cdsndas 23:2 15°5 9°6
ORAUGIIC Cia. ien on ee ae a 23 14-2 9°3
CHOOGUSITOSETIS scc0c cece enacee se 24 iy _
SS CREYSUNA) so.e- 0 cas 22 15°6 9:2
ORS VU LICH” Bene conse as Sokces s onlnos DSS 19 10
CRU WECM Coens loc e se voc ndhwnedie Des 16:2 9
CENGMAGUENISIS |. .202-. 00-0000 21 15:3 9:5
Ts COUR: SB ee a USE LYE 8:5
(C5 UOTORIOS os Wah AEE tet an 21°2 15:2 Sat

From an ancestor like C. trevelyam it seems probable that there
have been three distinct lines of descent. One of these has termi-
nated in C. villosa. In the second the skull became relatively short,
but the molars rather simpler. C. aszatica, with its 40 teeth and
large temporal bulla, is possibly the most primitive member of this
line that survives, though its distance from C. trevelyant is very
considerable; C. wintont and C. namaquensis are not far removed
from C. asiatica. C. grants is apparently on the same line but more

308 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

specialised. The third line of descent was probably started by a
large form with narrow skull and no temporal bulla, a form to which
the small C. sclatert and C. duthie@ are near allies. The loss of the
last small molar would give rise to C. hottentota and its allies. The
affinities of C. obtusvrostris are not very apparent.

Key to the Species.

A. Vesicular bulla for head of malleus.
(a). Teeth 40.
(a). Zygomatic arch greatly developed Peak
(a'). Dental series 17 mm. 56 eel em ery UNCDEI Nant.
(8'). Dental series 13 mm.
(8). Zygomatic arch feeble.
(a’). Interorbital region very broad ; large pad on inside

oe ©6vallosa.

Oe waeyNeK so 4a be bo oo CUNEO
((0’). Interorbital region mot expanded breadth of
skullgls=19 oa. asiatica.

(y’). Interorbital region narrow ; bbrendth of kell 15- 16 namaquensis.
(b). Teeth 36.

Skull narrow. ve es ke PAL abs a vd orc teares MO MMMUC TELL ESE
B. No vesicular bulla fon head of Pritee
(a). Teeth 40.
(a). Lower molariform teeth without posterior talon; skull

TOR See, tists : grantt.
(3). Lower molariform fern catihh ‘wpoettetlloss ‘shan 3 ‘leail

narrow.

(a’'). Skull breadth to length 66:100; fur reddish .. sclatert.

(3'). Skull breadth to length 62: 100; fur blackish .. duthiee.
(b). Teeth 36.

btusiros “7
(a). With 5 molariform teeth; skull broad PORES
{| 0. chrysilla.

(8). With 4 molariform teeth; skull narrow... .. .. . [otuemtods

* | and varieties.

The examination of probably many times more moles than have
been studied by any other zoologist, while it has enabled me to clear
up a number of points, leaves very much still to be done before
the genus can be regarded as thoroughly well known. The high
mountain ranges which are so numerous in South Africa largely cut
up the country into divisions, which to animals like the mole living
in low ground are practically isolated. And probably for many ages
a species has had no chance of migrating from a very local area.
Thus Chrysochloris sclatert is only known to occur at Beaufort West.
To the north are the high Nieuweveld Mountains, and to the south
the very dry and barren Little Karroo. Further south lies the very
high Zwartberg Range. Between this and the Langeberg Range is
a large fertile tract of country, but so far no moles have been dis-

Contribution to the Knowledge of the Cape Golden Moles. 309

covered in it. Isolated as it is, it is likely that any mole inhabiting
it will prove to be new. So far no Golden Moles are known to
inhabit the large tract of country between Aberdeen, Graaff Reinet,
Jansenville, and Pearston, though they are found both to the north
and to the south. Then it seems remarkable that in a very fine
district like Aliiwal North Chrysochloris does not occur, while in the
very barren Namaqualand there are at least four species.

Along the coast species have a much wider range, C. hottentota
extending from Stellenbosch to Natal, but curiously though Stellen-
bosch is separated from the Cape peninsula by only about 20 miles
of rather sandy soil, C. hottentota has not yet been found at
Capetown.

The Knysna district with its forest country differs considerably
from other parts, and it has two well-marked moles, C. h. corvi@ and
C. duthiee ; the former with 36 teeth, the latter much smaller and
with 40 teeth. Both are nearly black.

With regard to the species I have thought it better at present to
be rather conservative. C. hottentota is apparently a very variable
species, and it may be that it includes a considerable number of
varieties which are worthy of distinct specific rank. C.h. corrie,
for example, is a very well-marked variety with a strictly local
distribution, and were it not that C. hottentota varies in colour so
greatly, I should have no hesitation in agreeing to give it full specific
rank. In the meantime, however, it seems safer to place it under
C. hottentota.

It may be considered advisable to subdivide the genus, but the
lines of division previously suggested do not seem quite sound.
The two large forms certainly agree with each other much more
closely than they do with the others. But the teeth are so very
similar to those of the less specialised species such as C. sclaterz as
to render it questionable if they should be placed quite apart. Then,
though some species have lost the posterior talon to the lower
molars, intermediate stages of degeneration are met with. In
C. obtusirostris the condition of the teeth differs so greatly from that
in all others, that it seems right to place it in at least a distinct
sub-genus.

I trust ere long to be able to throw some further light on the
distribution of the various species.

In conclusion, my best thanks are due to Dr. Péringuey, of
the South African Museum, to Drs. Schonland and Duerden, of the
Albany Museum, to Dr. Warren, of the Natal Government Museum,
to Dr. Gunning, of the Pretoria Museum, and to Mr. Fitzsimons, of
the Port Elizabeth Museum, for the permission to examine the collec-

310 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

tions of specimens in these Museums; also to a considerable number
of Victoria College students, and to many private friends who have
helped me with information and specimens.

ADDENDUM, October 20, 1907.—Since the above paper was read
one or two additional facts have been obtained. The most im-
portant discovery has been made by Mr. 8. 8. Dornan of a
species of Chrysochloris at Morija, in Basutoland, which is
particularly interesting not only as being the first specimens from
Basutoland, but from their bearing a most striking resemblance to
the specimen of C. sclaterz from the Nieuweveld.

The moles were obtained at Morija in September and October,
1907. The better-preserved specimen, which is a female, measures
head and body 100 mm., and the hind foot 12.

The nose pad measures 8°5 by 9:3, digging portion prominent,
marginal portion rounded at edges, crenate.

In general appearance the mole resembles somewhat a small
specimen of the dark variety of C. hottentota. The forehead and
the middle of the back are greyish black with a tinge of brown.
The sides are reddish brown, rather dark, and in the shoulder region
the reddish fur nearly meets that of the other side across the back.
The chest and abdomen are light dirty fawn. The cheeks and
ocular region have so many white hairs as to be very light grey, and
the grey crosses over above the nose pad and round the lip.

The skull is very like that of the typical C. sclateri, but rather
larger. It measures: Length, 24:2; breadth, 16; height, 11:7;
orbital width, 7:4; dental series, 10°2; molar series, 6; palatal
width, 7:7.

It differs from the typical C. sclateri in having the canine larger
than the second incisor. In typical C. sclatert the premolars
measure 2°8, and the molars 2°6. In this Basutoland mole the
premolars measure 2°6, and the molars 2:9.

A second specimen is almost identical in fur to the other. The
skull, unfortunately, is badly broken. The dental series measures
_ 9:8. Asin the former specimen the last two molars are larger than
in C. sclatert from Beaufort West.

The present evidence points to the Basutoland moles belonging to
C. sclatert, though perhaps they may prove to be worthy of sub-
specific rank, It is certainly very remarkable that the same species
should be met with in isolated spots 350 miles apart, and nowhere
between.

A young specimen of C. sclatert from the Nieuwevelden resembles
in colour the one already described, but has the nose and face

Contribution to the Knowledge of the Cape Golden Moles. 311

nearly white. The specimen measures 80 mm., and the teeth are
just coming through the gum. Above the tips of the two canines
are through, and below the tips of the first six teeth.

From Miss Minnie Greeff I have obtained a mole from Van
Rhyn’s Dorp which must be referred to C. asiatica, though differing
a little in colour from the southern specimens. It measures h. and
b. 90, and hind foot 11. The fur is slaty grey, lighter below, and
with the cheeks, side of the head and greater part of the upper lip
white. The amount of white is greater than I have hitherto seen
in any specimens of C. aszateca. The skull measures 23:5 in length,
and 18 in breadth. The specimen is of value as giving the
northerly limit of the range of C. asiateca. As it is now known to
occur at Van Rhyn’s Dorp, and not to occur in Namaqualand, we
can assign very definite limits to its range.

i
*

1.=e
Une ~51 amb agraly yah ae 7
ars > - eee el.

(313 )

ON THE LUNAR CLOUD-PERIOD.

By J. R. Sutton, M.A.
(Read July 31, 1907.)

Herr Otto Meissner has recently raised anew the question of the
pretended cloud-dispersing power of the moon. In a discussion of
the observations of the state of the night sky made at Potsdam
during the eighty lunations extending from January, 1894, to June,
1900, he finds no such dispersing power, but, on the contrary, a
minimum of cloud about the time of new moon, and a maximum at
or shortly after full. A summary of the mean percentages of sky
obscured by cloud at Potsdam for the three observation-hours

ip :
9 p.m., 10 p.m., and midnight (ie, pias al oe mo EY ~ TOK

each day during the lunar month, is given in the large Table at the
end of this paper. The following is a reduction of the result :—

Moon’s Age. Cloud per cent.

Day 1-3 57
4-6 o3
7-9 59
10-12 63
13-15 59
16-18 68
19-21 58
22-24 o9
25-27 57
28-30) Y9)

These numbers appear to indicate that the sky is clearest in the
first week, and most obscured in the third week of a lunation.

* O. Meissner, ‘‘ Ueber die angebliche ‘ wolkenzerstreuende’ Kraft des Mondes,”’’
Met. Zeitschrift, May, 1907.
21

314 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Meissner attributes the belief in an exactly opposite state of things,
as also Ernst Schmid did half a century ago,* to a mere psychological
impression. My own idea, however, is that, even if there be no
lunar influence whatever upon the clouds, we should expect to get
Meissner’s result or something like it. For there must often be
clouds in the sky at night which moonlight could make visible, but
starlight alone cannot. At Kimberley it often happens that cirrus
and thin cirro-stratus appear to dissolve at sunset, whereas the
rising moon has shown them again quite plainly. Moreover,
summer sheet-lightning, on the horizon, will often show clouds
overhead in a sky that otherwise will seem perfectly clear. Tor this
reason it is perhaps not altogether improbable that Meissner’s cloud
sequence is in reality due to a variation of illumination rather than
to a true variation of cloud. This view receives some confirmation
from the fact that various observers have found thunder-clouds at
any rate to be more frequent at new moon than at full moon.
Koeppen, for example, finds that the frequency of thunderstorms at
new moon to that at full moon is in the ratio of 29 to 21. From
which it seems to follow that the lower and heavier clouds, at least,
are more numerous at new moon.

My own impression has been that a sufficiently long series of
observations would show—providing we allow for the variation of
illumination at night throughout the lunar month—practically no
influence on the part of the moon upon the clouds. Short series
can of course show anything, as we see from the thousand and one
meteorological cycles that are deduced from the sunspot cycle.}
With the idea of substantiating or disproving this impression I have
worked up my cloud observations § for the 87 lunations extending

* EH. E. Schmid, Lehrbuch der Meteorologie, 1860, p. 681: ‘‘ Wenn aber Baco
annimmt, der Himmel sei bei Vollmond besonders heiter, und dabei im Winter die
Kalte besonders streng, so ist diese Meinung wohl nur darauf begriindet, dass der
Vollmond in heiteren Nachten unsere Aufmerksamkeit besonders auf sich zieht,
und dass kalte Winternichte besonders hell sind.”

+ See J. Hann, Lehrbuch der Meteorologie, 1901, p. 662, Art. ‘‘ Mondperiode der
Gewitter;’’ also W. M. Davis, Elementary Meteorology, 1894, Art. 327, ‘‘ Weather
Cycles.” Arago found a slight preponderance of rain at new moon as compared
with full. Seeing that a good proportion of rain in France falls in thunderstorms,
Arago’s result is in conformity with that of Képpen.

+ See, e.g., J. A. Westwood Oliver’s interesting little brochure, Sunspottery,
1883, p. 36 et seq. The late R. A. Proctor had a decidedly clever chapter, entitled
‘“‘Sunspot, Storm, and Famine,” in Pleasant Ways in Science (reprinted 1893).
He showed in a very amusing way that there is a sunspot period in the Oxford
and Cambridge Boat Race.

§ Made at Kenilworth (Kimberley), South Africa. For a brief general discussion
of the Kenilworth observations of cloud, see J. R. Sutton, ‘‘ The Climate of
Kimberley,” in the Report of the Highth International Geographic Congress, 1905.

On the Lunar Cloud-Period. 315

from January 1, 1900, to January 13,1907. The results are given
at length, in the large Table at the end, in four periods :—

I. 21 lunations, 1/1/00-13/9/01 ;

I. 21 ,, = 14/9/01-26/5/03 ;
Il. 21 =, ~—- 7/5 /08-25/1/05 ;
IV. 24 ,, 26/1/05-13/1/07.

In each of these the average percentage of cloud is given at 2 p.m.,
8 p.m., the mean of six obversations a day, 7.e.—

VIII. + XI. + XIV. + XVIT. + XX. 4+ XXITI.
6 ’

and the decrease of cloud between 5 p.m. and 11 p.m., for each day
of the lunar month. This last, the decrease, is evidently a necessary
process, because although we should expect to see more clouds at
night in full moonlight than at other times, yet if there be really a
cloud-dispersing effect, the difference would be greater about full
moon than at other times, other things being equal. In arranging
the results the cloudiness has been tabulated for each day of full
moon, and for fourteen days before and fourteen after. The thirtieth
day, the averages for which are given in brackets, has been assumed
equal to the arithmetic mean of the fourteenth day before and the
fourteenth after full moon.* This day is marked with the conven-
tional black dot (@) signifying new moon; the ring dot (O) signi-
fying full moon. The following are the Kenilworth averages in
trihemera :—

Daye 2 p.m. 8 p.m. Mean. KV MRL
e3 30% 19% 24% 14%
jae 37 29 30 14
79 40 31 By) 12
10-12 an 31 32 7
1S SNE 33 Oe 28 2
O-18 36 33 32 q
19-21 36 25 30 5
99-94 35 23 30 12
95-27 39 23 29 14
28-30 33 17 24 14

* Done in this way because the lunation, or synodic month, averages only
29°53 days.

316 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

These results are decidedly curious. At 2 p.m. there is a double
maximum and minimum during the course of the lunar month:
the first minimum falling just after new moon, and the second just
before full; while the first maximum occurs at the first quadrature,
and the second maximum early in the last quarter. There are
also indications (which are, however, plainer in the daily averages
of the large Table) of another maximum at full moon. The curious
thing about these minima and maxima is that they belong
to a daylight hour, and are therefore quite independent of moon-
light.

At first sight the 8 p.m. results are pretty much what would be
expected on the assumption that the moon often makes thin clouds
visible which would, without the help of the moon’s light, often
escape observation. That is, we get considerably. more cloudiness
between the third and eighteenth day than we do between the
eighteenth and third. For the moon sets before 8 p.m. (on an
average) in the first octant, and does not rise before 8 p.m. in
the sixth octant. But it is not so easy to explain the mini-
mum of the thirteenth day, nor the very pronounced full-moon
maximum.

The mean results agree on the whole better with the 8 p.m.
averages than they do with the 2 p.m. averages. This is worth
attention, because they are derived from four daylight observations
and only two night observations. The minimum in the fourth
octant 1s particularly well marked as well as the full-moon maxi-
mum, both, as it happens, corresponding with the same turning-
points on Meissner’s curve. In fact, the correspondences here
between the Potsdam and Kenilworth results are much more exact
than there seems to be any physical reason for.

Assuming the cloudiness of the sky to be apparently less at night
when the moon is below the horizon than it ought to be, we ought
to expect the greatest differences between the cloud percentages of
5 p.m. and 11 p.m. from the first to the sixth day, because the moon
sets before 11 p.m.; and from the twenty-second to the thirtieth day
because the moon does not rise until after 11 p.m. To a certain
extent we get this result. But we get more. There is no sudden
decline in the value of the differences as soon as the moon is still
above the horizon at 11 p.m.; on the contrary, the decline is gradual
until the tenth day—after which it is rapid. This is interesting,
because the light of the moon is considerable throughout the third
octant. But it is still more interesting that the value of the decline
runs up again to a maximum at full moon. This fact would doubt-
less have pleased Sir John Herschel, who fancied that he had

On the Lunar Cloud-Period. SL7

evidence of the cloud-dispersing power of the moon. Herschel
wrote as follows: ‘“‘ Though the surface of the full moon exposed to
us must necessarily be very much heated—~posszbly to a degree much
exceeding that of boiling water—yet we feel no heat from it, and
even in the focus of large reflectors it fails to affect the thermometer.
No doubt, therefore, its heat (conformably to what is observed of
that of bodies heated below the point of luminosity) is much more
readily absorbed in traversing transparent media than direct solar
heat, and is extinguished in the upper regions of our atmosphere,
never reaching the surface of the earth at all. Some probability is
given to this by the tendency to disappearance of clouds wnder the
full moon—a meteorological fact (for as such we think it fully entitled
to rank), for which it is necessary to seek a cause, and for which
no other rational explanation seems to offer.’ Herschel further
remarks that the ‘‘fact’’ is based on his own observation, quite
independently of any knowledge of such a tendency having been
observed by others: ‘‘ Humboldt, however, in his personal narrative,
speaks of it as well known to the pilots and seamen of Spanish
America.” *

The cloud-dispersing power of the moon may be as well known to
the pilots and seamen of Spanish America as the dependence of the
changes of the weather upon the changes of the moon. And it may,
for all one knows, be equally baseless. However, in the large Table
at the end, I have given the average decrease of cloudiness from
afternoon to night, 2.e.—

XIV.+ XVI.+ XVIII. XxX. + XXII.
3 i ae a

at Habana (Belen) during the lunar month, derived from four years
of observation.t There appears from this to be a fairly well-defined
maximum of decrease about three or four days before full moon, but
a distinct minimum at the time of full moon. The critical reader
will judge for himself whether this supports Humboldt’s statement.
Three-day averages of the decrease of cloud from afternoon to night

* Sir J. F. W. Herschel, Outlines of Astronomy, 1851, Art. 432. The italics in
the quotation are Herschel’s. Herschel thought that Arago’s result (i.e., slightly
more rain at new moon than at full) was ‘‘ part and parcel of the same meteoro-
logical fact.” An old idea in England was that a change of the moon near the
Pleiades brought rain.

+ These are reduced from Padre Gangoiti’s excellent annual, Observaciones
Meteorologicas y Magneticas. The beautiful printing of these reports is unsur-
passed throughout the world.

318 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

at Habana, together with similar decreases at Potsdam from 9 p.m.
to midnight, are :—

Day. Habana. Potsdam.
@-3 OT 9%, 12:6 %
4—6 26 —0°6
1-9 15 +2°6
10-12 14 + 2:2
13-15 13 — 2:4
O-18 6 +0°5
19-21 25 +0°3
22-24 29 —1'8
25-27 26 +3°7
28-30 29 +04

According to this the Habana results show no cloud-dispersing
power in the moon; on the contrary, they show the effect of lunar
illumination. The Potsdam results are so irregular that they prove
(or disprove) anything, except that when the sky is dark, about @,
the decrease of cloud seems to be greatest.

The distribution of thunderstorms throughout the lunar month at
Kenilworth, for the 87 lunations 1900-1906, is given in the last
column of the large Table. The numbers fall upon a somewhat
irregular curve, showing nevertheless a well-marked minimum at
new moon, and maxima in the first and fourth quadrants. There is
also some tendency to a maximum at full moon. This does not
agree with Kuropean experience. And contrary to what might have
been anticipated, the thunderstorm numbers do not agree very well
in phase with those of cloud. Trihemera are :—

Day. No. of Thunderstorms.
@-3
4-6 48
1-9 33
10-12 42
13-15 36
O-18 39
19-21 38
22-24 45
~ 26-27 46
28-30 26

The inference that may be fairly drawn from the results tabulated
in this paper seem to me to be that if they do not go far enough to

319

20d

On the Lunar Cloud-Per

-UTy

“$400

ih o¢ 0g 9T CT 93 6 PI SG PG Tg ial ST ST GG Trg NO) I Tg 9g CP
6 ras) 63 SI 9 8 ral g ae | Be KG 03 je eT CT LG G 9 cg 97 | 98
OT g¢ 63 GT. 8 EG OT 03 OG i= GG Og 1G 1G 61 61 0% LT 03 PE 8g Te
eT gg LG 8T 0G LT OT GG 9G 9g a eT 8g 13 FG SI OT fe Eg LP ST
ST LG SG 8ST ST GB OT 8ST. ie 6E 03 FG ep G Ze OT 61 Gg PrP EG Tg
CT 19 63 i e="| SI ell 9 Tg 8g LB 9 Gg GG 61 03 VG 9g 68 OF Tg
61 Se 7G 9T GT LT ral 61 rE bP Lg E BG 6G CP GB 6 13 IP LP SP
GT Ms Eg i} 6 S- | F 9T GG Ig 8B LG GT 61 GB KG dit OT Eg Or | Ze
GE 9G 0g iat OT GG ST OT Og 9g 8G NG Tg BG NG GG GT 61 Eg Sr. | Og
€T EC CZ G D; S y= \9n Tg Lg 63 KG 0g 63 IP 3 Tg 1 rE 68 0g
Le Za| 9 G ral 0) 8 T— | %eE 0g 1g Le 63 LG Iz NG Le &G 6g EP 9g
ia Te G 7 0 8 9 Y 8% 63 0g 8G 63 0G ST aE 06 9 Gg Lg eh
FI 39 6 g C= ES Nay ral rE Eg Lg 8e 13 8g GP 8g ie 9g 9g Tg 6P
6 OL 9 8 c OT TI G 6G 6g rE 8G ST 63 OF 8g hit 1G Eg IP PP
9T Gg 7 i! 9T PL 6 ral Eg oP LZ 6g GB og GP PG 9g LG OF ee ie
9T LG 8 S ¢ G 3S) I 0g gg 0% OF 9G Tg 9g 61 vP GB 9g 97 | 82
IT GG IT ii ial g= | ea i LB 0% eG Tg 1g IG 6 | o8 rE BG We | Ge) Be
6 19 6I S 7 G Cau 8 sare 9 Te rE ize 9G ral 8G ae e¢ | OF 61
ET G9 BE 8 G 9T G 8 ie 83 LG 0g 6g 6G 8G BG 1 9g 8g Ge || Ge
GT 9 SI S eT ae ee eee ee Lie BE Ee OF Eg GG Tg ale LY he PE GE
FL €9 ral I 61 g 6 9T ras rE Gg 12 || Oe oe 68 1G ge | oe Lg OF I?
€T 8g 6 iE SI LT 0 FL rE 8g I? 63 83 Eg OF 8g Gu aOe ap ih Of | Gn
IT GG at en 6 ei 6 03 as 6E Tg 6g 9G oe Gg Ig ae | OF I? ip | 7
6 6g 61 ST G 8 1G 6 6G Ng 6G Ge GB 6G 83 63 8G 6G 9g Lg Ue
9 as BG ia él PL i il We BE 6G LB IP BE he ING GE LP 8g 8g GE 63
i 6h | 62 ral Ge 8 G 1% 6G eG fete Ge 1g 1 61 OG 8G Lg ae b On | Ce
ei EG 8G 9T 61 ia ST CT 8G 63 03 OF EB 1G 8G GT 9g 9T 9g ee | ke
ig 6e | 92 IT G Gi I i 7 9T 8G GG 9G LT tL 91 GB ST 0g 0% | Ge
&T 8¢ 96 CT 0G a OL PL 1G ra ie PG &B 1 Tar 83 GB 16 0g Eg og
(or) | ee | (sz) | 94 | (st) | (tz) | or) | Gr) | @2 | (ec) | Ge) | (et) | z) | ot | (en) | (2) | Gr) | Cn) | te | Ge) | Ge)
walelel rs BY

Se | & Be “Aye | SAP | “mn | o a 2 | 2h) UN) 10 I Mp ee | nee |) aa ‘I 257 eI || inne
Ba | a | FSe

‘urd
‘foyreq| ‘urep nero puev‘urds aeonaa esverto0q MEIN ‘urd § ‘und %

61
25
gg
TZ
ge
6S
Lg
25
25
GS
GP
86
GP
ete
Sf
68
8
LP
68
Lg
68
98
LY
GP
8P
SP
0g
25
6%
($3)

LG
as
9g
LP
LG
9F
eg
0G
GG
OF
9g
Tg
og
eT
8G
ida
Ge
Cc
CP
CF
8G
FE
Gg
0g
8g
OF
9g
ce
8G

(83)

SAMHOOr- DO

ed

SAOVINGOUAT NI “HINO UVNO'TT GHL ONIUNC (AMIUDAWIY) HLYOMTINAY LY SSHNIGQOTD AO NOILVIUVA

320 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

prove that there is a lunar influence over the clouds, they do not
prove that there is not. There are, at any rate, a number of inte-
resting coincidences which seem to be worth elucidation. One con-
clusion, however, seems to be pretty safe, namely, that should a
definite lunar influence in the matter of cloud dispersal ever be
found, it will not be in virtue of the moon’s heat absorbed by the
upper strata of the earth’s atmosphere.

The following are the ratios per hundred of the number of times
that each degree of cloudiness, on a scale of 1 to 10, has been
observed at Kenilworth. The number 10 indicates a sky completely
obscured, 00 absolutely clear, and 0 a sky with less than one-tenth
covered with cloud :—

Seale: e..2se QO. 705 Dh Did a eo aoe 7 Seo ean”)
Winter...... Oo = Toh Canoe 18: 223 soa tf
Summer 5. soll OR 6) Pom Ol 8 tome ee eo) ee ele

( 321 )

A STUDY OF SOME FACTS AND THEORIES BEARING
UPON THE QUESTION OF THE ORIGIN OF THE
ANGIOSPERMOUS FLORA OF SOUTH AFRICA.

By §. ScHontanp, Hon. M.A. Oxon., Ph.D.
(Read August 28, 1907).

The affinities of the Flora of South Africa with other Floras were
recognised as soon as floristic studies had been sufficiently advanced
to warrant a comparison, but speculations as to its origin were
naturally barren, as long as the former distribution of land and
water in the Southern Hemisphere could not be surmised. Un-
fortunately Palzeo-botany, which might have given us the clue, has
to a large extent failed to render any assistance. The supposed
identification of Southern types of plants in the Tertiary deposits of
the Northern Hemisphere are considered by most eminent botanists,
such as Sir Jos. Hooker, the late Mr. G. Bentham, A. Schenk, &c.,
as worthless. Laurent has recently (1899, p. 69) * tried again to
prove that the Proteacee originated in the North, but the evidence
on which he relies seems to be altogether untrustworthy, and he
knocks his whole argument to pieces by stating (p. 77) with reference
to the forms he describes ‘‘nous ne disons pas que ce sont des
Protéacées mais que ce sont des plantes a aspect protéiforme de
nature coriace et séche.’”’ Why, then, does he refer them even to
definite genera of Proteacee ?

The question of the origin of our Flora having been approached
‘almost entirely by European botanists, who were naturally influenced
by the leading features of the development of the Floras of the
Northern Hemisphere, it has sometimes greatly suffered through
forced interpretations of facts and supposed facts (compare, ¢.g.,
Thiselton-Dyer, 1878). The data for an adequate treatment of the
subject are absent even to this day; still it may be advisable to focus,
as it were, the facts which recent researches have brought to light

* The numbers in brackets refer to the Bibliography appended to this essay, the
titles being arranged in chronological order.

3822 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

and the legitimate conclusions which may be drawn from them, in
order to see whether they help us to make a step forward in our
knowledge of the origin and development of the Flora of South
Africa.

Dealing with the origin of the Flora of South Africa, we have first
of all to cast a glance at the present distribution of flowering plants
of South Africa, the general features of which are now so well known
that I need not refer to them in detail. We recognise at once that
there is one region, the South-Western Region of Cape Colony (the
‘Cape Province”’ of Marloth, 1905), which stands apart from the
other regions. The peculiar types characteristic of this region
have been mainly taken into consideration in speculations on the
origin of the Flora of South Africa.

Nearly fifty years ago Dr. (now Sir Joseph) Hooker pointed out
the affinities of the South African Flora with the Flora of Australia
(Hooker, 1859). I will quote the exact words which he used, as his
cautious conclusions have frequently been interpreted as meaning
that the Australian and South-West African Floras are derived from
common ancestors which inhabited a vast Antarctic continent of
which the greater part has been submerged (see Bolus, 1905, p. 19).
He says on p. xcii: “The most conspicuous characters that extra-
Tropical Africa presents in common with Australia, are the abun-
dance of species of the following orders: Proteacee, Composite,
Iridee, Hemodoracee, Buettneriacee, Polygalee, Restiacee, Hricee,
Hpacridee, Decandrous Papilionacee, and tribes Podalyriee and
Lotee, Rutacee, Thymelee, Santalacee, Anthospermous Rubiacee.
All these orders are far more abundantly represented in Australia
(especially South-Western) and South Africa than in any other part
of the world, added to which by far the greater number of the known
genera and species of Proteacee and Festiacee are confined to these
two countries. Other marks of affinity are the Cycade@, the genus
Encephalartos (to which Mueller reduces Macrozamia) being common
to both; numerous terrestrial Orchidee, Droseracee, Zygophyllee,
Inliacee, Smilacee@, and Capparidee ; the genera Pelargonwm and
Mesembrianthemum, besides Metrosideros, Acena, Tetragona,
Hermannia, Sarcostemma, Sebea, Callitris, Anguillaria, Restoo,
Carphia, Uncinia, and Ehrharta. The rarity in both of Arordee,
Laurinee, and all Rubiacee, except the Anthospernuan, is also
worthy of notice. With regard to the Natural Orders enumerated
above, their genera are almost unexceptionally different in the two
countries.”

“Succulents are comparatively rare in Australia, which almost
wants the conspicuous features of South African vegetation—the

Origin of the Angiospermous Flora of South Africa. 323

Crassulacee, Ficoidee, fleshy Asclepiadee, Liliacee (Aloes) and
Huphorbie.” And further on, p. civ: ‘The many bonds of affinity
between the three Southern Floras—the Australian, Antarctic, and
South African—indicate that these may all have been members of
one great vegetation, which may once have covered as large a
Southern area as the Huropean does a Northern. To what portion
of the globe the maximum development of this Southern Flora is to
be assigned, it is'vain at present to speculate, but the geographical
changes that have resulted in its dismemberment into isolated
sroups over the Southern Ocean must have been great indeed.”

The same caution in dealing with this question is exercised by
Engler in his monumental work ‘‘ Die Entwicklungsgeschichte der
Pflanzenwelt seit der Tertiarzeit’’ (1879, 1882)), and even recently
he has again (Hingler, 1903, p. 35) expressed himself to the effect
that the origin of the isolated types, which are restricted to South-
West Africa, but are represented in other countries of the Southern
Hemisphere by allied types, constitutes a great enigma. The
frequently quoted example of the distribution of the genus Gingko,
which is now only found in Japan and China, while in former
ages it was very widely distributed, gives us a hint as to how little
value we can attach to speculations which are not supported by
paleontological evidence, and since paleontological evidence is
practically absent for the former distribution of the Angiosperms
in the Southern Hemisphere, there is double caution necessary
in accepting conclusions from our knowledge of the present
distribution of plants, unless they are supported by facts derived
from palzo-zoology and geology.

That many of the types, more or less restricted to South-West
Cape Colony, are of great antiquity seems to be beyond dispute, but
in order to get an idea of their origin we must first of all settle the
question whether their sojourn in South Africa dates far back,
geologically speaking. Any theory accounting for the origin of the
South African Angiospermous Flora must take cognisance of the fact
that no trace of a glacial period has been discovered in South Africa
later than Permian times. Moreover, geological evidence is strongly
in favour of the assumption that South Africa never reached much
further southwards than it does now. It is inconceivable that in a
shifting of localities such as a glacial period would involve, two such
highly specialised and large conglomerates of species of the most
diverse orders such as we find in the Cape Province and the Central
Districts of Cape Colony could have persisted, and there is no reason
to think that the extreme differentiation of plants found in South
Africa could have been accomplished since the last period of glacia-

324 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

tion of the Northern Hemisphere. I am aware that Passarge, in his
book on the Kalahari (Passarge, 1904) points out how this desert
region shows many traces of a former pluvial period, which he
correlates with the Pleistocene glacial period of the Northern
Hemisphere (see also Penck, 1905, p. 7); but I am quite unable to
accept his conclusions on this point, nor do I think that he has
proved that the Kalahari and other parts of South Africa are drying
up. All we know is, that South Africa in all parts (and perhaps
less so in the South-West Coast Region than in the others) is
subject to extreme fluctuations, as regards seasonal and annual
rainfall.

I had already come to the conclusion that our climate could not
have altered materially, at least smce Upper Cretaceous times, when
I received Prof. Gregory’s remarkable paper, ‘‘ Climatic Variations :
their Extent and Causes’”’ (Mexico, 1906), which thoroughly con-
firms my view, the logical outcome of which would be that in the
Northern Hemisphere the variations in climate, culminating occa-
sionally in ‘‘ice-ages,” would only have been produced by local
causes. If it be accepted ‘‘ that former climatic changes” (in the
Northern Hemisphere) ‘involve less extreme changes of tempera-
ture than have been generally assumed, and that we are not called
upon to explain former tropical forests in the Arctic lands, or fossil
coral reefs in the Arctic seas, or occasional universal refrigerations
of the earth, then the problem of climatic variations is greatly
simplified’ (Gregory, p. 14). ‘‘ There is no evidence to show that
the Antarctic continent has ever supported a Flora essentially
different from what we would expect, if it had always been under
conditions similar to those which exist now.” The fossil Conifers
found may well be explained as being the remnants of drift-wood,
and an Antarctic origin of any elements of our Flora seems to be
completely ruled out of court, and ‘‘nothing known from the
Antarctic regions is against the assumption that the mean climate
of the world is fairly constant” (Gregory, p. 7). ‘‘ The evidence
of paleontology proves that the climatic zones of the earth have
been concentric with the poles as far back as its records go”’
(Gregory, p. 7).

With reference to the Flora of the Karroo Region, Dr. Bolus says
(1905, p. 28): “ The strength of the Flora to maintain itself under
the different conditions of a desert-like environment is shown by its
ability to push outward in every dry valley of the neighbouring
regions. The only marked exception to its great strength to resist
foreign invaders is also a tribute to its age—long adaptation to the
severity of its environment. For the one plant which has success-

Origin of the Angiospermous Flora of South Africa. 325

fully invaded this region, and has spread to such an extent as to
become its greatest pest, is a species of Opuntia (perhaps O. tuna)
from the drier parts of Mexico and Central America. The connec-
tion with the South-Western Region is but a slight one, for while
many typical Karroo plants have apparently invaded the latter, there
are but few of the peculiar South-Western types to be found here.
The few Rutacee, Hricacee, and Restionacee which appear are mere
stragglers on the nearer mountains; while Brumacee, Proteacce,
and Peneacee are, as far as we know, entirely absent.’ Other
writers have also commented on the antiquity of the Cape Flora.
Of these I will only quote Diels (1905, p. 73), as his remarks have
also some bearing on another aspect of our problem which will be
discussed later on. He says: “The Flora of South Africa in its
resistance to intruders from other countries is in striking contrast
to the Flora of New Zealand which is flooded by European colonists
-and weeds. Perhaps this can be explained by the supposition,
which is also supported by other facts, that the conditions under
which the South African plants have flourished, have persisted in
their main features for countless ages, while in New Zealand
the xerophytic Flora can only be looked upon as a remnant of
bygone ages, when the present New Zealand was only a portion
of a large expanse of country in which large plains extended in an
eastward direction. These plains must have been much drier than
the present New Zealand, and were the home of the Xerophytes
which come as a surprise nowadays.”

Evidence is also not wanting that floral elements further north are
of great antiquity. Thus Warburg (1903, pp. 482, 483) brings
forward reasons for the antiquity of the Flora of the Kunene—
Kubango Region (examined by Baum on his Kunene-Zambesi
expedition), and distinctly states that, according to his opinion, the
climate, with reference to the amount of rain, cannot have altered
to an appreciable extent for countless ages. He also points out how
small the affinity of that region is with the genuine so-called Cape
Flora of South-Western Cape Colony. There are neither Bruniacee
nor Diosmee, neither Peneacee nor Restiacee. Proteacee are repre-
sented only by a few species of Protea and Fawrea. Hvricacee were
not found at all by Baum. Welwitsch found in Huilla five species
belonging to the genera Agauria, Ficalhoa, Philippia, and Bleria.

We know that up to Jurassic times the interior of South Africa
consisted of a series of large lakes. There is no evidence that the
interior of Cape Colony has been under the sea or indeed under
water of any kind since the close of the Karroo period (Rogers, 1905,
p. 3887). It is a fact that the period of the drying up of these lakes

326 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

coincided with a remarkable development of the higher animals in
South Africa. It saw the birth of the mammals and some of the
types of reptiles which persist to the present day. In view of these
facts it may perhaps be justifiable to conclude that, in the vegetable
kingdom also, evolutionary developments took place, that the
ancestors of our present Angiosperms appeared, and that some of
the types which then appeared have persisted with little modification
down to the present day. This is at present only a working hypo-
thesis, but it must be remembered that for the Northern Hemisphere
(Flahault, 1907, p. 292), by important discoveries in America, in
Portugal, in France, and in Central Europe, the appearance of the
Angiosperms has been further and further removed, but no clue
as to their origin has been found. There is no doubt now that
they appeared in Europe and America at the beginning of the Lower
Cretaceous, while a large expansion of Dicotyledons characterise
the vegetation of the Upper Cretaceous, but no intermediate forms
between Angiosperms and Gymnosperms have been found. Is
perhaps Welwitschia an indication that such intermediate forms
may be looked for in the Southern Hemisphere and especially in
South Africa, though Welwitschia itself must be looked upon
as a final branch of the Gymnosperms? If it is objected that
we have no right to postulate the existence of the ancestors of
some constituents of the Cape Flora down into Cretaceous
and perhaps even earlier times, it should be remembered
that even in Hurope in Cretaceous and Tertiary deposits we only
know well-preserved remains of forest plants (Engler, 1905a, p. 12),
chiefly trees and shrubs—we scarcely know any remains from the
undergrowth of forests, scarcely any from the tree—and shrubless
formations, and yet these must always have existed. The absence
of paleeontological evidence for our hypothesis is, therefore, not quite
so serious as it appears at first sight.*

* Prof. Schwarz told me some time ago that he had seen a palm-like fossil plant
from near Burghersdorp. Knowing that Mr. Alfred Brown, of Aliwal North, had
in his collection many fossil plants, which are probably undescribed, I wrote to
him whether they might perhaps include some Angiosperms. In his reply he says:
‘¢ The fossiliferous strata here are nearly at the top of the so-called ‘ Burghersdorp
beds,’ and besides ferns, cycads, and other fine plants there appear to be both sedge-
like plants and palms, besides some peculiar cellular stems which may afford some
evidence of what you require.”

Of course I give this information for what it is worth, but I hope by kind per-
mission of Mr. Brown soon to have an opportunity of critically examining these
specimens, and thus decide whether they afford evidence for my views or not.

In the meantime I hazard the guess that the ‘‘palm-like”’ fossils are not
Angiosperms but Cordaitales,

Origin of the Angiospermous Flora of South Africa. 327

We have only four alternatives as to the origin of the Cape
Province types.
(1) They may have originated near where we find them now.

(2) " - ,, migrated from the North.
(3) 9 7) ” om) ” 9 Kast.
(4) ”” ” ”? ”) ” wr) West.

Very little could be said for the fourth alternative if we interpret
it literally, though in Permian times, and perhaps later, there may
have been a direct western land-connection with America. With
regard to the second and third, they may in part or entirely be
covered by the first, as we can only form conjectures as to the
direction in which migration has taken place, e.g., an order poorly
represented in South Africa and richly developed in Australia, if
found nowhere else, may have originated in either country or in
a hypothetical land-connection between them.

Before proceeding further I may state that the guiding ideas
(Leitende Ideen) with which Engler (1882), ix—xii) prefaces his
work, have also guided me in this essay and should be referred
to by anybody who makes a serious attempt to understand the
present distribution and the history of any Flora. Without the
theory of evolution, on which they are based, no attempt of arriving
at a satisfactory conclusion seems to have the slightest chance of
success. At the saine time nobody can study such a problem as we
are dealing with, without perceiving that it throws sidelights on the
attempted explanations of evolution, which makes one and all of
them appear inadequate.

For many years it used to be held almost as an axiom that the
Flora of South-West Cape Colony and South-West Australia were
closely allied. This, of course, was over-stating the case. On the
other hand, Diels (1906) seems to go too far in the opposite direction.
He states that the Flora of extra-Tropical West Africa is closely
connected with the vegetation of the Hast coast of the Australian
continent. This is already seen in the fact that the ‘ Hremea-
province’’ extends far to the east; but while the Flora of East
Australia is closely connected with the malesian-papuan vegetation,
this is not at all the case with the Flora of West Australia. This,
according to the author, is the most important difference between
East and West Australia. On the other hand, the author does not
admit the close connection between the Flora of South-West
Australia and the Flora of the Cape. In consequence of certain
geographical analogies between the two regions, there is in both
a predominance of the evergreen sclerophyll-formations, and the
general physiognomy of them is further made similar by the great

328 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

development of species. But these are, according to him, only
external resemblances; there are in reality very great differences.
The true Cape Region is, on the whole, without trees, while in West
Australia portions of the Hremza, which climatically correspond to
the Karroo, have big trees and scrub, about the height of a man.
Besides, the Cape Region possesses many succulents; these are
wanting in West Australia, with the exception of a few that belong
to cosmopolitan orders. The Cape exceeds to a tremendous extent
West Australia in the number of bulbous and tuberous plants;
further, the annual plants which play an important part in the
composition of the Cape Flora, do not find their counterpart in West
Australia, except in a few places of the Kremea.

These statements by Diels, if unchallenged, might tend to make
the pendulum swing too much in the opposite direction. I am
afraid Diels has not sufficiently taken account of the fundamental
difference between the Flora of the Karroo and the Flora of the South-
Western Region. If we stick strictly to the latter there are certainly
such close connections that we cannot avoid the conclusion that
they are the result of a former land-connection south of the Equator.
Hooker refers to Proteacee, Composite, Iridee, Hemodoracee,
Polygalee, Restiacee, Hricacee (in South Africa), corresponding to
Epacridee (in Australia), Papilioncaee, Rutacee, Thymelee, Santa-
lace@, and some others which, by their abundance in both countries,
point to parallelism of development from a common origin. Ben-
tham (1873) has worked out this point with reference to the
Conwposite. C. B. Clarke has emphasised it with reference to
certain -Cyperacee. Schindler (1904) is of opinion that the
HALORHAGACE have had a Southern origin. Stapf (1904) has
pointed out that the endemic forms of Granuwnacee of his “Cape
Province”’ have their allies not with the Tropical African grass
Flora but with the Temperate types of Eurasia and Australasia.
He clearly recognises the difficulty of a Northern connection,
although not a few of the genera of grasses in question are
represented on the mountains of Tropical Africa by allied forms,
which, as it were, form a bridge to the large Northern centres of
development. To these belong Avenastrum, Agrostis, Melica, Poa,
Festuca, Bromus, Brachypodium. Others pinch out without passing
into the Tropics, such as Pentaschistis and Pseudobronws, or are
poorly represented beyond it. But when one wants to picture to
oneself in detail how this distribution has been brought about,
the difficulties seem insurmountable. The genus Danthonia has
another centre of development in Australia and New Zealand, where
it radiates to the North to Temperate Asia. This process is repeated

Origin of the Angiospermous Flora of South Africa. 329

in America. The main region of distribution is always within the
south temperate zone, and here the most nearly allied genera are
found. Hhrharta is restricted almost entirely to South Africa with
the exception of one species which probably has spread as a weed as
far as India. The nearest relations, Microlena and Tetrarrhena,
little more than dimerous modifications of Hhrharta, are peculiar
to Australasia. Tetrarrhena is restricted to Tasmania and West
Australia. Microlena, on the other hand, extends from Tasmania,
through Australia and New Zealand, to the mountains of New
Guinea. A further similar case which refers to a sub-tropical
type is Potamoplila, which has one species in South Africa, one
in Madagascar, and one in South-Hast Australia.

This relationship amongst Southern Temperate types and their
radiation from the South is also plainly shown in various other
orders, the distribution of which we will now briefly consider.

PROTEACEE
(after Engler, in Engler-Prantl, Natirl. Pflanzenfam.).

960 species: 591 in Australia, 25 in Tropical Hast Africa, a few in
Angola, 2 in New Zealand, 7 in Chile, 36in Tropical South America,
262 in South-West Cape Colony, 2 in Madagascar, about 5 on the
mouvtains of Tropical Africa.
I. Persooniwidee.

1. Persoomee.
6 genera in Australasia, 1 in New Caledonia, 1 in Madagascar,
1 (Brabeiwm) in South Africa.

2. Franklandiee.
1 genus in West Australia.

3. Proteee.
4 genera in Australia, the others (Sorocephalus, Nivema, Serrura,
Mimetes, Spatalla, Fawrea, Protea, Leucospermum, Leucadendron,
Aulax) in South Africa (Paurea, Protea, and Leucospermum extending
into Tropical Africa).

4. Conospermee.
2 genera in Australia.

II. Grevilloidee.

1. Grevillee.
10 genera in Australia, 1 in Eastern Tropical Asia, 1 in Tropical
America and New Caledonia, 2 in Tropical America, and 1 in
Chile.

2. Hmbothriee.
1 genus in South-Western America from Chile to the Straits of

22

330 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Magellan, 1 in Hast Australia, Tasmania, and Chile, 2 in Australia
and New Caledonia, 1 in Queensland.

3. Banksieae.
2 genera in Australia.

IRIDACER.

Of the 31 genera found in South Africa, 12 extend to Tropical
Africa. No others are found in Tropical Africa, except the American
genus Marica which is probably introduced.

The following South African genera have more than local dis-
tribution :—

Morea (South Africa, Tropical Africa, Madagascar, Australia).

Ferraria (South Africa to Angola and Ngamiland).

fiomulea (South Africa, 2 in Tropical Africa, many in the
Mediterranean Region, a few in Central Europe).

Aristea (South Africa, Tropical Africa, Central Madagascar).

Hesperantha (South Africa, 1 in Abyssinia, 1 in the Cameroons
Mountains).

Geissorhiza (besides the South African species, 1 in Madagascar).

Dierama (South Africa, mountains of Tropical Africa).

Lapeyrousta (South Africa, and a few species in Tropical
Africa).

Watsonia (South Africa, and 1 species in Madagascar).

Babiana (South Africa, and 1 species in Socotra).

Crocosma (South-East Africa).

Tritonia (South Africa, and 2 species on the mountains of Central
Africa).

Acidanthera (South Africa and Tropical Africa).

Gladiolus (South Africa, Tropical Africa, and a few European,
Mediterranean, and Oriental).

Antholyza (South Africa and 4 gee es in Tropical Africa).
15 genera are.endemice.

The following réswmé of the distribution of the order is mainly
after Pax :—

I. Crocoidee.
Two main centres of development; the Cape and the Mediterranean
Region, the genus Lomulea common to both.
II. Lridoidee.
lt. Moreee
l(a). Iridine.

Chief centres of development, the Cape and the Mediterranean
Region, but reaching as far as Hast Asia, North America, and |
Australia.

Origin of the Angrospermous Flora of South Africa. 331

1(b). Maricinea.
Tropical and sub-Tropical America, 1 species in Tropical Africa
(probably introduced).
2. Tigridiee.
2(a). Lugridine.
Chiefly developed in Tropical and sub-Tropical America.
2(b). Cipurine.
Chief centres of development, the Cape and Tropical America.
3. Susyrinchee.
3(a). Lrbertone.

Bobartia (South Africa).

Inbertia (Chile, New Zealand, South-East Australia).

Diplarrhena (Tasmania, South-East Australia).

Belameanda (Tropical East Asia and Japan).

3(b). Srsyrinchine.
South America down to the Straits of Magellan.

4. Arwstee. -

4(a). Patersonine.
Chile, Australia (including Tasmania).

4(b). Aristine.
Chief centre of development the Cape, 2 genera in Tropical and
sub-Tropical America.

III. Latoidee.

1, inee.
Chief centre of development the Cape, radiating into Tropical
Africa.

2. Gladwolee. |
Chief centre of development in South Africa and Tropical Africa,
eastwards to the Mascarene Islands and Socotra, northwards (only
the genus Gladiolus) reaching into the Mediterranean Region and
Central Europe.

3. Watsomee.
Chief centre of development South Africa, but also in Tropical Africa
and the Mascarene Islands.

We see from this distribution that the Tropical African Iridaceze
are, aS it were, only outliers of the South African ones, which are
chiefly concentrated in the Cape Province. Only seven South African
genera extend beyond continental Tropical Africa: Morea to
Madagascar and Australia; Romulea, northwards to Central Europe ;
Aristea, Gerssorhiza, Watsonia, to Madagascar ; Babiana, to Socotra ;
Gladiolus, to Europe and the Orient.

At this stage I would also, without further discussion, draw
attention to the remarkable distribution of the Sisyrinchine and
Aristine, perhaps the most primitive Iridacee.

332 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

RESTIONACEE
(after Hieronymus, in Engler-Prantl, Natirl. Pflanzenfam.).

I. Diplanthere.
3 genera in South-West Australia.

Il. Haplanthere.
1 genus in Australia and New Zealand; 1 (festio) in South Africa
and Australia; 9 restricted to South Africa; 3 restricted to South-
West Australia; 1 to South Australia; 1 (Leptocarpus) with 1 species
in Cochinchina, 1 species in Chile, 7 species in South Africa, 12
species in Australia, of which one also in New Zealand.

It is interesting to note that a more reduced type, the nearly allied
CENTROLEPIDACES, have their chief centre of development in South-
West Australia and Victoria, but there are also representatives of the
order in the southernmost parts of South America and the neigh-
bouring islands, also in New Zealand and other Pacific islands
between Australia and South America, only 1 in Cochinchina,
while the ERiocauLace®, which represent a type that may also
have been derived from Restionacee, have a much wider distribution
chiefly in the Tropics of both hemispheres.

JUNCACER.

Priomum, South-West Cape Colony to Lower Albany. Of allied
genera, 1 in Bolivia and Northern Chile, 1 in the Andes, 1 in the
region of the Magellan Straits, 1 in New Zealand and the neigh-
bouring islands, 1 on Fuegia, the Falkland Islands and the Campbell
Islands.

Juncus, cosmopolitan ; 28 species in South Africa, mostly in the
“coast region ”’ of the Flora Capensis, the majority endemic.

Luzula, only 1 species in South Africa.

According to Buchenau (1880, p, 139) the Juncacex are a geologi-
cally ancient order; well-defined groups of Juncz are already known
from the Miocene. He further characterises Prionzwm as a primitive
type of Juncacee, so that its occurrence in South Africa and the dis-
tribution of its nearest allies is of great interest in connection with
our problem.

LILIACE
(mainly after Engler, in Engler-Prantl, Natirl. Pflanzenfam.).
I. Melanthiordee.
1. Tofieldiee.

3 genera in the Northern Hemisphere, 1 on the mountains of
British Guiana, 1 in Borneo.

Origin of the Angiospermous Flora of South Africa. 333

2. Helomee.
North America, Japan, and Formosa.
3. Veratree.
Northern Hemisphere, chiefly North America.
4, Uvulariee.
2 genera in Hast Australia; 1 (Gloriosa) in Tropical Africa, Mada-
gascar, and Asia, and in the coast districts of Cape Colony as far west
as Port Alfred; 1 (Littonia) in Arabia, Tropical Africa, and Natal ;
1 (Sandersonia) in Natal; 1 in Hastern North America; 1 in Hastern
Asia; 1 in Tropical Africa.
5. Anguillariee.
Burchardia. 1 species in Temperate Australia and Tasmania.
Androcymbium. 2 species in the Mediterranean Region; about a
dozen species (of which 1 occurs in Abyssinia) in South Africa.
Beometra. 1 species in South-West Cape Colony.
Dipidax. 2 species in South-West Cape Colony.
Wurmbea. 7 species: 1 in South-West Cape Colony as far as Port
Elizabeth, Somerset East, &c.; 1 in Griqualand East and Natal ;
1 on the island of Fernando Po (at an altitude of 3,000 m.); 4 in
West Australia.
Anguillaria. 2 species in West Australia, of which one also in
East Australia and Tasmania.
Iphigenia. 5 species: 1 in the Indian Monsoon Region as far as
North Australia, 1 only in the East Indies, 1 in New Zealand, 1 in
Angola, 1 in Madagascar.
6. Colchicee.

Chiefly in the Mediterranean Region; 3 genera.

Il. 7. Herrerwidee.
1 genus in South-HKast Brazil.
Il. Asphodeloidee.

8(a). Asphodelee—Asphodeline.

4 genera-—chiefly in the Mediterranean Region and Western Asia.
8(b). Asphodelee—Anthericine.

Bulbinella, Kunth. 10 species : 7 in South Africa, mostly in South-
West Cape Colony; 1 in Natal; 1 in the Transvaal; 1 in New
Zealand ; 1 on the Campbell and Auckland Islands.

Bulbine, Linn. 27 species: 25 in South Africa, 2 of which extend
to the mountains of Equatorial Africa; 2 in Kast Australia.

Anemarrhena, Bunge. 1 species in Northern China.

Anthericum, L. About 60 species, mostly in Africa (55 in South
Africa) ; a few in Europe, several in North and South America.

Chlorophytwm, Ker. About 50 species in the Tropics of both
hemispheres, of which 11 are in South Africa (mostly Eastern).

334 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Thysanotus, R. Br. About 22 species in Australia (mostly West
Australia).
Dichopogon, Kunth. 2 species in Hast Australia.
Glyphosperma, 8. Watson. 1 species in North America.
Arthropodwm, R. Br. 8species: 5in Australia, 2 in New Zealand,
1 in New Caledonia. :
Bottinea, Colla. 1 species in Chile.
Echeandia, Ortega. 2 species from Mexico to Guiana.
Pasithea, D. Don. 1 species in Chile.
Chamescilla, F. Mull. 2 species in West Australia.
Tricoryne, R. Br. 6 species, of which 5 in Hast Australia, 1
of which also occurs in West Australia; 1 only in West Aus-
tralia.
Agrostocrium, EF, Mull. 1 species in South-West Australia.
Cesia, R. Br. 10 species: 3 in South-West Cape Colony, 1 in
Madagascar, 6 in Australia.
Corynotheca, EF. Mull. 3 species in Tropical and West Aus-
tralia.
Hodgsoniola, F. Mill. 1 species in South-West Austvralia.
Nanoltrion, Benth. 1 species on the Winterhoek Mountains,
South-West Cape Colony (Engler looks upon this genus as a reduced
form of the Cesia type; English botanists consider it to be most
nearly allied to Herpolirion, Hook. fil., a monotypic genus of the
Inliacee-Asphodeloidee found on the mountains of New Zealand,
Tasmania, and South-West Australia).
8(c). Asphodelee—Chlorogaline.

3 genera in North America (including Mexico).
8(d). Asphodelee—Odonstomine.

1 monotypic genus in California.
8(e). Asphodelee—Hriospermine.

Eriospermum, Jacq. In South Africa (spread over all regions),
also widely spread in Tropical Africa.

Bowiea, Harv. Hastern parts of Cape Colony, Natal, extending
into the Orange River Colony.

Schizobasis, Bak. Kalahari and Central Regions of Cape Colony ;
1 species in Angola.

8(f). Asphodelee—Xeronemine.
1 genus in New Caledonia, 1 in New Zealand, Tasmania and South-
Hast Australia.

8(g). Asphodelee—Dianelline.
1 genus in Temperate Australia; 1 on the Andes of Peru and
Columbia, 1 widely spread from Australia, Hast Indies, and many
Pacific Islands.

Origin of the Angiospermous Flora of South Africa. 335

9. Hemerocallide.
2 genera in the north temperate regions of the Old World; 1 in New
Zealand, 1 in Hast Australia, 2 in North America.

10(a). Aloinee—Kmiphofine.

Kniphofia, Monch. 32 species in South Africa (mostly Eastern) ;
13 in Kast Tropical Africa as far as the Nile-land; 2 in Madagascar.

Notosceptrum, Benth. 2 species in Angola.

10(b). Aloonee—Aloine.

Aloe, L. About 120 species, of which the majority are in South
Africa (poorly represented in the Cape Region), over 50 occur in
Tropical Africa; a few reach Madagascar, Bourbon, Socotra, India,
China, and the Mediterranean Region.

Gasteria, Duval. Nearly 50 species in South Africa.

Apicra, Willd. 8 species in South Africa.

Haworthia, Duval. Over 60 species in South Africa, 1 in
Angola.

1 genus on the mountains of Mauritius and on the island of
Bourbon.
11. Aphyllanthee.
1 monotypic genus in the Western Mediterranean Region.
12. Johnsomee.
6 genera in Australia, chiefly South-West Australia.
13. Dasypogonee.
1 genus in South-West Australia.
14. Lomandree.
3 genera in Australia (1 also found in New Caledonia).
15. Calectasiee.
3 genera in Australia, chiefly West Australia.

ITV. Allioidee (poorly represented in South Africa, absent in
Australia). We will only refer to the genera represented in South
Africa.

Agapanthus, L’Herit. A monotypic genus, very widely spread in
South Africa, absent in the Central Regions.

Tulbaghia, L. About 13 species: 10 in South Africa, 2 or 3 on
the mountains of Tropical Africa.

Allwum, L. Of this large genus only 1 species occurs in South
Africa which seems to be widely spread, though rather local in its
distribution.

V. Scallee (strongly developed in South Africa, the Mediter-
ranean Region and other parts of the temperate regions of the Old
World; 1 genus restricted to Madagascar, 1 to North America, absent
from Australia). The following genera are restricted to South
Africa: Massoma, Thunb. ; Daubenya, Lindl.; Whiteheadia, Harv. ;

336 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Polyxena, Kunth.; Lachenalia, Jacq.; Rhadamanthus, Salish. ;
Intanthus, Harv.; Galtonia, Dene.; Velthermia, Gleditsch.

The following South African genera have more than local dis-
tribution :—

Drima, Jacq. 22 species in South Africa, 7 in Tropical Africa.

Dipcadi, Medic. 16 species in South Africa; also developed in
Tropical Africa, Madagascar, the Mediterranean Region, and India.

Albuca, Linn. About 50 species in South Africa; extends to
Tropical Africa and Arabia.

Urginea, Steinh. 27 species in South Africa; extends to Tropical
Africa, the Mediterranean Region, and India.

Hyacinthus, Linn. About 80 species; 2 in South Africa, 1 in
Tropical Africa, the others in the Oriental and Mediterranean
Regions.

Drimiopsis, Lindl. 7 species in South Africa; 5 in Tropical Africa.

Eucoms, L’Hérit. 8 species in South Africa; 1 in the highlands
of Central Africa.

Scilla, Linn. About 60 species in South Africa; the remaining
species (about 30) widely spread through the Old World; 1 or 2
doubtful species in Chile.

Ornithogalum, Linn. About 75 species in South Africa, strongly
developed also in Tropical Africa, and widely spread throughout
Europe and Asia.

VI. Dracenoidee.
1. Yuccee.
2 genera in North and Central America.
2. Nolinee.
1 genus in Texas and Mexico.
3. Dracenee.

Dracena, Vand. About 50 species spread through the warmer
regions of the Old World; 47 species in Tropical Africa; only 1 in
South Africa (South-Eastern).

1 genus on the Mascarene Islands and New Caledonia; 1 in the
warmer regions of the Old World and America; 1 in New Zealand
and Pacific Islands; 1 in Tasmania.
VII. Asparagoidee.
1. Asparagee.

Asparagus, L. 43 species in South Africa; 36 in Tropical Africa ;
a few on Madeira and the Canaries; a few on the Mascarene
Islands; 17 in the Mediterranean Region, and spread from there
northwards to Norway and eastwards to the Malay Archipelago.
The other genera chiefly in the Mediterranean Region and the
Orient.

Origin of the Angiospermous Flora of South Africa. 337

2. Polygonate.
6 genera in the temperate regions of the Northern Hemisphere.
3. Convallariee.
9 genera in Kast Asia and North America.
4, Pardee.
4 genera in the temperate regions of the Northern Hemisphere.
VIII. Ophiopogonoidee.

Sansevierta, Thunb. Widely spread in the Tropics of the Old
World; also found in South Africa and the Mascarene Islands.
3 genera in Eastern Asia.

IX. Aletroidee.
1 genus in Kast Asia and Hastern North America.
X. Luzurvagordee.

Behnia, Diedr. From Uitenhage eastwards to Barberton and
Natal.

2 genera in Kast Australia; 1 in Southern Chile; 1 in Southern
China and at the Magellan Straits ; 1 in Chile, Peru, Patagonia,
the Falkland Islands, and New Zealand.

XI. Smilacordee.
1 genus in East Australia and New Zealand; 1 in Hast India and
East Asia.

Smilax, Toum., with about 200 species, is chiefly found in the
Tropics and extends northwards into extratropical regions, 1 species
reaches southwards to Natal.

H #MODORACE
(Baker includes in this order Sansevierta, which has been referred
to amongst Liliacee).

Apart from Sansevieria none of the South African genera are
found in Tropical Africa, which has only one other representative
of the order, namely, the genus Cyanastrum, which is endemic
in Guinea.

Hemodorum, 8m. 17 species spread over the whole of Australia.

Wachendorfia, L. 2 species in South-West Cape Colony.

Barberetta, Harv. 1 species in Kaffraria and Natal.

Dilatris, Berg. 1 species in South-West Cape Colony.

Lanaria, Ait. 1 species from Worcester to the neighbourhood
of Port Alfred.

Cyanella, Linn. 3 species mainly in West and South-West Cape
Colony.

The order is also represented by 3 genera in America (chiefly the
tropical parts).

a

338 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

CruUCIFERZ—Tribe Thelypodiee
(after Prantl, in Engler-Prantl, Natirl. Pflanzenfam.)

1. Stanleyine.
1 genus in New Zealand, 1 in Kerguelen Island, 3 in North America.
2. Cremolobine.
4 genera in Western South America.
3. Heliophiline.
5 endemic genera (including the large genus Heliophila) in South
Africa, essentially South-Western.

CUNONIACEZ.

Platylophus, Don. Monotypic genus in South-West Cape Colony.
Cunoma, Linn. 1 species widely spread in South Africa; 5 species
in New Caledonia.
There are altogether 19 genera with about 120 species. The chief
development of the order is in the Southern Hemisphere between
lat. 13° and 35°; few species go northwards beyond these limits.
None in Tropical Africa.

LEGUMINOS&.

The distribution of some of the Legwminose@ allied to South African
endemic genera is of special interest. The following information is
taken mainly from Taubert in Engler-Prantl, Natirl. Pflanzenfam.

Papilionate—Podalyriee.

Cyclopia, Vent. 10 species in South-West Cape Colony.

Podalyria, Vent. 20 species, mostly in South-West Cape Colony.
19 genera with 371 species in Australia, many only in West Aus-
tralia. 1 genus (with 2 species) from Arabia through the whole
Mediterranean Region; 1 monotypic genus in the Himalayas ;
2 genera with 29 species in North America and Temperate Asia ;
1 monotypic genus in California.

Papilionate—Genstee—Liparine.
6 genera with 38 species almost restrictéd to South-West Cape

_ Colony, very few east of Uitenhage.

Papilionate—Genstee—Borassieme.
) genera with 57 species, all in Australia.

Papilionate—Genistee—Crotalarune.
10 genera (including the enormous genus Aspalathus), restricted
to South Africa; with the exception of Pleiospora all of them
essentially South-Western.

Lotononis with 60 species, mostly in Tropical and South Africa;

4 in North Africa, Spain, and the Orient.

Origin of the Angiospermous Flora of South Africa. 339

Crotalaria, with 250 species; distributed over the Tropical and
sub-Tropical countries of both hemispheres.
1 genus in the Southern Andine Regions; 1 monotypic genus in
South-East Brazil; 1 monotypic genus in India and Ceylon;
1 genus in the Hastern Himalayas and Socotra.

GRUBBIACE.
Hieronymus (in Engler-Prantl, Natiirl. Pflanzen-fam., ii., 1, p. 229)
expresses the opinion that this order represents the prototype of
Santalacee. It has 1 genus with 3 species in South-West Cape
Colony.

SANTALACE:
(after Hieronymus in Engler-Prantl, Natiirl. Pflanzen-fam.)

This order has 4 main centres of development: (1) South Africa,
with the largest number of species; (2) Australia; (3) South
America; (4) South Asia and the islands of the Malay Archipelago.*

I. Anthobolee.
1 genus in Australia, New Zealand, the Malay Archipelago, and the
Sandwich Islands; 1 in Malakka and the Malay Archipelago.

Il. Osyridee.
4 genera in Australia (1 also in New Zealand), 1 in Burmah and
Malakka, 1 in Hast India, China, and the Malay Archipelago, 1 in
Kast India, 1 (Colpoon) in South Africa, 1 in the southern part
of South America and the Falkland Islands, 1 in Chile, 1 (Osyrvs)
in South Europe, almost the whole of Africa (including South
Africa) and East India, 1 in Japan and North America, 1 in Hast
India, the Malay Archipelago, the Pacific Islands, and Australia, 3 in
South America, 1 along the Lower Danube and in North America,
1 in North America and the Himalayas.

Ill. Thesiee.
2 genera in South Africa (Osyridocarpus and Thesidiwn), 1 genus
(Thesvwm) in the temperate regions of the Old World, but also
sparingly in the Tropics (strongly represented in South-West Cape
Colony), 2 in Chile, the Argentines, and Patagonia.

I think amongst these facts of distribution there are a good many
which support the view of Hooker’s that many of our South African

* The Myzodendracee, a reduced type of Santalacee, are only found in South
Chile and near the Straits of Magellan.

340 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

types must, with corresponding Australian types, have taken their
origin in a great Southern land connecting South Africa and
Australasia. Others might have been added. It is certainly most
extraordinary that wherever we find the closest agreement between
the Floras of the two countries it is between the boxed-up Flora of
the Cape Province and the Flora of Australia, chiefly West and
South-West Australia, and when we consider that this connection
exists in widely separated orders, these facts become all the more
wonderful. Similar facts of distribution are also known amongst
animals without ready means of distribution. I will only refer to
Peripatus and Worms.

The distribution of Peripatus (after Sedgwick, 1901) is as follows:
Cape Colony, Natal, Gaboon, New Zealand, Australia and Tasmania,
New Britain, the Malay Peninsula (and Sumatra ?), South and
Central America, and the West Indies. Perzpatus cinctipes, Pure.
(Cape Colony and Natal), shows some Australasian features;
P. thollon, Bouv., from HKquatorial West Africa (Gaboon) shows
some neotropical features.

The Malayan species, while showing some features of the
neotropical species, resemble the Australian species in others.

Beddard (1893, p. 110) points out how important the distribution
of Harthworms is, to explain former land-connections, as they are
killed by sea-water. He comes to the conclusion that ‘the former
existence of a habitable Antarctic continent, with arms stretching
to New Zealand, Africa, and Patagonia, seems to be the clearest
way of explaining these facts” (of the distribution of the native
earthworms of the Southern Hemisphere).

When I first approached this subject seriously, I came to the
same conclusion, namely, that a former connection with antarctic
lands would yield the key of the problem, but further study has
shown me that it is untenable. In the first place I became con-
vinced of the relative stability of the climate of South Africa, as
a consequence of which our plants could not have come from
Antarctic lands. In the second place, while there are undoubtedly
strong connections between the Flora of South Africa and the Flora
of southernmost South America, they are not by any means so
strong as with the Flora of Australia. The theory which I
formulated is briefly this: At the times when these common
types developed, probably in Lower Cretaceous times, possibly
even in Jurassic times, there was still a direct land-connection
between Australia and South Africa, that some of these types
were carried to South America by a later connection with Aus-
tralia, and that, on the other hand, Tropical Africa was able to

Origin of the Angwospermous Flora of South Africa. 341

exchange types of animals and plants with Tropical America
up to early Tertiary times, and that in this way a second con-
nection between the South African Flora and the Flora of America
was established.

In formulating this theory I was aware of the great objections
which Wallace has urged against the assumption that the distribu-
tion of sea and land has been radically changed during the Tertiary
and Secondary periods, and I have even, some ten or twelve years
ago, expressed the same view under the influence of his writings.
I well remember his warning that it is ‘so easy and pleasant to
speculate on former changes of land and sea with which to cut the
Gordian knot offered by anomalies of distribution, that we still con-
tinually meet with suggestions of former continents stretching in
every direction across the deepest oceans, in order to explain the
presence in remote parts of the globe of the same genera even of
plants or of insects—organisms which possess such exceptional
facilities both for terrestrial, aerial, and oceanic transport, and of
whose distribution in early geological periods we generally know
little or nothing.”’

But the facts to which I referred, and others which might have:
been added, seem imperatively to call for the theory which I have
just mentioned. The survival of an ancient Flora of the Southern
Hemisphere seems to be generally admitted now (see, e.g., Diels, 1906)
and its existence cannot be explained with the aid of existing land-
connections, nor are many of the elements of this Flora particularly
well adapted for easy terrestrial, aerial, and oceanic transport, and
objections which may be raised against arguments derived from the
distribution of insects cannot be raised when we consider animals
such as Peripatus and earthworms.

There seems to be no way of escaping the conclusion that in late
mesozoic times, possibly up to the Cretaceous period, there was still
a more or less direct land-connection between South Africa and
Australia. H. EF. Blandford (1875, p. 540) first clearly stated that in
Permian times India, South Africa, and Australia were connected by
an Indo-oceanic continent. There is no need to inquire here into
the evidence of this hypothesis; it may suffice to say that, apart.
from purely geological considerations, it rests chiefly on the known
distribution of the Glossopteris-Flora (compare Arber, 1905). The
general statement that such a continent existed in Permian times is
now pretty universally admitted. Direct land-connection between
South Africa, Madagascar, and India through Ceylon is admitted to.
have persisted right into the middle of the Tertiary period (Stanley
Gardiner, 1906, p. 321, and Gadow in Stanley Gardiner, 1906, p. 469).

Pee eS =

oe ca ee

342 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

It is further admitted, especially on zoological evidence, that by that
time the direct connection between South Africa and Australia had
disappeared, but since the causes (erosion and subsidence) which led
to the excavation of the Indian Ocean must have acted gradually I
see nothing in the way of assuming that in Cretaceous times, or
perhaps even somewhat later, there were still such considerable
remnants of the ancient continent as to allow the interchange of
plant-types between Australia and South Africa.

It may be desirable to quote some of Mr. Stanley Gardiner’s
conclusions in full, especially as they throw also ight on the former
northern connections of South Africa. (P. 317): “ The land-connec-
tion of South Africa and Madagascar with India can scarcely be dis-
puted, though its duration and the changes which have taken place
in it may legitimately be discussed. Parts of each continent would
appear to have remained continuously as land from the Carboni-
ferous to the present day, while the present land-connection between
India and South Africa through Persia and Arabia cannot have come
into existence before the Middle Tertiary period. Remains of the
same land-fauna and flora from the Carboniferous to the Middle
Secondary period are found in both South Africa and India, and
must certainly be deemed to prove a land-connection, which can
only have extended along the Madagascar-Ceylon line. North-west
and south-west of this bridge were marine faunas quite distinct yet
recognisably of the same geological periods.”

(P. 318): “In the Upper Secondary (in the Middle and Upper
Cretaceous), and even in the Lower Tertiary (Eocene), there was
sea covering the southern part of Europe and parts of North Africa
and Arabia, connecting the Atlantic Ocean with the Arabian Sea.
On either side of the line of connection between Madagascar and
India we find still distinct marine faunas in elevated submarine
deposits of the Upper Cretaceous period. This fact implies that
there was no connection of the oceans until the Hocene at least,
such as would have enabled the faunas of the two oceans to have
seriously intermingled—in other words, that the connection between
Madagascar and India continued up to the Hocene, though with
possibly one or two straits not sufficiently broad for the intermingling
of the two marine faunas, though serving to separate the land
organisms of the two regions. Africa would at this time have been
an island, and it probably continued to be so until the middle or
commencement of the Upper Tertiary, during which it had a wide
land-connection across the Red Sea through Arabia to South Europe
to Asia, and so to North America and to India.”’

(P. 318): “Again we find elevations of late Secondary and Eocene

Origin of the Angiospermous Flora of South Africa. 348

rocks on the coast of Madagascar, South Africa, and India, as well
as rocks of still later periods. This fact, together with the existence
of deep water (2,000 fathoms) round the north and east of Mada-
gascar and round South India without any marked tailing off of the
land-slope to its depth, points to the subsidence having necessarily
been local, and having ceased to operate peculiarly abruptly at either
end.”

From these remarks [ would only conclude that the Southern
Ocean had already in Cretaceous times made serious inroads on the
supposed ancient Indo-oceanic continent without having necessarily
destroyed the main portion of it. This view seems to have alo
been taken by Mr. R. Lydekker, who took part in the discussion
which followed the reading of Mr. Gardiner’s paper. This view
is further strengthened by the fact that while Lower Cretaceous
deposits are only known in South Africa as the so-called Uitenhage-
beds in the Sundays River valley, Upper Cretaceous deposits are
known from various localities as we go further east and north from
the neighbourhood of the St. John’s River to Madagascar. The
whole difficulty of the distribution of the Cape types seems thus to
be capable of solution if we go back to early Cretaceous times, and
as remains of Angiosperms have been found in other parts of the
werld in deposits of early Cretaceous age, we seem to be on safe
ground in assuming that they also existed in South Africa during
that period, but, as I indicated before, I am inclined to go even a
step further. As undoubted Angiosperms have been found in early
Cretaceous deposits, their roots probably go back into Jurassic times,
and I am in hopes that they will be found yet on the Southern
Hemisphere in Jurassic deposits, if they have not been found there
already. Nobody who has followed recent advances in Palxo-
botany will be prepared to say that this is impossible, for the extent
to which the clock has been put back recently in Vegetable Palzeon-
tology forms one of the most striking results in modern botanical
research. Most competent Palo-botanists are, with Zeiller, of
opinion (quoted by Scott in Progressus Rei Botanic, i. (1807),
p. 177, where the literature is cited) that the ferns, though they
were not entirely absent, occupied an altogether subordinate position
in the Paleozoic period. The forms hitherto taken for ferns being
Pteridosperms (Cycadofilices), Scott himself, while agreeing as to
the age of the Pteridosperms, thinks this statement too sweeping.
The Angiosperms, which concern us here chiefly, have been found in
the Cretaceous of various countries, but at this period we find already
a number of types developed which live to the present day, and
there is not only a possibility, but I think a probability, that they

re

344 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

had Angiospermous ancestors in even somewhat earlier times. In
fact some of the Palzeozoic Lycopods had Angiospermous fructifica-
tions, though I do not wish to imply by this statement that our
Angiosperms have been derived from them.

We must now briefly consider how it is that we find some of the
Cape types in Southern South America. Neumayer assumes that in
Jurassic times the whole of Africa was still connected by land with
the whole of South America, and thus a huge continent was in
existence bounded in the north by the Mediterranean Ocean, which
reached westwards to the Pacific (see map in Stanley Gardiner,
1906, p. 319), and that in Lower Eocene times the South Atlantic
had been sufficiently carved out so as to leave only a few large
islands between North and West Africa and North-East South
America. If such a connection existed in Jurassic times, it may
account for the presence in southern South America and in Tristan
da Cunha of some of the Cape types, but as a matter of fact the
Flora of southern South America is so closely connected with the
Flora of New Zealand and Australia that we must rather assume a
direct connection between these countries in Cretaceous times.
Dr. von Zittel rightly points out if such a connection had taken
place during the Tertiary period we ought surely to have found
South American types of Edentates and Perissodactyles in Australia.
At the same time the fossil Marsupials of Argentina show that at
some time there must have been a connection between the Australian
and Neotropical faunas. This connection must, however, have come
into existence after the connection with South Africa was broken,
otherwise we should expect to find remains of Marsupials in
South Africa. The absence of such remains seems to me also
clearly to prove that the direct connection of South Africa and
South America did not exist when the Cape Flora originated.
To the indirect connection through Tropical Africa reference will
be made later.

Quite recently Hackel (1905, 1906) has given attention to the
relations of certain constituents of the Flora of the countries near
the Straits of Magellan to the Flora of North America and Hurope,
and he also comes to the conclusion that there must have been a
former land-connection between them and Australia and New
Zealand.

Before leaving the typical plants of the Cape Province we must
briefly consider the Hricacee, Peneacee, Rutacee and Brumacee. The
distribution of the Hricacee defies at present a satisfactory explana-
tion. Their prevalence in South-West Africa and the prevalence
of Epacripace# in Australia cannot be used as evidence that these

Origin of the Angiospermous Flora of South Africa. 345

two orders originated in the Southern Hemisphere from common
ancestors (compare Drude in Engler-Prantl, iv., 1, 1897, p. 29).
As regards the Rutacrms Engler has pointed out (Engler-Prantl, i11.,
4, p. 106) that the Xanthoxylee must come nearest the original type
of the order. From these he supposes the Cuspariee, Boromee, and
Diosmee to have developed. The first are very richly developed in
South America, the second in Australia, the third in South Africa,
especially in South-West Cape Colony, but whether this points
to a common origin in the Southern Hemisphere does not seem to
be at all clear.

The Pene@acee and allied orders (the T'hymeleales) also fail to give
us in their distribution an indication of their origin.

PENZACES nearly allied to Thymeleacez ; only distinguished by
4-merous ovary with 2-4 ovules each. All in South-West Cape
Colony; 21 species and 5 genera.

GEISSOLOMACEH. 1 monotypic genus; closely allied to Peneacee,
with which the order has frequently been united. South-West
Cape Colony.

OLINIACEH. Fruit a drupe, while in the two previous orders the
fruit is a capsule. About 6 species : 4in Cape Colony, 1 in Usambara,
1 in Abyssinia.

THYMEL#ACEZ, with the exception of the polar regions distributed
over the whole globe, but many genera and groups very
localised.

Peddiea. 6 species, South-East and Tropical Africa.

Gidia. 80-90 species, Tropical and South Africa, Madagascar,
and Hast Indies.

Struthwla. 24 species, mostly in South Africa, 3 in Tropical
Africa.

Cryptadena. 4-5 species, Cape.

Lachnea. 18 species, Cape.

Passerina, 4 species, and Chrymococca, 1 species, Cape; 2 allied
genera in Central and Northern Asia.

Dais. 2 species: 1 in Natal and 1 in Madagascar.

EL#AGNACEH. Chiefly in the northern temperate and sub-tropical
zone ; none in the Southern Hemisphere.

The Bruniace®, 12 genera and over 40 species, which are re-
stricted to South Africa, and even almost entirely to South-West
Cape Colony, are so isolated amongst Saxifragine that we can also
only point to their antiquity. About their origin no guess can be
hazarded.

There are a number of genera of large orders which must be
placed in the same category, e.g., Cliffortia (about 40 species, mostly

23

346 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

South-Western Cape Colony) allied to Bencoma (a genus with 2
species on Madeira and the Canary Islands).

A former northward extension of the typical Cape Flora can
scarcely be denied if our views are correct, for at the time when the
Uitenhage beds were laid down, the central portions of Cape Colony
must to a large extent have stood in the same relation to the
continent as the present coast districts. Whether the occurrence
of species of Cliffortia and a Restio on the Roggeveld can be used
as evidence of such former extension seems to me, however,
doubtful.

A former eastward extension is certainly demanded by our theory.
The data for an exact statement of the relations of the Southern
Coast Flora as far as Natal with the Flora of South-West Cape
Colony are scarcely worked out sufficiently, but we know that even
now many outliers of the typical Cape Flora reach far east, and
their number would probably be much greater if the Tropical
African Flora did not appear as a formidable competitor in the
Coast Region where summer rains become more and more prevalent.
The mean annual temperature increases as we go further and
further north-east, and though we cannot speak very decidedly on
this point, it seems to me that owing to the lowering of the
mountains since Upper Cretaceous times and the alternate sub-
sidence and elevation of the coast-lands of which we have already a.
fair amount of knowledge, the Tropical African Flora has had a
good chance of supplanting the typical South-West Flora along the.
outh coast of Cape Colony to a very large extent.

Marloth (1905, p. 589) recognises besides his ‘‘Cape Province ’”
only a ‘ Paleotropical Province.” There is undoubtedly a good
deal to be said for this division of the South African Flora, but
I think it would have been wiser to place the “ Karroo”’ into a
phyto-geographical province by itself, although it stretches its arms.
like a big octopus into the neighbouring regions wherever suitable.
conditions exist. Some of the types characteristic of this region
show still relations to the Flora of Australia while others show
relations to the Tropical Floras of both hemispheres as seen by
the subjoined distribution of Arvzoacee and Phytolaccacee (as defined
by Pax in Engler-Prantl, i., 10).

AIZOACES.
I. Molluginoidee.

2 genera in the Tropics of both hemispheres, 3 (Pharnaciwm, Hyper-
stelis, and Calanthwn.) restricted to South Africa, 1 in New South

Origin of the Angiospermous Flora of South Africa, 347

Wales and West Australia, 1 (Orygia) through the desert regions of
Africa and the East Indies.

II. 1. Fucoidee—Sesuvidee.
2 genera widely spread in tropical and sub-tropical countries, 1 in
the West Indies.

II. 2. Picoidee—Aizoee.
3 genera (Plinthus, Galema, and Acrosanthes) restricted to South
Africa, 1 (Azzoon) from South Africa through Tropical Africa to
South Hurope and North-West India, 2 restricted to Australia.

Il. 3. Ficorde@e—Mesembriantheme.
The majority of the species of Tetragonia are found in South Africa,
a few in Australia (1, 7’. expansa, with very wide distribution, even
found in South America).
The genus Mesembrianthenum is also almost entirely restricted to
South Africa, mostly found west of the Fish River and south of the
Orange River. A few species spread northwards as far as the
Mediterranean Region; a few others, which have spread to Australia,
the islands of the Pacific, California, &c., are sea-shore plants.

PHYTOLACCACE.
I. Rwinee.

One chief centre of development Tropical America, spreading into
the adjoining sub-tropical and also into the temperate parts, 1 genus
in Australia, 1 (Adenogranma) in South Africa.

II. Lime.
2 genera (Polpoda and Limewm) in South Africa, the last extending
through Tropical Africa to the Hast Indies; 1 genus in Mada-
gascar. |

III. Stegnospermee.
1 genus in Central America and California, 1 (Psammotropha) in
South Africa.

IV. Phytolaccee.
1 genus (Phytolacca) widely distributed in the Old and New World
(absent in Australia), 1 in Chile, 1 (Gzesekza) in South Africa.

V. Gyrostemonee.
3 genera in Australia.

VI. Agrestidee.
1 genus in Mexico and Guatemala.
(1 unclassified genus in Yun-nan.)

Although I think it advisable to separate the Karroo Province
from the Palwotropic Province of Marloth, I have no doubt that
many types which must be looked upon as paleotropic have
penetrated into it, as they have also done so largely into the

348 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

remainder of the South African Flora, which shows pretty close
connections with the Tropical African Flora. The question of the
origin of these floral elements resolves itself, therefore, into the
question of the origin of the Flora of Tropical Africa which
cannot be dealt with here very thoroughly, although it may be
advisable to refer to a few points connected with it.

Thus Stapf (1904, p. 409) says with reference to Granunee: ‘The
connection of the tropical and sub-tropical elements amongst the
grasses of South Africa with the paleotropic Flora of Tropical
Africa is so clear that no further comment is necessary. The whole
sub-tropical grass region of South Africa is nothing but a continuation
of the whole floral region in the north. Relations to other tropical
countries exist almost exclusively by way of Tropical Africa.
There are only three exceptions which are too isolated to be used as
the basis of an argument for the former direct relations to extra
African tropical countries.”

Similar relations can be traced in very numerous other orders.
Engler (1906, p. 34) has summarised the relations of the Flora of
the Northern Transvaal, Natal and Rhodesia to the Flora of Tropical
Africa as follows: ‘If we now ask to which of the known floral
regions of Africa these parts of the Transvaal or Rhodesia can be
associated with, the answer is not very difficult. The investigation
of British and German East Africa, as well as Northern Rhodesia,
has more and more shown that these regions belong together, as
also Angola, Benguela, and a large part of German South-Hast
Africa, just as it was clear long ago that the Flora of Natal is
related to the Flora of the Mozambique and Zanzibar coast regions.
There are small differences between the various subdivisions, if we
work carefully through the genera which are distributed through the
whole of the East African and South African ‘‘ steppe” provinces.
We then find that in several contiguous sub-provinces certain groups
of species predominate; on the other hand, some species (especially
of Combretwnv) are distributed through several sub-provinces. From
the enumeration of the plants observed by me, it resulted that not a
few are identical with plants collected by Welwitsch in Benguela.
Relations to Natal are smaller, which may be explained through
the fact that here we have to do with an inland Flora in which
the Cape and Madagascar floral elements still more pass into the
background than in Natal.”

One naturally looks to the Flora of the higher mountains of
Tropical Africa for an extension of the South African types and for
an indication of the channels in which those types have moved.
This interesting question has been referred to in various publications

Origin of the Angiospermous Flora of South Africa. 349

by Hooker and other distinguished botanists, but for fuller informa-
tion we must turn again to Engler’s publications. With regard to
the relations of the Flora of the Tropical African mountains to the
Flora of South Africa he says (1892, p. 79) : ‘In conformity with the
orographical configuration of Africa there are intimate relations
between the Tropical African mountain vegetation and of the Flora
of South Africa, but not with the Flora of South-West Cape Colony,
which represents quite a different floral element.”

“The following species are only found in South Africa and the
Tropical African mountains: Podocarpus falcata and P. elongata,
Trichocladus ellupticus, Calodendron capense, Ilex capensis, Rhamnus
prinoides, Myrsine africana and M. melanophlea (also in Macaro-
nesia), Olea laurifolia, Clerodendron myricoides, Clausema inequalis,
Brucea antidysenterica, Grewia occidentalis, Zizyphus mucronata,
Tarchonanthus camvphoratus, therefore mostly baccate and drupaceous
woody plants, of which, however, some, like Zizyphus mucronata,
Olea laurvfolia, considering the size of their fruits, could only spread
slowly. Several of these forest-plants may formerly, when the
steppe-vegetation was more restricted and the forest fires caused
by man did not take place, been more widely distributed. Of shade-
plants there are in South Africa and the Tropical African mountains :
Pennisetum macrourum, Agrostis vestita, Cyathula globulifera, Phy-
tolacca abyssinica, Thalhictrum rhynchocarpum, Stephama abyssuuca,
Indigofera endecaphylla, Hibiscus Ludwig and H. gossypinus, Phay-
lopsis longifolia, Coccunra adoensis, Lobelia stellarioides ; of steppe-
plants: Andropogon Schimpert and lepidus, Lasiosiphon Kraussi,
Monsoma biflora, Hermanna abyssinica, Oldenlandia caffra, Senecio
longiflorus ; of rock-plants: Adiantum ethipicum, Cheilanthes nwult-
fida, Pteridella hastata, Mohria, Panicum diagonale, Brachypodium
flecum, Ornithogalum Ecklom, Pollichia campestris, Crassula subulata,
Osteospermum muricatum and O. moniliferum, Gerbera abyssinica ; of
mountain-pasture plants (Bergwiesenpflanzen) : Melanis minutiflora,
Ehrharta abyssimca, Kyllungia pulchella, Ficona clandestina, Scirpus
schoenoides, Carex Boryana, Asparagus plumosus, Hypoxis villosa,
Aristea anceps, Dierama pendula, Liparis capensis, Hebenstrertia
dentata, Helichrysum elegantissimum, HE. fetidum, H. setosum,
Athrixia rosmarinifolia, Artenusia afra, Ursinia annua; of marsh-
plants: Polygonum serrulatum and P. tormentosum, Cyperus rubi-
cundus, and C. assimilis, Gunnera perpensa, Belmontia grandis.’

‘To these numerous species, which are distributed chiefly from the
East African mountains as far as South Africa, may be added others
which have their nearest relations in South Africa: Faurea, the
Pittospora of Abyssinia and the Cameroons, species of Heteromorpha,

350 Transactions of the South African Philosophicat Society.

Ericinella, Halleria, Acocanthera, Sparmanma, Invpatiens mecrantha,
Rhoicissus erythrodes, Alepidea, Ruttya, Pycnostachys, Laswocorys,
Melothris punctata, Lobelia Schinmpert, Melhania, Justicia brevi-
caulis, Anthospermum pachyrrhizum, Trirhaphis, Sporobolus, Tricho-
pteryx, Hesperantha, Acidanthers, Antholyza, Lapeyronzia, Disperrs,
Anemone Thomson, Helichrysum globosum and H. gerberefolvum,
Senecio farinaceous, Clarenceanus and toms, Landtia. To these
would have further to be added numerous genera which South
Africa and the Tropical African mountains have in common with the
lower regions of Tropical Africa. While these types have a fairly
uniform distribution, there are also on the high mountains of Africa
here and there species of genera which in South Africa are richly
developed: Protea (though not so poorly represented in Tropical
Africa as formerly believed, yet much less developed than in South
Africa), Struthiola (with only 1 species on Mount Kenia), Bleria,
Psoralea, Lightfootia, Gazana, Berkkeya, Selago, Streptocarpus,
Falkia, Cypha, Disa, Wurmbea. Several of these genera also
occur on Madagascar and the Mascarene Islands. Not only on
the African high mountains, but also in the lower regions of Tropical
Africa we meet with the genera Kyllingia, Aloe, Kniphofia, Albuca,
_ Morea, Kalanchoe, Trochomeria. This is also the case with the
following genera, which reach as far as the Mediterranean:
Danthoma, Gladiolus, Dipcadi, Urginea, Pennisetum, Rhus, Celtis,
Peucedanum ; while other genera reaching from South Africa to the
Mediterranean Region only inhabit the mountains, namely: Osyrvs,
Rhamnus, Erica, Romulea, Bromus, Habenaria, Ranunculus, Pelar-
gonvum, Mesembrianthemum, Silene, Dianthus, Trifolium, Crassula,
Pimpinella, Daucus, Rubia, Wahlenbergia, Crepis, Lactuca, Sonchus,
Helichrysum, Penmsetum ciliare, Fuirena pubescens, Bartsia Trixago,
Sanicula europea. It is well known that some of these genera,
such as Hrica, Pelargomum, Mesembrianthemum, Crassula, Helichry-
sum and Wahlenbergia are in South Africa, on a restricted area,
represented by a large number of species. In spite of that we must
not at once jump to the conclusion that these genera originated in
South Africa. Since the Mediterranean and Tropical African species
are distinct from the South African ones we must assume a great
age for these genera connecting South Africa with the Mediterranean
Region.”

I must further quote pretty freely from a more recent publication
of Engler (1905, p. 587), as it throws important side-lights on the
origin of the South African Flora: ‘“‘There is no doubt that in
Tropical Africa a floral element predominates, which is peculiar
to this part of the world. An accurate comparison shows that

Origin of the Angiospermous Flora of South Africa, 3861

this element is more nearly related to that of Tropical Asia than
that of Tropical America, and that it is especially nearly connected
with that of India and Madagascar. But besides the Tropical African
element of the Flora we find in Tropical Africa members of other
elements—of the Madagassian, of the Indian, the South African, the
boreal, the Mediterranean, and even of the Tropical American. But
it is to be noticed that these elements are distributed in the various
formations in a very different way.”

‘“‘The different halophilous beach formations do not belong to the
same floral element. On the coasts of East Africa there pre-
dominate, besides some other truly African, members of the Indian
and the Monsoon elements; whereas on the coasts of West Africa
exists an element belonging to both Tropical America and Tropical
Africa.”

‘“‘ Besides, the accurate investigations of recent times have shown
that in the hydrophilous and hygrophilous megatherm formations
of Western Africa some genera exist, the other species of which are
to be found only in the corresponding formations of Tropical
America. And not only some genera, but even whole families
and tribes, are developed only in Tropical America and in either
West Africa or in the whole of Tropical Africa; for instance, in the
hygrophilous formations, the Mayacacee, hapatacee, Musacea-Strelitz-
idee, Balanophoracee-Langsdorfiee, Moracee-Brosimee, Caricacee,
Humiriacee, Winteranacee, Cactacee-Riipsalidee, Gentianacee-
Leiphaimee. In the subxerophilous and xerophilous formations of
the plain regions and the lower mountains some families and tribes
behave in a similar manner, namely, the Vellozvacee, Hydnoracee,
Turneracee, Loasacee, Rafflesiacee-Apodanthee,and Cytinee. Besides
these families there are to be mentioned some natural orders
which have also members in the Monsoon lands, but which are
developed in rich numbers only in America and Africa ; for instance,
the Pontederiacee, the Moracee-Dorstenee, the Rosacee-Chrysobala-
noidee, the Simarubacee-Simarubee, the Burseracee, the Dichape-
talace@, and the large genera Hermanna and Asclepias.”’

“In the hygrophilous megatherm formations, and in the meso-
therm formations of East Africa, especially in the rain forests and in
the forests of the higher mountains, the Indian and Madagascar
elements are rather numerous in members, and even the same
species are to be found in the mountains of Hast Africa, the
Madagassian Islands, and in India, especially many ferns.”’

“The South African element, too, is not absent in these forma-
tions, but it is much more numerous in species in the shrub
formations of Angola and Hast Africa. In the xerophilous forma-

302 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

tions the Tropical African element is very nearly related to the
Indian?element, especially north of the Equator.”

‘Besides, in the subxerophilous and xerophilous formations of
North-East Africa, and more in Somaliland than in Abyssinia, the
Mediterranean element is represented by numerous genera; for
instance, Buxus, Pistacia, Farsetia, Diceratella, Malconia, Gypsophila,
Micromeria, Lavandula, Carduncellus, Cistanche, Junwperus, Callrtris.””

‘¢ Hinally, besides the Mediterranean, the boreal element has many
species in the microtherm formations of the high mountains of
Africa. These are relatively poor in plants originating from African
types, whereas the boreal and Mediterranean forms which have
immigrated into the higher mountains of Africa have developed in
their new area new species and varieties.”

“Lastly it must be mentioned that, in spite of the narrow
relations between the African mountain vegetation and the Mediter-
ranean Flora, there are wanting many genera and orders otherwise
distributed over large areas; for instance, the Abietinee, Fagacee,
Betulacee, Pirolacea, Hricacee-Rhododendroidee, Aceracee, Capri-
folacee (with exception of Sambucus ebulus), Rosacee-Spireoidee,
Coriartacee, Daphne, Acomtum, Aquilegia, Draba, Huonynus, Geum,
Ribes, Rhus-sect. Trichocarpe, Hieracium, Gentiana, Iris, Lilwum,
Fritillaria, Orchis, Ophrys. The fact that of all these groups no
members exist in the higher mountains of Africa proves that the
boreal element has immigrated from the North and Hast into the
Mediterranean regions, whereas, on the other hand, some types,
now believed to be properly African, for instance Encephalartos,
extended their area as far as Southern Europe. Therefore the
hypothesis cannot be maintained that in the Tertiary period the
same mixed Flora was distributed over all the Old World, a Flora
from which the various elements should have differentiated by
and by.”

With reference to the subject under discussion, the connection of
the Flora of West Tropical Africa with the Flora of Tropical South
America pointed out by Engler is of particular interest, since it has
a bearing on the connection of our own Flora with the Flora of South
America generally. Already in the data of distribution which I
submitted to illustrate the Southern origin of the typical South-
Western Flora, a number of relations between the Flora of South
Africa and the Flora of Tropical Africa showed themselves. I need
only refer to the Iridacee—Iridine as compared with Iridacee—
Marvine and Iridacee—Cipurine. I would also recall the distri-
bution of Peripatus. Similar relations are indicated in the distri-
butional data which I gave about a few orders that are characteristic

Origin of the Angiospermous Flora of South Africa. 393

for the Karroo Region (see Ficoidacee-Sesuvide and Phytolaccacee-
Rwimee and -Stegnospermee). I might also have mentioned the
only 2 endemic South African genera of Portunaccacem: Ana-
campseros (placed by Pax between 2 American genera) and Portu-
lacarta (placed by Pax between a genus from Chile and another
from Madagascar). I might further have mentioned Pelargonium,
the nearest living ally of which is Trop@olwm (distributed in South
and Central America and Mexico). Now, while some of these rela-
tionships may perhaps be explained by a former Southern connection,
others only find their explanation if we assume a former land-con-
nection between Tropical West Africa and Tropical South America,
which must have lasted into Tertiary times. Such a connection,
besides clearing up some of the relations of the Flora of Tropical
Africa and Tropical America, would also explain many relations
between the Fauna and Flora of Madagascar and South America.
It would especially explain the relations of the Flora of Tropical
West Africa to the Flora of Tropical South America which, with all
diffidence, I venture to think are even more intimate than represented
by Engler in the passages quoted above. To mention only one of
many indications for the correctness of this view I would point to the
distribution of the Cyppraces. In dealing with the Cyperacee of
the West Indies, Clarke (1906) comes to the following conclusion :
‘‘The most remarkable fact that has come out in this enumeration
is the large number of species common to West Tropical Africa and
the West Indies. This feature is also common to the mainland of
America and Africa; a prominent point in this connection is the
almost equal distribution of the species of the distinct genus Mapamia,
sect. Humapama in Guiana and Guinea.

As far as South Africa is concerned, it is noteworthy that the con-
nection with Tropical America is, amongst others, shown very plainly
in numerous Gamopetale, and this may perhaps also be an indica-
tion that it has existed into Tertiary times. Obvious relations can be
traced between South African and Tropical American Hydrophyllacee,
Lentibulariacee, Gesneriacee, Bignomacee, Solanacee, &&. Amongst
SCROPHULARIACEZ we find 1 species of the genus Alonsoa, R. et P.
near Uitenhage, 7 or 8 in Tropical and sub-Tropical America ; in the
tribe Chelonee we find 6 genera endemic in South Africa (mostly
Eastern), 1 Halleria, L., in South Africa, Abyssinia, and Madagascar,
and of the remaining 20 genera mentioned by Bentham and Hooker
15 are restricted to America; the tribe Gerardie@ is especially inter-
esting, as it contains so many parasites and semi-parasites. Its dis-
tribution seems clearly to demand a former land-connection of West
Africa and South America. Its members are grouped round Tropical

354 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Africa as a centre to which America and South Africa stand in
relations of almost equal degree, as the following table of distribution
will show. The tribe has 6 genera in America, chiefly Tropical,
1 in the Hast Indies, 1 in West Tropical Africa, 1 in Tropical
and sub-Tropical Asia, Malay Archipelago, and Australia; 2 are
restricted to Madagascar, 1 to Madagascar and North America, and
1 to the East Indies and Tropical Africa, and the following South
African genera :—

Melasma, Berg. About 24 species; distributed in the hotter
parts of the world (8 in South Africa).

Gerardina, Engl. Monotypic; Transvaal and Tropical Africa.

Striga, Lour. About 30 species ; distributed over the hotter parts
of Africa, Asia, and Australia (6 species in South Africa).

Buttoma, McKen. 2 in Tropical Africa, 1 in Natal.

Sopubta, Hamilt. 20 species ; distributed over Africa, Madagascar,
and India (5 in South Africa, chiefly Hastern and Kalahari Region).

Bopusia, Presl. 2 species in South Africa, 1 in Socotra.

Buchnera, L. About 75 species ; distributed over the hotter parts
of the world (4 in South Africa).

Cycniwm, E. Mey. About 25 species; mostly in Tropical Africa
(3 in South Africa).

Ramphicarpa, Benth. 10 to 12 species; 3 in South Africa, the
others in Tropical Africa, East Indies, and Australia.

Harveya, Hook. About 27 species ; 21 in South Africa, the others
in Tropical Africa and the Mascarene Islands.

Hyobanche, Linn. 5 species in South Africa only.

I may add that Charadrophila, Marloth, and Dermatobotrys, Bolus,
2 endemic genera, which doubtfully belong to Scrophularicae@, seem
to point also to American affinities.

Thus wearrive at the coaclusion, from phytogeographical considera-
tions, that there was a double connection between the South African
Flora and the Flora of South America—one by way of Australia,
accounting for relations of the Flora of the Cape Province, chiefly
with southern South America, and one by way of Tropical Africa
accounting for the relations of the Paleotropic South African plants
with the Flora of Tropical America. The land-connection which the
latter relations imply has been conceded as a reasonable hypothesis
by numerous zoologists and geologists. Von Ihering (1893, p. 6),
starting chiefly ‘from a consideration of the distribution of fossil and
recent fresh-water mussels, points out that with reference to its
fresh-water fauna South America can be divided into three regions.
The northern is connected with the palearctic region. Central
South America has no trace of relationship with North America,

Origin of the Angrospermous Flora of South Africa. 3585

only with Africa, Madagascar, and to a small extent with East India,
these forming a portion of an ancient continent (named by him
Archhellenis), which successively broke up into pieces, and thus,
é.g., many genera were preserved in Madagascar and South America,
which elsewhere died out. Lastly, the fresh-water fauna of the
southern part of South America and of Chile are, according to him,
closely connected with that of New Zealand and partly with that of
Australia and Tasmania. These facts are parallel with some of the
phytogeographical facts previously mentioned to which others
derived from the Flora of Madagascar and the Mascarene Islands
will be. referred to later on. Even Socotra yields such points of
contact (Balfour, 1888, p. lxxiv).

It is satisfactory to find that such a high authority as Mr.
Boulenger (1905, p. 417) accepts the hypothesis of the former land-
connection between Tropical South America and a portion of
Tropical West Africa. He says: ‘‘ As it is admitted by most geolo-
gists that a continuous land-communication probably existed across
the Atlantic between South America and Africa up to the end of
the Upper Cretaceous period (not, however, in the position designed
by Dr. Ortmann, as is proved by the recent discovery of Turonian
beds in the French Soudan, in Nigeria, and in Cameroon), it is
legitimate to explain the distribution of the Characinide —Africa and
Central South America—by such a bridge. This explanation tallies
well with the fact, pointing to a severance from remote times, that,
although the Characinids of the Old and New Worlds show near
affinity, no single genus is common to both. The further fact that
the more generalised genera (Hrythruune) are now found in America,
points to the African forms having migrated from the West.”

Ameghino (1906, p. 280) deals also with the supposed ancient
land-connections between South America, Australia, North America,
and Africa, after having gone into it already thoroughly in a previous
paper which I have, however, not seen. According to him South
America and Africa were united by continuous land, a portion of
the Archhellenis of Mr. v. Ihering (1893) during the whole of the
Upper Cretaceous, and this junction, though restricted, existed still
during a portion of the Eocene, while in the form of a chain of
islands it existed to the Middle Miocene. wis

This assumption is based largely on facts of distribution of
animals, but as far as I can judge such a junction between the two
continents must already, in Jurassic times, have been somewhat
removed from South Africa. The occurrence of Stereopternwm in
Southern Brazil and of Mesosawrus in South Africa, as also the dis-
covery of theromorphous reptiles in Southern Brazil apparently

356 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

related to some found in South Africa (Ameghino, 1906, p. 282) and
the absence of these forms in the Argentines and Patagonia seem,
besides the dissimilarity in the fresh-water fauna, to indicate a
connection of South Africa with Tropical America in Triassic times,
which was already somewhat indirect by a further northwards carv-
ing out of the South Atlantic, and thus even for Jurassic times
Neumayer’s map previously referred to is hardly quite correct, as
it indicates land between the whole of Africa and South America.
However, in Cretaceous times only a bridge could have existed
which became narrower and narrower until, in Miocene times, as
Ameghino has pointed out, it was only represented by a chain of
islands.

. We may, therefore, now take it for granted that, at all events
until Eocene times, an interchange of plants between Tropical South
America and South Africa, by way of Tropical West Africa, was
possible, and that thus some curious phytogeographical relations
become intelligible.

There is, as far as I can judge, nothing known about the truly
indigenous Flora of St. Helena which could be used as evidence
against the view here advocated. St. Helena must have been a link
in the chain between South Africa and East Tropical America. The
affinities of its Flora are essentially African, and while we find that
the presence of the genera Phylica, Pelargonium, Mesembrianthe-
mum, Osteospernum, and Wahlenbergia, which are eminently
characteristic of extra-Tropical South Africa (though with the
exception of Phylica not of the “Cape Province ”) indicate a South
African connection. Bentham (1873, p. 563) has pointed out “ that
those composite denizens [of St. Helena], which bear evidence of the
greatest antiquity have their affinities for the most part in South
America.”

Unfortunately the Flora of the Mauritius and the Seychelles is of
very little use in throwing light on the problem before us, since the
native Flora of Mauritius especially, like that of St. Helena, only
represents the wreck of its constituents as compared with its
_composition before the island was occupied by Europeans. The
obvious relations of the orchids of these islands to those of South
Africa, as well as other similar relations, do not necessarily demand
a former land-connection with South Africa.

I regret that I have been unable to make a comparative study of
the Flora of Madagascar, which to a large extent might yield the
proof that the views here advocated are in the main correct.
Palacky (1905), who has recently dealt with it, has only published a
scrappy sketch of his ideas as to the genesis of the Flora of Africa,

Origin of the Angiospermous Flora of South Africa. 357

and I must unfortunately pass his views over as they are not
intelligible to me. I hope he will soon publish a much more detailed
account, since Madagascar is supposed not only to have been a
portion of the hypothetical Indo-oceanic continent, but also of the
‘‘Archhellenis’’ of von Ihering. It should therefore form, as it
were, a centre in which all Southern (including Indian) types should
be met with as far as they could adapt themselves to such conditions
as we may expect to have existed in Madagascar since Cretaceous
times, and as, further, the age at which Madagascar was separated
from the various countries with which it has been connected, can be
determined with approximate certainty, it will be seen how important
it will be to analyse the Flora of Madagascar most minutely at
some future date. In the meantime I must content myself with a
few quotations from Wallace (1892, p. 440) dealing with the Flora of
Madagascar and the Mascarene Islands, though I cannot agree with
the conclusions which he draws from the facts.

“The affinities of the Madagascar Flora are to a great extent in
accordance with those of the Fauna. The tropical portion of the
Flora agrees closely with that of Tropical Africa, while the plants of
the highlands are equally allied to those of the Cape and of the
mountains of Central Africa. Some Asiatic forms are present which
do not occur in Africa; and even the curious American affinities of
some of the animals are reproduced in the vegetable kingdom.
These last are so interesting that they deserve to be enumerated.
An American genus of Kuphorbiaceze, Omphalea, has 1 species in
Madagascar, and Pedianthus, another genus of the same natural
order, has a similar distribution. Myrosma, an American genus
of Scitamineze has 1 Madagascar species; while the celebrated
‘travellers’ tree,’ Lavenaha madagascariensis, belonging to the
order Musacee, has its nearest ally in a plant inhabiting North
Brazil and Guiana. Hchinolena, a genus of grasses, has the same
distribution.”

“Of the Flora of the smaller Madagassian islands we possess a
fuller account, owing to the recent publication of Mr. Baker’s Flora
of the Mauritius and the Seychelles, including also Rodriguez. The
total number of species in this Flora is 1,058, more than half of
which (536) are exclusively Mascarene—that is, found only in some
of the islands of the Madagascar group, while nearly a third (304)
are endemic or confined to single islands. Of the widespread
plants 66 are found in Africa and not in Asia, and 86 in Asia but not
in Africa, showing a similar Asiatic preponderance to what is said to
occur in Madagascar. With the genera, however, the proportions
are different, for I find by going through the whole of the generic

358 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

distributions as given by Mr. Baker, that out of the 440 genera of
wild plants 50 are endemic, 22 are Asiatic but not African, while 28
are African but not Asiatic. This imples that the more ancient
connection has been on the side of Africa, while a more recent
immigration, shown by identity of species, has come from the side
of Asia; and it is already certain that when the Flora of Madagascar
is more thoroughly worked out, a still greater African preponderance
will be found in that island.”’

‘“A few Mascarene genera are found elsewhere only in South
America, Australia, or Polynesia; and there are also a considerable
number of genera whose metropolis is South America, but which are
represented by one or more species in Madagascar, and by a single
often widely spread species in Africa. This fact throws light upon
the problem offered by those mammals, reptiles, and insects of
Madagascar which have their only allies in South America, since the
two cases would be exactly parallel were the African plants to
become extinct. Plants, however, are undoubtedly more long-lived
specifically than animals—especially the more highly organised
groups—and are less liable to complete extinction through the attacks
of enemies or through changes of climate or of physical geography.
Hence we find comparatively few cases in which groups of Mada-
gascar plants have their only allies in such distant regions as
America and Australia, while such cases are numerous among
animals, owing to the extinction of the allied forms in intervening
areas, for which extinction, as we have already shown, ample cause
can be assigned.”

‘‘ Among the curious affinities of Mascarene plants we have culled
the following from Mr. Baker’s volume. JT’vochetia, a genus of
Sterculiacee, has four species in Mauritius, one in Madagascar, and
one in the remote island of St. Helena. Mathwrina, a genus of
Turnerace@, consisting of a single species peculiar to Rodriguez, has
its nearest ally in another monotype genus, Hrblichia, confined to
Central America. Svzegesbeckia, one of the Composite, consists of
two species, one inhabiting the Mascarene Islands, the other Peru.
Labourdonatsia, a genus of Sapotacee, has two species in Mauritius,
one in Natal, and one in Cuba. Nesogenes, belonging to the Verbena.
family, has one species in Rodriguez and one in Polynesia.
Mespilodaphne, an extensive genus of Lawracee, has six species in
the Mascarene Islands, and all the rest (about fifty species) in South
America. Nepenthes, the well-known pitcher plants, are found
chiefly in the Malay Islands, South China, and Ceylon, with
species in the Seychelles Islands, and in Madagascar. Jilla, a
large genus of Liliacee, is exclusively American, except one species

Origin of the Angiospermous Flora of South Africa. 359

found in Mauritius and Bourbon. Agauria, a genus of Hricacee, is
found in Madagascar, the Mascarene Islands, the plateau of Central
Africa, and the Cameroon Mountains in West Africa. An Acacia,
found in Mauritius and Bourbon (A. heterophylla) can hardly be
separated specifically from Acacia koa of the Sandwich Islands.
The genus Pandanus, or screw-pine, has sixteen species in the three
islands—Mauritius, Rodriguez, and the Seychelles—all being
peculiar, and none ranging beyond a single island.”’

‘‘Of palms there are fifteen species belonging to ten genera, and
all these genera are peculiar to the islands. We have here ample
evidence that plants exhibit the same anomalies of distribution in
these islands as do the animals, though in a smaller proportion ;
while they also exhibit some of the transitional stages by which
these anomalies have, in all probability, been brought about,
rendering quite unnecessary any other changes in the distribution of
sea and land than physical and geological evidence warrants.”

‘‘In my ‘ Geographical Distribution of Animals’ I have remarked
on the relation between the insects of Madagascar and those of
South Temperate Africa, and have speculated on a great Southern
extension of the continent at the time when Madagascar was united
with it. As supporting this view I now quote Mr. Bentham’s
remarks on the Composite. He says: ‘The connections of the
Mascarene endemic Composite, especially those of Madagascar
itself, are eminently with the Southern and sub-Tropical African
races; the more tropical races, Pluchemee, &c., may be rather more
of an Asiatic type.’ He further says that the Composite Flora is
almost as strictly endemic as that of the Sandwich Islands, and that
it is much diversified, with evidences of great antiquity, while it
shows insular characteristics in the tendency to tall shrubby or
arborescent forms in several of the endemic or prevailing genera.”’

Balfour (1888, introductory chapter) has given some interesting
speculations on the composition and probable origin of the Flora of
Socotra. Besides other most interesting information bearing on our
subject, he gives a table showing the distribution of eleven genera
with endemic species in the Phanerogamic Flora of Socotra which are
confined to the African continent. Of these no less than seven
occur in South Africa: Huclea, Hctadiopsis, Camptoloma, Graderia,
Laswcorys, Babiana, Hemanthus. He points out that in Socotra.
we have, besides others, African elements of several types. Besides
the general African types we have those kinships with forms of
sporadic African distribution of many of the most peculiar plants of
Socotra, and in Helichrysum, Babiana, Hemanthus, Dracena,
Begoma, and other Socotran plants of like kinship we have the

360 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

remains of the oldest African Flora which finds its southern limit in
South Africa, its eastern limits in Madagascar and the Mascarene
Islands, and its north-eastern limits in Socotra. Though I must
presuppose a still older element, namely, the typical Cape Flora to
which the above-mentioned genera cannot be said to belong strictly
speaking, I think the general reasoning of Balfour with the facts
before him are perfectly sound.

Of course the obvious explanation of these facts is a former land-
connection with Africa—an explanation adopted by Balfour. He
also assumes a former land-connection to explain the presence of
Indo-Malayan types in Socotra, Madagascar, and the Mascarene
Islands. Incidentally this would explain the presence of a number
of such types in Tropical Africa and South Africa. We gather
(p. lxxiv) further from him that in early and middle Tertiary times
Socotra was in great part submerged, and that since then it has not
been connected with the East. If these views are correct, the
invasion of the Indo-Malayan types must have taken place in
pre-Tertiary times—a conclusion which is in agreement with the
views as to the carving out of the Indian Ocean at which we
previously arrived.

There remains now only to be considered the origin of the
Mediterranean and other Northern extra-tropical elements which are
found in the Flora of South Africa. We have altogether left aside
Ettingshausen’s views (1875, p. 624) of the former existence of a
universal Tertiary Flora, of which a good deal is supposed to have
been left stranded in South Africa. There seems, however, little
doubt that many types, now widely spread, have originated in the
Northern Hemisphere. There can be very little doubt that a fair
number of these have reached our parts, and have even pros-
pered in the ‘‘Cape Province.’ Perhaps the most conspicuous
example is the genus Hhus, of which no less than eleven species
occur on the Cape Peninsula alone, yet the close analysis to which
the sect Gerontogee, Engl., which includes our own species of Rhus,
has been subjected by Diels (1898) leads him, and I think rightly,
to the conclusion (p. 642) that this section has branched from the
type (Stamm) of the genus presumably during the early Tertiary in
the southern portion of the eastern part of the Northern Hemi-
sphere. Originally it probably included forms, the organisation of
which was adapted to moderately dry and sunny localities. When
in the course of the Neogen the geological revolutions in Western
Asia and Europe caused migrations on a large scale, and at the same
time more intimate relations were established between East Africa
and the Indian region, Rhus took part in the general invasion of

Origin of the Angiospermous Flora of South Africa. 361

Eurasian types into Africa and there commenced in numerous
regions a more diverse development than in its original home.

The absence in South Africa of so many of those elements which
have found their way to the mountains of the most southern parts
of America and Australasia, makes the presence of others all the
more remarkable. The presence of many of these find their explana-
tion in the distribution of the plants of the higher mountains of
Africa (compare Engler, 1892, p. 85 and following). Others, how-
ever, are at present quite isolated. Thus Fedde (1905, p. 42)
remarks as follows on the Papaveracee: ‘‘ The rather isolated occur-
rence of Papaveracee at the Cape has many analogies in other
relations between the Cape Flora and the Mediterranean Region.
The occurrence of Fumaria abyssinica in Abyssinia and a new
species of Fwmaria on the Kilimandjaro does not clear up this
matter, since in South Africa only the genera Papaver, Corydalis
and Trigonocapnos occur, but not Fwmaria”’ (except F. officinalis,
L., aS an introduced weed). ‘‘ Perhaps we may yet find repre-
sentatives of the last three genera on the mountains of Hastern
Africa.”

Fedde also remarks upon the extraordinary distribution of our
only species of Papaver, P. aculeatum, Thunb., which occurs only
with us and in Kast and South Australia, but from what I know of
this species in South Africa, I] venture to say that there can be
little doubt that it is not a native species.

However, it was not my object in this essay to aim at an
exhaustive treatment of the subject of the origin of the Angio-
spermous Flora of South Africa, nor would I have been able to
accomplish this object. If I have succeeded in showing even dimly
in what channels the elements comprising the Angiospermous Flora of
South Africa have moved since Cretaceous times I shall feel amply
rewarded. Jt can scarcely be hoped that we shall ever get a per-
fectly clear view, for numerous types, of which we have no concep-
tion, must have died out since Angiospermous plants first made
their appearance on this globe; further, we have no absolute
standard, and are not likely to get one, by which we can with
certainty fix the relative ages of the majority of Angiospermous
types; further still, we have no absolute means by which we can
determine the direction in which the current of plant-development
has moved, and, lastly, while we may dimly perceive the main
channels of such development, there must have been numerous
_ side- and cross-channels of various widths and various lengths,
These must have frequently influenced the final result. At the
same time we must acknowledge that Zoo-geography, assisted by

24

362 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Palaeontology and Geology, have during recent years arrived at
certain more or less definite results as to the previous history of the
earth and the migrations of certain groups of animals, and that,
if our results harmonise with those gained by the sister sciences,
we may confidently rest assured that our main results must approxi-
mate the truth. Whether we have already arrived at such a close
agreement I must leave the reader to judge.

( 363 )

SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1851. ETTINGsHAUSEN, C. v. :—‘‘ Die Proteaceen der Vorwelt,’’ Wien.

1859. Hooxer, J. D. :—‘‘ On the Flora of Australia, being an Introductory Essay
to the Flora of Tasmania.’”—Botany of the Antarctic Expedition,
Pt. iii., London.

1859 to ——. ‘Flora Capensis,”’ vols. i.—iii., by W. H. Harvey and O. H. SonpEr
(1859-65), vol. iv.—vii. (in course of publication) by various Botanists,
ed. by W. Thiselton-Dyer.

1861. Unerr:—‘‘ Neu-Holland in Europa,” Wien.

1862-1881. BrnrHam, G., and Hooker, J.D. :—‘‘ Genera Plantarum,” 3 vols.,
London.

1862. Hooxer, J. D.:—‘‘ On the Plants of the Temperate Regions of the Cameroons
Mountains and Islands in the Bight of Benin, collected by Mr. Gustave
Mann.’’—Journ. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) vii.

1868 to ——. ‘‘Flora of Tropical Africa,” vols. i—iii., by D. Oliver (assisted by
other botanists), vols. iv.—viii. (in course of publication), by various
botanists, ed. by W. Thiselton-Dyer.

1872. GrisEBacH, A.:—‘‘Die Vegetation der Erde nach ihrer Klimatischen
Anordnung,”’ Leipzig.

1873. Hooker, J. D.:—‘‘On the Sub-alpine Vegetation of the Kilimanjaro,
EK. Africa.’’—Journ. Linn. Soc. (Bot.), xiv.

1873. Brntuam, G. :—‘‘ Notes on the Classification, History, and Geographical
Distribution of Composite.’-—Journ. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) xiii., pp. 335-
577.

1875. Buanrorp, H. F.:—‘‘On the Age and Correlations of the Plant-bearing
Series of India and the Former Existence of an Indo-Oceanic Conti-
nent.”—Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., xxxi.

1875. ETtTiInesHAuSsEN, C. von:—‘‘ Ueber die genetische Gliederung der Kap-
flora,’’ Wien.

1876. Mosruey, H. N. :—‘‘ Notes on the Flora of Marion Island.”—Journ. Linn.
Soe. (Bot.), xv.

1877. Baxer, J. G.:—‘‘ Flora of Mauritius and the Seychelles,’”’ London.

1878. THisELToN-DyER, W.: ‘‘ On Plant Distribution as a Field for Geographical
Research.’’—Proc. Roy. Geogr. Soc., 5, xxii., p. 415.

1887. Bucuenau, Fr. :—‘‘ Die Verbreitung der Juncaceen tiber die Erde.” —Engl.
Bot. Jahrb. i.

1881. Hooxrr, J. D.:—‘‘ Address to the Geographical Section of the British
Association,’’ York (p. 9 of reprint).

1882. Eneurer, A. :—‘‘ Versuch einer Entwicklungsgeschichte der Pflanzenwelt,’”
Bd. ii., pp. 267-88.

1883. Batrour, I. B.:—‘*‘The Island of Socotra and its Recent Revelations,’
Proc. Roy. Inst. of Great Britain, Ap. 1, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. v., Lit., 40.

364 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

1883. Motusr, F. v. :—‘‘ Observations on New Vegetable Fossils of the Auriferous
Drifts,”’ 2nd Decade, Geol. Survey of Victoria, Melbourne.—Engl. Bot.
Jahrb. v., Lit. 38.

1884. ErrinasHausen, C. v. :—‘‘ Tertiadrflora Australiens,’? Denkschr. Math. Nat.
Kl., K. K. Akad. d. Wiss. in Wien, Bd. xlvii.—Engl. Bot. Jahrb. v.,
Ibite, BT

1885. Hooxerr, J. D.:—‘‘ List of the Plants collected by Mr. Thomson, F.R.G.S.,
on the Mountains of Eastern Equatorial Africa,’’ by D. Oliver, with
observations on their distribution by J. D. Hooker.—Journ. Linn. Soc.
(Bot.), xxi.

1887. ETTINGSHAUSEN, C. v.:—‘‘On the Tertiary Flora of Australia; on the
Fossil Flora of New Zealand.”—Geol. Mag.

1888 to *“‘Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien nebst ihren Gattungen und
wichtigsten Arten,’’ Leipzig. Herausgegeben von A. Engler and
K. Prantl.

1888. Baurour, Bayley :—‘‘ Botany of Socotra,” Trans. Roy. Soc. Ed. vol. xxxi.

1888. Duranp, Th. :—‘‘ Index Generum Phanerogamorum,” Bruxellis, &e.

1888. ScHernx, A. :—‘‘ Die fossilen Pflanzenreste.”” (Abdruck aus dem Handbuch
der Botanik von A. Schenk), Leipzig.

1889. FrimstMantTEL, O.:—‘‘ Ueber die pflanzen-und Kohlenfiihrenden Schichten
in Indien, Afrika und Australien.’’—Engl. Bot. Jahrb. x., Lit. 37.

1890. THopr, Justus:—‘‘ Die Kiisten-vegetation von Britisch-Kaffrarien und
ihr. Verhaltniss zu den Nachbarfloren.”—Engl. Bot. Jahrb., xii.
1891. Gite, E.:—‘ Beitrige zur vergleichenden Anatomie der xerophilen Familie

der Restiaces.”—Engl. Bot. Jahrb., xiii.

1891. Inrrinc, H. von :—Uber die alten Beziehungen zurischen Neuseeland und
Siidamerika in ‘‘ Ausland,’’ 1891, No. 18.

1892. Wauuace, A. R.:—‘‘Island Life,’’ 2nd ed.

1893. Inerine, H. v.:—‘‘ Das neotropische Florengebiet und seine Geschichte.”—
Engler’s Bot. Jahrb., Bd. xvii., Beiblatt No. 42.

1898. Bucuenav, F. :—‘‘ Ueber den Aufbau des Palmiet Schilfes (Prionium serra-
tum, Drege”).—Bibliotheca Botanica, Bd. v., Stuttgart.

1893. THopr, J.:—‘‘ Die Botanischen Hodhenregionen Natals.’—Engl. Bot.
Jahrb.

1893. NesruEer, A. :—‘‘ Der Flugapparat der Friichte von Leucadendron argenteum,
R. Br.”—Engl. Bot. Jahrb., xvi.

1893. Brpparp, R. E.:—‘‘ Earthworms and the Earth’s History’’ in Natural
Science.

1895. Bucuwaxp, J.:—‘‘ Die Verbreitungsmittel der Leguminose im Tropischen
Afrika.”—Engl. Bot. Jahrb., xix.

1896. Enouer, A.:— ‘‘Uber die Hochgebirgsflora des Tropischen Afrika,”’
Abhandlungen der Kgl. Preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu
Berlin.

1896.. Dranz, H.: ‘* President’s Address.”—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. x.
(ser. 2).

1898. THopz, Justus: ‘‘ The Botanical Regions of South Africa, determined by
Altitude.’’—Read before the Durban Naturalist’s Society (about 1898).

1898. Diets, L. :—‘‘Die Epharmose der Vegetations-organe bei Rhus, L., Sect,
Gerontogess, Engl.”—Engl. Bot. Jahrb., xxiv.

1899. Moore, SpeNcER:—‘‘ Suggestions upon the Origin of the Australian Flora.’’—
Natural Science, vol. xv.

1899. Laurent, L.:—‘‘ Flora des calcaires de Célas,’? Annales du Musée
d’Histoire Naturelle de Marseille—Série ii. Bulletin, Tome i.,
fase. 2.

Selected Bibliography. 365

1900. to ——. “Das Pflanzenreich,’’? herausgegeben von A. Engler. Leipzig.

1900. Curarxs, C. B.:—Cyperacee of the West Indies,’”’ in Urban ‘‘ Symbole
Antillane’’ (Abstract in ‘‘ Kew Bulletin,’ 1900, p. 27).

1900. Sim, T. R.:—‘‘ Botanical Observations on Forests of Eastern Pondoland.”
Cape Agricultural Journal, xvi., p. 25.

1901. Sepawick, Apam :—“ Peripatus”’ in Cambridge Natural History, vol. v.

1901. Amxcutno, F.:—‘‘L’Age des formations sédimentaires de Patagonie,”

1902.

1902.

1902.

1903.

1903.

1903.
1903.

1904.

1904.

1904.

1904.

1904.

1904.

1904.

1905.

1905.

1905.

1905.

1905.

1905.

Anal. Soc. Cient. Arg., t. li.

Curist, H. :—‘‘ La Flore Ancienne Africaine’’—Bibliothéque Universelle,
Archives des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles, 3 iéme Sér. t. xxviii.,
no. 10.

AnpEeRSon, W.:—First Report of the Geological Survey of Natal and
Zululand.

MaruotH, R.:—Notes on the Occurrence of Alpine Types in the Vegetation
of the Higher Peaks of the South-Western Districts of Cape Colony.’’—
Trans. S. A. Phil. Soe., vol. xi.

Sewarp, A. C.:—‘‘ Presidential Address,’’: Botanical Section, Br. Assoc.
Report for 1903.

Botus, H. and Woutry-Dop, A. H.:—* List of the Flowering Plants and
Ferns of the Cape Peninsula.”—Trans. S. Afr. Phil. Soc., vol. xiv.

Warsure, O. :—‘* Kunene-Sambesi Expedition (H. Baum),”’ Berlin.

Eneuer, A.:—‘‘ Uber die Friihlings-flora des Tafelberges bei Kapstadt,”’
Abdruck aus dem Notizblatt des Kgl. bot. Gartens, Berlin, Appendix xi.

Enauer, A. :—‘ Plants of the Northern Temperate Zone in their Transition
to the High Mountains of Tropical Africa.”—Annals of Botany,
vol. xviii.

PassarGe, S.:—‘‘ Die Klimatichen Verhaltnisse Sitidafrikas seit dem
mittleren Mesozoikum.’’—Zeitschr. der Ges. f. Erdkunde, Berlin.

Sewarp, A. C.:—‘* Catalogue of the Mesozoic Plants in the Department of
Geology, British Museum.’’—The Jurassic Flora ii., London, p. 2.

Scuwarz, EH. H. L.:—‘*The Volcanoes of Griqualand East.’’—Trans.
S. A. Phil. Soc., vol. xiv.

Natuorst, A. G.:—Sur la flore fossile des regions antarctiques.—C. R.
Ac. Sc., Paris, 6 June, 1904.

Stapr, Orro:—‘‘ Die Gliederung der Graser-flora von Sitidafrika’’; aus
‘¢ Festschrift zu P. Ascherson’s 70. Geburtstage,’’ Berlin.

ParsaRGE, S. :—‘‘ Die Kalahari,” Berlin.

Du Tort, A. L.:—‘‘The Stormberg Formation in Cape Colony” in
‘‘ Addresses and Papers read at the joint meeting of the British and
S. A.A. A.S.,”’ vol. ii.

Scuwarz, H. H. L.:—‘‘ High Level Gravels of the Cape and the Problem
of the Karroo Gold.’’—Trans. §. A. Phil. Soce., vol. xv.

Hacxeu, E.:—‘‘ Uber die Beziehungen der Flora der Magellans-lander zu
jener des nérdlichen Europa and Amerika.’’ Ber. der. Bot. Sektion des
naturwissenschaftl Vereins fiir Steiermark, in den Mitth. Naturwiss.
Vereins Steiermark, Jahrb. 1905 (1906), pp. cx-cxv, Engl. Bot.
Jahrb. xxxvi., Lit., p. 2.

Broom, R. :—‘‘ On the Classification of the Karroo System in South Africa ’”’
in ‘‘ Addresses and Papers read at the joint meeting of the British and
Se An Ay AGS: 1905, vol. ii:

Rogrers, A. W.:—‘‘ An Introduction to the Geology of Cape Colony,’’
London.

BovuLencer, G. A. :—‘‘ Presidential Address,’’ British Association, sect. C,
1905.

366

1905.

1905.

1905.

1905.

1905.

1905.

1905.

1905.

1905.

1905.

1906.

1906.

1906.

1906.
1906.

1906.

1906.

OR

1906.

USO

1907.

Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

ARrBER, E. A. NewEeuu :—‘‘ Catalogue of the Fossil Plants of the Glossopteris-
Flora in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.),’”? London. See p. xxxi.

Scuenx, H. :—(1) Vergleichende Darstellung der Pflanzengeographie der
subantarktischen Inseln, insbesondere tiber die Flora und Vegetation
von Kerguelen ”’; (2) ‘‘ Uber Flora und Vegetation von St. Paul und Neu
Amsterdam ’’—Abdruck aus ‘‘ Wissenschaftl. Ergebnisse der deutschen
Tiefsee-Expedition auf dem Damfer Valdivia,” 1898-99, ii. Band, Jena.
—Referat in Engl. Bot. Jahrb., xxxvii. (1906).

Diets, L.:—‘‘ Ueber die Vegetations-verhiiltnisse Neu-Seelands’’—Engl.
Bot. Jahrb., xxxiv.

Encurr, A.:—‘‘On the Vegetation and Floral Elements of Tropical
Africa.’’—British Assoc. Report, 1905.

Penox, A. :—‘‘ Climatic Features of the Pleistocene Ice-Age,” in ‘*‘ Addresses
and Papers read at the joint meeting of the British and S. A. A. A. S.”’
vol. ii.

ScuinpueR, A. K. :—‘‘ Die geographische Verbreitung der Halorrhagacee ”’ in

Bericht tiber die zweite Zusammenkunft der freien Vereinigung der
system. Botaniker und Pflanzengeographen zu Stuttgart vom 4-7.
Aug., 1904.

Enauer, A. :—‘‘ Uber neuere Ergebnisse der botanischen Erforschung von
Afrika.”’—Ibid.
FrEppE, F.:—‘‘ Die geographische Verbreitung der Papaveraceen,”’ in Bericht

tiber die dritte Zusammen-Kunft der freien Vereinigung der system.
Botaniker und Pflanzengeographen zu Wien am 14. und 15. Juni,
1905.

Enouer, A.:—‘‘Grundziige der Entwicklung der Flora Europas seit der
Tertiarzeit.’’—Ibid.

Bouvs, H. :—‘‘ Sketch of the Floral Regions of South Africa,’’ in ‘* Science
in South Africa,” with a map and a‘ Selected Bibliography,’’ Capetown,

AnpREws, C. W.:—‘‘ A Descriptive Catalogue of the Tertiary Vertebrata
of the Faytm, Egypt ’’ (see pp. xxv—xxvii), London.

Encier, A.:—‘‘ Beitrage zur Kenntnisse der Pflanzenformationen von
Transvaal und Rhodesia.’’—Sitzungsber. der Kgl. Preuss. Akademie der
Wissenchaften, Bd. lii.

MartotH, R.:—‘‘ Hine neue interessante Cliffortia vom Roggeveld.”—
Engler’s Bot. Jahrb., Bd. xxxix.

Grecory, J. W.:—‘‘ Climatic Variations: their Extent and Causes,”’ Mexico.

StanuEy Garpiner:—‘‘ The Indian Ocean.’’—Geogr. Journ. for Oct. and
Nov., 1906.

Pauacky, J.:—‘‘ Zur Genesis der afrikanischen Flora.”—Beiblatt zu
Enegler’s Bot. Jahrb., No. 84, xxxvii.

Amercutino, F.:—‘‘Les Formations Sédimentaires du Crétace Supérieur et

du Tertiaire de Patagonie,” in ‘‘ Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos
Aires,’”? Buenos Aires.

FLanauut, Ch. :—‘ Les progrés de la Géographie Botanique depuis 1884.’’—
Progressus Rei Botanice, vol. i.

Diets, L.:—Die Pflanzenwelt von West Australien siidlich des Wende-
kreises,”’ Bd. vii. der ‘‘ Vegetation der Erde herausgegeben von A. Engler
and O. Drude, Leipzig. (Referat in Engler’s Bot. Jahrb., xxxviii.,
Lit. 57).

AnpERson, W.:—‘‘On the Geology of the Blutf-bore, Durban, Natal.”—
Trans. Geol. Soc. 8. Africa, ix.

Scuwarz, E. H. L.:—‘*The Rock Channel of the Buffalo River, East
London.”—Records of the Albany Museum, vol. ii., pt. 1.

Selected Bibliography. 367

1907. Laurent, L.:—‘‘ Les Progrés de la Paléobotanique angiospermique dans
la derniere décade.’’—Progressus Rei Botanicse, vol. i.

1907. Sim, T. R.:—‘*‘ The Forests and Forest-Flora of the Colony of the Cape
of Good Hope,’ Aberdeen. [This was received after my manuscript
was finished. ]

Numerous references to changes in the general surface and levels of the land
in Cape Colony will be found in the ‘‘ Annual Reports of the Geol. Survey of
the Cape of Good Hope.”

PE.

mam. por a ener See ey = — —
4 + a _ Py > a aa « Ff es —. |... + 7

( 369 )

A SPECIAL DETERMINANT HAVING (7, s) EQUAL TO
ZHRO WHEN s>7r+l.

By Tomas Muir, LL.D.
(Read August 28, 1907.)

1. In connection with a certain differential equation there has
recently come to light * a peculiar determinant, which, when of the
nth order, has 2n—1 distinct elements

Qo» Q,, Qs) Tare Qn—t

Byy Day veey Ons

so placed that a,_, is the element common to the first column and
last row, that the complementary minor of a,_, is the persymmetric
determinant

eeeeeeseerseaet ee eee eee st eH wes OHH Oe EO Oe

and that the 6’s occupy the remaining part of the first column, and
in the reverse order the remaining part of the last row. When
n=2, 3, 4, ... the determinants are thus

Deas On ON as OE Ot |
Gra wOn ey ROM a Qeii Gs Oe kOe Ge. |
Gee ROes kD: , ON Gan Gi: Q, |

Oe Or 05. Oe ian tac

and may be conveniently denoted by N,, N., N;, ....
The requirement in the above-mentioned connection was to show
that a special case of such a determinant vanishes, and Professor

* Bureartti, P., Sulle condizioni per |’ equivalenza di un equazione differenziale
lineare e della sua aggiunta. Rendic. Ist. Lomb. (2) xi. (1907).

370 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Pascal, having been led to take up the problem, published a solution
early in the present year,* his mode of attack being to consider the
ratio of the said determinant to another of simpler formation,
namely, the persymmetric determinant, D, say, of which the first
three instances are

ae Ps be Oh
a i | (an

1? a a 2 I ce)

ce a

The object of the present short paper is to make known a corre-
sponding investigation undertaken with a view to restate and amplify
Pasceal’s results.

2. At the outset it is manifest that a necessary and sufficient con-
dition for the equality of the x fractions

OF Marg ee

ie 0. |O, Os. Oh) = ie fs

I I | @, b, b, | Cb, it \If)

b, a |

On Che Oe sh Pe me ;

bh a, G. @ ie a Fu ree

Ge. 0 Oy a) ae

is the vanishing of the n ~ 1 determinants
PNGB Ip PND Shh cca HIND), (1)

In the next place it is readily seen that the co-factor of the second-
highest power of — in a determinant of the form

eee ene eee POF eerste eeoeeeeroees eer eo eeees

is got by multiplying the first column by the last row after striking
out the common element a,,; that is to say, the term in 2” is

(—1)" (Gis Gory 22) An—t, dCs Cn3. +299 Ging) Es (11)
* PascaL, E., I determinanti riccorrenti e loro proprieta. Rendic. .. . Ist. Lom-
bardo . . . (Milano) (2) xi. pp. 293-305. See also pp. 462-475, and Periodico di

IM Giba5 SRL

A Special Determinant. 371
From this it follows that the co-factor of (-—a,)" in | N,D,.,| 1s
em Ore On| Magee y On lr ries Or ON Ony sign Orta Opens +<+5, Or) (111)
—an expression which we may denote by 9,, so that

6,=4,07 + a3 — 2a,0_0,,
0, = 4,0; + 2ata, — 2a,b,b, — a,0;,

ese eee tet eeesreeseeeeseree tee eee eeoe ses Tee

We can then establish the interesting result that

| N,D, | — at eons
|N,D;|/=—a,.|©, |
0, a,|,
|N,D,|=—a, 0, a,
2 a, ,
Oe 1 OA eae (IV)

and consequently that

a a0; =a | NED: |,
+ 4,0; =|N,D,/— @,|N,D,|,
ae a0, aa ND 7 a,|N,D, | ats Aa,| NED: ;

Beers N Mu Wate AF tyne UREA Nah, (v)
Viewed as a condition, therefore, the vanishing of
NID, Nw Da lb Shan a SED
is exactly equivalent to the vanishing of
Ory Ob; On) 259: OX: (v1)

But it is equally true that the vanishing of 0,, 0,, ..., O,_, 18
exactly equivalent to the vanishing of the determinants

6,, 6. a, 6, a,
Gaa: 6. a, a, (v11)
; ‘S), G UW “bose.

which differ from those in (IV.) in that a, now everywhere takes the
place of a,_, except in the 6’s: and as the latter determinants can
be shown to be equal to

0. (ip bk A@ Daa kOe |
Oxo O° Os 8 Cp ee Os GO
GO, Gale (0, Gy G,| a, DO (0s One. (v111)
GeecOber On) 0;),,. | Om Ce G. =O. A,
CS V0), SU em ea eerie

SPE SRE Oe ee a.

372 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

we have the important proposition that a necessary and sufficient
condition for the equality of the fractions with which we started is
the vanishing of the n — 1 determinants obtainable from N,, N,,..., N,
by putting

CHOI Uhr OR easihey Ono
in place of

Glog Gis +244 Um—ay On —ty Uns (IX)

Further, if we call those new determinants M,, M,, ..., M,, we have
as an analogue to (V.)

0,= ve
—a,0,=M,—a,M,,
a0, = M,—a,M,+a,a,M.,, (x)

3. Instead of taking as our initial condition the vanishing of
NED gieNe Dales, NED
we might with equal propriety have taken the vanishing of
NED UNE, CNED Ee Wess NG SSD)

The proposition then corresponding to (IV.) is

GA ee Oe
JAD lD g, ©, Ghlh
[SD ie:
ANNOY a GO,
OQ, a, 4G),
a; a. @
\N,D,|=— : Oe
OF 10250 ae ( x1)
SO bie
0; O, a, Q);

e@oceeerereeceeeee®eoeoseeeeeaeeeteeeeeeee

| from which we see that the co-factor of —a, in | N:D, |, the co-factor
of — az in | N,D, |, the co-factor of —a3 in| N,D, |, ...... are the deter-

* It may be worth noting that these are at once transformable into

by Mas Gt eOs Oe Gia 2 + a2 On its

a; G;| |@, ay b, ay “Ja, da},

Ox) "Gs Git 0s OU. «d, 2 On, Gs 1G,
De. Gia, Qo @y Qo\J— 05 -@z Go|) == 2510, “Ge az
Ga eUs. Dy Os Fle RC b, Gg) a; dz 6, 062,

Tere ee eee eee ee eee eee eee ee eee ee ee ey

A Special Determinant. 373

minants so differently arrived at in (VII.): and that, generally, the
co-factor of a7 in | N,D,., | is

= (S) See Malte a Pa oe Os
0, a, Ga a Ecce
0, a, a, he” ee a ;
Be eee kotSaa Vale wnt incre te eeee amen (XII)
Oe Oe Oe Dy, veeeee A, |
0, Cl. Ofrae Ohe 5 Sonune Oe

4, In the special case where the original fractions are not only
equal, but equal to zero, and where therefore a,a,= 07, the 6’s may
be altered into

Ay { (Gos a,0a,, a) a (0, b,§0., b,) } ’
DA (Goo Gay OL Oy Op) (Oe OO Ny

ec ece reese FO OOO eeeeserevesre® FO FEGOseevree eS Gree e22e8 SF een ene

and consequently the requisite conditions take the form of the
vanishing of 7 (not 7—1) expressions of one and the same form,
namely,

(aoa) — (0, 42:),

(Go, Ar§a,, Ax) —(0,, 5,8 6,, b,) (XIII)

eosteeeeeeoeeceseers eer oees eer eeeeeeneoe eee

If we further specialise by putting a,=2, the nm equations to be
satisfied may be written

(AL, A, a, 1) aid (b,5.,) i 0,
(i @,, @,§a@,, a, 1) =(0,, 0,00,, 6,)=0, (XIV)

eee ere tee eee see eee eee ese eee reecer et OP eoveevsenee

One solution of those last equations is got if a,, a,, ... be made
equal to the even-numbered members, and 0,, 0,, ... to the odd-
numbered members of the series

Bree HONG 1
TP op 30 Qn)?

as is seen from the vanishing of

1

Gayl Oe 0 EO, 4s EP aes

V.€., (2m) | (1 = Dae

374 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

when & is put equal to 1: we thus have Pascal’s result

1 20. 0 ule opt as

1 1

+ - ee

1 1 1

BI 1 OM ie t 0) (xv)
a eE
Qn—8)1 @n-4! @r-o1 4

1 1 1 i
(Hl) @H9)l Casal eo S14
1 1 1 1
(Qn)! @Qn=1)! @n—3)! ~~ ant

from the second order onward.
Utilising then the fact learned from (VIII.), that every such result

has a companion, we obtain

1
1 A ee
1 il il
Q] AY 2! eoeceee
1 Ih 1
5! 6! 4 eee eee . .
ee ASN ny ager O Metwern emanee 1 ates I. —0 XVI
i i iL ae 1 oe
(Q2n-3)! (Q2n—-2)! (Qn-—4)! ~~" oa
1 1 I eal
Coal) Cay Cea 4! 3}
1 | Il il 1
(Qn-2)1 (Qn-1)! (2n-3)! Bi

. which also holds from the second order onward.
5. Expressions similar to those given in (XI.) for
[DA Dee eee

and in (IV.) for
| INDE , | INEIDE | mine 389 [Ney |

A Special Determinant. 375

are obtainable for all the other members of the array

| N,D, |,

eeoeereeereceer rer saerseese® FS OFFS eeeerest ®t eoeoerseesne

IN,D,|, |N2D,|, |N;D,|, -...-- » |N,D, |;

Cale a,

a,\9: |,

Ao Oe a? | Op Oh

Q,|9:1 G, Ao G\@e Gp Oy
0, a. Ay \; 0, a, Qs);

Qo Ay Os Gd, ~ Ao a3 a, Ao

Gn Cp Oe Gin Os a; GiGy @, Go wds
0, G, A, Ao 0, A, A, O, a, G, 4a,
0, A, A aA,i, 0, & 4, a,|, QO, A, G;, |,

eocet ter eeseeereet FS eseorsee tS 2S@esereFeeeteeerersereereeto2eeeeeeseeeeer et eseoeseert O2ees

The first and last member of any row in this array being already
known from (IV.) and (XI.), we have only to ascertain how the
other members of the row are formable from either of those. As an
example let us take the (s—1)th now, and start with the last member
of the row, our knowledge from (XI.) being that the expression for
PNee De pis

a |. A, Wo mrp US: 3a. ham eas

Oy

woot cer eeereet eS eFGeeet tO oeereat OS Seeerseoee

where each a is confined to’one diagonal. Lowering each element.
of the last column of this by one place we obtain the preceding
determinant, that is to say, the determinant in the expression for
|N,_.D,|: lowering in addition each element of the second-last

column we obtain the determinant in the expression for | N,_,D,|:
and soon. Quite generally, therefore, we have
|N,D, |=“ : Os ee eacan | (XVII)
a, | Ox Uk whscanee
0, Dz -neeee

a or a)

376 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

the columns other than the first and second having the non-zero
elements do, Q,, A, ---, and the last s—7—1 of them being ‘‘lowered ”’
from the position of persymmetry.

With the help of this result | N,D,| may be expressed as a series
of terms arranged according to powers of do, the lowest power being
the 7th and the highest the (r+s-—2)th. The term containing the
former is readily seen to be

FO FOL aCe iene eee (oe (XVIII)
Oe Oe WA eect acter
Sea Wh ORs Se Racse

and it can be shown that the term containing the latter is

Ores (GAR (XIX)

il
3 Wert
( ) GO. 1,

The determinant in (XVIII.) manifestly remains the same for all
values of s: and when s is taken equal to r+ 1 we are brought back
to (XII). ,

6. It may not be amiss to recall the fact that determinants in
which every element is zero whose column-number exceeds its row-
number by more than 1—the class to which belong the N’s, the D’s,
the M’s, and others occurring above—made their appearance com-
paratively early in the history of the subject. They are to be found
first in Wronski’s books, namely, in the Réfutation de la théorie des
fonctions analytiques de Lagrange, published in 1812, and in the
second section of the Philosophie de la techme algorithmique, pub-
lished in 1817. They next turn up in Scherk’s Mathematische
Abhandlungen, which bears the date 1825. Both writers are led to
them by having to solve a set of linear equations each of which has
one more unknown than the equation preceding it: and the latter
writer actually uses his result to find the 4th Bernoulli number.*

Since the determinant of the nth order partitions itself into two
similar determinants of the (7—1)th order, for example,

Ge NG ee will S2Oel Oa OE) cll @e Ola gb. - |
0) 10; 0s aame \o2 3 | Ch P Cn eace
Pe) ee aba oid idl
Gs 0, Gnas

* For details see chap. xvi. of The History of Determinants in the Historical Order
of Development, London, 1906.

A Special Determinant. 377

the number of terms in the final development must be 2”. Further,
since the second determinant on the right is got from the first by
interchanging the suffixes 1 and 2, it follows that when we have got
2" terms of the development the other half of the terms may be
obtained by making the said interchange. We thus derive the
following rule for writing out cwrrente calamo the full development.
Write first the principal term a,b,C3 ..- Yy+Z,/ mterchange n—1 and
n and a second term ws got; imterchange n—2 and n-1 1m the pre-
ceding two terms and other two are obtained: interchange n-3 and
n—2 and the number of terms 1s again doubled : and so on. (xx.)
Of course with every interchange there is a change of sign. Thus
the four-line determinant above is equal to

Axb,€,d, : —b,c,d,: —a,b,c,d,+a,b,¢,d, :
: —@,0,c,d, +a,b,c,d, +4a,b,c,d,—a,b,c,d,:.

Again, we may view the terms of the development according to the
number of the elements of the minor diagonal a,, b,, ¢,, ... which
they contain. The term containing none of these elements is

a,b,c.d,,
the terms containing only one are
— y.b,6,d, — b5.d 40,0, —C4.d, 02d,
the terms containing only two are
+ d2h,.6,d,+a,¢,.b1d,+0,¢,.4,d2,
and the term containing all three is
—fzb,C,.d,.
There being only one term for each of the combinations

DOs Cnn G20 O20 ,5 0,0, 3, 30564,

the total number of terms is thus
iN = Cree I ae Cx. 2 =P ose + Cx, n—I
Wen, oe

as before.

25

|
)
i
5 ~ WA =o iter ehh ‘iver © ¥ nines: hela

7 ‘ 7 7

i vo ee hae. OF ie : a Vee ae ed ae)
is ers, a ian het lea ae ee |
aa of mI are his ay -

( 379 )

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE AFRICAN FLORA.

By Harry Bouuvs.

COMPOSITAs.

ASTER PEGLERZ Bolus, n. sp. (Asteroid).

Ad A. hispidum Baker non Thunberg accedit, habitu robustiore,
rams magis folrosis, folus latioribus, pedunculis brevioribus sat
differt.

Herba robusta erecta rigida, ad 60-90 cm. alta; rami simplices
stricti hispiduli striati foliosi, internodiis 1-1:5 cm. longis; folia
adscendentia sessilia, inferiora lanceolato-ovata, superiora gradatim
angustiora, omnia acuta rigida crassa, utrinque asperrima, 4-6 cm.
longa, 1:5—2 cm. lata, utrinque serrata dentatave, dentibus in exempll.
pinguioribus 95-6, grossis, incurvis, apice calloso-subpungentibus,
0-2-0°5 cm. longis, 3—5-nervia nervis subtus valde prominentibus,
superne impressis ; pedunculi in axillis foliorum superiorum 3-6,
monocephali, laxe fastigiato-corymbosi erecti, 3-10 cm. longi, bracteis
foliaceis 1-3 ornati; capitula crateriformia, 1:5 cm. longa, 2°5 cm.
lata; involucri squame 3-seriate erectz, anguste lanceolate acu-
minate scariose rigid carinate, floribus disci breviores, 0°5-1:2 em.
longe; flores radii circa 18, ligulis albis, 0°9 cm. longis, 0:2 cm.
latis, disci oo, corollis 0-9 cm. longis; pappi sete 2-seriate, albida,
intimis corollas disci equantibus; achzenia plano-subcompressa, facie
1-costata, 0°25—0°3 cm. longa.

Hap.: Transvaal Colony; Hast Rand, Ginsberg Mines near
Johannesburg, approx. alt. 1,800 meters, Jan., Miss Pegler, 1043!
(in my herb.); Meintjes Kop, near Pretoria, 1,430 meters, Dec.,
Bolus, 11955; Rehmann, 4726; near Lydenburg, Wilms (in herb.
Kew).

Closely allied to A. hispidus, Baker, not of Thunberg, but is a
larger, stouter plant, with more numerous, broader leaves, reaching
to the summit of the branches, shorter peduncles, with larger leaf-
like bracts. Wilms’ specimen in herb. Kew was distributed with a

380 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

MS. name as a new species, but which does not appear to have been
published ; the name, moreover, being preoccupied we are compelled
to pass it by.

HELICHRYSUM, Geertn.
H. GEMMIFERUM Bolus, n. sp. (Huhelichrysum § Hricefolia).

H. folus parvis dense confertis lanceolatis acutis wtrinque
tomentosis ; capitulis subumbellatis capitatisve ; imvolucra squamis
interioribus quam flores duplo longioribus denvum subradiantibus
ners macula purpurea notatis ; corollis apice purpurers.

Fruticulus erectus rigidus ramosissimus, 9-27 cm. altus; rami
ramulique adscendentes usque ad apices dense foliosi, 2-7 cm.
longi; folia imbricata, seepius erecta appressaque, rarius patentia,
lanceolata acuta v. acuminata, marginibus inflexis, ca. 0-4 cm. longa,
superioribus sensim paullo majoribus et sepe gemmiferis, ad 0-7 cm.
longis ; capitula campanulata, 0°9 cm. longa, apice 0°6—-0°8 cm. lata,
in umbellis subglobosis 6—11-cephalis confertis, rarius (in exempll.
Marlothianis) 1—2-cephalis; pedicelli tomentosi, 0:2—0-3 cm. longi,
bracteis foliaceis 1-3; involucri squame 3-serlate, exterioribus
erectis vel apicibus reflexis, linearibus acutis subfoliaceis fusco-
tomentosis, 0°4 cm. longis, interioribus oblongis, dimidio superiore
petaloideo radiante niveo opaco, ad flexionem macula purpurea,
notato, quam flores duplo longicribus; receptaculum foveolatum ;
flores 20-25 homogami, corollis 0:45 cm. longis, superne purpureis ;
pappi sete serrate, apice barbellata, copiose, caduce, corollas
excedentes ; achzenia glabra.

Has.: Cape Colony; distr. Stellenbosch, slopes of the Sneeuwkop.
Mt., alt. 1,460 meters, Jan., Marloth, 1835! mountains about French
Hoek, approx. alt. 1,070 meters, Dec., G. Mann! (6389 in herb.
Bolus and herb. Kew); distr. Clanwilliam, Cederbergen, between
Clanwilliam and Biedouw, approx alt. 900 meters, Oct., Bolus,
8297.

Most nearly allied to H. cerastoides DC., which is only known to:
me from the somewhat brief description. It seems to be sufficiently
different by the more numerous heads, and by the inflexed (not.
‘“‘subrevolute’’) leaf-margins—a character which seems to be
generally constant.

H. Srmir Bolus, n. sp. (Huhelichrysum § Declinata).
H. declinato Less. affine, sed folis spathulato-obovatis, ratione
latioribus, capitulis solitarvis mayjoribus facile distinguatur.
Fruticulus nanus prostratus, totus albus, indumento molliter

Contributions to the African Flora. 381

araneoso-tomentoso intertexto undique vestitus; rami abbreviati,
decumbentes, dense foliosi, ad 6 cm. longi; folia patentia conferta
obovato-spathulata acuta, basi sensim angustata quasi petiolata,
semi-amplexicaulia, pleraque 0°6—1 cm. longa, majoribus ad 1:5 cm.
longis, 0:2-0:4 cm. lata; capitula solitaria heterogama, immatura
cylindracea demum campanulata, 0°5 cm. longa, 0°4—-0°5 cm. lata,
in pedunculis gracilibus nudis vel minute bracteatis ad 2:2 cm.
longis; involucri squame 3-seriate laxe erecto-patentes, apice
nives, infra tomentose, 0:-4—0°5 cm. longs, exteriores ovate acute
sub tomento intertexto fere abscondite, interiores lanceolats intimis
linearibus obtusis subzquilonge; receptaculum foveolatum; flores
? ad 8, ¥ ad 18, corollis 0:25 cm. longis; pappi sete fere leves;
achenia papillosa 0:06 cm. longa.

Has.: Cape Colony, near Hanover, Jan., approx. alt. 1,441 meters,
T. &. Sim, 2863! (in herb. Galpin).

A very distinct species, nearest to H. declunatwm Less., next to
which it may be placed; but easily distinguished by its prostrate
habit, more copious snow-white indument, proportionately broader
leaves, and more especially by its solitary heads.

H. LITORALE Bolus, n. sp. (Huhelichrysum § Declinata).

H. precincto Klatt affine subsinuleque, sed folris nulto majoribus
obovatis remotiorrbusque, wmvolucra squanus hyalinis, distinctum.

Herba biennis (?) late diffusa, ad 13 cm. alta; rami procumbentes
vel laxe adscendentes graciles araneosi, parce foliati, ad 30 cm. longi,
ramulis floriferis erectis; folia patentia remota spathulato-obovata,
apice rotundata, semi-amplexicaulia, utrinque cano-tomentosa, vetu-
stiora spe nigrescentia, 1-2°5 cm. longa, 0°5-1:1 cm. lata; capitula
in glomerulis 2-3-cephalis ad apices ramulorum brevium aggre-
gata, foliis floralibus involucrata, homogama campanulata, 10-16-f1.,
0:45 cm. longa; involucri squame 3-seriatze erectz, oblonge vel
lineares obtuse, minute apiculate, vel sepe demum emarginate,
hyaline, supra medium fusce, 1-nerviz, 0°3—0-4 cm. long; recepta-
culum alveolatum; corolle 0:3 cm. longe; pappi sete copiosa
scaberule; achzenia glabra 0:07 cm. longa.

Has.: Cape Colony; distr. East London, on the beach near
Gooda R. mouth, Dec., Galpin, 7342! sandhills, Kwenqgura R.
mouth, Dec., Galpin, 5786! (in. herbb. Galpin and Bolus).

Allied to H. precinctum Klatt, of which we have seen and
examined the type, but is a more robust plant, with fewer, larger
obovate leaves, larger clusters of heads, and hyaline involucral
scales, not opaque as in H. precincitum. In spite of the difference

382 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

in colour of the last-named organs, we should place both these
species in § Declinata next to H. serpyllifolium Less., to which in
general appearance it bears a considerable resemblance.

H. Hayeartur Bolus, n. sp. (Huhelichrysum § Declinata).

H. habitu aspectuque H. sessilis DC., differt autem ramis
longioribus, folus late obovatis obtusissinus suborbicularibusve.

Fruticulus prostratus; rami patentes divaricati elongati, cum
ramulis radicantes, ramuli rigidi, abbreviati, foliosi, cinerei, tenuiter
araneosi demum glabrescentes; folia densa erecta patentia, vel
demum reflexa, ad apices ramulorum presertim conferta rosula-
taque, late brevissimeque petiolata, obovata vel suborbicularia,
seepius rotundata rarius subacuta, tomento intertexto albido vestita,
supra nervis 3 impressis percursa, cum petiolo 0-5-1 cm. longa,
0:3-0°5 cm. lata; capitula solitaria homogama, ad apices ramulorum
sessilia, campanulata, circa 75-fl., 1:4 cm. longa, apice 1-1°3 cm.
lata; involucri squame erecte vel vix radiantes 4d—6-seriatez
scariose, exteriores ovate acutz fuscescentes 0°4-0°5 cm. longe,
interiores lanceolate rosea vel rubra, intimis lineares apice
angustatz vix acutz albz, 1:2 cm. longe; receptaculum elevatum
foveolatum ; achenia papillosa, 0:1 cm. longa.

Has.: Orange River Colony; Rensburg’s Kop, approx. alt. 1,800—
2,150 meters, Febr.. W. Haygarth 9727! of herb. Wood (in my
herb.).

This is near to H. sessile DC., of which, however, I possess no
authenticated specimen. What I have agree very well with the
description, and exhibit a different plant from the present one,
which may be placed next to it.

H. Lereouptir Bolus, n. sp. (Huhelichrysum § Imbricata).

Ad H. fastigiatum Harv. proxime accedit, folus sepe majoribus,
mvolucrt squanus acutis, appendicibus imterioribus citrines, floribus
numerosioribus, drffert.

Fruticulus erectus ramosissimus, totus albo-tomentosus, 10-12 cm.
altus ; rami adscendentes, laxe foliati, 4-10 cm. longi; folia erecto-
patentia remota oblanceolata obtusa apiculata, superiora linearia
acuminata semi-amplexicaulia, 0-8-3 cm. longa, 0-2-0°6 cm. lata;
capitula homogama subcylindrica, 15—21-fl., 0°5 cm. longa, 0°3 cm.
lata, in cymas laxas, 4-10-cephalas, 1:5-2°5 cm. latas, disposita ;
involucri squame 5-6-seriate, laxe appresse, apicibus demum
reflexis squarrosisve, acute, exteriores ovate fulve, basi tomen-

Contributions to the African Flora. 383

tos, 0°15 cm. longe, interiores lineari-unguiculate, appendice ovata
patente vel radiante, citrina, usque ad 0°5 cm. longe; receptaculum
foveolatum ; corolla vix matura 0:3 em. longa; pappi sete paucze
scaberule, apice barbellate ; achenia minutissime glandulosa.

Var. £3 parvifolia; folia sapius recurva, e basi ampliata sub-
auriculata subulato-linearia acuminata, margine crispulato revoluto,
ad 1:1 cm. longa, 0:1-0:2 cm. lata, paucis expansis latioribus
oblanceolatis hinc inde intermixtis.

Has.: Cape Colony; in sandy fields round Clanwilliam, approx.
alt. 120 meters, Oct., also on Ram’s Kop near Clanwilliam, Aug.,
C. L, Leipoldt, 510! var. 3, in rocky places, Wupperthal, Clanwilliam
distr., alt. 580 meters, Oct., Bolas, 9022.

This has the habit and aspect of H. fastigiatwm Harv., next before
which I would place it; the differential characters are given above.
The heads are very like those of H. exciswm Less., except that the
involucral scales of this are not quite so squarrose. The foliage of
our var. (3 looks very different from that of the type, but having
found a few expanded leaves, like those of the type, but smaller,
amongst the others, I concluded that, as the locality would suggest,
it is but a form of the type adapted to more severe life-conditions.
It has more the aspect of H. fastigiatwm than has the type itself.

H. ZWARTBERGENSE Bolus, n. sp. (Huhelichrysum § Imbricata).

H, prostratum ; foliis oblongo-obovatis, utrinque lanatis ; capitulis
m apicibus ramulorum sesstlibus, solitarius vel interdum, ramulis
aggregatis, 2-3; mvolucrt squamis erectis testacers.

Fruticulus humilis perennis prostratus subceespitosus; ramuli
numerosi breves adscendentes graciles foliosi lanati; folia erecto-
patentia sessilia oblongo-obovata obtusissima, utrinque lana grisea
laxissime intertexta vestita, 0°5-0°6 cm. longa, 0°3 cm. lata, floralia
parum minora capitula arcte involucrantia; capitula sessilia solitaria
ad apices ramulorum vel interdum, ramulis aggregatis, 2-3, sub-
cylindrica homogama, circa 23-fl., 0°5 cm. longa, 0°35 cm. lata;
involucri squame 3-seriate, erecte, subacute, dorso + lanate,
testacez, apiculo fusco, exteriores ovate, 0°2 cm. longe, interiores
lineares, 0°5 cm. longs, floribus parum longiores; receptaculum
nudum; corolle, 0°3 cm. longe; pappi sete serrulate, copiose ;
acheenia papillata, 0:05 cm. longa.

Has.: Cape Colony ; district Prince Albert, rocky places on the
summit of the Zwartberg Range near the Pass, approx. alt., 1,675
meters, Dec., Bolus, 11532 (in herb. Kew).

The place of this species in the genus is difficult to determine.

384 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

It has the general appearance of some species of the § Imbricata,
Harvey, and although it lacks the usually more numerous and
squarrose involucral scales of that section, yet I know of no more
suitable position, and I would place it there as a somewhat aberrant
member of that group, next to H. fastigiatum Harvey.

H. Scutecuteri Bolus, n. sp. (Huhelichrysum § Hriocephala).

H. habitu § Plantaginearwm, folvis utrinque glabris, capitulis cam-
panulatis, involucrt squamis acutis araneoso-tomentosis fuscrs vel
interdum primulinis, receptaculo foveolato foveolis parum depressis,
achenus ellipticis subcompressis tuberculatis. |

Herba rhizomatica 25-87 em. alta; caulis unicus vel plures sim-
plex adscendens foliatus griseo-tomentosus, sursum pedunculoideus ;
folia radicalia oblanceolata acuta, utrinque 3—d-nervia, supra szpe
resinosa vernicatave, basi in petiolum alatum 2-2°5 cm. longum
attenuata, cum petiolo 8-15 cm. longa, 1°5-2°5 cm. lata, caulina
pauca, sensim minora angustioraque, semiamplexicaulia lanceolata,
marginibus reflexis revolutisve, superioribus distantibus linearibus
longe acuminatis, in bracteas corymbi conformes transeuntibus ;
capitula subsessilia vel breviter pedicellata homogama campanulata,
9-12-f1., circa 0°5 cm. longa, in corymbos laxiusculos vel interdum
laxissime patentes, 2-11 cm. latos, disposita; involucri squame
3—4-seriatze erectz acutz araneoso-tomentose, extime ovate,
0-2 cm. long, interiores oblonge, longiores, intimz apice patentes,
fuscee, vel, in duobus exemplaribus, pallide flavide primulineve,
ad 0°56 cm. longe; receptaculum breviter foveolatum, foveolis
parum depressis; corolle segmenta extus papillosa; pappi sete
scabride, basi brevissime concrete, corolla breviores; acheenia
elliptica subcompressa tuberculata, 0-1 cm. longa.

Has.: Transvaal Colony; Drakensberg Range: at the Devil’s
Kantoor, approx. alt. 1,600 meters, Sept., Bolus, 7810! (in herb.
Kew); near Barberton, 1,200 meters, Oct., Galpin, 1128!; Eland’s
Spruit-berg 2,070 meters, Dec., Schlechter, 3852! Swazieland ; near
.’Mbabane, 1,370 meters, Jan., Bolus, 11969!

This has the habit of the § Plantaginea, in which it resembles
H. leropodiwm DC.; from this it may be at once known by its acute
involucral scales. But its foveolate receptacle obliges its exclusion
from the subgenus Lepicline, and for want of a better place it may
be put, by virtue of the tomentose involucral scales, in the some-
what artificial § Hriocephala.

Contributions to the African Flora. 385

H. tsoueris Bolus, n. sp. (Kuhelichrysum § Stcechadina).

HI. fruticulus decumbens ; foliis oblongis ; capitulis im corymbum
globosum arcte congestis; involucri squamis erectis inter se sub-
equilongis.

Caules plures rhizomatici radicantes ; rami adscendentes foliosi
tomentosi, ad 15 cm. longi; folia patentia, superiora fere erecta,
oblonga, obtuse acuta, apiculata, basi parum angustata, 1-2-5 cm. x
0-3-0°6 cm., 1-nervia, utrinque breviter pubescentia, pilis longioribus
parce intermixtis, nervo cum marginibus incrassatis prominenter
albo-lanatis, superiora sensim minora usque ad corymbos attingentia,
apice squamis scariosis coloratis appendiculata; capitula homogama
turbinata 0°6 cm. longa, in corymbum globosum polycephalum,
2-2'5 cm. diam. arcte congestum disposita; involucri squame
circ. 32, 5-seriate, laxiuscule erect subsquilonge obtusissime
citrine, basi tomentose, extimze oblonge vel oblongo-cuneate,
0-6 cm. longe, interiores oblanceolate, intime lineares basi angus-
tate; receptaculum foveolatum vel forsitan demum alveolatum ;
flores 28-30, corollis immaturis 0°35 cm. longis; pappi sets apicem
versus barbellate et aurese.

Has.: Cape Colony; on the side of the Great Winterberg, distr.
(Queenstown, approx. alt. 2,250 meters, March, Galpin, 2657 !

This species has somewhat the habit of H. splendidwm Less., var.
montanum Harv., next to which I would place it, although the heads
are very different. The leaves resemble those of certain forms of
A. fulgidum Willd., and of H. marginatum DC.

H. FuanaGani Bolus, n. sp. (Huhelichrysum § Stcechadina).

H. pstlolepidt Harv. affine, foluis obovatis oblongisve, obtusissumis,
capitulis minoribus, magis congestis, sat differt.

Fruticulus perennis procumbens; rami lignosi late patentes
radicantes, deinde debiliores, subherbacei, laxe adscendentes sim-
plices 8-10 cm. alti; folia semi-amplexicaulia, inferiora patentia
vel reflexa, + conferta, superiora erecta sepius appressa, remotiora,
internodia squantia, semper basin corymbi attingentia, eumque
sepius involucrantia, obovata oblongave obtusissima suprema
floraliaque acuta, nigroapiculata, obscure 3-nervia, utrinque
appresso-tomentosa, 1-1°56 cm. longa, 0:2-0°5 cm. lata; corymbi
sessiles polycephali semi-globosi vel interdum fere globosi, dense
congesti rarius laxiusculi, subtus sape dense araneoso-tomentosi,
1:3-1:8 cm. diam. ; capitula late campanulata, 0°3-0°4 ecm. longa et
lata; involucri squame 3-seriate erectze, apicibus patentibus vel

386 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

reflexis, oblonge obtuse vel acute subequilongx, flores fere
eequantes, glabre, nitentes, inferne flavidee superne aurex; flores
homogami ca. 30, corolle 0:3 cm. long ; pappi sete scabride alba;
achenia minute papillosa, 0:1 em. longa.

Has.: Orange River Colony ; summit of the Mont-aux-Sources,
approx. alt. 2,900 meters, Jan., Flanagan, 1964! Cape Colony ;
district Barkly East, Drakensbergen, Doodman’s Krans Mt.,
approx. alt. 2,930 meters, March, Galpin, 6682! (in herbb.
Kew, Bolus, &c.).

Allied to H. psilolepis Harv., next to which it may be placed. The
whole plant is stouter, more procumbent at base, with different leaves
and considerably smaller and more crowded heads.

H. ALTICOLUM Bolus, n. sp. (Huhelichrysum § Stoechadina).

H. capitulis 4-6-fl. homogamis ; involucri squanus 3-seriatis laxis
erectis inter sese subequilongis duabus extinus reliquas fere amvplec-
tentibus.

Fruticulosus, 16-34 cm. altus; caules 1-3 e basi perenni, simplices
erecti, parce foliati, griseo-tomentosi, sursum in pedunculum nudum
transeuntes; folia infima subradicalia erecta vel patentia sessilia
obovata vel obtuse acuta, ad 3°5 cm. x 1°8 cm., indumento duplici,
superiore tenuiter araneoso, inferiore pubescente predita, caulina
pleraque basin caulis versus orta remota oblonga, ad 5°5 cm. x
1-1°5 cm.; corymbi solitarii vel 2—-3-furcati approximatique poly-
cephali, bracteis foliaceis oblongis inter se tela araneosa connexis
involucrati, globosi vel semiglobosi 2°2-3 cm. lati; capitula dense
conferta homogama, cylindrica vel subcampanulata, 05-06 cm.
longa; involucri squame 9-12, 3-seriatze laxse erecte, inter sese
subeequilongee, due extime late ovate acute fuscescentes, capitulum
fere amplectentes, interiores ovate lanceolate vel lineares, acute vel
subobtusee, apice citrine, 0°5 cm. longer; receptaculum stipite minuto
sub quoque ovario preeditum, ceteroquin nudum ; flores 4-5, corolle
segmenta extus dense papillosa; pappi setz serrulatea sursum
_ barbellate, caduce ; achzenia glabra.

Var. 3 montanum; in omnibus partibus multo minor, ramulis
presertim abbreviatis foliosis nec in pedunculos productis,
38-5 cm. altis; foliis spathulato-obovatis, apice rotundatis, subtus
3—5-nerviis, ad 2-3 em. x 0:6-0°9 cm.; corymbis globosis, minoribus
foliis supremis seepe involucratis ; cetera typi.

Has.: Cape Colony; on the Old Katberg Pass, Stockenstrom
district, approx. alt. 1,650 meters, April, Galpin, 2397! var. 6;
Orange R. Colony; summit of the Mont-aux-Sources, approx.

Contributions to the African Flora. 387

alt. 3,000 meters, Oct. (1897) Alfred Bolus (10682! in herb. Bolus) ;
same place and date, G. Mann (2866! in herb. Marloth); same place,
March (1898) M. S. Evans, 742! (in herbb. Kew and Bolus).

A distinct species without, so far as I know, any near ally. I
should place it for the present next to H. subglomeratum Less. At
first sight the variety appears to be widely different. It is only
when the heads are carefully examined that the specific identity
seems unquestionable, and one is forced to the conclusion that it is
but a very stunted mountain-form of the type.

H. wInEATvum Bolus, n. sp. (Euhelichrysum § Stcechadina).

Hf, caule lignoso prostrato (?); folwis confertis spathulatis obovatisve
apice rotundatis ; wnvolucri squamis 3-4-seriatis semi-pellucidis, dilute
fulvis, linea brunnea notatis.

Fruticulus prostratus (?) omnino tomento laxe griseo-araneoso
indutus ; rami abbreviati capitula adusque dense foliosi, 15-3 cm.
longi; folia conferta sessilia patentia, infima rosulata, oblonga vel
oblongo-spathulata, obtusissime rotundata, basi parum attenuata,
membranacea 0:9-1:5 cm. longa, 0°-4-0°6 cm. lata; capitula homo-
gama subcylindracea vel oblonga, demum turbinata, 0°6 cm. longa
0-4 cm. lata, in corymbos 1:5—-2 cm. diam. dense conferta ; involucri
squame ca. 25, 3-4-seriate, dilute fulvee semipellucide brunneo-
apiculate, nervo brunneo percurse, extime variabiles ovate,
oblongz vel lineares, lana abscondite 0-4 cm. longs, interiores
lanceolate obtuse glabre, 0°5 cm. longs, intime lineares, apice
parum ampliate flores sequantes; receptaculum alveolatum ; flores
ca. 26, corollis 0°5 cm. longis ; pappi sete fere leves, albee; achzenia
glabra, 0-11 cm. longa.

Has.: Cape Colony; district Barkly Hast, on the great Dra-
kensberg Range, Doodman’s Krans Mt., approx. alt. 2,740
meters, March, Galpin, 6669! (in herbb. Kew Bolus, &c.).

A stunted little mountain plant, and from the specimens it is
scarcely possible to judge whether the very short branches are
prostrate or ascending. Its nearest affinity seems to be with
H. lucilwoides Less. (§ Stoechadina), next to which it might be
placed, but the habit is very different and our plant has heads
with more than twice as many flowers.

H. WITBERGENSE Bolus, n. sp. (Huhelichrysum § Stcechadina).

H. fruticosum, folus ovatis lanceolatisve acutis T-9-nervus ; capt-
tulis im corymbos terminales polycephalos sessiles dense confertis,
wmvolucri squanus 3-seriatis erectis fuscis, receptaculo foveolato.

388 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Soctety.

Fruticulus erectus ramosus ad 60 cm. altus; rami adscendentes
dichotomi robusti rigidi inferne nudi superne adusque corymbos
dense foliosi; folia sessilia semi-amplexicaulia adscendentia vel
patentia, inferiora sepe reflexa, ovata vel ovato-lanceolata acuta,
utrinque 7—9-nervia, superne glabra rudia nervis profunde depressis
bene notata, inferne tomento intertexto cano vestita, nervis promi-
nentibus sub tomento demum + perspicuis, ad 1:4 cm. longa,
0:4-0:7 cm. lata; corymbi terminales sessiles dense conferti, polyce-
phali semiglobosi, foliis floralibus cincti, 2-2°5 cm. diam.; capitula
campanulata sessilia vel pedicellis tomentosis 0:1-0°2 cm. longis fulta,
circa 26-30 fi., 0:°5-0°6 cm. longa, apice 0°4 cm. lata, floribus femineis
perpaucis; involucri squamee 3-seriatze fuscee erecte, exteriores lanceo-
lates acuminate basi araneose, 0:2 cm. longe, interiores intimzeque
lineares acute apicibus tantum patentibus reflexisve, 0°5 cm. longe ;
receptaculum foveolatum ; pappi sete circa 10-12, minute serrulatee
apicem versus barbellate ; achzenia subcompressa papillosa fusca.

Has.: Cape Colony; district Barkly Hast, Witbergen, Ben Mac-
dhui, approx. alt. 2,925 meters, March, Galpin, 6692 ! (in my herb.).

A very distinct species with the habit of H. trilineatum DC.,
differing from that by its broader acute leaves, which are always
glabrous above, by its acute and differently coloured inv. scales,
and by its foveolate receptacle. In H. trilineatwm, which is placed
in the subgenus Lepicline; the receptacle is honeycombed with
distinctly raised and toothed ridges between the cells, while such
ridges in ours are quite absent. It should therefore be placed in the
subgenus Euhelichrysum, where it may stand at the end of the
section Stcechadina.

H. onticopappum Bolus, n. sp. (Lepicline § Aptera ?).

H. folus linearibus ad 6 cm. longis, 0:1-0°3 cm. lates ; capitulis
numerosis wm corymbum conglomeratun 0O:9-1:7 cm. latum + dense
confertis, 10-12-floris ; pappi setis perpaucis, apicem versus plumosis,
apie squamis vesicularibus inflatis coronatis.

Fruticulus erectus ad 25 cm. altus, e basi ramosus; rami ramu-
lique adscendentes, interdum subvirgati foliosi, cum foliis indumento
membranaceo arcte intertexto griseo vestiti; folia sessilia, sub-
decurrentia erecti-patentes vel szpius late recurva, linearia acuta,
basi parum ampliata, sepe conduplicata, 1-nervia, 1-6 cm.—sepis-
sime 2-3 cm. longa, 0:1-0°3 cm. lata; capitula turbinata 10-12-fl.,
0-3 cm. longa, in corymbum 20-40-cephalum bracteatum adpresse
lanatum, 1-2 cm. latum, + dense conferta; involucri squame
3—4-seriate, appressz hyaline obtusissime, exteriores ovata, in-

Contributions to the African Flora. 389

teriores oblonge, intime apicibus breviter patentibus aureis, cetero-
quin sordide fuscescentes fascia rubro-brunnea medio ornate ;
receptaculum processibus minutis carnosis cuneatis obtusis emargi-
natis preeditum ; flores homogami; pappi sete perpauce (3-4), infra.
medium nud, sursum gradatin plumose, apice squamis inflatis
obtusis coronate ; achzenia glabra.

Has.: Natal; rocky hill, Great Noodsberg, approx. alt. 900 meters,
Wood, 4142! near Karkloof, April, alt. 900-1,200 meters,- Wood,
4456! (in herbb. Kew and Bolus).

In habit and external appearance this much resembles AH. ano-
malum Less., next to which it may be placed in the sequence of
South African species. It differs from that by its web-like papery
indumentum, much longer leaves, fewer-flowered homogamous heads,
peculiar short fleshy receptacular processes, and by the inflated
hairs at the apex of the pappus bristles. The processes of the
receptacle have only been seen in a somewhat young stage of
development, and may prove, on examination of better material, to
be an important character.

H. acropuHitum Bolus, n. sp. (Lepicline § Aptera).

H. folus parvis subspathulatis, lanuna expansa obcordata vel sub-
renform, capitulis homoganus + 45-floris, mvolucri squanus dilute
flavidis, interioribus albidis.

Fruticulus erectus ramosus, totus nisi capitula cano-tomentosus
ad 30 cm. altus vel ultra; rami pauci erecti subflexuosi rigidi,
parce foliati, rarius numerosi conferti foliosi; folia patentia sessilia
pleraque gemmifera subspathulata retusa, sepe apiculata, subtus
l-nervia, tomento intertexto vestita, lamina obcordata vel sub-
reniformi, sepe apiculata, 0°25-0°5 cm. longa, 0:3-0-7 cm. lata,
tota 0°5-1 cm. longa; capitula crateriformia vel semiglobosa, majora
ad 0-9 cm longa, 1:4 cm. lata, pleraque 0-7-1 cm., ad apices ramu-
lorum in corymbum sublaxum 2-7-cephalum disposita; involucri
squame primo laxiuscule adpresse erecto-incurve, dein patentes,
acute scariose glabra concave opace, exteriores ovate, dilute
flavidee, 0°3 cm. longe, interiores oblonge albide, ad 0°7 cm. longe ;
receptaculi fimbrillis pallidis achzeniis subzequilongis ; flores homo-
gami, circa 45, corollis 0:4 cm. longis; pappi sete inferne bar-
bellate, supra medium subplumose; achznia papillata, 0-08 cm.
longa.

Has.: Cape Colony; district Ceres; rocky mountain slopes on
the Skurfdebergen, near Gydouw, approx. alt. 1,500 meters, Dec.
(1891), #. Bolus (in herb. Bolus, 7552!) ; on the Gydouwberg, 1,800.

390 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

meters, Jan. (1897), Schlechter, 10049! district Worcester; on the
Matroosberg, 1,950 meters, Jan., A. Bolus (in herb. Bolus, 6359 !) (in
herbb. Kew, Schlechter, Bolus, &c.).

A very distinct species, in floral structure nearest to H. awriculatwm
Less., next to which it may be placed. The heads are nearly as
large as in that, but the leaves very different. These latter are of
somewhat unusual shape: the petiole-like lower portion being
broadish, and then more or less suddenly dilated into an obcordate
or subreniform blade, more resembling those of H. exciswm Less.,
than those of any other known tome. The plant is probably con-
fined to the higher mountain-ranges of the western part of the
Colony.

H. sETIGERUM Bolus, n. sp. (Lepicline § Aptera).

H. albo N. H. Br. persinule, differt autem capitulis minorrbus,
fimbrillis receptaculs setiformibus acununatis achema subequilongis.

Fruticulus rhizomate lgnoso, omnino cinereo-tomentosus ad
32 cm. altus; folia radicalia erecta vel rosulato-patentia dense con-
ferta obovata vel obovato-oblonga, basi angustata, obtusissima vel
subacuta, 1°5-6 cm. x 1°7 cm., caulina remota erecta sepe adpressa
oblonga, superiora acuta interdum squama scariosa apice ornata,
semi-amplexicaulia, 1-3 em. x 0°3-0°5 cm. ; capitula solitaria vel in
cymulis 2-3-cephalis disposita, pedicellis 1:3-1:5 cm. longis, homo-
gama, crateriformia, 1-6 cm. longa, 2°5 cm. lata; involucri squame
5-6-seriates radiantes, scariosz, nitide glabre, albe vel sezpius
dimidio superiore brunnez, extimee ovate acute, 0°5 cm. longe,
interiores lanceolate acute ad 1:3 cm. longs ; receptaculum fimbril-
lato-favosum, fimbrillis plurimis setiformibus elongatis e septis favi
ortis, integris denticulatisve vel bipartitis pallidis, achenia squan-
tibus vel superantibus; flores numerosissimi, corollis 0:45 cm.
longis; pappi setze fere leves; achznia subturgida glabra 0-1 cm.
longa.

Var. 3 minor; corymbis 4—6.cephalis; capitulis 0:8-0-9 cm. longis,
1 cm. diam. floribus quam in typo paucioribus.
_ Has.: Cape Colony; summit of Kraal Berg, Barkly Pass, Jan.,
G. Rattray (7303! in herb. Galpin); district Mount Fletcher, summit
of Satsanna’s Berg, approx. alt. 2,900 meters, March, Galpin, 6670!;
district Barkly East, summits Ben Macdhui and Doodman’s Krans
Mts., approx. alt. 2,900-3,000 meters, March, Galpin, 6676! (in my
herb.). Orange R. Colony; summit of Mont-aux-Sources, 2,900
meters, Jan. (not fully developed), Flanagan, 1969! Var. 6 Barkly
East; summit of Doodman’s Krans Mt., 2,940 meters, March,
Galpin, 6686 !

Contributions to the African Flora. 391

H. oppuctum Bolus, n. sp. (Lepicline § Aptera).

H, foliis linearibus, cum rams indumento duplici, superrore mem-
branaceo tela imstar papyraceo intertexto argenteo polito undique
obductis, inferiore breviter tomentoso ommino abscondito ; caprtuls
5-10, im corymbum confertis, subsessilrbus, 25-45-floris.

Fruticulus decumbens erectusve, pedalis vel ultra, pauci-ramosus ;
rami adscendentes, sapius simplices, interdum semel vel bifurcati,
plerique graciles, foliosi, cum foliis tela membranacea vel papyracea
arcte intertexta argentea polita undique et fere omnino vestiti; folia
sparsa sessilia, nullo modo decurrentia, conferta rarius sublaxa,
erecto-patentia vel erecto-recurva, ad 2 cm. longa, 0:3 cm. lata,
linearia sphacelato-apiculata, sub tela externa utrinque breviter
tomentosa, marginibus recurvis, nervo medio s#pe prominente ;
capitula campanulata subsessilia, 0°5 cm. longa, 0:4 cm. lata, in
corymbum d-10-cephalum, 1-2 cm. latum conferta, foliis paucis
reductis tomentosis cincta ; involucri squame circa 4-seriate appressx
glabree scariose subhyaline nitentes, circumscriptione subirregulari,
extimis sepius lanceolatis acutis brevioribus, interioribus oblongis
obtuse acutis vel obtusissimus, intimis flores equantibus, apice
leviter inflexis, omnibus infra medium albidis vel cremeis, supra
dilute flavidis vel rarius subaureis; receptaculi fimbrille acheniis
fere equilonge ; flores homogami, 23—29, vel, in var. 8,45; achzenia
glabra nigricantia, 0-1 cm. longa.

Var. 3 laxior ; rami simpliciores, longiores, subvirgati ; folia laxiora,
angustiora; corymbi 1-—d-cephali; involucri squame nitentiores,
subaures ; capitula ad 45-fl., 0°6-0'7 cm. longa.

Has.: Natal, Great Noodsberg, on rocks, approx. alt. 900 meters,
April, Wood, 869! 4130! 5292! Nkandha, 1,200-1,500 meters, id.,
8843! Zululand, Umblatusi, approx. alt. 300 meters, April, Wylie
(in herb. Natal), 8640! Var. 6 Transvaal, Devil’s Kantoor, Drakens-
bergen, Sept., Bolus, 7806! Wood, 890 matches the last, on the
authority of Mr. N. HE. Brown, of Kew, but I have not seen it. (All
the above are in herb. Kew.)

The species is not very near any other of this section. The heads
somewhat resemble those of H. cephaloidewm DC., but the involucral
scales are less yellow, and the plant in other respects quite different.
A notable mark is the curious double indument. The upper web-like
layer is like that of H. subglomeratum, which was pointed out by
Lessing and which, as he says, may be removed almost entire. But
besides and below that is a quite separate, and more ordinary cover-
ing of soft short hairs, the whole forming an effective protection
against excessive transpiration. This lower coating of hairs is

392 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

absent, or very sparingly exhibited, in H. swbglomeratum, and is not
noticed either by Lessing or Harvey. It is, however, found on the
leaves of one or two other species of the genus.

H. LEPIDOPoDIUM Bolus, n. sp. (Lepicline § Chionostemma,
Harvey, extens.).

H. in toto argenteo-albidum ; folis spathulato-obovatis, wtrinque
tomento intertexto arcte adpresso levi tectis ; pedunculis monocephalis,
sqguams crebris scariosis caducis onustis.

Fruticulus ramosus, 60 cm. altus; rami rigidi lignosi foliosi; folia
imbricata erecta appressa sessilia semiamplexicaulia spathulato-
obovata, obtuse acuta, subtus l-nervia, utrinque tomento intertexto
arcte adpresso argyreo levi subnitente tecta, 1-2-2 cm. longa, 0:8-
1:3 cm. lata; pedunculi robusti lignosi erecti monocephali, 9-10 cm.
longi, bracteis crebris scariosis diaphanis ovatis, longe acuminatis,
caducis, basibus semiamplexicaulibus persistentibus, circa 1 cm.
longis, ornati; capitula ovalia circa 3:3 cm. longa et lata; involucri
squame 5—6-seriatee erectze sublaxz, nec radiantes, scariose nitentes
nivex, basi purpureo-maculate, exteriores ovate acuminate 1:5 cm.
longee, interiores lanceolate longe acuminate, 2°8 cm. longe, intimz
oblonge obtuse, 0:5-0°7 cm. longe; receptaculum subplanum,
alveolatum, septis fovearum in setas 4 breves pallidas productis ;
flores %, corolle 0°6 cm. long; pappi sete fere glabre vel vix
scabre, basi brevissime concrete; acheenia ovalia crassa, facie
leviter applanata, glabra granulata brunnea, 0°25 cm. longa.

Has.: Cape Colony; on slopes of the Sneeuwkop Mt., near
Stellenbosch, approx. alt. 1,460 meters, Jan., Marloth, 1831! (in
my herb.). .

A very distinct species, without any near ally known to me. It
may be recognised at once by its close silvery indument, without
visible hairs and almost metallic in appearance, combined with its
large solitary heads. The latter most resemble those of A. vestitwm,
Less., next to which it may be placed.

HELICHRYSUM, sub-gen. nov. Lysiolepis, Bolus.

Receptaculo paleis scariosis caducis ovaria semi-anrplectentibus
onusto.

H. argyrophyllum De Candolle, Prodr., vi., p. 186. This species
was placed by Harvey (Flora Capensis, iii., p. 233) in the subgenus
Kuhelichrysum, section Chrysolepidea, subsection Xerochlena.
But neither author makes any mention of the paleew on the
receptacle. These are oblong acute, strongly incurved, scarious

Contributions to the African Flora. 393

caducous and pale yellow, about 0:2 cm. long, more or less
enwrapping the achenes, and overtopping them (as in the genus
Relhania), When the palez fall the receptacle is seen to be foveo-
late. I know of no other species of Helichrysum which exhibits
such palezw. It will be seen from the above that they are not at all
like the fimbrils of the subgenus Lepicline; for although these are
in some species equally as long as, or even longer than, those of our
present species, they are not scarious, not caducous, nor in any
degree enwrapping the ovaries.

It may be a question whether this species should not be removed
to the genus Cassinia. The only representative of this genus in
South Africa (C. phylicoides (DC. sub Khynea) Benth. & Hook. f.) has
a very different appearance ; and, moreover, the palez in that are like
narrower involucral scales with the upper and lower half differentiated
from each other in the manner so common in the involucral scales of
Helichrysum, Metalasia, &c., whereas in the present plant the pales
are not so differentiated, but are uniform throughout ; and in Cassinia
do not, as in this species, envelope the ovaries.

It may be advisable to leave the species in the genus Helichrysum
for the present; but then it should be regarded as forming a new
subgenus as above.

The following additional stations are now known, besides the
only one hitherto recorded: Cape Colony; Perie Mts., near King
William’s Town, approx. alt. 760 meters, Dec., Tyson, in Herb.
Norm. Aust-Afr., 856! Katberg, March, Rev. Baur, 864! district
Maclear, alt. 1,800 meters, Jan., Bolus, 10121!

The inflorescence varies from a solitary terminal head to a 3-6-
headed loosely fastigiate corymb.

H. aGrostopHitum Klatt, in Bull. Herb. Boiss. IV., p. 833, Var.
nemorosum Bolus, n. var. (Lepicline § Plantaginea).

Planta metralis; folia ovata acuta, radicalia 25-31 cm. longa,
9-17 cm. lata; pedunculus (parte caulis subnuda) 45 cm. longus ;
panicula magis evoluta, 15 cm. lata, sub-umbellatim divisa, ramulis
primariis 6-7 validis, 5-6 cm. longis, capitulis numerosissimis.

Has.: Transvaal Colony, in thick undergrowth in a wood,
Houtbosch, distr. Pietersburg, approx. alt. 1,500 met., Febr., Bolus,
10991 (in herbb. Kew and Bolus).

This looks unlike the typical specimens (2.e., Galpin 703, only, for
the other number cited by Klatt, viz., Schlechter 6216, is, according
to the specimens under that number in my herbarium, received from
Schlechter himself, a different species, and apparently H. grisewm

26

394 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Sonder). After a careful examination, however, I am unable to
satisfy myself that, excepting the different shape of the leaves and
the stronger, more luxuriant growth of the whole plant, due, as it
appears to me, to a more favourable situation, there is really any
difference which can be regarded as of specific value.

H. HomiLtocurysum 8. Moore (Lepicline § Plantaginea), Journ. Bot.,
KXxvii. (1899), p. 371.

This species has been described from small poorly-grown speci-
mens. Those of Mclea, apparently the first discovered (in 1874),
show a plant at least 21 cm. high, with branches 13 cm. long, leaves
distinctly petiolate, the largest, including the petiole, 4:8 cm. long,
3°3 cm. wide, the panicles up to 6 cm. in spread, the heads about
the same size as in the type. The species is unlike any other known
to me, but I venture to suggest it would be more fitly placed in the
§ Aptera, next to H. petiolatum DC. The following additional
stations may be added: Transvaal; district Lydenburg, in crevices
of dry quartzose rocks, Drakensbergen near Mac-a-Mace, July, McLea
(3013 in herbb. Kew and Bolus). Natal; Great Noodsberg, April,
Wood, 933! and 4141 !—the latter quite immature and smaller in all
parts (in herb. Kew).

H. AvUREO-NITENS Schultz Bip.—Note: in the Herb. Norm.
Aust-Afr, MacOwan ¢ Bolus No. 460 were distributed plants of the
above species wrongly marked ‘‘H. psilolepis DC. var.,’’ which
should be corrected.

AMPHIGLOSSA KoLBeEr Bolus, n. sp. (Inuloidex-Relhaniez).

A. folus erectis appressis nec imbricatis; capitulis 5-6-fl., 2 2,
ligulis exsertis, % 3-4.

Fruticulus erectus diffusus griseo-tomentosus, 20 cm. altus vel
ultra ; rami divaricati subflexuosi graciles rigidi foliosi, 0-10-15 cm.
diam. ; folia erecta incurvo-appressa sessilia ericoidea, nec imbricata
nec gemmifera, late linearia vel oblonga subobtusa crassa, marginibus
_ inflexis, supra dense tomentosa, subtus tenuiter tomentosa demum
glabrescentia, 0°25-0°32 cm. longa; capitula ad apices ramulorum
breviorum sessilia, 2-3 glomerata, rarius solitaria, cylindrica demum
crateriformia, foliis floralibus minoribus congestis arcte suffulta,
0:4-0°5 cm. longa; involucri squame erecte 2-3-seriatze oblong
vel lineares acute scariosze fusce, extime basi tomentose reliquis
glabris; flores 2 2, % 3-4, ligulis fil. 9 erecto-patentibus purpureis,
0:3 cm. longis, 0°12 em. latis, corollis fil. ¥0°3 cm. longis; achzenia
glabra, 0°07 em. longa.

Contributions to the African Flora. 395

Has.: Cape Colony; District Prince Albert, Great Zwartebergen
Range, near the Pass, Rev. Dr. Kolbe, 1477! (in my herb.).

A very distinct species, which falls into DC.’s section Phzenoglossa,
but most resembles in general appearance A. callunoides DC., differing
by its leaves which are entirely and closely appressed, and not gem-
miferous, by its shorter heads, and fewer ray-flowers with exserted
ligules.

IpHIONA DENTATA Bolus.—This name must replace that of
Pegolettia dentata, published by me, in vol. xvi., p. 385 of these
Transactions. The error was corrected on p. 6, at the foot of the
Table of Contents in the same vol., but as that did not appear until
some months later, while off-prints had meanwhile been distributed,
it is necessarily repeated here. The description remains unchanged,
but the following correction is substituted. For the words ‘In
floral structure nearest to,” &c., read ‘“‘ Nearest to I. baccharidifolia
Benth. & Hook. f., distinct by its much narrower and more deeply-
toothed leaves, much more numerous, narrower, and acuminate
involucral scales, and by its silky achenes.”

PEGOLETTIA TENUIFOLIA Bolus, n. sp. (Inuloidez-Huinulez).

P. folits anguste lineartbus, imtegerrimis; wvolucrt squamis
4—5-servatis.

Fruticulus erectus, circa 30 cm. altus; ramuli pauci, adscendentes
subvirgati graciles glanduloso-puberuli striati pauci-foliati; mono-
cephali; folia sparsa internodiis 0:2-0°5 cm. longis, sessilia, laxe
patentia, anguste linearia acuta conduplicativa vel rarius plana,
glabra, puberulave, punctulis nigris impressa, 1-nervia, ad 2°5 cm.
longa, 0:2 cm. lata; capitula ad apices ramulorum solitaria, cam-
panulata, 1'7 cm. longa, apice 1°5 cm. lata; involucri squame
4—5-seriate, lanceolate, setaceo-acuminate, 1l-nervie, marginibus
scarlosis, apicem versus puberule ciliateque vel interdum glabre
nudzque, 0-2-1 cm. longe; corolla cylindracea sursum sensim
ampliata 1 cm. longa, lobis glanduloso-hispidulis; achznia leviter
costulata, minute hispidula, 0°23 cm. longa; pappi palez exteriores
lanceolato-lineares acutee 0:15 cm. longs, sete interiores barbellate,
corolla parum breviores.

Has.: Transvaal; district Waterberg, in a valley, Boschpoort,
near Warm Bath, approx. alt. 1,100 meters, fl. Jan., Bolus, 11951
(in herb. Kew, Schlechter, &c.).

Of the species of Pegolettia known to me this seems nearest to
P. senegalensis Cass., and P. mucronata Benth., of the latter of which

396 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

I have no specimens. It appears to be distinct from either as well
by its very slender leaves, as by the more numerous rows of its
involucral scales.

CINERARIA MONTANA Bolus, n. sp. (Senecionidew-Euseneciones).

C. caule lignoso tomentoso folus pinnatisectis subtus tmdumento
albidotomentoso arcte mtertexto ommino imdutis, swperne glaberrimis,
capitulis medrocribus heterogamis.

Fruticulus perennis erectus ad 40 cm. altus; caulis (vel ramus
abscissus ?) simplex, sursum ramulosus, lignosus, dense foliosus
tomentosus, superne corymbo desinens; folia_ sessilia erecto-
patentia pinnatisecta, circumscriptione late ovata, ad 4:5 cm.
longa, 2°6 cm. lata, lobis utrinque 3-4, mediis oblongis acutis
mucronatis decurrentibus integris rarius irregulariter dentatis mar-
ginibus revolutis subcoriaceis, superne glabris subtus indumento
albido-tomentoso arcte intertexto omnino indutis, nervo prominente,
ad 1-5 em. longis 0°5 cm. latis, lobis inferioribus subconformibus sed
minoribus, infimis parvis subulatis stipuleformibus cauli utrinque
adherentibus; corymbi laxe patentes, ad 10 cm. lati polycephali,
pedunculis 4-5 cm. longis, cum pedicellis 0-2-2 cm. longis albo-
tomentosis, bracteis distantibus foliaceis setaceo-acuminatis in
calyculum transeuntibus; calyculi squame 3-0, scariose; capitula
turbinata vel semi-globosa, 0°5-0°7 cm. longa, apice 0:6—0:7 cm. lata;
involucri squamz 10-13 erecte subimbricate lanceolate acuminate
3-nervize, marginibus scariosis, glabree fusca, 0°5-0°6 cm. longer;
radii flores ca. 7, ligulis 0-4 cm. longis, disci ca. 30, sursum gradatim
ampliati, 0° cm. longi; achzenia glabra l-nervia; pappi sete
1-seriatze, basi breviter concrete, albidz, corollas subzquantes.

Has.: Natal: summit of the Drakensbergen, approx. alt. 1,500-
1,800 meters, Febr., Haygarth (Com. J. M. Wood, 99251).

A very distinct species with something of the habit of C. tomentosa
Less., but taller and more robust, and differing much in its in-
florescence and leaves. The latter are very dark, or dry dark,
on the upper surface, and, though glabrous, are much wrinkled
-and rough in the dried state. The lgules of the ray flowers
appear to be yellow.

BERKHEYA INGRATA Bolus, n. sp. (Arctotidese-Gorteriex § Stobza).

B. folus caulims bipinnatipartitis segmentis linearibus rigidis,
supra 5-nervirs dense setulosisque, capitulis medrocribus homogamis
solitarus vel laxe corymbosis, pappr squamis 2-serratis oblongis obtusis
subminutis ; achenus glabris.

Contributions to the African Flora. 397

Herba annua vel perennis (?) erecta ramosa, 45 cm. alta vel ultra ;
rami adscendentes foliosi rigidi striati tenuiter albido-tomentosi,
demum glabrescentes, 10-16 cm. longi; folia radicalia haud visa,
caulina erecto-patentia vel sape recurva, sessilia auriculato-semi-
amplexicaulia, ambitu obovata, bipinnatipartita, pinnis 5—-10-jugis,
basi per rhachin alato-decurrentibus, usque ad basin partitis, seg-
mentis rigidis linearibus vel lanceolato-linearibus spinoso-acuminatis,
basi spinellis recurvis donatis, marginibus revolutis nudis, supra
5-nerviis, nervis arcte approximatis, dense setulosis, subtus
1-nerviis cinereo-tomentosulis, folia inferiora in specimine unico
ad 11 cm. longa, pinnulis 0:°3-0-4 cm. latis, pleraque 3-6 cm. x
2-3 cm., pinnis infimis 2-4 szpius in spinulas reductis, folia
superiora sensim minora; capitula homogama solitaria ad apices
ramulorum breviter pedunculata, pedunculis gracilibus 1-2 em.
longis, rarius subsessilia, expansa 4—5°D cm. diam.; involucri foliola
foliacea, pinnulis similia, basi concreta tomentosa 4-seriata radiantia,
exteriora breviora, interiora 1:°5-2°5 cm. longa, flores duplo super-
antia; receptaculum alveolatum, fimbrillis capillaceis pallidis,
ad 0°5-0°9 cm. longis; flores m, corollis 0°7-0°8 cm. longis;
pappi squame 2-seriate oblong, obtuse, minute denticulate albe,
0:06 cm. long; achzenia turbinata glabra, 0°13 cm. longa.

Has.: Transvaal Colony, near Standerton, common, Jan., Feb.,
J. Burtt Davy, 899! 3359!

Although the achenes are quite glabrous this seems to come
nearest to Stobea bipinnatifida Harvey, differing by its much nar-
rower leaf-segments, larger heads, and relatively longer involucral
leaflets. The bristles on the upper surface of the leaves are much
coarser than those of B. setufera DC. It has excited some appre-
hension in the Transvaal by its alleged rapid spread in the
neighbourhood of Standerton, its spinous leaves being very
obnoxious to cattle.

BERKHEYA MAGALISMONTANA Bolus, n. sp. (Arctotides-Gorteriez
| § Stobza, ?)

B. folas altermis ambitu oblongis lanceolatisve acutis pinnatifidis
vel rartus pinnato-dentatis, lobis spinoso-acuminatis interstitiis basi-
busque semper nudis, capitulis mediocribus, laxe corymbosis, vel
subsolitarus, pappt squamis varrabilobus acutis vel subobtusis, apice
+ laceratis, achenus dense sericeo-villosis.

Suffrutex erectus ramosus rigidus albo-tomentosus, ad 35 cm.
altus vel ultra; rami adscendentes teretes, ad 23 cm. longi; folia
alterna sessilia, inferiora conferta, superiora sensim pauciora, erecto-
patentia, vel subrecurva, ambitu lineari-oblonga, lanceolatave spinoso-

398 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

acuminata, pinnatifida vel minora grosse dentata, lobis dentibusve
utrinque 2-5, subdeltoideis spinoso-acuminatis, interstitiis basi-
busque nudis, superne araneosa demum glabrescentia, creberrime
reticulato-venosa, inferne szpe l-nervia tomento intertexto arto
vestita, 3-5°5 cm. longa, 0°8-1°5 cm. lata; lobis 0:2-0'4 cm. longis,
spinis 0°2 cm. longis; capitula pauca 2-6 in apicibus ramulorum
laxissime corymbosa vel subsolitaria, mediocria, crateriformia, circa
2°5 cm. diam.; pedunculi bracteati, ad 4 cm. longi; involucri squame
radiantes 4-seriatz, foliaceze lineari-lanceolate spinoso-acuminate,
marginibus spinelloso-ciliatis, basi concrete superne glabree 3—5-ner-
vate, inferne tomentose, 0-6-1:3 cm. long ; receptaculum 0°6 cm.
diam., septis alveolorum breviter setaceis; flores radii + 14, ligulis
1-2 cm. longis, disci + 60, corollis 0°7 cm. longis; pappi squamee
variabiles obovate oblong vel oblanceolatze acute vel subobtuse
lacerate serices pallide vel rarius purpures, 0°15 cm. longe;
achenia turbinata sericeo-villosa.

Has.: Transvaal; Magaliesbergen near Aapies R., approx. alt.
1,800 meters, Jan., Schlechter, 4163! Crocodile and Magalies Rs.,
1,500 meters, May, Burtt Davy, 204! near Rustenburg, 1,380 meters,
Olive Nation, 322! (in herb. Bolus).

This species is perhaps nearest in appearance to B. corymbosa DC.,
but the pappus is very different in structure and is somewhat inter-
mediate in character between that of the §§ Huberkheya and Stobxa.
Harvey mentions the same peculiarity in his notes upon B. seminivea
Harv. & Sond., and upon B.? annectens Harv., in Flor. Cap., iii.,
pp. 907, 509.

Erica THopEI Guthrie & Bolus in Dyer, Flor. Cap., iv. 1., 284.

This species was described upon scanty and somewhat withered
material. We now owe to Mr. Galpin excellent specimens which,
like Thode’s, were gathered at a considerable elevation, but probably
at a different season. These show that the original description and
also the position assigned to the species in the genus, need revision.

The following corrections may be noted :—

EK. THoper G. & B. (§ Hermes) . . . petioles 4-4 the length of
the leaf-blade ; flowers axillary, subcalycine ; pedicels deflexed.

The following is the new station: Drakensberg, marshy places,
Doodman’s Krans Mt., district Barkly Hast, approx. alt. 2,690 meters,
March 7, 1904. Flowers white; growing socially in masses. Galpin,
6766! (in herbb. Kew, Galpin, Bolus, &c.).

I propose to remove the speciés from the section Trigemma to the
section Hermes and to place it between LH. longiaristata Benth., and
E. flavicoma Bartl., to both of which, but especially the latter,

Contributions to the African Flora. 399

it bears a considerable resemblance. The only objection to the
arrangement is the somewhat proportionately large and prominent
sepals; but the flower is scarcely calycine, and the same difficulty
meets us constantly in endeavouring to define rigidly the boundaries
of many of the sections of this large genus.

LEUCOSPERMUM ZWARTBERGENSE Bolus, n. sp. (Proteacez-
Persoonioidex-Proteex, Hngl. § Diastella, Salisb.).

L. foluis linearibus subobtusis subacutisve, basin versus angustatis,
rigidis crassis, glaberrumis ; capitulis globosis, 1-1°5 cm. diam. ;
mvolucrt squanus circa 3-servatis.

Suffrutex validus humilis decumbens, ad 24 cm. altus; rami ex ima
basi numerosi adscendentes robusti rigidi, dense foliosi, 0:2—0°4 em.
diam. ; folia erecta vel seepius arcuata linearia, basin versus angustata
subobtusa vel subacuta calloso-apiculata crassa rigida glaberrima,
juniora sericeo-villosa, 15-35 cm. longa, 0:2-0°3 cm. lata; capitula
sessilia globosa, 1-1'5 cm. diam.; involucri squame ca. 3-seriatz
villoso-ciliatz glabrescentes, exteriores ovate, 0°3 cm. longs, in-
teriores oblonge 0-7 cm. longe, 0:2 cm. late; receptaculum
elongatum cylindricum, dense sericeo-hirtum, paleis lineari-lanceo-
latis acuminatis duplo longioribus interjectis, 0°5 cm. longum,
0-3 cm. diam.; perigonium 0:8 cm. longum, laminis extus cano-
villosis; squamelle filiformes, 0°25 cm. longe; stylus filiformis,
perigonium fere sequans; stigma cylindricum vel subclavatum,
0-15 cm. longum; ovarium sericeum.

Has.: Cape Colony; rocky places near the summit of the Zwarte-
berg Pass, district Oudtshoorn, approx. alt. 1,460 meters, Dec.,
Bolus, 12267 (in herb. Kew, Brit. Mus., Berlin, &c.).

A distinct species, not much like any other known to me. In

habit and leaves it bears a great resemblance to Sorocephalus
salsoloides ft. Br.

Sivan pir ehigi
We at ena 2
é Tere F Ta ee) 7

az aie LIS eo

PRY i.

S
135% 1380x 66mm

a
710.x 90x 5mm

|
180mm x 100 mm

7

West, Newman collo.

Vol. XVIII.

' Fig.2.60x39 cm

Pio ie

Wesi,Newman collo.

‘

Trans.S.Afr.Phil.S oc Vol. XVIII.

Fig.5 60x 40.

cag l¥.

West, Newman colic.

"

Trans.S. Afr Phil.Soc Vol.XVIII.

Fig.10. #7 4% 29

West,Newman collie.

ee al

g
eo)
SS
K :
SO 9
> oy
j CY)
x Kk
Lop)
i ‘i us §
~ ES
D ic
be XQ

Trans.S.Afr Phil.Soe Vol XVIII.
275x 270 cm.

+

7
a5

West, Newman col

Pix

Trans.S.Afr Phil.S oc Vol. XVIT.

8.

Fig
ZO KS

9

Oem.

eee

Trans.s.Afr.Phil Soc. Vol. XVUL. Pa OC

Fig.2. 550 x 31 mm.

West, Newman collo.

Trans. S.Afr.Phil.Soc.Vol. XVIII. ELSI:

4.74 m.m. high.

me bx
ee

Fig:2. 453 m.m.long.

West,Newman collo.

é:

PEAY

Trans. S.Afr. Phil. Soc.Vol. XVIII.

460 x 760.m.m.

Rig ale

910 x 580 mm.

West,Newman collo.

FiG.e:

ar

fhe!

”
-

a

(401 )

ON ROCK-ENGRAVINGS OF ANIMALS AND THE HUMAN
FIGURE, FOUND IN SOUTH AFRICA.

(Second Note.)

By L. PERINGUEY,

Director of the South African Museum.
With Plates VII.-XY.
(Read September 29, 1908.)

if
THE Rock-ENGRAVINGS.

In a preliminary note on this subject, published in Vol. XVI,
1906, of the Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society,
I alluded to rock-engravings (sculptures rupestres, graffiti, petro-
glyphs) of a type far superior in finish and artistic merit to those
that were at the time the object of my communication.

These rock-engravings are indeed so very superior in technique
and correctness of outline, that they cannot fail to compel admira-
tion, especially when it is remembered how primitive were the tools
used by the sculptors, and how exceedingly hard the surface of the
rock, which must have caused many a rechipping of the edges or
points of the stone tools, themselves of a material not harder than
the stones on which the delineations are so deeply engraved,

These rocks are porphyritic, or consist of amygdaloid diabase ;
but some carvings have been found on granite, on sandstone, and
also on slate.

In many of the figures here reproduced * we have no longer lines
or outlines obtained by more or less rough pointing or punching as
shown in several of the illustrations of my first note. The technique

* The reproduction of these figures was obtained not by chalking the chipped
parts, but by carefully oiling the surface of the rock adjoining the outlines of the
figures ; owing to the darkening of the adjoining surface, the figures appear boldly
and very distinctly in the photographs.

27

il
WIL

402 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

is of a much more complicated nature, and it includes occasionally
lines in relief.

This is well shown in Fig. 2 of Plate VIII. which represents an
elephant fleeing before a hunter armed with bow and arrow. The
lines intended to represent the corrugation of the skin are in relief,
and in relief also is the somewhat slender tail, which is, however,
not well brought out in the photograph. Apart from the real artistic
merit of the intaglio process, the attitude of the animal in flight
before its pursuer is amazingly correct. The manner in which the
ears are carried, the hanging down of the lower lp, the curvature of
the back, the bending backwards of the left fore foot, the manner
in which the left hind leg is thrown back are absolutely exact, and
denote a keen power of observation on the part of the sculptor. The
figure of the man is, as usual, very poor in design, but in this
instance one notices in it an expression of activity ; the hunter is
plainly running after its quarry, and the sex is not apparent.

This rock-engraving is probably the best of its kind as yet
discovered. I have, however, been told of another hunting scene
(several men attacking a rhinoceros) which, my informant pro-

~ nounces, after an inspection of this engraved stone, to be equally

good in finish.

Fig. 1 of Plate VIII. is that of another elephant going peacefully
along. The ears alone are in relief, and the whole body is carefully
chipped; the intaglio bringing out the outlines of the thighs is
executed in a masterly manner.

Fig. 3 of Plate IX. is in point of excellence second only to Fig. 2
of Plate VIII. It is that of a buffalo (Bubalus cafer), and is wholly
hollowed out, but the two lines indicating the horns are in bold
relief. The attitude of the animal, the switching of its tail, is full of
life. As a study of nature at rest, it can be matched only by Fig. 7
of Plate X. representing a female Koodoo (Strepsiceros Kudu). The
next sculptures in order of merit are the two giraffes in Plate XI.
In both, the large spots of the skin are executed in bold relief, the
chipped-off interstices being in places as much as 8 mm. deep.
Fig. 12 is in motion, and the four legs are clearly delineated ;
Fig. 13 seems to be at rest, only two legs are there shown. The
execution of these figures is so good, that it seems probable that
what might appear at first sight to be a defect in technique, is
in reality the result of consummate skill, the absence or the
presence of two or four legs being intended to convey the im-
pression that the animal is either resting or on the move (see
also Figs. 4 of Plate IX., 1 and 2 of Plate XIV., &.). I may
add that in all likelihood, the rock-engravings here mentioned

Rock-Engravings of Animals and the Human Figure. 403

are, judging from the position in which they stood, the work of
the same artist. On the other hand, many of the quadrupeds
of inferior workmanship are elsewhere represented with two legs,
or occasionally three.

None of the rock-engravings mentioned in my first note exhibit
any attempt at perspective, if we except perhaps that of a giraffe
(loc. cit. Plate XII., Fig. 3). Under the head of the animal, the
body of which is represented in full, is that of a much smaller one.
It is doubtful, however, if that reduction in size is meant to convey
an idea of the dwarfing due to the distance. The animals depicted
are as arule not grouped together, but Miss M. Wilman, a former
assistant of the South African Museum, and now in charge of the
Kimberley Museum, has obtained by rubbings, tracings of animals
that show a technique of very high order indeed and plenty of
imagination. These figures (1 and 2, Plate XIV.) are those of
two giraffes engraved on a small boulder the contour of which
made it impossible to trace the animals in their right position.
They form part of a group of three; one animal reaches on one
side the top of a tree, the second does the same from the other
side, the third is no longer well defined and a rubbing could
not be obtained. In the same spot is a giraffe of the same size
as the other two suckling her young, and the execution is as
good as that of the two figured in Plate XIV. These sculptures
from the Vryburg District are probably the best of their kind,
and it is impossible not to credit the sculptors of these scenes
with plenty of imagination and a great mastery of their craft.
_ In other places discovered lately are specimens of nearly equal
artistic merit. Fig. 9 of Plate X. represents a galloping rhinoceros,
which is not only realistic in the extreme, but which might be
termed ‘‘ study of a head.” The sculptor plainly intended to depict
the fore-part of the animal only, because it abuts on the edge of the
boulder which is there at right angles with the face of the rock.
A similar instance is to be found in the admirably treated fore-part
of an eland (Fig. 19 of Plate XII.) obtained from a different locality,
and in all probability not executed by the same sculptor. There
has been no attempt to continue the outline on the receding face of
the rock. The running ostrich, Fig. 11 of Plate X., is full of life.
But more singular perhaps than any of the illustrations here given
is that of Fig. 20 of Plate XII. The surface of the boulder is there
closely amygdoidal ; the lower part is a little more even. It is that
part that the engraver has chosen for depicting two blue cranes
(Letrapteryx paradisea). Extraordinary as may seem the attitude
of these birds, it is an exact reproduction of them when they play

|
.
|
|
|

404 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

their curious antics or strut grotesquely along. ‘To the right of the
engraving are three superposed, broadly triangular chevron-like lines.

Fig. 1 of Plate XIII. is that of an eland, which I have selected
among others because of the very effective appearance obtained
by retaining for the central part of the body the original smooth
surface of the rock, and thus helping to bring out the chipped
part more clearly.

But next to, and often intermingled with, these well-finished
engravings are some which contrast singularly with the others
in their lack of artistic merit, or even crudeness. Thus Figs. 6,
8, and 10 of Plate X., although found with the series in Plates
VIII. and XIV., are not of equal merit; Fig. 18 of Plate XII.
which was figured on the same boulder as Fig. 7 of Plate X.
is made quite ludicrous by contrast. The tracings (Fig. 1 of Plate
XV.) are certainly far from being artistic. I may say that in this
case the latter scene stood by itself.

Figs. 14, 15, 16, 17 of Plate XI. do not betray much skill, and are
of the same type of workmanship as the singular design that sur-
mounts Fig. 10 of Plate X. Starred designs are not uncommon.
I have seen them from the banks of the Orange and of the Vaal
Rivers; and they are met with on the plains of Kimberley and of
Bechuanaland.* Rough check-boards made by lines intersecting
each other are also known. Hiibner, speaking of a group of these
sculptures in the Potchefstroom District (Zeitsch. f. Ethnol., 1871),
says, ‘‘ Besides these easily recognisable figures there are, however,
many others, which are difficult to explain. I may merely mention
one in which 6 vertical stripes, or succession of holes, were cut at
right angles by 4 or 5 similar lines; another, where 12 rows of
3 holes are situated under each other, and which cannot possibly
be considered as alphabetic signs; very common are circles of
100 mm. long from which 18 radial strokes, about 100 mm. long
emanate, so that the whole might be a representation of the sun.”’
Fig. 17 of Plate XI. represents a foot the small size of which
suggests the possibility of the etching having been made from
a wet imprint.

The disparity of skill and technique evinced by the illustrations
given in this paper can be explained by the assumption borne by

* In certain Bushmen paintings stars and check-boards do also figure. In the
tracing of one such picture in the South African Museum is the reproduction in
red ochre of a very small, almost delicate human hand, with the digits spread out.
This picture was plainly produced by the impression on the surface of the rock of
the painter’s hand covered with red pigment. A similar impression, but the hand

is white on a red ochre background, occurs in the very ancient cave of Castello,
vide ‘* Portugalia,” vol. ii., fase. 2. ? 1904.

Rock-Engravings of Animals and the Human Figure. 405

facts that other and less talented sculptors endeavoured to imitate,
and this more or less clumsily, the portraiture the evidence of which
they had before them. A good instance of this is shown in Fig. 2,
Plate XIII., which would seem at first sight to represent a fight
between a rhinoceros and another quadruped of identity unknown.
Now, the rhinoceros is plainly Rhinoceros simus ; it is etched all
over, and although not having the finish of the Vryburg engravings
and others, is still a fine piece of work. The imitator has entirely
failed to give to his reproduction a semblance to any of the
quadrupeds met with in South Africa. In his book, ‘Aus Nama-
land und Kalahari,’ Jena, 1907, Schultze figures two engravings
found in the close neighbourhood of Beaufort West in the Cape
Colony. The lower figure, that of the eland, is genuine; the upper
is a miserable attempt at imitation of a nondescript quadruped.*

Dr. A. W. Rogers, Director of the Cape Geological Survey, saw in
places between Kuruman and Tsenin, along the Kuruman River,
numerous series of engravings of that type made by the Bechuana
herd-boys or others. Rev. G. E. Westphal, of the Berlin Mission
Society, and stationed at Pniel on the Vaal River, was very careful
in selecting for the South African Museum old original engravings
from the numerous carvings perpetrated by the school-going
children of the Station, which are of Koranna, Bechuana, and
Griqua mixed origin.

Some of these imitations are so crude that they cannot deceive
any one; but in some cases it is difficult to decide as to the
authenticity of the etchings, that is to say if we assume that
the most perfect are very ancient.

Fig. 1 of Plate XV., traced and photographed by Dr. A. W.
Rogers, is on a quartzite rock and is covered with a distinct
patina, but the lines of the engraving are not patinated. It is
thus likely of comparatively recent origin, ike most of the obscene
representations met with; but in Plate XII., the very uncouth
Fig. 18 is as well patinated as the elephants on Plate VIII.

ei
AGE OF THE Rock-EHNGRAVINGS.

I have in my first note pointed to the great similarity between the
rock-engravings of the southern part of Africa and those occurring
in Southern Algeria and the Sudan. The great antiquity of the

* IT am informed that in the same district most of the Bushman paintings are

disfigured by additions such as waggon and drivers, to the original figures of
antelopes, &c.

eS

a
+ we a= .

oe .

——=
OF

see
=

—
Se ee ee

TW
Nil

406 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Algerian ones is demonstrated by the fact that man did there execute
among others the figure in intaglio of an extinct buffalo, Bubalus
antiywus. We had in South Africa, and living at the same time,
another buffalo, B. bain, probably larger than the northern one.
Its remains have been found in a situation that clearly showed that
it had been laid low by man, and its bones fractured for the extrac-
tion of marrow, in common with bones of the rhinoceros, large
antelopes, kc. SBubalus baint does not seem to have been
etched in South Africa, but its contemporary, Rhinoceros sumus,
which is said to occur still in parts of Central Africa, is often figured.
The South African engravings are, however, on a much more reduced
scale than the Northern, and although we have found in both parts
of the African continent the stone implements used for the repro-
duction of these figures, it is impossible as yet to assign to them
an age, and it is doubtful if the conclusions arrived at by the late
Sir John Evans or M. M. Boule can be accepted in full.* But what
can be said with regard to some of the South African implements
found is that they are unmistakably of the same type as the palxo-
liths found in Lake Karar.

If we take in South Africa the evidence of the rocks themselves,
and they are probably the hardest and most durable of those occurring
in the country, we find that the etched parts are in many cases
nearly as completely covered by the characteristic thin shining black
or brown film found on exposed rock surfaces in the interior of South
Africa as the surface of the rock itself. Many, if not most, of the
well-executed etchings are strongly patinated, and while a few of
less artistic merit are partly coated with that film, the ruder kinds
are not coated at all, or are only so in a moderate degree. t

In the case of the former, and although there is no means of ascer-
taining at what rate this film is deposited, there is some justification
in assigning to these sculptures a very ancient origin, owing to the
presence on the etched part of a patina that can hardly be differen-
tiated from the crust forming on the surface of the boulder, &e. Stow,
himself an eminent geologist, in order to show the great antiquity of

/ some etchings occurring on an island in the Vaal, opposite Riverton

(“The Native Races of South Africa,” London, 1905, p. 30), says:
‘The extreme antiquity of some of these designs is, however, clearly
evinced by the fissures which have been formed in the apparently

* « Htude s.1. station paléolithique du lac Karar,” Boule (L’ Anthropologie, vol. xi.,
1900, p. 1); ‘‘ Paleolithic Man in Africa,” Evans (Proc. Roy. Soc. 66, No. 433, 1900).

+ Mr. A. du Toit, of the Cape Geological Survey, informs me that the black
shining film is not the result of a simple oxidation as I thought, but of the forma-
tion of a very thin film of iron and manganese.

FRock-Engravings of Animals and the Human Figure. 407

impenetrable rocks since the earliest designs were chased upon
them. . . . One of the oldest was that of an eland done on a larger
scale than any other representation of an animal found; but since its
completion, a large fissure has been worn through the rock, upwards
of nine inches in breadth in its broadest part, and about eighteen inches
in depth.’”” When one considers the extreme hardness of these
rocks, the great antiquity of these engravings would seem proved
by that statement, but I must add that on the testimony of Rev.
G. EH. Westphal these same rocks, including the engraved ones, are
often split by the concussion of the terrific peals of thunder pre-
vailing there.

On the other hand, ice-scratches occurring in the bed and on the
banks of the Vaal River, exposed partly to the polishing effect of the
huge periodical floods, or partly to the eolian agencies when the river
is low, are still perfectly distinct. Perfectly distinct also are the
aboriginals’ sculptures engraved on the same rocks, and which, for
aught we know, may have been nearly contemporaneous with the
uncovering of these traces of glacial action, some of which, I am
informed, are not very much deeper than the intaglios themselves.

These rock-engravings, however, are not found only on the banks
of rivers. Asa matter of fact those occurring on the banks of the
Orange or Vaal are, so far as I know, often inferior in merit if com-
pared with those occurring in the Vryburg, Upington, or Prieska
Districts in the Cape Colony. The water-flow cannot in the case of
most of these have played the part of a destructive agent. Some
are found in solitary boulders on the veld; others on small eminences
- without any spring or water-flow in their neighbourhood, &c. At
no great distance from a place in the Vryburg District where many
of these images are found, is a depression which after the summer
rains becomes a very shallow ‘‘pan,’’ or lake. Not only there, but
also at a long distance off, are strewn either on the surface, or at no
great depth, stone implements of a paleolithic type, showing a great
resemblance to those found further south. Made of a volcanic rock
of perhaps as hard a structure as the amygdaloid rocks on which the
sculptures are found, these implements are as much polished by
eolian agencies as if they haa been exposed for untold ages to the
turbulent, although in South Africa spasmodic, flow of river waters.

I give in Plate VII. 3 figures of these implements. Figs. 1 and 2
are hand-picks ; Fig. 3 was probably used as a sling-stone, or for
hand-throwing. The edges are too sharp to admit of its having
been used for trimming or detaching flakes.

In other places where stone implements similar to those occur in
South Africa, there is nothing to suggest the presence of old river

408 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

gravels,* and it is perhapsa moot point if the geological circumstances
now obtaining differ much from those found in the post-pleisto-
cene, or perhaps the pleistocene period.

Stow, however, does not think so, and in dealing with what he
terms the evidence of great antiquity of these stone implements,
he mentions a bed of sandy marlin which he discovered a number of
finely chipped stones, and comes to the conclusion +} that the ‘“ Vaal
River itself did not flow in the same channel in which we now see
it. .. . The hunters who made or used these weapons must have
lived at a period so remote that the physical features of the country
were really different from what we see at the present time.”

In order to prove the antiquity of the Bushman race—which he
considers to have been the first aboriginal—he quotes also finds
including ‘‘ finely shaped stone armlet,”’ ‘‘ Bushman beads made of
ostrich egg-shell,” ‘‘a stone hammer and a well-formed chipped
stone,” ‘‘Bushman pottery,” ‘‘ maal stones, stone implements, and
an awl made of ivory,” &c., found at various and sometimes con-
siderable depths.

Unfortunately I cannot find from a careful perusal of his book
that Stow knew how to distinguish between implements of the
neolithic and paleolithic types. No evidence has as yet been
obtained of pottery, bone awls, or perforated stones being found
associated with paleolithic forms, whereas they are always asso-
ciated with the neolithic or recent period in South Africa.

The presence of these stone implements found close to the sculp-
ture themselves, or in the immediate neighbourhood justifies, however,
the assumption that the two must be associated. The flakes which
I figured { bear plain evidence of having been used as engraving
tools ; but these flakes cannot, unfortunately, be said to belong either
to the palzolithic or to the neolithic type.

What we know of the Stone Age in South Africa does not allow of
discrimination between very remote, ancient, or recent periods. If
the celts of paleolithic type are very ancient, so are many of the
rock-engravings ; if they are not, the evidence drawn from their

_ association with these implements settles the question of their

antiquity.

But to me a point of great importance is the total absence in the
scenes of the better and more ancient manufactures of figures repre-
senting the ox, the Cape sheep, or any other domesticated animal.

* Cape, Stellenbosch, Paarl, Worcester, Tulbagh, Piquetberg, Knysna, Cradock,
&c., Districts in the Cape Colony.

+ ‘The Native Races of South Africa,” p. 25.

t Trans. 8. Afric. Phil. Soc., xvi., 1906, p. 412.

Rock-Engravings of Animals and the Human Figure. 409

Why should only the fere nature be represented in these graffiti,
and not the cattle which the Hottentots—great shepherds, and on
that account great nomads—had always with them ? *

On that ground alone there is some justification in coming to the
conclusion as I do, that these rock-engravings are anterior to the
immigration of the Hottentots.

III.
WHO WERE THE RocK-ENGRAVERS?

There is no doubt that among the aborigines of mixed Hottentot
race, especially among those called ‘“‘ Bushmen” in the up-country
districts and also near the coast of Cape Colony, there are still
individuals very proficient in the art of carving, and some of their
productions are really surprising. I have the handle of a home-made
awl carved into the typical shape of a Hottentot head with prominent
cheek-bones, slanting eyes, &c.; on a slab is carved the typical Cape
cart with two impatient horses, and the driver, a farmer in his best
Sunday clothes, and with long, flowing beard, holding the reins, &c.
But the term “Bushman” has been, and is still, applied to so
many mixed aborigines of the Khoi Khoin races that at the present
moment it is absolutely misleading.

Stow, in his posthwmous work, assumes, however, that the oldest
South African inhabitant was the Bushman, and divides the race
into two sections: the painters and sculptors, explaining their
migrations southwards “‘ from the relics they have left of their former
ownership.” ‘This theory may at once be dismissed, because these
relics have now been found where Stow did not know them to exist.
In page 43 he states that the makers of these sculptures lived in
large communities, and were one of the two main branches of the
Bushmen, one being cave-dwellers whereas the other lived in towns of
from one to two hundred huts, the position of these huts in the hills
being marked with a semvzcircle of stones. He connects these last-
named people with the makers of sculptures because of the number
of chippings, chiefly representations of animals, occurring in these
spots. He gives two such examples found on ‘“ kopjes”’ or com-
manding positions in these terms :—

‘‘ We have already noticed the difference in the habitations of the
two main branches of the Bushmen. Those who were the cave-

* In a cave quite lately discovered at Hauston, near the seashore of the Caledon
District, in the Cape Colony, bones of all these animals, as well as those of the

ruminants of the antelope tribes, elephants, hippopotami, &3., were found mixed
together.

es

Pe ae
<i t

we eS

=

)

410 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Socrety.

dwellers and painters arrived at a higher degree of artistic talent
than any other portion of their race, while their cave dwellings
afforded more comfortable shelters from the weather than the fragile
structures used by those tribes living on the more open kopjes.
The towns, for so the stations of the larger tribes might be termed
in comparison with the movable dwelling-places of the small
nomadic clans of the hunters of the plains, contained from one to
two hundred huts. Two excellent examples of stations of this kind
are to be found between Kimberley and Barkly. The one is on the
outlying kopje near what is termed the Half-way House, the other
on the kopje immediately behind the Mission Station at Pniel itself.
At both places there are a number of chippings, chiefly representa-
tions of animals; the head and neck of a giraffe at the Pniel kopje
is remarkably fine both on account of its large size and the correct:
ness of its outline. It was evidently the grand figure of the tribe,
and the spot might fitly be named from it the ‘Camp of the Giraffe.’
The position of most of the huts which covered the crests of both
these hills is marked by a semicircle of stones with the opening
towards the east; while that which formed the residence of the
chief can also be distinguished from the rest, not only because it is
larger, but the rocks also around it are very much more ornamented
than any in the immediate neighbourhood of the others, while two
or three smaller ones are placed close against it. . . . An open
space was left around this, and here it is that the carvings on the
rock are the thickest. Beyond this the huts of his people evidently
formed an irregular ring about him, while detached from the main
body; the sites of several smaller groups of huts are still marked on
the flanks of the kopje, apparently so placed for the purpose of
acting as outposts.”’

I am afraid, however, that Stow allowed his imagination to run
riot. I communicated this statement of his to the Rev. G. E.
Westphal, who is in charge of the Pniel Station of the Berlin
Missionary Society, asking him to try and find any traces of such a
town, which in his previous communications with me he had never

‘mentioned. His answer is as follows :—

‘T know distinctly the exact spot mentioned by Stow. I know
also the engraving of the ‘ Giraffe,’ which is still there. However,
the supposition of a camp or village constructed at a remote date
seems to me a purely imaginary one. It is true that when I arrived
in Pniel, in 1882, there were at the Station more than one hundred
of these stone engravings, most of which showed the appearance of
a very great age. But others were distinctly newly chipped, and
were, besides, badly drawn. At the foot of the hill lived then, and

fiock-Eingravings of Animals and the Human Figure. 411

also at the time of Mr. Stow’s visit, the small tribe of the Kats-
Koranna. ‘The men living there used to sit on the top of the hills to
have a good view of the flats below where their goats were grazing.
A great number of stone implements and of iron arrow-heads,
peculiar to Bushmen, have been found round this kopje. Moreover,
this place was not inhabited by the Koranna before the year 1849.
The Station was founded in 1845, and was on the south bank of the
Vaal, opposite Barkly, and known now as ‘Old Pniel.’ The fountain
in the neighbourhood was called ‘Bushmanfontein,’ and the hill
‘Bushmankopje.’ Another point militating against the probability
of a large settlement on the hill, is the extreme danger incurred
there by the lightning discharges, through the hill serving as a
conductor. Most of the rock-engravings have been split through
their agency. I saw there the remains of small semicircles of
stones, about one foot high, and not more than two. A little
further, and behind that place, the Rev. Meyer, who arrived at Pniel
in 1874, showed me another spot where huts had been erected, but
there were no traces of enclosures. This is the spot mentioned by
Stow. I conclude, therefore, that Bushmen have been there, but not
in great numbers. In the neighbourhood of the dwelling-places
were the most numerous and the best chippings. ... The place
mentioned by Stow near the ‘ Half-way House,’ may be that of
‘Scheelkoos’ and his family, which is mentioned several times in the
diary of the Pniel Mission of 1848. He was shot with his followers
in the early days of the discovery of the diamond fields. . . . I still
may mention a settlement of Bushmen, a whole trzbe of about 200
or 300 heads the ‘ Dansters,’ at Platberg. Among these people our
Mission had a station from 1847 to 1852, under the Rev. Salzman.
Their constant warfare against the Link Korannas* under Goliath,
and the dislike evinced by them towards mission work, brought the
Mission to a sudden end. This same tribe was routed later on by a
strong Boer commando for having attacked and plundered on the
Modder River two waggon-loads of goods. I suppose that this tribe
consisted of Bushmen and Korannas. Remains of them are stull
found amongst our congregation at Warrenton.”

From the Rev. Westphal’s statement it is obvious that Stow’s
account is highly coloured, and that we must dismiss the assumption
of a large community having carved the rocks to embellish the
‘town,’ or having congregated round their totem, the Giraffe. The
position is plainly a place commanding a view of the surrounding

* These Korannas were probably called after their chief, Paul Lynx, or Lynk,

whom Sir Jos. Alexander, who met him in 1836 at Aris, some twenty miles from
the mouth of the river, calls ‘‘ the Chief of the Orange River.”

412 Transactions of the Scuth African Philosophical Society.

country for fear of surprise either from wild beasts or from man, and
I am inclined to imagine that where these enclosures and the
sculptures coexist, the spots were selected both by the sculptors and
by the recent races on account of their strategic or commanding
situation. From the figures illustrating this note one character
however is undeniable, especially in the more artistic ones. They
are not the work of a ‘‘ herd” trying to while away a moment's ennui.
They imply a long, assiduous sum of labour and a great dexterity of
hand.

The existence of these semicircular enclosures is not, however,
restricted to places where rock-engravings occur. The old colonists
that lived on the borders or the neighbourhood of what was at
the time called Bushmanland, and is now the fiscal divisions of
Kenhardt, Upington, Prieska, &c., in the Cape Colony, distinguished
between the ‘‘ berg’’ Bushman, who, as his name implies, lived in
mountain fastnesses, and the ‘‘kraal’’ Bushman, so called because
he built small enclosures or pens in which he slept. These kraal
Bushmen may possibly have been stragglers from the Southern
Kalahari.* I had one of these ‘“ kraal’’ Bushmen modelled from life
in the Prieska District. He is avery old man. When I showed his
bust to the Rev. Westphal he told me that he could produce from his
congregation half a dozen old men absolutely similar in every feature
to that model. This is very important in view of the Reverend
gentleman’s statement that the remains of the ‘‘ Dansters”’ tribe,
z.e.. Bushmen and Korannas, are still found in his congregation at
Warrenton, which is close to Pniel, and where rock-engravings
abound. The old man who sat as a model professed to be totally
ignorant of ‘ paintings’ or ‘‘ rock-engravings.’’ He was very closely
questioned on that point, and there is no reason to doubt the veracity
of his answers.

Mr. A. du Toit, of the Cape Geological Survey, came across some
‘ruins”’ to the north-west of Morokwen (Vryburg), close to the
Setaben crown-reserve, which recall to mind these small enclosures.

* We do not as yet know of any rock-engraving having been recorded from German
West Africa, but Eriksson, speaking of the Namas of Great Namaqualand (Lake
N’Gami, 1856, 2nd edition, page 327), says: ‘‘ The natives in these parts have a
strange tale of arock, on which the tracks of all the different animals indigenous to
the country are distinctly visible; moreover, that man and beast lived here in great
amity, but one day, from some unknown cause, their Deity appeared unexpectedly
and dispersed them. I never had the good fortune to obtain a sight of this
marvellous rock.’’ It is not unlikely that the legend arose from an agglomeration
of these rock-engravings. The late Rev. Moffat, according to Anderson, mentions a
similar story prevailing among the Bechuanas, in whose country these engravings
are occasionally encountered as far as Mafeking.

Rock-Engravings of Animals and the Human: Figure. 418

He writes: ‘These ruins are on a narrow spur of jasper, and
command the whole place to the south. The walls are about 23
to 3 feet high, built evenly of angular blocks of jasper, and are even
vertical, not sloping. They form a series of segments of circles
united to one another. (The existence of ruins at B. I learned on
good authority.) The pans they command are formed of dolomite,
on which are numerous engravings ’’—of asymmetrical patterns, not
of animals. ‘“ The drawings (engravings) are either contemporaneous

ov anil WY w IN

=e ee
Grn A O@
Ruins. 71 eal a ren Ny pars ©
AaREONE .
AS
EE Ruins

P L A ! N

Ruins.

‘ PLAIN

section Through A

with or later than the ruins; some engravings are much older than
others. These ‘pans’ are the only source of water in the vicinity.”
Answering further questions from me, Mr. du Toit adds: “The walls
of the ruins were made of hard jasper—a material quite unsuitable
for carving.* The pans have dolomitic limestone on the slopes and
bottom, and the surface of limestone both on the surface and bottom
were covered with carvings.”’ t

* The hardness of the rock, as I have shown in a former chapter, did not prove

a deterrent to the sculptors of the best-finished scenes.

+ Figures somewhat of the same type have been found near Kuruman on rocks
forming the bottom of a pan.

414 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Inquiries from the natives (Bechuanas) could not elicit any
information. They had no idea by whom these semicircles were
built. Their history was unknown; they were in existence longer
than their forefathers remembered.

To those who know the impossibility of obtaining an idea of
chronology from a Bantu beyond a few generations, the ignorance of
the occupiers of that part of the country is in no way remarkable.
But the Rev. Moffat, than whom no one knows the Bechuanas better,
is sald by Stow (loc. ctt., p. 27) to ‘ have ascribed these productions to
the Bechuanas, and employs their existence as an evidence of the
extended occupation of his favoured tribe in early days! H

e

informs us that they are called Lokualo, a word from which the one
used to express writing and printing is derived. He further states in
describing those which he examined, that these Lokualo are various

figures chipped upon stones with flat surfaces. These marks, the

Rev. Moffat says, are made by striking one stone on another till
curved lines, circles, ovals, and zigzag figures are impressed upon its
surface, exhibiting the appearance of a white stripe of about an inch
broad, like a confused coil of rope. These, the Rev. Moffat imagined,
were done by Bechuana herd-boys, &c.”’

Of course Stow, following his favourite. theme, pronounces Mr.

-Moffat to be ‘‘ clearly mistaken, for there can be no question but

9?

that these relics are all of undoubted Bushman origin.

Rock-Engravings of Animals and the Human Figure. 415

We have, however, Dr. Rogers’ evidence about the modern
attempts at rock-engraving occurring along the Kuruman River.
The Rev. Westphal’s testimony to the same effect cannot be ignored
or passed by. }

But there is more evidence that goes to show that these semi-
circled ruins ‘‘ with very low walls,” brought to our notice by Mr. A.
du Toit, have, if they are of ancient origin, been singularly success-
fully imitated quite lately. Dr. Rogers, indeed, informs me that at
Takoon (? Litaku) he came across ‘“ schaanzes ’’—read parapets—
half-moon shaped, set against each other and covering a distance of
from two to three hundred yards. From residents in the neighbour-
hood he heard that part of those fortifications were built at the time
of Sir Charles Warren’s expedition about the eighties, but that these
were additions to work of an earlier period—-about a century—built
for the defence of the place against natives coming from the north.
Compare the ruins mentioned by Mr. du Toit, and exactly of the
same shape as those recent ones of which Dr. Rogers tells us; add
the testimony of the Rev. Moffat, and the details given by him as to
the shape of the engraved designs made by the Bechuana herds, and
which correspond so well with the sketches given by Mr. du Toit,
and I think that the evidence goes against Stow’s assumption that
Bushmen must be credited with the raising of these ‘‘scherms’”’ and
the engravings of the designs on the dolomitic surface of the pans,
and also that in this instance the Rev. Moffat has proved his
contention that the engravings are most likely to have been the
work of the Bechuanas.

Carefully sifted information tends to the belief that some of the
Bush people were more gregarious than it is generally assumed.
But without dilating here on this subject, which will be treated in
another article, it may be contended that were they living or residing
in the ‘‘towns” or ‘‘stads’’ mentioned by Stow, some evidence of
their having done so would be forthcoming in the shape of a necro-
polis, of a sort. Surely if they lived at one spot they also died
there. Now, no traces of sepulture are found in the neighbourhood
of these agglomerations of rock-paintings, nor where they occur
singly or, it may be said, spasmodically. Mr. J. KH. Connan, one
of my correspondents, who is taking as great an interest as myself
in trying to elucidate the antiquity of these rock-engravings, of
which a great number of a high type of finish occur on his property
between Prieska and Upington in the Cape Colony, is very emphatic
on this point. In answer to my questions he states: ‘I am at one
with you that Bushmen were not people that lived in large com-
munities, and that these engravings were not made for the purpose

416 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

of ornamenting their ‘‘kraals’’ (pens) or ‘stads’”’ (towns). The
very fact of the existence of these engravings in a barren country
destitute of any permanent waters would not permit of the belief
that they congregated in communities.”

On the question of graves he writes: ‘‘ Bushman graves are
plentiful in the hills, a range passing within three miles of the
Kop (where his engravings occur). Nearer the ‘‘ Kop” I have
never found any grave.’ * In the Vryburg and Britstown Districts
no traces of sepultures have been found where the paintings occur.
At Pniel, on the Vaal River, the Rev. Westphal states: ‘It may
be also mentioned that at the foot of this kopje (Bushmanskop) is at
present our cemetery. Some years ago in digging a grave the work-
men came across a human skeleton at the depth of two feet. Judging
from the manner of burial in a sitting position we supposed it to be
a Bushman grave.”

It may perhaps be argued that the very fact that these sepultures
were very shallow would make it quite possible for animals of prey
to disinter the corpses and do away with them. But I have informa-
tion and evidence of many of the mortal remains of aborigines, pre-
sumably Bushmen, being found together in a ‘‘donga,” in such a
state of decomposition, however, that the ‘‘ bones are crumbling
to pieces if handled,’ or in grottoes or rock shelters where they
never were disturbed. The absence of these graves is important,
insomuch that they would not bear out the hypothesis that these
eraffiti were connected with. some funeral rite. It is true, how-
ever, that if very ancient, as I believe them to be, the chances
of destruction of the bone remains would prove greater than
that of their preservation.

So far, it cannot be said that Stow’s assumption of the ‘“ rock
sculptor Bushmen living as large communities in ‘‘towns’’ is
supported by any ascertained fact.

Let us now examine the possibility of both the engraving and
painting arts having been practised at the same time by the same
people. |

In the lately discovered caves of Southern France, Spain, Por-
tugal, the two arts have been found associated. Prehistoric pictures
and engravings are found there together, both depicting unmis-

* Mr. Connan mentions incidentally that he was told by an old Bushman that
it was not the custom to bury the body deep. It was generally put in a sitting
position, the legs being doubled up, pressed against the body, and the head bent
forward before rigor mortis set in. I have clear evidence that the corpses of the
Strand Loopers living in the caverns or rock shelters of the south-western part of

the Cape Colony were tucked up in the same way, but laid on their sides in the
manner of the pre-dynastic Egyptians.

Rock-Engravings of Animals and the Human Figure. 417

takably the animals of the period, 7.e, the reindeer, bison,
mammoth, horse, &c.; seriated dots, patterns not unlike some
found in Bushman paintings, &c.

In my first note (Trans. 8. Afric., xvi., p. 111) I have quoted the
discovery by Mr. J. M. Bain in the Humansdorp District of the
Cape Colony of a ‘‘rock-engraving’”’ painted over with red ochre.
In the same narrow gorge where this daubed sculpture occurs are
still to be found the game pits with stakes at the bottom, and in
a very good state of preservation.

Miss Wilman, of the Kimberley Museum, in a letter just received,
informs me that at Warrenton, on the Vaal River, where rock-
engravings are found, these sculptures, according to the people
that took her there, ‘used to be coloured. This might account
for the habit people have in these parts of speaking of the
engravings as paintings.”

A cursory examination of some of the figures illustrating this
article is sufficient to prove that sculpture, and sculpture alone,
was the aim of the makers of the better-finished class of engravings.
Look at the corrugated hide of the elephant figured in Plate VIII,
the relief work of the giraffes in Plate XIV., of the buffalo in
Plate IX.; notice the slits on the sides of the rhinoceros in
Plate XV., meant evidently to indicate the ribs and to give an idea
of the rotund form of the animals. Is it likely that all this patient
labour, skill, and dexterity would have been lavished on the pro-
duction of a figure that was to be painted over in order to obtain a
monochrome effect like that of Humansdorp, and one which could
have been effected by the much simpler process of painting direct
on the surface of the rock ?

Warrenton was not inhabited by whites half a century ago, except
by the Berlin missionaries. They knew the rock-engravings, and
they do not confirm the statement that they ‘used to be coloured.”
On the other hand, the Kats-Korannas, comprising as they did
Bushmen among their numbers, might very well have tried their
hand at daubing these pictures, in the same manner as they are still
trying their hand at producing engravings on stone. The want of
stability of the pigment used would bear out that they were novices,
however, at that kind of work,* since the colouring has disappeared
within a very short period indeed.

* In 1837 Sir Jas. Alexander published in his book, ‘‘ Narrative of a Voyage of
Observation among the Colonies of Western Africa,” &c., coloured figures of Bush
paintings found near George, in the Cape Colony. In 1907 Miss Wilman, at my
request, retraced and carefully copied the colour of some of these pictures. On

comparison with the original publication neither the outlines nor the colour of

the pigments had altered in the least.
28

418 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

In the Humansdorp case the rock-engraving was situated very
high on the face of the rock, as if the ground at the foot had been
removed for a considerable depth by natural agencies. It is not too
much to assume that there also a Bushman could not resist the
temptation of “improving” on the sculptor’s art. Thatit is not very
long ago is shown by the good state of preservation of the game
pits, &c. The distance from the ground to the sculpture would be
nothing for men accustomed to climb up vertical surfaces by means of
wooden pegs driven in the crevices of the rock. (Some of these pegs
are still to be found zm sitz). But these paintings need not be neces-
sarily the work of Bushmen. South African aborigines other than
Bushmen have executed “paintings’’ which are, it is true, bad
imitations of genuine productions, but not always so.* I know
of some near the Cango Cave, Fraserburg, Danielskuil, New
England, &c., in the Cape Colony.

Paintings of a similar nature are now known ito exist in
Senegalese Mauritania. I have heard of some in Nigeria.

It is not possible to arrive at another conclusion that in South
Africa, as in Mauritania, both the rock-engravings, and perhaps also
the rock-paintings show a conspicuous retrogression. The better
finished are probably the most ancient ; the decadent art set im with
the arrwal of the new-comers or new races.

From the profuse quotations here given one thing stands out, viz.,
that there is no evidence that the Bushmen of the present time were
the original authors of these rock-engravings.

But if the Bushman of to-day is not the creative genius that com-
posed these artistic productions, shall we ever know the race that was
so talented? rom hearsay evidence the Bush people themselves
admitted that before them there was another race occupying the land.
That that artistic race was the Strand Looper + is very doubtful,

* In the Folk-Lore Journal (Cape Town, II., 1880), is published a letter from
the late C. S. Orpen, from Smithfield (Orange River Colony), to this effect:
‘‘T was lately in Elands Berg, over Caledon (Orange River Colony) looking for
caves, and a Boer lady, at whose house I was, opened a door of an inner room and
showed me her wall adorned by several hundred paintings made by a Mosuto, who
had been brought up with Bushmen in the Maluti. They were very well done—
all sorts of game, Boers on horseback, &c. The Mosuto drew twelve figures per
diem, and considered that a day’s work.

+ Strand Looper, a race of Hottentots living along the seashore of South Africa,
Dr. F. Shrubsall, as a result of his recent investigations on Bushmen and Hot-
tentot crania, pronounces them to constitute a purer group than that of the
Bushmen, and apparently quite distinct from that of the Hottentots; the
up-country Bushmen appears intermediate between the Strand Loopers and
the Hottentots; the Bushmen, and still more the Strand Loopers, are further
removed from the Negroid type than are the Hottentots. (Annals S. Afric.
Mus., v., 1907, p. 249.)

Rock-Engravings of Animals and the Human Figure. 419

as so far no relic of art in any form has been found in their shelters
or sepultures. Could it be that they were the work of a negro race
of which the Berg Damara may perhaps be a decadent scion ? *

One thing, however, seems to be certain, and that is if whether
that art originated in South Africa, or in Northern Africa, there must
have been intercourse or migrations from south to north, or more
likely from north to south. We cannot get away from these conclu-
sions when we remember: (a) the presence of rock-engravings in
Mauritania similar to those found here; (b) the abundance of stone
implements of similar shape and technique of manufacture as those
occurring in the Congo as well as in Algeria; (c) the stone awls and
borers, some of them of the pigmy type, for piercing and making
disks of the ostrich shell found in Southern Algeria, Soudan, Egypt,
and even Abyssinia,t and absolutely similar to those met with in
South Africa; (d) the discovery on the high plateaux of Nyanza,
and also to the north of Kilimandjaro and in Somaliland of the

typical ‘‘ tikoes,’’ or perforated stones, found so commonly in South
Africa.

* The origin of the Berg Damara is quite unknown. People of a Bantu race,
they speak Hottentot only.

+ Cf. Verneau in Foureau’s Mission Saharienne. Documents historiques, p. 110,
fig. 396; Flamand, Préhistorique dans le Sahara, Revue Afric., 1906, p. 226, &e.

( 421 )

HARTH TEMPERATURES AT KIMBERLEY.
By J. R. Sutton, M.A., Se.D.
(Read October 30, 1907.)

This paper is to be regarded as a continuation of the series
planned some years ago, the main object of which is to present
the more important elements of the meteorology of the South African
Table-land in a form suitable to the requirements of the physicist.
It contains a preliminary arrangement and discussion of the earth
temperatures at depths of 1, 2, 4, and 6 feet,* observed at Kenilworth
(Kimberley) during the ten years 1897 to 1906, and at depths of
1 inch during the six years 1901 to 1906. The temperatures at a
depth of 1 inch are obtained from the readings of a maximum and
a minimum thermometer, each enclosed in a glass sheath strapped
to a stick, and placed in long horizontal copper pipes just covered
with earth. The temperatures of deeper levels are obtained by
Symons’s method from slow-action thermometers hung by chains
in vertical iron pipes. Four sets of readings of earth temperature
are made daily, namely :—

At VITI., 1 foot, 2 feet.

», ALV., 1 foot, 2 feet.

», wX., 1 foot, 2 feet, 4 feet, 6 feet.

, AXITI., 1 inch (maximum and minimum).

The maximum and minimum thermometers are Kew verified, and
the due corrections have been applied to each reading. The
maximum thermometer has always worked fairly well; but the
minimum thermometer has given a lot of trouble, particularly in
the summer months. The great heat of the ground—often exceed-
ing 140° Fahr.—has caused a comparatively rapid evaporation
from the column and a condensation of spirit at the top of the tube,
necessitating frequent adjustment. or this reason the averages
of minimum temperature at a depth of 1 inch must be regarded as
slightly too low, occasional individual readings perhaps reaching
an error of 0°°5. The thermometers used at the four greater depths

* The depths are approximate.

422 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

have not Kew certificates; nevertheless they compare very well one
with the other.

The thermometers are placed under bare sand in an area of about
7 feet square surrounded by a grass lawn. In the beginning of 1901
they were moved from one spot to another more convenient which
they now occupy. :

TABLE 1.
Montuity AVERAGES OF TEMPERATURE.
: Surface Soil.
Black Max.in | Min.in Min. <
Month _ Bulb Shade. | Shade. ONGE
onth. mM Vacuo. Grass. Max Min. M oe
10 years. | 10 years. | 10 years. | 10 years. | 6 years. | 6 years. | 6 years.
oO oO O o) fo) fo)
A 21) 0 ae ea a er 152-0 88°8 61:5 57°6 DAB} 63°7 92°5
INS) OR en A Anan nae 152-4 88°6 61:2 O74 113°4 63°2 88°3
Wa syncs oe septs 143°9 83°2 57°2 93'S 105°0 58°0 81°5
April hea atoysrarers katate 135°7 17°8 50°4 46:2 96°4 51°2 73°8
May tice caes ces eae 125°4 70°9 41°9 Io: 86°5 41:1 63°8
JMC eas cnc ee eee 118-7 64:9 35°7 ILO 75°6 34:2 54°9
JULY ge 2.) eee teens 119°6 66°3 35°6 30°6 81:2 33°0 O71
Aug. . 127°3 71-2 38°7 34:0 93°5 35°5 64°5
Sept by atorateisierererine 6 aie 136°3 17-9 45°5 41-0 1021 43 °2 toed
Oct ee creas 141°9 81°7 50°8 46°3 La 50°9 81°3
INOW Bethan hosts 149°5 86-4 534°9 50°3 120°5 56°1 88°3
DeGie ene 153°1 89°5 60°5 56°4 124°9 61°6 93°2
NCBI ee Ghose 138:0 | 78:9 49°35 45:1 102°7 49°3 76°0

Table 1 gives the monthly averages of the maximum and minimum

temperature of the earth at a depth of 1 inch, the maximum tempera-
ture in the sun, the maximum and minimum in the shade, and the
minimum radiation temperature as registered by a spirit thermometer
standing 3 inches above short grass. With regard to this last it is

to be borne in mind that the grass is thick, and is green only for

eight or nine months of the year; when frosts are prevalent the
grass is quite brown and dry. I have called attention before to
the fact that the maximum temperatures in sun and shade at
Kimberley depend upon the meridian altitude of the sun, and that
the monthly averages of both are, in consequence, greatest in
December and least in June. From Table 1 we see that a similar
(though accentuated) feature characterises the maximum temperature
of the surface soil. But, like the minimum temperatures of the air
and of radiation, the temperature of the surface of the ground is highest
at night towards the end of January, and lowest in July. The bare
ground is always warmer than the air during the day, but at night
it is Warmer in summer and colder in winter. The range of tempera-

==

Earth Temperatures at Kimberley.

423

ture from summer to winter for either the maximum temperature or
the minimum is much greater for the bare ground than it is for

the air.
TABLE 2.
YEARLY AVERAGES OF TEMPERATURE.
Surface Soil.
went Black Bulb| Max. in Min. in Min. over
im vacuo. Shade. Shade. Grass.
Max. Min.

Oo Oo (0) @) Oo 6)
MS OM es eaesnas 139°8 80°2 49:4 44°7 =
SOS <shacue 136°8 78°2 48°7 44°5 — =
MSO OT scenes TB (e3} 78°8 50°8 47°5 — =
TQOO ne eed 138°4 80°2 50°9 A7°3 — —
TOOT acta 138°5 78°4 50°1 45°8 98-6 52°5
1902: 5... 136°5 78°3 48°7 44°3 99°7 49-9
OOS dlscccne 137°3 79-4 48°5 43°6 103°7 48°6
LOO4e aoe 137°6 78°3 48°9 44-1 103 °2 AT9
TG OS Pate os. eke 139°6 79°5 50:1 45:1 105°6 49:0
L906 ce25.00- 138-2 | 78°0 49-1 44°3 105:2 48:2

Table 2 gives yearly averages for the same elements as Table 1.
There is not any decided agreement between one column and
That is to say, it does not follow that because the ground
averages warmer in any one year, the air will do the same.

another.

Montuiuy AVERAGES OF HARTH T'EMPERATURE.

TABLE 3.

One Foot. Two Feet. ae aoe
Month.

VIII XIV. XX. Mean.| VIII. | XIV. DOK Mean. XX. XEXE

16) Oo Oo Oo 0) (6) (e) (e) oO 0)
VGWNs seaoue 80-1 | 82°1 | 85:4 | 82°5 | 81:1 | 80°7 | 81:0 | 80-9 | 76°7 | 73°6
Hebpawenre.: 80:5 | 82-2) | °85"5.| 82:7 | 8L°8 | Sls) SL-7) | SL-6 | 77-8 | 74:7
Mar. TAAS 26-0) FSS. | W624 | (68 | (6:4 276:7 | 76ebs i tars | Aco
73\5 (ett eee 67-6) (869-2 | 71-3) 69:4.) 70°38.) 704 | 70°6 | 70:6 | 72°25) 726
May ...... 58°92 | 59-4 | 61-5 | 59:7 | 62:6 | 62°3 | 62°4 | 62:4) 67:0 | 69-4
June 50:2 | 51:1 | 53-2 | 51:5 | 55:0 | 54°7 | 54°8 | 54°8 | 61:2 | 65-2
Sittliy, Se atiese ADAM S07 I o2c8 | ol-0) | Sa-4 | oat) shdsa0) osce |) oc 20) Gand
TIE Ware = FAG 56:3) 588) | 5656 | OTS) STO) 57:3) 57-2 1-08 9) | (Gir?
Sept 62°5 | 64°5 | 67:0 | 64:7 | 63:7 | 63°5 | 63°8 | 63°7 | 62°41 62°6
OGisew sox 70:2 | 72°7 | 75:5 | 72-8 | 70:9 | 70°6 | 71:0 | 70°8 | 67°72 | 65°5
Nov 76:0 | 78°7 | 81:6 | 78-8 | 76°5 | 76°2 | 76°6 | 76°4 | 71°4 | 68°6
IDGCH che: 2. 80°5 | 82°9 | 86:1 | 83-2 | 80-9 | 80°5 | 80-9 | 80°8 | 75:1 | 71-4
Wean PS.6 2: 67:0 | 68°8 | 71:5 | 69:1 | 69-2 | 68:9 | 69-2 | 69:1 | 68°6 | 68-4

424 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Soctety.

Table 3 gives the monthly averages of earth temperature at
depths of 1, 2, 4, and 6 feet respectively, derived from regular
observations throughout ten years. Three readings a day are taken
of the thermometers at depths of 1 and 2 feet, although at least four
readings a day seem to be wanted; at 4 feet and more there is no
diurnal variation, so that one reading a day is sufficient. It is quite
evident from Table 3 that ten years is too short a period to give true
monthly means in every case, and to eliminate all the casual irregu-
larities, for the Table makes the January 1-foot averages appear
lower than those of either December or February. Apart from that
it is very interesting to note how the ranges get less, and the phases
come later as the depth increases.

TABLE 4.

DIURNAL VARIATION OF EARTH TEMPERATURE.

1904. One foot. Two feet.
April. May. April. May.
Hour 17 days. 45 das: ivdave ide ge
oO Oo (0) 0}

WALT Serre tencs 65:1 o7°5 69-1 62°8
XT ae eeeiee 65:1 57:2 69°0 62°7
XIV. 65°8 99°1 68 9 62°6
XVID 68°8 61:1 68°8 62°5
XX. 69:2 61°6 68:9 62°7
», ©. 4 Is, Aaa 68°5 61:0 69-0 62°8

Table 4, derived from some observations made from April 14 to
May 138, 1904, serves to show how the temperatures vary at shallow

‘depths throughout the day. Table 5, derived from hourly observa-

tions between 8 a.m. and 11 p.m. made upon sixteen fine days
scattered at intervals of a fortnight or three weeks throughout the
year 1899, gives somewhat more elaborate diurnal curves. They
refer, however, to the earlier (and somewhat inferior) positions of
the thermometers.

Earth Temperatures at Kimberley. 425

PAB 5,

Horary EartH TEMPERATURES.

1899. | One inch. | Two inches. One foot. Two feet.

Oo | 0) oO Oo
}/ Dee nee 54 0 52°7 60°5 63°2
1D Oe Gas Same te er 99°3 95°3 60°3 63:2
ING Pome cocuie 63°5 o7°8 60°3 63:1
DG gain Ae ie 73°5 62:1 60°3 63:1
IN@ONEtreea. 84°5 68:0 60°6 63:0
2 El DG pe 89°2 72°9 61:0 62°9
ATEN Se ee 90°3 75°9 61:7 62°8
DOE A ee 86:1 | 76°9 62°5 62°9
Vile, 79°8 75°2 63°3 62:9
KOVR Se ciuacte 7270 71°8 63°9 62°9
OV EE sees 66°3 68°7 64°3 63:0
MDX ae 62°7 65°9 64°5 63°1
©. Gare Aa 3 60:1 63°7 64°6 63:2
eX Re ne 57°8 61°9 64:6 63:2
». 0.4 I ae 55°8 60°1 64:4 63°3
NORTE es. 54:6 | 58:7 64:2 63:4

TABLE 6.
YEARLY AVERAGES OF HArRtTH TEMPERATURE.
Year. One foot. Two feet. Four feet. Six feet.

(0) Oo 10) 0)
TS OMe ences aes 71°8 fale’ 71:0 70°3
ESOS ee oe cles cee 68°7 69°1 69°2 69-1
USO Gre eoinck ae 69:2 69°3 69°3 69:2
LOOK. ees 69°8 70:0 69:9 69°8
OO arene eae 70°3 70-1 69°3 69:0
WOOD saiee cca ccs 68°7 68°7 68-1 67°9
MG OBR ea-fo.s close 68°2 68-2 67:5 67:4
NGO A Gereoes.. 67°6 67°5 67:0 67:0
OOD eee feck 68:9 68°6 67°8 67°3
1906 . 68:0 67°9 67°3 67:2

Table 6 gives the yearly averages of temperature for four different
depths. The yearly averages for the depths of 1 and 2 feet are
derived from three observations a day, namely, at 8 a.m., 2 p.m.,
and 8 p.m.; but the others from one observation a day, at 8 p.m.
The averages for the first five years are distinctly higher than those
for the last five. I have not any clear idea of what the explanation

426 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

of so curious a fact is likely to be. It is certainly difficult to believe
that the temperature of the earth down to 6 feet below the surface at
least should fall 2°, or thereabouts, all at once, and remain
at the lower point thenceforward. ‘Although, for that matter, the
yearly averages of the other meteorological elements given in
Table 2 show something of the same sort of thing. It is worth
noting, moreover, that the averages of certain of the elements
at Durban show a corresponding drop in the last five years as
compared with the first five, e.g. :—

MVE ei) 7/2

ANNUAL AVERAGES OF TEMPERATURE AT DURBAN.

Black Bulb Max. Temp. Min. Temp.
in vacuo. in Shade. in Shade.
Oo Oo (0)
1897 to 1901... 130°2 719°7 61:7
1902 to 1906... 129°3 78°9 61°3

It is possible, of course, that the earlier site of the earth
thermometers at Kenilworth may have been somewhat warmer
than the later ones; but even if so it is curious that the
difference was not apparent in 1901, the first year of the change
of site.

Perhaps the most interesting features in these earth temperatures
are obtained when the annual variation at each depth is resolved
into its harmonic constituents. Table 8 gives the epochs and
amplitudes as far as the third harmonic term computed on the
assumption that each month is equal in length. Some amount of
error is naturally involved in such an assumption; nevertheless,
because my object is to show how the various quantities compare
mter se, no very useful purpose would be served by dividing the
year into equal aliquot parts. It is further to be noted that
the surface temperatures are six-year averages, whereas the
deeper temperatures are ten-year. The corresponding elements
for the air temperatures are taken over from a previous paper
in this series. The time is counted from January 16. As
before, the constants for depths of 1 and 2 feet are computed
from the averages of three observations a day.

* «« Some Results derived from the Constant Values in the Periodic Formule,’’
Trans. S, A. Phil. Soc., 1903.

Earth Temperatures at Kimberley. 427

TABLE 8.

Some Harmonic ConsTANTS IN THE ANNUAL VARIATION OF HARTH
TEMPERATURE.
Epoch. Amplitude.

Wie Wire V3. Dre Vey. U3.

(@) 0) Oo ) @) 0)
APPIN eee cece: cet 92°35 316°23 238°58 12°182 1°699 “351
ASinS Mignxt eta cosece. 109°67 319°10 201:03 14°725 1°604 OB We
Air (M + m)/2 See 101°85 318 °22 22250 13°298 1°626 ‘271
One inch Min. ...... 89°83 308°17 90:00 15°553 1°558 ‘900
One inch Max. ...... 115°67 302°15 167 °22 21°908 1°762 2-409
One inch (M + m)/2| 105-00 305 °67 163°30 18°260 1°683 1°220
Onmewtootuecce eee ee 97°40 298°45 162°35 16:°294 2°181 *386
MD 7O) INGYERR- coauadaoosodnec 91°32 293:°07 153°43 14°120 1:730 -262
]dtobhreate\2| napBeeaana meee 74°52 271°58 90:00 9°648 1:050 117
ASV Oe.31 21S) ee ne 57°10 247°30 63°43 7°063 -669 ‘075

The approximate epochs of the annual and semi-annual waves of
temperature deduced from Table 8 are :—

Annual Semi-Annual

Wave. Wave.
S\N ia ee ee ae ae Jianmenks Mar. 24
iNviiion VIR oc okies eisiee os Dec. 28 Mar. 21
Cine ina@la Wha, Ahessasee Jan. 16 Mar. 28
OnennchrMiax., 2. a. Deer Zi: Mar. 31
Ome foobree eas. Genes o.- Jan. 9 April 2
TORU tisec ee ae ae ere Jan. 15 April 5
ROWE COU 2% te: og ek ona Jan. 31 April 15
SISA My setae tea eee Heb: 18 April 27

There is a great deal of irregularity in the sequence of these dates,
due probably partly to the shortness of the period under review, and
to some extent, perhaps, because the average temperatures at depths
of 1 or 2 feet are not to be correctly determined (as is plain from
Tables 4 and 5) from three observations a day. The epoch of the
annual curve of minimum temperature of the surface of the ground
follows hard upon that of the minimum temperature of the air. But
this effect seems not to be propagated downwards to any depth,
seeing that the epoch for 2 feet is earlier than it is for the surface
minimum. On the other hand, the epoch of the annual curve of
maximum temperature of the surface of the ground, which falls at

428 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

the solstice, precedes that of the maximum temperature of the air by
quite a week. This effect also seems not to be propagated to any
depth. But the epoch of the annual wave of mean temperature

M
( a * = of the surface of the ground falls about January 3, and

it is this which determines the annual wave at considerable depths.
This wave appears to travel more slowly as it penetrates deeper, for
while it traverses the first 2 feet in twelve days, it takes sixteen days
for the next 2, and eighteen days for the last. The semi-annual
wave penetrates more quickly than the annual wave, but it lags also
as it gets deeper, like the other. One curious fact should be noticed :
While the amplitudes of the first and third harmonic terms decrease
as the depth increases with some approach to regularity from the
surface downwards, the amplitude of the second harmonic term for
surface temperatures is actually less than the amplitude at 1 foot,
and scarcely greater than that at 2 feet. The reason is not obvious.
It seems not to be due to the longer period for which the average
temperatures of the deeper levels are computed. Attention may,
however, be recalled to Table 1, which shows that the surface of
the ground is much warmer than the air by day throughout the year,
and that possibly, therefore, a great part of the heat of the surface is
devoted to warming the air rather than the lower levels of the
ground.

To determine the quantity (xc/k)*, where c denotes the capacity
for heat and & the conductivity of the ground at various individual
depths down to 6 feet, we have, from a comparison between the
amplitudes and epochs of the harmonic terms at each depth, the

numbers of Table 9 :—

TABLE 9.
VALUES OF ey
k

Uy Uo ‘
Depth. log” V, = ¥. logy V.-V;
per foot per foot per foot per foot

One to two feet ......... °1432 °1062 BI Arc} ‘0665

Two to four feet ......... "1904 "1466 °1765 °1326

Four to:six leet .i 4. *1559 *1520 °1558 *1500

In this Table w, and w, represent the amplitudes of the first
harmonic terms at any two successive depths, V, and Vj; the

Harth Temperatures at Kimberley. 429

corresponding epochs; %., 2%, V2, V2, the amplitudes and epochs
of the second harmonic terms. The last line, standing for condi-
tions below the depth at which the diurnal variation is felt, is
satisfactory enough. But the others are not. There is, however,
the circumstance that, saving the case of the retardation of the
epoch of the second harmonic term between 1 and 2 feet, the rate
of diminution of the logarithms of the amplitudes is, in depths down
to 4 feet, almost exactly 1:3 times the rate of retardation of the
epoch, expressed in circular measure. The composition of the sur-
face strata possibly accounts for much of this. Throughout the first

foot of depth the soil is a light red sand with some humus. From >

1 to 3 feet it changes gradually into a compact red subsoil (possibly
washed out of the surface sand in the course of ages by the rain)
which is very hard when dry, but soft and plastic when wet. Under
this is a shallow layer of about a foot in depth of hard limestone
lumps overlying an indefinite depth of soft floury chalk. It would
appear, then, that some irregularity in the thermal capacity and
conductivity of the ground down to a moderate depth should be
expected. There is also to be taken into account the comparatively
short period during which observations have been taken, and also
the change in the position of the thermometers.

Taking the average of the variation of the logarithms and retarda-
tion of the epochs between 4 and 6 feet, we get °1534 as the average
of the numbers in the last line of Table 9. This gives for the
diffusivity k/c in the chalk the value 133:33 per annum, which
reduces to ‘(0044 in C.G.S. units, a value not differing greatly from
Angstrém’s value for argillaceous sand, nor from A. Herschel’s value
for dry clay.* Professor H. EH. Callendar has shown how the dif-
fusivity may be simply and directly computed from a graphic integra-
tion of the algebraic expression of the law of diffusion, 7.e., of —

dv _ k dv
te SG

For from the observations with the different thermometers at any
date a curve may be drawn showing the variation of temperature at
different depths for that epoch. Let a series of such curves for
successive epochs be drawn on squared paper. The area included
between any two of these curves when multiplied by c, the thermal
capacity of unit volume, gives the total quantity of heat absorbed

* See ‘‘On the Reduction of Observations of Underground Temperature,’’ Lord

Kelvin, Phil. Mag., 1861; Deschanel’s ‘‘ Natural Philosophy’’ (Everett), 1891,
p. 425; Preston, ‘‘ Theory of Heat,” ch. vii.; Fourier, passim.

430 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

per unit area of surface by any stratum of the soil between the
dates and depths for which the curves are taken. That is Q = Ac.
Now the quantity of heat per unit area of surface which flows past
any level at a depth x in unit time is equal to the product of the
thermal conductivity & and the average temperature gradient dv/dx
between the two successive epochs. That is, for the depths 2, and 2,
and corresponding temperatures v, and v,—

Qa pide. aul

Vat, Oda

= k@ say.
Whence—

My own attempts to apply this formula have not been very
successful, even in dry weather when the diffusivity of the ground
has not been interfered with by moisture. For one thing I have not
found either A or dv/dx easy to determine from a diagram. There
is no doubt, however, that had my thermometers been more
numerous, say only 6 inches apart instead of 2 feet, there would not
have been much, if any, difficulty. —

The observations, nevertheless, yield in one particular a direct
measure of the effect of a given surface disturbance in terms of the
temperature and the average rate at which it travels downwards.
For example, Table 10 shows the average effect of a heavy fall of
rain after a spell of dry weather in the last quarter of the year. At
this time the mean temperature at each depth in question is gradually
rising in response to the increasing heat of the sun’s rays. An idea
of the normal rate of rise may be obtained from the extended
averages at the end. Table 10 shows what disturbing effect a smart
shower has upon these normals in the course of the following week,
expressed in deviations from the normal. It is based upon the
particulars of thirteen storms of rain.

* H. L. Callendar, ‘‘ Observations of Soil Temperatures,” Trans. R. S. Canada,
1895, 1896. It will be understood, of course, that Callendar’s method only gives the
diffusivity at the time of observation, whereas the periodic constants give the mean
diffusivity for the year. The two results may disagree to some extent because of
the varying amount of moisture in the soil.

Harth Temperatures at Kimberley. 431

TABLE 10.

DISTURBANCE OF TEMPERATURE CONSEQUENT UPON RAIN.

Day. pee ack | Ones One Foot. Two Feet. Four Feet. Six Feet.
oO Oo oO O oO Oo
1 — 0:5 — 21:9 — 5'5 — 1°3 + 0:1 + 0°3
2 — 3:2 — 16°0 — §°2 = 216 0:0 + 0:2
3 — 3:2 — 78 — 3°3 —2°7 — 0:3 + 01
4 = Beil — 8°8 — 2:2 — 2°3 — 0:4 + 0:1
3) = je! — 67 —1°7 eo) — 0°5 0:0
6 — 0°6 — 19 + 0-1 — 4 — 0°6 0:0
7 + 0°7 “4+ 0:4 + 0:7 — 0°8 — 0°6 — 0:1
8 + 1:9 — 39 0:0 — 0°4 — 0°5 — 0-1

In this Table the first day is the day of rain. It appears from this
that the minimum temperature of the surface is not much affected
while the rain lasts, but that the maximum runs down immediately
and rises gradually afterwards. The effect is felt at night for
48 hours at least. The disturbance appears almost immediately at
a depth of 1 foot, and it travels downward at a fairly uniform speed
of 10 inches a day.

A consideration of the facts adduced in this paper prompts the
suggestion that the lagging of air temperature, whereby the hottest
and coldest times of the year are more or less later than the sol-
stices in various parts of the world, may depend as much upon
the quality and dampness of the ground as upon the vertical
circulation of air.

The Table at the end gives the average temperatures, at each
depth observed, for trihemera throughout the year. Tor example,
the temperatures opposite January 3 are averages for January 1,
2, and 3. The sequence of values in this Table indicates a
downward tendency in the temperatures, ¢.g., at 4 and 6 feet the
average temperature at the end of December comes out much lower
than those of the beginning of January. Another curious feature is
that the annual cold spell of the middle of July is felt in the ground
to a depth of 2 feet.

432 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

TEMPERATURES OF THE HARTH IN TRIHEMERA.

1.—January, February, March.

Date of the
Third Day of
Trihemera.

ATS Eiaelele

One Inch | One Inch
i M

in.

ax.

Feb. y

1]
14
IF
20
2s
26
29
March 3
6
9
12
15
18
20
24
27
30

XXIII.

APRMMMAAADMAADDOOSO
SSO MGSES KARE OARRROBSRS
ANNO TOOWWROKR NOOO ROOGH

XXIII.

124-6
Ld
120-5
121°5
124-0
114-4
123-9
120-4
121°6
122-0
1216
115°6
1169
1161
2-8
112°3
ilkos9
110-0
IMO ey
106°4
109°6
ILIARS)
112°8
IMO Ff

97°6
101°6
100°6
Oia
105°8
100°5

One Two Four Six
Foot Feet Feet Feet.
86°9 81:5 79:0 71:8
83°4 80:1 Tol 72:0
84:6 199 Tol (2:1
86:3 80:5 75:2 72:2
87-0 81:6 10°4 72°4
84:1 80:8 Tod (at
86:2 80:7 T93°7 CaS
85-5 81:2 15'°8 72:8
84-9 80:6 asd 73:0
85:5 80°3 75:9 13°2
87-0 81:6 76:0 13°3
85:1 Si 16°3 13°4
84:0 80:5 16°2 13°9
54-0 TET 16:2 73°6
83-7 80:0 76:0 73°6
83:8 (SPS 76:0 13°6
84°5 (og Kone fart
81:6 18:7 org (eke
81-4 18:4 To'7 13°8
80-4 WES, 79'°6 13°7
81-0 Cloak To4 13'°7
82-2 18°2 19'3 73°6
Sila 18°2 19'3 13°6
80-1 CC 75'3 13°9
16°4 19°9 T5°1 73°6
15°6 14:2 74°95 73°D
15:9 74:0 74:0 73°3
15°4 73°6 13°6 13°2
16°3 73°95 Jo 72°9
14:9 (3:3 Toul 72°6

Date of the

Third Day of the

Trihemera.

April

June

2
5)
8
ia

14
ity)

Earth Temperatures at Kimberley.

One Inch | One Inch

Min.

XXIII.

TABLE 11 (continued).

2.—April, May, June.

Max.

XXIIL. OX
95°5 73°4
JO 72°8
97°7 (2RT
99°5 12:3
96:6 10-7
98°4 10°8
95°6 70°5
96:5 70-1
94:4 69-2
94:4 68-1
w2OT) 67-4
92°8 66:0
90:7 65:7
JOnt 64:7
89:0 63:3
85:5 61:4
84:2 60:5
85°0 60:9
84:2 60:3
19:7 58°6
768 56:8
77:0 50°6
18°7 00°5
7o4 54°7
731 52°2
14:2 53°0
76-1 53°6
Tor4 04:3
74:4 53°9
10°7 53°0

433

Four Six

Feet Feet.
XX XEXG

(29 72°5
12:5 72°4
72:1 72:2
71:8 72:0
71:4 (Aer
(sh 71:5
70°8 71:3
10°4 CARO
10:2 70°8
Cog 70°6
69°5 70°4
69:0 (her il
68:6 69°8
68°2 69-6
67°8 69°3
67:1 69:0
66°6 68°6
66:0 68:2
65°6 67°9
65°1 67°5
64°5 67:2
64:0 66°8
63:3 66°4
62°8 66:0
62:2 65°5
61:5 65:2
61:0 64:7
60°8 64:3
60:5 64:0
60°3 63°7

29

434 Transactions of the. South African Philosophical Socvety.

TABLE 11 (continued).

3.—July, August, September.

| mate of the

Third Day of the

Trihemera.

July

Aug.

Sept.

il

One Inch

One Two Four Six

Min. Max. Foot. Feet. Feet. Feet.
XXIII. XXIII. xX XX. XxX XX.
32°9 76:9 O3'l 04:2 60:0 63°3
31:7 18°6 030 04:2 09°6 63-1
31:8 (90 O31 04:0 59°4 62°9
34:4 TOY) 03'°8 04:3 09:2 62°5
33'0 80:1 04:0 o4°5 ogi l 62°3
300 80-1 04:0 54:5 09:0 62:2
32°5 18:3 03°2 04:2 089 62:0
32°3 82:2 039 04:2 08°7 61:8
34°5 84:0 ool 04°8 08'6 61:6
33°3 84:8 00°2 ool 08'6 61:5
33'0 86:6 009 oo'4 08'6 61:4
30°9 87:6 06°5 00°9 08°7 61:3
36:2 88:9 57°8 56°6 08°77 61:2
84:4 90:6 O77 06°8 08:9 Gla
36°90 91:5 08'8 O7T°4 O9i1 61:1
36°4 92:4 08:9 OTT 092 61:1
33:0 93:0 08:2 O76 09:4 61:2
36°2 haya 09°5 O79 09°95 61:3
34:7 94:4 58:8 08°95 09°6 61:2
30°4 9019 09°9 08°5 09°8 61:3
Se ap OES 61:8 09°3 099 61:3
38:1 | 102°4 62:7 60:2 60:2 61:4
41°8 | 102:7 63:9 6131 60:4 61:4
43:2 101:0 64:5 61:8 60:9 61°6
40°3 3930 64:1 61:9 61:2 61°7
41°3 95}1 63:1 61:6 61°5 61:9
41:2 | 100°3 64:4 61:7 61:5 62:1
43:3 | 102°5 65:4 62:3 61:7 62:2
43-1 102°3 67:1 63:5 61:9 62:3
46:8 | 105:7 68°8 64:6 62:4 62:4
108°6 C12 66:3 62:9 62:7

Date of the

Third Day of the

Trihemera.

Oct.

Nov.

Dec.

Earth Temperatures at Kimberley.

TABLE 11 (continued).

4.—October, November, December.

One Inch | One Inch One Two Four Six
Min. Max. Foot. Feet. Feet Feet.
XXIII. XXIII. XxX. XX, XX. XX.
48:3 109°7 elert 67-1 63°5 62:9
00°0 | 113-1 72°6 67:9 64:1 63°2
SO LOE) 72°3 68°3 64°6 63°6
AT*4 110:0 (ass: 68:4 65:0 63°8
47:5 112°3 (2%) 68:2 65:2 64°2
O15 ae Tol Ooa 65°5 64°4
HOP 4) JUS) 79°6 70°4 66:0 64°7
O27 113°8 (ow (Ae: 66:5 64°9
04°95 109:2 vias) 716 66°9 65:3
SG) JEG 13°7 (BOI Oren) 65°6
55°2 | 118°5 18:9 72°5 67°5 65°7
50°O | 120°7 19°4 73°6 68-0 66:0
00'8 123°5 80:5 74:4 68°5 66°3
9199) 120°1 (39 74:9 69:0 66:6
56-4 | 120°0 19'8 Tol 69°4 67:0
034 | 120°2 78°6 74:3 69:7 67°3
64:°7 | 121:°3 80:5 750 69:8 67:5
04:9 | 121°5 80:3 75°3 LOA 67°7
OU |) LIAS 79:0 Tol 70°74 68-0
Say |) IRs) 81-4 75°o 70°5 68°3
61:2 121°5 84:0 ate 70°9 68:4
096 | 124-7 84:5 (iepal Ges 68:6
62:°4 | 128°0 86:0 19°4 72:0 68:9
Gone sled 86:7 80:0 72°95 69:°3
62°9 126:°0 85°4 80°2 73°0 Ooi
60:3 118°6 83°2 79:0 13°3 70:0
62:7 | 121°5 84:2 79°2 13°3 70°4
61:5 128°4 85°6 19°4 73°5 70°4
61:0 | 124:3 84:5 80:0 73°8 10°C
60:2 121°5 84:5 (oes: 9 70°9
62°5 | 125:5 86°3 80:0 74:1 tE0

( 437 )

NOTES ON THE BUSHMEN OF BASUTOLAND.,

By Rev. 8. 8. Dornan.
(Read November 27, 1907.)

When Moshesh, the founder of the present Basuto nation, came
into the country now known as Basutoland—for the name dates
only from its occupation by him—he found scattered families of
Bushmen living in the country. Whether they were recent immi-
grants or not no one knew. The land was at that time covered with
rank grass and bush; there was abundance of game. Lions,
leopards, elands, gnu, rhebock, &c., were plentiful, and on these
the Bushmen subsisted. Hlephants, though represented on one or
two of their paintings, do not seem to have lived in the country, as
it is too mountainous.

Long before the Great Emigration of 1836 parties of Boers from
Cape Colony were accustomed to cross the Orange River for the
purpose of hunting, and the game which escaped slaughter gradually
retired northwards. The destruction of the wild animals had an
intimate bearing on the fortunes of the Bushmen.

But although Basutoland was in the possession of scattered
families or clans of Bushmen, their real occupation of the country
dates from the wars of Chaka, and the Great Trek, that is from the
early part of last century. There were two of these migrations.
The first immigrants came principally from the Cape Colony, from
where they were hunted out by Dutch commandoes. These bands
lived in what is now known as the Conquered Territory, and their
centre was a cave in the neighbourhood of Hermon, to the west of
this country near Wepener. The Bushman name for this part was
Qibing—a locative case from Qibi, a digging stick. These were the
Bushmen of Mamantso, called after their chief. As the appellation
is not Bushman but Sesuto, it was given to them no doubt by the
Basuto. They differed from other Bushmen in that they were tall,
strong men, evidently pointing to an admixture of Hottentot or Kafir
blood, most likely the former,

{it

438 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

These immigrants left the neighbourhood of Hermon and wan-
dered north to the Phutiatsana, or Little Caledon, a tributary of the
Caledon River, which falls into it below Maseru. Here they lived
at the mountain Qeme, and were known by the name of the Bush-
men of Mapeshuane, a name of manifest Sesuto origin.* These
people eventually joined the second party of immigrants, and with
such as were left of them retired to Griqualand Hast, then called
No Man’s Land.

The second and much larger immigration occurred just after the

* These Bushmen were not numerous. There were two small clans, one at
Qeme, the other at Qoaling, a mountain beyond the Phutiatsana, nearer Maseru.
Moshesh found them there when he settled at Thaba Bosiu. He tried to become
friendly with them, by giving them some old oxen to herd for him, as well as to
try to induce them to settle down, and give up their wandering and thievish manner
of life. However, they did not see matters in that light. They made up their
minds to possess the cattle which were lent them. Under cover of the darkness
they stole from mountain to mountain, the whole clan—men, women, and children
—driving the cattle before them.

To follow them and recover the cattle was a difficult and dangerous operation,
for the Malutis were said by the Basuto to be infested by a peculiar kind of viper,
which could jump the height of a man from the ground. These snakes were very
poisonous, and were much dreaded by the Basuto. For the Bushmen they had no
terrors, as they possessed a medicine for snake-bites which the Basuto had not. It
was said by the old Basuto that when they travelled in the mountains they used to
carry a large flat stone upon their heads, in order that when the snakes sprang at
them they might bite the stone and not the head.

The night when these Bushmen left their caves with the cattle they left behind
them two young girls. The name of one was Qeea, while the other was too young
to tell her name. These girls were seized by Moshesh as compensation for his
stolen cattle. Qeea was taken to Thaba Bosiu, while the other was given to
Mating, one of Moshesh’s retainers, who gave her the name of Ma-Tseole. Qeea,
when grown up, had a son named Chitja, who is still alive though very old, and
resides—or, at least, was lately residing—in the Orange River Colony near Hlotsce
Camp.

The fugitives, after settling in the mountains, ate up all the cattle they had with
them, and became confirmed marauders, plundering the country around. They
eventually joined the clan under Swai at Sehonghong, and shared his tragic fate.
This will be narrated later.

The following is a portion of one of their hunting songs:

‘‘Qilo! qamole! haoletse! hetsema !
Nqaqama! qemeqoma! qemase, qoobetse!”’

The above is confirmed by the testimony of an old Bushman woman, who gave
the writer the following information: ‘‘I was born at Mequatling, in the Orange
River Colony, in a cave.there. My father was the chief. When I was quite small
we were chased away from there by the Boers (about 1858). Wecame to Qeme, and
joined another clan there, but soon quarrelled with them. My father then went to
the mountain called Kolo, and lived there till he died. He married a Mosuto wife
and lived in a hut like other Basuto, and when I grew up I married a Mosuto
husband, and call myself a Mosuto,”’

Notes on the Bushmen of Basutoland. 439

Great Trek of 1836. They were driven out of the Orange River
Colony by the emigrant Boers, and went south to the Quthing
district, where they lived in a cave called Qhoasing = at the water.
Their chief’s name was Mphaki, also a Sesuto appellation. From
there they were chased away, on account of their cattle-lifting, by
Pafodi, son of Morosi, chief of the district. Some of the petty chiefs
in that part of Basutoland still possess poisoned Bushman arrows,
given to them by these people. From Qhoasing they divided into
two bands, of which one went up the eastern side of the Senqu, or
Orange River, the other up the western side. Those who went up
the eastern side were led by a chief called Melikane, from whom
the river Melikane takes its name. He had four sons—Ramatlamo
(Sesuto, ‘“ Father of calumny ’’), Swai (Bushman, ‘“‘ Knife ’’), Motseki
(Sesuto, ‘One who quarrels’’), and Qang. Melikane remained at
the cave on the river Melikane. The later history of Ramatlamo
and Motseki is unknown. Swai went farther up the Senqu River,
and lived at the cave known as Sehonghong. From thence he made
forays on the cattle of the Basuto and Kafirs. The tragic end of
Swai and his clan will be more fully related, in connection with the
causes which led to the extinction of the Bushmen as a people.

Near the river Melikane is another river called the Tsuediki. On
the banks of this river are rock shelters containing paintings, but as
no Bushmen are known to have lived there, it is supposed they
belong to some of Ramatlamo’s or Motseki’s people who went up
the river—a supposition that is strengthened by the fact that similar
paintings are found higher up the river in the cave called Leqhoa,
_a hybrid word consisting of the Sesuto prefix Le = thing, and
Bushman qhoa = water. It is believed these people also retired
to Griqualand. East when the Basuto occupied this tract of
- country. .

The second band went up the western side of the Senqu. The
head of this band was Ntharetsane (Sesuto probably ‘“‘I am en-
tangled,” ‘‘I have lost my senses’’), who had two brothers, Qabane
and Sekitsene (Sesuto, ‘ The little swift one’’). It will be observed
that all these names, as well as those of the previous clan, are
descriptive names, bestowed upon the Bushmen by their enemies,
the Basuto. This band seems not to have been guilty of any theft—
rather an unusual thing for Bushmen, and which raises an interest-
ing question as to whether the Bushmen were originally the habitual
thieves both black and white men describe them to have been, and
which undoubtedly they usually were. Their paintings are found in
the cave they inhabited. They came there about 1860. The last
family, a father Kholoboto and his son Hoko, came hither about the

440 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

same time. Kholoboto went to Griqualand Hast some time after-
wards, but Hoko remained, and died there in 1902.

Some half-castes and very few pure-bred people, mostly women,
still live in Basutoland, but they are now reckoned as part of the
Basuto nation ; and it is difficult to get them to talk of their ances-
tors, as they feel the changed condition of things very keenly. A
few chiefs have Bushman grooms, and I am informed they are
superior to all others. In addition to their natural reluctance to
talk of the past, the Basuto discourage any systematic attempt to
glean information about their history, partly because their own part
in the various events which led to the extinction of the Bushmen
was none too generous, and partly because they dislike intensely to
see white men take any interest in such vermin as Bushmen, in the
charitable language of the Basuto. If one asks for any details of
paintings, they invariably say they do not know. They are so much
afraid of white men obtaining any information about the country
that they always suspect them of wanting to discover gold or
diamonds, and lead them to seize ultimately the country.

There is no necessity to dwell upon the physical character-
istics of the Bushmen. They have been often described. They
have left no impression to any appreciable extent upon the other
races, except probably upon the Hottentots. But it is worthy of
remark that such half-breeds as I have seen have inherited more
of the Bushman than of the Basuto type, for example the hollow
back and projecting buttocks.

Some linguistic peculiarities which are shared by certain Kafir and
Bechuana tribes, and more largely by the Hottentots, call for remark.
Chief of these are those harsh faucal sounds termed clicks. Speak-
ing generally, the Bushman language has had no influence upon
Sesuto either in syntax or accidence, with perhaps the single excep-
tion of the locative case.

This case, if one can term it such, is not formed by a prefix, but
by a suffix, as ‘‘thaba,’”” a mountain; “thabeng,”’ at the mountain.
Now it is a curious fact that the same formation occurs in the
Bushman dialects, as Qibing, at the digging stone, from Qibi, a
digging stick; Qhoasing, at the water, from qhoa, water: all place-
names in Basutoland. Of course there is no absolute proof of the
connection between the two cases, but the resemblance is certainly
remarkable, especially when one remembers that the locative case
formation is a standing exception to the prefix method in Sesuto.
With reference to pronunciation, the case may be somewhat
stronger. Bushman speech abounded in clicks, almost every word
having one of some kind or other. Philologists distinguish five

Notes on the Bushmen of Basutoland. 441

such clicks, and sometimes six, namely, a labial, “dental, palatal,
lateral, cerebral, and guttural. The first is produced by a sharp
sucking of the lips. The second by pressing the tongue against
the front teeth and rapidly withdrawing it, a sound not very unlike
what many English people employ to express disgust or disappoint-
ment. The third against the palate. The fourth by pressing the
tongue against the side of the mouth and rapidly withdrawing it, a
sound not unlike what a jockey uses to urge ona horse. The last
two are almost impossible to describe, and I am disposed to believe
that at least one of them is only a harsh palatal click.

_ Most philologists consider these clicks, at least in Kafir and
Sesuto, are only harsh k sounds. Of these clicks the palatal occurs
in a large number of Sesuto words, but there is no evidence that the
words themselves were derived from Bushman. At the same time
it is interesting to note that primitive Sesuto had no clicks. These
clicks could have been derived from Zulu and Xosa, two branches of
the language commonly called Kafir. In Kafir itself there are three
clicks—dental, palatal, and lateral—represented by c¢, q, and 2.
They occur in an immense number of words, the palatal click
predominating. Those Kafir tribes which have been longest in
contact with Hottentots and Bushmen have the largest number
of words in which clicks occur. It is quite possible, as the Rev.
J. L. Dohne, a distinguished Kafir scholar, has shown, that these
clicks could have arisen independently in Xosa and allied dialects.

No Bushman dictionary has ever been published, so that it is
impossible to decide the question. The MS. of a Bushman dictionary
of 20,000 words is said to be in posgession of “Miss Lloyd, of Char-
lottenburg, a sister-in-law of Dr. W. H. J. Bleek, of Cape Town, who
published before his death three parts of a comparative grammar of
South African languages, containing Bushman forms. A _ short
grammar of Bushman was also issued by Frederick ‘Muller, of
Vienna, but it is too meagre to be of much service.

The Basuto call the Bushmen Baroa, the meaning of which is
uncertain. It may mean ‘‘men of the south” (boroa). I am
inclined to think from further reflection that the Sesuto appellation
‘“‘boroa,’’ to the south, or south, really comes from the name Baroa.

The Kafirs call the Bushmen‘Abatwa, manifestly the same name,
as the Sesuto prefix Ba becomes!in® Kafir°Ama or Aba.: {Amongst
themselves the Bushmen were called ’San, and it is a mistake to say
they called themselves Khuai, which is the’ designation of the
Hottentots.

The chief of each little clan was all-powerful, and his word was
law and must be obeyed. He was looked upon as the father of the

442 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

clan, and was the leader in the various. hunting or. predatory expedi-
tions undertaken, but the various clans scarcely ever combined for
offensive purposes. The Bushmen were communists in the sense
that the game killed by a member of a clan was shared by the whole
of it. |

They lived mostly in caves. Great numbers of these caves occur
in Basutoland, in almost every one of which traces of Bushman
occupation can be found. They were the rallying-points of the
various clans, and no matter how far their wanderings may have led
them they never failed to return periodically to relate their hunting
exploits. i

When a young man wanted to marry a girl, he was always sup-
posed to kill an animal, generally the largest and fiercest he could
find. He then carried the animal, or as much of it as he could,
home, and gave the best part to the girl. He was then looked upon
as a man, and as a suitor for the hand of the girl. Besides this, the
young men of the clan usually gathered round him and gave him a
severe thrashing with sticks till he was quite bruised. If he bore
this without murmur he was declared worthy of the girl.

The Bushmen were partly monogamous, partly polygamous.
Considerations of food were generally the ruling motives in the
choice of wives. When game was plentiful, and the hunters had
undisputed possession of the country, polygamy generally prevailed,
but when the stronger races began to drive the Bushmen before
them it was incumbent on each man to have as few family encum-
brances as possible. This was specially true in the later stages of
their history. The husband was absolute master of the wife, but
this did not mean that he treated her any worse than other Bantu
tribes do. Conjugal fidelity on the part of either husband or wife
was not conspicuous. Great laxity in such matters usually pre-
vailed. From observation on Bantu tribes, I am convinced that
polygamy is no safeguard against purity in family relations. Besides,
wealth is always a great inducement to polygamy amongst heathen
peoples. The man who has the largest worldly possessions, espe-
cially cattle, will usually have the largest number of wives.

The rite of circumcision seems to have been practised by Bush-
men, as one of the Basuto circumcision songs speaks of the ‘“ clever
Bushman’”’ who first taught. them how to perform the rite in a
‘good manner.” 7

The Bushmen usually cut off the first joint of the little finger of
the left hand. What religious significance this had, if any, I am
unable to discover, as the only Bushman to whom I put the question
was not able to afford me any information, .

Notes on the Bushmen of Basutoland. 443

The men and women ate separately, a custom common amongst
Bantu tribes, which persists long after the latter have become to
some extent civilised. The game was killed by the men, but in
times of scarcity various kinds of edible roots and tubers were col-
lected, as well as the seeds of certain grasses. These were pounded
up with stones. The roots were dug up with a digging stick called
the Qibi, a straight, tough piece of wood about three feet jong,
pointed at the end. It was inserted in a circular stone and wedged
tight. The labour taken to round and bore these stones with no
tools but their hands must have been immense.

The flesh of animals was preserved in the following manner.
They cut off the fat, boiled it, and placed itin askin. Then they
took the lean portions, pounded them up with stones into fine
powder, which they spread out to dry. When thoroughly dried they
preserved it ina skin. In this way they could keep it for a long
time. When they wanted to eat it, they mixed the fat and powder
together and boiled it. Of course this method of preserving meat
prevailed mostly after they had been driven away from their ancestral
hunting grounds into the mountainous portions of the country,
where game was scarce and hunting attended with considerable risk
of attack. When the Bushman had plenty to eat, and when there
was abundance of game to be killed, he was not troubled with much
thought about making provision for the future. He spent his time,
together with his neighbours, feasting and making merry, and only
bestirred himself when the pangs of hunger were too great to be
resisted any longer.

Another method of cooking meat was to make a hole in the
ground, line it with stones, light a fire, take out the ashes, and
then put in the meat. The hole was then covered with a large
flat stone. After some hours the meat was taken out perfectly
cooked. They made their own clay pots, but what pottery they
made was coarse and brittle, being only limited to the barest
necessaries.

The Bushman religion was a sort of nature worship. The prin-
cipal power was Qeng, the exact meaning of which cannot be deter-
mined, but it seems to have been no more than the storm spirit. In
common with many Bantu tribes, the Bushman was in the habit of
cursing the demon of the thunderstorm when it lasted too long to be
pleasant. If it rained too long he was very angry, as it prevented
him hunting, but if after a long drought a thunderstorm of great
intensity came up suddenly, as it very often does in this country, he
was particularly pleased, as it meant new grass, and grass meant
game and times of plenty. I have never heard that the Bushmen

444 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

looked upon the lightning as a kind of bird as the Basuto and other
tribes do.

They also believed in witchcraft, but not to the same extent as
the Bantu. The awful evils attendant upon witchcraft, such as
‘“‘ smelling out,’ do not seem to have prevailed amongst them. This
practice exists largely wherever natives possess cattle, and is often
the means of getting rid of dangerous rivals or of increasing a chief’s
wealth. As the Bushmen possessed no cattle, the reason for the
practice did not exist. A Bushman’s only notion of the value of
cattle was to eat them.

The Bushmen buried their dead near the caves where they lived,
and marked the site with a small cairn of stones. I have seen
several of these little piles, but whether they mark Bushman graves
or not I cannot say. The Basuto when appealed to either could not
or would not give any information on the subject. I have not been
able to discover if the Bushmen had any ideas of immortality.

Of all the Bushmen relics their paintings are the most interesting.
They are common in the caves or rock shelters of Basutoland.
They generally occur near the crests of the hills in Cave Sandstone,
an Upper Triassic rock. This rock is interbedded near the base with
soft green mudstones, often containing dinosaurian footprints, and
occasionally bones of the same animals. These mudstones weather
away much more rapidly than the sandstone, which is tough in
texture, giving rise to openings, large and small, at different levels,
with overhanging ledges. These openings are not true caves, being
usually quite exposed on three sides. On the smooth faces of the
cliffs one often meets with Bushman paintings. These paintings are
usually small, not more than 4 or 5 inches in height. The prevail-
ing colours are brown and black, with occasionally blue and yellow.
One is struck with the accuracy of detail in the delineation of the
characteristic habits of the animals painted. They are practically
destitute of perspective, but in spite of this they are wonderfully
accurate and true to life.

It would seem from a study of such paintings as I have seen that
they were done by a single artist in each cave, as the same colours,
shapes, and attitudes constantly recur. There is nothing in the
paintings to indicate relative age or development, as they are all
about equal in point of execution. Where differences exist they are
generally due to better or worse preservation, but we may be sure
that to reach such a high state of art must have meant a long stage
in development. The age of most of the paintings in Basutoland
can be definitely settled as within the last seventy years, and many
of them within fifty years, There are caves, such as those in the

Notes on the Bushmen of Basutoland. 445

Kolo mountain and elsewhere, where it is known that no Bushmen
have lived for over sixty years at any rate, but those of the
Malutis are certainly not more than fifty years old, as the Bush-
men were driven up there about 1860. Thus there is nothing to
prove their great antiquity. There are paintings in Cape Colony,
near Wellington, which may be far more ancient, but the question
is, were they there when the Dutch occupied that part of the
country? JI have not been able to discover whether the Dutch
found them there when they occupied that district. If it were
so, then they are more than two hundred years old. Is it possible
that the Bushmen have obtained the art from the white men? To
me it seems probable that painting is the only relic left of a higher
civilisation the Bushmen once possessed. More reliable information
may one day throw some light on the question as to the age of
the oldest paintings.

From the number of paintings in Basutoland it is evident that the
knowledge of painting was not confined to a fewindividuals. Every
little clan seems to have had its painter, or family of painters, who
depicted its exploits on the walls of the cave where it dwelt. Some
of the Baphuti, a tribe of Kafirs near the Drakensberg, who are said
to have some Bushman blood in them, and can still speak a little of
the Bushman language, can paint—an art they have evidently learnt
from the latter, but their paintings are vastly inferior.

It is a pity that these paintings could not be preserved as
memorials of a bygone and deeply interesting race. The Basuto
herd-boys who inhabit these caves during the summer months, when
the cattle are sent to the higher pastures, take what looks like a
malicious delight in defacing them. Usually this takes the form of
smearing them with red clay, which, needless to say, does not
improve them. Besides the Basuto are so jealous of any one visiting
and examining the pictures that they wilfully destroy them. The
chiefs themselves encourage it, so that if this is allowed to go on
there will soon be none left. The Basuto are utterly wanting in
talent of this kind; they see no beauty in, and put no value upon,
such things. It is certainly strange that a people like the Basuto,
who take the greatest delight in cattle, and notice anything peculiar
in the shape of a cow’s horn, should be so utterly deficient in artistic
skill, while a race that possessed no domestic animals but dogs,
should have developed such a considerable degree of talent.

These rock-paintings ‘are so numerous, and of such uniformity
that detailed description is needless. A group of these paintings
from one of the most recently inhabited caves will serve as a type of
all the others. This is a cave at Sehonghong on the Senqu, or

446 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Orange River. This cave is about 80 feet by 40 feet, and contains
a great number of paintings illustrative of the chase of elands,
leopards, hartebeest, gnu, rhebock, and jackals, all of which animals
existed not long ago in that part of the country. In another cave
near the station of Hermon is a painting representing the Bushmen
driving off a herd of cattle, while the Kafirs are doing their best to
retake the captured stock. That the pursuers are Kafirs is evident
from the form of the shield—the oval form—which is not used by
the Basutos. This picture is wonderfully true to life. Here we see
the Bushmen driving off the herd, while others keep off the pur-
suers, who are following in great wrath, but afraid to close with
their enemies on account of the poisoned arrows, the least seuaaa
of which speedily proved fatal.

Bushman thefts of cattle and horses were carried out with a con-
siderable amount of skill. During the hours of darkness they drove
off the herds in small bands in different directions, so that if the
pursuers followed they might recover a few head, but never all.
When their enemies retired they drove the loot to the neighbour-
hood of their caves, and there slaughtered them one by one,
feasting and making merry, till not a single hoof remained. They
never attempted to ride horses, the only use they made of them
was as food.

There is a good series of paintings between Masitise and Leloaleng
in Southern Basutoland. The individual figures, though small, are
remarkably accurate and well finished. They represent the chase
of elands by horsemen. They are therefore comparatively recent, cer-
tainly well within a century, as the Basuto did not become possessed
of horses until about 1820. There are twelve figures in all, usually
about the same size, 74 in. x 4 in., though the elands are slightly
larger than the horses. There is also a rhebock upon a neighbour-
ing rock, but evidently of the same age as the others. Five horses
are done in yellow paint, one in white, while their riders are red.
The elands are brown, with white legs and neck. The attitudes of
the animals are most lifelike.

Another series occurs at Thabana Morena. Here are some
dozens of paintings, about forty in all, representing the chase of
elands, rhebock, hippopotami, &c. At one place we see a battle
taking place between some parties of Bushmen and what are pre-
sumably Bechuana, but the figures are so defaced that it is difficult
to make them out. At another place we see some engaged in an
encounter with a hippopotamus. They are decidedly getting the
worst of the fight, as the enraged animal has knocked one of them
over, and scattered the others and put them to flight. These figures

Notes on the Bushmen of Basutoland. 447

are very close together, badly wanting in perspective, and are about
7 in. x 5 in.

On the road to Machacha near the station of Thaba Bosiu is to
be seen one of the finest series of paintings in the whole of Basuto-
land. The cave is on a tributary of the Little Caledon River, which
there has cut a narrow, winding trench, over 400 feet deep. On the
rock-face underneath a huge overhanging cliff, are hundreds of paint-
ings, some of them 24 in. x 9 in., representing hartebeest, gnu, rhe-
bock, eland, storks, lions, and jackals, most of them in the natural
colour of the animals. They are in all sorts of attitudes, grazing,
surprised, in flight, &&. The body of the eland is red, the neck,
head, and legs white. Mixed with these are scores of men in rows
with bows and arrows, evidently fighting. At one place we see a
Bushman stealing up to a rhebock grazing in fairly long grass, with
his arrow on the string, while immediately alongside we see the hunter
charged by the infuriated animal he has just shot, and knocked over.
Lions are depicted in their yellow colour, some leaping upon game,
others on the que vive. Then there are rows of jackals following
the lions, and curious drawings like snakes, or some kind of mytho-
logical rings with a snake inside.

At another place is an indecent painting, but the indecent addition
is probably the recent work of a Basuto herd-boy.

The question arises, Were the Bushmen always thieves? There
are traditions that the first Bantu tribes found the Bushmen honest
enough. Very probably the former had little to steal from, and the
Bushmen were never numerous enough to make any stubborn fight
for their ancestral hunting grounds.

The following is a short list of Bushman names of places, &c., and
of such as owe their origin to encounters with the Bushmen, with
the meanings of those that are known :—

Place Names :—

Qeme mountain = I have had enough food.
Qhoasing = at the water.
Qhughu mountain, unknown.
Qogolosi mountain, unknown.
Qibing mountain = at the stone.
Qalabane mountain, unknown.
Senqu = the Orange River.
Qudu river, unknown.

Quthing river, unknown.
Qoasing river, unknown.
Leqhoa river = qhoa water. .

448 Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

There are also large numbers of others, the meaning of which is
unknown. Melikane is a river named from the Chief Melikane.
The following incident gave rise to the name: Melikane and his
clan stole a herd of cattle, was pursued, and the cattle captured.
During the night the pursuers heard a Bushman call ‘‘ Melikane,”’
‘‘Melikane,’ and they gave the river the name, Lekhalo la
Masholu = the Pass of the Thieves, so called from a herd of cattle
being retaken from the Bushmen in the pass.

Things :—
Qhoa = water. Qibi = a digging stick.
Soang = meat. Qhu = fire.

Religion. Qeng = God or Spirit.

The incapacity of the Bushmen to adapt themselves to a pastoral
or other mode of existence, must be set down as the main, though
not the actual, cause of their disappearance. Generations of hunting
life had made them incapable of settling down amongst other tribes
to a new life, and even if they had the stronger races would have
plundered them just the same, as it must be remembered that Kafirs
and Bechuana were themselves thieves by nature, and never could
resist in their savage state the temptation to loot the herds of their
weaker neighbours. An interesting example of this incapacity to
change the conditions of life, was given to me by Mr. J. P. Murray,
of Maseru, relative to a single Bushman near East London. This
man, the last very probably of his tribe, inhabited a cave near the
coast in some very thick bush. He took to stealing pigs and poultry
from the farmers and devouring them at night. When caught he
was imprisoned for a year, but on release went on with his thefts
as before. After a time he disappeared, having been shot during his
thieving expeditions. He was quite unable to speak a word of any
language but his own, and could make his way through the most
impenetrable bush at night with the most unfailing accuracy.

_ The revolutions caused by Chaka and Umsilikasi in their
sanguinary raids, contributed not a little to the extermination of
the Bushmen. Tribes fleeing to escape slaughter fell upon their
neighbours with the assegai until the whole land reeked with
slaughter, from Delagoa Bay to the St. John’s River, and from
Mafeking to Durban. These fleeing tribes exterminated the Bush-
men wherever they went. The present Basuto nation was formed
by the genius of Moshesh out of the remnants of clans broken up by
these two bloodthirsty potentates. It is computed that they were
responsible for the destruction of a million lives, which is certainly

Notes on the Bushmen of Basutoland. 449

an exaggeration, considering the sparseness of native population a

century ago. In the destruction of the Bushmen the whites took
a prominent part. There were recognised Bushmen hunts in the
Cape Colony up to 1830, and when the Boers crossed the Orange
and the Vaal the process went on. Commandoes were regularly
organised to hunt them down like wild beasts. No attempt was
ever made by Bantu or European to conciliate them, at least not on
any scale. Driven from the territories they occupied so long, the
last of the once numerous clans betook themselves to the fastnesses
of the Malutis, that great double range of extinct volcanoes which
forms the backbone of Basutoland. In the wild gorges of the
upper Orange River the few survivors that had escaped the general
slaughter, held out till within the last forty years. The disastrous
end of the last chieftain of the Maluti Bushmen and his little clan
may fittingly bring this narrative to a close.

In the large cave at Sehonghong already mentioned there lived
the last chief of the Maluti Bushmen, Swai by name. Stow, in his
‘“ Native Races of South Africa,” gives an account of the destruction
of the clan, which is inaccurate in many respects. Briefly his
account is as follows: ‘‘T'wei’’ (as Stow spells the name) ‘‘ was
besieged in his cave by some of Allison’s men ”’ (whoever these were).
“He had a few guns, and defended himself courageously, but his
bullets giving out, he was reduced to firing blank charges, whereupon
his assailants discovering the ineffectual nature of the fire, made a
rush for the cave, and overpowered him and those who had taken
refuge with him.”

Krom the native minister of the district, the Rev. J. Moteane, I
have received the following account of what took place: ‘‘ The Bush-
men had first been scattered by the chief Joel, of Qalo near Botha-
Bothe. <A few were killed, and several women and children carried
off. Later on their continued depredations led to other reprisals
under Jonathan, of Leribe. The place is still called Lehaha la Swai,
or the Cavern of Swai. Jonathan went about his business in a very
methodical manner. Arriving in the vicinity of the cave at dusk he
rested for the night. At dawn he stationed some of his men as
sentinels on the precipices overlooking the cave, while the remainder
of his force kept well out of sight. As soon as the sun rose, the
Bushmen to the number of ten left the cave for the purpose of hunt-
ing. They made their way up the Senqu. Leaving some of his
men to watch the women and children in the cave, Jonathan with
the rest gave chase. The Bushmen immediately hid themselves
among the reeds and bushes of the river-bank, except four or five
who made for the tops of the hills. The chief hid himself in a deep

30

450. Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

pool, leaving only the point of his nose above water. After a long
search the hiding-places of his men were discovered, and they were
dispatched, while those who sought refuge in the mountains were
overtaken and slain. The chief, however, was nowhere to be found,
and the assailants were about to give up the hunt when he was
detected in the water by means of his red colour. A man took
a shot at him, and he began to struggle. More shots were fired,
and in a short time he was dragged out dead, when his body was cut
up into pieces for ‘medicine.’ He had bracelets of elephant tusks
on his arms, evidently handed down from his ancestors, as there
were no elephants in that part of the country, and a beautifully
worked belt of beads round his body. After slaying Swai and his
men, the Basuto returned to the cave. A woman appeared at the
entrance brandishing an assegai, and dared them to enter. Some
Baphuti who were with Jonathan’s men, spoke of killing the men.
The woman asked what men? When she and the others heard
Swais name mentioned, they began to cry piteously. Jonathan
brought all the women and children to Leribe, where one or two
of them are still living, or were recently. A few days after their
arrival, they escaped during the night, and were found next morning
at the foot of the Maluti range. They were then carefully watched.
In a day or two the watch was relaxed, and most of them seized the
first opportunity to escape. Next morning a man saw them ascend-
ing the mountains and gave chase. One of them, armed with an
assegai, turned on the pursuer, who fled and returned to Leribe with
the tale that he dared not follow them. It is believed they made
their way back to their old haunts, and with the remnants of other
clans, sought an asylum in the uninhabited portions of Griqualand
Hast. Whether they still exist there, or a similar fate has befallen
them is unknown.

Sl TE Pee

PROCKEDINGS

OF THE

SOUTH AFRICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.

Vol. XVIII.
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING.
August 8, 1906.

The Annual Meeting resolved into an Ordinary Meeting.

Miss A. V. Durnie of Stellenbosch was elected an Ordinary
Member of the Society.

Mr. C. W. Howarp, of Pretoria, was nominated an Ordinary
Member by M. Wittman and L. PERiInGuEY.

The PRESIDENT gave notice that at a Special Meeting to be
held for the purpose, a proposal will be made to alter the Rules of
the Society when the latter receives its Charter.

The following Circular was sent to the members :—

CaPE Town, August 27, 1906.

Sir,—At the Annual General Meeting of the Society held in
September, 1903, the draft of a proposed Royal Charter for the
incorporation of the Society as the ‘‘ Royal Society of South Africa ”’
was approved, and the Council was instructed to apply to the Privy
Council, in order to obtain the same.

After the delay inherent to such applications, the Privy Council,
in announcing this for the general information of all whom it might
concern, called for any objections in accordance with usage.
Representatives of several Societies in the Transvaal presented
then to the Privy Council certain objections to the granting of this
petition, the progress of which was impeded thereby.

After a long correspondence and several meetings with the officials of
the Societies referred to, it was finally agreed that the three Fellows
of the Royal Society of London, then resident in South Africa

1

ii Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

(September, 1905), should be asked to nominate each three others,
the whole number to form a Provisional Council for the purpose of
drafting a Constitution for the proposed Royal Society.

These three Fellows of the Royal Society, Sir David Gill, Mr. 8. 5.
Hough, and Principal Hele-Shaw, nominated Dr. J. C. Beattie, Dr.
H. Bolus, Dr. R. Broom, W. Cullan, C. A. Denny, Dr. H. Elatek
Dr. Gilchrist, L. Péringuey, and Dr. Theiler.

This Provisional Council drew up a Constitution based mainly on
the lines of the Royal Society of London, and after communication
of the same to the objecting Societies, the latter resolved to with-
- draw officially their objections.

They have communicated to that effect with the Privy Council,
and you are now asked to ratify the action taken by the Society’s
Council, to obtain the granting of the Charter.

As soon as the Charter is granted, the South African Philosophical
Society becomes the Royal Society of South Africa. The Council,
therefore, recommends the Society to accept the Statutes now
presented.

L. PERINGUEY,
Hon. Secretary.

SPECIAL MEETING OF THE SOCIETY.
September 19, 1906.
Dr. J. C. Beattie, President, in the Chair.

The Statutes of the proposed Royal Society were approved, and
the steps taken by the Council of the Society endorsed.

The following recommendations were made for the guidance of
the Council :—

I. That when the Charter does come no Member of the Society
shall be called upon to make two payments for one period.

II. That it be a recommendation to the Provisional Council (a) to
omit from line 6 in p. 14 the words ‘‘at another meeting,’ and
insert the words ‘‘ by the Society’’; (6) to alter the words after
‘‘shall”’ in line 7, p. 14, to read ‘“‘ submit to the next Anniversary
Meeting of the Society the question whether,” &c.

~Orpinary Monraty MeEerina.
Wednesday, September 19, 1906.

J. B. Pour Evans, B.A., B.Sce., of Pretoria, was nominated as an
Ordinary Member by H. H. W. Pzarson and J. C. Beattir, and

Minutes of Proceedings. ill

Professor J. E. Durrpen, of Graham’s Town, by C. P. Lounspury
and L. PERINGUEY.

C. W. Howarp, of Pretoria, was elected an Ordinary Member of
the Society.

ORDINARY Montuty MEETING.
Wednesday, October 31, 1906.
Dr. J. C. Brartiz, President, in the Chair.

BUSINESS.

Nominations.—Dr. G. Brarzr, Kuruman, by A. W. Rogers and
L. PERInGuEyY ; C. K. Bratn, Cape Town, by J. C. Brartie and L.
PmriIneuEy; P. J. Hannon, Cape Town, by J. M. P. Murrueap and
J. C. Beattie; Professor Oaa, Graham’s Town, by J. C. Beatriz
and L. PERINGUEY.

Messrs. J. B. Pote Evans and J. EK. DurrpEn were elected
Ordinary Members of the Society.

J. Stuart TxHomson, F.L.S., F.R.S.E., exhibited and described a
number of mounted Cape Alcyonaria (Ccelenterates) obtained by the
Government Biological Department. He explained the different
types of colonies formed by these coral-like animals, and by means
of diagrams illustrated incipient stages and their probable mode of
evolution. The specimens exhibited were of remarkable beauty
in form and colouring. One of the most interesting of the forms
exhibited was Anthoptilum thomsom, a colony measuring about
3 feet long and occurring in abundance at certain places, probably
forming miniature animal forests at the bottom of the sea.

Note on the Connection between the Rainfall at Durban and
at Mauritius, by T. F. Cuaxton, F.R.A.S8. Director Royal Alfred
Observatory, Mauritius.

The note arises out of an enquiry into the possibility of seasonal
weather forecasts for Mauritius:

Examination shows that the monthly departure from average of
the various meteorological elements at Durban have no connection
with those at Mauritius.

It appears, however, that winter droughts in Durban have invari-
ably been followed by summer droughts in Mauritius at intervals of
from three to seven months, and that prolonged droughts in Natal
or those commencing in the summer may be either accompanied or
followed by prolonged droughts in Mauritius.

There is some evidence to show that the interval depends upon
the time of commencement of the drought at Durban.

iv Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Note on the Discussion of the errors of certain types of minimum
spirit thermometers in use at the Royal Alfred Observatory, Mauritius,
by A. Water, F.R.A.S., Chief Assistant.

The conclusions arrived at are :—

(1) The minimum thermometers (even the so-called ‘“ sensitive ’’)
should never be used as ordinary thermometers.

(2) The errors from comparisons at certain temperatures may be
as much as 2°.

(3) The absolute minima obtained with the spherical bulb thermo-
meters may amount to as much as +3°.

Dr. B. VAN DER RIET read a paper on ‘‘ The Chemical Composition
of Berry Wax.” |

In this paper the author drew a comparison between constants
found for berry wax (from berries of Myrica cordifolia) and those
quoted for myrtle wax (from berries of various species of Myrica),
by Dr. J. Lewcowitsch in his treatise on the Chemical Analysis of
oils, fats, and waxes. Seeing that for berry wax the iodine value was
found, by Hiibl’s method, to be ml, the possibility was suggested that
the former had based his statement that myrtle wax contained oleic
acid, as well as the glycerides of stearic, palmitic and myristic acid,
on a bromine value, and not on a directly obtained iodine value
which alone would be conclusive proof of the presence of unsaturated
acid, such as oleic acid. He recommended berry wax for use in the
oil bath on account of its stability at high temperatures (300° C)
and high flash-point.

Note on “ Crushed Granite as Fertiliser.”

Dr. VAN DER RiET said, with regard to the value of crushed granite
as fertiliser, that as yet no full analyses of granites of the Western
Province had been published, although granitic soils had been analysed
by special methods for determining amount of available plant-food.
He hoped to be able to give the Society on a later occasion the results
of certain analyses of granites which he had in hand. The report
that granite dust had been successfully employed as a fertiliser in the
U.S. of America was to be received with caution, at any rate as
regards the statement that a ton of crushed granite would contain
fertilising substance valued at £20. Granite usually contained at
most 6°5 per cent. potash, which would be the valuable ingredient,
the potash being present in orthoclase felspar. Jiven a ton of
crushed orthoclase would not contain more potash than could be
bought for £3 or £4 in Cape Town. The report regarding crushed
granite as a fertiliser was possibly a twisted version of Bulletin
No. 92 of the Bureau of Chemistry of the U.S. Department of
Agriculture, there being a very interesting article in that Bulletin by
A. 8. Cushman on “ The Effect of Water on Rock Powders.’’

Minutes of Proceedings. v

OrpiInNARY MontHty MEETING.
Wednesday, November 28, 1906.
Dr. J. C. Bearrir, President, in the Chair.

Mr. 8. M. Licurroot was duly nominated as Ordinary Member
by Dr. L. Parinaury and Dr. J. D. F. Gincurist.

Dr. G. Brarg, Messrs. C. K. Brarn, T. J. HANNnon, and Professor
Oae were elected Ordinary Members of the Society.

Dr. GincHrist exhibited living specimens of Phoronis and
Balanoglossus from the Marine Laboratory at St. James. The
Phoronis represented a new species of this genus ; a second species
had also been found in False Bay, probably representing a new
genus. The Balanoglossus (Ptychodera), like the Phoronis, had been
found for the first time in South Africa, and completes the South
African representatives of the three orders of the Hemichorda,
Cephalodiscus having been found some time previously. Some of
the peculiarities of the mode of life of these animals were demonstrated
on the living specimens.

Dr. MartotH read some ‘‘ Notes on the Morphology and Biology
of Hydnora africana, Thunb.” The genus Hydnora comprises
several species (about seven), which are confined to the African
continent. They are all parasites which grow on the roots of
different shrubs and trees. The species which formed the subject
of his notes, viz., Hydnora africana, used the common milkbush of
the karroo and karroid regions of the interior, viz., Huphorbia
mauritanica, as its host. It is in the structure of the flower that he
had observed some organ which had hitherto escaped the attention
of botanists. Each of the three segments of the perianth bears a
large snow-white body on its inner side, while the remainder of the
inner surface of the flower is of a bright flesh colour. These three
white bodies are not mentioned in any existing description of
Hydnora, and this is probably due to the following facts. While
the entire plant is highly impregnated with tannin, this white
substance is like a spongy pudding, in appearance not only, but also
in taste, containing fat and albuminous matter. This evidently acts
as an attraction to carnivorous insects; in fact, he had found a
number of such beetles, viz., Dermestes vulpinus in some of the
flowers, feeding on these white corpuscles; in some of the flowers
the white bodies had been eaten out completely. These beetles can-
not leave the flowers until the fringe and the bristles on the lobes of
the perianth begin to shrivel, and they must consequently crawl over

vi Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

the anthers and the stigma of the flower, thus effecting cross-fertilis-
ation when visiting the next flower.

A paper on the ‘‘ Examination of the Validity of an Approximate
Solution of a Certain Velocity Equation,” by Professor A. Brown,
was read. The question here considered is the part played by the
initial value of y () in the solution of the equation

Lo ay tas ye +a; y + a. eee ae
It is commonly assumed that for a small initial value of y the
method of successive approximation is applicable, the proviso being
sometimes made that the value of y, so obtained, be also small.

This assumption is shown, in the paper, to be not necessarily
correct, nor in certain cases to lead to a rapid approximation when
correct. Sufficient conditions for the applicability of the method are
found in the form

a, negative,

Peo Ne (US Ge = (il ee)

a |

20,

WV,
3d,

where 3 is the greatest of the set

I

}

Mr. J. MepuEY Woon’s ‘“ List of Natal Plants,’ was taken as read.

OrpINARY Montuty MEETING.
Wednesday, March 27, 1907.
Mr. 8. 8. Houan, F.R.S., in the Chair.

Mr. R. M. Lieutroot, F.H.8., was elected Ordinary Member.

Nominations.—Dr. Lewis Gouen, Pretoria, by Dr. L. PERtncury
and Dr. J. D. F. Gincurist; Mr. A. J. Louw, Graaff-Reinet, by
Dr. L. PéRinguzY and Dr. J. C. Bearriz; Miss Kewnsrt, Kenil-
worth, by Dr. H. Bonus and Dr. L. PErtncuny ; Mr. M. Negruuine,
Bloemfontein, by M. Winman and Dr. L. PERINGuUEY.

A paper on a property of symmetric determinants connected with
the simultaneous vanishing of the surface and volume of a tetra-
hedron, by T. Murr, was taken as read.

Mr. Barry MacMiuian exhibited some pebbles, agates, é&c.,
collected by him on Plum-pudding Island, Cape Colony.

Professor Youne said that while the pebbles exhibited were

Minutes of Proceedings. vii

practically identical in nature with those found in the ‘“ heavy
wash” of the River Diggings of the Vaal River, nevertheless it did
not appear to him necessary to assume that the pebbles had been
drifted from the mouth of the Orange River. The fact that the
pebbles appeared to have a very restricted distribution on the shore
of the island seemed rather to favour the assumption of a local
origin for the pebbles.

Mr. W. T. Saxton read a short summary of his communication
“On the Development of the Oviary and Embryo-sac in Cassia
tomentosa.”

Mr. C. F. Jurirz communicated a paper on “The Fertility of
Some Colonial Soils as Influenced by the Geological Conditions.”

Chemical analyses of the soil may be of three different types,
according as they show (1) how much plant-food exists in a form
immediately available for plants, (2) what proportions are present as
a reserve stock, or (3) the aggregates of the plant-food constituents
in the soil. The third type of analysis may have its value for the
geologist, but only the first and second afford the farmer any
indications of the land’s worth, the former indicating its immediate
productiveness and the latter its permanent value.

Until recently sufficient samples had not been analysed by a
method that could be taken as a reliable means of ascertaining the
reserve stock of plant-food in the Colony’s soils, nor had the
Geological Commission progressed to an extent sufficient to enable
it to be used as a working basis. Furthermore, the soils that had
been analysed had been selected from definite fiscal divisions without
regard to geological conditions. Some 200 soils had, however, been
selected from the number hitherto analysed and a as fairly
representative of various geological formations.

Of the soils derived from the Pre-Cape rocks, those from the
Malmesbury slates in the South-Western part of the Colony were
found to be poor all-round on the average. In the northern portion
of the country where the Campbell Rand series extended over a
large area the soils were rich in lime.

The soils derived from the Table Mountain series, which were
the lowest rocks of the Cape system and consisted of little
else than silica, lacked all the essential mineral ingredients of
plant-food.

Above the Table Mountain series lay the Bokkeveld beds, and
these produced soils with satisfactory proportions of plant-food.

The highest rocks of the Cape system, namely, the Witteberg
series, produced soils which may be anticipated to resemble those of
the similar Table Mountain series, and the few that had been analysed

viii Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

bore out this view. This was the district in which bone-diseases in
cattle prevailed.

Of the soils of the Karroo system those derived from the Burghers-
dorp beds and Stormberg series were found to be well supplied with
potash and phosphates and contained large proportions of lime.
This was also the case with the soils formed from the Uitenhage
series, in the Cretaceous system.

For hundreds of miles fertile silts were transported by rivers in
flood. To the silts thus brought down from the Karroo the
Oudtshoorn Division owed its fertility, and the soil of that Division
was now undergoing transportation to the sea, except where deposited
in the Riversdale and Mossel Bay Divisions en route.

An abstract was read of Dr. R. Broom’s paper ‘‘On Some New
Fossil Reptiles from Victoria West.”’

A description is given of three new reptiles found by Mr. T. J. RB.
Scholtz at Victoria West, in beds which are believed to correspond
to the Lystrosaurus beds of Colesberg, Middelburg and Cradock.
Hitherto almost the only fossils known from these beds have been
the aquatic Lystrosawrus and fish. Whether we are right in con-
cluding that the land forms discovered by Mr. Scholtz are of this
period it will be impossible to settle for some time. They certainly
represent an entirely new fauna and one of the forms discovered is
the most important paleontological find made in South. Africa during
the last fifteen years. ;

At present it is possible to trace back in an almost unbroken series
the ancestors of the mammals, through the Monotremes and Cyno-
donts to the Therocephalians, but beyond this we have no evidence,
and it is impossible to say whether the Therocephalians have come
from a Paretasaurus-like ancestor or from a member of the early
Diapsidan Reptiles like the Pelycosaurians. One of the forms
discovered by Mr. Scholtz and named Galechirus scholtzi is almost
exactly intermediate between the Therocephalians and the Diapto-
saurians, and thus gives us a clue to the origin of the mammal-like
reptiles.

The teeth are all fairly similar, there being no specialised canine,
and the lower jaw has no coronoid process. The eye is large and
has well developed sclerotic plates. The humerus has both an
ectepicondylar and an entepicondylar foramen. The ulna has no
olecranon process. The digital formula is 2,3,3,3,3. Precoracoids
and coracoids are both well developed and there is a large interclavicle
but apparently no cleithrum. Abdominal ribs are well developed.
The pubis and ischium are plate-like and the ilium short and directed
mainly backwards.

Minutes of Proceedings. ix

The abstract of a communication of Professor E. H. L. ScHwARz
on ‘ Solifluction’’ was read.

Solifluction is a term coined by Andersson for the flow of saturated
soil down mountain sides. Originally used only for regions covered
with ice and snow, the object of the present paper is to show that
the same action goes on in temperate countries, only to a smaller
extent, producing stone courses in the mountainous districts, and a
gradual downward creep of soil and sub-soil in parts of the country
which have less relief. Under the same term must be included the
flows of volcanic ashes saturated with water, which are characteristic
of the so-called mud-voleanoes in South America, Java, &c. In
former periods solifluction is shown to have been operative from the
occurrence of breccias and conglomerates formed of materials which
have not been sorted into grades by flowing water. In some cases,
as in the Dwyka conglomerate, these can be explained by ice-action,
but in others, where ice as an agent must be ruled out, the pheno-
menon of boulders of all sizes intermingled in a conglomerate can
be explained by solifluction. The principle involved is that, when
the Kernel formation of soil is destroyed by heat and the sand grains
fall apart, or in loose sand, where the particles are 3 mm. or less in
diameter, the interspaces are capillary in size, and water contained
in these pores is held up and will not drain away. The mass thus
permeated with water becomes a semi-liquid of high specific gravity ;
it will flow if on a slope, and carry with it, regardless of size, large
boulders whose specific gravity is only a little more than that of the
mud.

Orpinary Montaiuy Mrerina.
Wednesday, May 1, 1907.
Dr. J. C. Beatriz, President, in the Chair.

Dr. L. Goueu, Mr. A. J. Louw, Miss H. M. L. Kensit, and Mr. H.
NEETHLING were duly elected Ordinary Members.

Nomination.—The Rev. J. H. Wuaits, by M. Witman and Dr.
Je Cebu krprin,

Dr. Martors exhibited some specimens of rocks and plants
recently brought from Tristan d’Acunha by Mr. P. Keytel. The
rocks were all of igneous origin, some having been taken from the
beach and some from the summit of the peak, which is 7,800 feet
high. The latter consists entirely of scorize, which were as light as
pumice stone. With regard to the plants, Dr. Marloth said, in
a few introductory remarks, that the vegetation of the island was

x Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

entirely different from that of St. Helena, for although both were
nearly of the same size, the latter contained more than ten times
as many plants as the former, and few of them only, principally
weeds, were identical. In St. Helena existed even now, after the
devastation of the indigenous flora through the occupation of the
island by Europeans, 1,000 flowering plants, of which nearly 100
were endemic; but on the Tristan group the total number of flower-
ing plants was only about 30, among which was not a single endemic
genus and hardly one undoubtedly distinct endemic species.

He ascribed this poverty of the flora to the glacial period, during
which time the island must have been covered by snow and ice,
which destroyed almost the entire vegetation of tertiary times. The
islands of this group were during that period probably in a similar
state to that in which we find at present the Bouvet Island or the
Heard Island; and when, at the termination of the glacial period,
the ice-covering disappeared, a reoccupation of the island by ant-
arctic types, by means of seeds brought by birds or ocean-currents,
took place, which, together with the few remains of tertiary age,
form the present vegetation of the island. Among the plants shown
was the little tree, Phylica mtida, the most remarkable one, because
this species of the genus occurs only on the Tristan group, including
Gough Island, and then some 4,000 miles to the east on Amsterdam
Island, also on Mauritius, but not on the African continent, although
many other kinds of Phylica are common in the south-western part
of Cape Colony. There are about 30 ferns on the island, of which
ten were exhibited, some of them occurring in South Africa. A
couple of so-called sea-beans were shown. They are the seeds of
a tropical climbing shrub, and float easily on the water; hence the
ocean-currents bring them to the shores of Tristan as well as to
St. Helena.

Dr. Marloth exhibited some new South African succulents. Among
these recently-described species are two of more general interest,
viz., Kniphofia tabularis. The ‘Flora Capensis’’ mentions 35
species from South Africa. Of these one species only is found
on the Cape Peninsula, viz., Kniphofia alvoides, the common red-
hot poker. Last January, however, this species was discovered by
him on some cliffs near the summit of Table Mountain, where its
grass-like leaves hang down in bunches six to eight feet long. The
shortness of its flowering season, and its restricted occurrence in
a few not easily accessible spots, account for the fact that although
it is a very handsome plant when in flower it had remained unknown
to science until now.

Mesembrianthemum sumulans.—This new species of mesembrian-

Minutes of Proceedings. xi

themum was brought last year from the neighbourhood of Klipplaats
by Mr. HE. Pillans. It somewhat resembles M. Bolusii, one of the
most curiously shaped plants of the Karroo. The name chosen for
it indicates its striking resemblance to its surroundings, for the
specimens which came fresh from the Karroo had the colour and
appearance of some coarse ironstone.

In connection with the magnetic survey of South Africa, Dr. J. C.
BEATTIE gave an account of the methods employed in applying the
secular and the daily variations of the magnetic elements and their
reduction to a common epoch, July 1, 1903.

It was further explained how the near value of the field was
obtained for each station and the disturbing forces thereafter
calculated.

A number of maps were then shown embodying the results of the
consideration of this residual field.

ORDINARY Montuuy MEETING,
Wednesday, May 29, 1907.
Mr. 8. 8. Hovuaes, F.B.5S., in the Chair.

Mr, J. S. HENKEL was nominated as an Ordinary Member by Dr.
L. Périncuey and Dr. J. C. BEartis.

Rev. J. H. Wuarts was duly elected Ordinary Member.

Professor H. H. W. PEARSON gave some remarks on Welwitschia
nurabilis, and exhibited specimens of the plant. He dilated on its
many features of scientific interest.

Dr. L. PERINGUEY communicated the results of an examination of
the Bushmen Crania in the South African Museum by Dr. F.
Shrubsall, from which it appears that the Strand Loopers are more
orthognathous than the Bushmen or Hottentots. The Strand
Loopers appear in all respects to be a purer group than the Bush-
men, and to be distinct from the Hottentots. The Hottentots
present dimensions exactly intermediate between the preceding and
the Bantu. In many characters they approach the negroes of
British Central Africa more closely than the Kaffir tribes of the
Kast Coast.

ANNUAL MEETING OF THE SOCIETY.
Wednesday, July 31, 1907.
Dr. J. C. Beattie, President, in the Chair.

Die. bi: PERINGUEY, Hon. Secretary, read his Report, and that of
the Treasurer. Both Reports were approved.

xii Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY.

Six Ordinary, one General, and one Special Meeting were held
during the year.

The following papers were read :—

H. Botus, “ Contributions to the African Flora.”’

W. L. Distant, “ Undescribed species and genera of South
African Rhynchota.”’

A. WALTER, ‘“ Discussion of the errors of certain types of minimum
spirit Thermometers, &c.”’

T. F. Cuaxton, ‘‘ Note on the connection between the rainfall at
Durban and Mauritius.”’ .

B. DES. J. VAN DER Rizr, ‘The chemical composition of Berry-
Wax.

Dr. T. Murr, ‘A property of Axisymmetric Determinants, con-
nected with the simultaneous vanishing of the surface and volume
of a Tetrahedron.”

A. Brown, ‘‘ Examination of the validity of an approximate
solution of a certain velocity equation.”’

R. Maruotn, “ Notes on the morphology and biology of Hydnora
Africana, Thunb.”

R. Brrau, ‘ The Opisthobranchiata of South Africa.”

L. Jacusowa, ‘“‘ A new species of Planocera,”

W. B. Saxton, ‘‘ On the development of the ovary-embryo sac in
Cassia tomentosa.”

J. D. F. Gitcurist, ‘‘ New Forms of the Hemichordata from South
Africa,”

Ch. Jurivz, ‘‘ The fertility of some Colonial soils as influenced by
geological conditions.’

R. Marworu, “ Some new South African Succulents.”

R. Broom, ‘‘On some new fossil reptiles.”

Merp.uey J. Woop, ‘‘ Revised List of Natal Plants.”’

G. A. K. Marsnatn, ‘“‘A Revision of the Coleoptera Family
Byrsopine.”’

The President’s address.

The wide scientific range of the Society’s publications, as
evidenced by the scope of these papers, is once more maintained.

During the year there have been issued parts 3 and4 of Vol. XVI.;
part 2 of Vol. XIII.—which is to be completed very shortly ; and
part 1 of Vol. XVII., or 612 pp. with 25 plates and figures in text.
Part 5 of Vol. XVI. is already in the hands of the Members, but
properly speaking, the issue of this part belongs to the years
1907-1908.

’

Minutes of Proceedings. xlil

The number on the Members’ Roll is 200. One, I regret to say,
has been removed by death; two have left the country; one has
ceased to be a member on account of arrears in subscription ; 19
have resigned; 13 new members have been elected.

The Library has been put in order. The books are now arranged
according to countries, and the card cataloguing has been resumed.

The TREASURER read his statement.

Mr. 8. 8. Hoven, F.R.S., his Majesty’s Astronomer at the Cape,
was elected President for the year 1907-1908.

Professor J. C. Beartiz, Professor J. D. F. Gincurist, C. B.
LounsBury, Professor W. W. A. PEaARson, and Dr. L. PERINGUEY,
were elected Members of the Council for two years, and Dr. EH.
Nosss for one year.

The Meeting afterwards resolved itself into an Ordinary Meeting.

OrpDINARY Montruuy MEETING.
Wednesday, July 31, 1907.
Mr. S. 8. Houan, President, in the Chair.

Mr. H. Barnert-CLarRKE was nominated by J. D. F. Gincnrist
and L, PERINGUEY.

Mr. J. S. Henke was duly elected an Ordinary Member.

The following communications were read :—

“Note on Layard’s Beaked Whale” (Mesoplodon Layardi), by
F. W. Firz-Simons.

‘On the Lunar Cloud-Period,” by J. R. Surton, M.A. This paper
is a criticism, based upon the observations of clouds made at Kenil-
worth (Kimberley), of a recent paper by Herr Otto Meissner
contributed to the ‘ Meteorologische Zeitschrift,’ entitled ‘“‘ The
alleged Cloud-dispersing Power of the Moon.” Meissner finds no
such dispersing power, but, on the contrary, at Potsdam, a greater
quantity of cloud at the time of full moon. This result is not in
agreement with the thunder-storm period, which in HKurope shows a
maximum of frequency just after new moon. Mr. Sutton, however,
believes that the greater degree of cloudiness at Potsdam at full
moon is probably largely due to the fact that the light of the moon
illuminates, and makes visible, the thin clouds which would, were
there no moon, not be seen. But this explanation does not explain
everything in Meissner’s results: e.g., the interesting minimum of
cloud that occurs in the three days before full moon. This minimum

Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

XIV

eeonphy ‘NVIVIIA ‘W

OY} PUNOF OAV PUB “Yoog ssvg oy} YIIM souvreg oy} puv SLIOYONOA OY} YIM sjuauAvg yseQ ay} ‘yoog 4dreoe
pereduros ‘yunooov aaoqu ey} pauturexe OAR aM 4BY} alvpap Agar

"1991109 @ULRS
ad PY} JO S[lofrszunoH oy} YM sydredaxy
ey ‘Ajaroog [vorydosoriyg uvoryy YNog oy} Jo stoquiaur pausisapun ayy ‘aA,

ee ——EEEE
Peel SGLd G LL 86Le
Geel ObG =
6 G L ee ee ee ee pury ul sourl eg 66
9 ST TPL Yoog ssvg sod sv ‘yuvg ul souvreg Sunvopy *
0 0 OOT °° ‘* 418sodep pexy uo yurg UI soULTeg ‘S
Ce *68-6L7
GC OLZ O06 ac oe ve osuvyox a yueg ‘
) 0 O2 > an “8 "* serjjeg pue sdurnyg ‘ eG AG = ee 3 ea = ca “<i "* suoydrrosqng ‘
00 OL ANSO[VIVD OYTUEIOG Jo uoeTIdutog ‘ OF 618G _ ~ a = ‘* g1sodep pexy uo yseroquy *‘
000i °° djey [volle[g puv souvpuoyy <‘ i 1b cae me, a x "*yuno0oo®% piediaao Jo punjey ‘
Te Ceo he SesIvyO Sulpuvy ‘souvinsuy 4ySteaqq “ Soe VCD: = a i ma oi ts "*" SUOTIOVSUBAIT, JO B[Vg *‘
> Gof = ATOUOHBIG pur Suyutg peoory ‘* So OLS ag x yoo ssvq ted sv oouvlyg sunvopg ‘‘
OL 1 OfAg 22 vs a ae ‘* suoyvorqng <q | 0 0 OOT °° ‘ . yisodep pexy uo yurg ur souxreg oy,
DMS G2 9) Gh Be Ye iG?
‘AUOLIGNAGX “Sid HOY

ALEIOOS 'IVOIHAOSOTIHG NVOIUAY HLNOG AHL HLIM LNAODOY NI YAYASVAUT, AH,
WNANALVLS SSAC OSVAUE

Minutes of Proceedings. XV

is also found at Kenilworth. Sir John Herschel thought that he
had evidence to prove that there was a tendency for clouds to
disperse under the light of the full moon, and he remarked that the
same fact was said to be well known to the pilots and seamen of
Spanish America. It is curious, nevertheless, that Habana (Cuba)
observations, extending over a lengthy period of time, do not bear
out this statement, whereas the Kenilworth observations seem to do
so. According to the latter there is a much more rapid decrease
of cloudiness after sunset when the moon is at the full than there is
at other times.

The Kenilworth thunderstorm curve shows a marked minimum
just before new moon, and strong maxima in the first and fourth
quadrants.

The author’s final conclusion is, that if his results do not go far
enough to prove that there is a lunar influence over the clouds, they
certainly do not prove that there is not.

‘A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Cape Golden Moles,”’
by R. Broom, was read.

OrpinaRY Montuiuy MEETING.
Wednesday, August 28, 1907.
Mr. 8. 8. Houes, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

Mr. F. K. Kantruac and Rev. Mr. ALDRIDGE were nominated as
Ordinary Members.

Mr. H. P. Barnett-CuaRKE was elected an Ordinary Member.

Dr. 8. SCHONLAND’s communication, ‘‘ A Study of some Facts and
Theories bearing upon the Question of the Origin of the Angros-
permous Flora of South Africa’’ was read.

Orpinaky Montuuy MEETING.
Wednesday, October 30, 1907.
Mr. 8S. S. Hove, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

Dr. J. K. E. Hatm was nominated by 8. 8. Houau and L.
PERINGUEY.
Mr. F. E. Kantuack and Rev. HK. J. ALDRIDGE were elected
Ordinary Members of the Society.
Dr. R. Martoru exhibited—
(1) Some black honey taken from a bee-hive in the Karroo, near
31

xvi Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society.

Groenfontein. The black colour is not due to any peculiarity of the
bees, but to the natural colour of the nectar of the flowers from
which the bees obtained it. Each flower of the plant, Melianthus
comosus, contains a drop of sweet black fluid, which is so dark that
one sees it shining through the calyx. The honey does not contain
any harmful ingredient.

(2) A specimen of Adeniwm Namaquanum from Little Namaqua-
land, kindly sent by Mr. Krapront. The plant is armed with a
dense mass of spines which are up to 3 inches long. Leaves and
flowers are produced at the apex, but disappear during the dry
season. It belongs to the natural order of Apocynacee.

(3) A specially large group of Hoodia Gordon in flower. From
the Karroo, near Grootfontein. The flowers are up to 24 inches in
diameter, and as they are very numerous they make the plant very
conspicuous for a few weeks. Like most of its allies, these flowers
have an evil smell.

Dr. L. PERincusy exhibited a Bushman’s arrow tipped with
chipped stones. The specimen was sent to the late Sir Langham
Dale some fifty years ago, and presented by his son Langham
Dale, Esq. No such weapon was believed to be in existence, and
it throws a great deal of ight on the practical use of these minute
chippings of quartz or other hard material which abound nearly
everywhere here, near water and even in the middens or stations of
the Strand Looper Hottentots. On the tip of a third part of the shaft
of the arrow there is a flat triangular piece of cement, seemingly made
of gum, and on the edges of this cement are inserted the quartz chips,
with the cutting edge outward. The object of these minute stone
implements, which must not be confounded with the tiny borers
and scrapers used for making ostrich-shell disks, is now ascer-
tained. The hunter trusted more to the poison than to the force of
delivery for killing his quarry. This discovery is very important from
an antiquarian point of view. But another point of possibly greater
importance attaches to it because in Australia the aboriginals are
known to have made use of similar tiny implements for giving a
cutting edge to their spears. We now know of two cases in which
South African Aboriginals hafted or set their stone implements in
the manner obtaining among the Australian Aboriginals.

Dr. L. P&rincury exhibited photographs and rubbings of “ stone
engravings’ from different districts of the Cape Colony, enlarging
on the remarkable artistic merit of some of them.

A paper on “ Harth Temperatures at Kimberley,” by Dr. J. R.
SUTTON, was read.

This paper is a preliminary discussion on the earth temperatures

Minutes of Proceedings. XVli

observed at Kenilworth (Kimberley) during the ten years 1897 to
1906, for depths ranging from the surface down to six feet. The
daily maximum temperature of the surface of the ground, like the
maximum temperatures in the sun and shade, depends upon
the meridian altitude of the sun, 2.e., the ground is warmest by day
at midsummer and coldest by day at midwinter. But the annual
maximum and minimum lag as the depth increases, so that at a
depth of six feet the ground is warmest about the beginning of
March and coldest about the middle of August. The ground seems
to have been generally warmer during the first five years than it was
during the second five of the period discussed. As it happens, there
was a Similar variation in the sun and air temperatures both at
Kimberley and Durban. Some interesting results are obtained from
the harmonic analysis of the various annual curves of temperature,
but the diffusivity for shallow depths computed from the harmonic
constants is not very satisfactory. The disturbance of earth tem-
perature initiated by rain penetrates downwards at the rate of about
ten inches a day. The annual cold spell of the middle of July is
felt at a depth of at least two feet.

( att )

LIST OF MEMBERS

Por year ending December 31, 1907.

MEMBERS OF COUNCIL.

BEattiz, J. C.
CrawrForp, L.
Fuint, Wm.
GiucuristT, J. D. F.
Houau, 8. 8S.
MaruotH, R.

Lounspury, C. P.
Pearson, H. H. W.
PERINGUEY, L.
Rocers, A. W.
ScuaTtER, W. L.

HONORARY MEMBERS.

189% Wisk, Keo, G. Hk: CoVeZ Ss.
Church House, Cape Town.

1897 Trimen, R., F.R.S., Ovingdean,
Surbiton, Surrey.

1900, Srumny, “Proj. Ey Ga) Fenss.,
King’s College, London.

1905 Lorp MinnerR, Brooke’s Club,
London.

1905 Rarrray, A., 6, Piazzia Madama, Rome.

ORDINARY MEMBERS.

1907 Aldridge, Rev. EK. J., Durban,
Natal.

1897 Alston, K. G., Roodepoort, O.R. C.

1901 Alston, J. A., M.R.C.S., Union
Street, Cape Town.

1890 Amphlett, G. T., Standard Bank,
Cape Town.

1901 Anderson, A. J., M.A., M.B., Medi-
cal Officer of Health, Cape Town.

1886 Anderson, T. J., M.L.A., Cape
Town.

1900 Anderson, Wm.,Great King Street,
Edinburgh.

1904 Arderne, H. R., Arderne’s Build-
ings, Cape Town.

1905 Backhouse, J. S., B.A., Public
Works Department, Cape Town:

1897 Barker, C. N., Rownham, Malvern,
Natal.

1901 Baxter, W., I.Ad., South African
College School, Cape Town.

1899 Beard, Herbert R., B.A., Wood-
side, Wynberg, C. C.

1897 Beattie, J..C., D.Sc., F.R.S.E.,
South African College, Cape
Town.

1882 Beck, J. H.M., MW.D.,Tulbagh,C.C.

1904 Becker, H., M.D., F.L.S., Gra-
ham’s Town, C. C.

1900 Benjamin, 1. Hi, BoA. eGR
Cape Town.

1899 Berry, Hon. Sir Wm. Bisset, W.D.,
Houses of Parliament, Cape
Town.

1894 Besté, Rev. Stutterheim, C. C.

1905 Bodong, A., Beira.

1877 Bolus, H., D:Se., F./S.,) Kenil-
worth, C.C. T'reusurer.

Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. xix

1906 Brain, C. K., F.E.S.

1897 Brauns, H.,

MED
Willowmore, C. C.

PReD.,

1903 Brink, A., P.O. Box 616, Kim-

berley.

1900 Broom, R., M.D., B.Sc., Victoria

College, Stellenbosch, C. C.

1904 Brown, A., M.A., South African

1904
1877

1905

1905

1906

1903
1902

1905

1898

1899

1907

1896
1895

1896

1901

1899

1905

1905

1902

1390

1902

1898
1906

College, Cape Town.

Brown, W. H., Cradock.

Buchanan, Hon. Sir John, Clare-
mont, C. C.

Burt-Davy,J., #.L.S.,Agricultural
Department, Johannesburg.

Caink, F. G., Town House, King
William’s Town.

Caldecott, W. A., B.A., Box 1167,
Johannesburg.

Caley, R., Fort Beaufort, C. C.

Campbell, L. G., M.D., Durban,
Natal.

Cornish-Bowden, A. H., Surveyor-
General’s Office, Cape Town.
Churchill, F. O. F., Ennersdale,

Natal.
Clark, G. M., M.A., A.M.I.C.E.,

Reitfontein, Klerksdorp, Trans-

vaal.

Clarke, H. T. Barnett-, Houses of
Parliament, Cape Town.

Cooper, A. W., Richmond, Natal.

Corstorphine, G.S., B.Sc., Ph.D.,
P.O. Box 1167, Johannesburg.

Cowper, Sydney, C.M.G., Cape
Town.

Craig, William, 4.M.I.C.E., Public
Works Dept., Cape Town.

Crawford, Lawrence, M.A., D.Sc.,
South African College, Cape
Town.

Denham, J., Railway Department,
Cape Town.

Dewar, W. R., Agricultural De-
partment, Graham’s Town.

Dinter, Kurt, Windhoek, German
S.W. Africa.

Dodds, W. J., W.D., Valkenberg,
Mowbray, C. C.

Dodt, J.. Museum, Bloemfontein,
O. RB. C.

Drege, J. L., Port Elizabeth, C.C.

Duerden, J. E., Ph.D., Rhodes’
University College, Graham’s
Town.

1906
1903

1877
1895

1903
1890

1899
1900
1892
1901
1905
1901
1903
1898
1899
1895
1904

1896
1879

1904
1907
1901
1899
1904
1905
1905

1907

Duthie, Miss A. V., Victoria
College, Stellenbosch.

Dyer, B., Library, Kimberley,
CG,

Ebden, Hon. A., Rondebosch, C. C.

Evans, M. S., F.Z.S., Durban,
Natal.

Kyles, F., Mazoe, Rhodesia.

Fairbridge, W. G., 133, Long-
market Street, Cape Town.

Feltham, EH. Ib. 1b:,, P.O; Boxt 46;
Johannesburg.

Findlay, F. N. R., Rustenburg,
Transvaal.

Fletcher, W., Ratel River, Cale-

don, C.7C:

Flint, Rev. Wm., D.D., Rose-
bank, C. C.

Ffolliott-Darling, Jos., F.Z.S.,
Salisbury.

Fourcade, H. G., Storms River,
Knysna, C. C.

France, Dr. E., South African
Association Building,Cape Town.

Fry,, Harold “A... “P20, (Box 46;
Johannesburg.

Fuller, C., F.E.S., Agricultural
Dept., Maritzburg.

Fuller, E. Barnard, W.B., Church
Square, Cape Town.

Galpin, E. K., F.L.S., Queens-
town, C. C.

Gilchrist, J. D. F., M.A., B.Sc.,
Ph.D., South African Museum,
Cape Town.

Gall, Ste David, KCB, E.D*,
F.R.S., Royal Observatory,
Cape Town.

Goetz, Rev. E., S.J., The Obser-
vatory, Bulawayo.

Gough, L., Ph.D., Transvaal
Museum, Pretoria.

Grant-Dalton, A., W.I.C.H., Cape
Govt. Railways, Cape Town.

Gray, Charles J., Department of
Mines, Maritzburg.

Haarhoff, D. J., M.L.A., Kim-
berley.

Harger:, 1. S.5 P.O; Box 1946,
Johannesburg.

Hall, O. L., B.A., F.G.S., Geolog.
Survey, Pretoria.

Halm, J. Ke .; 2h.D., The
Observatory, Cape Town.

XX

1906

1902

1901

1907

1902

1899

1906

1889

1896

1891

1903

1905

1883

1906

1898

1907

1907

1902

1902

1896

1896

1900

1905

1903
1900

1905

Inst of Members.

Hannon, (Pod. S., Heise,
Department of Agriculture,
Cape Town.

Hayward, S. H., Hofmeyr Cham-
bers, Cape Town.

Hely-Hutchinson, H.H., The Hon.
Sir W. F., G.C.M.G., Govern-
ment House, Cape Town.

Henkel, J. S., Department of
Forests, Cape Town.

Herbert, H. A., African Banking
Corporation, Cape Town.

Hough, VS: 2Si,. J2Ae Wel hess,
Royal Observatory, C. C. Presi-
dent.

Howard, C. W., B.A., Department
of Agriculture, Pretoria.

Howard, R.N., W.R.C.S., O’okiep,
C.C.

Hugo, Hon.
C.C.

Hutcheon, D., M.R.C.V.S., Dept.
Agriculture, Cape Town.

Innes, R. T. A., Meteorological
Dept., Johannesburg.

Jagger, J. W., F.R.S.S., M.L.A.,
St. George’s Street, Cape Town.

Janisch, N., Colonial Office, Cape
Town. |

Jorissen, E., Ph.D., Box 305,
Johannesburg.

Juritz, C. F., M.A., Government
Laboratory, Cape Town.

Kanthac, F. E., Department of
Public Works, Cape Town.

Kensit) (Miss); a. MM. Lis, (B24,
Sherwood, Kenilworth.

Kilpin, KE. F., C.M.G., Houses of
Parliament, Cape Town.

Kipling, Rudyard, Rottingdean,
Brighton, England.

Kitching, C. McGowan, M.D.,
Church Street, Cape Town.

J. D., Worcester,

Kolbesncon iii eA Dae
St. Mary’s Presbytery, Cape
Town.

Krapohl, J. H. C., B.A., Concor-
digi CaCl.

Kynaston, H., Geolog. Survey,
Pretoria.

Landsberg, E., W.B., Cape Town.

Lawn, Prof. J. G., P.O. Box 2381,
Johannesburg.

Lawrence, F. J., Steytlerville, C. C.

1901

1904

1907

1888

1892

1901

1895

1907

1901

1902

1905
1903

1905

1900

1902

1900

1894

1903

1898

1885

1897

1900

1899

1897

1906

1901
1903

Leslie, T. N., Vereeniging, Trans-
vaal,

Lewis, F. C., South African
Library, Cape Town.
Lightfoot, R. M., F.H#.S., Museum,

Cape Town.

hindley.>J2. By (CsG..,
LL.B., Claremont, C. C.

Lithman, K. V., Dock Road, Cape
Town.

Logeman, W. S., South African
College, Cape Town.

Lounsbury, C. P., B.Sc., Depart-
ment of Agriculture, Cape
Town.

Louw, A. J., B.d., B.Sc., Graaft-
Reinet, C. C.

fuyle, J-, | MeAR Grey = College;
Bloemfontein, O. R. C.

Maberly, Dr. J., Woodstock,
C. C.

Macco, A., Stassfurt, Germany.

M.A.,

MacDonald, G. B. Douglass,
Uniondale, C. C.
MacLean, L., Union-Castle Co.,

Cape Town.
Macmillan, B. R., Department of
Agriculture, Cape Town.

Mallison, P. R., Hex River,
C.C.
Mally, C. W., B.Sc., Graham’s

Town, C. C.

Mally, L., Belvedere Avenue,
Cape Town.
Mann, G., South African Associa-

tion, Cape Town.

Mansergh, C. L. W., Public Works
Department, Cape Town.

Marloth, R., Ph.D., M.A., Church
Street, Cape Town.

Marshall) 2G. UA (KS Henis<,
F.Z.S., P/O. Boxetab; Salis-
bury, Southern Rhodesia.

Masey, F. E., Rhodes’ Buildings,
Cape Town.

Masson, J. L., Surveyor-General’s
Office, Maritzburg.

Meiring, I. P. van H., Worcester,
Cc. C.

Mellor, Hi: Ts,” Bastiat .Gass.,
Geolog. Survey, Pretoria.

Melvill, E. H. V., Johannesburg.

Menmuir, R.W., 4.M.I.C.E., Wood-

stock, C. C.

1902
1899
1903
1899
1898
1905

1896
1892
1902
1903
1907
1903

1901

1899

1906

1904
1904

1900
1903

1903

1895

1902
1906
1905

1901
1895

Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society. xxi

Mennell, F. P., Rhodesian Museum,
Bulawayo.

Millar, A. D., Durban, Natal.

Milligan, A., D’Urban.

Moffat, J. B., Kenilworth, C. C.

Molengraff, G. A. F., Ph.D., P.O.
Box 149, Johannesburg.

Morris, F. M., MW.B., B.Sc., Hope
Street, Cape Town.

Morrison. Jak ede VebESey
F.R.S.E., Victoria College, Stel-
lenbosch, C. C.

Moines C.MiG oie). 5 Fhe Sa,
Department of Education, Cape
Town.

Muirhead, J. M. P., F.S.S., Sel-
wyn Chambers, St. George’s
Street, Cape Town.

Muller, H. J., Willowmore, C. C.

Neethling, H., Department of
Agriculture, Bloemfontein.

Nobbs, E., Ph.D., Department of
Agriculture, Cape Town.

Noorden, P. M. van, Willowmore,
C.C.

Oakley, H. M., The Colonnade,
Greenmarket Square, Cape
Town.

Oger AS nAG web aSGen ete
Rhodes’ University College,
Graham’s Town.

O’Meara, E. A., D.S.O., P.O. Box
3243, Johannesburg.

Oppenheimer, E., P.O. Box 273,
Kimberley.

Orpen, J. M., Bulawayo.

Payne, H., A.M.I.C.E., South
African College, Cape Town.
Pearson, H. H. W., M.A., F.L.S.,
South African College, Cape

Town.

Périneuey,. iis, D:Sce VH.H.S.;
F.Z.S., South African Museum,
Cape Town. Secretary.

Pickstone, “HH, EH V., Groot
Drakenstein, Paarl.

Pole-Evans, J. B., B.Sc., Depart
ment of Agriculture, Pretoria.

Potts, G., B.Sc., Ph.D., Bloem-
fontein.

Proctor, J., George, C. C.

Parcel Wee E.. <PR.D., M.A,
South African Museum, Cape
Town.

1899

1901

1896

1900

1902

1898

1905

1896

1900

1890
1906

1906

1890

1896

1878

1895

1896

1905

1901

1877

1877

1902

1904

1903

1897

Queckett, J. F., F.Z.S:; The
Museum, Durban, Natal.

Reunerie., M.0.C.., POBox
92, Johannesburg

van der Riet, B., Ph.D., M.A.,
Victoria College, Stellenbosch,
C. C.

Ritchie, W., M.A., South African
College, Cape Town.

itso; “B.5 W.,, F-G2S:,, seublie
Works Department, Cape Town.

Rix Trott, H., Poste Restante,
New Zealand.

Robertson, G. W., M:D., De-
partment of Agriculture, Cape
Town.

Rogers, A. W., M.A., F.G.S.,
South African Museum, Cape
Town.

Russel, W. A., M.A., Education
Office, Cape Town.

Ryan, P., Rosebank, C. C.

Sandberg, Jonkheer C.G.S.,D.Sc.,
Box 305, Johannesburg.

Saxton, W. T., M.A., South
African College, Cape Town.

Schonland, S., Ph.D., M.A., Al-
bany Museum, Graham’s Town,
Cc. C.

Schreiner, Hon. W. P., K.C.,
Lyndale, Newlands, C. C.

Schunke-Hollway,H.C., F.R.G.S.,
Simondium, Paarl, C. C.

Schwarz, Ex H. L., 4.R.C.S.,
F.G.S., Albany Museum, Gra-
ham’s Town.

Sclaterm W. a., JA. FZouSe,
South African Museum, Cape
Town.

Sheppard, P. A., Beira.

Shepperd, H. P., Stellenbosch,
C2C:

Silberbauer, C. F., Rondebosch,
C. C.
Smith, The Hon. Sir C. Aber-
crombie, M.A., Wynberg, C. C.
Smith, Hon. G. D., Cape Town.
Stebbins (Miss), 12) EB... B.A.
Huguenot Seminary, Welling-

ton.

Stevenson, Sir E. Sinclair, 7.D.,
Rondebosch, C. C.

Stewart, C. B., B.Sc., Meteoro-
logical Dept., Cape Town.

XXli

1883

Stewart, T., F.G.S., M.I.C.E.,
St. George’s Chambers, Cape
Town.

Stoney, W. W., M.D., Kimberley,
C2:

Stott, C.H., F.G.S., Pietermaritz-
burg, Natal.

Sutton, J. R., B.A., P.O. Box 142,
Kimberley, C. C.

Taylor, L. E., Irene, Transvaal.

Tennant, David, 102, Wale Street,
Cape Town.

Thomson, J. G., F.L.S., South
African Museum, Cape Town.
Toit, A. GL. du, #-GIS:, South
African Museum, Cape Town.
Tooke, W. Hammond, Graham’s

Town.

IredgoldyyC> Hy, BAr ileBs.
P.O. Box 306, Bulawayo.

Turner, G., M.D., Government
Buildings, Pretoria.

Versfeld, J. J., F.L.R.C.S., Stel-
lenbosch, C. C.

Inst of Members.

1877 de Villiers, The Right Hon. Sir
J: H,, KiCOMsG. ee Ce Wyn
berg, C. C.

1900) Walsh, > Ac, P/O) Box 29) Gape
Town.

1903 Warren, E., D.Sc., The Museum,
Maritzburg.

1904 Weir, F., Roeland Street, Cape
Town.

1904 Wessels, F., 17.B.; Cape Town.

1907- Whaits, Rev. J. H., The Rectory,
Prince Albert.

1905 White, Franklin, Bulawayo.

1878 Wiener, L., Newlands, C. C.

1898 Wilman (Miss),M.,Kenilworth,C.C.

1900 Wilson, “Hi. 1.,). ClviG. ica.
Groenhof, Bloemfontein.
1903 Wilson, Marius, M.D., Cape

Town.
1897 Wood, J. Medley, Berea, Durban.
1902 Young, A., M.A., B.Sc., South
African College, Cape Town.
1905 Young, R. B., Technical Institute,
Johannesburg.

INDEX SLIP.

Maruotu, R.—Mesembrianthemum calcareum, Marloth: A New Mimicry Plant.
Trans. S. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 281.

Mesembrianthemum calcareum, Marloth: A New Mimicry Plant.
R. Martoru. Trans. S. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 281.

Mimicry by Mesembrianthemum calcareum, Marloth.
R. Marworu. Trans. 8. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii. 1907, p. 281.

Broom, R.—Contribution to the knowledge of the Cape Golden Moles.
Trans. S. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xvili., 1907, p. 283.

Moles, Cape Golden, Contribution to the knowledge of.
Broom, R. Trans. S. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 283.

South African Golden Moles, Contribution to the knowledge of.
Broom, R. Trans. S. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 283.

Surron, J. R.—On the Lunar Cloud-Period. .
Frans. S. Atrie: Phil. Soe., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 3l3-

Lunar Cloud-Period, On the.
J. R. Surron. Trans. 8S. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 313.

ScHONLAND, S.—Study of some facts and theories bearing on the question of the
Origin of the Angiospermous Flora of South Africa.
Trans. 8. Afric. Phil. Soce., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 321.

Origin of Angiospermous Flora of South Africa, Study of some facts and theories.
S. ScHONLAND. Trans. 8. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 321.

Angiospermous Flora of South Africa, Study of facts and theories of Origin.
R. ScHONLAND. Trans. S. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 321.

Muir, THomas.—A Special Determinant having (7, s) equal to Zero whens > r + 1.
Trans. 8. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 369.

Special Determinant having (7, s) equal to Zero whens > 7 + 1.
Tuomas Murr. Trans. 8S. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 369.

Bouvus, Harry.—Contributions to the African Flora.
Trans. 8. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 379.

African Flora, contributions to.
Harry Bouvs. Trans. 8. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 379.

Flora of Africa, Contributions to.
Harry Bouvs. Trans. §. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 379.

hte ec

at Af Moo "7 ni Lore.

. Jdmld yroloiht wah & paltohsel4 .awewodns mmr wrotnalé
LAS. FORE itiveloy -oethdt ahs Beil Vie, “The aes

Chdy 1 AL, RC a”
. teal a ee won & -dolpall, ae .
8S .gj TOL jitvx fow oF ike Bint h 2 recy ¥ oh HTrOtsaM Pines
i ? 8 Was vive ia i}, . i ive fy ave,

“ shtolxalt ey ONS es sdtatlinasatieeadst yd ceil

TBS xe ORL ceive fev do0B HE SoiebA Tee a ix ile “brie | ae)
| ae Wy oli By Sty Cape ., Wa
. < @ahlol ashi kt nee edaito adbolv Git sl, of: woidsd inicio to
CHE VORP viiins..lov ,.008 Lid oitA .@ .enadlinee. Alea

. to ohana, ail? of a6 adi sxablo ray aq palelt
£88 .q YORE , tee ee | Oe atic OFT, a ae \ at (oh egal “7 a.

_

eve is bent Wile av, Ty J ee! Poe WA

fs rable irditek aed ‘at voided atoM lisblGey she slin0b
SEE .g/ TORE diva, lows 908 Hat. pinta 1a dae AD has

ey

ie rT ey eta “L987 Wood a. Moetiley Haran. Dorin

| bolted -SvolD rene Dodd OL SH .L Seok ”
ELE ep PGUE ellis yl py Acad oi GC soetitenin College, (iy Towsd
‘ ' y., feel YT es Lowe, thy B., Protvbeed Deas tye we,

| . alt 10 HolteT-buold wand
SLE .q PORE hive 164.908 Jd ortA 2 ener? . worm AL oh:

= x} ; S ’

silt to cciaoinp odd sco utitined ssrroodd baa atoat moe to 0 tuna GK ATAOMOS

noi ihiioR Yo atol"t shorrioutorgas oilt to- aigivO,
ISB TEES Ee Joe 008 Jidd oh ft soa ss)

sixoods bag aont satea to ybote park iu0e to soll ervorecnalaal to wightO
188 co VOOL Lifts fov , 007 Jidt oitth A unarT rman A

*

ane

ivi big iat aie atoal to “Buse aoeta (fi108 to. anol sconseomnall

lay

“+ TSC .g TOOT , flea lor 0088 iM oink aman” nib a

“Ln ie aia ai hae ale
#08 4 TOOK, , rac ac a Aid ninth. 2 smer?, |

a
in

¥ | -L +p ine eaista eee om rr9tat
ROE og TEE 9 AcE ae eee both aM r
ee ae. rom ped i Te

(ATE TORE | itive J , my ia A | baees) cae re

Karroo Beds, Victoria West, South Africa, Some New Fossil Reptiles from.
Broom, R. Trans. 8. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 31.

MaritotH, R.—Some New South African Succulents.
Trans. 8. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 43.

South African Succulents, Some New.
Martorta, R. Trans. 8. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 43.

Succulents, Some New South African.
Martotu, R. Trans. 8. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 43.

MarsHauL, Guy A. K.—A Revision of the Coleopterous Sub-family Byrsopine
(Curculionids). Trans. 8. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 53.

Revision of the Coleopterous Sub-family Byrsopine (Curculionide).
MarsHatut, Guy A. K. Trans. S. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xvili., 1907, p. 53.

Byrsopine (Curculionids), Revision of the New Coleopterous Sub-family.
Marsuauu, Guy A. K. ‘Trans. 8. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 53.

Marsuauu, Guy A. K.—Revision of the Genus Synthocus, Schénh., and its Allies
(Curculionide). Trans. 8. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 89.

Revision of the Genus Synthocus, Schénh., and its Allies (Curculionide).
MarsHant, Guy A. K. ‘Trans. 8. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 89.

Synthocus, Schénh., and its Allies (Curculionidzx), Revision of the Genus.
MarsHaLtu, Guy A. K. Trans. 8. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 89.

‘oth asli¢qotl fagot werk nice point iin08 jaoW ainoioll abe corn

{ TOOL itive lov ,.908 did% .hiA 2 ane? A coon” |’
tusinooné aacitaA dino@ vie smot—A-aregmM =
(ORL , sive for 00d LAT ormtsA .4 esa? ;
é tf,
. wort smoke nSls00e qaoimaA divo®
VOUr .fiivs Jovy 908 fit .o4tA 8 ened! ine JL wytToigsl
. *
°
ae agoitd igoe wor.emoe siisinooud ’
oh gq ,TOUD itive fav ppo8 dt onté ed ere? ai aToageM ,
ee ‘ iY ;
aniqsvigh ylinatdu@ evorigqesiod alt lo solsivel A—H .A ro duane
ke .p YORE: litve dog ,.008 AMT .ohPA 4 antasT (ehicoivoawmD) ~
1 . - ; .
: E (esbiwotlsiosD) aniqosry al nok dua asotahyoslo) adh to abiebrol

nee cs TORE ..fitvx lov ..008 AS Sirk faajergiings Roos AvoD aidanatale,

Me
NS Wa \ : 2

. . -tlinral-due suototignated walt odd lo noisivedl eabinoitvesib) sniqoss7a
. ' BSther; sT00E dtive lov ,. 908 JidT wointA 4 enetT A A TOD ae |

“pot wi has desis heath annsP adlt to noisivall—.A A 400 oh
08 .q TORI .itivz fow loo@ Jidd tA 2 ecient Ambiclinay:

= =

-*

as : a 2 - f
La ee e ara re.

habidettuneey woiliA’ bli baa re wat auio® od Yo aoiaivest ‘Ty
id f, TRE .jtivx tov, 008 Bd obs 2 aneT A

ney : e | Sy (al res oe >a ja

“staan Sates < Pike ~ mee o Pe

(100 odd to moixivesd (@binoilnow)) eoilté ati |

— Rees: pea

Pe

=.

==)

er {
'

a
is

Ee. oq VOR! vitiva Joy 7.008. li T.onth .B ener

hla ZMK
ree wes "
Ditty TM one-ogidnal haa slyvO ost Jo drstogolevell ail) nO—.T W/ vorgas
AAPL itive lov .oo® Sid .omtéA .B perl Animnl needs)

nisl ol een) 4 one-eyed Dan olu7O lo iseugolsyvsd
mad , OGL .t 17 ,.900 IT otth 2 eae PE WWI .70Tzae

Ui ope-Oyidail fox olovO to tepengolsyetl , tral ;p2oliemed ore
a Voen uve lov 000 Jit sinh) 2 see TW woTesh

lnstgolos yd beenoulici = lich laincleD omos to eight —. ‘i .e.n0 aan
Fg ,YOOL ,.fttvz Joy 00%, . itt oeRtA enarl eo

=

-BAOMIDEOO Inoigolost) yd hoouenlat bai lio Ia eiso2 to Yititio4

p Samat

ihre) [noigoloot) yd boooorlitnt es Lei
x lov, 002 Jidd ith B pees

INDEX SLIP.

Saxton, W. T.—On the Development of the Ovule and Embryo-sac in Cassia
tomentosa, Lamk. Trans. S. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 1.

Development of Ovule and Embryo-sac in Cassia tomentosa, Lamk.
Saxton, W. T. Trans. 8. Afric. Phil. Soc, vol. xviii. 1907, p. 1.

=

Cassia tomentosa, Lamk., Development of Ovule and Embryo-sac in.
Saxton, W. T. Trans. 8. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 1.

Juritz, Cuas. F.—Fertility of some Colonial Soils, as influenced by Geological
Conditions. Trans. 8. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 7.

Fertility of some Colonial Soils, as influenced by Geological Conditions.
Jurnirz, CHas. F. Trans. §. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 7.

Soils, Fertility of some Colonial, as influenced by Geological Conditions.
JuRITz, Cuas, F. Trans. S. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 7.

Broom, R.—Some New Fossil Reptiles from the Karroo Beds of Victoria West,
South Africa. Trans. §S. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xviii., 1907, p. 31.

Reptiles, Some New Fossil, from the Karroo Beds of Victoria West, South Africa.
Broom, R. Trans. §. Afric. Phil. Soc., vol. xvili., 1907, p. 31..

er, A
Ni Poe ave
c ia Es) hao

4 ELIAS
si

&

we
or §

a